++ a Wieden re ao ae NRA P on esa ee eeres eine ew eae : em tee eee votre Selle pecienteaeteae meet a peteeielhenseatal For inn mn natngreinaaee —eeeantee el CO I i Oe iE aT neti gnterjetiae erate eopapesPomtema we ee ee ee entree ertnanmtneroeene : Serene ante —— nes nina rene noenenina sna a nnenastnenenarenereranenss BULPEETINGS OF AMERICAN EALEON FOEOGY VOL. (LV 1968 - 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850 US, Ay a ae > an Ee ii 9 Ww a fe e ites X ei oe ie ee a nae o eos eile a od Saat FV eney YHOsOOS GM 00.E0N hie haal FeO iis ¥ INDEX No separate index is included for the volume. Each number is indexed separately. Contents of the volume are listed in the beginning of the volume. CONTENTS OF VOLUME LV Bulletin No. Plates 246. Some Late Cenozoic Stony Corals from Northern Venezuela. By N. E. Weisbord .......... 2s ilenlZ 247. Miocene and Pliocene Mollusks from Trinidad. By Peter Jung seeeaee ™ lS =60 Pages nN co 9-657 | = = — Bry po ey \ Wy Cs See pee ciel 1S SEO, | ee ee eS 7 cs ir t ie : eta ees Car 7 Ee, 2 r 7 BULLETINS — 2&6 18 1968 OF ead AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY (Founded 1895) Vol. 55 No. 246 SOME LATE CENOZOIC STONY CORALS FROM NORTHERN VENEZUELA By NorMAN E. WEISBORD 1968 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1967 - 1968 MPRESIDE NT) pole ee See nN DOES 2 a KENNETH E. CASTER IWIGE= PRESIDENT: (25209. eee, a ae ee WILLIAM B. HEROY SECRETARY: cies ee Et et Re ee ee REBECCA S. HArris IDIRECTOR;) SDREASURER! 2-80-20 ee ee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (COUNSELS i.cecccacsastacevangetacesesonteceesock soscvesestevcetcossisbessaiae hiaeeee tee eee ARMAND L. ADAMS IREPRESENTATIVE, AUA‘A'S) COUN CII) ret eens a ee nn eee Davip NICOL Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1966-1972) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) Donato W. FIsHER (1967-1973) WituiAm B. Heroy (1968-1974) REBECCA S. Harris (Life) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) DanieL B. Sass (1965-1971) Hans G. KucLer (1963-1969) W. Storrs CoLe (1964-1970) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. Patmer, Editor Mrs. Fay Bricocs, Secretary Advisory Board KENNETH E. CASTER HANs KUGLER A. Myra KEEN JAy GLENN Marks AXEL A. OLSSON Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York, N.Y. 10017, U.S.A. For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y. 10003, U.S.A. Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Amer- icana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are deductible from income tax. For sale by Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Rd. Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S-A. BUREN OF AMERICAN Pelee ON OGG x1 (Founded 1895) Vol. 55 No. 246 SOME LATE CENOZOIC STONY CORALS FROM NORTHERN VENEZUELA By Norman E. WEIsBorD November 21, 1968 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: BS 68-138 Printed in the United States of America CONTENTS Page Albstract) = Pee: PER Remains Of Sd ee nee hy ee Se eee esas PE: 5 Tino etyo nesses seen ler TB Tce cesta Wd Cae cos en aes FET SEs 5 PN Glen Ow vedere ntsge css: eo sce ae eee eee ee ee ee 7 Colllectinemlocalatiest.....ctrs t- 2 oe or et Oe a RE ee ee Re ee Ny Iist.of the stonyacorals from northern) Venezuela 22.) 8 SS thiget tal steel DD ype ee ee ne Aan He Ee LL Ee te el Si ee 9 Analysis of the fossils from the Cabo Blanco Group and Guaiguaza Clay .. 10 Percentage of Recent species by class and formation _...........-20.0---2 eee 14 SS hemla Cl CeReSCEMp (OMS: cee. cee ec ee, Sees Ne ee ee 16 Bibliographiyg sss ee Be et a eee Oe RS ene SA Ase phs ee ee eee 73 faite Smee ee ire Se eR a Se LE ee eG oe Se Pa Big 269 SOME LATE CENOZOI€ STONY CORALS FROM NORTHERN VENEZUELA Norman E. WEISBoRD Department of Geology Florida State University ABSTRACT Fourteen species of stony corals —12 of them hermatypic and two aherma- typic— are described, compared, and illustrated. With the exception of one hydrozoan all of the other forms are scleractinians in the class Anthozoa. Nine of the species are fossil, four are Recent, and one is both fossil and Recent. Among the fossils is a new subspecies which is given the name Manicina areo- lata puntagordensis. An analysis is made of all of the fossils known to occur in the Cabo Blanco Group, Distrito Federal, and in the Guaiguaza Clay, State of Carabobo. The fossils are tabulated by “Class” and ‘Formation’ to show the percentages of species in each category that have survived to Recent time. It is thought that a more sensitive division of the Cenozoic era into epochs may be worked out by utilizing not only the Mollusca as did Lyell, but other groups of organisms as well. The Bibliography deals mostly with Cenozoic Anthozoa and Hydrozoa, but other citations applying in one way or another to the present work are included. INTRODUCTION The present paper deals with some stony corals, both fossil and Recent, from northern Venezuela, and is the ninth in a series pub- lished by the writer since 1957. The fossil corals were collected near La Salina de Guaiguaza in the State of Carabobo, and in the Cabo Blanco area 115 kilometers to the east, in the Distrito Federal. The Recent corals were collected on the beach of the Playa Grande Yachting Club in the Cabo Blanco area, and on the beach at Higuerote 100 kilometers or so to the east-southeast, in the State of Miranda. Of the 14 species of corals obtained, nine are fossil, four are Recent, and one is both fossil and Recent. Thirteen of the corals are scleractinians, and one is a milleporid hydrozoan. Twelve of the species are hermatypic and two are ahermatypic. Scleractinian corals deposit a heavy exoskeleton of calcium carbonate in the crys- talline form of aragonite, and ecologically they are divisible into two groups: hermatypic and ahermatypic. Hermatypic corals live in tropical and subtropical shallow waters of the oceans and contain intracellular symbiotic algae known as zooxanthellae. Some herma- typic species extract calcium from sea water ten times faster in sunlight than in darkness and, under favorable conditions, contrib- ute greatly to the development of coral reefs. Ahermatypic corals, which are found at all latitudes and depths, have no zooxanthellae 6 BULLETIN 246 and extract calcium from sea water at low rates irrespective of light conditions. The two species of ahermatypic corals described in this work — Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime and Paracyathus defilippii Duchassaing and Michelotti were collected from the Mai- quetia Member of the Playa Grande Formation and are shallow water forms. The hermatypic corals were collected from the Playa Grande, Mare, and Abisinia Formations of the Cabo Blanco Group, in the Guaiguaza Clay, and on the beaches at Cabo Blanco and Higuerote. The fossil corals are not abundant either in the number of species or number of specimens, and in this respect the condition is not unlike that off the coast of northern Venezuela today where coral reefs are scattered, small, and patchy. Some of the fossil corals occur in the “Lithothamnium’” reef of the Maiquetia Member but even here they are relatively scarce. There are only some 55 living species of shallow-water scleractinian corals (Smith, 1954) and perhaps ten hydrocorals in the Western Atlantic from Bermuda through the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean to Brazil. Nine of the ten fossil species from the Cabo Blanco-Guaiguaza localities appear to be identical with Recent West Indian species and even the new subspecies Manicina areolata puntagordensis seems to be closely related to the Manicina areolata of Linnaeus. This suggests that in northern South America there have been few species changes among the stony corals from early Pliocene to Recent time, and that the survival rate of the Scleractinia like that of the Foramini- ferida over the last 12 million years or so has been high. In contrast the survival rate of the Mollusca, especially in the class Gastropoda, during the same interval has been considerably lower. The “synonymy” of a particular species discussed under Sys- tematic Descriptions is, in effect, a list of references to that species, and rests on the opinion of the author responsible for the identifica- tion. Under Bibliography, most of the citations refer to publica- tions dealing with Cenozoic corals throughout the world though other references that are peripheral but related to the subject of this work, are included. The specimens illustrated on Plates 1-12 have been deposited with the Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, New York. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 7 The remaining duplicate material is in the Department of Geology, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS For the help given me in the preparation of this paper I am indebted to John W. Wells of Cornell University, to Donald F. Squires of the U.S. National Museum, to Katherine V. W. Palmer of the Paleontological Research Institution, and to the National Science Foundation. I wish especially to thank Dr. Wells for checking my identifica. tions and for allowing me free access to his West Indian coral col- lection and personal library. This work has profited from his ob- servations and comments. Dr. Squires accorded me the excellent working facilities at the U.S. National Museum, and placed at my disposal the Museum’s renowned collection of Recent and Tertiary coelenterates to which he has dedicated so much of his efforts. Dr. Palmer once again has taken on the task of editing and pub- lishing, and for this I am grateful. Finally, I wish to express my ap- preciation to the National Science Foundation for its support of my studies on the late Cenozoic invertebrates of northern Venezuela. The present paper is one of several resulting from that study. The photographs accompanying this paper were taken and processed by Gerritt Mulders of Tallahassee, and by Werner Vagt of Florida State University. COLLECTING LOCALITIES The localities at which the stony corals were collected are listed below and are shown on the geologic map of the writer’s 1957 paper. The letter preceding each locality is also used as a prefix for each species number. The specimens obtained at stations “A” and “B” are Recent, at all of the others, fossil. Station “C” is in the state of Carabobo. Stations “D” to “Y” represent formations of the Cabo Blanco Group in the coastal region of Distrito Federal. For each locality the formation and lithology are noted. A. Beach at Playa Grande Yachting Club, Distrito Federal. Recent. Mod- erately coarse and mostly noncalcareous beach sand and calcareous beach rock. B. Beach southeast of Higuerote, State of Miranda. Recent. Fine micaceous beach sand. 8 BuLLETIN 246 C. Drainage ditch, about one meter deep, near south shore of La Salina de Guaiguaza, 5.6 kilometers west of Puerto Cabello, State of Carabobo. Guaiguaza Clay. Gray and brownish clay. D. Eastern edge of Playa Grande village at W-30. Abisinia Formation. Granule to pebble gravel. H. Fiften meters south of axis of Punta Gorda anticline near W-25. Mare Formation. Highly fossiliferous wedge of loosely coherent calcareous sandstone, I. Hillside above west bank of Quebrada Mare Abajo at W-13. Lower Mare Formation. Uniformly coarse gritty sand. J. Small stream 100 meters west of Quebrada Mare Abajo. Lower Mare Formation. Uniformly coarse gritty sand. N. Near W-21 and to the south of that station in stream flowing along the north flank of the Litoral anticline. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). Tan siltstones and sandstones with knobs of hard sandstone. S. On and near the “Lithothamnium” reef at W-23, north flank of Punta Gorda anticline. Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member). Reef of calcareous algae with layer of cobbles at base. LIST OF THE STONY CORALS FROM NORTHERN VENEZUELA The stony corals described in this paper are listed below. Under the heading Formation, the abbreviation Re refers to Recent; Ab = Absinia Formation; Sal — Guaiguaza Clay; Ma — Mare Forma- tion; PGm = Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member); PGc — Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). The Abisinia Formation is believed to be early Pleistocene in age, the Guaiguaza Clay late Pliocene, and the Mare and Playa Grande Formations early Pliocene. Previously recorded range of Species Formation known species HYDROZOA Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus Re Mio-Plio. - Recent ANTHOZOA Acropora prolifera (Lamarck) Re Pleistocene - Recent Siderastrea (Siderastrea) radians (Pallas) Re Miocene - Recent Siderastrea (Siderastrea) siderea (Ellis and Solander) PGm Miocene - Recent Porites furcata Lamarck Re Miocene - Recent Porites branneri Rathbun Sal Recent Diploria strigosa (Dana) Re, Ab, PGc Pleistocene - Recent Manicina areolata puntagordensis, (n. subsp. PGm ee Solenastrea hyades (Dana) Sal, Ma Miocene - Recent Solenastrea cf. S. bournoni Edwards and Haime Ma Miocene - Recent Oculina diffusa Lamarck Ab Mio-Plio. - Recent Oculina sp. cf. O. valenciennesi Edwards and Haime Ma Recent Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime PGm Recert Paracyathus defilippii Duchassaing and Michelotti PGm Recent VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC CorRALsS: WEISBORD 9 STRATIGRAPHY The fossil corals described in this paper were collected from both the Cabo Blanco Group and the Guaiguaza Clay. The stratigraphy of these deposits as established by the writer is summarized below. The thicknesses given are tentative as they are based on surveys and measurements of limited accuracy. La Salina de Guaiguaza Area Estado Carabobo GUAIGUAZA CLAY (Upper Pliocene) Gray and brown fossiliferous clays. Thickness exposed in ditch about one meter. (See Weisbord, 1962, p. 23). Cabo Blanco Area Distrito Federal CABO BLANCO GROUP SUBRECENT Bench-forming beach rock and re- 115 kms. worked clays, sands and_ gravels. Thickness 3 meters max. Disconformity ABISINIA FORMATION (Lower Pleistocene) Clays, silts, sands, and gravels, the latter locally with marine fossils. Thickness 13 meters max. Disconformity MARE FORMATION (Lower Pliocene) Uniformly coarse friable sandstone at base grading upward to soft silt- stones. Highly fossiliferous. Thickness 19 meters max. Angular unconformity to disconformity PLAYA GRANDE FORMATION (MAIQUETIA MEMBER) (Lower Pliocene) Shales, siltstones, calcareous sand- stones, and conglomerates. Bioherms of coralline algae. Fossils moderately abundant. Thickness 68 meters plus. Fault PLAYA GRANDE FORMATION (CATIA MEMBER) (Lower Pliocene) Calcareous siltstones and sandstones, conglomerates, some shales and im- pure limestones, and occasional bar- nacle coquinas. Fossils moderately abundant, in places occurring as molds and casts. Thickness 156-233 meters. 10 BULLETIN 246 Angular unconformity LAS PAILAS FORMATION (Middle Tertiary) Nonfossiliferous mudstones, siltstones, sandstones, and conglomerates. Thick- ness 375 meters plus. One of the interesting aspects of the Cabo Blanco Group is that although there is an angular unconformity between the Mare and Playa Grande Formations (see geologic map in Weis- bord, 1957) there is a general similarity of their faunas. The two formations are exposed in Quebrada Mare Abajo where the Mare beds, at a higher elevation, dip gently to the north, and the under- lying strata of the Maiquetia Member of the Playa Grande Forma- tion dip 24 to 30 degrees to the north. This unconformity, which is clearly displayed, would seem to indicate folding and erosion of the Maiquetia before deposition of the Mare, yet if the fossils are a guide all of these events must have taken place early in Pliocene time. It is suggested that the Playa Grande Formation was laid down in the lower Pliocene and that Mare sedimentation was initi- ated late in the lower Pliocene or early in the middle Pliocene. This means that if the duration of the whole of the Pliocene epoch was 10 million years or so, the uplift and erosion of the Playa Grande and the initial deposition of the Mare could have been effected with- in a span of 2 or 3 million years. Whether this interval of diastro- phism at the end of the lower Pliocene was local to northern Vene- zuela or was regional or continental in scope has yet to be deter- mined. ANALYSIS OF THE FOSSILS FROM THE CABO BLANCO GROUP AND FROM THE GUAIGUAZA CLAY In the tables that follow there is listed, under the hierarchy of “Class”, the total number of fossil species collected in each forma- tion and the percentage of those species that have survived to Recent time. The purpose of the synthesis is to establish survival percentages for all hierarchies of taxa, and to compare the per- centages with those proposed by Sir Charles Lyell for the Mollusca. It was Lyell who first subdivided the Tertiary period into chrono- logic epochs by determining in a fossil assemblage from a particular stratigraphic unit the per cent of marine mollusks that were still VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CorRALS: WEISBORD 11 living (in neighboring seas), and assigning to each of his epochs an age name based on the ratio of Recent forms it contained to the total number of molluscan fossils present. The mollusks were chosen not only because they were abundant and relatively well known, but also because they could be positioned stratigraphically in clearly defined standard geologic sections. Lyell’s Tertiary calendar was conceived, in effect, on the evolution, extinction, or survival of animals during the passage of time. Simply stated, the longer the lapse of time the less chance is there for a species to survive to the Recent either because it evolves or because it becomes extinct; con- versely, the shorter the lapse of time the greater is the chance for survival, and we know now, thanks to Lyell’s guidance, that in Pleistocene deposits more Recent species will be present than in the Pliocene, more in the Pliocene than in the Miocene, and more in the Miocene than in earlier epochs. Lyell’s method of relative age de- termination can be applied logically to organisms other than the Mollusca, but what must be taken into consideration is that longev- ity varies greatly among animals and that the survival rate among mollusks may be greater or less than for other biologic groups in the same depositional unit. Thus, whereas a 35 per cent survival rate of the mollusks may be indicative of the lower Pliocene in northern Venezuela, a survival rate of 80 per cent of the Foramini- ferida is also indicative of the lower Pliocene in northern Venezuela. Therefore once the survival percentages for all classes of organisms within a formation are worked out it should be possible to apply the percentages of one or more groups (7.e. 80% Foraminiferida = 35% Mollusca = 60% Bryozoa) in establishing age, and it is to illustrate this concept that the “mortality tables” for the several classes of fossils in the Cabo Blanco Group and Guaiguaza Clay are presented. In previous publications on the late Cenozoic fossils of northern Venezuela, the data of the percentage tables were compiled solely from my own collections and my own analyses. In the present work, however, I have added data on the Venezuelan Foraminiferida culled from the excellent papers of Bermudez (1960, 1961) and Bermudez and Fuenmayor (1962, 1966), in which 145 species (140 of them from the Playa Grande formation and 72 of them from the Mare Formation) are identified, described and discussed, and the new species illustrated. 12 BuLLETIN 246 The ages assigned to the formations of the Cabo Blanco Group (lower Pleistocene for the Abisinia Formation and lower Pliocene for the Mare and Playa Grande Formations) are based on the percent of Recent species of Mollusca contained in them. This judg- ment is reinforced in some measure by stratigraphic evidence which clearly indicates that the Abisinia Formation overlies the Mare, and that the Mare overlies the Playa Grande. The assignment of an upper Pliocene age for the Guaiguaza Clay 1s also based on the Mollusca, but unlike in the Cabo Blanco area, field evidence in the form of natural exposures is wanting. It may be noted, in referring to the percentage tables, that generally, as well as specifically for the classes Gastropoda, Pelecy- poda, Foraminiferida, and others, there is a successively larger number of Recent species from the older to younger formations of the Cabo Blanco Group. This confirms, of course, the whole point of Lyell’s principle — that the younger a Tertiary deposit is the more species that are still living (Recent) will it contain. However, the survival rate of organisms is not the same in all taxonomic hier- archies or in all regions. Lyell’s divisions were proposed on the sur- vival rate of molluscan species in sections in Italy and France, and on a reasonable but somewhat arbitrary percentage scale for each epoch. Lyell might just as well have taken as his standard the Paleocene to Pleistocene sections from Louisiana to Florida in the Gulf Coast of the United States, and would have arrived at a similar conclusion: the younger the beds the greater the number of Recent species would it contain regardless of the taxon or taxa con- sidered, Not only that, but a somewhat arbitrary bracket of per- centages for each class of organisms would have had to be imposed for each epoch, These percentages may differ locally, regionally, and globally for even a single class of organisms, but I rather suspect that if all taxa in a given formation were determinable it should be possible to apply Lyell’s law for smaller and smaller divisions of Tertiary time as it has for the major divisions of the Tertiary period. Focussing on the particular as it relates to northern Venezuela, it is seen that the most highly fossiliferous unit of the Cabo Blanco Group is the Mare Formation. The most numerous of the 322 fossils now known are the 230 mollusks divided among the classes Scapho- VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 13 poda (8 species), Gastropoda (140 species), and Pelecypoda (82 species ). Considering the phylum Mollusca as a whole, 26 to 40 per cent of the species are known to be living today, and on this ratio the Mare Formation is assigned a lower Pliocene age. The next largest class represented is the Foraminiferida with 72 species of which 60 or 83 per cent are found in the Recent. In decreasing order of abundance are the bryozoans (class Gymnolaemata) with 10 species of which 60 per cent are living, the barnacles (Cirripedia ) with 5 species of which 20-40 per cent are living, the corals (An- thozoa) with 3 species of which 100 per cent are living, and 2 serpulid worms (Polychaetia) of which 50 per cent are living. Extrapolating from the data given for both the Mare and Playa Grande Formations, I would expect, given a large enough fossil assemblage to work with, that in northern Venezuela and perhaps in the circum-Caribbean region, lower Pliocene sediments would be represented by a molluscan fauna with about 38 per cent of the species occurring in the Recent, and by about 80 per cent of the Foraminiferida (including both pelagic and benthonic forms). With considerably less data to go on, the corals of the lower Pliocene of Venezuela might include 75 per cent of Recent species, the bryo- zoans about 45 per cent, barnacles around 20 per cent, and serpulid polychaetes roughly 25 per cent. Organisms with a short life span are better time-markers than long-lived ones, but the latter are still subject, over a longer period of time, to the same cycle of genesis, proliferation, and extinction or evolution as the former. The Foraminiferida of the lower Pliocene in northern Venezuela have a far greater per cent of Recent species than any class in the Mollusca and, in fact, the percentages are so high from the late Miocene on, that micropaleontologists have been reluctant in the past to use the smaller foraminifers as age indi- cators. Nevertheless the percentage of extinct or Recent species in each epoch or smaller division of Tertiary time is fixed in a sense by natural law, and although the percent of Recent foram species is high in the Miocene it is statistically higher in the Pliocene and still higher in the Pleistocene. Reciprocally, the extinction per cent is measurably higher the farther and farther back we go from the datum of Recent time, and it matters little what group or groups of 14 BULLETIN 246 fossils are dealt with in dating the Tertiary so long as a sufficient number of species are available to insure statistical validity. PERCENTAGE OF RECENT SPECIES BY CLASS AND FORMATION Abisinia Formation (Lower Pleistocene ) Total number Number of Per cent of Class or Order of species Recent species Recent species Anthozoa (Scleractinia) 2 2 100 Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata ) 1 1 100 Polychaetia (Sedentarida) 1 1 100 Cirripedia 1 1 100 Gastropoda 34 26-31 76-88 Pelecypoda 18 15-16 83-90 Total 57 46-52 81-91 Guaiguaza Clay (Upper Pliocene) Total number Number of Per cent of Class or Order of species Recent species Recent species Anthozoa (Scleractinia ) 2 2 100 Scaphopoda y) 1 50 Gastropoda BS 9 36 Pelecypoda 14 11 79 Total 43 23 53 Mare Formation (Lower Pliocene ) Total number Number of Per cent of Class or Order of species Recent species Recent species Foraminiferida 72 60 83 Anthozoa (Scleractinia ) 3 3 100 Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata ) 10 6 60 Polychaetia (Sedentarida) 2 1 50 Cirripedia 5 1-2 20-40 Scaphopoda 8 4-5 50-63 Gastropoda 140 23-52 16-34 Pelecypoda 82 32-38 39-46 Total 322 130-167 £052 VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 15 Playa Grande Formation (Undifferentiated ) (Lower Phocene ) Total number Number of Per cent of Class or Order of species Recent species Recent species Chlorophyceae (Dasycladales) 1 — — Foraminiferida 140 106 76 Anthozoa (Scleractinia) 5 4 80 Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata ) 6 3 50 Polychaetia (Sedentarida) q a a= Cirripedia 8 2 25 Scaphopoda 9 3-5 33-55 Gastropoda 84 9-20 11-24 Pelecypoda 72 30-37 42-52 Total 329 157-177 48—54 Playa Grande Formation ( Maiquetia Member ) (Lower Pliocene ) Total number Number of Per cent of Class or Order of species Recent species Recent species Chlorophyceae (Dasycladales) Anthozoa_ (Scleractinia) Gymnolaemata (Cheilos‘omata) Polychaetia (Sedentarida) Cirripedia Scaphopoda Gastropoda Pelecypoda — wal wmnt _ WOAWHE $Ee Total 3 75 3 15 0-1 0-33 3 50 7—25 9-32 23—29 47-60 39-64 26-43 Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member) (Lower Pliocene ) Total number Class or Order of species Number of Per cent of Recent species Recent species Anthozoa (Scleractinia ) Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata) Polychaetia (Sedentarida) Cirripedia Scaphopoda Gastropoda Pelecypoda DOAN D WN be bo Total as w 1 100 11-15 26-35 16 BuLLETIN 246 SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS COELENTERATA HYDROZOA MILLEPORINA Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus Pl. 1, figs. 1-4 1707-25. Corallium asperum candicans adulterinum, Sloane, A Voyage to the 1758. 1766. 1767. I/F 1789. 1790,1796. Muillepora alcicornt 1816. 1829-3 1834. 1836. Islands of Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Cristophers and Jamaica, pl. l7etioe Weepl ets, .tigt, apl al: [Fide Boschma, 1948, pp. 23, 25.] Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 791. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 260. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed, 12) pt. 2) pali232- Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Knorr, Deliciae Naturae [Dordrecht], pl. A6, fig. 3. [Fide Boschma, 1948a, pp. 133, XG] Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Browne, P., The Civil and Natural His- tory of Jamaica, Index III, Index IV. ! is Linnaeus var. digitata, corniculata, ramosa, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere, vol. 1, pt. 6, pp. 193-202; Esper, Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere, Millepora, pls. 5, 6, 7. [Fide Deshayes and Edwards in Lamarck, 1836, p. 308, and Boschma, 1948a, pp. 23, 26. | Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2 ps 308: 9. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Guérin-Meéneville, Iconographie du Régne Animal de G. Cuvier, pl. 3, fig. 11. Palmipora alcicornis (Linnaeus), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou du Zoophytologie, pl. 58, fig. 2. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Deshayes and Edwards im Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 308. 1836-49. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Edwards im Cuvier, Le Régne Animal, 1846. 1850. 1850. 1859. 1860. 1861. 186+b. 1866. 1868a. 1870. 3d ed., vol. 10; pl. 89; fig. 1. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., vol. 7, Zoophytes, pp. 543, 544. Millepora alcicornis Lamarck, Milne Edwards and Haime, Palaeontogr. Soc. London, Mon., vol. 3, pt. 3, p. Ivill. Palmipora alcicornis Blainville, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des Antilles, p. 18. Millepora alcicornis (Pallas), Dana, Synopsis Rept. Zoophytes U.S. Ex- ploring Expedition, pp. 104-105. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire natu- relle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits, vol. 3, p. 228. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 360. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 2h ip59: Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 196. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., ‘rans., vol. 1, pt. 2) ps 363: Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 33. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Pourtales, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 86. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Duncan and Nelson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 17, pp. 354-359; vol. 18, p. 78. 1876a. 1877c. 1878. 1878a. 1879. 1879. 1880. 1881. 1886. 1888. 1895. 1898b. 1899, 1900a. 1901c. 1902a. 1904. 1905-1 1909. 912. 1918a. MOD: 1919a. 1925. 1928. 1933. 1935b. 1937 19395 VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 17 Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Moseley, Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. 166, pp. 91, 113, 114, 116. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Méd., Fis. y Nat. Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 283. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Rice, Amer. Jour. Sci. ser. 3 (116), No. 91, art. 16, pp. 180-182, figs. 1-20. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, pp. 298-311; 1878c. vol. 2, pp. 304-324. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Klunzinger, Die Korallenthiere des Rothen Meeres, pt. 3, p. 86. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, pp. 103, 104, 105, 386. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Pourtalés, iz Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 20, figs. 1-6. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Moseley, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 2, pt. 7, pp. 1, 19, 20, 21. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10, 11, 190-191. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 15, p. 138, fig. 443. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Nutting, State Univ. Iowa, Lab. Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 3, Nos. 1, 2, p. 134. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Hickson, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. BV}, ASS AE BN ? Millepora sp. Duerden, Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, p. 622. [Fide Squires, 1958b, p. 259.] Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 10, art. 14, p. 571. Millcpora alcicornis Linnaeus, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pp. 182, 197, text-fig. 13. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Commis., Bull., vol. Z0;for 1900pts 2) p= 318, pls: 35, 3:7, 38. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Branner, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, pp. 268, 270, 272. 906. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Atranssavolsit2 pt. 2, ps 118) 1411885 pls 30A, shies 2, text=tiga 36. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Hartmeyer, Meereskunde Berlin, Jahrg. 3, No. 2, pp. 17, 18, text-fig. 4. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Cary, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 10, p. 144. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 213, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 9, pp. 206, 326. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Nutting, Univ. Iowa, Studies Nat. Hist., vol. 8, No. 3, p. 116. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. Opa Ove Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Hoffmeister, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 343, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol.‘22, pp. 11, 12, 82. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Kiihn, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia. Pars 36, p. 100. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boone, Vanderbilt Marine Mus., Bull., vol. 4, p. 27. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 452, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 29, No. 9, p. 206. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Abe, Palao Trop. Biol. Sta., Studies, vol. 1. No. 2 [=M. tenera Boschma, fide Boschma 1950b, p. 296.] Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Butsch, Barbados Mus. and Hist. Soc., Jour voll 6) Noss) p: 138) pl. 2) figs: 7-8: vol. 16 18 1940. 1948b. 1948. 1948a. 1949a. 1950a. 1954. 1955. 1956b. 1956. 19 5i7- 1958a. 1958b. 1958. 1959. 1959b. 1959: 1959. 1959. 1960b. 1960b. 1961b. 1961. 1962c. 1962. 1963. 1963. 1964. BULLETIN 246 Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Wolcott, Animal Biology, fig. 71A. [Fide Boschma 1948a, pp. 25, 27.] Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., Sect. Sci., vol. 51, No. 7, pp. 818, 820, 821. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 62, 65, 100. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, R. Mus. nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Verhandel, No. 1, pp. 3, 6, 7, 8 9,-11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17): 18e19) 25eaa, 46-48, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 61, 79-81, 100-102, 105. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., Sect. Sci., vol. 52, No. 1, pp. 4-5, 12, pl. 1, figs. 1-5; text-figs. 2a, 2c, 4a, 4b. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, R. Mus. nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol. 31, p. 50. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953- 1954, p. 27. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 217, 223. Millepora alcicornis Linné, Boschma, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon- tology, (F) Coelenterata, p. F94, fig. 76A. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Ginsburg, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 40, No. 10, pp. 2407, 2410. Millepora aff. M. alcicornis Linnaeus, Wells, ix Woodring, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-A, p. 21. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept., Jamaica, W.L., Bull., No. 3, pp. 20, 31. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115; art. 4, pp. 227, 228, 231, 232, 238, 259) pl. 28, figs. 1)2+ ple 43. aged Ws Ae Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Newell, New York Acad. Sci., Trans., ser. Po NOL AA, fo, WAS Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 30. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, pp. 75, 76, 82. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hoskin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, p. 18. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239, 243, 248. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, No. 4, p. 207. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 119, No. 3, pp. 417, 418, 426. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 1136, 1138, 1139, 1141, pl. 4, fig. 8. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Proc., ser. C, vol. 64, pp. 292, 293. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 82-83, figs. 71, 72. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., ser. C, vol. 65, No. 4, pp. 302, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 310. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, pp. 13205 25; 26: Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Almy and Carrion-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 139, 141, 161, pl. 2a. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, J. A. Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 284. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Rivero, Geos, No. 11, p. 112. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CorRALS: WEISBORD 19 1964g. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Boschma, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc: ser ©, vol. 67, No: 4. p. 195: 1964. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. TON pps 4546, 63 679 78; 79,80) Si. $2083, 84. $586.87) plinSm tig. 2: 1964. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 18. 1965. Millepora alcicornis Linnaeus, Neumann, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 4, p. 1004. The single corallum in the collection is an upstanding arbores- cent plate. [he main branches of the plate are flattened and irregu- larly fused at the base and upward, but are separated into individual or dichotomous fronds at the growing edge. Subsidiary branches project outward and upward from the colony, and these branches are often rounded and obtusely pointed at the tip. The coenosteum is completely pitted by minute subrounded cavities between the trabeculae. The outline of the dactylopores and gastropores is gen- erally irregular though occasionally it is stellate, the stellate appear- ance having been produced fortuitously by the manner in which the trabeculae were corroded. The alveolae are circular in outline and occupy moderately deep hemispherical depressions. The distribu- tion of the alveolae is erratic; on some areas of the corallum they are so crowded they nearly touch one another, but on others they are scarce or absent. Several alveolae with a calcified membrane have been noted, and these display a radial structure. Occasionally a number (five to seven or so) of dactylopores forming a cycle around a gastropore can be observed, but clearly defined cyclosys- tems are the exception Measurements. — Specimen B562a: corallum (broken off at base) height 50 mm, width 54 mm, thickness at base 5 mm; dia- meter of dactylopores 0.11 mm to 0.14 mm; diameter of gastro- pores 0.21 to 0.29 mm; diameter of alveolae 0.32 mm to 0.50 mm. Locality. — Washed up on beach southeast of Higuerote, State of Miranda. One dead Recent specimen. Remarks. —It is difficult to identify Western Atlantic species of Millepora with assurance, but the single specimen is so close to what Vaughan (1902a, pls. 35, 37, 38) referred to as the digitiform variety of M. alcicornis and so similar to the M. alcicornis illus- trated by Boschma in his figure 76A on page F92 of the Treatise of Paleontology (1956) that I refer the Venezuelan specimen to that species. 20 BULLETIN 246 The species of Millepora in the Western Atlantic are M. aldct- corms Linnaeus, M. complanata Lamarck, M. squarrosa Lamarck, M. braziliensis Verrill, and M. nitida Verrill. All of these are simi- lar in some aspects but may be distinguished perhaps by a salient character or two as noted below. M. alcicornis. Vhe corallum is an upstanding plate composed of flattened and fused fronds which are often digitiform at the growing edge. Secondary, antler-like branches may also be present, M. complanata. The corallum consists of thin upstanding plates, the free edge of which is usually truncated. The dactylopores and gastropores are gencrally stellate. M. squarrosa. Vhe corallum forms a broad upstanding plate with thin edges and is covered by irregular ridges and tubercles. M. braziliensis. The corallum consists of thick erect branches. The surface is uneven. M. nitida. The corallum forms low rounded clumps which have smooth surfaces, and are obtuse, rounded, or even clavate at the ends. Range and distribution. — The geologic range of Millepora alci- corms Linnaeus is Mio-Pliocene to Recent. The geographic extent of the living form of M. alcicorms is now believed to be confined to the Western Atlantic between Bermuda on the north and northern South America on the south. Specific regions are the following: Bermuda; the Bahamas (Bimini area at Rabbit Cay, Turtle Rocks, South Bimini, Abaco, Harrington Sound, and Moselle Bank); Florida (the Keys and Tortugas); Mexico (Alacran Reef); British Honduras (Lighthouse and Glover’s Reefs, Rendezvous Cay); southeast of Cuba; Jamaica (Ocho Rios and Pelican Cay Reefs: on the former the species has been found on the back reef, the reef crest, the buttress zone, and the seaward slope); Panama Canal Zone; Colombia (Cartagena); Puerto Rico (Mayaguez, La Parguera, and Culebra); St. Thomas; St. Eustatius; Guadeloupe; Curacao; Bonaire; Antigua; Barbados (2-6 fathoms); Trinidad; and possibly Brazil. The Pleistocene locality is Mt. Hope in the Panama Canal VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 21 Zone, and the upper Miocene-Pliocene locality is Cubagua, Vene- zuela. It has been pointed out by Wells (in Woodring, 1957, p. 21) that there is an alcicornis-like Millepora in the Gatuncillo Forma- tion (middle-upper Eocene) of the Madden Basin, Panama. The skeleton of the living VW. alcicornis, a hydrozoan, is com- posed entirely of aragonite like many Recent species of scleractinian corals. Synonymy. — The following forms are considered by Boschma (1948a) and others to be synonymous with ™. alcicornis: M. can- dida Duchassaing and Michelotti, M. carthagimiensis Duchassaing and Michelotti, MW. crista-galli Duchassaing and Michelotti, M. crus- tacea Esper, M. delicatula Duchassaing and Michelotti, M. digitata Duchassaing and Michelotti, /. esperi Duchassaing, M. fasciculata Duchassaing, M. forskali Milne Edwards, M. gothica Duchassaing and Michelotti, WM. moniliformis Dana, M. pumila Dana, M. ramosa Pallas, M. schrammi Duchassaing and Michelotti, and MW. trinitatis Duchassaing and Michelotti. ANTHOZOA SCLERACTINIA Acropora prolifera (Lamarck) Pl. 2, figs.1-3 1707. ? Corallium porosum, album minus muricatum, Sloane, A Voyage to the Islands of Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Cristophers and Jamaica, vol. ly fob SS, OIE. ly aver AE 1816. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 281. 1834. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie ... p. 390. 1846. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., Zoophytes, vol. 7, p. 480. 1859. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Dana, Synopsis Report Zoophytes U.S. Exploring Exped., p. 90. 1860. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes, vol. 3, p. 139. 1861. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 357. 1864b. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, p. 40. 1866. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 188. 1870. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 32. 1871. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, Ne. 4, p. 84. 1877c. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Méd., Fis. y Nat. Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 282. 1880. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Pourtalés 17 Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 19, figs. 1-9. 1886. 1888. 1888. 1890. 1893b. 1895. 1895. 1900a. 1901. 1901a. 1902a. 1902a. 1902d. 1909. 1911. 1913b. 1915d. 1916a. 1919a. 1927b. 1939. BULLETIN 246 Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10, 11, 12, 149. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 81, 82, fig. 47. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 10, joyoy, IS Ze Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 42, p. 304. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck and M. muricata forma prolifera Lam- arck, Brook, Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Mu- seum (Natural History), vol. 1, pp. 24, 26-27. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., Viola Sil ip 282. Madrepora prolifera Lamarck, Nutting, State Univ. Iowa, Lab. Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 3, Nos. 1-2, p. 215. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Gregory, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, pp. 29-31. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pt. 1, art. 4, pp. 165, 168. Isopora muricata forma prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, Rijksmus. Geol. en Mineral., Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 10, 12, 69. Acropora muricata var. prolifera (Lamarck), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci. Irans..) vole iit pt dm ants=95 peecllG. Isopora muricata forma prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 313, pl. 22, fig. 1; pls. 23-25. Madrepora muricata forma prolifera (Lamarck), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Mem., vol. 8, pp. 542, 543, 545. Madrepora muricata forma prolifera Lamarck, Hartmeyer, Meereskunde Berlin, Jahrg. 3, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 2. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck) Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 9, p. 135. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 11, p. 156. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 5, No. 17, p. 597. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck) Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 480, 482. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amster- dam, vol. 25, p. 161. Acropora muriicata var. prolifera (Lamarck), Butsch, Barbados Mus. Nat: Hist! Soca Jour, svoli6, NomSapselsiauples2. tiowe2. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 43, 46. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p. 446. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, p. 60. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953- 1954, p. 24. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Newell and Rigby, Soc. Econ. Paleont. and Mineral., Special Publ. No. 5, p. 58. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull. No: 3; p. 31° bo Go VENEZUELAN CENOZzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 1958b. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, p. 25. 1959. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 32. 1959b. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, a ay 1959a. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 116, No. 1, pp. 59, 63, 64, 65. 1961. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac Nos 2 ppsr9. 12) lSeetigs plane: 1962. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, PDA see LOE 1963. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 136, 137, 142, 146, 161, pl. 5a. 1964. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Goreau, Science, vol. 145, No. 3630, p. 1964. nee prolifera \Lamarck), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 47. 1964. Acropora prolifera (Lamarck), Rivero, Geos [Venezuela], No. 11, p. 113. The single specimen collected is so worn that the identification is provisional. The small, broken corallum is branched, with two of the branches diverging from the larger stem in the form of a “V”. The branches are cylindrical, gently tapering, and subcircular in cross section, consisting of an axial corallite with somewhat smaller radial corallites around it. The corallites are worn down to low mounds or protuberances but normally they must have formed tubu- lar projections scattered all over the branches as well as at the end of the branches. The calices are less than 2 mm in diameter, and the 12 septa are well developed. The corallites grow at an angle to the branch, and as the corallites have been worn down to the degree that their calices are now parallel with the branch, the columella appears to be off-centered. Measurements. — Specimen B563a: length of largest branch of corallum (broken at both ends) 46 mm; diameter of branch at large end 9 mm, at small end 5 mm; average diameter of axial calice 1.1 mm, of radial calice 0.7 mm. Locality. — Washed up on beach southeast of Higuerote, State of Miranda. One dead specimen. Recent. Comparisons. —It is difficult to determine with assurance whether the Higuerote specimen is Acropora prolifera (Lamarck ) or Acropora cervicormis (Lamarck). Vaughan (1902a, p. 313) differ- entiated A. prolifera by its more crowded branches, a character that the Venezuelan form seems to display. As the two species are close, citations to A. cervicornis are appended below. 24 BuLLETIN 246 Remarks.— Acropora prolifera (Lamarck) was _ originally known as A. muricata (Linnaeus). The A. muricata complex in the West Indies was later subdivided into A. cervicornis, A. prolifera, and A. palmata by Lamarck. Subsequently, and largely through the work of Brook (1893b), these three American species were again united under the name of A. muricata (Linnaeus), a name which found acceptance by a number of authors. In 1900a, however, Greg- ory reapplied the individual Lamarckian names to the three species, and that trend has persisted to the present. Range and distribution.— The range of Acropora prolifera (Lamarck) is Pleistocene to Recent, the Pleistocene form reported from the Fresh Creek fossil reef on Andros Island, the Bahamas. The living A. prolifera is known from the Bahamas, Florida (Tor- tugas), Mexico (off Vera Cruz), British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Pedro Bank), Jamaica (on the well-sheltered inner reef of Portland Bight), Haiti, Puerto Rico (Culebra), St. Thomas, Curacao (Caracas Bay), Venezuela (Puerto La Cruz), and Bar- bados (1-8 fathoms). Addendum. — References to Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck ) are the following: 1707. Corallum album porosum maximum muricatum Sloane, A Voyage to the Islands of Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Cristophers and Jamaica, vol. 1, p. 51, pl. 18, fig. 3. [Fide Vaughan, 1902a, p. 312.] 1758. Millepora muricata (pars) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, p. 192. 1766. Madrepora muricata (Linnaeus), Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 327. [Fide Vaughan, 1902a, p. 313.] 1767. Madrepora muricata (Linnaeus), Knorr, Deliciae Naturae, pl. AII, fig. 1. [Fide Vaughan 1902a, p. 313.] 1768. Madrepora and Millepora muricata (pars) Linnaeus, Pallas, lyst der Plant-Dieren, p. 404. 1786. Madrepora muricata var. a Ellis and Solander, The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoophytes. [Fide Vaughan, 1902a, p. 313.] 1816. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 281. 1834. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 390. 1834. Heteropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Abhandl., p. 334. 1836. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., CGteZ sap 449e 1846. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., vol. 7, Zoophytes, pp. 479-480. 1847. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 4, p. 1095. 1850. 1859. 1860. 1861. 1866. 1870. 1871. 1880. 1886. 1888. 1888. 1889. 1891. 1893b. 1895. 1895. 1900a. 1901e. 1901. 1902a. 1902a. 1902b. 1909. HIG) tale 1913b. 1919. 1919c: VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 25 Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des Antilles, p. 17. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Dana, Synopsis Rept. Zoophytes, U.S. Exploring Exped., p. 89. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes, vol. 3, pp. 136-137. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 357. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R, Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 188. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 32. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 84. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Pourtalés in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 18, figs. 1-9. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10, 11, 12, 149. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 14, pp. 82, 86. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. LOSS py 13: Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Duerden, Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, p. 621. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Jukes-Brown and Harrison, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 47, p. 226. Madrepora (Eumadrepora) muricata forma cervicornis Lamarck, Brook, Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 1, pp. 24, 27-28, 29. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, p. 282. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Nutting, State Univ. Iowa, Lab. Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 3, Nos. 1-2, p. 134. Madrepora cervicornis Lamarck, Gregory, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, No. 31, pp. 21-31. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pt. 1, art. 4, pp. 165, 167-168. Isopora muricata (Linnaeus) forma muricata s.s. = cervicornis (Lam- arck), Vaughan, R. Mus. Geol. Min. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. eepps Seo eto 1 20869=7 1. Acropora muricata var. cervicornis (Lamarck), Verrill, Connecticut Neads Arts Scr voll dike pt artes o,mp. 216. Isopora muricata s.s. — cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20, for 1900, pt. 2, p. 313, pl. 21; pl. 22, fig. 2. Isopora muricata (Linnaeus) forma cervicornis (Lamarck), Spencer, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, p. 361. Madrepora muricata (Linnaeus) forma cervicornis Lamarck, Hartmeyer, Meereskunde Berlin, Jahrg. 3, No. 2, pp. 9, 10, pl. 1, fig. 1. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 9, p. 135. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 11, p. 156. Isopora cervicornis (Lamarck), Nutting, Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist. WO $35 INOS ey jos Oil Acropora muricata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept. 1917, pl. 25. 1927b. 11929" 1936b. 1939. 1943, 1943. 1948. 1954. 1954. 1956. 1957. 1958a. 1958b. 1958. 1959. 1959. 1959: 1959: 1959b., 1959: 1960b. 1960c. 1960b. 1961. 1961. 196la. 1961. BuLLeTIN 246 Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amster- dam, vol. 25, p. 161. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Ani- malia, pars 44, pp. 606-607. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Wells, Amer. Jour Sci., ser. 5 31 (231), No. 182, p. 100. Acropora muricata var. cervicornis (Lamarck), Butsch, Barbados Mus. Histor, Soc, Jour.) .vol.6, Nob 3) pss ply 2aahiows: Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 43, 46. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Paper, No. 44, p. 300, pl. 8, fig. 1. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 75, 76, pla2: Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Smith, U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck) —= muricata (Linnaeus), Fontaine. Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p. 24. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Ginsburg, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 40, No. 10, p. 2407. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Newell and Rigby, Soc. Econ. Paleont., Spec. Publ. No. 5, pp. 42, 58, pl. 3, fig. 2. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W.LI., Bull. No. 3, pp. 21, 31. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 23, 24 25% Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 5, pp. 152, 154. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann and Hoskin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Bull., vol. 6, pp. 13, 18, fig. 14. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, Sas Z5 Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Rodriguez, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 9, Ne. 3, p. 274. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, pp. 194, 213, 214, fig. 13(7). Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, M2 MARIOS TOMS Se ooo. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull. vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239, 241, 242, 243, 245, 246, 248. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No: 6, pp. 1133) 1140. ply Ss. tics 1 pl6) fies: Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 119, No. 3, p. 421. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 9, 12. Acropora muricata (Linnaeus) cervicornis (Lamarck), Westermann and Kiel, Natuurwet. Studiekr. Suriname en Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, ps 13:6: Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Goreau, Endeavour, vol. 20, No. 77, Deesse Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull., No. 3, p. 31. , vol. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIcC CorRALS: WEISBORD 27. 1962. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Kornicker and Boyd, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 646, 647, 650, 651, 655, 657, 662, 663, 664.0667, figs 9; 10; 16n(6),, 22° 238-24, 28. 30) 311. 1962. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Stoddart, Atoll] Research Bull., No. 87, Ppa 17419200 219 222123. 25.0264 2728 tiess 1d 12) 1963. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Shinn, Jour. Sed. Petrol., vol. 33, No. 2 pps 500) S0Ie ties 1: 1963. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Almy and Carrion-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 141, 142, 145, 161, pl. 4a. 1963. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 282. 1964. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Buisonjé, K. Nederland. Akad. Wet- ensch., Proc., ser. B, vol. 67, No. 1, pp. 64, 65. 1964. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 6, 7, +7, pl. 12a. 1964a. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Goreau, Science, vol. 145, No. 3630, p. B85. tgs 2. 1964. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, INiow79ee ps 72: 1964. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Folk and Robles, Jour. Geol., vol. 72, Not 35 pps 2ol, 262, 268, pl: 3 tres AS 1966. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bulli vols, 50) No.9 pp: 19311, 1937, 1938; pl. 1) fies 8: 1966. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Shinn, Jour. Paleont., vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 233-240, pl. 27, text-figs. 1-6. 1967. Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck), Mesolella, Science, vol. 156, No. 3775, pp. 638, 639, fig. 2. The range of Acropora cervicornis (Lamarck) is Pleistocene to Recent. The living form is known from the Bahamas (Bimini) to Barbados, with intervening localities at Florida and the Tortugas (2-10 fathoms), Mexico (Blanquilla and Alacran Reefs), British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s Reef, Pedro Bank), Cuba, Jamaica, Puerto Rico (off Gallardo Bank, 10 fathoms), Antigua, St. Thomas, Curacao (3-6 fathoms), and Venezuela (Tortuga and Margarita Islands). According to Vaughan (1918, p. 482), the A. cervicornis variant of A. muricata occurs in the Pleistocene of Moin Hill (Costa Rica), at Mount Hope in the Panama Canal Zone, and “is general in the West Indian and eastern Central American Pleistocene reefs where they were not exposed to the beat of the heavy surf.” The species is also known from the Pleistocene of the Fresh Creek fossil reef in the Great Bahama Bank (Newell and Rigby, 1957), in the Key Largo Limestone of Florida (Stanley, 1966), at Sugar Loaf in the Island of St. Eustatius (Westermann and Kiel), from the Island of Guadeloupe, and in uplifted reefs in Barbados ( Mesolella, 1967). 28 BuLLETIN 246 Siderastrea (Siderastrea) radians (Pallas) Pl 2) fhigsr4aas 1766. Madrepora radians Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, pp. 322-323. 1767. Madrepora astroites Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, p. 1276 (not Pallas, 1766). 1786. Madrepora galaxea Ellis and Solander, Natural History of Zoophytes, p. 168, pl. 47, fig. 7. 1791. Madrepora galaxea Ellis and Solander, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13) pti6, p1 3765. 1791. Madrepora astroites Linnaeus, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, pt. 6, Been 1794. Madrepora astroites Linnaeus, Esper, Fortsetzungen Pflanzenthiere, vol. 1, pp. 12-16, pl. 35. 1801. Astraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Waite, js SWAle 1807. Astraea radians (Pallas), Fischer von Waldheim, Muséum Demidoff. vol. 3, p. 295. 1815. Astraea radians seu astroites (Linnaeus), Oken, Lehrb. Naturg., vol. 3, INojel hp: 65: 1816. Astraeca galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim, sans Vert, vol: 25 \p.267. 1816. ?Astraea punctifera Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 260. 1821. Astraca galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Mém., vol. 6, p. 285, pl. 16, fig. 13. 1821. Astraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Exposition Méthod- ique Polypiers, p. 60, pl. 47, fig. 7. 1824. ?Astraea punctifera Lamarck, Lamouroux, Encyclopédie, Méthodique, Zoophytes, p. 132. 1830. Astraea (Siderastrea) galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Blainville, Diction- naire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 335. 1830. Astracpora punctifera (Lamarck), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 349. 1834. Astraeopora punctifera (Lamarck), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 383. 1834. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Blainville, Manuel d’Actin- ologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 370. 1834. Astraea astroites (Linnaeus), Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Ab- handl., p. 319. 1834. Explanaria galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys., Abhandl., 1832, p. 306. 1836. 2Astrea punctifera Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 407. 1836. Astraeca galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 418. 1846. Siderina galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., vol. 7, Zoophytes, pp. 218-220, pl. 10, figs. 12, 12b. [Not figs. 12a, 12d fide Vaughan, 1919, p. 439.] 1848b. Siderastraca galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sei. Nat. Paris) GR. vols 27, p) 495: 1849. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, Zoologie, sér. 3, vol. 12, p. 139. 1850. Astraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des Antilles, p. 15. 1851. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Milne Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 106. 1853. Madrepora galaxea Ellis and Solander, Nelson, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Journ., vol. 9, p. 211. 1855. 1857. 1859. 1861. 1864. 1866. 1870. 1871. 1875. 1877. 1877c. 1880. 1886. 1888b. 1888. 1889. 1890. 1890. 1891. 1895. 1895. 1899. 1900a. 1901. 1901b. 1902. 1902a. VENEZUELAN CENOZzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 29 Astraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 12, p. 754. Astraea radians (Pallas), Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire Natur- elle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, pp. 506-507. Siderina galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Dana, Synopsis Rept. Zoophytes U.S. Exploring Expedition, p. 28. Astrea radians (Pallas), Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Nat. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 354. Siderastraea radians (Pallas), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, fos SD. Astraea radians (Pallas), Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Nat. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 182-183. Astraea radians (Pallas), Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 31. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 81. Siderastrea galaxea E. & H., Pourtalés, in Gabb, Geol. Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, p. 545. Siderastraea radians (Pallas), Lindstrom, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Stockholm, Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 23. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Méd., Fis. y Nat. Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 281. Siderastraea galaxea (Milne Edwards and Haime) and (Blainville), Pourtalés, in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, pt. 1, pl. 11, figs. 14-21; pl. 15, figs. 1-12. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Quelch Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 12, 113. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40, p. 306. Siderastraea radians (Pallas), Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., vol. 3, p. 181. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Duerden, Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, p. 621. Siderastraea radians (Pallas), Ortmann, Zeitschr. f. Wissensch. Zool. Leipzig, vol. 50, p. 298. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 42, p. 305. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Jukes-Brown and Harrison, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 47, p. 226. Siderastraea galaxea (Ellis and Solander), Nutting, State Univ. Iowa, Lab. Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 3, Nos. 1-2, pp. 99, 134. Astraea radians (Pallas), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 277-278, 285. Astrea radians (Pallas), Guppy, Victoria Inst. Trinidad, Proc., vol. 3, p. 169. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 10, p. 552. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, R. Mus. Geol. Min. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 8, 11, 12, 61-62. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., ‘trans., voly ie ant. 33) pps. 88, 152, 153-155) 190le arte 4 ipps 18ik, 186. pl. 30, fig. 1. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci. Irae, wok hk js ZB, eure 10) fo Ste Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 ‘oye IGXNOS foxes Ay je SO jole WES joll als, savers Ae 30 1904b. 1908b. 1909. 1909c. 1909d. 1910a. NOTE 1913b. L913" 1914. 1915d. 1916a. 1916c. 1918b. 1918a. 1919a. 1925e. 1927b. 1929. 1930a. 1932a. 193 5b. 193 i7< 1943. 1943. 1948. 1954. BULLETIN 246 Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Duerden, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 20, pp. 1-130, pls. 1-11, text-figs. 1-13. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Gravier, Soc. Biol. Paris, C. R., vol. 64, pp. 1081-1082. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Hartmeyer, Meereskunde Berlin, Jahrg. 3, IN@s 7A jos 1, WG A, saves Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Gravier, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 15, pp. 365-368. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Gravier, Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 1, pp. 4, 5, 17-24, pl. 5, figs. 16-20; pl. 6, figs. 24-27; pl. 7, figs. 28-33; pl. 8, figs. 34-38; pl. 9, fig. 39. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Gravier, Assoc. Francaise Avancem, Sci., C. R., vol. 38, pp. 704-705. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 9, p. 139. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 11, pp. 156, 162. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 11, p. 126. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 19, 20. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., Volo 5. py 597. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. Siderastrea radianes (Pallas), Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 96, 98. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 213, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 9, p. 325. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 252, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 12, No. 7, pp. 175, 176. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 225, 232, 300, 436, 437, 439-441, 442, 444, 516, pl. 114, fig. 1. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Boschma, Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., Proc., vol. 60, pp. 451, 456, 458. Siderastrea radians (Pallas) van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol. 25, p. 160. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, pars 44, pp. 560-561. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Yonge, British Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Great Barrier Reef Exped. 1928-29, Sci. Rept., vol. 1, No. 2, p. 44 Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 31, p. 291. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 452, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 201-208, pl. 1, figs. 1-4. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 475, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 31, No. 9, pp. 209, 211. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 6, Nios 1 i psr43e Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. 44, pp. 55, 68, 126, 294, 305, pl. 2, fig. 3; pl. 12, figs. 2S: Siderastrea (Siderastrea) radians (Pallas), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 72, 78, pl. 6. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953- 1954, p. 24. 1954. 1955. 1956a. 1957. 1958a. 1958. 1958. 1958b. 11959: 11959: 1959b. 1959. 959: 1960b. 1960c. 1961. 1962. 1962. 1963. 1963. 1964. 1964. 1964a. 1964. 1964. 1965. 1965. 1966. 1966. 1967. VENEZUELAN CENOZzoIC CoRALS: WEISBORD Si Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Smith, U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fishery Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 224. Siderastrea (Siderastrea) radians (Pallas), Wells, Treatise on Inverte- brate Paleontology, Part F, Coelenterata, p. F384, fig. 276, la. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Alloiteau, Contribution a la Systematique des Madréporaires, p. 400, fig. 260 bis. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W.L., Bull. No. 3, p. 31. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Forest, Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. S75 jo)05 ZN) HAle Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 248-249, pl. 35, figs. 1, 3, 4; pl 36, fig. 3. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, p. 20. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 242, 243, 248. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, p. 211. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Goreau, Ecology, vol 40, pp. 70, 73, 75, 82, 85. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hoskin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, p. 19. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 33, 34. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 1134, 1135, 1141. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Lewis, Barbados Mus. Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour, vols 28) Nos 1) \p. Ii: Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 10, 72-73, figs. 61-62. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Kornicker and Boyd, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 655, 656, 668, fig. 16(13), table 3. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, pp. e192 3122 figs Auk Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 136, 139, 141, 142, 148, 162, pl. 7b. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), J. A. Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 282. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Buisonjé, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., ser. B, vol. 67, No. 1, pp. 64, 65. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Roos, Studies of the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 9. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Goreau, Science, vol. 145, No. 3630, p. 385. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. 79, pp. 60, 67, 80. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Rivero, Geos, No. 11, p. 112. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Kissling, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 605, 607, 610, fig. 6E. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Neumann, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 4, p. 1004. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, p. 1931, pl. 1, fig. 10. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Rigby and Mclntire, Brigham Young Univ., Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 23, 44. Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Mesolella, Science, vol. 156, No. 3775, p. 638. BULLETIN 246 ws bo The single Venezuelan specimen collected is a young one. The corallum is encrusting, cerioid, slightly hemispherical and undula- tory, and ash gray in color. The calices are subhexagonal in outline, with diameters ranging from 2.8 mm to 4.5 mm. There are 26 to 36 septa in four cycles, the last cycle incomplete. The summits of the septa are nearly horizontal at the boundary of the adjoining calice, but inward toward the columella they steepen, gradually at first but then precipitously at the columellar cavity. The sides of the septa are vertical and are studded with small pointed nodules; the upper margins are serrulated by small denticles of which there are 12 or so on the longer septa. The columella is small and papillose. Measurements. — Specimen B569a: corallum length 25 mm, width 23 mm, thickness 4 mm; length of calices 3.1 mm tomo mm, width 2.8 mm to 3.7 mm. Locality. — Washed up on beach southeast of Higuerote, State of Miranda. One dead specimen. Recent. Comparisons. — Stderastrea radians (Pallas) is often found with, and closely resembles Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). It is distinguished from S. siderea by its deeper and narrower col- umellar cavity, and by its smaller calices with fewer septa; there are always fewer than 48 septa on adults of S. radians, as compared with 48 or more on S. siderea. Another similar species 1s S. stellata Verrill from Albrolhos Reef and Bahia, Brazil, but that has longer calices (up to 6 mm), more coarsely dentate septa, and a less developed columella than S. radians. S. radians is essentially a near-shore species occupying a variety of habitats from strong surf at one extreme to sediment-laden waters at the other. Range and distribution. — If the S. galaxea reported by Pour- talés from the Dominican Republic is synonymous with S. radians, as most authors believe, then S. radians ranges from Middle Mio- cene to Recent. The living form of S. radians 1s common in the Western At- lantic in shallow water, and has been reported from the Red Sea, off the Islands of San Thomé and Fernando Po in the Gulf of Guinea, and in the Cape Verde Islands. Western Atlantic localities are Bermuda (Gallows Island); the Bahamas (Harrington Sound, os) LoS) VENEZUELAN CENozoIc CorALs: WEISBORD Bimini, Abaco); the Florida Keys (Spanish Harbor); the west coast of Florida (St. George’s Sound); the Tortugas (Bird Key Reef, Loggerhead Key, Fort Jefferson); Mexico (Vera Cruz, Isla Verde, Isla de Lobos, Alacran Reef); Panama; British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe); Cuba; Puerto Rico (tide pools, back- and-patch reefs, cays); Jamaica (Kingston 5-6 ft.); St. Thomas; Guadelope; Curacao (Westpunt Baai, St. Michaels Baai, Piscadera Baai, Spanish Water); and Barbados. The Pleistocene S. radians occurs inthe Bahamas (Fresh Creek fossil reef); Florida (Key Largo Limestone); the Panama Canal Zone (Mt. Hope); Curacao; and the Barbados in low level reefs. S. radians from the Mio-Pliocene of Cubagua Island, Venezuela is noted by Rivero (1964), and the Mio- cene S. galaxea (Ells and Solander), which is placed in synonymy with S. radians (Pallas), was reported by Pourtalés in 1875 from the Dominican Republic. Siderastrea (Siderastrea) siderea (Ellis and Solander) Pl 3) figs led 1786. Madrepora siderea Ellis and Solander, Natural History of Zoophytes, p. 168, pl. 49, fig. 2. 1791. Madrepora siderea Ellis and Solander, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, Pt 6; pi 3/65. 1816. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 267. 1821. Astraca siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Mém., vol. 6, p. 286, pl. 16, fig. 14. 1821. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Exposition Methodique Polypiers, p. 60, pl. 49, fig. 2. 1824. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lamouroux, Encyclopédie Méth- odique, Zoophytes, vol. 2, p. 126. 1830. Astraea (Siderastraea) siderea (Ellis and Solander), Blainville, Diction- naire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 335. 1834. Astraea (Sidcrastraea) siderea (Ellis and Solander), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 370. 1834. Astraea trichophylla Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. 1832, p. 319. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 279.] 1836. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lamarck, Hist, Nat. Anim. sans Wertsmeda 2 viele 2 ap. 4:7 1846. Pavonia siderea (Ellis and Solander), Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., Zoophytes, vol. 7, pp. 331-332. 1849. ? Siderastrea globosa Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci, Nat. Paris, sér. 3, vol. 12, p. 141. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 279.] 1849. Siderastrea siderca (Ellis and Solander), Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, vol. 12, p. 141. 1851. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Milne Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 105. 1857. Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Milne Edwards and Haime, His- toire naturelle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, p. 509, pl. D7, 1 hee, 2s 1857. ? Astraea globosa Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, p. 510. 34 1859. 1861. 1863a. 1863a. 1864a. 1864b. 1865. 1866. 1868d. 1868a. 1870. 1871. 1875. 1877c. 1895. 1900a. 1901b. 190 1c. 1902a. 1902d. 1902a. 1904b. 1908b. 1909d. 1913b. 1913; 1914b. BuLLeETIN 246 Pavonia siderea (Ellis and Solander), Dana, Synopsis Rept. Zoophytes U.S. Exploring Expedition, pp. 53, 157. Astrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 354. Siderastraca crenulata Blainville var. antillarum Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 19, p. 435. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 279. ] Siderastraea grandis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 19, p. 441, pl. 16, figs. 5a, 5b. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 279.] Siderastraea grandis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20, p. 40. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, p. 55. Siderastraea crenulata Blainville var. antillarum Dunean, Duncan and Wall, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., Vole 21s pe 1c Astraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 183. Astraea grandis Duncan, Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 24, pp. 18, 20. Siderastraca stellata Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 1, pt. 2, Art. 5, No. 4, pp. 352-353. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 279.] Astraca grandis Duncan, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 31. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 279.] Astraea crenulata (non Blainville), Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 31. [Fide Gregory, 1895, p. 279.) Siderastraca siderea Blainville, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2. No. 4, (p.. 81: Siderastrea siderea Bainville, in Gabb, Geol. Mag., decade 2, VOlee2 sD: 545. Siderastraca siderea (Ellis and Solander), Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Med., Fis. y Nat. Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 281. Astraca siderea (Ellis and Solander), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 278-279, 285. Siderastraea siderea (Ellis and Solander) Blainville, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 10, art. 14, p. 554. Siderastraea siderea (Ellis and Solander) Blainville, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 11, pt. 1, art. 3, pp. 151-152, 154, 155, pl. 30, figs. 1-2. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) Blainville, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pt. 1, art. 4, pp. 181, 186. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, pp. 309-310, pl. 14, figs. 1-2; ple L6yestioaals Siderastraeca siderea (Ellis and Solander), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 588-591, pl. 22, figs. 150-152; pl. 23, figs. 153-156: pl. 24, figs. 157-160. Siderastraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Spencer, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, p. 349. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Duerden, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, Publ. No. 20, p. 3. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Gravier, Soc. Biol. Paris, vol. 64, pp. 1081, 1082. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Gravier, Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann: vol, 1 No.2; pps225.23: Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. W ash- ington, Yearbook No. 11, p. 156. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Brown and Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 65, p. 497. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, Publ. No. 183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 19, 20. 1915c. 1916. 1917a. 1919a. 1920. 1924. 1926. 1927a. 1927b. 1929. 1932a. 193 5b. 19319: 1940a. 1943. 1943. 1944. 1948. 1954. 1954. 1955. 1956. 1956. 1956. UO Sis 1958a. o>) iat VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 5, No. 17, p. 597. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, Yearbook No. 14, pp. 221, 228, 229. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur Prof. Paper 98-T, p. 375. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 212, 214, 215, 217, 219, 225, 232, 253, 255, 256, 377, 387, 436, 437, 438, 440, 443-447. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Gravier, Résultats Campagnes Scientifiques du Prince de Monaco, No. 55, p. 96, pl. 12, figs. 179-180. Siderastraca siderea (Ellis and Solander), Woodring, Brown, and Bur- bank, Republic Haiti Geol. Sur., pp. 173, 178. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan and Hoffmeister, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 344, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., WO Bei, (o5 Jal) Siderastraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, pars 35, pp. 372-373. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol. 25, p. 160. Siderastraea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, pars 44, p. 561. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Wells, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, Yearbook No. 31, p. 291. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, Publ. No. 452, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 201-202, 207-208. Siderastraea siderea Blainville, Butsch, Barbados Mus. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 135-136, pl. 1, fig. 2. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Rutten, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., vol. 43, No. 7, p. 826. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc. vol) 6 Now, py 43: Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. 44, p. 305, pl. 13, fig. 1. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p. 446. Siderastrea (Siderastrea) siderea (Ellis and Solander), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 72, 79, pl. 7. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p. 24. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wild- life Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 223. Siderastrea (Siderastrea) siderea (Ellis and Solander), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, F (Coelenterata), pp. F384-F385, fig. 276, le. Siderastrea siderca (Ellis and Solander), Ginsburg, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 40, No. 10, p. 2410. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Menzel, Oceanogr. Inst. Flor- ida State Univ., Contrib., No. 61, p. 3. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Newell and Rigby, Soc. Econ. Paleont. Mineral., Special Publ. No. 5, p. 58. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull., No. 3, p. 31. *y BuLLETIN 246 1958b. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1958. 1959: 1959: Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 249-250, pl. 36, figs. 1-2. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 5, pp. 152, 154. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 242, 243, 248. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, pp. 211, 213, ZS: 1959b. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, 19592 119/59: ppeet0: 9/35, 74,79, 795) 845 85. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann, and Hoskin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Ruble sviolsi6;n pao Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 33. 1960b. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, pp. 1134, 1137,.1138,.1139,-1140, 1142), 1044, pl. 6. 1960c. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Lewis, Barbados Mus. Nat. 1961. 1961. 1962. 1963. 1963. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Westermann and Kiel, Natuur- wetensch. Studiekr. Suriname en Nederlandse Antillen. No. 24, p. 136. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 10, 74-75, figs. 63-64. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. -87, pp. 1%, 19s 21, 23. 25, 2628) digs. 01-12. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Aimy and Carrion-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 137, 141, 142, 148, 162, ple 7c Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), J. A. Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 2, p. 282. 1964a. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Goreau, Science, vol. 145, No. 1964. 1964. 1964. 1964. 1965. 1966. 1966. 1967. 3630, p. 385. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 9, 47, pls. 4b (Sy, Say (SNe Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. 79, pp. 18, 78, 80, 82, 84. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Buisonjé, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., ser. B, vol. 67, No. 1, pp. 64, 65. Siderastrea siderca (Ellis and Solander), Rivero, Geos, No. 11, pp. 112, 132 Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Kissling, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 605, 607, 610, fig. 6F. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1931, 1938, pl. 1, fig. 13. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Rigby and McIntire, Brigham Young Univ., Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 29, 30, 33, 34, 35, 40. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), Mesolella, Science, vol. 156, No. 3775, p. 638. The corallum is large, massive, and cerioid, and is probably hemispherical in shape though it is so corroded and riddled by large burrows of a boring pelecypod that its true form cannot be made out. The corallites are tall, moderately slender, crowded, and un- equal. The calices are irregularly pentagonal or hexagonal, seemingly VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD Si shallow, separated by a thin but well-defined common wall, and range from about 5 mm to 6 mm in length and about 4 mm to 5 mm in width. The septa of adjoining calices abut against the wall (which is flush with the surface) and oppose each other end to end or are alternate in position. The number of septa, which depends in part on the dimensions of the calice, varies from 42 to 70, In the average mature calice there are 55 to 60 septa or 10 to 11 septa per millimeter length of the calice. There are four complete cycles of septa plus a number of quinaries, but in small calices the fourth cycle may be incomplete in some systems. The septa are thin and closely spaced, the primary ones reaching the columella but the tertiaries fused with the secondaries part way along the length of the latter, and the quaternaries fused with the tertiaries. The septa are dentate along the summit, with 12 to 14 pairs of slightly staggered, diminutive, laterally projecting denticles on the longest septa some 2 mm or so in length. The sides of the septa are granu- late. The columella is smal] and its structure in the upper part ob- scured by the simple convergence of the primary septa. The synapticulae are rather regularly disposed and extend from the wall about three-fourths the distance to the columella, with six or seven of them present between septa of full length. The costae are finely and coarsely tuberculate, the tubercles large in some series, smal] in others. The tubercules are arranged in oblique or not quite vertical columns along the length of the costae, and in a costa 0.7 mm in width there are four rows of tubercles, those in the two middle columns large, the ones in the outer columns small. On some of the costae small tubercles alternate with large ones in the same column. Lengthwise along the costae there are five large tubercles in one millimeter of length, and depending on their loca- tion, as many as seven small tubercles in one millimeter of length. A number of the larger tubercles are perforate. Measurements. — Specimen $567a: corallum length 78 mm, width 63 mm, height 86 mm. Locality. — Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member) at W-23, north flank of Punta Gorda anticline at Lithothamnium reef. One specimen, Remarks. — The few calices that can be seen on the Venezuelan 38 BULLETIN 246 specimen are extremely shallow, but they are all corroded, and none of them is on a fresh surface. Their true configuration therefore is not known. It is assumed, however, that the calices normally are fairly deep as on Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), and as all other characters conform to S. siderea, the Venezuelan fossil is re- ferred to that species. Range and distribution. — The range of Siderastrea siderea is Miocene to Recent. The Miocene form is found in Cuba, Jamaica (Bowden), Haiti, the Dominican Republic (Zone H, Rio Cana), Vieques Island, and Trinidad. The Pliocene locality is Cabo Blanco, Venezuela (this report). In the Pleistocene the species has been recorded from Bermuda, the Bahamas, Florida, the Panama Canal Zone (Mt. Hope), Costa Rica, Cuba, Jamaica, the Dominican Republic (Barahona), St. Eustatius, Curacao, Aruba, and Barbados (in reefs up to 480 feet in elevation). In the Western Atlantic the living form is reported from Bermuda, the Bahamas, Florida (Tor- tugas), Mexico (Blanquilla and Alacran Reefs, Isla de Lobos, and off Vera Cruz), Panama, British Honduras ( Rendezvous Cay, Light- house Reef, Glover’s Reef, and Pedro Bank), Jamaica, Puerto Rico (Culebra), St. Thomas, Venezuela (Puerto La Cruz and Tortuga), Curacao, and Barbados (1 to 10 fathoms ). The living Siderastrea siderea has also been reported from the Red Sea, Cape Verde Islands, the Gulf of Guinea, and off the Island of San Thomé. Porites furcata Lamarck Pl. 4, figs. 1-4 1816. Porites furcata Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 271. 1821. Porites recta Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Mém., vol. 6, p. 288, pl. 16, fig. 16. [Fide Felix, 1929, p. 614.] 1827. Porites furcata Lamarck, Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie Meéethodique, Zoophytes, p. 653. 1826. Porites furcata Lamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences natur- elles, vol. 43, p. 51. 1830. Heliopora furcata (Lamarck), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles, vol. 60, p. 357. 1834. Heliopora furcata (Lamarck), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 392. 1836. Porites furcata Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 437. 1846. Porites furcata Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., vol. 7, Zoophytes, Peds 1849. Porites furcata Lamarck, Milne Edwards, im Cuvier, Régne Animal, Zoophytes, Atlas, pl. 84 bis. 1851. Porites furcata Lamarck, Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., sér. 3, vol. 16, pp. 24-25, pl. 1, figs. 1-1c. 1871. 1875. 1877c. 1879. 1880. 1886. 1888. 1888. 1888. 1890. 1895. 1895. 1899, 1901b. 1901b. 1902a. 1906. 1909. 1912b. 1914b. 1915e. 1915a. 1916a. VENEZUELAN CENOZzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 39 Porites furcata Lamarck, Dana, Synopsis Rept. Zoophytes U.S. Explor- ing Exped., p. 107. Porites furcata Lamarck, Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes, vol. 3, p. 174. Porites furcata Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., vol. 19, p. 358. Porites furcata Lamarck, Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. Sep: 42) Porites furcata Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., vol. 23, p. 189. Porites furcata Lamarck, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 32 Porites furcata Lamarck, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 85. Porites furcata Lamarck, Pourtalés, in Gabb, Geol. Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, p. 545. Porites furcata Lamarck, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Méd., Fis. y Nat. Habana, vol. 14, p. 283. Porites furcaia Lamarck, Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, 2d ed., p. 387. Porites furcata Lamarck, Pourtalés, in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., VO NO de pl 12 shies 7< ple 16. tress 113-20: Porites furcata Lamarck, Quelch, Voyage H. M. S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 13, 179. Porites furcata Lamarck, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 10, pp. 361-364, pl. 15, figs. 1-3; pl. 17, fig. 1 Porites furcata Lamarck, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., vol. 3, p. 157. Porites furcata Lamarck, Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 14, p. 82. Porites furcata Lamarck, Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 42, p. 305. Porites furcata Lamarck, Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 283-284. Porites furcata Lamarck, Nutting, State Univ. Iowa, Lab. Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 3, Nos. 1-2, p. 134. Porites furcata Lamarck, Duerden, Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, No. 6, p. 620. Porites furcata Lamarck, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. Ue ptaljwantses, op: 15s 190le art 4.5ps 170: Porites polymorpha Verrill (pars), Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pt. 1, art. 3, p. 158. [Fide Vaughan, 1919, p. 499.] Porites porites forma furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull; vols 20) for-1900; pt. 2; p: 316, pl-303) pl: 31, fig. 1. Porites furcata Lamarck, Bernard, Catalogue of the Madreporarian Cor- als in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 6, pt. 2, pp. 5, 7, 8, 10, Na 34 6e -64- 165. 70) 73,0 82-855 Porites porites (Pallas) forma furcata Lamarck, Hartmeyer, Meereskunde Berlin, Jahrg. 3, No. 2, pp. 9, 12, pl. 1, fig. 5. Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 10, p. 156, pl. 5, figs. 5c, 6c, 7-8; pl. 6, figs. 1a-1c. Porites furcata Lamarck, Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 19. Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 5 Dai. Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 13, pp. 224, 225. Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 14, p. 228. ’ 40 1916b. 1916c 1918a 1919a. 1924. 1927b. 1929. W932 ae 1939. 1943. 1944. 1948. 1954. 195A. 195: 1958b. 1958. 959: 19/592 1959b. 1959: IES). 1960b. 1960c. 1961. 1962. 1963. 196+a 1964. BULLETIN 246 Porites furcata Lamarck, Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 14, p. 212. . Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 2, p. 95. 1918b. Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 213, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 9, pp. 325, 326. . Porites furcata Lamarck, Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 252, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 12, No. 7, p. 175. Porites furcata Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, p. 499. Porites sp. aff. P. furcata Lamarck, Woodring, Brown, and Burbank, Republ. Haiti Geol. Sur., p. 178. Porites furcata Lamarck, van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol. PAS os IHS Porites furcata Lamarck, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, pars 44, p. 614. Porites furcata Lamarck, Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook Nios 3, gps 29: Porites clavaria Lamarck, Butsch, Barbados Mus. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 6, Nos, po ls8 ple 2 ties 4: Porites furcata Lamarck, Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 43. Porites furcata Lamarck, Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p. 446. Porites furcata Lamarck (pars), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 7, 66, 80-81, pl. 8. Porites furcata Lamarck, Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p. 24. Porites furcata Lamarck, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, pp. 291-293. Porites furcata Lamarck, G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 223. Porites porites furcata Lamarck, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., voles. arnte 40p) 2515 ple sO ties tl. Porites furcata Lamarck, Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 5, pp. 152, 154. Porites furcata Lamarck, T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 241, 242, 243, 245, 246, 248, 249. Porites furcatus Lamarck, Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, p. 221. Porites furcata Lamarck, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, pp. 70. 74, 75, 79, 85. Porites porites var. furcata Lamarck, Kornicker, Bonet, Cann and Hos- kin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, pp. 17, 19. Porites porites forma furcata Lamarck, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2 ppe2s, 34. Porites furcata Lamarck, Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, pp. 1134 1140. Porites furcata Lamarck, Lewis, Barbados Mus. Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., WOle 28 NOs dyapa wide Porites porites var. furcata, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 9, 68-69, figs. 57-58. Porites furcata Lamarck, Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, pp. W/o Portes porites var. furcata Lamarck, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Carib- bean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 141, 149, 150, 162, pl. 9b. No: 1 , . Porites furcata Lamarck, Goreau, Science, vol. 145, No. 3630, p. 385. Porites furcata Lamarck, Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. 79, pp. 45, 46, 74, 80, 84, 86. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 4] 1964. Porites furcata Lamarck (pars), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 30, No. 81, p. 10. 1965. Porites furcata Lamarck, Kissling, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 3, p. 603. 1966. Porites furcata Lamarck, Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. SOMNion eo enips 198i erp lie dinenro-n se 1966 Porites furcata? Lamarck, Rigby and MclIntire, Brigham Young Univ., Geol. Studies, vol. 13, p. 32. The single Recent specimen consists of one irregular branch bent in the middle, broken off at the attached end, slightly dilated as well as blunted at the free end, and subcircular in cross section. The calices are shallow, pentagonal to hexagonal in outline, and joined by a common wall which is thin. The columella is represented by a tubercle or opening around which there are generally five pali. In most calices there are 12 denticulate septa, but in an occasional one there may be up to 15, The color of the corallum is a faded cream. Measurements. — Specimen A575a: Length of branch 32.5 mm, diameter at broken end 7.5 mm, diameter at larger end 11.5 mm; diameter of calices at larger end of branch 1.29 mm to 1.57 mm; thickness of wall between calices 0.011 mm to 0.018 mm. Locality. — Washed up on beach at Playa Grande Yachting Club, Distrito Federal. One dead specimen. Recent. Comparisons. — Specimen A575a closely resembles the follow- ing: Porites porites (Pallas) illustrated by Smith (1948, pl. 10); Porites porites forma furcata Lamarck illustrated by Vaughan (1902, pl. 30; pl. 31, fig. 1); Porites porttes var. furcata Lamarck illustrated by Squires (1959a, pl. 39, fig. 1); and the Porites furcata Lamarck illustrated by Rathbun (1888b, pl. 17, fig. 1). I would un- hesitatingly identify the Venezuelan form as Porites furcata were it not for the fact that the free end of the branch is somewhat dilated as in P. porites rather than tapered to a slightly smaller diameter as it generally is in P. furcata. However, the calices are a little smaller than in the typical P. porites, and there are generally five pali instead of six as there often are in P. porites. In P. clavaria Lamarck the calices range from 1.5 to 2.0 mm in diameter, and there are also six pali. References to P. clavaria Lamarck prior to 1895 and a discussion of that species are given by Gregory (1895, pp. 282-284). The corallum of P. divaricata Lesueur is composed of thin delicate branches less than 6 mm in diameter, whereas on the Venezuelan form the diameter is 7.5 mm to 11.5 mm. In most respects, there- 42 BULLETIN 246 fore, the Venezuelan specimen here described is closest to Porites furcata Lamarck. Range and distribution. — The geologic range of P. furcata 1s given as Miocene to Recent. The living species has been recorded fom the Bahamas to Barbados in depths of 1.5 feet to over 60 feet (10 fathoms). The localities are the following: Bahamas; Florida oe Harbor off Big Pine Key, and the Tortugas); Mexico (Blanquilla and Alacran Reefs, Isla de Lobos?, and off Vera Cruz where specimens are washed up on the shingle banks of Isla Verde and Isla Sacrificios, possibly from Anegada Reef); British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay and Glover's Reef); Cuba; Jamaica; Curacao (Spanish Water, Caracas Bay); St. Thomas, Venezuela (Puerto La Cruz); and Barbados. The Pleistocene form of P. furcata has been reported from the Key Largo Limestone of Florida, from Moin Hill; ‘Costa RieamGat niveau “a” of Pittier); from Mount Hope in the Panama Canal Zone: from the Dominican Republic (Barahona); and from the “West Indies and eastern Central America” (Vaughan). In the Miocene P. furcata was found in the Dominican Republic by Gabb (1875), and a form resembling P. furcata has been re- ported in the Thomonde Formation of Haiti by Woodring. Porites branneri Rathbun Pl. 10, fig. 4 1888b. Porites branneri Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 10, pp. 355, 356, pl. 19; fig. 2: 1901a. Porites branneri Rathbun, Vaughan, R. Mus. Geol. Min. Leiden, Samml., Ser 2eevola 2. pp: - 705.7 1901b. Porites Branneri Rathbun, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pt. 1, pp. 162-163, pl. 31, figs. 6-6a. 1901c. Porites Branneri Rathbun, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol: IMF pt. 1; sant 4. p. 196: 1902a. Porites branneri Rathbun, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull. vol. 20 for 1900), pt. 2, ip. 317- 1904. Porites branneri Rathbun, Greely, i1 Branner, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, Geol. Ser., vol. 7, pp. 268, 269, 270, 272. 1906. Porites Braziliensis secunda Bernard (Porites branneri Rathbun), Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 6, pp. 29, 30. 1927b. Porites branneri Rathbun, van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol: 25, p. 161. 1948. Porites branneri Rathbun, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 60, 71, 80. 1954. Porites branneri Rathbun, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bulls, vols 55) Nos 895\p.°293: 1958a. Porites branneri Rathbun, Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W. No. 3, 31. I Bulk VENEZUELAN CENOozoIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 43 1962. Porites branneri Rathbun, Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, p. 19. 1964. Porites branneri Rathbun, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 47. 1966. Porites branneri Rathbun, Rigby and MclIntire, Brigham Young Uniy., Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 29, 30, 33, 37, 38, 41. The two specimes referred to Porites branneri Rathbun are frag- mentary and corroded. One of the specimens is a flattened irregular cylinder open at both ends and hollow nearly throughout, and the other (C575a) a nondescript doubled-over expanse, one face of which is illustrated under figure 4 on Plate 10. The corallum is unusually porous due to the weathering effect imposed on the naturally loose and open structure. The calices are crowded, small, and shallow, polygonal in outline, and separated by a thin fenes- trated wall. There are 12 granulose septa and three to six papillose pali, the pali occurring before the main septa. In a number of calices the columellar area is ringlike with a small pit in the center. Other morphologic details can not be made out because of poor preser- vation. Measurements. — Specimen C575a: Corallum fragment, height 12.5 mm, width 20.2 mm; diameter of calices 0.79 mm to 1.43 mm: thickness of corallum wall 2.5 mm to 3.0 mm. Locality. — In wall of drainage ditch near south shore of Salina de Guaiguaza, 5.6 kilometers west of Puerto Cabello, State of Cara- bobo. Guaiguaza Clay. Upper Pliocene. Two fragments. Comparisons. — The porous structure, the lacelike appearance of the surface, and the small hole in the center of the columellar process are the characters differentiating P. branneri from other species of the Porites porites complex. Range and distribution. — This is the first report of Porites brannert as a fossil (late Pliocene). The species is known to be liv- ing, however, in Brazil (Parahyba do Norte, Candeias Reef off Pernambuco, Natal, and Maceio Reef off Alagoas), Curacao (Ca- racas Bay), British Honduras (Pedro Bank), Mexico (Isla de Lobos), and the Bahamas. Remarks. — As it is possible that Porites branneri Rathbun and Porites porites (Pallas) have been confused by some authors, there is listed below all of the references to P. porites that have come to my attention: 44 1853. 1888b. 1895. 1901. 1901b. 1901a. 1902b. 1902a. 1902a. 1902b. 1906. 1909. 1909. 1912b. SS. 1915d. 191lé6a. 191é6c. BuLLETIN 246 Corallium poris stellatus Seba, Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium The- Saunin Vole S5ps 202) pl 109 ties Iie Madrepora porites (pars) Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, p. 324. Madrepora porites (pars) Pallas, Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, Pia Ay Den WAAL) Madrepora porites Pallas, Ellis and Solander, The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoophytes, p. 172, pl. 47, fig. 2. Madrepora porites (pars) Pallas, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildung nach der Natur, vol. 1, pts. 3-4, pp. 135-139, pls. 21-21a. Madrepora porites (pars) Pallas, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, pt. 6, p. 3774. Madrepora porites Pallas, Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., p. 371. Porites polymorphus (pars) Link, Beschreibung der Naturalien-Samm- lung der Universitat zu Rostock, p. 163. [Fide Vaughan 1902b, p. 57.] Porites clavaria Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 270. [Fide Vaughan 1902b, p. 57.] Madrepora porites Pallas, Schweigger, Handbuch der Naturgeschichte, Madrepora porites Pallas, Nelson, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. Dpaecililte Porites clavaria Lamarck, Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40, p. 306. Porites clavaria Lamarck, Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, p. 282. [Fide Vaughan, 1902a, p. 314.] Porites polymorpha Link, Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 13, p. 77. Porites polymorpha Link, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sei., Trans., vol. 11, pt. 1, art. 3, pp. 158-159, pl. 31, figs. 3-3a. [Fide Smith, 1948, pe gle Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan, R. Mus. Geol. Mineral. Leiden, Sammi? vols 2. pps 8, 9) JO I 1273-742 Porites porites (Pallas), Spencer, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 58, p. 361. Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pp. 314-316, pl. 28. Porites porites forma clavaria Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, p. 316, pl. 29; pl. 31, fig. 2. [Fide Vaughan 1919a, p. 498. ] Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan, Biol. Soc. Washington, Proc., vol. 15, pp. 56-58. Porites porites (Pallas), Bernard, Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural Histry), vol. 6, pt. 2, pp. 11, 16, 31, 32) 43" Porites porites (Pallas) var. Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 7, p. 135. Porites porites (Pallas) forma clavaria Lamarck, Hartmeyer, Meeres- kunde Berlin, Jahrg. 3, No. 2, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 4. Porites clavaria Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 10, pp. 148, 152, 156, pi. 4, fig. c; pl. 6, figs. 3,4. [Fide Vaughan 1919, p. 498.] Porites porites (Lamarck), Brown and Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Proc., vol. 65, p. 497. Porites clavaria Lamarck, Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 5, p. 597. [Fide Vaughan 1919, p. 498.] Porites clavaria Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 14, p. 228. [Fide Vaughan 1919, p. 498.] Porites clavaria Lamarck, Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 95, 98. [Fide Vaughan 1919, p. 498.] 1918b. 1919a. 1919c. 1927b. 1927a. 1929: 1929. 11939: 1943. 1948. 1954. 1954. 1955. 1956. 1958b. 1958a. 1958b. 1959. 1959b. 1959. 1960a. 1960c. 1962. 1962. 1963. 1963. 1963. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 45 Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 213, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 9, pp. 325, 326. Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 498-499, Portites porites (Pallas), Vaughan, Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1917, p. 205, pl. 8. Porites porites (Pallas), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol. 2500p) 161) Porites porites (Pallas), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, pars 35, pp. 472-473. Porites porites (Pallas), Coryell and Ohlsen, New York Acad. Sci., Sci- entific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 230- 232, pl. 44, fig. 2. Porites porites (Pallas), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, pars 44, p. 616. Porites clavara 2 Lamarck, Butsch, Barbados Mus. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol GoNOs Sipe SS plag2. tos 4: Porites porites (Pallas), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Special RaperswNow 445 pps 1668) 315. ply 2o.attess Ie tase 2: Porites porites (Pallas), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 7, 66, 81, pls. Se WOE Porites porites (Pallas), Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p. 24. Porites porites (Pallas), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. Porites porites (Pallas), G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 216, 223. Porites porites (Pallas), Ginsburg, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 40, No. 10, p. 2410. Porites porites (Pallas), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115, anta tay Dara. Porites porites (Pallas), Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull. No. 3 in ie Porites porites (Pallas), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, p. 23. Porites porites (Pallas), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer. Must Natwhust, Bulle vole tl7s ant 4.) pps 21 i: 213. 2i5: Porites porites (Pallas), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, pp. 70, 73, 74, 75, 76, 81, 85. Porites porites (Pailas), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 242, 243, 248. Porites porites (Pallas), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 2, pp. 1134, 1135, 1136, 1137, 1138, 1139, 1140, 1144, pl. 3, fig. 6; pl. 4, fig. 9: pl. 7, fig. 14. Porites porites (Pallas), Lewis, Barbados Mus. Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11. Porites porites (Pallas), Kornicker and Boyd, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 46, No. 5, pp. 645, 651, 655, 657, 660, 662, 670, figs. 9, 16(7), 20225 Porites porites (Pallas), Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, pp. 17, 19, 20, 24, 25, 26, 27, figs. 11-12. Porites porites (Pallas), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos: 2-3, pp. 136, 137, 139; 142, 149) 162: Porites porites (Pallas), Shinn, Jour. Sed. Petrol., vol. 33, No. 2, p. 300. Porites porites (Pallas), J. A. Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Carib- bean, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 282, 284. 46 BuLLETIN 246 1964. Porites porites (Pallas), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curagao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 10, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 513/356 35s SS lea tae 1964. Porites porites (Pallas), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. 79, pp. 38, 45, 46, 60, 72, 74, pl. 3 figs. 1, 2. 1965. Porites porites (Pallas), Kissling, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 693, 605, 608, 610, fig. 6A. 1966. Porites porites (Pallas), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1931, 1938, pl. 1, fig. 6. 1966. Porites porites (Palias). Rigby and MclIntire, Brigham Young Univ., Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 28, 30. 1967. Porites porites (Pallas) Mesolella, Science, vol. 156, No. 3775, p. 639. The range of Porites porites (Pallas) is given by authors as Miocene to Recent. The Miocene occurrence is in the La Cruz Marl near Santiago, Cuba (Vaughan). In the Pleistocene, the species has been found in the Key Largo Limestone of Florida, in the Isthmus of Panama (Black Swamp, near Mt. Hope), and in low-level reefs of Curacao and Barbados. The living P. porttes is recorded from Ber- muda, the Bahamas ( Bimini), Florida (Spanish Harbor, Key Largo, the Tortugas), Mexico (Vera Cruz, Isla de Lobos, and Alacran Reef), British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse Reef, Glover’s Reef), Jamaica (Lime Cay, Rockham Cay, and Ocho Rios Reef where it occurs in the back reef, lagoon, reef crest, and seward slope), Puerto Rico, Curacao (Piscadera Baa, Spaansche Water, St. Michiels Baai, Kaap Malmeeuw, Awa di Oostpunt, and Caracas Bay), and Barbados (along the west coast). A synonymy of P. porites (Pallas) by Coryell and Ohlsen (1929) includes the following: P. polymorphus Link, P. clavaria Lamarck, P. flexuosa Dana, P. flabelliformis Lesueur, P. solanderi Duchassaing and Michelotti, P. plumiteri Duchassaing and Michel- otti, P. macrocephala Duchassaing and Michelotti, P. recta Lesueur, P. valida Duchassaing and Michelotti, P. nodifera Klunzinger. Diploria strigosa (Dana) Pl. 6, figs. 3-5; Pl. 7, figs. 1-4 1846. Meandrina strigosa Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., Zoophytes, vol. 7, pp. 257-258, pl. 14, figs. 4a-4b. 1849. Meandrina heterogyra, M. sinuosissima, M. crassa, Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3, vol. 11, pp. 281-282. [Fide Vaughan 1919, p. 420.] 1857. Meandrina heterogyra, M. sinuosissima, M. crassa, Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, pp. 392-394. 1859. Meandrina strigosa Dana, Dana, Synopsis Rept. Zoophytes U.S. Ex- ploring Expedition, p. 37. 1861. ?Leptoria hieroglyphica, M. fragilis, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. 1875. 1877. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 47 Accad. Sci. Nat. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 351. [Fide Vaughan 1901, p. 51.] Maeandrina sinuosissima M. E. and H., Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20, pp. 22, 36. Maeandrina strigosa (Dana), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, p. 49. Meandrina serrata, M. heterogyra, M. sinuosissima, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Nat. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 175. ?Leptoria hieroglyphica Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Nat. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 176. Maeandrina siuosissima M. E. and H., Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 24, p. 24. Meandrina serrata, M. heterogyra, and M. sinuosissima; 2Leptoria hiero- glyphica, L. fragilis, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongi- aires des Antilles, p. 29. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 74. Meandrina strigosa Duncan, Pourtalés in Gabb, Geol. Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, p. 545. Maeandrina sinuosissima, ?M. filograna Lindstrom, K. Svenska Vetensk.- Akad. Stockholm, Handl., vol. 14, No. 6, p. 22. [Fide Vaughan 1901, p. 52.] 1877c. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Meéd., 1880. 1886. 1888b. 1889. 1890. 1890. 1895. 1898. 1901b. 1901a. 1902. 1902. 1902d. 1907. 1915d. 1915. Fis. y Nat. Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 277. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Pourtalés in Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pl. 9, figs. 6-9. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Quelch, Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10, 92-94. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40, p. 306. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Murray and Irvine, Roy. Sci. Edinburgh, Proc., vol. 17, p. 109. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 42, p. 306. Maeandrina labyrinthica Ortmann, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. Leipzig, vol. 50, p. 301. [Fide Vaughan, 1901, p. 52.] Maeandrina filograna (Esper), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 265-266. [Fide Vaughan 1901, p. 52.] Maeandrina filograna (Esper), Vaughan in Hill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 28, No. 5, p. 275. Maeandrina cerebrum (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts) Sct. Erans., vol, 11; pt 1, art. 3, pp. 74-78, ply 10) figs 4< pl: 12: fig. 4; pl. 14, figs. 4-5. Platygira viridis (Lesueur), Vaughan, R. Mus. Geol. Min. Leiden, Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 51-57. Maeandra cerebrum (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. AGtsssciderans.. vole Ml pt, 2)cants 10) p.484. Platygira viridis (Lesueur), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pp. 306-308, pls. 9-13. Maeandrina labyrinthica (Ellis and Solander), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 582-585, pls. 20-22, figs. 138-147. Maeandra cerebrum (Ellis and Solander), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 12, art. 2, p. 169. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. BeNo! 17. p: 596: Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 13, pp. 224-225. 48 1916. 1918b. 1919a. 1927b. 1932a. 1943. 1943. 1944. 1948. 1954. 1954. 1956. 1956a. 1957. 1958b. 1958. 1958a. 1958b. 1959: 195 OF 1959b. D592 1959: 1960b. 1960c. 1961. 1961. BuLLeETIN 246 Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 14, p. 227. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 213, Papers Dept. Marine Buol., vol. 9, p. 326. Maeandrina strigosa Dana, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, p. 420. Maeandra strigosa (Dana), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, vol. 25, p. 160. Maeandrina cerebrum (Ellis and Solander), Matthai, Catologue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7, pp. 55-63, pl. 8, figs. 7-8; pl. 9, figs. 1-9; pl. 11, fig. 4; pl. 34;stisae2 pl. 46, fig. 1; pl. 48, figs. 2-3; pl. 50, fig. 2; pl. 55; figs 13: Macandra strigosa (Dana), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, pars 44, pp. 538-540. Maeandra strigosa (Dana), Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 31, p. 291. Diplora strigosa (Dana), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 45. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Special Papers, No. +4, pp. 169, 319, pl. 27, fig pille Diploria strigosa (Dana), Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p. 446. Diploria striyosa (Dana), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 70, 84-85, plgele: Diploria strigosa (Dana), Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p: 24. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish Buli., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Parker and Curray, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 40, No. 10, p. 2434. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, F (Coelenterata), pp. F348, F402, figs. 248B, 295, 5b. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Newell and Rigby, Soc. Econ. Paleont. Min- eral., Spec. Publ., No. 5, p. 58. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 253-254, pl. 42, fig. 1. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ. vol. 5, pp. 152-154. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W. I., Bull. Nios ssa ppeelis, 32: Diploria strigosa (Dana), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1> Nos 2) ps.23: Diploria strigosa (Dana), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 242, 243. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy and Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, pp. 211, 215. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 73, 74, 7 T6519 Sl 8): Diploria strigosa (Dana), Kornicker, Bonet, Cann and Hoskin, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 6, p. 19. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2: INo. 1, pp. 28h 32Ze Diploria strigosa (Dana), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 1134, 1136, 1137, 1138, 1139, 1140, 1142, 1144. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Lewis, Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 9, 34-35, figs. 23, 24. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Westermann and Kiel, Natuurwetensch. Studiekr. Suriname en Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, p. 136. VENEZUELAN CENozoIc CorRALs: WEISBORD 49 1961. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Carr and Thorpe, From the Cam to the Cays, pl. facing p. 81. 1962. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Kornicker and Boyd, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 46, No. 5, PP. 648, 655, 656, 662, 668, figs. 7, 16(1), table 3. 1962. Diploria strigosa (Dana) Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, pp. 17, 19, 20, 23, 24, 28, fig. 12. 1962. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Kornicker and Squires, Limnol. and Oceanogr., vol. 7, No. 4, p. 449. 1963. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Almy and Carrion-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 139, 141, 142, 151, 161, pl. 10b2. 1964. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Special Papers, No. 79, pp. 45, 46, 60, 69, 74, 82, 86. 1964. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20> No: 81; pp: 11535; pl, Sbi2). 1964. Dtploria strigosa (Dana), Rivero, Geos. No. 1 palise 1964. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Goreau, Science, vol. 145, No. 3630, p. 385. 1964. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Buisonjé, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., ser. B, vol. 67, No. 1, p. 64. 1966. Difploria sirigosa (Dana), Stanley, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 50, No. 9, pp. 1929, 1930, 1931, 1937, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1966. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Rigby and McIntire, Brigham Young Univ., Geol. Studies, vol. 13, pp. 3, 22, 31, 33, 34, 35, 39, 40, 41, 43, 44,45. ple 7, fig 4 ples. fig. 1, 1967. Diploria strigosa (Dana), Mesolella, Science, vol. 156, No. 3775; p. 638. Two bleached Recent fragments of this species were collected on the beach, three badly corroded and oxidized fragments were collected from the Abisinia Formation (Pleistocene), and one com- plete corallum was found loose on the surface of the Playa Grande formation (Pliocene). The best preserved specimen of the lot is the last-mentioned (N565a), and the corallum of that is a thick, round- ed-oblong disk, gently and evenly convex in profile, and light brown in color. The upper and lower surfaces of the corallum are marked by sinuous, discontinuous, and occasionally elongated valleys that are generally interconnected but in some places closed off at one end by the colline. The valleys range from 3.5 mm to 9 mm in width, taking into consideration all of the specimens available and range from 4 mm to 5 mm in depth. The collines are worn down on most of the specimens, and are subacute to flattish, with a thickness of 1.5 to 2 mm. The septa are exsert, and as they are arched over the colline on one of the Recent specimens (A565a), it is inferred that this is their normal disposition on unweathered coralla. The number and arrange- ment of the septa are variable — 12 to 21 per centimeter, the highest number obtaining where there is a regular alternation of primary and secondary septa, the lowest where no secondary septa can be seen. 50 BULLETIN 246 On specimen N565a there is an average of 16 septa to the centi- meter, or 32 on both sides of the colline, and this indicates that there is not a full complement of secondary septa. The paliform lobes of the primary septa are well developed. The summit or inner margin of the primary septa 1s serrated by irregularly spaced pairs of short laterally directed spines (as many as ten pairs and as few as four), and the sides of the septa are studded with small scattered granulations. The columella consists of closely twisted trabeculae. Measurements. Specimen A565a: corallum fragment, length 25 mm, width 14 mm; collines narrowly grooved toward the edge of the corallum; width of valleys 3.5 mm to 5 mm, average depth of valleys 4 mm; septa per centimeter 21. Specimen A565b: corallum fragment, length 32 mm, width 24 mm, septa per centimeter 12-15. Specimen D565: average number of septa per centimeter 13. Speci- men N565a: corallum length 120 mm, width 80 mm, thickness 30 mm; collines not grooved on superior surface, grooved in a number of places on the inferior surface; width of valleys 4.5 mm to 9 mm, average about 5.5 mm, depth of valleys 4 mm -5 mm, average num- ber of septa per centimeter 16. Localities. — Recent, on beach at Playa Grande Yachting Club, Distrito Federal. Two fragments. Abisinia Formation, eastern edge of Playa Grande village at W-30. Three poorly preserved fragments. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member) in the vicinity of W-21, north flank of Litoral anticline. One corallum. Remarks. — Of the three well-known tropical American species of Diplora— D. strigosa (Dana), D. labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), and D. clivosa (Ellis and Solander) — the Cabo Blanco forms, both Recent and fossil, seem closest to D. strigosa. The widespread D. labyrinthiformis is differentiated from D. strigosa by the prominent longitudinal depression along the colline, and D. clivosa is dis- tinguished from D. strigosa by the large gibbosities of the corallum and by its relatively narrow valleys. Remarks and distribution. — The finding of D. strigosa in the Cabo Blanco area extends the range of the species back to the Phio- cene and adds a new Pleistocene and Recent locality. Diploria strigosa (Dana) has hitherto been known from the Quaternary only. Pleistocene occurrences are in the Bahamas (Fresh Creek fossil reef); Florida (Key Largo Limestone); Costa VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 51 Rica (Monkey Point in slightly elevated reefs); Santo Domingo; St. Eustatius (White Wall); Curacao (Westpunt); Aruba ( Dai- marie); Bonaire (Fontein); and Barbados. The living species has been reported from Bermuda; the Bahamas (2.5 fathoms and over off Rabbit Cay); south of the Louisiana coast (East Flower Garden Bank); Florida (Miami area and Tortugas); Mexico (Alacran and Blanquilla Reefs, Vera Cruz, Isla de Lobos); British Honduras ( Ren- dezvous Cay, Turneffe, Lighthouse and Glover’s Reefs, Pedro Bank); Cuba; Jamaica (shallow water); Haiti; Puerto Rico; Antigua; St. Thomas; Curagao (Sta. Martha Baai, St. Michiels Baai, Caracas Bay, Spanish Water, Spanish Port); Venezuela (Puerto La Cruz); and Barbados. Manicina areolata puntagordensis, new subspecies Pla, figw5: eels 5, figs: 1-57 Pla figs 4 The corallum is heavy, hemispherical, subovate in outline. The calicular or upper surface is convex and strongly ridged. The non- calicular or basal surface is flat and nearly entirely veneered by a thin epitheca of calcium carbonate in concentric rings, the epitheca encroaching locally on the sides of the corallum a short distance above the base. Near the center of the lower surface is a peduncu- lar scar representing the vestige of a short stalk or attachment area. There are 12 or 13 nonperforate exsert septa to the centimeter, or 24 to 26 on both sides of the colline. Most or all of the septa meet at the columella which ts relatively thin, continuous, compressed, more or less Jaminar, and elevated a millimeter or so above the trough of the valley floor. Intercalated between some of the primary septa is a thin secondary septum, and there are three or four of the latter per centimeter. All of the septa continue over the colline but only the principal ones abut against the columella where they are a little curved. The summit of the septa is marked by a row of paired pointed denticles directed laterally, and there are about 35 sub- equally spaced pairs on a septum 13 mm. in length from the colu- mella to the edge of the colline. The sides of the septa are granu- lated by regular rows of small beads. The costae are about one millimeter apart. The valleys are wide and V-shaped, and the slopes are longer and straighter on one side, shorter and more sinuous on the other. The longer valleys tend to narrow on the lateral slope of BULLETIN 246 On bo the corallum. The troughs of the valleys are accentuated by the thin, vertically projecting columellar walls which unite with the columel- las of adjacent valleys to form sharply truncate and angular en- closures at their head. However, on the lower side of the corallum most of the valleys seem to be open-ended. The overall slope of the valleys ranges from an extreme of roughly 20 degrees on one slope to an extreme of about 60 degrees on the other. The colline is narrow and single a short distance above the base of the corallum, but as it continues to the top of the calicular surface it broadens markedly and becomes gently bipartite or grooved. Measurements. — Holotype (S566a): Corallum length 119 mm, width 92 mm, thickness 63 mm; width of colline 1 mm (and un- grooved) on side near base increasing to 5 mm (and grooved) near end of ridge on top of calicular surface; width of valley near head 13 to 15 mm, near base of corallum 7 to 10 mm; average height of colline on top. of corallum 11-12 mm; length of septa from columella to crest of colline 9 to 13 mm. Locahty. — North flank of Punta Gorda anticline at W-23 near Lithothammium reef. One specimen, the holotype. Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member). Comparisons. — It should be noted, in reading the description and comparing the illustrations of the Venezuelan fossil under discussion, that the subdued septa, the V-shaped valleys, and the unequal smooth slopes of the valleys are due to corrosion, and that if well-preserved specimens were available these particular features would resemble those of Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Manicina gyrosa (Ells and Solander), and Manicina mayort Wells. (The last named — M. mayort — is now believed by Dr. Wells to be the same as M. areolata (Linnaeus) but much larger in size and somewhat different in shape). What does seem, however, to be an inherent character of the Venezuelan fossil is the elevated, solid, compressed, and continuous columella and the sharp angles made by convergent columellas at the heads of the valleys as contrasted with the lower, broader, and more trabecular columella and the more rounded valley- heads of the MW. areolata complex. The new subspecies then differs from M. areolata in its prominent and more or less laminar columella. The Venezuelan specimen resembles certain Recent specimens of Mancina mayori in the collections at Cornell University and the VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 53 United States National Museum, but is particularly close to the illustration by Matthai (1928, p. 94, pl. 63, fig. 6) of Mancina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander). The latter is Ehrenberg’s worn example “( Reg. No. 2859), without locality.” The difference is in the angu- lation of the convergent valley-heads which is not nearly so sharp as on the Venezuelan form, nor is the columella as salient and as solid as on the Venezuelan form. As Manicina mayori is now believed to be the same as WM. areo- lata, as some authors would place M@. mayori in synonymy with /. gyrosa, and as M. areolata is the oldest name of the complex, the new subspecific name of puntagordensis is applied to Manicina areolata. The references that I have been able to find concerning Mani- cina areolata (Linnaeus) are listed below: 1758. Madrepora areolata (pars) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 795. 1766. Madrepora areolaia (pars) Linnaeus, Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, pp. 295-296. 1767. Madrepora areola (pars) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, pt. 2, p. 1274. 1786. Madrepora areolata Linnaeus, Ellis and Solander, Natural History of Zoophytes, p. 161, pl. 47, figs. 4-5. [Non fig. 4, fide Gregory, 1895, p. 264. | 1788. Madrepora areola Linnaeus, Esper, Die Pflanzenthiere, vol. 1, pp. 84-87, pl. 4, figs. 1-2; pl. 5, figs. 1-4. 1791. Madreporeé areola Linnaeus, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, pt. 6, p. 3761. 1807. Maeandrina areola (Gmelin), Link, Beschreibung der Naturalien- Sammlungen der Universitat zu Rostok, pt. 3, p. 162. 1807. Macandrina areola (Linnaeus), Fischer von Waldheim, Muséum Demi- doff, vol. 3, p. 298. 1815. Maeandra areola (Linnaeus), Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, vol. 1px 70. 1816. Maceandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 247. 1821. Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Lesueur, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Mem., vol. 6, pp. 283-285, pl. 16, fig. 11. 1821. Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Lamouroux, Exposition Méthodique, p. 55, pl. 47, figs. 4, 5. 1823. Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 29, p. 357. 1827. Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie Méthodi- que, Zoophytes, pt. 2, p. 508. 1830. Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 323. 1834. Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 357. 1834. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. f. 1832, p. 327. 1834. Manicina hispida, M. praerupta, M. manica, Ehrenberg, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. f. 1832, p. 327. wn eS 1836. 1841. 1846. 1847. 1848b. 1849. 1851. 1855. 1857. 1861. 1864b. 1866. 1868d. 1880b. 1886. 1888. 1888. 1888b. 1890. 1895. 1895. BuLLETIN 246 Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 388. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Leuckart, Observationes Zoologicas de Zoophytis Coralliis, p. 61, pl. 3, figs. 3-4. [From Gregory, 1895, p. 265.] Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), M. hispida Ehrenberg, M. praerupta Ehrenberg, M. diiatata Dana, Dana, U. S. Exploring Exped., Zoophytes, vol. 7, pp. 191-194, pl. 9, fig. 3. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., ser. 2 viola 4p. 1095: Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Edwards and Haime, Acad. Sci. Paris, G2 Rey vols27.p14.93: Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), M. valenciennest, M. crispata, M. seba- cana, M. strigiliy Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, vol. 11, pp. 286-288. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), M. hisipida Edwards and Haime, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Arch., vol. 5, p. 91. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duchassaing, Soc. Géol. France, Bull. ser. 2, vol. 12) \p. 756. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), M. strigilis, M. crispata, M. valencien- nesi, M. hispida Edwards and Haime, Historie naturelle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, pp. 397-401. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), M. dilatata Dana, M. valenciennest Edwards and Haime, M. crispata and M. danai Duchassaing and Miche- lotti, R. Acad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 350. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, p. 48. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), M. crispata and M. valencitennest Ed- wards and Haime, and M. danai Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Acad. Sci. Torino, Mem. ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 176. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 24, pp. 16, 23. Manicina areolata Ehrenberg, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No: 45 ps 72: .Manicina areolata (Linnaeus,) Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 29, pp. 555, 561, 562. Manicina areolata Ehrenberg, Pourtalés in Gabb, Geol. Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, p. 545. Manacina areolata (Linnaeus), Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, ed. p. 380. Manicina areolata Ehrenberg, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. Ta NOW dap sse5: 1.6: Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 11, 12, 13, 34, 35, 36, 77, 90, 91. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. vol. 3, p. a li7/Ale Maeandrina areolata (Linnaeus), Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 14, I, p. 82. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Wilson, Jour. Morph., vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 191-252, pls. 1-7. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Ortmann, Zeitschr. f. Wissensch. Zool., vole 50%"pt.. 2; sp.)305: Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Gregory, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 264, 265. Manicina pliocenica Gane, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., vol. 15, No. 121, p= 10: ie) 1899. 1899. 1900. 1900. 1901b. 1901b. 1901a. 1902d. 1902a. 1904b, 1909. 1912b. 1913. 1913. 1914b. 1915a. 1915d. 191l6a. 1916c. 1916. 1918a. 1918b. 1919a. 1924b. 1925¢: 1926a. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 55 Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duerden, Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, No. 6) pe 621. Manicina arecolata (Linnaeus), Guppy, Victoria Inst. Trinidad, Proc., vol. 3, p. 169. Mantcina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Mon. 39, pp. 38-40, 48, 210, pl. 1, figs. 2, 3. Manicina pliocenica Gane, Gane, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 22, No. 1193, PP IZ Nal9S: Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci, rans) vole dis ipt Isvant. 35 pps 66. e1-83., 183% Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), varieties M. hispida Edwards and Haime, M. confertifolia, M. laxifolia, and M. columellaris Verrill, Con- necticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. 11, pt. 1, art. 3, pp. 81-84, pl. 11, figs. 1, 2; pl. 12, figs. 1-3. [Fide Matthai 1928, p 81.] Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, R. Mus. Geol. Min., Samml., Ser. 25 viol: 2) p. 13): Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 502-508, 520, 577-579, figs. 13a-e, 14a-c, pls. 18, 19, figs. 129-137. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20) for, 1900; pt. 2, pp. 291, 305, pl. 4; figs. 2; 3: Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duerden, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Ruble Nor 20 Mipph 31185. 57,, 68) 92. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Hartmeyer, Meereskunde Berlin, Jahrg. 3, No. 2, pp. 12, 13, figs. 1-2. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 10, p. 156, pl. 4, figs. 5-6; pl. 5, figs. 1-4. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 11, p. 126. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Brown and Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Prec., vol. 65, p. 497. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 19, 20. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 13, pp. 224, 225. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 5, No. 17, p. 596. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 14, p. 225, 227. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 14, p. 212. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 95, 98, 100. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 252, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 12, No. 7, p. 175. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 213, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 9, pp. 325, 326. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 214, 215, 225, 419. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Matthai, Indian Mus. Calcutta, Mem., vol. 8, p. 26. Maeandra arcolata (Linnaeus), Boschma, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 24, pp. 223, 224. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Matthai, Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans: ser. (5; vol: 214) pl. 26, figs. 1; 25"pl. 27, figs. 15)" 16, 18-19%" pl. 28) figs l=) 56 1927b. 1928. 1929c. 1932a. 1935a. 193 6b. 1937. 1:939: 1943. 1943. 1948. 1954. 1954. 1955. 1957. 1957. 1958a. 1958b. 1958c. 1959: 1959. 1959" 1959b. 1960a. 1960b. 1960b. 1960c. BULLETIN 246 Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, viola 25s py 160: Manicina arcolata (Linnaeus), Matthai, Catologue of the Madrepor- arian Corals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 7, pp. 8, 15, 55, 80-91, 92, 97, 99, 104, 108, 109, 160, 162, 167, 168, pl. 20, figs. 1-10; pl. 21, figs. 1-9; pl. 53, figs. 1-4 pl. 55, figs.°10, -14 5 ipl s63ueticome pl. 64, fig. 6; pl. 68, figs. 3-4; pl. 69, figs. 4-7. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Boschma, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 391, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 26, pp. 129-147, 9 figs. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 31, p. 291. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 452, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 29, pp. 185-198, pls. 1-3. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Wells, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 31 (231), No. 182, p. 118-119. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Yonge, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 475, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 31, No. 9, pp. 209, 211. Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus), Butsch, Barbados Mus. Hist. Soc., Jour., voli6, No, 3) p: 136) ple Ly fig: 3. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Quart. Jour., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 46. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Special Papers, No. 44, pp. 1, 25, 26, 171, 296, pl. 4. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 69, 86-87, 111, pls. 19-21. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p. 25. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), G. Voss and N. Voss, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 3, p. 224. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Alloiteau, Contribution a la Systématique des Madréporaires fossiles, vol. 1, p. 258. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Newell and Rigby, Soc. Econ. Paleont. Mineral., Spec. Publ. No. 5, p. 58. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull. No. 3, p. 32. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 238, 239, 254-255, pl. 37, figs 1-3. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 1, No. 2, p. 20. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239, 242, 243, 244, 248, 249. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 28, 35. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, pp. 221, 224. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 73, HD Oy Sos Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 118, No. 3, pp. 419-429, figs. 1-3. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), T. Goreau and N. Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 119, No. 3, p. 426. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, p. 1134. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Lewis, Barbados Mus. Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 11. VENEZUELAN CENOZzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 57 1961. Mancinia areolata (Linnaeus), Westermann and Kiel, Natuurwetensch. Studiekr. Suriname en Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, p. 136. 1961. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 9, 48, 49, figs. 37, 38. 1962. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, DPPH LON ZZ: 1962. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Kornicker and Boyd, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 46, No. 5, p. 656, fig. 16(2). 1963. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean JournssScis vols 3, Noss 2=3, pp. 139.9141) 142. 1525 M61s spl. 1b): 1964. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vel. 20, No. 81, p. 47. 1964. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Fabricius, Senckenbergiana Lethea, vol. 45, pp. 299-323, pls. 28-30, text-figs. 1-7. 1964. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Storr, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. 79, pp. 45, 46, 80, 82, 84, 86. 1964. Manicina areolata (Linnaeus), Goreau, Science, vol. 145, No. 3630, p. 385. 1964. Manicina areolata (Linneaus), Hoskins, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., vol. 48, No. 10, p. 1690, 1699, pl. 2, fig. 13. Mamicina aerolata (Linnaeus) is reported to range from Muio- cene to Recent. The Miocene occurrence is in the Nivajé Shale of the Dominican Republic. In the Pliocene the species has been re- corded from the Caloosahatchee River, Florida. Pleistocene locali- ties are in Costa Rica (Monkey Point and Limon), the Panama Canal Zone (in the oyster shell layers of Black Swamp, near Mt. Hope), the Dominican Republic, Guadeloupe, St. Bartholomew, St. Eustatius (Sugar Loaf), St. Kitts (Brimstone Hill), and Barba- dos. The living form is found, generally in shallow water, from the Bahamas to Barbados, including Florida and the Tortugas; Mexico (Alacran Reef); British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay, Lighthouse Reef, Pedro Bank); Panama; Colombia: Cuba; Jamaica (Bluefields Bay, Ocho Rios Reef); Dominican Republic; Puerto Rico (Ensenada Honda, Mayaguez, Aguadilla, Cayo Icacos); Antigua; St. Thomas (Sail Rock 20-23 fathoms); Grenada; Curacao (Spanish Water); and Venezuela. The species has also been reported from the Cape of Good Hope (Simmon’s Bay) by Quelch, 1866, p. 91. Solenastrea hyades (Dana) Pl. 8, figs. 4-8; Pl. 9, figs. 1-4 1846. A[strea] Orbicella hyades Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., Zoophytes, vol. Ti Jy ZUR Foe TOS saea nti 1846. A[strea] Orbicella excelsa Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., Zoophytes, vol. 7, p. 212, pl. 10. fig. 16. [Fide Vaughan 1919a, pp. 395-398. ] 1857. Heliastrea ? hyades (Dana), Milne Edwards and Haime, Histoire Natu- relle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, p. 478 1859. Orbicella hyades Dana, Synopsis Rept. Zoophytes U.S. Exploring Expedi- tion, p. 26. 58 BULLETIN 246 1861. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 353. 1866. Solenastraca hyades (Dana), Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Acead. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 181. 1870. Solenastraea hyades (Dana), Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 30. 1871. Solenastraea excelsa (pars) (Dana), Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 77. [Fide Verrill 1901b, p. 104.] 1879. Solenastraca hyades (Dana), Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, ed. 2, p. 380. 1901b. Solenastraea hyades (Dana), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol: 11, pt. 1, art. 3, pp. 97, 98599, 1005°104-1106™ pli iS sstigs.5-S.ae 1902d. Solenastraea hyades (Dana), Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 567-569, pl. 10, figs. 74-79; pls. 11-13, figs. 80-91. 1917a. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 98-T, pp. 368, 372, 374, p. 98. 1919a. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 395-398. 1927. Cyphastraea hyades (Dana), Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, pars 35, pp. 327, 328. 1939. Solenastraea hyades (Dana), Thomas, in MacGregor, Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., ser. B, Biol. Sci., vol. 229, p. 80. 1943. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 6, No. jojo Se, abby 1948. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 61, 88, 89, pls. 23, 24. 1954. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. 1959. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 29, 32. 1959b. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 85. 1961. Solenastraea hyades (Dana), Westermann and Kiel, Natuurwetensch. Studiekr. Suriname en Nederlandse Antillen, No. 24, p. 136. 1961. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 10, 78-79, figs. 67, 68. 1962. Solenastrea hyades (Dana), Kornicker and Squires, Limnol. and Oceanogr., vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 447, 450. The fossil corallum occurs as a thick irregular discoidal incrusta- tion, or is hemispherical to spheroidal, or is an elongated dome, the last probably having been a projecting lobe which was broken off from a much larger compact mass. Several of the specimens bear irregular bumps or gibbosities on the surface, but on some of the fragments the surface is uniform. The calices are subcircular to sub- oval, but polygonal where crowded, with diameters ranging from a little less than 2 mm to 4.5 mm, the average being a little over 3 mm. Most of the calices touch each other, but on specimen J567 they are separated by 1 to 2 mm, and on specimen C570a by 2 to 4 mm. The margin of the calices is slightly elevated and regularly beaded, the beading caused by the thickening of each septum at the margin. Where there is a space between the calices, low ridges VENEZUELAN CENOozoIc Corats: WEISBORD 59 arising at the beaded margin extend part way across the coenosteum, and the spaces are somewhat blistered in appearance. The calices are shallowly and regularly concave, with a depth of a millimeter or so. In mature calices there are some 24 thin imperforate septa, 12 of them, or those of the first two cycles extending to the columella, the 12 tertiaries depressed a little and extending about halfway toward the columella. Most of the Tertiary septa are curved toward, and fused with, the septa of the second cycle at about the mid-point of their length. All of the septa are minutely serrulate on the summit, with about 10 pairs of irregularly spaced denticles directed laterally on a primary septum | mm in length. The septal faces are granu- lated, and the paliform lobes are small. The costae are thin and closely spaced, with the summit margin serrulated locally and with widely spaced lamellar dissepiments. The exotheca is vesicular. The columella is small and consists of twisted septal processes. Measurements. —Specimen J568a: corallum hemispherical, length 79 mm, width 68 mm, height 60 mm; calices 2 to 4.5 mm in diameter. Specimen 1568: corallum elongate-domal, basal diameter 26 mm, height 28 mm; calices 3 to 3.5 mm in diameter. Specimen H568: corallum discoidal, length 55 mm, width 46 mm, thickness (excluding gibbosity) 27 mm; calices 3 to 4.5 mm in diameter. Specimen C570a: corallum fragment, length 35 mm, width 28 mm, thickness 14.5 mm; diameter of calices 1.8 to 2.9 mm. Localities. — Hillside above west bank of Quebrada Mare Abajo at W-13. Lower Mare Formation. Four incomplete specimens. Small stream 100 meters west of Quebrada Mare Abajo. Lower Mare Formation. One corallum, nearly whole. South flank of Punta Gorda anticline at W-25. Mare Formation. Two specimens. Drainage ditch about one meter deep near south shore of La Salina de Guaiguaza, 5.6 kilometers west of Puerto Cabello, State of Carabobo. Eight specimens. Guaiguaza Clay. Comparisons. —Solenastrea hyades (Dana) and Solenastrea bournom’ Edwards and Haime are closely related. According to Vaughan (1919a, p. 401) and to Smith (1948, pp. 88, 89) the calices of S. hyades are consistently larger (3 mm to 3.5 mm) than those of S. bournoni (2 mm to 2.5 mm) and, perhaps more significant, the tertiary septa of S. hyades are generally curved toward, and fused with, the sides of the secondaries, whereas on S. bournont the tertiary 60 BULLETIN 246 septa are generally relatively straight and their inner margins free. Range and distribution. — The range of Solenastrea hyades is middle Miocene to Recent. The Miocene occurrences are in the Gurabo Formation of the Dominican Republic, in the La Cruz Marl of Cuba, and at Cienaga near Habana, Cuba. In the Pliocene the species is found in the Caloosahatchee Marl] of Florida, and in the Mare Formation and Guaiguaza Clay of Venezuela (this report). In the Pleistocene S. hyades has been reported from Florida and from the Island of Montserrat. The species is living in the Bahamas; in Florida (Key West, near Miami, at Caesar’s Creek and near Osprey, Cedar Keys); in Cuba; and in Jamaica. Solenastrea cf. S. bournoni Edwards and Haime Pla iesaeles 1849. Solenastrea Bournoniti Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 12, pp. 121-122. 1857. Solenastrea Bournonti Edwards and Haime, Histoire naturelle des Coral- WATGES Toe) Vile 2s Dacha e 1861. Cyphastrea oblita, Plesiastrea Carpinetti, Solenastrea Ellisii, Solenastrea micans, Leptastrea caribaca Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 253-354; Solenastrea micans, pl. 9, figs. 10, 11. [Fide Vaughan, 1919a, pp. 398-401.] 1864a. Plesiastraea distans Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20, pp. 37-38, pl. 4, figs. 4a, 4b. [Fide Vaughan, 1919a, p. 398.] 1864a. Pleisiastraea globosa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20, p. 38, pl. 4, fig 5. [Fide Vaughan, 1919a, p. 399.] 1866. Cyphastraca oblita, Plesiastraea Carpinetti Duchassaing and Michelotti; Plesiastraea distans, Plesiastraea globosa Duncan; Leptastraea caribaea, Solenastraea Ellisii, Solenastraca micans Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 180, 181, 182. [Fide Vaughan, 1919a, pp. 398-401. ] 1868d. Solenastraea Ellisii; Plesiastraea distans, Plesiastraea globosa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 24, p. 25. 1886. Cyphastraea micans, Cyphastreca oblita, Pleasiastraea carpinetti, Lep- tastraea caribaea Duchassaing and Michelotti, Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, p. 12. 1901b. Solenastrea Bournont Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts) Sci; ‘Drans:,) voles pts 1) ant S$. ops l04: 1917a. Solenastrea hournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 98-T, pp. 368, 372, 374, pls. 99, 100. 1919a. Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, pp. 398-401. 1943. Solenastrea bournont Edwards and Haime, Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Special Papers, No. 44, p. 321, pl. 29, figs. 7, 7a. 1948. Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, Pps6ls 71 ns 8: 1954. Solenastrea hournoni Edwards and Haime (= hyades ? Dana) Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953, 1954, p. 25. 1954. Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wild- life Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. 1959. Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2. Not Tipps 295 32. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 61 1959b. Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, Non ep. 85: 1961. Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac., No. 2, pp. 10, 76, 77, figs. 65, 66. 1962. Solenastrea bournoni Milne-Edwards and Haime, Stoddart, Atoll Res. Bull., No. 87, pp. 17, 19. 1962. Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Kornicker and Squires, Limnol. and Oceanogr., vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 447, 448. 1963. Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Almy and Carrion- Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 142, 154, 162, pl. 13b. 1964. Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, pp. 11, 25, 35, 48. The corallum is hemispherical and tumid, with a large irregular area of attachment below, and a gibbous calicular surface above. The calices are subcircular to subovate, and subequal to unequal in size. Most of the calices are separated by varying distances up to 2.5 mm, but a few of them touch each other. The margins of the calices are somewhat elevated and beaded, the beading produced by the thicken- ing of the septa at the margin and by the abutment there with the costae of the coenosteum. The calices are shallowly and regularly concave (about a millimeter in depth), with steep inner sides and a flattish columellar area. The coenosteum between the calices is cor- roded, but in less weathered areas it is seen to be minutely granu- lated. The costae around the margins of the calices are also covered by minute granules. The costae are moderately prominent, are separated by linear grooves, and extend down the calice on to the intercalicular space part way between the cups. There are 30 to 32 septa on the average, though as few as 22 and as many as 37 have been counted. Generally the number of septa depends on the size and maturity of the calice. The septa occur in three cycles. The primary and secondary ones are thicker at the margin of the calice than inward and extend to the columella. Rarely, however, a secondary septum joins a primary one close to the columella. The tertiary septa are much thinner and more depressed than the others and do not reach the columella. Nearly all of the tertiaries have free inner margins, but here and there a tertiary septum joins a secondary septum. All of the septa are serrulate at the summit. The septal faces are granulose, the granulations small, pointed, and imperforate, The pali before the main septa are small and irregularly papillose. The columella is small. 62 BULLETIN 246 Measurements. — Specimen H570a: corallum length 27 mm, width 21 mm, height 19 mm; the maximum diameter of the calices ranges from 2.6 mm to 3.9 mm. Locality. — South flank of Punta Gorda anticline, at W-25. Mare Formation. One specimen. Comparisons. —The Venezuelan fossil closely resembles the Recent form of Solenastrea bournoni Edwards and Haime, differing from that, however, by the greater number of septa (30-32 compared with an average of about 24 in S. bournoni), by the larger calices (2.6 mm to 3.9 mm compared with 2.0 mm to 2.5 mm), and in the absence of blisters in the space between the calices. If the average size of the calices and the number of septa are variable characters in Recent specimens of S. bournoni from different localities (I have counted, for example, as many as 40 septa in large calices on a coral- lum from Bluefields Bay, Jamaica, where most of the calices bear about 24 septa), then the slightly larger calices and larger number of septa on the Venezuelan fossil suggest that it is a variant of S, bournoni rather than a distinct species. As for the blisters on the coenosteum, these may or may not be present on the typical S. bournoni, so that their absence on the single Venezuelan specimen may well be fortutitous or due to corrosion. The separation of S. hyades and S. bournont into two species has yet to be established, but the fact that most of the tertiary septa are free rather than fused persuades me to relate the Venezue- lan form to S. bournont. Range and distribution. — The range of Solenastrea bournon Edwards and Haime is Miocene to Recent. Miocene occurrences are in the Dominican Republic (Zone H, Rio Cana) and Cuba (La Cruz Marl). In the Pliocene the species has been reported from Shell Creek and the Caloosahatchee Marl of Florida. In the Pleistocene it ‘s recorded from the Dominican Republic. The living S. bournom is found in the Bahamas; in Florida (the Tortugas 8-9 fathoms); British Honduras (Rendezvous Cay); Cuba; Jamaica; Puerto Rico (Caballo Ahogado, 5 feet, and Bahia de Boqueron, 4 feet); the Virgin Islands; and Curacao (Piscadera Baai, Sta. Martha Baai, 10-45 meters ). Oculina diffusa Lamarck Pl. 8, figs. 1-3 1816. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vols 2s pa 28% 1825. 1827. 1836. 1846. 1850. 1850. 1857. 1859. 1861. 1866. 1870. 1871. 1877c. 1879. 1880. 188la. 1886. 1888. 1888b. 1899. 1900a. 1901b. 1902a. 1902d. 1903. 1911b. NOS): 1914b. 1915b. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC CorRALS: WEISBORD 63 Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Natu- relles, vol. 35, p. 354. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Zoophytes, pt. 2, p. 575. Ocutina diffusa Lamarck, Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 456. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Dana, U.S. Exploring Exped., vol. 7, Zoo- phytes, pp. 397, 398. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3 vol. 13, p. 68. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duchassaing, Animaux Radiaires des Antilles, Dayle Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Edwards and Haime, Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, p. 107. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Dana, Synopsis Rept. Zoophytes U.S. Exploring Exped., p. 67. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Acead. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, val. 19, p. 338. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 162. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 25. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 23, 65. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Meéd., Fis. y Nat. Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 274. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, ed. 2, p. 384. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Pourtalés, iz Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., volly7, Nos 1 pls-3, figs: 10-12: Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Studer, Naturforsch. Gesell. Bern, Mitth., Ab- handl. 1880, p. 10, text-fig. 3. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Quelch, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 10, 11, 47, 49. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., vol. 3, p. 162. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40, p. 304. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duerden, Inst. Jamaica, Jour, voli-2) Now 6 es CDE Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Geol. Sur., Mon. 395 ippe 49: Gye 212 saps 2s figs 05) Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., VO lal spt wart 3.eps lS: Oculina diffusa Lamarck ? var. Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1906, pt. 2, pp. 291. 294, pl. 1, figs. 5-5a. [Fide Verrill, 1901b, p. 175.] Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 585-588, pl. 22, fig. 149. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Scie Dranse VOM pta2 ant. 10% ps 1848 Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Toula, K.-K. Geol. Reichsanst., Jahrb., vol. 61, p. 489. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 11, p. 126. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Mayer, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 183, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 6, No. 1, p. 19. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 13, pp. 224, 225. ) 64 1915d. 1916a. 1918b. nO a 1929: 1930a. 1932a. 1943. 1943. 1944. 1948. 1954. 1954. 1956a. 1956. 1958b. 1958a. 1959a. 1959b. 1959. 1960b. 1%6la. 1961. 1962. 1963. 1963. 1964. 1964. GD: 1967. BULLETIN 246 Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol 5, No. 17, p. 596. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Year- book No. 14, p. 227. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ No. 231, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 9, p. 326. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, p. 352. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Felix, Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, par. 44, pp. 596-597. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Yonge, Great Barrier Reef Exped. 1928-29, Sci. Repts., vol. 1, No. 2, p. 17. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Wells, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 31, p. 291. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Smith, Florida Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 44, 46. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Paper, No. 44, pp. 180, 181, 325, pl. 33, fig. 2. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p. 446. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 62, 66, 91, pl. 28. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Smith, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953- 1954, p. 25. Oculina (Oculina) diffusa Lamarck, Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F140, fig. 308, 4. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Menzel, Oceanogr. Inst. Florida State Univ.. Contrib. No. 61, p. 3. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 115, art. 4, pp. 229, 232, 238, 256-257, pl. 38, fig. 4. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Zans, Geol. Sur. Dept. Jamaica, W.I., Bull. No. 3, p. 32. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Goreau, Biol. Bull., vol. 116, No. 1, pp. 59, 64, 66, 67. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 81, 85. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 29, 35. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6sp) 1135. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Goreau, Endeavour, vol. 20, fig. 5. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 9, 60-61, figs. 49, 50. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Stoddart, Atoll Research Bull., No. 87, pp. 1920: Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Almy and Carrién-Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci, viol. 3; Nos: 2-3) pps 143-5156) sl625 ple dia: Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Jones, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, Not 2. p. 284: Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Roos, Studies of the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 48. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Rivero, Geos, No. 11, pp. 112, 113. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Neumann, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 4, p. 1004. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Mesolella, Science, vol. 156, No. 3775, p. 639. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 65 The corrallum is a small somewhat irregular cylindrical branch with a subcircular cross section. The surface of the corallum is worn and smoothish, but in some places the original fine granulation has been preserved. The calices are small, more or less circular, rather distant from one another, somewhat elevated, and thickened at the rounded margin. The markings on the calices have been mostly obliterated but just off one of them the coenosteum is both costate and granulate, the costae low and faint, the granulations consisting of low pointed processes. There are about 24 septa arranged in three cycles, those of the first two cycles subequal and reaching the columella, the ones of the third cycle the smallest and extending part way to the columella. All of the septa are a little exsert, and all of them are minutely beaded on the summit and sides. The pali before the larger septa are weathered, and the columella is seemingly somewhat papilliform. Measurements. — Specimen D577a: corallum fragment, length 12 mm, maximum diameter about 5 mm; average diameters of calice 2.0 >< 2.2 mm measured between the inner margins; distance be- tween calices 2.5 mm to 4 mm. Locality. — Eastern edge of Playa Grande village at W-30. Abisinia Formation (Pleistocene), One specimen. Remarks. — Though the only specimen is badly weathered, the characters that can be discerned are much like those of Oculina dif- fusa Lamarck, a Mio-Pliocene to Recent species of the Western Atlantic and circum-Caribbean region. Range and distribution. — Mio-Pliocene (Cubagua Island, Venezuela) to Recent. Pleistocene localities, in addition to the present one from the Abisinia Formation of Venezuela, are Bimini in the Bahamas, Mount Hope in the Panama Canal Zone, and on Barbados. The living O. diffusa has been reported from Bermuda, the Bahamas, Florida (off Miami, in the Tortugas to 15 fathoms, and St. George’s Sound), Mexico (off Vera Cruz), British Honduras (Pedro Bank), Panama, Cuba, Jamaica, Puerto Rico (10-16 fathoms), St. Thomas, Martinique, and probably at Puerto La Cruz, Venezuela. Oculina sp. cf. O. valenciennesi Edwards and Haime PING ehigsyle.2 1850. Oculina Valenciennesi Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3, vol. 13, p. 69. 66 BULLETIN 246 1957. 2 Oculina Banksi Edwards and Haime, Historie naturelle des Coral- liaires, vol. 2, p. 107. [Fide Verrill, 1901b, p. 176.] 1857. Oculina Valenciennesi Edwards and Haime, Edwards and Haime, His- toire naturelle des Coralliaires, vol. 2, p. 108. 1866. 2? Oculina bermudiana Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 162, pl. 9, figs. 1, 2. [Fide Verrill, 1901b, pe 76s) 1886. Oculina valenciennesi Milne-Edwards and Haime, Quelch, Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 11, 50. 1886. Oculina bermudensis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Quelch, Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 16, pt. 46, pp. 9, 10, 51-52. [Fide Verrill, 1901b, 176.] 1901b. Oculina Valenciennesi Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Airtss Scie) durans-)) Volsmldnepta lemantees. ups Ompless 2 ahicamos 1944. Oculina valenciennesi Milne-Edwards and Haime, Wells, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 5, p. 446. 1948. Oculina valenciennest Edwards and Haime, Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, pp. 62, 67, 91-92. 1954. Oculina valenciennesi Edwards and Haime, Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p. 25. 1954. Oculina valenciennest Edwards and Haime, Smith, U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 293. 1959. Oculina valenciennesi Milne Edwards and Haime, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2, Nion laa pps 295.35: 1959b. Oculina valenciennesi Edwards and Haime, Goreau, Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 70, 75, 85. 1961. Oculina valenciennest Edwards and Haime, Duarte Bello, Acuario Nac. [Cuba], Ser. Educac. No. 2, pp. 9, 62. 1964. Oculina valenciennesi Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies of the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 48. The corallum is a thin flattish fragment encrusted on a thin plate of fibrous aragonite. Judging from its appearance the frag- ment is part of the basal frond of the corallum from which the branches arise. The calices are relatively small, suboval in outline, unequally distant (1 mm to 3 mm) from one another, and separated by well-defined valleys. Through weathering the calices have been worn down and are now shallow and low but elevated asymmetrical- ly, with a maximum height of 1.7 mm, and with the slope on one side longer and less steep than on the other. The slopes are slightly convex or straight or a little concave in profile and everywhere are steep to nearly perpendicular. The margin of the calices is thin and sharp and unlike the rounded margin on the calices of the O. diffusa —-O. valenciennesi complex. However, the sharp rim of the Venezue- lan fossil may have been produced by the wearing down of the upper part of the calice to its present form. There are 32 to perhaps 42 septa depending on the size of the calice, the septa moderately thin except at the margin, the summits descending gently toward VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 67 the columella. The summit of the septa is dentate, with as many as 15 short blunt denticles on the longest septum 2.4 mm in length. The primary and secondary septa are nearly the same length and converge at the columella where they may be curved. The tertiary septa are short and straight, dentate at the summit, and acutely narrowed at the end. The sides of the septa are closely granulated, some of the granulations blunt but others pointed. The pali, which are present before the primary and secondary septa, cannot be differentiated from them. The columella is located off center within the calice, and although its structure can not be clearly discerned it seems to be papilliform. The external wall of the calices and much of the coenosteum are marked by prominent costae which are low, relatively broad, a little convex, and separated by narrow shallow grooves. Each costa, or in some places a pair of costae, joins the septum at the margin of the calice and continues down the slope into the valley floor where the costae abut against, or are curved and become confluent with, the costae of neighboring calices. The costae are minutely beaded as is the coenosteum in local areas not traversed by the costae. Measurements. — Specimen 157la: corallum length 14 mm, width 13 mm, thickness 2.2 mm; average diameter of calices 3.5 mm << 3.0 mm; maximum elevation of calice 1.7 mm; longest septum 2.4 mm, thickness of aragonite substrate 1.6 mm. Locality. — Lower Mare Formation at W-13 on hillside above west bank of Quebrada Mare Abajo. One specimen. Lower Pliocene. Comparisons. — If the thin and sharp calicular margin of the Venezuelan specimen has been caused by the weathering down of the calice, and if the margin normally is a rounded one, the identity with Oculina valenciennest Edwards and Haime is suggested. I have compared the base of O. diffusa Lamarck with that of O. valencien- nest on a number of specimens from different localities in the Recent collection of the U. S. National Museum and have observed that the calices of O. diffusa bear about 24 septa and those of O. valencien- nest an average of 32 septa (within a range of 28 to 42). Thus in the number of septa the Venezuelan form is closer to O. valenciennesi than to O. diffusa. On both of the last two species, however, the calices are farther apart, more circular, and more regularly elevated than on the Venezuelan specimen, and the columella centrally placed 68 BuLLETIN 246 rather than excentric. Whether these differences are due to individual variation rather than to inherent genetic character remains to be determined. The sole Venezuelan fragment also resembles the sole fragment of Oculina gatunensis Toula (1911b, p. 489, pl. XXX (1), fig. 1) from the middle-upper Miocene Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone. Toula’s description and illustration are inadequate for definitive comparison but so far as can be determined O. gatunensis has circular calices, a rounded calicular margin, about 24 septa, and a costate coenosteum. According to Toula the Gatun specimen was compared with the Recent O. diffusa from Bermuda by Marenzeller who was of the opinion that the Canal Zone fragment was thicker and flatter and that the septa were less exsert than on O. diffusa. The following Recent species of Oculina have been named by various authors as occurring in the circum-Caribbean region: O. arbuscula Agassiz, O. banksi Edwards and Haime, O. bermudiana Duchassaing and Muichelotti, 0. coronalts Quelch, O. diffusa Lamarck, O. implicata Agassiz, O. oculata Dana, O. pallens Ehren- berg, O. petiveri Edwards and Haime, O. recta Quelch, O. robusta Pourtalés, O. speciosa Edwards and Haime, O. valenciennest Ed- wards and Haime, O. varicosa Lesueur, O. varicosa conigera Verrill, and QO. virginea (Linnaeus). A number of these have been syno- nymized with O. diffusa Lamarck, O. valenciennest Edwards and Haime, or O. varicosa Lesueur, and Wells (1944, p. 446) has stated “At least 9 other ‘species’ of Oculina have been named from Western Atlantic and West Indian areas, most of these probably being merely ecologic variants of O. diffusa.” Range and distribution. — Should the identity of the Venezue- lan fossil eventually be determined as Oculina valenciennest Edwards and Haime, the present report will be the first concerning its oc- currence in the Pliocene. Heretofore O. valenciennesi has been known only as a Recent form living in Bermuda (Harrington Sound 1-8 fathoms), the Bahamas, Cuba, Jamaica, and Venezuela ( Puerto Pas Cruz,): Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime JIE a) soeeo Pe IAL Il, sae 1 1849. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3, vol. 2p as 2: 1857. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Edwards and Haime, His- toire naturelle des Coralliaires, p. 616. 1859. 1861. 1861. 1866. 1866. 1870. 1871. 1901c. 1902a. 1902d. 1904. 1904b. 1906b. 1919a. 1927b. 1943. 1947. 1954. 1956a. 1956. 11959: 1963. 1964. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 69 Syndepas Gouldii Lyman, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 6, p. 274. [Fide Pourtalés, 1871, p. 30.] Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 356. Stellangia reptans ? Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 80, pl. 10, figs. 1-2. [Fide Pourtalés, 1871, p. 30.] Phyllangia americana Milne Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing and Michelotti. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 186. Stellangia reptans Duchassaing and Michelotti, Duchassaing and Mich- elotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 186. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Duchassaing, Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 31. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 30. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Aitseoci wbrans:;, vol. 1) pt. J vant: 45) p. 194: Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 289. Phyllangia americana Milne Edwards and Haime, Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 555-558, pl. 5, fig. 46. Phyllangia americana Milne Edwards and Haime, Greely im Branner, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, p. 266. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Duerden, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 20, p. 85. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 30, No. 1477, p. 848. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 103, No. 9, p. 409. Phyllangia americana Milne Edwards and Haime, van der Horst, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam. vol. 25, p. 159. Phyllangia americana Milne Edwards and Haime, Vaughan and Wells, Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Papers, No. 44, p. 178. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Wells, Bull. Amer. Paleont., VOleesie NOL M23 ops 169s pl dlentigs 6: Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Fontaine, Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953-1954, p. 25. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Wells, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. F, Coelenterata, p. F409, fig. 307, 5. Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Menzel, Oceanogr. Inst. Florida State Univ., Contrib., No. 61, p. 3. Phyllangia americana Milne Edwards and Haime, Zans, Geonotes, vol. 2 UNO sl ppsc29, 3s Phyllangia americana Milne-Edwards and Haime, Almy and Carrion- Torres, Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2, 3, pp. 143, 156, pl. 15b. Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime, Roos, Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 20, No. 81, p. 48. The following description pertains to a clump of corallites whose calices have been worn down nearly to their base. The corallum is encrusting and imbedded, forming a clump of low, subplocoid corallites, their free portions subcylindrical, a little divergent, and somewhat raised. The calices are relatively large, moderately deep, more or less oval in outline, and faintly costate. 70 BULLETIN 246 The margins of the calices are irregularly distant, some nearly touching, others more removed. The walls are thin at the calicular edge. The walls, as well as the surface of the coenosteum, where unweathered are both costate and finely granulate, the costae slightly crested, each costa joining a septum at the margin of the calice. Within the largest calice there are about 32 septa in three cycles. The septa of the first two cycles are exsert, rather sturdy, about the same in length, and extend to the columella; the septa of the third cycle are short, depressed, and thin. The summit of most of the larger septa is dentate, with about 20 short denticles in a septum 4.3 mm in length. Both sides of the septa are granulose, the denticles short, stubby and pointed, with a number of them per- forated at the projecting end. The columella 1s feeble and trabecular. Measurements. — Specimen S688a: length of colony 29 mm, width 20 mm, maximum thickness 4.5 mm; diameters of largest calice 10.33 mm, width 6.4 mm; height of corallite above coenosteum 1 2.0 mm; longest septum 4.3 mm; maximum distance between margins of calices 2.0 mm; maximum depth of calice 3.5 mm. Locality. — Near Lithothamnium reef at W-23, north flank of Punta Gorda anticline. Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Mem- ber). One specimen imbedded in the oyster Ostrea (Alectryoma) caboblanquensis Weisbord (1964, pp. 190-192, pl. 25, figs. 1-6). Lower Phocene. Remarks. — The description and illustration of this specimen pertain to a cluster of corallites whose calices have been so worn down below the original ¢alicular margin that the fourth cycle of septa can no longer be seen. The maximum development of the septa and the full expression of other characters occur in the upper part of the calice. Thus the calices of unweathered Recent specimens of P. americana bear as many of 50 to 62 septa whereas there are only 32 or so near the bottom of the calice on the Venezuelan fossil. Also the first cycle septa of the complete P. americana are by far the most prominent of all of the septa, and although this particular character can be spotted at once on the living form it IS Not so ap- parent on the Venezuelan fossil specimen, Nevertheless, when Dr. Wells examined the specimen, he unhesitatingly identified it as Phyllangia americana Edwards and Haime. Range and distribution. — Other than its occurrence in the VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 71 lower Pliocene of Venezuela (this report), Phyllangia americana 1s recorded only as a Recent species. The localities are the Bahamas (off Elbow Key 315 fathoms); west Florida (St. George’s Sound ); Jamaica; Martinique; St. Thomas; and Brazil ( Bahta, Sao Sebastiao, Caravellas). The living P. americana lives in relatively shallow water, despite its having been found at a depth of 315 fathoms off Elbow Key. According to Pourtalés (1871, p. 30) who identified P. ameri- cana from off Elbow Key “Dead specimens, rather worn, were dredged up with quite a number of other dead corals at this place, shoal-water and deep-water species being mixed together. ‘The locality is very near the edge of the Salt Key Bank, at the foot of a very steep submarine slope, and washed by the edge of the Gulf DEream. Paracyathus defilippii Duchassaing and Michelotti PISO s hisssle2 1861. Paracyathus De-Filippii Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Tor- ino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 336, pl. 9, figs. 2, 3. 1866. Paracyathus De-Filippit Duchassaing and Michelotti, R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, p. 159. 1868. Paracyathus confertus Pourtaiés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 7, p. 134. [Fide Pourtalés, 1874, p. 38.] 1870. Paracyathus De-Filippii Duchassaing and Michelotti, Duchassaing, Re- vue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles, p. 25. 1871. Paracyathus confertus Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, p. 11, pl. 6, figs. 11-13. 1873d. Paracyathus confertus Pourtalés and Paracyathus de filippi Duchassaing and Michelotti, Duncan, Zool. Soc. London, Trans., vol. 8, pt. 5, pt. 320. 1873. Paracyathus agassizi Duncan, Zool. Soc| London, Trans., vol. 8, pt. 5, p. 319, pl. 43, figs. 5-8. [Fide Squires, 1959b, p. 12.] 1874. Paracyathus De Filippit Duchassaing and Michelotti, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 4, No. 8, pt. 1, p. 38. 1877b. Paracyathus confertus Pourtalés, Studer, K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Monatsber., p. 628. 1877c. Paracyathus De-Filippii Duchassaing and Michelotti, Arango y Molina, R. Acad. Cienc. Méd., Fis. y Nat. Habana, An., vol. 14, p. 273. 1878. Paracyathus De Filippit Duchassaing and Michelotti, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp: Zool:; Bull; vol. 5, No: 9; pp=200; 201. 1880. Paracyathus laxus Pourtalés, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 104-105, pl. 1, figs. 9-11. [Fide Squires, 1959b, p. 12.] 1880. Paracyathus DeFilippii Duchassaing and Michelotti, Pourtalés, Mus. Comp.. Zool., Bull., vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 96, 105. 1880a. Paracyathus de filippii Duchassaing and Michelotti, Moseley, Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 2, pt. 7, p. 144. 1888. Paracyathus confertus Pourtalés, Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 15, pp. 149, 150, fig. 466. 1895. Paracyathus confertus Pourtalés, Jourdan, Résultats des Campagnes Sci- entiques du Prince de Monaco, No. 8, p. 15. 1902a. Paracyathus de filippii Duchassaing and Michelotti, Vaughan, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, pt. 2, p. 292, pl. 1, figs. 1, 1a. (2 BULLETIN 246 1920. Paracyathus de Filippii Duchassaing and Michelotti, Gravier, Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques du Prince de Monaco, No. 55, pp. 98-99, pl. 3, fie. 43. 1958b. Paracyathus cf. P. confertus Pourtalés, Squires, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., BulleSvolewtisevarte4 pp 232.255. 1959b. Paracyathus defilippi Duchassaing and Michelotti, Squires, Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1965, pp. 12-15. 1960c. Paracyathus cf. defilippi Duchassaing and Michelotti, Lewis, Barbados Mus. Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 12. The corallite is solitary, attached at the base, relatively short, subtympanoidal or subcylindrical in shape, and costulate from calic- ular margin to base. The base is a little broader than the middle of the stem which is slightly contracted, but at the calice the corallite is again expanded to nearly the same diameter as the base. Just below the calicular margin and to one side of the corallite there is a secondarily thickened and nodulous area of regrowth. The costae are low but pronounced, subequal in size, a little wider than, to about as wide as, their interspaces, and, where not worn, narrowed some- what at the crest. The costae of the outer wall are minutely granu- lated, the tubercles imperforate and disposed in two columns, each column close to but slightly off the crest of the costa. Below the outermost layer of the corallite the tubercles on the costae are per- forate. Each costa joins each septum at the margin of the calice. The calice is regularly oval, the width nine-tenths the length. Within the calice of the only specimen collected there are 42 septa in four cycles, the first three cycles complete, the fourth nearly so. The septa of the first cycle are moderately exsert, those of the later cycles suc- cessively less exsert. All of the septa are thicker at the margin of the calice than farther in where they become attenuate. The primary septa are thicker and wider than those of later cycles. The upper edges of the septa are well rounded at the calicular margin, but then descend nearly vertically before the pali. The pali are robust, irregu- larly granular or compound above, and occur before all of the larger septa in crowded circlets where they become confused with the papillae of the columella. Along the summit edge and on the side the septa are granulose, the individual tubercles short, strong, pointed and imperforate. There are at least three rows of granulations on the faces of the larger septa and about seven denticles along the summit of a septum 1.4 mm in length. The columella is well develop- ed and papillose. VENEZUELAN CENozoIc CorALs: WEISBORD ii is) Measurements. — Specimen S$574a: height of corallite 5.5 mm; diameter of corallite at base 4.6 mm; diameters of calice 4.3 3.3 mm; depth of calice to top of pali 0.86 mm. Locality. — North flank of Punta Gorda anticline at W-23. Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member). One specimen. Remarks. — Making allowances for its small size and squatty rather than elongate-conical shape, the Venezuelan fossil otherwise is identical with Recent specimens of Paracyathus defilippti I have seen in the U. S. National Museum. Compared with other fossil species, the Venezuelan form is close to Paracyathus vaughani Gane from the upper Miocene of Virginia and North Carolina. (See Gane 1900, p. 185, pl. 15, figs. 4-6, and Vaughan 1904a, p. 438, pl. 122, figs 11-3'). Range and distribution. — Other than the present report of its occurrence in the Pliocene of Venezuela, Paracyathus defilippii Duchassaing and Michelotti (and its congeners P. confertus Pour- tales, P. agassizi Duncan, and P. laxus Pourtalés) is known only in the Recent. In Western Atlantic-Caribbean waters the species oc- curs in the Bahamas ( Bimini); off Habana, Cuba (36-805 fathoms): in Puerto Rico (Mayaguez 8.5 fathoms and Boca Prieta 30 fathoms); off Sta Cruz, St. Kitts, Montserrat, Dominica, Grenada, Bequia, and St. Thomas in the Antilles (56 to 458 fathoms), and along the west coast of Barbados. In the Eastern Atlantic the species is reported southwest of Cape St. Vincent, Portugal (91 meters to 248 fathoms) and from the Azores in 145 to 454 meters. Moseley re- ported P. defilippu from the Arafura Sea between Australia and New Guinea at a depth of 49 fathoms. BIBLIOGRAPHY Abe, Noboru 1937a. Post-larval development of the coral Fungia actiniformis var. palawensis Déderlein. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta., Studies, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 73-93, figs. 1-10. 1937b. Ecological survey of Iwayama Bay, Palao. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta., Studies, No. 2, pp. 217-324, figs. 1-41, 25 tables. 1938. Feeding behaviour and the nematocyst of Fungia and 15 other species of corals. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta., Studies, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 469-521, 31 figs. 1939a. Ecological studies on Rhizopsammia minuta var. mutsuensis Yabe and Eguchi. Jubilee Publ. Prof. H. Yabe, 60th Birthday. vol. 1 pp. 175-187, 6 figs. ’ 74 BULLETIN 246 1939b. On the expansion and contraction of the polyp of a reef coral Caulastraca furcata Dana. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta., Studies, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 651-669, figs. 1-5. 1939c. Migration and righting reaction of the coral Fungia actiniformis var. palawensis Déderlein. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta., Studies, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 671-694, figs. 1-9. 1940. Growth of Fungia actiniformis var. palawensis Déderlein and its environmental conditions. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta., Studies, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 105-145, 11 figs. Abe, N., Eguchi M., and Hiro, F. 1937. Preliminary study of tne coral reef of Iwayama Bay, Palao. Palao Trop: Biol. Sta., Studies, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 17-35, pls. 1) 2) chant: Abel, E. F. 1959. Zur Kenntnis der mariner Hohlenfauna unter besonder Beriick- sichtigung der Anthozoen. Staz. Zool. Napoli, Pubbl., vol. 30, Suppl., pp. 1-94, pls. 1-4, text-figs. 1962a. Anthozoen im Aquarium. Neptun, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 324-326, 3 figs. 1962b. Edelkorallen. Neptun, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 65-66. Abel, Othenio 1928. Parasitische Balanen auf Stockcorallen aus dem Mediterranen Miozdnmeer. Palaeobiologica, vol. 1, pp. 13-38, 3 pls. 5 text-figs. Abich, Hermann 1859. Ueber das Steinsalz und seine geologische Stellung im russischen Armenien. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, Mém., sér. 6, vol. 7, pp. 59-151, 10 pls. Abrard, René 1925. Le Lutétien du bassin de Paris. Essai de monographie stratigra- phique. Angers, 388 pp., 4 pls. 32 text-figs., 4 maps. 1963. Géologie et hydrogéologie des departements de l’Aube et de vYenne. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Mém., n. s., vol. 12C, No. 1, pp. 1-54. d’‘Achiardi, Antonio 1867-68. Corallari fossili del terreno nummulitico dell’Alpi Vente. Parte I. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Milano, Mem., vol. 2, No. 4, 54 pp., 5 pls. Parte I, vol. 4, No. 1, 31 pp. 5 pls. 1868. Studio comparativo fra i coralli dei terreni terziari del Piemonte e dell’Alpi Vencte. Univ. Pisa, Ann., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 73-144, pls. I, 24 1875. Coralli eocenici del Friuli. Soc. Toscana Sci. Nat. Pisa, Atti, Proc. Verb., vol. 2, pp. 239-242. Acloque, Alexandre 1899. Faune de France. Paris, vol. 3, pp. 486-588. Agassiz, Alexander 1880. Report on the Florida reefs. Accompanied by illustrations of Flor- ida corals, from drawings by A. Sonrel, Burkhardt, A. Agassiz and Roetter. With an explanation of plates by L. F. de Pourtales. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 7, No. 1, pls. 1-23. 1883. The Tortugas and Florida recfs. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., Mem., vol. i, pps-107-133, ‘pls. 12: 1888. Three cruises of the Blake. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vols. 14-15, xxii + 314 + 220 pp., 545 figs., maps. 1889. The coral reefs of the Hawaiian Islands. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol: 17; No 3; pps 121-170) 13% figs: 1890. On the rate of growth of corals. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 61-64, 4 pls. 1892. Report on the dredging operations off the west coast of Central 1894. 1895. 1896a. 1896b. 1898a. 1898b. 1898c. 1899. 1900. 1903a. 1903b. 1903c. 1906. wm VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 7 America, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of Cali- fornia. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 23, pp. 1-89, 22 pls. A reconnaissance of the Bahamas and of the elevated reefs of Cuba, in the steam yacht “Wild Duck’, January to April 1893. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 26. pp. 1-203, 47 pls. A visit to the Bermudas in March 1894. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 26, pp. 209-281, 30 pls. A visit to the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 2 (152), No. 9, art. 32, pp. 240-244. The Florida elevated reef. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 28, pp. 29-51, pls. 1-17. A visit to the Great Barrier Reef of Australia in the steamer “Corydon”. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 28, pp. 95-148, 42 pls. The island and coral reefs of the Fiji group. Amer. Jour. Sci., Ser4,avole 5, 1(155)k Nos 26: vart. dé. pp. is =123). The Tertiary elevated limestone reefs of Fiji. Amer. Jour. Sci., send, viol. 6 (156). No: 32> /art: IS) spps 65-167. The islands and coral reefs of Fiji. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 33, 167 pp., 120 pls. Explorations of the “Albatross” in the Pacific. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 9 (159), No. 49, art. 5, pp. 33-43; No. 50, art. 9, pp. 109-116; No. 51, art. 19, pp. 193-198; No. 53, art. 37, pp. 369-374. Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the tropical Pacific, in charge of A. Agassiz; by the U. 8. Fish Commission steamer “Albatross” from August, 1899 to March, 1900. IV. Coral reefs of the tropical Pacific. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 28, 410 pp., 138 pls. The coral reefs of the Maldives. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 29, 168 pp., 62 pls. On the formation of barrier reefs and of the different types of atolls. Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 71, pp. 412-414. Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. 8. Fish Com- mission steamer “Albatross” from October, 1904 to March, 1905. General report of the expedition. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 33, pp. i-xili, 1-75, 96 pls., 8 text-figs. Agassiz, Alexander, and Agassiz, Elizabeth Cabot Carey 1865. Seaside studies in Natural History. Marine animals of Massa- chusetts Bay. Radiates. Boston, ed. 2, 155 pp., figs. Agassiz, Alexander, and Pourtalés, Louis Francois de 1874. 1876. Zoological results of the Hassler Expedition. I. Echini, crinoids, and corals. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 4, pp. 1-49, 10 pls., 15 text-figs. Recent corals from Tilibiche, Peru. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 3, pp. 287-290, 1 pl. Agassiz, Louis 1850. 1852. 1858. 1869. On the structure of coral animals. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 68-77. Extracts from the report of Professor Agassiz to the Superin- tendent of the Coast Survey, on the examination of the Florida reefs, and coast. U. S. Coast Sur., Rept. for 1851, pt. 1, pp. 146-160. The animals of Millepora are hydroid acalephs and not polyps. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 26 (76), pp. 140-141. Report upon deep-sea dredgings in the Gulfstream during the third cruise of the U.S. steamer “Bibb” addressed to Professor Pierce. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 13, pp. 363-386. 76 BuLLETIN 246 1880. Report on the Florida reefs. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem.. vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 1-61, pls. 1-23. Agassiz, Louis, and Fewkes, J. W. 1889. The anatomy of Astrangia danae. Six lithographs from drawings by A. Sourel. Natural history illustrations prepared under the direction of Louis Agassiz, 1849. Explanation of plates by Walter Fewkes. Smithsonian Inst., 20 pp., 6 pls. Ahlburg, Johannes 1913. Versuch einer geologischen Darstellung der Insel Celebes. Geol. u. Palaeont. Abhandl. Jena, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 1-172, 8 pls., text- figs., 3 geol. maps. Alcock, Alfred William 1891. Note on results of last season’s deep-sea dredging. Natural his- tory notes from H.M.S, “Investigator”, Commander R. F. Hoskyn, R.N., commanding. No. 21. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 7, pp. 4-8; vol. 8, pp. 449-451, fig. 15. © 1893a. Some newly-recorded corals from the India seas. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Jour., vol. 62, pp. 138-149, 3 pls. 2 charts. 1893b. On some Actiniaria of the Indian seas. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Jour., vol. 62, pp. 151-153. 1894a. dn account of the deep-sea collections made during the season of 1892-1893. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Jour., vol. 62, pp. 169-177, pls. 8, 9. 1894b. On some new and rare corals from the deep waters of India. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Jour., vol. 63, pp. 186-188. 1898. An account of the deep-sea Madreporaria collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey ship “Investigator.” Calcutta, 29 pp., 3 pls. 1902a. Report on the deep-sea Madreporaria of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga-Exped., vol. 10, Mon. 16a, pp. 1-51, pls. 1-5. 1902b. A Naturalist in Indian Seas. London, xxiv + 328 pp., 98 figs. Aleem, Anwar Abdel 1957. Succession of marine fouling organisms on test panels immersed in deep water at La Jolla, California. Hydrobiologia, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 40-58, figs. 1-5. Alexander, W. B 1932. The natural history of the Firth of Tay. Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci., Trans., vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 35-42. Allan, Edgar Johnson 1899. On the fauna and bottom-deposits near the Thirty-Fathom Line from the Eddystone Grounds to Start Point. Marine Biol. Assoc. Plymouth, Jour., vol. 5, pp. 365-542, charts, tables. [Coelenterata pp. 443-460. ] Allen, E. J., and Todd, R. A. 1900. The fauna of Salcombe Estuary. Marine Biol. Assoc. Plymouth, Jour., vol. 6, pp. 151-214. [Coelenterata pp. 185-187.] 1901. The fauna of the Exe Estuary. Marine Biol. Assoc. Plymouth, Jour., vol. 6. [Coelenterata p. 317.] Ailen, F. E. 1950. Investigations on underwater fouling. III, Note on the fouling organisms attached to naval mines in north Queensland waters. Australian Jour. Marine Freshwater Res., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 106- 109, pl. 1. Allen, F. E., and Wood, E. J. 1950. Investigations on underwater fouling. I]. The biology of fouling in Australia, Results of a year’s research. Australian Jour. Marine Freshwater Res., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 92-105, pls. 1-3, text-figs. Allen, J. R. 1962. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD WW L., and Wells, J. W. Holocene coral banks and subsidence in the Niger Delta. Jour. Geol., vol. 70, No. 4, pp. 381-397, pls. 1-4, text-figs. 1-6. Alloiteau, James 1'93)5: 1936a. 1936b. 1936c. 1937. L989 /ar 1939b. 1941. 1947. 1948. 1949a. 1949b. 1950. 1952a. 1952b. Sur la nécessité de Vétude de sections pour la détermination des polypiers du Crétacé. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 201, No. 3, pp. 232-234. Polypiers fossiles de Madagascar. I. Formes du Crétacé de la province d’Analalava, Géol. Serv. Mines Tananarive, Ann., No. 6, pp. 41-53, pl. 6. Sur la présence, dans le calcaire a Spatangus de la Haute-Marne, de Plesiosmilia villersensis Koby et de deux espéeces nouvelles se rapportant ux genres Pleurosmilia et Plesiosmilia. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 5, vol. 6, pp. 507-510, pl. 36. Sur la présence, dans le Turonien d’Uchaux de Pachygyra Krameri Oppenh. Soc. Géol. France, C. R., No. 17, pp. 1935-1936. Sur la présence, dans le Turonien d’Uchaux, de Diploctenium ferrum equinum Reuss. Soc. Géol. France, C. R., Nos. 7-8, pp. 85-87. Polypiers récoltés par M. P. Sénesse dans le Santonien de la Jouane, Cne. de Sougraigne (Aude). Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. SS wols 9) pp. 3-22, pl. 1: Deux espéces nouvelles de polypiers d’Anthozoaires de l’Anatolie septentrionale. Bull. Scient. Bourg., vol. 9, pp. 5-11, 1 pl. Révision de la collection H. Michelin, Polypiers d’Anthozoaires fossiles. I. Crétacé. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Mém., n. s., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 1-110, pls. 1-31. Polypiers du Gargasien aragonais. Escuela Peritos Agric. y Especialidades Agropec. y Serv. Tec. Agric., An., vol. 6, pp. 187- 243, pls. 1-3. Polypiers des couches albiennes a grandes Trigonie de Padern (Aude). Soc. Geol. France, Bull., sér. 5, vol. 18, pp. 699-738, pls. A bile Sur la structure du g. Trochosmilia et sa position systématique. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 228, pp. 1148-1150. Les coraux d’Eocéne de Bojnice-les-Bains prés de Prievdza dans les Karpathes slovaques. Prace Statneho Geol. Ustavu Bratis- lava, vol. 24, pp. 1-30, pls. 1-8, text-figs. Types et échantillons de polypiers de lancienne collection De- france. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Mém., n. s., sér. C, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 105-148, pls. 1-7. Généralités sur les Coelentéres; Hydrozoaires, Schyphozoaires; Alcyonaires; Madreporaires; Madreporaires post-Paleozoiques. In Piveteau, J., Traité de Paléontologie, vol. 1, pp. 376-418, 539-684, pls. 1-10, text-figs. 1-130. Note sur des polypiers du Sénégal, Direct. Mines A. O. F., Bull., No. 14, pp. 9-18, 1 pl. 1952c. Sur le g. Diploctenium Goldf. dans le Crétacé supéricur francais. 1953" 1954a. 1954b. 1 Si Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 6, vol. 2, pp. 537-573, pls. 19, 20. Sur cing genres nouveaux de Madréporaires post-paleozoiques. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 6, vol. 3, pp. 873-887, pls. 28, 29. Le genre Actinastrea d’Orb, 1849 dans le Crétacé supéricur fran- cais. Ann. Hébert et Haug, vol. 8, pp. 1-104, pls. 1-10. Du genre Phyllosmilia de Fromentel dans le Crétacé supérieur francais. Centre Et. Docum. Paléont., Ann., No. 8, 30 pp., 1 pl. Contribution a la systématique des Madréporaires fossiles. Centre Nat. Rech. Scient. Paris, vol. 1 (text), pp. 1-462, text-figs. 1-5; voi. 2 (illustrations) figs. 1-286, pls. 1-20. 78 BuLLeETIN 246 1958. Monographie des Madréporaires fossiles de Madagascar. Ann. Géol. Madagascar, vol. 25, pp. i-viii, 1-218, pls. 1-38, text-figs. 1-37. 1959. Introduction a la séance spécialisée sur les millieux récifaux. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vel. 1, pp. 335-336. 1960a. Recherches sur le développement du squellete chez les Madre- poraires. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 1, No. 7, pp. 678-686, figs. 1-3. 1960b. Nouveaux polypiers du Crétacique d’Espagne. Escuela ‘Técnica Perit. Agric. Agropec. Serv. Técn. Agric. Barcelona, An., vol. 14, pp. 77-108, pls. 1-2, text-figs. 1-4. 1960c. Sur le genre Clausastrea. Ann. Paléont., vol. 46, pp. 1-46, pls. 1-5, text-figs. 1-16. 1964. [Type corals revised.| Paleontologia Universalis, n. s., 1956-1959, Nos. 59-88, 90-101, 103-121, 131-143, 150-153. Alloiteau, J., and Tissier, J. 1958. Les Madréporaires du Montien des Petites Pyrénées. Comparaison avec ceux du Montien de Mons. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, Bull., vol. 93, Nos. 1-2, pp. 241-293, pls. 1-4, text-figs. 1-17. Alm, G. 1916. Faunistische und biologische Untersuchungen im See Hjalmaren (Mittelschweden). Ark. f. Zool., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 1-47. Almola, A., Rios, J. M., and Garrido, J. 1943. Sobre una curiosa asociacion fosil de un coralario de una ortho- phragmina. Soc. Espanola Hist. Nat., Bol., vol. 41, pp. 223-225, pl. 10. Almodovar, L. R. 1962. Notes on the algae of coral reefs, off La Parguera, Puerto Rico. Florida Acad. Sci., Quart. Jour., vol. 25, No. 4, pp. 275-286, fig. 1. Almy, Charles C., Jr., and Carrion-Torres, Carlos 1963. Shallow-water stony corals of Puerto Rico. Caribbean Jour. Sci., vol. 3, Nos. 2-3, pp. 133-162, pls. 1-21, text-figs. 1, 2. Altinli, |. Enver 1954a. The geology of southeastern Siirt. Fac. Sci. Univ. Istanbul, Rev., vol. B19, No. 1, pp. 1-31, pls. 1-3 [Oligocene coral. ] 1954b. The geology of southern Hakkari. Fac. Sci. Univ. Istanbul, Rev., vol. B19, No. 1, pp. 33-65, pls. 1-3. 1963. Erzurum. Explanation of the text of the Geologic Map of Turkey. {Turkish with English translation.] Ankara, vol. 1, pp. i-vi, 1-54, i-iv, 55-131. 1964. Van. Explanation of the text of the Geologic Map of Turkey. [Turkish with English translation.] Ankara, pp. 1-90. Alvarino, A. 1957a. Estudio del zooplancton del Metiterraneo Occidental. Inst. Espanol Oceanogr., Bol., vol. 81, pp. 1-26, figs. 1-9. 1957b. Zooplancton del Atlantica Ibérico. Inst. Espanol Oceanogr., Bol., vol. 82, pp. 1-51, figs. 1-7. Alzamora, Massuti, M. 1948. Estudio de diez y seis muestras de plancton de Golfo de Napoles. Inst. Bio]. Aplic. Barcelona, Publ., vol. 5. pp. 85-94. Ancellin, J. 1957. Observations sur la faune et les fonds de péche de quelques secteurs de la Manche et des mars nordiques. Inst. Péches Marit., Rev. Trav., vol. 21, No. 4, pp. 449-484. Anderson, Charles A. 1950. 1940 E. W. Scripps cruise to the Gulf of California. Part I. Geology of islands and neighboring land areas. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 43, pp. i-vii, 1-53, pls. 1-3, text-figs. 1-19. VENEZUELAN CENOZzOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 79 Anderson, H. J. 1962. Paldontologische Bemerkungen zur Stratigraphie des Oligo-Mio- can in der niederrheinischen Bucht. Fortschr. Geol. Rheinld.- Westf., vol. 6, pp. 1-18, figs. 1-3. [Coral p. 9.] Andrews, Charles William 1900a. A monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean): Physical fea- tures and geology. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), xiii + 337 pp., 22 pls., 1 map, text-figs. 1900b. Notes on the limestones and general geology of the Fiji Islands, with special reference to the Lau group. Based upon surveys made for Alexander Agassiz, with a preface by T. W. Edgworth David. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 38, pp. 1-50, 40 pls. Angelis d’Ossat, Gioacchino de 1892-93. Introduzione allo studio degli Antozoi fossili. Riv. Italiana Sci. Nat. e Boll. Naturalista, Collettore, Allevatore, Coltivatore Siena, vol: 12 (1892), pp. 129-132, 141, 142 vols 13) (1'893'), pp: 6-9, 25-28, 34-38, 60-64, 77-82. 1893. I Zoantari fossili dei dintorno di Roma. Soc. Geol. Italiana, Boll., vol. 12, pp. 1-25. 1894. I corallari dei terreni Terztari dell’Italia settentrionale. Colle- zione Michelotti. Museo Geologico della R. Universita di Roma. R. Accad. Lincei Roma, Mem., Cl. Sci. Fis., Mat., Nat., vol. 1, pp. 164-280, pls. 1-3. 1895a. Studio paleozoologico. I. Corallarii fossili dei terreni Terztart, col- lezione del Gabinete di Storia Nat., R. Insttuto Tecnico di Udine. Appendice. Intorno ad una Hydrocorallina fossile. Riv. Italiana Sci. Nat. Siena, vol. 15, pp. 20-22, 33-35, 34-46, 57-62, 81-86. 1895b. Descripcién de los Antozoos fosiles Pleiocénicos de Cataluna. Bar- celona, 26 pp., 1 pl., 19 text-figs. 1895c. Antozoos y Briozoos de los depositos Pliocénicos de Cataluna y contribucién a la fauna Paleozéica de dicha region. R. Acad. Sci. y Artes Barcelona, Mem., vol. 3, No. 3, 47 pp. 1899. Los primeros Antozoos y Briozoos Miocénicos recogidos en Cata- luna. R. Acad. Sci. y Artes Barcelona, Mem., vol. 3, No. 4, 31 pp. 1903a. Zoantari del Terziario della Patagonia, Palaeontogr. Italica, vol. 9, pp. 19-34, pl. 10. 1903b. Zoantari Miocenici dell’Hérault (Francia meridionale). Soc. Geol. Italiana, Boll., vol. 22, pp. 115-119, 4 figs. 1905a. Sul concetto di individuo nei Zoantari fossili. Soc. Geol. Italiana, Boll., vol. 24, pp. 147-157, 1 fig. 1905b. Coralli del Cretacio inferiore della Catalogna. Palaeontogr. Italica, vol. 11, pp. 169-251, pls. 14-17. 1905¢c.1 coralli del calcare de Venassino (Isola di Capri). Acad. Sci. Napoli, Atti, ser. 2, vol. 12, 45 pp., 2 pls. 1905d. Fauna coralina del piso aptense de Cataluna. Real Acad. Cience. Barcelona, Mem., pt. 3, vol. 5, No. 5, pp. 67-73. 1907. Altri Zoantari del Terziario della Patagonia. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, An., vol. 16, pp. 93-102, pl. 1. Angelis d’‘Ossat, Gioacchino de, and Neviani, Antonio 1897. Corallarii e Briozoi Neogenici di Sardegna. Soc. Geol. Italiana, Boll., vol. 15, pp. 571-598. Anié, D. 1952. Oberoligozdne kohlenfiihrende Ablagerungen der Siidhdnge des Ivancica Gebirges in Kroatien. [Serbian with German summary.] Geol. Vjesn Yougosl., Nos. 2-4, pp. 7-62, 11 pls. SO BULLETIN 246 Anichini, C. 1960. Variazioni qualitative e quantitative dello zooplancton nelle parte orientale del Golfo di Cagliari dal luglio 1956 al dicembre 1957. Comm. Internat. Mer Meédit., Rapp., vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 317-325, 4 figs. Annandale, [Thomas] Nelson 1924. Cirripedes associated with Indian corals of the families Astraeidae and Fungidae. Indian Mus. Calcutta, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 61-68, 1 pl. Annoscia, E. 1963. Antozoi e Briozoi nelle argille Calabriane di Venosa. Geol. Romana, vol. 2, pp. 215-278, pls. 1-19, text figs. 1-13, [Corals pp. 221-223.] Anselmi, R. 1923. Sulla distribuzione stagionale dei principali gruppi zoologict presenti nei plancton superficiale del Mare di Quarto det Mille. Soc. Ligustica Sci. Lett. Pavia, Atti, vol. 2, pp. 64-74. Antipa, Gregor 1941. Marea Neagra. I. Oceanografia, Bionomia si Biologia generala a Marii Negre. Fond. Acad. Romana Bucaresti, Pub., vol. 10, No. 55, p. 1-313, figs., maps. [Coelenterata p. 217.] Appellof, Adolf 1900. Studien tiber Actinen-Entwicklung. Bergens Mus. Aarbog, No. 1, pp. 1-99, + pls. 13 text-figs. Arai, J. 1957. Preliminary remarks on some Miocene corals from the Kamt- yokoze Formation, Chichibu Basin, Saitama Prefecture, Japan. Geol. Soc. Japan, Jour., vol. 63, p. 746. Arango y Molina, Rafael 1877c. Radiados de la Isla de Cuba. Poélipos Calcdreos. R. Acad. Cienc. Médicas, Fisicas y Naturales de la Habana, An., vol. 14, pp. 272-284. d‘Archiac, Etienne Jules Adolphe Desmier de St. Simon 1846. Description des fossiles recueillis par M. Thorent dans les couches a Nummulites des environs de Bayonne. Soc. Géol. France, Mém., sér. 2, vol. 2, pp. 189-217, pl. 5. 1850. Description des fossiles du groupe nummulitique aux environs de Bayonne et Dax. Soc. Géol. France, Mém., sér. 2, vol. 3, pp. 397-456, pls. 8-13. 1853. Description des animaux fossiles nummultiques de I’Inde. Paris, 375 pp., 36 pls. Arkell, William Joscelyn 1928. Aspects of the ccology of certain fossil coral reefs. Jour. Ecol., vol. 16, pp. 134-149, 3 pls., 2 text-figs. 1933. The Jurassic System in Great Britain. Chap. 18. The distribu- tion of corals. Oxford, pp 557-562, fig. 92. 1935. On the nature, origin, and climatic significance of the coral reefs in the vicinity of Oxford. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour. vol. 91, pt. 1, pp. 77-110, pl. 6. Arnaud, H. 1877. Mémoire sur le terrain Crétacé du Sud-Ouest de la France. Soc Géol. France, Mém., sér. 2, vol. 10, No. 4, 110 pp., pls 21-28. Arnesen, Emily 1898. Beitrége zur Anatomie und Histologie von Ulocyathus arcticus. Caryophyllia smithii, Dendrophyllia ramea und Cladocora caespt- tosa. Beitr. Anat. Histol., Arch., Math-Naturv. KI., vol. 20, pp 1-28 plsel\) 2: VENEZUELAN CENOozoIC CorALs: WEISBORD 81 Ashworth, J. H., and Annandale, N. 1904. Observations on some aged specimens of Sagartia troglodytes, and on the duration of life in coelenterates. Roy. Soc, Edinburgh, Proc., vol. 25, pp. 295-308. Atanackovic, M. 1955. Das marine Paldogen auf den Nordabhangen von Skopska Crna Gora (Becken von Gornja Norava-Siidserbien). [Serbian with German summary.] Radova Geol. Inst. Beograd, Zborn, vol. 8, pp. 113-133, pls. 1-5, text-figs. 1-6. Atoda, Kenji 1947. The larva and post-larval development of some reef-building corals. I. Pocillopora damicornis caespitosa (Dana). Tohoku Imp. Univ., Sci. Rept., ser. + (Biology), vol. 18, pp. 24-47, 6 figs. IJ. Stylophora pistillata, pp. 48-64, 1 pl., 1 text-fig. 1951a. The larva and post-larval development of some reef-building corals. III. Acropora briiggemanni (Brock). Jour. Morph., vol. 89, No. 1, pp. 1-15, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-9. IV. Galaxea aspera Ouelch, pp. 17-35, pls. 1-3, text-figs. 1-3. 1951b. The larva and post-larval development of some reef-building corals. V. Seriatopora hystrix Dana. Tohoku Imp. Univ., Sci. Rept., ser. 4 (Biology), vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 33-39, 6 figs. 1951c. Asexual reproduction in some younger reef corals of Seriato- poridae. ‘Tohoku Imp. Univ., Sci. Rept., ser. 4 (Biology), vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 178-186, pl. 2, 1 text-fig. 1953. The larva and post-larval development of the reef-building coral. Tohoku Imp. Univ., Sci. Rept., ser. 4 (Biology), vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 105-121, text-figs. 1954. Investigation of the fauna in Tashiro Island, Ojika-gun, Miyagi Prefecture. [Japanese with English summary.] Saito Ho-on-Kai Mus., Res. Bull., No. 23, pp. 16-18. Audouin, Victor, and Savigny, Jules-Cesar 1826, 1828. Description de l’Egvpte, ou recueil des observations des re- cherches qui ont été faites en Egypt pendant l’expédition de l’Armée Francaise, publie par les ordres de sa Majesté l’Empereur Na- poléon le Grand. Histoire Naturelle. Tome premier. Explication sommaire des planches de Polypes de VEgypt et de la Syrie. Paris, vol. 1, pt. 4, pp. 225-236, pls. 1-6. Aurivillius, Carl Vilhelm Samuel 1898. Vergleichende thiergeographische Untersuchungen tiber die Plank- ton-Fauna des Skageraks in den Jahren 1893-1897. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 30, No. 3, 426 pp., text-figs. 1899a.Om_ hafsevertebraternas utvecklingstider och periodiciteten i larvformernas upptradande vid Sveriges Vestkust. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., Bihang, vol. 24, No. 4, 91 pp. 1899b. Animalisches Plankton aus dem Meere zwischen Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, K. Karls Land und der Nordkiiste Norwegens. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 32, No. 6, 71 pp. Avias, Jacques 1960. Les récifs coralliens de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et quelques-uns de leure problémes, Soc. Geol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 1, No: 4 (1959), pp. 424-430, pls. 26, 27. Azzaroli, A. 1958. L’Oligocene e il Miocene della Somalia. Stratigrafia, tettonica, paleontologia (macro-foraminiferi, coralli, molluschi). Palaeon- togr. Italica, vol. 52, pp. 1-143, pls. 1-36, text-figs. 1-34. [Corals pp. 82-105.] 82 BuLLETIN 246 Bacci, G. 1946. Ricerche sulle zoocenosi bentoniche del Golfo di Napoli. Staz. Zool. Napoli, Pubbl., vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 158-178, figs. Bainbridge, V. 1960. The plankton of inshore waters off Freetown, Sierra Leone. Fish. Publ. London, No. 13, pp. 1-48, figs. 1-22. Baker, C. L. 1933. Formation of Indo-Pacific coral reefs and atolls, Pan-Amer. Geol., vol. 60, pp. 15-24. Baker, H. A. 1925. A coral reef in the New Hebrides. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 3, pp. 1007-1019, text-figs. 1-8. Baker, Henry 1743. An attempt towards a natural history of the Polype. London, 218 pp., 1 pl. Bal, D. V., and Pradhan, L. B. 1952. Records of zooplankton in Bombay waters during 1944-47. Univ. Bombay, Jour., n. s., vol. 20B, No. 5, pp. 75-80. Balavoine, Pierre 1956. Le gisement fossilifére de Saint-Gervais (Seine-et-Oise). Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 419-427. Ball, J. 1916. The geography and geology of west-central Sinai. Geol. Sur. Dept. Egypt, Rept., pp. i-ix, 1-219, pls. 1-24 [Corals p. 121]. Banner, A. H., and Randall, J. E. 1952. Preliminary report on marine biology study of Onotoa Atoll, Gilbert Islands. Part I. Atoll Res. Buli., No. 13, pp. 1-42. Bannwarth 1914. Biologische Riff-Untersuchungen im Golf von Suez. Senckenb. Na- turforsch. Gesell., Abh., vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 41-50, chart. Barnard, K. H. 1954. South African Shore-Life. Capetown, pp. 1-135, pls. 1-25. Barr, R. W. 1962. The geology of the Toco District, Trinidad, West Indies, Pt. 1. Overseas Geol. Min. Resources, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 379-415, pls. 1-2, text-figs. 1-5, geol. map. [Coral list by J. W. Wells p. 394.] Barrett, J. H., and Yonge, C. M. 1958. Collins pocket guide to the sea shore. London, pp. 1-272, 40 pls., text-figs. [Ccelenterata pp. 45-46. ] Barrois, Charles 1886. Sur le calcaire a polypiers de Cabriéres. Hérault, Soc. Géol. du Nord (Lille), Ann., vol. 13, pp. 74-101. Bartholomew, R. W. 1960a. Geology of Savusavu Bay West, Vanua Levu. Geol. Sur. Dept. Suva, Fiji, Bull., vol. 5, iv + 28 pp., pls. 1-12. [Corals by J. W. Wells, p. 9.] 1960b. Geology of the Nandi area, western Viti Levu. Geol. Sur. Dept. Suva, Fiji, Bull., vol. 7, iv + 27 pp., pls. 1-14, map. [Corals by J. W. Wells p. 12.] Bassett-Smith, Percy William 1889a. Coral reefs. Nature, vol. 40, No. 1027, p. 223. 1889b. Bathymetric conditions as to growing corals and other species of the Tizard and Macclesfield Banks in the China Scas. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 38, p. 169. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIc CorALs: WEISBORD 83 1890. Report on the corals from the Tizard and Macclesfield Banks, China Sea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 6, pp. 353-374, 443- 458, 3 pls. 1893. China Sea. Report on the results of dredging obtained on the Macclesfield Bank, by H.M.S. “Penguin”, commander W. W. Moore, April 1892. Hydrogr. Dept., Admiralty, 16 pp., 1 chart. 1894. China Sea. Report on the restults of dredging obtained on the Macclesfield Bank, by H.M.S. “Rambler” . . . April 1888, and H.M.S. “Penguin” ... April 1892, and H.M.S.“Egeria” ... April 1893. Hydrogr. Dept., Admiralty, 42 pp., 2 pls., text-figs., chart. 1899. On the formation of coral-reefs on the N. W. coast of Australia. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 157-159. Bassindale, R. 1938. The intertidal fauna of the Mersey Estuary. Marine Biol. Assoc. U. K., Plymouth, Jour., vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 83-98, pl. 3. 1941. The invertebrate fauna of the southern shores of the Bristol Channel and Severn Estuary. Bristol Nat. Soc., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 9, pp. 143-201. [Coelenterata pp. 146-155.] 1945. Studies on the biology of the Bristol Channel. XVI. The fauna of Skomer Island. A preliminary sketch. Bristol Nat. Soc., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 109-120. 1961. On the marine fauna of Ghana. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 137, No. 4, pp. 481-510, 5 figs. Baster, Job 1757. Observations de corallinis itsque insidentibus polypis aliusque animaliculis marinis. Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., pp. 258-280, 4 pls. Bataller, Calatayud, José Ramon 1950. La paleontologia en el Instituto Geoldgico. Inst. Geol. Espana, Libro Jubilar (1849-1949), vol. 1, pp. 173-235. [Corals pp. 189- 193.] 1955. Enumeracion de las especies nuevas del Eocénico de Espana. Escuela Perit. Agric. Barcelona, An.. vol. 13, pp. 3-50. [Anthozoa pp. 18-20. ] 1959. Paleontologia del Garumiense. Inst. Mallada, Estudios Geol., vol. 15, pp. 4-44. [Corals pp. 41-43.] Battistini, René 1959. Observations sur les récifs coralliens du Sud-Ouest de Madagas- car. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 341-346, figs. 1, 2. Beauchamp, Paul Marais de 1923. Etudes de bionomic intercotidale. Les iles de Ré at d’Yeu. Arch. Zool., vol. 61, pp. 455-520, pls. 17-24. 1929. Sur un madréporaire observé a Saint-Gervan. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 50, pp. 107-110. Beaumont, Walter Ibbotson 1900. The fauna and flora of Valencia Harbour on the west coast of Ireland. VII. The results of dredging and shore-collecting. Roy. Irish Acad. Dublin, Proc., ser. 3, vol. 5. [Coelenterata pp. 766-769. | Beauvais, Louise 1964. Etude stratigraphique et paléontologique des formations a Madré- poraires du Jurassic supérieur du Jura et de lV’Est du bassin de Paris. Soc. Géol. France, Mém., n. s., vol. 43, No. 1 (Mém. 100), pp. 1-287, pls. 1-38, text-figs. 1-54. 1966a. Revision de quelques Madréporaires du Dogger d’Angeleterre de la collection Milne Edwards. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 7 (1965). pp. 871-875, pls. 36, 37. 84 BULLETIN 246 1966b. Revision des Madréporaires du Degger de la collection Koby. Eclogae Geol. Helvetiae, vol. 59, No. 2, pp. 989-1024, pls. 1-15. Beauvais, Marcel 1965. Revision des Madréporaires de forme cyclotitoide des couches de Gosau de la collection E. Quenstedt. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 535-544, pls. 15, 16, text-figs. 1A-1B. Beche, H. T. de la 1828. Notes on the habits of a Caryophyllia from Tot Bay, Devon, Zool. Jour. London, vol. 3, p. +81. Becker, Evald 1875. Die Korallen der Nattheimer Schichter. Paleontographica, vol. 21, pp. 121-162, pls. 36-39. Becker, Evald, and Milachewitch, Constantin 1875. Die Korallen der Nattheimer Schichter. Palaeontographica, vol. 21, pp. 165-204, pls. 40-45. Becker, George F. 1901. Report on the geology of the Philippine Islands. U. S. Geol. Sur., 21st Ann. Rept., Part II], pp. 493-614, pls. 67-68 (charts). Bedot, Maurice 1907. Madréporaires d’dmboine. Rev. Suisse Zool. Geneve. vol. 15, pp. 143-292, pls. 5-50. [Voyage de MM. M. Bedot et C. Pictet dans l’Archipel Malais. ] Beechey, Frederick William 1831. Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific and Beerings’ Sinattea ee performed in H.M.S. Blossom ... in . . . 1825-28. London, 2 vols. [in 1], xxi + 742 pp., 14 pls., 3 maps. Behre, Elinor H. 1950. Annotated list of the fauna of the Grand Isle region 1928-1946. Marine Lab. Louisiana State Univ., Occas. Papers, No. 6, pp. 1-66. [Coelenterata pp. 6-8.] Belanski, Charles Herbert 1928. Descriptions of some typical fossils of the shellrock stage. Amer. Midland Nat., vol. 11, pp. 171-177, 1 pl. Bell, A[lfred] 1888. British upper Tertiary corals. Geol. Mag., decade 3, vol. 5, pp. 7A Pyke 1921. Notes on the later Tertiary Invertebrata. Yorkshire Philos. Soc., Ann. Rept., 21 pp., 2 pls. Bell, Francis Jeffrey 1895. On the variations observed in large masses of Turbinaria. Roy. Microsc. Soc. London, Jour., pp. 148, 149, pls. 2, 3. Bellini, R. 1905. Le varie facies del Miocene Medio nelle Colline di Torino. Soc. Geol. Italiana, Boll., vol. 25, pp. 607-653. Bemmelen, Reinout Willem 1936-37. Oostelijk Midden Java, Mijnw. Nederland. Ind., Jb., Nos. 65- 66, pp. 20-33. 1949. The Geology of Indonesia. The Hague, 2 vols. + portfolio; vol. 1, pp. 1-xxiii, 1-732, figs. 1-377, tables 1-124; vol. 2, pp. i-vii, 1-265, figs. 1-52, tables 1-56; portfolio, pls. 1-41. Benard, F. 1960. La faunule associée au Lithophyllum incrustans Phil., des cuvettes de la région de Roscoff. Cahiers Biol. Marine, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 89-102, 2 text-figs. Beneden, Edouard Joseph Marie van 1866. Recherches sur la faune littorale de Belgique. Polypes. Brussels, pp. 1-207, pls. 1-18, text-figs. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRKALS: WEISBORD 85 1897. Die Anthozoen der Plankton-Expedition. In Hensen, V.A.C., Ergeb- nisse der in dem Atlantischen Oxean von Mitte Juli bis Anfang November 1889 ausgefuhrten Plankton-Expedition der Humboldt- Stiftung. Vol. 2, No. Ke, 222 pp., 16 pls., 59 text-figs., maps. Benham, W. B. 1906. On a new species of Sarcophyllum from New Zealand. Zool. An- zeig., vol. 31, pp. 66, 67. Bennigsen, 1900. Bericht des kaiserlichen Gouverneurs v. Bennigsen tiber seine Reise zum Zwecke der Uebernahme des Inselgebietes der Karolin- en, Palau und Marianen in Deutschland besitz. Deutsch. Kolonial- blatt Berlin, vol. 11, pp. 100 et seg. 1901a. Ueber cine Reise nach den deutschen und englischen Salomons In- seln, Deutsch. Kolonialblatt Berlin, vol. 12, pp. 113 ef Seq. 1901b. Reise des Gouverneurs v. Bennigsen nach den Karolinen und Palau Inseln, Deutsch. Kolonialblatt Berlin, vol. 12, pp. 447 et seq. Berg, 1903. Bericht des Vizegouverneurs Berg iiber einem Besuch der Trukins- eln. Deutsch. Kolonialblatt Berlin, vol. 14, pp. 364 et seq. Bergmann, Warner, and Lester, David 1940. Coral-reefs and the formation of petroleum. Science, vol. 92, pp. 452, 453. Berkey, Charles P. 1915. Geological reconnaissance of Porto Rico. New York Acad Scie Ann., vol. 26, pp. 1-70, pls. 1-3, text-figs. 1-20. Bermudez, Pedro J. 1960, 1961. Contribucién al estudio de las Globigerinidea de la regwon Caribe-Antillana. (Paleoceno-Reciente). Bol. Geol. (Venezuela), Publ. Especial No. 3 (1960), Tercer Congreso Geolégico Vene- zolano, Tomo 3, pp. 1119-1393. Also Editorial Sucre, Caracas, pp. 1119-1393 (1961). 1966. Consideraciones sobre los sedimentos del Miocene Medio al Re- ciente de las costas central y oriental de Venezuela. Primera parte. Bo!. Geol. (Venezuela), vol. 7, No. 14, pp. 333-411, correlation chart, 4 tables. Bermudez, Pedro, J., and Fuenmayor, Angel, N. 1962. Notas sobre los foraminiferos del Grupo Cabo Blanco. Asoc. Vene- zolana Geol., Min. y Petroleo, Bol. Informativo, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 3-16, fig. 1 (geol. map). 1966. Cousideraciones sobre los sedimentos del Miocene Media al Re- clente de las costas central y oriental de Venezuela. Segunda partie. Los foraminiferos benténicos. Bol Geol. (Venezuela), vol. 7, No. 14, pp. 412-611, pls. 1-4. Bernard, Henry M. 1895a. Notes on the madreporarian genus Astracopora as represented by the specimens in the British Museum (Natural History). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 16, pp. 273-281, 1 pl. 1895b. Notes, morphological and systematic, on the madreporarian genus Turbinaria. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 16, pp. 499-521, pls. 1920: 1896a. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum (Natural Hitsory). Volume I. The genus Turbinaria. The genus Astracopora. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 2, No. 4, pp. i-iv, 1-106, pls. 1-33. 86 BULLETIN 246 1896b. On the affinities of the madreporarian genus Alveopora with the Paleozoic Favositidae, together with a brief sketch of some of the evolutionary stages of the madreporarian skeleton. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 26, pp. 495-516, pl. 33. 1897a. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum (Natural History). Volume LUI. The genus Montipora. The genus Anacropora. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 3, pp. i-vil, 1-192, pls. 1-34. 1897b. Notes, morphological and systematic, on the madreporarian sub- family Montiporinae (Montipora and Anacropora) with an ac- count of the phylogeny of the Madreporidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 20, pp. 117-135, pl. 2. 1899a. Recent Poritidae, and the position of the family in the madrepor- arian system. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 27, pp. 127- 149, 2 figs. 1899b. On the structure of Porites, with preliminary notes on the soft parts. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 27, pp. 487-503, pl. 35, text-fig. 1900. On the Madreporaria collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews at Christ- mas Island. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 119-127. 190la.On the unit of classification for systematic biology. Cambridge Philos. Soc., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 268-280. 1901b. Nomenclatur und Entwickelungslehre. Int. Zool. Congr. Berlin, pp. 891-896. 1902. The species problem in corals, Nature, vol. 65, pp. 560. 1903. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum (Na- tural History). Volume IV. The family Poritidae. 1—The genus Goniopora. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 4, pp. i-viii, 1-206, pls. 1-14. 1904. The prototheca of the Madreporaria, with special reference to the genera Calostylis Lindstr. and Moseleya Quelch. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 13, pp. 1-33, pl. 1. 1905. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum (Natural History). Volume V. The family Poritidae. 2. The genus Porites. Part 1. Porites of the Indo-Pacific region. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 5, pp. i-vi, 1-303, pls. 1-35. 1906. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum (Natural History). Volume VI. The family Poritidae. 2.-The genus Porites. 2.-Porites of the Atlantic and West Indies, with the European fossil forms. The genus Goniopora, a supplement to Vol. IV. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 6, pp. i-vi, 1-173, pls. 1-17. Berry, Willard 1929. Shorter contributions to the paleontology of the Eocene of north- western Peru. I. Solitary corals. Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 19, pp. 236, 237, figs. 1-4. Bertin, L. 1949. Animaux-plantes (Eponges et Coelentérés). La Vie des Animaux, vol. 1, pp. 37-66, pls., text-figs. Bertram, G. C. L. 1937. Some aspects of the breakdown of corals at Ghardaqa, Red Sea. Zool. Soc. London, Proc. 1936, pp. 1011-1026, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-4. Bertrand, H. 1938. Les bassins a flot du port de Saint-Malo-Saint-Servan. Lab. Mari- time Dinard, Bull., vol. 18, pp. 14-24. Bianconi, Giovanni Giuseppe 1871. Specimina zoologica Mosambicana: fasc. 17. Accad. Sci. Inst. Bologna, Mem., vol. 9, pp. 199-222. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC CorALs: WEISBORD 87 Bieda, F. 1951. Regionalna geologia Polski Karpaty. 7. Mlodszy trzeciorzed Kar- pati Przedgorza. Polsk. Tow. Geol., vol. 1, No. 6, pp. 156-180, pls. 15, 16, text-figs. Blackburn, M. 1937a. Notes on Australian Hydrozoa, with descriptions of two new species. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Proc., n. s., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 170-181, text-figs. 1937b. Hydrozoa. The Sir Joseph Banks Islands. Reports of the expedi- tion of the McCoy Society for field investigation and research. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Proc., n. s., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 312-328, text-figs. 1937c. Lady Julia Percy Island. Coelenterata. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Proc., n. s., vol. 1, (49), No. 2, pp. 364-371, 2 text-figs. Blainville, H. M. Ducrotay de 1823-30. Zoophytes. Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles. Vol. 29 (1823) ; vol. 35 (1825); vol. 43 (1826): vol. 60 (1830). 1834-37. Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie. Paris, 2 vols., pp. i-viil, 1-694, 103 pls. Blake, Sidney Fay 1953. The Pleistocene fauna of Wailes Bluff and Langleys Bluff, Mary- land. Smithsonian Misc. Collec,. vol. 121, No. 12, pp. 1-32, pl. 1, text-fig. 1. Blanc, J.-J. 1959. Campagne de la “Calypso” dans le Golfe de Génes (1957). I. Recherches sur les oases du Golfe de Génes (région de Portofino). Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., n. s., vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 273-287, figs. =e Blanckenhorn, Max Ludwig Paul 1890. Das Eocan in Syrien mit besonderer Berticksichtigung Nord-Syrien. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Zeitschr., vol. 42, pp. 318-360, pls. 17-19. Blumenthal, Moritz M. 1958. Der Vulcan Ararat und die Berge seiner Sedimentumrandung. Fac. Sci. Univ. Instanbul, Rev., vol. 23B, Nos. 3-4, pp. 177-327, 11 pls., 2 maps. Blunt, J. S. 1960. Oceanography, Hydrology. Introductory studies: hydrology and plankton, Mawson, June 1956-February 1957. ANARE Rept., vol. 3B, pp. 1-135, figs. 1-45. [Coelenterates p. 43.] Boccone, Paolo 1671. Recherches et observations curieuses sur la nature du corail blanc et rouge de Dioscoride. Paris, pp. 1-328, illus. Bohnke, K. 1939. Kleine Beobachtungen an Meerestieren (IV). Aquar. Terrarienk. Braunschweig, Wschr., vol. 36, pp. 307-310, text-figs. Bolsche, Wilhelm 1866. Die Korallen des norddeutschen Jura-und Kreide-Gebirges. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Zeitschr., vol. 18, pp. 439-486, pls. 7-9. Boettger, Leopold Oskar 1890. Geschichtliche Darstellung unsere Kenntnisse und Meinungen von den Korallenbauten. Zeitsckr. f. Naturwiss. Halle, vol. 63, pp. 241-304. Boettger, Oskar 1898. Zur Kenntniss der Fauna der mittelmiocdnen Schichten von Kostej im Barrat. [Deltocyathus italicus Michelotti]. Siebenbergischen Verein Naturwiss., Verhandl. u. Mitth., vol. 46, Daove 88 BuLLETIN 246 Bolli, Hans, and Bermudez, Pedro J. 1965. Zonation based on planktonic Foraminifera of Middle Miocene to Pliocene warm-water sediments. Asoc. Venezolana Geol., Min. y Petroleo, Bol. Informativo, vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 119-152. Bolten, T. E. 1960. Catalogue of type invertebrate fossils of the Geological Survey of Canada. I. Geol. Sur. Canada, pp. 1-215. [Coelenterates pp. 20-67. ] Boni, A. 1937. Studi comparativi fra il Neogene del bacino de Vienna e quello del bacino picmontese-Ligure. Soc. Geol. Italiana, Boll., vol. 56, Nov dap. 105: Bonney, Thomas George 1889. The structure and distribution of coral reefs. Nature, vol. 40, No. 1021, p. 77; No. 1027; \p: 222° 1890. Coral reefs: fossil and Recent. Nature, vol. 43, pp. 53, 148. Bontschey, St. 1897. Das Tertidrbecken von Haskovo (Bulgarien). K.-K. Geol. Rich- sanst. Wien, Jahrb., vol. 46, pp. 309-384. [Coelenterata pp. 359- 368.] Boone, Lee 1928. Coelenterata from tropical East American seas. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Collec. New York, vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 1-8, 3 pls. 1933. Scientific results of the cruises of the yachts “Eagle” and “Ara”, 1921-1928, William K. Vanderbilt, commanding. Coelenterata, Echinodermata, Mollusca. Vanderbilt Marine Mus., Bull., vol. 4, Z2\7epp:, 133 ‘pls: 1938. The marine Algae, Coelenterata, Annelida, Polychaeta, Echino- dermata, Crustacea, and Mollusca of the world cruises of the yachts “Ara”, 1928-1929, and “Alva”, 1931-1932, “Alva” Medi- terranean cruise, 1933, and “Alva” South American cruise, 1935, William Vanderbilt, commanding. Vanderbilt Marine Mus., Bull., vol. 7, pp. 29-76, pls. 4-25. Borcea, I. 1927. Données sommaires sur le faune de la mer Noire (littoral de Roumaniec). Univ. Jassy, Ann. Sci., vol. 14, pp. 545-547. 1931. Nouvelles contributions a l'étude de la faune benthonique dans la mer Noire, pres du littoral Roumain. Univ. Jassy, Ann. Sci., vol. 16, Nos. 3-4, pp. 655-766. 1934. Liste des animaux marins récoltées jusqu’a présent dans la region de la station d’Agigéa (mer Noire), Univ. Jassy, Ann. Sci., vol. 19, pp. 402-407. Boschma, Hilbrand 1914. Stylasteridae. Danish Ingolf. Exped., vol. 5, No. 5, 25 pp., 5 pls. 1922. On budding and coalesence of buds in Fungia fungites and F. ac- tiniformis. K. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Versl., vol. 30, No. 6, pp. 331-343, figs. 1923a. Knospung und verwandte Erscheinung bei Fungia fungites und F. actiniformis. Treubia, Batavia, vol. 3, pp. 149-179, pls. 7-19. 1923b. On the food of the Madreporaria. K. Akad. Wetensch. Amster- dam., Versl., vol. 32, pp. 13-23. 1923c. Experimental budding in Fungia fungites. K. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Versl., vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 85-94, pl. 2. 1923d. Uber die Bildung der jungen Kolonien von Goniopora stokesi durch ungeschlechtiche Fortpflanzung. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 57, pp. 284-286, fig. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CorRALS: WEISBORD 89 1923e. The Madreporaria of the Siboga Expedition. Part IV. Fungia patella. Siboga-Exped., vol. 10, Mon. 16d, pp. 128-148, pls. 9, 10. 1924a. On two different growth forms of Merulina laxa Dana. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Meded., Zoologie, vol. 8, pp. 36-38, pl. 1. 1924b. Regeneration urd Knospung bei koloniebildenden Fungiden. Ned- erlands. Dierk. Vereen., Tijdschr., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 56-60. 1924c. On the food of Madreporaria. K. Nederland. Acad. Wiss. Amster- dam, Proc., vol. 27, pp. 13-23. 1925a. Madreporaria. I, Fungidae. Papers from Dr. Mortensen’s Pa- cific Expedition 1914-1916, and the Danish Expedition to the Kei Islands, 1922 . . . Dansk Naturhist. Foren., Vidensk. Medd., vol. 79, pp. 185-259, pls. 5-11. 1925b The nature of the association between Anthozoa and Zooxanthellae. Nat. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 65-67. 1925¢. Studies on anthozoan polyps. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 24, pp. 223-224. 1925c.On the feeding reactions and digestion in the coral polyp, Astrangia danae, with notes on its symbiosis with Zooxanthellac. Biol. Bull., vol. 49, pp. 407-460, fig. 1. 1925d. On the symbiosis of certain Bermuda coelenterates and Zooxan- thellae. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Proc., vol. 60, No. 9, pp. 451- 460, text-figs. a, b. 1926. On the food of reef corals. K. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Versl., Violas Sy aptaiZse NOw 7s ppieils=711 Se 1928. An unusual manner of budding in Echinopora lamellosa (Esper). Dansk Naturhist. Foren., Vidensk. Medd., vol. 85, pp. 1-6, pl. 1. 1929a. On the food of reef corals and some other coelenterates. Internatl. Congress Zool. Budapest, vol. 10, pp. 920-923. 1929b. The Fungidae (Anthozoa) collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland at Tahiti and neighbouring islands. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 43-47, pl. 1. 1929c. On the postlarval development of the coral Meandra arecolata (L.). Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 391, Papers Tortugas Lab,. vol. 26, pp. 129-147, 9 figs. 1930. The occurence of stalked buds in the coral Echinopora lamellosa (Esper). Treubia, Buitenzorg, vol. 12, pp. 129-132, pls. 1-5. 1934. On the septal arrangement in fungid corals. Fifth Pacific Sci. Congress, Proc., vol. B8, No. 24, pp. 4199-4206, 7 figs. 1935. Einige stylasteriden (Hydrokorallen) der ochotskischen und japan- ischen See. Explor. Mers U.R.S.S. Inst. Hydrol. Leningrad, vol. 22: 1936. Sur la croissance de quelques coraux des récifs de l’Ile d’Edam (Baie de Batavia). Mus. Roy. Hist. nat. Belgique, Mém., sér. 2, vol. 3, pp 101-115 1942 Investigations on Stylasteridae (Hydrocorals). Norske Vidensk.- Akad. Oslo, Mat.-Naturv. KI., Skr., No. 3, pp. 3-113, pls. 1-6, text- figs. 1948a. The specics problem in Millepora. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Verhandel., No. 1, 115 pp., 15 pls., 13 text-figs. 1948b. Specific characters in Millepora. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., vol. 51, No. 7, pp. 818-823. 1948c. Het soortproblem biz Millepora. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Versl., Afd. Natuurk., vol. 57, No. 4, pp. 26-27. 1949a. The ampullae of Millepora. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Am- sterdam, Proc., vol. 52, No. 1, pp. 1-14, pls. 1-5, text-figs. 1-4. 90 1949b. 1950a. 1950b. BULLETIN 246 Notes on specimens of the genus Millepora in the collection of the British Museum. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 119, pp. 661-672, pls. 1, 2. Further notes on the ampullae of Millepora. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 49-61, pls. 1-6, text-figs. 1-3. Notes on the coral reefs near Suva in the Fiji Islands. K. Neder- land. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 294-298, pls. 1-3, Text-figs. 1950c. Stylasteridae (Hydrocorals) from southern seas. Discovery Repts., 195la. 1951b. 1951c. 1951d. 195le. vol. 26, pp. 33-46, pls. 2-4, text-figs. Deling bij Tubastrea. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amster- dam, Versl., vol. 60, No. 5, pp. 44-46, text-fig. Notes on Stylasterina (Hydrocorallia). K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 54, No, 15, pp. 451-458, figs. 12. Notes on Hydrocoralla. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Ver- handel., No. 13, pp. 1-49, pls. 1, 2, 6 text-figs. On a specimen of Distichopora brasseyae Wright (Hydrocorallia, Styalsterina). R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Verhandel., No. 13, pp. 459-463, text-fig. The coral Montipora monasteriata (Forsk.) in the Fijt Islands. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol. 31, No. 9, pp. 89-94, pls. 8, 9. 1951f. Some nomenclatorial corrections to “Investigations on Stylasteridae 1952a. 1952b. 1953a. 1953b. 1953c. 1953d. 1953e. 1954a. 1954b. 1954c. 1955a. (Hydrocorals) 1942. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol. 31, No: 12: Het septale systeem von Notophyllia. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Versl., vol. 61, No. 4, pp. 47, 48, fig. 1. Madreporarian corals of the genus Notophyllia. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 55, No. 3, pp. 238- 247, 1 pl., text-figs. Over enkele noorsche koralen. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Versl., vol. 62, No. 4, pp. 32-35. Notes on specimens of Stylaster mooraboolensis (Hall) in the col- lection of the Manchester Museum, K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. B, vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 355-363, 1 pls., text- figs. Linnaeus’s description of the stylasterine coral Errina aspera. 1, II. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. G vol. 56, No. 3, pp. 301-316, text-figs. The Stylasterina of the Pacific. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol. 32, No. 16, pp. 165-184. On specimens of the coral genus Tubastraea, with notes on phe- nomena of fission. Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean Islands, vol. 4, No. 18, pp. 109-120, pls. 9-12. Die Familie Axoporidae. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Am- sterdam, Versl., vol. 63, No. 1, pp. 99-103, figs. 1, 2. On some specimens of the coral Montipora verrucosa (Lamarck) from the Hawaiian Islands, formerly described as separate species. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., ser. C, vol. 57, No. 2, pp. 151-158, 1 pl. Stylasterina in the collection of the Amsterdam Museum. 1. Errina aspera (L.). K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., ser. C, vol. 57, No. 2, pp. 143-150, pls. 1-3. The type specimen of Stylaster gemmascens (Esper 1794). K. Nederland. Akad. Wetersch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 58, pp. 23-31, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1-4. 1955b. 1956a. 1956b. 1956c. 1956d. 1956e. 1956f. 1957. 1959a. 1959b. 1960a. 1960b. 1960c. 1960d. 1960e. 196la. 1961b. 196l1c. 1962a. 1962b. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 91 The specific characters of the coral Stylaster roseus. Deep-sea Research, vol. 3, Suppl., pp. 134-138, text-figs. 1, 2. Stylasterina in the collection of the Paris Museum. I, Distichopora gracilis Dana. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 59, No. 2, pp. 137-143, pls. 1-4, text-figs. 1, 2. The stylasterine coral Allopora incompleta Tenison-Woods. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 59, No. 2, p. 144-153, pls. 1-3, text-figs. 1, 2. Notes on the stylasterine coral Allopora nobilis Kent. K. Neder- land. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 59, No. 2, pp. 154-165, pls. 1-3, text-figs. 1-4. Stylasterina in the collection of the Paris Museum. II, Errina amoena nov. spec. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 59, No. 3, pp. 281-289, pls. 1-3, text-figs. 1-3. List of the described species of the order of Stylasterina. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Verhandel., No. 33, pp. 1-72. Milleporina and Stylasterina. In Moore, R. C., Treatise on In- vertebrate Paleontology. Lawrence, Univ. Kansas Press, pt. F, Coelenterata, pp. F90-F106, text-figs. 75-85. Stylasterina in the collection of the Paris Museum. III. Stylaster flabelliformis (Lamarck). R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol. 35, No. 19, pp. 261-282, pls. 10-13, text-figs. 1-9. Revision of the Indo-Pacific species of the genus Distichopora. Bijdr. Dierk., vol. 29, pp. 121-171, pls. 1-16, text-figs. 1-5. The species problem in corals, Internatl. Congr. Zool., Proc., vol. 15, 1958, pp. 246-248. Opmerkingen over een Zuidafrikaanse Stylasteridae. Gewone Ver- gad. Akad, Amsterdam, Versl., vol. 69, No. 4, pp. 54, 55. Notes on the stylasterine coral Allopora profunda Moseley. K. Nederland, Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 63, No. 3, pp. 400-407, pl. 1, text-fig. 1. Gyropora africana, a new stylasterine coral. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 63, No. 3, pp. 423-434, pls. 1, 2, text-fig. 1. The stylasterine coral Allopora bithalamus (Broch). K. Neder- land. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 63, No. 4, pp. 435-446, pls. 2, 3, text-figs. 1-4. The styalsterine coral Allopora stellulata (Stewart). R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 49-60, pls. 3-6, text- figs. 1-4. Résultats scientifiques des campagnes de la “Calypso”. XVII, Campagne 1956 dans le golfe Guinée et aux iles Principe, Sao Tomé et Annobon (suite). 12. Stylasterina. Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., n. s., vol. 39, No. 5, pp. 193-225, pls. 3-6, text-figs. 1-4. Notes on Millepora braziliensis Verrill. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 64, No. 3, pp. 292-296, psy 1h 2: Acropora Oken, 1815 (Anthozoa, Madreporaria); proposed vali- dation under the plenary powers. Z. N. (s) 1036. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., vol. 18, No. 5, pp. 334, 335. Notes on the stylasterine coral Allopora miniata. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 65, No. 3, pp. 195-204, text-figs. 1, 2. Notes on Stylaster lonchitis Broch. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 65, No. 4, pp. 287-293, pls. 1, 2 text-figs 1, 2. y 92 1962c. 1963a. 1963b. 1963c. 1963d. 1963e. 1964a. 1964b. 1964c. 1964d. 1964e. 1964f. 1964g. 1964h. 19641. 1965a. 1965b. 1965c. 1965d. BULLETIN 246 On milleporine corals from Brazil. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 65, No. 4, pp. 302-312, pls. 1-8, text- fig. 1. On the stylasterine genus Errina, with the description of a new species. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 66, No. 4, pp. 331-344, pl. 1, text-fig. 1. Errina (Lepidopora) diffusa, a new stylasterine coral from South Africa. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 66, No. 5, pp. 391-396, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-3. The stylasterine coral Errina dabneyi. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch, Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 66, No. 5, pp. 397-405, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-4. The generic name Axopora. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Am- sterdam, Proc., vol. 66B, pp. 107-117, figs. 1-2. Notes on the species of the genus Axopora. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., vol. 66B, No. 3, pp. 118-129, pls. 1-8. Errina (Lepidopora) decipiens, a new stylasterine coral from the West Indies. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 2, pp. 55-63, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-4. On Stylasterina of the genus Stenohelia. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch, Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 2, pp. 64-73, plss 1; 2 text-tigs: 1592. Further notes on the stylasterine coral Stenohelia concinna. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 2, pp. 74-77, pls. 1, 2, text-fig. 1. Further notes on the stylasterine corals Stenohelia challengeri and Stenohelia maderensis. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amster- dam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 2, pp. 78-84, pls. 1, 2, text-fig. 1. The stylasterine coral Allopora divergens. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 3, pp. 109-118, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1-3. On variation in Stylaster sanguineus. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 4, pp. 184-194, piss 1) 2) text-figs. 16 2: Notes on the ampullae of two colonies of Millepora. K. Neder- land. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam. Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 4, pp. 195-200, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1-4. Notes on the stylasterine coral Errina macrogastra. K. Neder- land. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 5, pp. 281-286, pl. 1, text-figs. 1, 2. Notes on the stylasterine coral Errina labiata. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 67, No. 5, pp. 287-300, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1-4. On stylasterine corals of the genus Errina from the island Maur- itius. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 68, No. 1, pp. 1-7, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1, 2. On the supposed differences between Errina antarctica (Gray) and Errina moseleyi (Ridley). K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Am- sterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 68, No. 1, pp. 8-18, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1-5. Errina carnea, a new stylasterine coral from the Antarctic. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 68, No. 1, pp. 9-24, pl. 1, text-fig. 1. Further notes on Stylaster roseus (Pallas). I. K, Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 68, No. 4, pp. 227-240, pls. 3-7, text-fig. 1. JJ, pp. 241-250, text-figs. 2-4. o>) VENEZUELAN CENozoIc CorALs: WEISBORD 9 1966a. Notes on the stylasterine coral Allopora subviolacea Kent. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 69, No. 3, pp. 267-272, pl. 1, text-figs. 1, 2. 1966b. On a new species of Millepora from Mauritius, with notes on the specific characters of Millepora exaesa. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 69, No. 4, pp. 409-419, pls. 1, 2, text-fig. 1. Boschma, H., and Verwey, J. 1930. The occurrence of stalked buds in the coral Echinopora lamellosa (Esper), Treubia, Batavia, vol. 12, pp. 129-132, pls. 1-5. Boshoff, P. H. 1968. Development and constitution of the coral reefs. In McNae, W., and Kalk, M., d Naturai History of Inhaca Island, Mocambique. Johannesburg, pp. 49-56, 2 figs. Bossanyi, J. 1957. A preliminary survey of the small natant fauna in the vicinity of the sea floor off Blyth, Northumberland. Jour. Anim. Ecol., vol. 26, No. 2, pp. 353-368. Boteler, Thomas 1835. Narrative of a voyage of Discovery to Africa and Arabia, per- formed in His Majesty's ships Leven and Baracouta, from 1821 to 1826, under the command of Capt. F. W. Owen, R.N. London, 2 vols. Boule, Marcellin, and Cottreau, Jean 1907-1936. Types du prodrome de paléontologie stratigraphique uni- verselle de d’Orbigny. Ann. Paléont., vol. 2 (1907) pp. 34-35 (170- 171), pl. 10 (24), figs. 18-24; vol. 5 (1910), pp. 111-116 (83-88) - vol. 6 (1911), pp. 117-119 (65-67), pl. 22, figs. 11-19, pl. 23, figs. 3-116; pls\24, figs, 1-6; vol. 8 (1913), pp: 175; 176 (1103), 104%), pl. 32, figs. 1-21, pl. 33, figs. 1-9: vol. 12 (1928), pp. 177-180 (149-152); vol. 17 (1928), pp. 75-78 (59-62), pl. 49, figs. 26- 30, pl. 50, figs. 1-7; vol. 20 (1931), pp. 143-172 (11-40), 173-181 (165-173), pl. 59, figs. 9-20, pl. 60, figs. 1-11, pl. 61, figs. 1-14, pl. 62, figs. 1-16, pl. 63, figs. 1-13, pl. 64, figs. 1-4; vol. 23 (1935), pp. 29-36 (73-80); vol. 24 (1936), pp. 37-43 (33-39), pl. 73, figs. 20-26; pl. 74, figs. 1-17, pl. 75, figs. 1-16. Bourgeat, [Francois] Emilien 1888. Recherches sur les formations coralligénes du Jura Meéridional. Paris, 187 pp., 16 figs. Bourguet, Louis 1842. Traité des Pétrifications. [With some letters from P. Cartier] Paris, 2 pts. in 1 vol., 60 pls. Bourne, Gilbert Charles 1887a. The anatomy of the madreporarian coral Fungia. Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci. London, vol. 27, pp. 293-324, pls. 23-25. 1887b. On the anatomy of Mussa and Euphyllia, and the morphology of the madreporarian skeleton. Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci. London, vol. 28, pp. 21-52, pls. 3, 4. 1888a. Coral formations. Nature, vol. 37, pp. 414, APES NOG SS os Sh. 1888b. The atoll of Diego Garcia and the coral formations of the Indian Ocean. Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 43, pp. 440-461, pl. 4. 1896. Report of a cruise on H.M.S. “Research” off the south-west coast of Ireland. Marine Biol. Assoc. U. K. Plymouth, Jour.. n. s., vol. 1, p. 318 (Anthozoa). 1893. On the post-embryonic development of Fungia. Roy. Dublin Soc., Scits Iranss, ser, 2) vol. 5: pp. 205-238, pls. 22-25. 94 BULLETIN 246 1895. On the structure and affinities of Heliopora caerulea, Pallas. With some observatians on the structure of Xenia and Heteroxenia. Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. 186, pp. 445-483, 4 pls. 1897. Review of Ogilvie’s microscopic and systematic study of madre- porarian types of corals. Nat. Sci., vol. 11, pp. 124-128. 1899. Studies on the structure and formation of the calcareous skeleton of the Anthozoa. Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci. London, vol. 41, pt. 4, No. 164. pp. +99-547, pls. 40-43. 1900. Anthozoa, In Lankester, Edwin Ray, Treatise on Zoology, Part II, Chapter 6, pp. 1-84, figs. 1-37. 1903. Some new and rare corals from Funafuti. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 29, pp. 26-37, 2 pls. 1905. Report on the solitary corals collected by Dr. Herdman at Ceylon 1902. Roy. Soc, Rept. Pearl Oyster Fishing in Ceylon, vol. 4, pp. 187-242, 4 pls. 1911. Anthozoa. Encyclopedia Britannica, vol. 2, pp. 97-104, 19 figs. Bouvier, Eugéne Louis 1895. Le commensalisme chez certains polypes madréporaries. Ann, Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 7, vol. 20, pp. 1-32, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-3. Braams, W. G., and Geelen, H. F. M. 1953. The preference of some nudibranchs for certain coelenterates. Arch. Nederland. Zool., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 241-264. Bradford, Willard 1966. The Harvey Bassler collection of Peruvian fossils. Lehigh Univ., Bethlehem, Pa., 104 pp., figs. Brady, George Stewardson 1900. An afternoon’s dredging off Cullercoats. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northum- berland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Nat. Hist. Trans.. vol. 13, pp. 442-444. 1903. Report on dredging and other marine research off the north-east coast of England in 1901. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland, Dur- ham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Nat. Hist. Trans., vol. 14, pp. 87-101. Brandt, Karl 1898. Die Fauna der Ostsee, insbesondere die der Kider Bucht. Deutsch. Zool. Gesell., Verhandl., vol. 7, pp. 10-34. Branner, John Casper 1904. The stone reefs of Brazil, their geological and geographical rela- tions, with a chapter on the coral reefs. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, Geol. ser. vol. 7, 285 pp., 104 text-figs., 99 pls. Brattstrom, H. 1952. Biologiska och faunistiska notiser fran Oresund. 3. Fran 1948 ars undersokninger i Oresund och Kattegatt. Fauna o. Flora, No. 4, pp. 161-166. van Breem, J. 1905. Plankton von Noord-en Zuiderzee. Nederland. Dierk,. Vereen., Tijdschr., ser. 2, vol. 9, pp. 145-325. Brinkmann, A., Jr. 1941. Noen evertebrater fra Barentshaven og Denmarkstredt. Bergens Mus., Aarb., No. 2, pp. 1-16, text-figs. Broch, Hjalmar 1907. Invertébrés du fond. In Duc d’Orleans, Crosiére océanographique accomplie a bord de la “Belgica” dans la Mer de Gronland, 1905. Résultats scientifiques. Pp. 567 + 2, 12 pls. 68 maps and charts, text-figs. [Coelentérés, pp. 531-533, 557-558.] 1910. 1914a. 1914b. 1918. 1922. 1927. 1928. 1932. 1933. 1935a. 1935b. 1936a. 1936b. 1942. 1947. 1948a. 1948b. 1950. NsiI: 1956. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 95 Die Hydroiden der arktischen Meere, Fauna Arctica, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 127-148, 3 pls. Bettrage zur Kenntnis der Meeresfauna Westafrikas. Lief. 1. Hydrozoa benthonica. Hamburg, pp. 19-50, 1 pl., 12 text-figs. Stylasteridae. Danish Ingolf Exped., vol. 5, No. 5, 27 pp., 5 pls., 6 text-figs. Coelenterates in the publications of J. E. Gunnerus, a contribu- tion to the history of Norwegian zoology. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Trondhjem, Skr., 1917, No. 4, pp. 1-17, 1 pl., 4 text-figs. Riffkorallen im Nordmeer einst und jetzt. Naturwiss., Jahrg. 10, pp. 804-806, 1 fig. Untersuchungen tiber die marine Bodenfauna bei Lindesnes im Juni 1926. Zool. Mus. Oslo, Med., vol. 10, p. 32. Hydrozoen. In, Dahl, F., Tierwelt Deutschlands. Jena, vol. 4, pp 95-159, figs. Uber einige geographisch interesante Fundstellen von Alcyonarien und Hydrokorallen im nérdlichen Stillen Ozean. Explor. Mers d’URSS, No. 17, Inst. Hydrologique Leningrad, pp. 81-86, 2 figs. Zur Kenntnis der adriatischen Hydroidenfauna von Split. Norske Vidensk.-Akad. Oslo, Skr., No. 1, pp. 3-115, 1 chart, 46 figs. Einige Stylasteriden (Hydrokorallen) der ochotskischen und japanischen See. Explor. Mers d’URSS, No. 22, Inst. Hydrologique Leningrad, pp. 58-60, 2 figs. Beobachtungen an einigen adriatischen Seichwasser-Anthozoen von Split. Biol. Generalis, vcl. 11, pp. 1-14, 2 figs. Untersuchungen an Stylasteriden (Hydrokorallen). Teil I. Norske Vidensk.-Akad. Oslo, Skr., Mat.-Naturvid. Kl., No. 8, pp. 1-103, 13 pls. 32 text-figs. Spongia, Coelenterata, and Actinaria. Norwegian North Polar Exped. “Maud”, Sci. Results, vol. 5, No. 18, pp. 3-5. Investigations on Stylasteridae. Norske Vidensk.-Akad. Oslo, Mat.- Naturvid. Kl., No. 3, pp. 3-113, pls. 1-6, 38 text-figs. Stylasteridae (hydrocorals) of the John Murray Expedition to the Indian Ocean. John Murray Exped. 1933-34, Sci. Rept., vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 305-316, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-4. Antarctic hydroids. Norwegian Antarctic Exped. 1927-28, Rept. Sci. Results, No 28, pp. 1-23, figs. Maneter. Fauna Oslo, vol. 1, pp. 65-75, text-figs. Stylasteridae (hydrocerals) from southern seas. Discovery Repts., vol. 26, pp. 33-46, pls. 2-6, text-figs. 1-12. Some nomenclatorial corrections to “Investigations on Stylasteridae (hydrocorals)”, 1942. R. Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Zool. Meded., vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 125-127. The Folden Fiord. Coelenterata. II. Corals. Tromsé Mus., Skr, vol. Ih Non 25) pp: 77S: Broderip, William John 1828. Note. Description of Caryophyllia smithii n. sp. Zool. Jour., vol. 3, pp. 485, 486, pl. 13, figs. 1-6. Brody, Samuel 1945. Bioenergetics and growth. New York, xii + 1023 pp., illustr., diagr., tables. Broekhuysen, G. J., and Taylor, H. 1959. The ecology of South African estuaries, Part X. Kosi Bay Estuary system. South African Mus., Ann., vol. 44, No. 7, pp. 279-296, pls. 5, 6, text-fig. 1. Bromel, Magnus von 1717. Mineralogia et Lithographica Svecana, das ist Abhandlung in dem 96 BULLETIN 246 Konigreich schedbefindlichen Mineralien und Steinen ins Teutsche iibersetzt, mit einem Vorbericht von dem vorkurzer Zeit in Schwe- den entblossten Gold-Ertz begleitet, etc. Stockholm and Leipzig, xxvi + 148 pp., figs. Brook, George 1889. Report on the Antipatharia collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Voyage H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 32, pt. 80, pp. i-ili, 1-222, pls. 1-15. 1891. Description of new species of Madrepora in the collection of the British Museum, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8, No. 48, art. 54, pp. 458-471. 1892. Preliminary description of (40) new species of Madrepora in the collection of the British Museum. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 10, No. 60, art. 56, pp. 451-465. 1893a. On the affinities of the genus Madrepora. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 24, pp. 353-360. 1893b. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum (Natural History). Volume 1. The genus Madrepora. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 1, pp. i-xi, 1-212, pls. 1-35. Brosius, M., and Gramann, F. 1957. Eine Oligozadnbohrung im siidlichen Habichtswald bei Kassel. Hess. Landesamt. Bodenforsch., Notizbl., vol. 85, pp. 206-217, figs. 1, 2. Browand, F. 1957. Coral reef battleground. Sea Frontiers, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 238-250, 9 figs. Brown, Amos P. 1913. Notes on the geology of the Island of Antigua. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 65, pp. 584-616, pls. 17-20. [Corals listed pp. 593, 599.] Brown, Amos P., and Pilsbry, Henry A. 1913. Two collections of Pleistocene fossils from the Isthmus of Panama. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 65, pp. 493-500, 3 figs. Brown, Thomas Clachar 1915. The development of the mesenteries in the zooids of the Anthozoa and its bearing upon the systematic position of the Rugosa. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 39 (189), No. 233, art. 35, pp. 535-542, figs. 1-11. Browne, Edward Thomas 1900. The fauna and flora of Valencia Harbour on the west coast of Ireland. I. The pelagic fauna (1895-98). Roy. Irish Acad. Dub- lin, Proc., ser. 3, vol. 5, pp. 667-693, pl. 19. [Coelenterata, pp. 677, 685.] Browne, E. T., and Vallentin, R. 1904. On the marine fauna of the Isles of Sicily. I. The pelagic fauna. II. The shore fauna. Inst. Cornwall, Jour., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 120- 12. Browne, Patrick 1789. The civil and natural history of Jamaica ... London, 2d ed, 4 indexes + viii + 503 pp., 49 pls. Bruce, J. R. 1934. Faunistic notes. Marine Biol. Sta. Port Erin, Rept., vol. 47, pp. 26, Bile 1939. Faunistic notes and records. Marine Biol. Sta. Port Erin, Rept., vol. 52, pp. 11-17. 1948. Additions to the faunal records, 1941-46, Marine Biol. Sta. Port Erin, Rept. 1945-47, pp. 39-58. [Coelenterata pp. 44-46.] VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 97 Brueggemann, Friedrich 1877a. Neue Korallen aus dem rothen Meere und von Mauritius. Natur- wiss. Verein Bremen, Abhandl., vol. 5, pp. 395-400, pls. 7, 8. 1877b. Notes on stony corals in the collection of the British Museum, 1, Description of two new species of Turbinaritidae. 2. Remarks on the species of Seriatopora. 3. A revision of the Recent solitary Mussaceae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 19, pp. 415-421; vol. 20, pp. 300-313. 1877c. Kampf um’s Dasein unter der Korallen. Kosmos, vol. 1, pp. 161- 162. 1878a. A. Ueber einige Steinkorallen aus Singapore. B. Zur Nomenclatur der Trachyphyllicn. Naturwiss. Verein Bremen, Abhandl., vol. 5, pp. 539-549, 550. 1878b. Fossile recente Korallen. Kosmos, vol. 1, p. 394. 1878c. Ueber einige Steinkorallen von Singapore. Naturwiss. Verein Bremen, Abhandl., vol. 5, pp. 539-549. 1879a. Corals. Zoology of Rodriguez. Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. 168, pp. 569-579. 1879b. Ueber die Korallen der Insel Ponape. Mus. Godeffroy, Jour., vol. 14, pp. 201-212. Brunel, P. 1963. Inventaire taxonomique des invertébrés marins du golfe Saint- Laurent. Sta. Biol. Mar. Grande-Riviere, Rapp. 1962, pp. 81-89. Brunelli, G. 1941. Note sul plancton della Laguna Veneta. Arch. Oceanogr. Limnol. Roma, vel. 1, No. 1, pp. 31-57. {Coelenterates pp. 55, 56.] Brunn, J. H. 1956. Contribution a l'étude géologique du Pinde septentrional et d’une partie de la Macédoine occidentale. Ann. Géol. Hellen., ser. 1, vol. 7, pp. 1-358, pls. 1-20, text-figs. 1-76, map. Bryan, E. H., Jr. 1951. Coral atoll bibliography. Atoll Research Bull., No. 2, p. 14. 1953. Check list of atoils. Atoll Research Bull., No. 19, pp. 1-38. Bryan, W. H., and Hill, Dorothy 1941. Spherulitic crystallization as a mechanism of skeletal growth in the hexacorals. Roy. Soc. Queensland, Proc., vol. 52, pt. 2, pp. 78-91. Bsharah, Lewis 1957. Plankton of the Florida current, V. Environmental conditions, standing crop, seasonal and diurnal changes at a station forty miles east of Miami. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 201-251, figs. 1-45. Buchanan, J. B. 1954. The zoogeographical significance of the Madreporaria collected in the Gold Coast. Rev. Zool. Botan. Afr., vol. 49, Nos. 1, 2, pp. 84-88. 1955. The Pennatulacea of the Gold Coast. Rev. Zool. Botan. Afr., vol. 51, Nos. 1, 2, pp. 388-390. 1958. The bottom fauna communities across the continental shelf off Acra, Ghana (Gold Coast). Zool. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 130, No. 1, pp. 1-56, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-10. Buchanan, John Young 1886. On oceanic shoals discovered in the S.S. Dacia in October 1883. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Proc., vol. 13, pp. 428-443. 1888. The exploration of the Gulf of Guinea. Scottish Geogr. Mag., vol. 4, pp. 177-200, 233-251. 98 BuLLeTIN 246 Buettner, David Sigismundus Augustus 1714. D. S. Buttners Coralliographia Subterranea, seu dissertatio de coraliis fossilibus, in specie, de lapido corneo, Horn-oder gemeinem Feuer-Stein. Lipsiae, 68 pp., 5 pls. Buisonje, P. H. de 1964. Marine terraces and subaeric sediments on the Netherlands Lee- ward Islands, Curacao, Aruba and Bonaire, as indication of Quaternary changes in sea level and climate. K. Nederland. Akad. Wetensch., Proc., ser B, vol. 67, No. 1, pp. 60-79, figs. 1, 2. Bull, H. O. 1939. The Anthozoa of the Cullercoats District. Dove Marine Lab. Cul- lercoats, Rept., ser. 3, vol. 6, pp. 29-38. Bullivant, J. S. 1959. Photographs of the bottom fauna in the Ross Sea. New Zealand Jour. Sci., vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 489-497, figs. 1-10. Burdon-Jones, C., and Tambs-Lyche, H. 1960. Observations on the fauna of the North Brattholman stone-coral reef near Bergen. Uniy. Bergen, Aarb., Math.-Nat. ser., No. 4, pp. 1-24. Burgers, J. M. 1944. Over de Poliepen van Oorkwal. Levende Nat. Amsterdam, vol. 48, Nos. 11, 12, pp. 129-133, 141-45, text-figs. Burgl, Hans 1961. Contribucién a la estratigrafia y litogenesis de la Isla de San Andres. Inst. Geol. Nac. Colombiana, Bol. Geol., vol. 7, Nos. 1-3 (for 1959), pp. 5-25, figs. Butsch, R. S. 1939. The reef builders of Barbados. Barbados Mus. and Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 129-138, pls. 1, 2. Cabioch, L. 1961. Etude de la répartition des peuplements benthiques au large de Roscoff. Cahiers Biol. Marine, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 1-40, figs. 1, 2, chart. Cailleux, A. 1951. Recifs corallines et paléoclimats. Soc. Biogéogr., C. R., No. 293, pp. 21-23. Canavari, Mario 1897. La fauna degli strati con Aspidoceras acanthicum di Monte Serra presso Camerino. Pt. I (Anthozoa, etc.). Palaeontogr. Italica, vol. 2, pp. 25-52, pls. 4-9, text-figs. 1-14. Canestrini, Giovanni 1883. I/ Corallo. Roma, 170 pp., map. Canestrelli, Giuseppe 1907. Revisione della fauna Oligocenica di Laverda nel Vicentino. R. Accad. Lincei Roma, Rend., vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 525-528. 1908. Revisione della fauna Oligocenica di Laverda nel Vicentino. Soc. Ligustica Sci. Nat. Geogr. Genova, Atti, vol. 19, pp. 27-29, 97-152, 2 pls. Capeder, G. 1904. Sulla Paronipora penicillata, nuovo genere di corallario fossile, appartenente alla famiglia delle Favositidi, Rey. Italiana Paleont., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 58-61, pls. 2, 3. Carez, Léon 1904-1909. La géologie des Pyrénées francaises. Mém. Carte Géol. De- taill. France, Nos. 1-6, 3900 pp., 26 pls., 13 maps. Caria, I. C. 1963. La fauna Miocenica della zona di Funtanazza compressa tra le VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 99 Marine di Montevecchio Arbus in Sardegna. Ist. Geol. Paleont. Univ. Cagliari, Pubbl., vol. 2, No. 10, pp. 1-74, pls. 1-11. [Corals pp. 13-18.] Carlgren, Oskar 1905. Ueber die Bedeutung der Flimmerbewewegung fiir den Nahrungs- transport bei den Actinarien und Madreporiarien. Biol. Zentralbl, Leipzig, vol. 25, p. 308-322. 1903-1908. Anthozoa. H. G. Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Tier- 1925. 1927. 1939. 1940. 1945. Carpenter, 1910. Reichs, Bd. 2, Abt. 2, Liefg. 1, pp. 1-48; Liefg. 2-3, pp. 49-112; Liefg. 4-6, pp. 113-176. Zur Kenntnis der Hexacorallen. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 65, pp. 87-99. Noch einige Bemerkungen iiber Pax’ “Hexacorallien” im Hand- buch der Zoologie. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 69, pp. 288-294. Actinaria, Zoantharia, and Madreporaria. Zool. Iceland, vol. 2, No. 8, pp. 1-20, figs. A contribution to the knowledge of the structure and distribution of the cnidae in the Anthozoa. Univ. Lund., Acta, n. F., vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 1-62, figs. Further contributions to the knowledge of the cnidom in the An- thozoa, especially in the Actinaria. Univ. Lund., Acta, n. F., Avd. 2, vol. 41, No. 9, pp. 1-24. Faaw Feeding reactions of the rose coral (Isophyllia). Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., Proc., vol. 46, pp. 147-162, 1 pl., 2 text-figs. Carr, David, and Thorpe, John 1961. From the Cam to the Cays. The Story of the Cambridge Expedition to British Honduras. London, xii +2 + 190 pp., pls., map. Carruthers, Robert George 1906. The primary septal plan of the Rugosa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 18, pp. 356-363, pl. 9. Carter, Henry John 1878a. On new species of Hydractinidae, recent and fossil, and on the identity in structure of Millepora alcicornis with Stromatopora. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, pp. 298-311, pl. 17. 1878b. Large fossil hydrezoic coralla from the Chalk. Ann. Mag. Nat Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, pp. 412-419. 1878c. On the probable nature of the animal which produced the Stromato- poridae traced through Hydractinia, Millepora alcicornis, and Caunopora to Stromatopora. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.. ser. 5, vol. 2, pp. 304-324. Carus, Julius Victor 1884. Prodomus Faunae Mediterraneae . . . Pars I. Stuttgart, 2 vols. [Coelenterata pp. 1-84. ] Cary, Lewis Robinson iS). 1914. ii lby. WZ 1918. 1931. Report upon investigations carried on at the Tortugas Laboratory during 1911. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook for 1911, No. 10, pp. 142-156, pls. 4-6. Observations upon the growth rate and oecology of gorgonians. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 182, Papers Tortugas Lab:, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 79-90, pls. 1, 2) tables 1-4. The Alcyonaria as a factor in reef limestone formation. Nat. Acad. Scie Broce volz 1s pps 285-289: The part played by Alcyonaria in the formation of some Pacific coral reefs. Nat. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 3, pp. 545-548. The Gorgonaceae as a factor in the formation of a coral reef. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 213, pp. 341-362, pls. 100-105. Studies on the coral reefs of Tutuila, American Samoa, with special 100 BULLETIN 246 reference to the alcyonarians. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 413, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 27, pp. 53-98, pls. 1-7, text-figs. 1-14. Caspers, H. 1941. Der tierische Befall am Holz der Helgolander Seebriicke. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 136, pp. 1-8, text-figs. 1951. Quantitative Untersuchungen tiber die Bodentierwelt des Schwarz- en Meeres im bulgarischen Kiistenbereich. Arch. Hydrobiol., vol. 45, pp. 1-192, pls. 1-7, text-figs., tables. 1952. Der tiertsche Bewuchs an Helgolander Seetonnen. Helgoland. Wiss. Meeresuntersuch., vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 138-160, text-figs. Caster, Kenneth E. 1938. Macroscopic fauna of the Quimbriz (Eocene) formation on the Luculo River, Angola. Anthozoa. Comm. Serv. Geol. Portugal, vol. 20, pp. 84-85, pl. 8. Casto de Elera, R. P. F. 1896. Catdlago sistematico de todo la fauna de Filipinas. Coelentéreos. Manila, vol. 3, pp. 838-840. Catala, R. 1950. Contribution a l'étude écologique des ilots coralliens du Pacific Sud. Premiers éléments d’écologie terrestre et marine des ilots voisins au littoral de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Bull. Biol. France et Belgique Paris, vol. 84, No. 3, pp. 234-315, pls. 1, 2, 11 text-figs. 1955. Iles basses coralliennes et organismes marins du Pacifique. Soc. Zool. France, Bull., vol. 80, No. 4, pp. 225-227. Catullo, Tommaso Antonio 1852. Cenni sopra il terreno di sedimento superiore delle Provincie V en- et e descrizione di alcuni polipaj fossilli ch’esse racchiude. R. Ist. Veneto Sci., Mem., vol. 4, pp. 1-44, pls. 1-4. 1856. Dei terreno di sedimento superiore delle Venezie e det fossil Bryonzoari, Antozoari, e Spongiari. Padua, pp. i-viii, 1-88, pls. 1-19. Cavelier, C., and Pomerol, C. 1963. Le Bartonien de Ronquerolles (Seine-et-Oise), Soc. Géol. France, Bull ser 7, -voly 4.) Nov 2) (tor 1962) pps 0=1 Site tipsmmtase [Corals p. 172.] Cavelier de Cavenille 1875. La péche du corail sur les cotes de l’ Algérie. Nancy, 71 pp. Caziot, Eugéne 1921. Espéces rares de la faune marine de la rade de Villefranche-sur- mer (A.-M.). Soc. Zool. France, vol. 46, pp. 114-116. Cecchini, C. 1917. Gli Alctonart e Madreporari raccolti nel Mediterraneo dall R. N. “Washington” (1881-1883). Arch. Zool. Napoli, vol. 9, pp. 123-157, 1 pl., text-figs. Cerruti, A. 1941. Osservazioni ed esperimenti sulle cause di distruzione delle larvae d’ostrica nel Mar Piccolo e nel Mar Grandi di Taranto. Arch. Oceanogr. Limnol. Roma, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 165-188. [Coelenterates pp. 184-186. ] Cerutus, Benedictus 1622. Musaeum F. Calccolarti, jun... a B. Ceruto ... incaeptum et ab A. Chiocco ... luculenter descriptum @ perfectum, @c ... Veronae, [46] 746 pp., frontisp., 36 text-figs. Chabouis, L., and Chabouis, F. 1954. Petite Histoire naturelle des Etablissemets Francais de l’Oceanie, Saint-A mand-Montrond. Paris, vol. 2, pp. 1-137, figs. [Coelenter- ates pp. 127-131.] VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 101 Chacko, P. I. 1950. Marine plankton from waters around the Krusadai Island. Indian Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. 31B, No. 3, pp. 162-174, figs. Chamberlin, Rollin T. 1924. The geological interpretation of the coral reefs of Tutuila, Ameri- can Samoa. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 340, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 19, pp. 145-178, pls. 1-7, text-figs. 1-5. Chambeyron, L. 1875. Note relative a la Nouvelle Calédonie. Soc. Geogr. Paris, Bull., vol. 9, pp. 566-586. 1876. Le grand récif au nord de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Soc. Geogr. Paris, Bull., vol. 12, pp. 633-644. Chamisso de Boncourt, Louis Charles Adelaide 1819. De Animalibus quibusdam e classe Vermium Linneana, in cir- cumnavigatione Terrae, auspicante Comite N. Romanzoff, Duce Ottone de Kotzebue, annuis 1815-1818 peracta, observatis . . Acad. Lecpold.-Carolin., Nova Acta, vol. 10 (1821), pp. 243- 373, pls. 24-33. 1821. Ueber die Korallen-Inseln. In Kotzebue, O. von, Entdeckung Reise in der Stid-See, vol. 3, pp. 187-189. Chanterac, Ch. de 1875. Etude sur la formation des iles et récifs madréporiques. Rev. Marit. et Colon. Paris, vol. 44, pp. 626-637. Chapman, Frederick 1916. Cainozoic geology of the Mallee and other Victorian bores, Geol. Sur. Victoria, Rec., vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 327-430, pls. 63-78. 1920. Notes on a collection of Tertiary fossils from Ooldea and Watson, South Australia, Roy. Soc. Victoria, Proc., vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 225-245, 2 pls. 1921. New or little-known Victorian fossils in the National Museum. Roy. Soc. Victoria, Proc., vol. 33, pp. 212-225, 3 pls. 1925. A fossil coral. Victoria Natural., vol. 42, pp. 128-129. 1931. d report on samples obtained by boring into Michaelmas reef, about 23 miles N.E. of Cairns, Queensland. Great Barrier Reef Comm. Brisbane, Rept., vol. 3, p. 32. Chapman, Frederick, and Crespin, Irene 1928. The Sorrento bore, Morningside Peninsula, with a description of new or little-known fossils. Geol. Sur. Victoria, Rec., vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 89-90, 144, 175, 1 pl. Chapman, G. 1955. Aspects of the fauna and flora of the Azores. VI. The density of animal life in the coralline alga zone. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12. voles art 95, pp. S0l-=S05: Chapuis, Félicien, and Dewalque, GaJaG: 1854. Mémoire en réponse a la question suivante: Faire la description des fossiles des terrains Secondaires de la Province de Louxen- bourg ... Acad. Roy. Sci., Lettres et Beaux Arts Belgique, Mém. Couronnes, vol. 25, 325 pp., 38 pls. Chaput, G. 1955. Contribution a l'étude de la faune pliocéne de la Péninsula de Cnide (Turquie). Bull. Sci. Bourgoyne, vol. 15, pp. 39-51. Chauvin, A. 1916. Le développement des récifs coralliens, Rev. Gén. Sci. Paris, vol. 27, pp. 338-340. Chavan, A., and Cailleux, A. 1957. Détermination pratique des fossiles. Paris, Masson & Cie, pp. 1- 385, figs. 1-2995, [Coelenterates pp. 175-187.] 102 BuLLETIN 246 Checchia-Rispoli, G. 1916. Sui terreni Terziari Inferiori del versante settentrionale delle Madonie. Mem. Descr. Carta Geol. Italia, vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 3-209, 9 pls. Chevalier, Jean-Pierre 1954a. 1954b. 1955a. 1955b. 1956. 1958. 1959a. 1959b. 1961. 1962a. 1962b. 1963a. 1963b. 1964a. 1964b. Contribution a la révision des polypiers du genre Heltastraca. Ann. Hébert et Haug, vol. 8, pp. 105-188, 8 pls., 41 text-figs. Sur quelques especes d’Anthozoaires du Nummultique des environs de Blaye (Gironde). Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 6, vol. 4, Nos. 1-3, pp. 61-66, pl. 5b. Polypiers. In Brunn, J. H., Chevalier, J.-P., and Marie, P., Quel- quesformes nouvelles de Polypiers et de Foraminiféres de l’Oligo- cene et du Miocéne du NW de la Greéce. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 6, vol. 5, Nos. 1-3, pp. 195-202, pls. 8-10. Les polypiers Anthozoaircs du Stampien de Gaas (Landes.) Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, Bull., vol. 90, Nos. 3, 4, pp. 375-410, pls. 1-3, text-figs. 1-13. Le récif Miocene du Languedoc. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 6, vol. 6, Nos. 1-3, pp. 127-134, text-figs. 1, 2. Apercu sur les formations coralliennes du Miocene francaise. 83e Congr. Soc. Sav., Sect. Sci., pp. 111-121. Quelques considérations sur la vie récifal au Miocéne dans le bassin Mediterranéen, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 369-374, text-figs. 1, 2. Contribution a létude du developpement du plan Pourtalés chez les Eupsamidae (Madréporaires): cas de Balanophyllia italica Mich. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 691-695. Recherches sur les Madréporaires et les formations récifales Mio- cenés de la Méditerranée occidentale. Soc. Géol. France, Mém. Paléont., vol. 93, pp. 1-562, pls. 1-26, text-figs. 1-199. Les Madréporaires Miocénes du Maroc. Sery. Géol. Maroc, Notes et Mém., No. 173, pp. 17-74, pls. 1-4. Les Madréporatires du Pliocene d’Orosei (Nuoro, Sardaigne). Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 266-270, pl. 4a, text- figs Ae Les Madréporaires de lAquitanien inférieur de Peyrére, prés de Peyrehorade (Landes), Assoc. Avancem. Sci., C. R., vol. 80 (for 1961), p. 90. Les Madréporaires de l’Aquitanien inférieur de Peyrére de Peyre- horade (Landes). Assoc. Rég. Etude Recherches Sci. Reims, Ann., vol. 1, No. 2; pp. 47-60, pls. 1, 2; text-figs. 1-7. Compte rendu des missions effectuees dans le Pacifique en 1960 ct 1962. (Mission d’études des récifs coralliens de Nouvelle Cale- donie.) Cahiers Pacif., No. 6, pp. 171-175. Kenntniss der Korallen Miocadns von Westfalen und der Nieder- lande. Fortschr. Geol. Rheinald.-Westf., vol. 14, pp. 1-30, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1-13. ’ 1964-65. Contribution a létude des Madréporaires Neogines du Portugal et des Acores. Port. Serv. Geol., Comunic., vol. 48, pp. 109-139, figs. Chevalier, Jean-Pierre, and Demarcgq, G. 1964. Chopin, A. 1895. Les Madréporaires Miocénes de la vallée du Rhone. Lab. Geol. Fac. Sci. Lyon, Vrav., n: s., No. 11, pps 7-48) plss 4) 2itext-ties: 1-5, map. A visit to Cumbrae: a list of Coelenterata found. Manchester Microsc. Soc., Trans. 1894, p. 53. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 103 Choubert, G. 1962. Les Madréporaires Miocénes du Maroc. Introduction strati- graphique. Sery. Géol. Maroc, Mém., No. 173, pp. 7-15, 1 fig. Chubb, Lawrence John 1925. The St. George Scientific Expedition. Geol. Mag., vol. 62, pp. 369- 31/35 1927a. The geology of the Austral or Tubuai Islands (Southern Pacific). Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 83, pp. 291-316, pl. 23, text- figs. 1-7. 1927b. On the geology of Maiao (Soctety Islands). Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 83, pp. 342-345, fig. 1. 1927c. Mangaia and Rurutu—a coniparison between two Pacific islands. Geol. Mag., vol. 64, No. 761, pp. 518-522. 1933. Geology of Galapagos, Cocos and Easter Islands. Bernice P. Bish- op Mus., Bull., No. 110, 65 pp., 9 text-figs., 5 pls. Chumley, James 1918. The fauna of the Clyde Sea area ... 1918. Glasgow, pp. 1-200 + vi, chart. Chun, Carl 1888a. Die pelagische Thierwelt in grossern Meerestiefen und Bezie- hungen zu Oberflachenfauna, Biblioteca Zoologica Leipzig, No. 1, 66 pp., 5 pls. 1888b. Bericht tiber eine nach den canarischen Inseln im Winter 1887- 1888 ausgefiihrte Reise. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Sitzungs- ber., pp. 1141-1173. 1889. Bericht iiber eine nach den canarischen Inseln im Winter 1887- 1888 ausgeftihrte Reise. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Sitzungs- ber., pp. 524-526, 1 pl. 1889. Coelenterata (Hohlthierc). In Bronn, H. G., Klassen und Ordnun- gen das Tierreichs. Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 1-538, pls. 1-33, text-figs. 1-95. Clark, Bruce, L., and Arnold, Ralph 1924. Fauna of the Sooke Formation, Vancouver Island with description of a new coral by T. Wayland Vaughan. Univ. California Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 14, No. 5, pp. 123-234, pls. 15-42. Clark, B. L., and Woodford, A. O. 1927. The geology and paleontology of the type section of the Meganos Formation (Lower Middle Eocene) of California. Univ. Cali- fornia Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 63-142, pls. 14-22, map. Clarke, F. W., and Wheeler, W. C. 1922. The inorganic constituents of marine invertebrates. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 124, pp. 6-9. Clerc, Modeste 1907. Les polypiers de Gilley. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, Bull., vol. 33 (1905), pp. 158-167, chart. Cleve, Peter Theodor 1871. On the geology of the north-eastern India islands. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 9, No. 12, 48 pp., 2 pls. text-figs. 1882. Outline of the geology of the West India islands. New York Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 2, pp. 185-192. 1901. The seasonal distribution of Atlantic plankton organisms. Gote- borgs Kongl. Vetenskaps och Vitterhets Samhalles Handl., Ny Tidsfold, vol. 3, 368 pp. [Coelenterata pp. 93-98. ] Cloud, Preston E., Jr. 1952a. Facies relationships of organic reefs. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 36, No. 11, pp. 2125-2149, figs. 1-4. 104 BULLETIN 246 1952b. Preliminary report on the geology and marine environments of Onotoa Atoll, Gilbert Islands. Atoll Research Bull., No. 12, pp. 1- 73, 8 figs., 5 tables. 1954. Superficial aspects of modern organic reefs. Sci. Monthly, vol. 79, pp. 195-208, figs. 1-7. 1955. Bahama Banks west of Andros Island. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 66, No. 12, pt. 2, p. 1542. 1957. Nature and origin of atolls. Eighth Pacific Sci. Congress, Proc., vol. 3A, pp. 1009-1024, figs. 1-6. Clusius, Carolus (Charles de I’Ecluse) 1605. Exoticorum libri decem: Quibus Animalium, Plantarum, Aroma- tum, aliorumque peregrinorum fructuum historiae discribuntur . Leyden, pp. 10 + 378 + 5, figs. 1611. Curae posteriores, SCu plurimarum non ante recognitarum stirpium peregrinorumque aliquot Animalium novae descriptiones. Leyden, viii + 134 + 39 pp., figs. Cognetti, G., and Santarelli, M. 1960. Ricerche sulla zoocenosi bentoniche de Golfo di Napoli. II, La cosidetta secca di San Giovanni a Teduccio. Boll. Pesca Pisic. Idrobiol. Ann. 35, n. s., vol. 14, No. 1 (1959), pp. 10-20, figs. 1, 2. Colacicchi, Roberto 1963. Geologia del territorio di Pachino (Sicilia Meridionale). Geol. Romana, vol. 2, pp. 343-404, pls. 1-5, text-figs. 1-27. Collignon, M. 1960. Calcaires a Bees ak et atolls ey Sud de Madagascar. Soc. nok France, Bull., 7, vol. 1, No. + (1959), pp. 403-408, figs. eae Collignon, M., and Cottreau, Jean 1927. Fossiles du Miocéne marin de Madagascar. Ann. Paléont., vol. 16, pp. 8-10, pl. 1 Collins, J. H. 1895. Illustrations of Cornish fossils. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, Trans., vol. 11, pp. 553-559, 1 pl. Colliver, F. 1937. Fossil localitics in and about Melbourne. Part IV. Altona brown coal mine. Victoria Natural. Melbourne, vol. 54, No. 5, pp. 80-81. 2 Colom, G. 1957. Biogeografia de la Baleares. Palma de Mallorca, pp. 1-568, figs. 1-119 [Miocene corals p. 79. ] Comaschi, Caria 1960. Macrofauna e estratigrafia de Miocene della zona di Cagliari. Soc. Geol. Italiana, Boll., vol. 78, (1959), No. 1, pp. 3-36, pls. 1-8, map. Combes, P 1903. Coralliaires de Madagascar. Le Cosmos Paris, sér. 2, vol. 49, pp. 678-680, 4 figs. Conant, Franklin Story 1899. Notes on zoological collecting in Jamaica, W. 1. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 19, pp. 23-25. Condorelli-Francaviglia, Mario 1899. Invertebrati raccolti dalla R. Nave “Scill” nell’Adriatico e nel Jonio. Soc. Romana Studi Zool., Boll., vol. 8, pp. 25-49. Cooke, C. Wythe 1953. Pleistocene corals at Lake Worth, Florida. Science, vol. 117, No. 3042, p. 440. Cooper, H. Stonehewer 1882. The Coral Lands of the Pacific: their peoples and their products. London, xxiv + 398 pp., 1 pl. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 105 Coppinger, Richard William 1883. Cruise of the “Alert”. Four years in Patagonian, Polynesian, and Mascarene waters (1878-82) . . , London, xiii + 256 pp., 16 pls. Cori, C. J., and Steuer, A. 1901. Beobachtungen iiber das Plankton des Triester Golfes in den Jahren 1899 und 1900. Zool. Anzeig., pp. 111-116, table. [Coelen- terata pp. 114-116.] Coryell, H. N., and Ohlsen, Violet 1929. Fossil corals of Porto Rico, with descriptions also of a few Recent species. New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 167-236, pls. 26-44. Cottreau, Jean 1935,1937. Types du Prodrome de Paléontologie Stratigraphique Uni- verselle de d’Orbigny. Ann. Paléont., vol. 24 (1935), pp. 35-42, pls. 73-75; vol. 26 (1937), pp. 53-84, pls. 76-81. Coues, Elliott, and Yarrow, H. C. 1878. Notes on the natural history of Fort Macon, N.C., and vicinity. (No. 5). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 30, pp. 297-315. [Polypi or Anthozoa, pp. 310-312.] Couffen, Olivier 1905. Etude critique sur les faluns du Haguineau. Soc. Etudes Scient. Angers., Bull., vol. 33, pp. 35-85. [Coelenterates p. 40.] 1905. Etude critique sur les Faluns de Chalonnes. Soc. d'Etudes Scient. Angers, Bull., vol. 34, pp. 163-165. Coulon, L. 1931. Les Coelentérés actuels et fossiles du Musée d’Elbeuf. Soc. Sci. Nat. Elbeuf, Bull., vol. 49, pp. 46-72, 3 pls. Coutheouy, Joseph P. 1844. Remarks upon coral formations in the Pacific, with suggestions as to the cause of their absence in the same parallels of latitude, on the coast of South America. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. 4, pp. 66-105, 137-162, 8 figs. Coutiére, Henry 1898. Note sur les récifs madréporiques observés a Djibouti. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 4, pp. 38-41, 87-90, 155-157, 1 text- fig.: pp. 238-240, 274-276. Cowles, R. P. 1930. A biological study of the offshore waters of Chesapeake Bay. U.S. Bur. Fish., Bull., vol. 46 (1931), pp. 277-381, 16 figs. Coy, EC: 1922. [Plankton investigations.| Coelenterata (1922). Dove Marine Lab. Cullercoats, Rept., vol. 13, pp. 50-56. Crespin, Irene 1960. Catalogue of type and figured specimens in the Commonwealth Palaeontological Collection, Canberra. Australian Bur. Min. Res. Geol. Geophys., Rept., vol. 54, pp. 1-92. [Coelenterata pp. 44-51.] Crisp, D. J., and Fischer-Piette, E. 1959. Répartition des principales especes intercotidales de la cote Alt- lantique francaise en 1954-1955. Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 275-387, figs. 1-22. Crosby, William Otis 1883. On the elevated coral reefs of Cuba. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 22, p. 124-128. Crossland, Cyril 1902. The coral reefs of Zanzibar, Cambridge Philos. Soc., Proc., vol. 11, pp. 493-503, pl. 6. 106 1904a. 1904b. 1905. 1907a. 1948. 1952. BULLETIN 246 The coral reefs of Pemba Island and of the East African main- land. Cambridge Philos. Soc., Proc., vol. 12, pp. 36-43, 2 charts. The coral formations of Zanzibar and East Africa, British Assoc. Ady. Sci., Rept. 1903, pp. 685-687. The oecology and deposits of the Cape Verde marine fauna. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 2, pp. 170-186, figs. 21-26. Reports on the marine biology of Sudanese Red Sea.—1I. Intro- duction by W. A. Herdman. II. Narrative of the expedition. III. Note on the formation of the shore cliff near Alexandria. IT. The recent history of the coral reefs of the mid-West shores of Red Sea. Linnean ei London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 31, pp. 1-30, text-figs. 1, 2, pls. 1-4 . Physical se te of Khor Donganad, Red Sea. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 31, pp. 265-286, pls. 28-34, text-figs. 1-3. Desert and Water gardens of the Red Sea. London and New York, Cambridge Univ. Press. xv + 158 pp., 40 pls., maps. . Barrier reefs as a sign of a subsiding coast line. Nature, vol. 120, py Lie 7b. The expedition to the South Pacific of the S.Y. “St. George’. Marine ecology and coral formations in the Panama region, the Galapagos and Marquesas Islands, and the Atoll of Napuka. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Trans., vol. 55, pp. 531-554, pl. 55, text-figs. 1-11. 7c. Recession of the Tahitian coral reefs. Nature, vol. 119, p. 597. Exploring the coral reefs of Tahiti. Discovery, vol. 8, p. 212. . Barrier reefs of Tahiti and Moorea. Nature, vol. 120, pp. 618-619. . The coral reefs of Tahiti, Moorea, aid Rorotonga. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 36, pp. 577-618, 5 pls., 14 text-figs. .Notes on the ecology of the reef-builders of Tahiti. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 717-735, pls. 1-5, text-fig. 1. Recession and age of the Tahitian coral reefs. Nature, vol. 124, p. 576. . The coral reefs of Tahiti compared with the Great Barrier reefs. Geogr. Jour. London, vol. 77, p. 395. . The reduced building-power and other variations in the astrean corals of Tahiti, with a note on Herpolitha limax and Fungia spp. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 251-392, pls. 1-22, text-figs. 1-13. Coral faunas of the Red Sea and Tahiti. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 499-504, pls. 1-3. The coral reefs at Ghardaqa, Red Sea, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 108A, pp. 512-523, charts. . Further notes on the Tahitian barrier reef and lagoons. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 40, No. 273, pp. 459-474, pls. 112513; achiairt: . Reports on the preliminary expedition for the exploration of the Red Sea in the R.R.S. “Mabahith”. Chapter III, Some coral forma- tions. Marine Biol. Sta. Ghardaqa (Red Sea), Publ., vol. 1, pp. 21-34, pl. 2, text-figs. On Forskal’s collection of corals in the Zoological Museum of: Copenhagen. Zool. Mus. Hauniensis Kobenhayn, Spolia, vol. 1, pp. 5-63, epissdly 2. Reef corals of the South Africa coast. Natal Mus. Pietermaritz- burg, Ann., vol. 2, pp. 169-205, pls. 5-14. Madreporaria, Hydrocorallinae, Helipora and Tubipora. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Sci. Repts. Great Barrier Reef Exped. 1928-29, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 85-257, pls. 1-56, text-figs. 1A-C. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 107 Cunha, A. X. da 1950. Nowa contribuicao para o estudo dos hidropolipos das costas de Portugal. Mus. Bocage, Arch., No. 21, pp. 121-144, figs. Curtis, M. L. K. 1956. Type and figured specimens from the Tortworth Inlier, Glouces- tershire. Bristol Nat. Soc., Prec., vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 147-154. Cutress, C. C. 1955. An interpretation of the structure and distribution of cnidae in Anthozoa. Syst. Zool., vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 120-137, figs. 1-10. Cuvier, Georges Léopold Crétien Frédéric Dagobert 1817, 1829, 1836-49. La Régne Animal, distribué d’aprés son organisation, pour servir de base a UVhistoire naturelle des animaux et d’intro- duction a la anatomie comparée. Paris, 4 vols. (1817); 2d ed., 5 vols. (1829); 3d ed., 17 vols. (1836-49). Dahl, Friedrich 1897a. Ueber den Bismark-Archipel in naturwissenschaftlicher Beizte- hung. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, Sitzungsber., pp. 123-131. 1897b. Ueber den Bismark-Archipel. Deutsch. Zool. Gesell., Verhandl., pp. 204-210. 1898. Frage der Bildung der Coralleninseln. Zool. Jahrb., Syst., vol. 11, pp. 141-150, 2 figs. 1899. Ueber Korallenriff-Theorien. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, Sit- zungsber., pp. 211-220. Dainelli, G. 1904a. Contributo allo studio dell’Eocene medio dei dintorni di Ostro- viza in Dalmazia. R. Accad. Lincei Roma, Atti, ser. 5, vol. 13, No. 5, pp. 277-282. 1904b. La fauna eocenica di Bribir in Dalmazia. Palaeontogr. Italica, vol. 10, pp. 141-273, pls. 15-17. 1915. L'Eocene Friulano. Florence, pp. 204-344, pls. 27-41. Dakin, William John 1953. Great Barrier Reef and some mention of other Australian coral reefs. Melbourne, pp. xi + 13-176, illustr. Dakin, W. J., Bennett, I., and Pope, E. 1948. A study of certain aspects of the ecology of the intertidal zone of the New South Wales coast. Australian Jour. Sci. Res. Mel- bourne, vol. B1, No. 3, pp. 176-230, pls. 1-9, text-figs. Dakin, W. J. [Assisted by Bennett, I., and Pope E.] 1953. Australian seashores. A guide for the beach-lover, the naturalist, the shore fisherman, and the student. London, i-xii, 1-372 pp., frontisp., pls. 1-99. [Coelenterates pp. 120-139, pls. 21-26.] Dall, William Healy 1884. On some Hydrocorallinae from Alaska and California. Biol. Soc. Washington, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 111-115. Also Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 13, pp. 467-471. Dalla-Torre, Karl Wilhelm von 1889. Die Fauna von Helgoland. Zool. Jahrb., vol. 4, Suppl. 2, 99 pp. Dalton, Leonard V. 1908. Notes on the geology of Burmah. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 64, pp. 604-644, pls. 54-57. Daly, Reginald Aldworth 1910. Pleistocene glaciation and the coral reef problem. Amer. Jour. Sci, vol. 30; No: 179; art. 32, pp. 29-308. 1915. The glacial-control theory of coral reefs. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Proc., vol. 51, No. 4, pp: 155-251), figs. 1-48) 1916a. Problems of the Pacific Islands. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 41, No. 242 art. 7, pp. 153-186, figs. 1-38, pl. 3. 108 1916b. Vale, OGY. 1920a. 1920b. 1920c. 1922. 1924. 1925. BULLETIN 246 A new test of the subsidence theory of coral reefs. Nat. Acad, Sci. Washington, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 664. Origin of the living coral reefs. Scientia, Bologna, vol. 22, pp. 188-199; suppl. pp. 60-74. The coral reef zone during and after the glacial period. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 48, No. 284, art. 10, pp. 136-159. The geology of American Samoa, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No. 18, pp. 192-195. A recent world-wide sinking of ocean level. Geol. Mag., vol. 57, pp. 247-261. A general sinking of sea-level in Recent time, Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Proc., vol. 6, pp. 246-250. The geology of Ascension and St. Helena Islands. Geol. Mag., vol. 59, pp. 146-156. The geology of American Samoa. Carnegie Inst., Washington, Publ. No. 340, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 19, pp. 93-143, pls. A-B, 1-9, text-fig. 1. The geology of Ascension Island. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sei. Proc., vol. 60, No. 1, 80 pp., 21 pls., 8 text-figs. Geology of Saint Helena Island. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Proc., vol. 62, No. 2, pp. 31-92, pls. 1-25. Swinging sea-level of the ice age. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 40, pp. 721-734. 1934, 1963. The changing world of the Ice Age. Yale Univ, Press, xix + 1948. 271 pp., figs. 1-149. Coral reefs —a review. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 246, No. 4, pp. 193- 207. Dammerman, K. W. 1922. 1948. Damon, W. 1882. The fauna of Krakatau, Verlaten Island and Sebesby. Treubia, vol. 3, pp. 61-112, figs. The fauna of Krakatau 1883-1933. K. Nederland. Akad. Wet- ensch. Amsterdam. Verhandl., ser. 2, vol. 44, pp. 1-594, pls. 1-11, text-figs. [Coelenterates pp. 524, 563.] = Coral in aquarium. Amer. Monthly Microsc. Jour., vol. 3, p. 221. Dana, James Dwight 1846-49. Zoophytes. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1846. 1853. 1859. 1872, 1 1874. 1885. 1858-1839-1840-1841-1842 under the command of Charles Wilkes. Philadelphia, vol. 7, vi + 740 pp., 61 pls. 45 text-figs. Structure and classification of zoophytes. Philadelphia, 132 pp., figs. On coral reefs and islands. New York, 143 pp., figs., 2 maps. Synopsis of the author's report on the zoophytes of the U.S, Ex- ploring Expedition. New Haven, vi + 172 pp. 879, 1890. Corals and coral islands. New York, 1st ed. (1872), 398 pp.; 2d ed. (1879), 406 pp.; 3d ed. (1890), 440 pp., 16 pls. Notes on the new edition of Darwin's work on the structure and distribution of coral reefs. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 8, pp. 312-318. Origin of coral reefs. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 30, pp. 89-105, 169- 191, map. Darby, David G., and Hoyt, J. H. 1964. An upper Miocene fauna dredged from tidal channels of coastal Georgia. Jour. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 1, pp. 67-73, pls. 17, 18, text- figs. 1, 2. [Anthozoa p. 70.] VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 109 Darwin, Charles 1837. On certain areas of elevation and subsidence in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, as deduced from the study of coral formations. Geol. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 552-554. 1842, 1874, 1889. The structure and distribution of coral reefs. London, Ist ed. (1842); 2d ed. (1874); 3d ed. (1889), Ward, Lock and Co., xx + 154 pp., 3 pls., text-figs. David, Caroline Martha (Mrs. T. W. Edgeworth David) 1899. Funafuti; or, three months on a coral island: an unscientific ac- count of a scientific expedition, London, pp. i-xili, 1-318, pls., map. David, Tannat William Edgeworth 1904. The atoll of Funafuti. Sect. 4. Narrative of the second and third expedition. Roy. Soc. London, Coral Reef Committee Rept., xiv + 428 pp., 8 pls., text-figs., 18 maps. 1927. Note on a bore in the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 83, p. vii. David, T. W. E., Halligan, G. H. and Finckh, A. E. 1904. The atoll of Funafuti. Sect. 7. Report on dredging at Funafuti. Roy. Soc. London, Coral Reef Committee, Rept., xiv + 428 pp., 8 pls., 18 maps, text-figs. [Pp. 151-159.] David, T. W. E., and Sweet, G. 1904. The atoll of Funafuti. Sect. 5. The geology of Funafuti. Roy. Soc. London, Coral Reef Committee, Rept., xiv + 428 pp., 8 pls., 18 maps, text-figs. [pp. 61-124]. Davidaschvili, L. S. 1937. On the ecology of animals of the Middle Miocene reefs of Ukran- ian S.S.R. Prob. Paleont., Moscew Univ. Lab. Paleont., Publ., vols. 2, 3; pp. 537-563. [Russian, with English summary. ] Davidoff, C. 1907. Sur la question du mésoderme chez les Coelenterés. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 31, pp. 119-124. Davies, Arthur Morley 1962. An Introduction to Palacontology (3d ed.) revised and partly re- written by C. J. Stubblefield. London, Murby, i-ix + 322 pp., 1 pl. text-figs. 1-120. Davies, L. M. 1937. The Eocene beds of the Punjab Salt Range. Palaeont. Indica, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 64-65. Davis, A. G. 1952. The Brockenhurst Beds at Victoria Tilery, Brockenhurst, Hamp- shire. Geol. Assoc. London, Proc., vol. 63, No. 3, pp. 215-219. Davis, William Morris 1913. Dana’s confirmation of Darwin's theory of coral reefs. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 35(185), No. 206, art. 18, pp. 173-188, fig. 1. 1915. The origin of coral reefs. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Proc., vol. 1, pp. 146-152. 1916a. Extinguished and resurgent coral reefs. Nat. Acad. Sci, Washing- ton, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 466-471, figs. 1-3. 1916b. The origin of certain Fiji atolls. Nat. Acad. Sci, Washington, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 471-475, figs. 1, 2. 1917. The Great Barrier Reef of Australia. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 44 (194), No. 263, art. 28, pp. 339-350, figs. 1-5. 1918a. Les falaises ect les récifs coralliens de Tahiti. Ann. de Geogr. Paris, vol. 27, pp. 241. 1918b. The fringing reefs of the Philippine Islands. Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington, Proc., vol. 4, pp. 197-204. 110 1918c. 1918d. 1918e. 1919a. 1919b. 1919: 1920a. 1920b. 1921. 1922a. 1922b. 1923a. 1923b. LS23.c3 1924a. 1924b. 1924c. 1925a. 1925b. 1926a. 1926b. 1928a. 1928b. BuLLETIN 246 Coral reefs and submarine banks. Jour. Geol., vol. 26, pp. 198- 223, figs. 1-4, pp. 289-309, 385-411. Subsidence of reef-encircled islands. Geoi, Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 29, pp. 489-574, figs. 1-17. The reef-encircled islands of the Pacific. Jour. Geogr. Lancaster, vol. 17, pp. 1, 58, 102. The geological aspects of the coral-reef problem, Sci. Progress London, vol. 13, pp. 420-444, 3 figs. The significant features of recf-bordered coasts. New Zealand Inst. Wellington, Trans, Proc., vol. 51, p. 6. Koraalriffen en bodembewegingen. Coral recfs and crustal move- ments. Nat. Tijdschr. Batavia, vol. 79, pp. 27-45, text-figs. The small islands of almost atolls. Nature, vol, 105, p. 292. The islands and coral reefs of Fiji. Geogr. Jour. London, vol. 55, pp. 34-45, 200-220, 377-388, figs. The coral reefs of Tutuila, Samoa. Science, vol. 53, pp. 559-565. The barrier reef of Tagula, New Guinea. Assoc. Amer. Geogr. Albany, Ann., vol. 12, pp. 97-151, 1 pl., 23 text-figs. Coral reefs of the Louisiade Archipelago. Nat. Acad. Sci. Wash- ington, Proc., vol. 8, pp. 7-13. Drowned coral reefs south of Japan, Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 58-62. The marginal belts of the coral seas. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 292-296. The depth of the coral reef lagoons. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 296-301. . The marginal belts of the coral seas. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 6 (206), No. 33, art. 16, pp. 181-195. Notes on coral reefs. Second Pan-Pacific Sci. Congress Australia, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 1161- 1163. A tilted-up, beveled-off atoll. Science, vol. 60, pp. 51-56, 2 figs. The formation of the Lesser Antilles. Nat. Acad. Sei. Washing- ton, Proc., vol. 10, No. 6, pp. 205-211. The Steward Bank in the China Sea. Science, vol. 62, p. 401. Les cétes et les récifs coralliens de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ann. de Geogr. Paris, vol. 34, pp. 244, 332, 423, 521. The Lesser Antilles. New York, Amer. Geogr. Soc., 5 + 207 pp., maps, 16 pls., text-figs. Subsidence rate of reef-encircled islands. Nat. Acad, Sci. Washing- ton, Proc., vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 99-105, figs. 1, 2. The Coral Reef Problem. Amer, Geogr. Soc. New York, Spec. Publ. No. 9, 596 pp., 227 figs. The Formation of coral reefs. Sci. Monthly, vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 289-300, 6 figs. Dawson, John William 1878. Stromatopora as distinguished from Millepora. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 2, pp. 28-30. Dawydoff, C. 1937a. OQuelques observations sur le développement embryonnaire des Madréporaires. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 204, No. 5, pp. 378- 380. 1937b. La prétendue métamérisation des larves des Hexacoralliaires. 1937c. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 204, No. 7, pp. 519-521. Observations sur la faune pélagique des eaux indochinoises de la mer de Chine méridionale. Note préliminaire, Soc. Zool. France, Bull., vol. 61, pp. 461-464. VENEZUELAN CENOzOoIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 111 1955. Contribution a l'étude des invertébrés de I’Indochine. Bull. Biol., Suppl. No. 37, pp. 1-158, 2 maps. [Coelenterates pp. 52-78.] Day, J. H., Millard, N. A. H., and Broekhuysen, G. J. 1954. The ecology of South African estuaries. Part IV. The St, Lucia system. Roy. Soc. South Africa, Trans., vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 129- 179, pls. 3, 4, text-fig. Day, J. H., Millard, N. A. H., and Harrison, A. D. 1952. The ecology of South African estuaries. Part III. Knysna: a clear open estuary. Roy. Soc. South Africa, Trans., vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 367-413, pl. 31, text-figs. Deboutteville, C. D., and Bougis, P. 1951. Recherches sur ie trottoir d’Algues calcaires effectuées a Banyuls pendant le stage d’eté 1950. Vie et Mileu, vol. 2, pp. 161-181, pls. 1, 2, text-iigs. Decary, R. 1946. Animaux de Madagascar, Mus. Colon. Marseille, Ann., sér. 6, vol. 4, pp. 197-222. Deevey, G. B. 1952a. dA survey of the zooplankton of Block Island Sound, 1943-1946. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Collec., vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 65-119, figs. 1952b. Quantity and composition of the zooplankton of Block Island Sound, 1979. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Collec., vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 120-164, text-fig. 1960. The zooplankton of the surface waters of the Delaware Bay region. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Collec., vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 1-53, text-figs. 1-19. DeFrance, Marin Jacques Louis 1826. Polypiers. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 42, pp. 377- 398. Dehée, R. 1929. Description de la faune d’Etraeungt. Soc. Géol. France, Mém., vol. 5, pt. 2, No. 11, (Coelenterata) pp. 43-48, 2 pls. De la Beche, Henry Thomas 1828. Notes of the habits of a Caryophylhia from Tor Bay, Devon, Zool. Jour. London, vol. 3, pp. 481-485, pl. 13, figs. 1-6. Delage, Marie Yves, and Herouard, Edgard 1901. Traité de Zoologie Concréte. Vol. 2, pt. 2, Les Coelentérés. Paris 848 pp., 72 pls., 1102 text-figs. Delap, M., and Delap, C. 1905. Notes on the plankton of Valencia Harbour. Fish. Ireland, Ann. Rept. 1902-1903, pt. 2, Appendix 4, pp. 3-20. 1906. Notes on the plankton of Valencia Harbour. Fish. Ireland, Sci. Investig., No. 7, pp. 3-26, pls. 1, 2. Delap, M. J. 1924. Further notes on the plankton of Valentia Harbour 1906-1923. Irish Natural, Dublin, vol. 33, pp. 1-6. Delepine, G. 1930a. La faune du Calcaire de Regnéville. Soc. Linn. Normandie Caen, Méem., vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 5-8, 1 pl. 1930b. Contribution a l'étude de la faune du Calcaire de Sablé. Soc. Linn. Normandie Caen, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 25-40, 1 pl. Delheid, E. 1899a. Quelques mots su les Coelentérés des argiles Rupeliennes. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belgique, Ann., vol. 31, pp. xxx-xxxil. 1899b. La faune Rupelien Supérieur. Un dernier mot sur le polypier géant de ce terrain. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belgique, Ann., vol. 31, pp. Ixxii-Ixxvi, pl. 1. 112 BuLLETIN 246 Dembinska-Rozkowska, M. 1932. Korale miocenskie Polski. Polnische Miozdnkorallen. Pol. Tow. Geol. Krakow, Rocz., vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 97-171, 6 pls. Demel, K. 1933. Liste des invertébrés et de poissons des eaux polonaises de la Baltique. Mus. Zool. Polon., Fragmenta Faun., vol. 2, pp. 121-136. Denizot, Georges 1962-63. Atlas de fossiles. I. Fossiles primaires et triassiques (1963). II. Fossiles jurassiques et cretaciques (1962). III. Fossiles tertiaires et guaternaires (1963). Paris, N. Boubée et Cie. Dennant, John 1898. Corals. In Tate, R., Fauna of the Older Tertiary of Australia. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, Jour., vol. 31, pp. 412-416, pl. 20. 1899-1904. Descriptions of new species of corals from the Australian Tertiaries. Roy. Soc. South Australia, Trans., vol. 23 (1899), pp. 112-122, pls. 2, 3; pp. 281-287, pls. 9-10; vol. 25 (1901), pp. 48-53, pl. 2; vol. 26 (1902), pp. 1-6, 255-264, pls. 1, 5, 6; vol. 27 (1903), pp. 208-215, pls. 1, 2; vol, 28 (1904), pp. 52-76, pls. 22-25. 1904a. Recent corals from the South Australian and Victorian coasts. Roy. Soc. South Australia, Trans., vol. 8, pp. 1-11, pls. 1 1904b. Report on fossiliferous ironstone conglomerate from Cape Patton. Geol. Sur. Victoria, Rec., vol. 1, No. 1, p. 36 (Anthozoa). 1904c. Catalogues of the described species of fossils (except Bryozoa and Foraminifera) in the Cainozoic fauna of Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania. Geol. Sur. Victoria, Rec., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 89-147. 1906. Madreporaria from the Australian and New Zealand coasts. Roy. Soc. South Australia, Trans., vol. 30, pp. 151-165, pls. 5, 6. Deraniyagala, P. E. P. 1956. Some fossils from the Miocene amphitheatre at Minthagalkanda, Ceylon, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. 28, No. 1, pp. 1-5, pls. 1-3. 1961. The amphitheatres of Minihagal Kanda, their possible origin, and some of the fossils and stone artifacts collected from them. Spolia Zeylanica, vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 149-161, pls. 1-8, text-figs. 1-4. [Corals p. 153.] Deriugin, K. M. 1915. La faune du Golfe de Kola et les conditions de son existence. [In Russian.] Acad. Sci. Petrograd, Mem., ser. 8, vol. 34, No. 1, ix + 929 pp., 14 pls. 1924. Das Barents-Meer langs dem Kola-Meridian (33° 30’ ostl. L.) In- ternat. Rev. Hydrobiol., vol. 12, pp. 145-174. Deshayes, Gérard Paul 1831. Description de coquilles caractéristiques des terrains. Paris, vii + 264 pp., 14 pls. Deshayes, Gérard Paul, and Edwards, Henri Milne 1836. Histoire des Polypes. In Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, 684 pp. Desio, A. 1926. Il Guira nel Dodecaneso. Giorn. Geol. Bologna, ser. 2, vol. 1, pp. 49-63, 1 pl. Deslongchamps, E. E. [and Lamaroux, J. V. E., and Bory de St. Vincent] 1824-27. Histoire naturelle des Zoophytes ou animaux rayonnees. En- cyclopédie Méthodique. Pt. 1, pp. 1-376 (1824); pt. 2, pp. 377-819 (1827). Destombes, J., Jeanette, A., and de Lapparent, A. F. 1958. Sur un congloméat miocéne a ossements de Crocodile a TE de Fédala (Meseta cotiére marocaine), Soc. Géol. France, C. R., Nos. WA IW O. AUK VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC CorRALS: WEISBORD tS Deunff, J. 1960. Formations récifales et hystrichosphéres. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 7, vol. 1, No. 4 (1959), pp. 409-410. Devanny, John 1951. Travels in North Queensland, London, pp. 1-251, 23 pls., maps. Dew, B., and Wood, E. J. F. 1955. Observations on periodicity in marine invertebrates. Australian Jour. Marine and Freshwater Res., vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 469-478, figs. 1-8. Dewalque, Georges Jean Gustave 1899. Les fossiles du Boldenberg et les fossiles boldériens, Soc. Géol. Belgique, Ann., vol. 25, pp. 117-122. Dexter, R. W. 1955. Fouling organisms attached to the American lobster in Connecticut waters. Ecology, vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 159-160. Dieni, |., and Omenetto, P. 1960. Studi di una macrofauna del Pliocene inferiore di Orosei (Sar- degna). Riy. Italiana Palecnt., vol. 66, No. 4, pp. 605-618, pl. 17, text-figs. 1, 2. [Corals pp. 611-612. ] Dietrich, W. O. 1918. Zur Kenntnis der persischen Miocans (Korallen). Centralbl. Min. Stuttgart, pp. 98-104. Dieuzeide, R., and Roland, J. 1957. Opérations de draguages et de chalutages effectuées au large des cotes Algériennes au cours des années 1954 et 1955. Sta. Aquic. Péche Castiglione, Bull., n. s., vol. 8 (1956), pp. 9-27, 2 charts. [Coelenterates p. 13.] Dittmer, E. 1959. Jungtertidre Ablagerungen im westlichen Schleswig-Holstein. Mey- niana, vol. 8, pp. 1-21, figs. 1, 2. [Corals p. 7.] Dixon, Frederick 1850. The geology and fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous forma- tions of Sussex. London, pp. i-xvi, 1-422, i-xvi, 45 pls., text-figs. Dixon, George Yates, and Dixon, Andrew Francis 1891. Report on the marine invertebrate fauna near Dublin. Roy. Irish Wead.) Proc. yvols2. Nos 1, pp: 19-33; Doederlein, Ludwig 1881. Die Liu-kiu Inseln, Amami-Oshima. Deutsch. Gesell, f£. Natur-und Volkerk. Ostasiens, Mitt., vol. 24, pp. 103-117, 140-156. 1901. Die Korallen-Gattung Fungia, I. Stammesgeschichte der Fungien- Arten. II, Kennzeichen der neuen Arten von Fungia. II. Die ungeschlechtliche Fortpflanzung bei Fungien. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 24, pp. 351-360. 1902. Die Korallen-Gattung Fungia. Senckenb. Naturforsch. Gesell. Abhandl., vol. 27, pt. 1, iii + 162 pp., 25 pls. 1913. Die Steinkorallen aus dem Golf von Neapel. Zool. Sta. Neapel, Mitt., vol. 21, pp. 105-152, pls. 7-9. Dolgopolskaia, M. A. 1940. Das Zooplankton des Schwarzen Meeres in der Nahe von Karadag. [Russian, with German summary.] Sta. Biol. Karadagh, eleatvies vol. 6, pp. 57-111, figs. Dollfus, Gustave F. 1891. Revue de paléontologie 1889. Coelenterata. Uniy. Paris, Ann. Géol. vol. 6, pp. 999-207. 1904. Faune malacologique du Miocéne supérieur de Rennes (Etage Redonien, Gite d’Apigneé, Ille-et-Vilaine). Assoc. Francaise Avance. Sci., C. R., vol. 32, pp. 656-663. 114 BuLLETIN 246 1906a. Faune malacologique du Miocene supérieur de Gourbesville (Manche), Etage Redonien. Assoc. Frangaise Avance. Sci., C. R., vol, 34 (1905), pp. 358-371. 1906b. Contribution a l'étude des Hydrozoaires fossiles. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 4, vol. 6, pp. 121-128, pl. 4, text-figs. 1-3. 1908. Sur quelques polypiers fossilles des Indes Néerlandaises. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. Batavia, vol. 37, pp. 676-686, pls. 1-3. 1915. Paléontologie du Voyage al'lle Célébes de M. E. C. “Abendanon”. Leiden, pp. 1-57, 4 pls. 1917. Paléontologie du Voyage a l'lle Célébes de M. E. C. “Abendanon”. In Abendanon, M.E.C., Geologische en geographische doorkruisin- gen van Midden-Celebes. Leiden, vol. 3, pp. 95-1016, 4 pls. 1924. Contribution a la faune des invertébrés du banc de Rockall. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, Bull., No. 438, 28 pp. 1929. Un polypier de Biron. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., vol. 29, Nos. 6, 7, pp. 383-385, 1 pl., 1 text-fig. 1936. Polypiers (Hexacoralliaires et Hydrocoralliaires) récoltés a la Guadeloupe par la mission cryptogramique du Muséum en 1936. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 514-516. Donovan, Edward 1823-1827. The Naturalist’s Repository, or miscellany of exotic natural history, exhibiting . .. specimens of foreign birds, insects, shells, etc. London, 5 vols. Dons, Carl 1933a. Zoologiske Notiser. XV. Om Nord-Norges Korallsamfund, K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Trondhjem, Forh., vol. 5, pp. 13-15. 1933b. Zoolisker Notiser. XVII. Om _ Beitstadfjordens korallrev. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Trondhjem, Forh., vol. 5, pp. 143-146, 2 figs. 1934. Uber die noérdlichsten Korallenriffe der Welt. K. Norske Vidnsk. Selsk. Trondhjem, Forh., vol. 6, pp. 206-209, 2 figs. 1936. Die Verbreitung von Steinkorallen in west Finnmark. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Trondhjem, Forh., vol. 8, pp. 57-60. 1939. Uber die Verbreitung der nordischen Stylasteriden. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Trondhjem, Forh., vol. 11 (1938), pp. 196-198, figs. 1944. Norges Korallrev. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Trondhjem, Forh., vol. 16, pp. 37-82, 15 figs. 1945. Norges Strandfauna. XXXII. Hexakorallen. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Trondhjem, Forh., vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 17-20, figs. Doty, M. S. 1954. Floristic and ccelogical notes on Raroia | Tuamotus]|. Atoll Re- search Bull., No. 33, pp. 1-41. Doty, M. S., and Morrison, J. P. E. 1954. Inter-relationships of the organisms on Raroia Atoll aside from man. Atoll Research Bull., No. 35, pp. 1-61, 9 figs. Doucieux, L. 1905. Fossiles nummulitiques de l’Aude et du Hérault. Madreporaria. Univ. Lyons, Ann., vol. 17, pp. 112-113. Drach, P. 1956. Premiéres recherches 2n scaphandre autonome sur les récifs de coraux (Archipel des Far-San, Mer Rouge). 14th Internat. Congz. Zool. 1953, pp. 459-460. Drasche von Wartinberg, Richard 1878. Die Insel Réunion (Bourbon) im indischen Ocean. Eine geologisch- petrographische Studie mit einem Anhange iiber die Insel Mauri- tius. Wien. pp. i-vil, 1-85, 16 pls., text-figs., 2 maps. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoraLs: WEISBORD 115 Droop, M. R. 1963. Algae and invertebrates in symbiosis. Soc. Gen. Microbiol., Symposium 13, pp. 172-199, figs. 1-3. Dryden, Lincoln 1944. Surface features of coral reefs. Beach Erosion Board, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army, Engineering Notes, No. 18, 62 pp., 44 figs. Duarte Bello, Pedro Pablo 1961. Corales de los arrecifes Cubanos. Acuario Nac. Marianao [Cuba], Ser. Educacional No. 2, pp. 1-85, figs. 1-4, 1-74. DuBar, Jules R., and Beardsley, Donald W. 1861. Paleoecology of the Choctawhatchee deposits (Late Miocene) at Alum Bluff, Florida. Southeastern Geol., vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 155-189, figs. 1, 2. DuBar, Jules R., and Chaplin, James R. 1963. Paleoecology of the Pimlico Formation (Late Pleistocene); Nixon- ville Quadrangle, Horry County, South Carolina. Southeastern Geol., vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 127-159. [Coelenterata, table 3, p. 152.] DuBar, Jules R., and Howard, James F. 1963. Paleoecology of the type Waccamaw (Pliocene ?) outcrops; South Carolina. Southeastern Geol., vol. 5, No. 1, pp: 27-68, figs. 1-3. Duchassaing de Fonbressin, Placide 1847. Essai sur la constitution géologique de la partie basse de la Guadeloupe, dite la Grande-Terre. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 4, pp. 1093-1100. 1850. Animaux Radiaires des Antilles. Paris, 33 pp., 2 pls. 1855. Observations sur les formations modernes de Vile de la Guade- loupe. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 12, pp. 753-759. 1870. Revue des Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles. Paris, 52 pp., 2 pls. Duchassaing de Fonbressin, Placide, and Michelotti, Jean [Giovanni] 1861. Mémoire sur les coralliaires des Antilles. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 279-365, pls. 1-10. 1864. Spongiaires de la Mer Caraibe. Hollandsche Maatschappij Wetensch. Haarlem, Natuurkundige Verhandel., ser. Za NGOS PY Non 201243 pps 25epls: 1866. Supplément au Mémoire sur les coralliaires des Antilles. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 23, pp. 97-206, pls. 1-11. Duerden, James Edwin 1899. Zoophyte collecting in Blucfields Bay. Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, No. 6, pp. 619-624. 1900. Order of appearance of the mesenteries and septa in the Madre- poraria. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 19, No. 146, pp. 47-53, 12 figs. 1902a. Aggregated colonies in madreporarian corals. Amer. Natural., vol. 36, pp. 461-471, figs. 1-3. 1902b. The significance of budding and fission. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 10, pp. 382-393, figs. 1-4, 1902c. Increase of mesenteries in Madrepora beyond the protocnemic stage, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 21, pp. 59-66, figs. 1-13. 1902d. West Indian madreporarian polyps. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Mem., vol. 8, pp. 399-599, pls., 1-25, text-figs. 1-18c. 1902e. Relationship of the Rugosa (Tetracoralla) to the living Zoantheae. Notes from the Biological Laboratory. Johns Hopkins Uniy, Circ., vol. 21, No. 155, pp. 19-24, figs. 1-12. 1902f. Review of Vaughan’s work on “Some fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curacao, Aruba, and Bonaire.” Science, vol. 15, pp. 143- 145. 116 1902¢. 1903a. 1903b. 1903c. 1903d. 1903e. 1903f. 1903g. 1904a. 1904b. 1904c. 1904d. 1904e. 1905. 1906a. 1906b. 1906c. 1906d. 1906e. Duerden, J. 1905. BuLLETIN 246 Primary hexamerism in the Rugosa (Tetracoralla). Science, vol. 15, p. 577. Recent and fossil corals. Science, vol. 18, p. 817. Boring algae as agents in the disintegration of corals, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 16, pp. 323-332, pl. 32 Importance of boring algae in the distintegration of corals. Nature, vol. 67, p. 88. Fissiparous gemmation. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 11, pp. 141-155. Septal sequence in the coral Siderastraea. Science, vol. 18, p. 614. Morphology and development of recent and fossil corals. Science, vol. 18, p. 614. A method of studying the septal sequence in Paleozoic corals. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour., vol. 19, pp. 32-33. Recent results on the morpohology and development of coral polyps. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 47, pp. 93-111. The coral Siderastraea radians and its postlarval development. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 20, 130 pp., 11 pls. Septal sequence. Biol. Bull., vol. 7, pp. 79-104, 9 figs. Some results on the morphology and development of Recent and fossil corals. British Assoc. Ady. Sci., Rept. 1903, pp. 684-685. The development and relationships of the Rugosa (Tetracoralla). Science, vol. 19, p. 217. The morphology of the Madreporaria. VI, The fossula in rugose corals. Marine Biol. Lab. Woods Hole, Bull., vol. 9, pp. 27-53. The primary septa in rugose corals. Science, n. s., vol. 24, pp. 246- 247. Continuation of investigations on the morphology and develop- ment of recent and fossil corals and physiology of the Zoantharia, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Yearbook No, 4, pp. 277-278. The role of mucus in corals, Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci., vol: 49, pp. 591-614. The morphology of the Madreporaria, VII. Intrapolypal tentacles. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 17, pp. 466-474, 5 figs. The morphology of the Madreporaria. VIII, The primary septa of the Rugosa. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 18, pp. 226-242, 21 figs. E., and Ayres, S. A. The nerve-layer in the coral Coenopsammia, Michigan Acad. Sci., Rept., vol. 7, pp. 75-77. Dumble, Edwin Theodore 1918. Geology of the northern end of the Tampico Embayment area. California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 8, pp. 113-156, map. Dunbar, Carl Owen 1954. A new technique for making sections of invertebrate fossils. Jour. Paleonit., vol. 28, No. 1, p. 112. Duncan, Peter Martin 1863a. 1863b. 1864a. 1864b. 1864d. On the fossil corals of the West Indian islands —Part I. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 19, pp. 406-458, pls. 13-16. Note on the fossil corals accompanying the Testacea from Jamaica. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol, 19, pp. 513-514. On the fossil corals of the West Indian islands —Part II. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20, pp. 20-44, pls. 2-5. On the fossil corals of the West Indian islands—Part III. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20, pp. 358-374. A description of and remarks upon some fossil corals from Sinde. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 3, vol. 13, pp.. 295-307, pls. 18, 19. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD ig 1864c. A description of some fossil corals and echinoderms from the South Australian Tertiaries. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.. ser. 3, vol. 14, pp. 161-168, pls. 5, 6. 1864e. On the correlation of the Miocene beds of the West Indian islands; and on the synchronism of the chert formation of Antigua with the lowest limestone of Malta. Geol. Mag., vol. 1, pp. 97-102. 1864f. Note on a new coral from Mount Séla in the island of Java. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 20, pp. 72-73, pl. 7, figs. 9a-9d. 1865a. On the corals of the Maltese Miocene. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Seaviole 5s pps27s-2 76) Leple 1865b. A description of some fossil corals from the South Australian Ter- tiaries. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, pp. 182-187, pl. 8. 1865c. Note on the fossil corals from Muddy and Violet Creeks, South Australia, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 21, p. 394, 395. 1866. Note on the Madreporaria from the “Sutton Stone.’ Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 22, pp. 89-93. 1866-1876. Monography of the British Fossil Corals. Second series. Being a supplement to the “Monograph of the British Fossil Corals” by MM. Milne-Edwards and J. Haime, Palaeontogr. Soc. London. Pt. I (1866), Introduction and corals from the Tertiary formations, pp. i-ili, 1-66, pls. 1-10. Pt. IT, No. 1 (1869), Corals from the White Chalk, the Upper Greensand, and the Red Chalk of Hunstanton, pp. 1-26, pls. 1-9. Pt, IT. No. 2 (1870), Corals from the Upper Greensand of Haldon, from the Gault, and the Lower Greensand, pp. 27-46, pls. 10-15. Pt. III (1873), Corals from the Oolitic strata, pp. 1-24, pls. 1-7; Index, pp. 1-6; General index, pp. 1-12. Pt. IV. No. 1 (1876), Corals from the zone of A. planorbis and A. angu- latus in the Liassic formation, pp. i-ii, 1-43, pls. 1-11. Pt. IV, No. 2 (1868), Corals from the zone of A. angulatus (cont’d) (and other zones of the Lias), pp. 45-73, pls. 12-17. 1867a. On the Madreporaria of the Infra-Lias of South Wales. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 23, pp. 12-28. 1867b. On Cyclophyllum, a new genus of the Cyanthophyllidac, with re- marks on the genus Aulophyllum. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., viol. 23, pp. 327-330) spl. 13: 1867c. On the genera Hetcrophyllia, Battersbyia, Palaeocyclus, and Asteros- milia; the anatomy of their species, and their position in the classi- fication of the sclerodermic Zoantharia. Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. 157, pp. 643-656, 2 pls. 1868a. On the genus Clisiophyllum. British Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept., vol. 38, pp. 61-63. 1868b. Cyclophyllum fungites, Flem. Gecl. Mag., vol. 5, p. 197. 1868c. On Heterophyllia. Geol. Mag., vol. 5, p. 584. 1868d. On the fossil corals (Madreporaria) of the West Indian islands. Part IV. Conclusion. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 24, pp. 9-33, pls. 1, 2. 1868-71. Reports on the British fossil corals. British Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept., vol. 38 (i868), pp. 75-113; vol. 39 (1869), pp. 150-170; vol. 41 (1871), pp. 116-137. 1869-70. Corals and their polypes. Student and Int. Obs., vol. 3 (1869), pp. 81-91; pt. 2, pp. 241-250, 1 pl.; vol. 4 (1870), pp. 95-107, 445-456, 1 pl. 1870a.On the Madreporaria dredged up in the expedition of H.M.S. “Porcupine.” Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 18, pp. 289-301. 1870b. The physical geography of Western Europe during the Mesozoic and Cainozoic periods elucidated by their coral faunas, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 26, pp. 51-70. 118 1870c. 1871a. 1871b. 1871c. 1872a. 1872a. 1873a. 1873b. 1873c. 1873d. US7/Siak 1875b. 1875c. 1876a. 1876b. BULLETIN 246 On the fossil corals (Madreporaria) of the Australian Tertiary deposits. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 26, pp. 284-318, pls. 19-21. On the structure and affinities of Guynia annulata, Dunc., with remarks upon the persistence of Palaeozoic types of Madreporaria. Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. 162, pp. 29-40. On a new species of coral from the Red Crag of Waldringfield: Solenastraea Prestwichi. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 27, pp. 369-371. On the persistence of Caryophyllia cylindrica Reuss. sp., a Cre- taceous coral in the coral fauna of the deep sea. Geol. Soc. Lon- don, Quart. Jour., vol. 27, pp. 434-439. Third report on the British fossil corals. British Assoc. Ady. Sci., Rept., vol. 41, pp. 116-137. On Trochocyathus anglicus, a new species of Madreporaria from the Crag, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 28, pp. 447-449, pl. 28. On the genus Palacocoryne, Duncan & Jenkins, and its affinities. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 29, pp. 412-417, pl. 14. On Caryophyllia Bredai, Milne-Edwards & Jules Haime, from the Red Crag of Woodbridge. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 29, pp. 503-504, figs. 1-3. On the older Tertiary formations of the West Indian islands. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 29, pp. 548-565, pls. 19-22. A description of the Madreporaria dredged up during the ex- peditions of H.M.S. “Porcupine” in 1869 and 1870. Zool. Soc. London, Trans., vol. 8, pt. 5, pp. 303-344, pls. 39-49. On some fossil Alcyonaria from the Australian Tertiary deposits. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 31, pp. 673-674, pl. 38a. On some fossil Alcyonaria from the Tertiary deposits of New Zealand. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 31, pp. 675, 676, pls. 38b. On some fossil corals from the Tasmanian Tertiary deposits. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 31, pp. 677, 678, pl. 38c. On some unicellular Algae, parasitic within Silurian and Tertiary corals, with a notice of their presence in Calceola sandalina and other fossils. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 32, pp. 205-211, ple 1S. On some fossil reef-building corals from the Tertiary deposits of Tasmania. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 32, pp. 341-351, ple 22: _Notices of some deep-sea and littoral corals from the Atlantic Ocean, Caribbean, Indian, New Zealand, Persian Gulf, and Jap- anese &c. seas. Zool. Soc. Londen, Proc., pp. 428-442 pls. 38-41. On some thallophytes parasitic within recent Madreporaria. Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 25, pp. 17, 18, 238-257, pls. 5-7. 7b. Report on corals. In Biology of the “Valorous” cruise. Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 25, p. 223. 77c. On the rapidity of growth and variability of some Madreporaria on an Atlantic cable, with remarks upon the rate of accumulation of foraminiferal deposits. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 20, pp. 361-365. Also, Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 26 (1878), pp. 133-137. A description of the Madreporaria dredged up during the expedi- tions of H.M.S. “Porcupine,” in 1869 and 1870. Pt. I. Zool. Soc. London, Trans., vol. 10, pp. 235-249, pls. 43-45. 1879. 1880. 188la. 1881b. 1882a. 1882b. 1883a. 1883b. 1884a. 1884b. 1884c. 1884d. 1884e. 1884f. 1884g. 1884h. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 119 On the Upper Greensand coral fauna of Haldon, Devonshire. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 35, pp. 89-97, pl. 8. Sind fossil corals and Alcyonaria. Tertiary and Upper Cretaceous fauna of western India. Palaeont. Indica, vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 1-110, 28 pls. On Asterosmilia Reedi, a new species of coral from the Oligocene of Brockenhurst, Hants. British Assoc. Ady. Sci. Rept., pp. 618- 619. On the coralliferous series of Sind, and its connexion with the last upheaval of the Himalayas. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 37, pp. 190-209. On some Recent corals from Madeira. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 213-221, pl. 8. Sind fossil corals and Alcyonaria. N. Jahrb. Min., Geol. u. Palae- ont., pt. 1, pp. 310-313. On the madreporarian genus Phymastraea of Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime, with a description of a new species. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, Proc., pp. 406-412, 2 figs. Remarks on an essay by Prof. G. Lindstrom, entitled “Contribu- tions to the actinology of the Atlantic Ocean,’ and a reply to some of his criticisms. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 12, pp. 361-369. On Streptalasma Roemeri, a new coral from the Wenlock Shale. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 40, pp. 167-173, pl. 7. On Cyathophyllum Fletcheri, Ed. &@ H., sp., from the Wenlock Shale, with remarks on the group to which it belongs, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 40, pp. 174-177. On the internal structures and classificatory position of Micra- bacia coronula Goldfuss, sp. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 40, pp. 561-566, figs. 1-3. Observations cn the madreporarian family —the Fungidae, with especial reference to the hard structures. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 17, pp. 137-162, pls. 5, 6. On the structure of the hard parts of the Fungidae.— Part II. Lophoserinae. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 17, pp. 302-319, pl. 13. On the replacement of a true theca or wall by epitheca in some serial coralla, and on the importance of the structure in the growth of incrusting corals. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 17, pp. 361-366. On a new genus of Recent Fungida, family Funginae, Ed. & H., allied to the genus Micrabacia, Ed. @ H. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 17, pp. 417-419, pl. 20. On the relation of the pali of corals to the tentacles. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 13, pp. 466-467. 18841. On the hard structurcs of some species of Madrepora. Ann. Mag. 1884). 1884k. 1885. 1886a. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 14, pp. 188-198. [Palaeocyclus Fletcheri.| Reply to Professor Lindstrom. Geol. Mag., decade 3, vol. 1, pp. 239-240. Deep-sea corals, Nature, vol. 30, p. 464. A revision of the families and genera of the sclerodermic Zoan- tharia, Ed. & H., 9r Madreporaria (M. rugosa excepted) — Chap- ters I-VI. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 18, p. 1-204, On the Astrocoeniae of the Sutton stone and other deposits of the Infra-Lias of South Wales. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 42, pp. 101-112, pl. 8. 120 BULLETIN 246 1886b. On the structure and classificatory position of some Madreporaria from the Secondary strata of England and south Wales. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 42, pp. 113-142. 1886c. An answer to “Observations on some imperfectly known Madre- poraria from the Cretaceous formation of England, by R. F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S.’ Geol. Mzg., decade 3, vol. 3, pp. 52-55. 1886d. On a new species of Axosmilia (A. elongata) from the pea grit of the Inferior Oolite of England. Geol. Mag., decade 3, vol. 3, pp. 340-342. 1887. On a new genus of Madreporaria (Glyphastraca), with remarks on the morphology of Glyphastraea Forbesi, Ed. @ H., from the Tertiaries of Maryland, U.S, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 43, pp. 24-32, pl. 3. 1888. On Glyphastraea sexradiata, Lonsdale, sp. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 1, p. 160. 1889a. On the Madreporaria of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoclogy, vol. 21, pp. 1-25, pl. 1. 1889b. On the Cretaceous species of Podoseris, Dunc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 4, pp. 24-36, 1 pl. 1890. Notes on the zoology of Fernando Noronha. Madreporaria. Linn- ean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 20, pp. 569-570. Duncan, Peter Martin, and Nelson, R. G. 1876. On the actinozoan nature of Millepora alcicornis, Dana and Linn. (pars.) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 17, pp. 354-359; vol. Sheps aise 1880. On some points in the histology of certain species of Corallinaceae. Linnean Soc. London, Trans., Botany, vol. 1, pp. 197-209. Duncan, Peter Martin, and Thomson, James 1867. On Cyclocyathus, a new genus of the Cyathophyllidea, with re- marks on the genus Aulophyllum. Philos. Mag., vol. 34, p. 398. Duncan, Peter Martin, and Wall, G. P. 1865. A notice of the geology of Jamaica, especially with reference to the District of Clarendon; with descriptions of the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Miocene corals of the islands. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 21, pp. 1-14, pls. 1, 2, text-figs. 1-5. Durham, J. Wyatt 1940. Eocene and Oligocene coral faunas of Washington. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 51, No. 12, p. 1983. 1941a. 4 new coral from the Pliocene of California. Jour. Paleont., vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 278, 279, text-figs. 1, 2. 1941b. Ecology of corals and molluscs in the Gulf of California. Rept. Subcommittee Ecol, Marine Organismy Nat. Research Council, Div. Geol. Geogr., p. 42. 1942a. [Recent corals of the Gulf of California and the north Pacific coast of the U.S.A.| Rept. Committee Marine Ecol. Related Palae- ont., Nat. Research Council, Div. Geol. Geogr., pp. 14-15, 1 table. 1942b. Reef corals from the California Middle Eocene. California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 23, No. 34, pp. 503-510, pl. 44. 1942c. Eocene and Oligocene coral fauna of Washington. Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 84-104, pls. 15-17, text-fig. 1. 1943. Pacific Coast Cretaceous and Tertiary corals. Jour. Paleont., vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 196-202, pl. 32, 2 text-figs. 1946. Eocene faunas from the Department of Bolivar, Colombia. Part II. Corals, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem., vol. 16, pp. 77, 78, pls. 25-27. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CORALS: WEISBORD 121 1947a. Growth stages of some simple corals. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 58uuNio. 12. pt) 2, p. L261: 1947b. Corals from the Gulf of California and the north Pacific Coast of America. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 20, pp. 1-63, 2 figs. 14 pls., 5 tables. 1949. Ontogenetic stages of some simple corals. Univ. California Publ. Geol., vol. 28, No. 6, pp. 137-172, pls. 4, 5, text-figs. 1-17. 1950a.1940 E. W. Scripps Cruise to the Gulf of California. Part. II. Megascopic paleontology and marine stratigraphy. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 43, viii + 216 pp., tables 1-10, pls. 1-48. 1950b. Cenozoic marine climate of the Pacific coast. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 61, pt. 3, No. 11, pp. 1243-1264, text-figs. 1-3. 1952. Early Tertiary marine faunas and continental drift. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 250, No. 5, pp. 321-343, 1 fig. 1962a. Scientific results of the Galdpagos-Expedition 1953-54 of the Inter- national Institute for Submarine Research, Vaduz (Liechtenstein), leader Dr. Hans Hass. Corals from the Galapagos and Cocos Islands, California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 41-56, text-figs. 1-9. 1962b. The late Mesozoic of central California. California Div. Mines Geol., Bull., vol. 181, pp. 31-38, pl. 1. Durham, J. Wyatt, and Allison, Edwin C. 1960. Symposium: The biogeography of Baja California and adjacent areas. Part I. Geologic history. The geologic history of Baja Cali- fornia and its marine faunas, Syst. Zool., vol. 9, No. 2. pp. 47-91, text-figs. 1-7, tables 1-9. Durham, J. Wyatt, and Barnard, J. Laurens 1952. Stony corals of the Eastern Facific collected by Velero III and Velero IV. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 1-110, pls. 1-16. Dutertre, A. P. 1930. Etude de quelques polypiers du Viséen du Boulonnais. Soc. Géol. Nord Lille, Ann., vol. 54, pp. 108-130, 1 pl. Eales, Nellie Barbara 1961. The littoral fauna of the British Isles. A handbook for collectors. Cambridge Univ. Press, 3d ed., xvi + 306 pp., pls 1-24. [Coelen- terata pp. 27-48.] Ealey, E. H. M., and Chitteborough, R. G. 1956. Plankton, hydrology and marine fouling at Heard Island. Aus- tralian Nat. Antarctic Exped., Interim Rept., No. 15, pp. 1-81, text-figs. 1-20. Eames, Frank Evelyn 1950. On the ages of certain Upper Tertiary beds of Peninsular India and Ceylon. Geol. Mag., vol. 87, No. 4, pp. 233-252. 1952. A contribution to the study of the Eocene in western Pakistan and western India: D. Discussion of the faunas of certain standard sections, and their bearing on the classification and correlation of the Eocene in western Pakistan and western India. Geol. Soc. Londen, Quart. Jour., vol. 107, Pt. 2, No. 426, pp. 173-200, figs. Easton, William Heyden 1942. An improved technique for photographing peel sections of corals. Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 261-263, text-figs. 1960. Invertebrate Paleontology. New York, Harper Bros., pp. 1-107, figs. [Coelenterates pp. 123-213.] Edmondson, Charles Howard 1927. Some factors in the growth of Hawaiian shallow water corals. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Spec. Publ., No. 12, p. 19. 122 1928. 1929. 93/3. 1940. 1946. BULLETIN 246 The ecology of an Hawaiian coral reef. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Bull., No. 45, pp. 1-64, figs. 1-6, 25 tables. Growth of Hawaiian corals. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Bull., No. 58, pp. 1-38, 5 pls., 4 text-figs. Reef and shore fauna of Hawaii, Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Spec. Publ., No. 22, 295 pp., 163 figs. The relation of the marine fauna of Hawaii to that of other sections of the Pacific area. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congress, Proc., vol. 3, pp. 593-598. Behavior of coral planulae under altered saline and thermal con- ditions. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Occas. Pap., vol. 18, pp. 283-304, 7 figs. Edwards, Alphonse Milne 1861. 1882a. 1882b. Observations sur l’existence de divers mollusques et zoophytes a de tres grandes profondeurs dans la Mer Méditerranée. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 4, vol. 15, pp. 149-157. Rapport préliminaire sur l’expédition du Talisman dans l’Océan Atlantique. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 97, pp. 1389-1395. A summary report upon a zoological exploration made in the Mediterranean and Atlantic on board the “Travailleur.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 4, p. 39. Edwards, Henri Milne 1836-49. Les Zoophytes. In Cuvier, G., La Régne Animal. Third ed., vol. 1838a. 1838b. 1841. 10, Paris, 160 pp., 100 pls. Sur les polypes du corail. Soc. Philom. Paris., Extr. Proc. Verb., pp. 118, 119. Observations sur la nature et le mode de croissance des polypiers. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 2, vol. 10, pp. 321-334, 380. Faits relatifs a organisation de zoophytes et des mollusques. Soc. Philom. Paris, Extr. Proc. Verb., pp. 1-2. Edwards, Henri Milne, and Haime, Jules 1848-5 1. Recherches sur les polypiers. Premier mémoire. Observations sur la structure et le developpement des polypiers en general, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, vol. 9(1848), p. 37-89, pls. 4-6. Deuxiéme mémoire. Monographie des turbinolides, vol. 9(1848), pp. 211-344, pls. 7-10. Troistéme mémoir. Monographie des eupsammidae, vol. 10 (1948), pp. 65-114, pl. 1. Quatriéme mémoire. Monographie des astréides, vol. 10 (1848), pp. 209-320, pls. 5-9. Monographie des astréides (1). Tribu HI. Astréens (Astreinae), vol. 11 (1849), pp. 233-312. Monographie des astréides (1). Suite. Quatriéme section. Astréens agglomerés. Astréens aggregatae, vol. 12 (1849), pp. 95- 197. Cinquiéme mémoire. Monographie des oculinides, vol. 13 (1850), pp. 63-110, pls. 3-4. Sixiéme mémoire. Monographie des fongides, vol. 15 (1850), pp. 73-144. Septiéme mémoire. Mono- graphie des poritides, vol. 16 (1851), pp. 21-70. 1850-54. 4 monograph of the British fossil corals. Pt. 1. Introduction, 1848a. 1848b. Corals from the Tertiary and Cretaceous formations. Palaeonto- graphical Soc. London, pp. i-lxxxv, 1-71, pls. 1-11 (1850). Pt. 2. Corals from the oolitic formations, pp. 72-145, (1851). Pt. 3. Corals from the Permian formation and the Mountain limestone, pp. 146-210, pls. 31-46 (1852). Pt. 4 Corals from the Devonian formation, pp. 211-244, pls. 47-57 (1853). Pt. #4 Corals from the Silurian formation, pp. 245-299, pls. 58-72 (1854). Observations sur les polypiers de la familie des astréides. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 27, pp. 466-469. Notes sur la classification de la deuziéme tribu de la famille des astréides. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 27, pp. 490-497. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 123 1848c. Recherches sur les polypiers. Monographie des eupsammides (Ex- trait). Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 27, pp. 538-541. 1849a. Mémoire sur les polypiers appartenant a la famille des oculinides, au groupe intermédiare des pseudastréides et a la famille des fongides. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 29, pp. 67-73. 1849b. Mémoire sur les polypiers appartenant aux groupes naturels des zoanthaires perforés et des zoanthaires tabulés. Acad. Sci. Paris, CARS vole:Z9 spp 25:/-265¢ 1851. Monographie des polypiers fossiles des terrains Paléozoiques. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Arch., vol. 5, 502 pp., 20 pls. 1857-60. Histoire Naturelle des Coralliaires ou Polypes proprement dits. Paris, vol. 1 (1857), viii + 326 pp.; vol. 2 (1857), 633 pp.; vol. 3 (1860), 560 pp.; atlas, 31 pls. Effinger, William Lloyd 1938. The Gries Ranch fauna (Oligocene) of western Washington. Jour. Paleont., vol. 12, No. 4, pp. 355-390, 3 pls., 3 text-figs. [Corals p. 388, pl. 47.] Eguchi, Motoki 1934. A so-called “deep-sea” coral family Eupsammidae. [In Japanese. ] Geol. Soc. Japan, Jour., vol. 41, No. 489. 1935. The corals and coral reefs in the Palao Islands of the South Sea Islands. Tohoku Imp. Uniy. Sendai, Sci. Rept. Geol. Paleont., vol. 16. 1936a. Three new genera of corals from the lower Cretaceous of Japan. Imp. Acad. Japan, Proc., vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 70-72, 4 figs. 1936b. Coral fauna of the Tokyo Bay and its environs. [In Japanese. | Shokubutu Dobutu [Botany and Zoology], vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 402-409, 2 figs. 1938a. On the reef-building coral of Aoshima, Prov. Hynga, and Madre- poraria of the Miyagi-ken. [In Japanese.] Shokubutu Dobutu, vol. 6, No. 12, pp. 2013-2022, figs. 1938b. A systematic study of the reef-building corals of the Palao Islands. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta. Tokyo, Studies, vol. 3, pp. 325-390. 1938c. On some deep-water corals. [In Japanese.] Manchurian Biol. Soc., Bull voll le Not 3: 1941a. Stylasterinae from Japanese seas. [Japanese with English abstract. | Jubilee Publ. Commem. Prof. H. Yabe, vol. 2 (1940-1941), pp. 1171-1194, figs. 1941b. On some simple corals from Mindoro Island, Philippines. { Japanese with English summary.] Geol. Soc. Japan, Jour., vol. 48, No. 575, pp. 414-417. 1941c.On two species of simple corals from Kagosima-ken, Kytst. [Japanese with English summary.] Geol. Soc. Japan, Jour., vol. 48, No. 575, pp. 418-420. 1942. Recent and fossil corals of the family Oculinidae from Japan. Geol. Soc. Japan, Jour., vol. 49, No. 583, pp. 135-142, 1 pl. 1944. Notes on Flabellum from the Moniwa shell beds of Kanagase-Mura in Miyagi-ken. Geol. Soc. Japan, Jour., vol. 51, No. 607, pp. 132- 134. 1948. Fossil Helioporidae from Japan and the South Sea Islands. Jour. Paleont., vol. 22, No. 3, pp. 362-364, pl. 60. 1964. A study of Stylasterina from the Antarctic Sea. JARE Sci. Rept., Biology, No. 20E, pp. 1-10, pls. 1, 2, text-fig. 1. Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried 1834. Die Corallenthiere des rothen Meeres physiologisch Untersucht und systematisch Verzeichnet. Beitradge zur physiologischen Kennt- 124 BULLETIN 246 niss der Corallenthiere im allgemeinen, und besonders des rothen Meeres, nebst einem Versuche zur physiologischen Systematik derselben. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Phys. Abhandl. 1832, pp. 225- 380. Uber die Natur und Bildung der Coralleninseln und Corallen- banken in Rothen Meeres. Pp. 381-432. 1841-44. On the nature and formation of the coral islands and coral banks in the Red Sea. {Translated into English by C. Menge.] Roy. Asiatic Soc. Great Britain and Ireland, Bombay Branch, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 73-83 (1841) ; 129-136 (1842) ; 322-341 (1843); 390-402 (1844). Ehrenberg, Kurt 1960. Paldozoologic. Vienna, Springer-Verlag, pp. 1-408, figs. 1-175. [Coelenterata pp. 38-50.] Eichler, W. 1952. Die Tierwelt der Gewdachshduser. Leipzig, pp. i-iv, 1-93, figs. Ekman, Sven 1934. Indo-Westpazifik und Atlantic-Ostpazifik, eine tier-geographische Studie. Zoogeographica Jena, vol. 2, pp. 320-374, 11 figs. 1953. Zoogeography of the sea. London, xiv + 417 pp., 121 figs. Ellenberger, F. 1958. Etude géologique du pays de Vanoise. Mém. Carte Géol De- aillé France, pp. 1-561, pls. 1-42, text-figs. 1-111. [Corals pp. 254, 273, 288-289, 303.] Ellis, John 1755. An essay towards a natural history of the corallines, and other marine productions of the like kind, commonly found on the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland. London, xvii + 103 pp., 39 pls. 1756. Essai sur Vhistoire naturelle des Corallines et autres productions marines du méme genre qu'on trouve communement sur les cotes de la Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande; au quel on a joint une description d’un grand polype de mer, pris auprés du Pole Arctique, par des pécheurs de baleine, pendant l’eté de 1753. La Haye, pp. i-xvi, 1-125, pls. 1-38. 1767. Versuch einer Natur-Geschichte der corall-Arten und anderer dergleichen Coérper, welche gemeiniglich an den Kiisten von Gross Britannien und Irland gefunden weden. Aus dem Englischen und Franzésischen iibersetzt, und mit Anmerkungen, auch einem Anhange fiinf hierher gehoriger Abhadlungen der Herren Schlos- ser, Baster und Ellis, begleitet von D. J. G. Kriiniz. Nurnberg, xxii + 168 pp., 47 pls. Ellis, John, and Solander, Daniel Carl 1786. The natural history of many curious and uncommon zoophytes, collected from various parts of the globe by the late John Ellis, Esq., F. R. 8., Reg. Upsala Soc., etc. Systematically arranged and described by the late Daniel Solander, M. D., F. R. S., ete. London, xii + 208 pp., 63 pls. Emerson, William K. 1958. Results of the Puritan-American Museum of Natural History Ex- pedition to Western Mexico. I. General account. Amer. Mus. Novi- tates, No. 1894, pp. 1-25, 9 figs. Emery, Kenneth O. 1948. Submarine geology of Bikini atoll. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 59, No. 9, pp. 855-860, pls. 1-5. 1956. Marine geology of Johnston Island and its surrounding shallows, Central Pacific Ocean. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 67, No. 11, pp. 1505-1520, 5 pls., 7 text-figs. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 125 Emery, K. O., Tracey, J. I., and Ladd, H. S. 1950. Submarine geology and hydrography in the northern Marshalls. 18th Sess. Internat. Geol. Congr, (Great Britain) 1948, Rept., No. 18, pp. 22-27, figs. 1954. Geology of Bikini and nearbly atolls. Part I. Geology. U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 260-A, pp. 1-265, pls. 1-73, text-figs. 1-83, 11 charts. Endean, R., Kenny, R., and Stephenson, W. 1956. The ecology and distribution of intertidal organisms on the rocky shores of the Queensland mainland. Australian Jour. Marine Freshwater Res., vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 88-146, pls. 1-7, text-figs. 1-13. Enders, M. 1932. Calcit und Aragonit im Skelett der Anthozoen. Arch. Naturgesch., n. F., vol. 1, pp. 646-653. Engel, B. A. 1962. Geology of the Bulahdelah-Port Stephens District, N. S. W. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, Jour., vol. 95, No. 6, pp. 197-215, text-figs, 1-3, map. Engelbrecht, L. N. J., Coertze, F. J., and Snyman, A. A. 1962. Die Geologie van die Gebied tussen Port Elizabeth en Alexandria, Kaapprovinsie. South Africa Dept. Mines, Geol. Sur. Rept. 50th Anniv., pp. 1-54, pls. 1-8, text-figs. 1-3. England, Helen M. 1926. Development of gonophores of the Stylasteridae. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 265-283, figs. 1-23. Eppert, Herbert C., Jr. 1966. Stratigraphy of the Upper Miocene deposits in Sarasota County, Florida. Tulane Studies Geol., vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 49-61, figs. 1, 2. Eremija, M. 1959. Paldontologische Neuigkeiten aus Neogenschichten siidlich von der Stadt Glina (Croatien). [Serbian with German summary.] Ann. Géol. Pén, Balkan, vol. 26, pp. 185-194, pls. 1-4. Erentoz, E. 1956. Stratigraphie des bassins néogénes de Turquie, plus spécialement d’Anatolie merididionale et comparaisons avec le domain Médi- terranéen dans son ensemble. Inst. Etudes Rec. Min. Turquie, Publ., vol. 63, pp. 1-54, pls. 1-4, text-figs., maps. Eschscholtz, Johann Friedrich von 1825. Bericht tiber die zoologische Ausbeute wahrend der Reise von Kronstadt bis St. Peter und St. Paul. Isis, pt. 6, pp. 734-747, pl. 5. Esper, Johann Cristoph 1788-1830. Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Farben erleuchtct nebst Beschreibungen. Nurnberg, 3 vols. text, 2 vols. 428 pls.; vol. 1, pts. 1-2, pp. 1-96 (1788); pts. 3-4, pp. 97-192 (1789); pts. 5-6, pp. 193-320 (1790); vol. 2, pts. 7, 8; pp. 1-96 (1791); pts. 9-10, pp. 97-180 (1792); pt. 11, pp. 181-220 (1793): pt. 12, pp. 221-304 (1799); vol. 3, pt. 13, pp. 1-24 (1805): pts. 14-15, pp. 25-144 (18??); pt. 16, pp. 145-284 (1829); pt. 17-con- clusion (1830). 1794-1806. Fortsetzungen der Pflanzenthiere. Nirnberg, 2 vols.; vol. 1, pts. 1-2 (1794); pts. 3-4, pp. 65-116 (1795); pts. 5-6, pp. 117-168 (1796)\s_ pts. - 7-8), pp-= 1169-23051(4797) = volk Wa pes 9h ipp. 1-24! (1798); pt. 10, pp. 25-48 (1806). Etheridge, Robert, Jr. 1889. The general zoology of Lord Howe Island. Australian Mus. Sydney, Mem., vol. 2, pp. 1-42. 126 BuLLETIN 246 1891. The operculate Madreporaria Rugosa of New South Wales. Australian Mus. Sydney, Rec., vol. 1, No. 10, pp. 201-205, 1 pl. 1901. Corals from the coral limestone of Lion Creek, Stanwell, near Rockhampton. Geol. Sur. Queensland, Bull., vol. 12, pp. 5-32, pls. 45 Euzet, L., and Fujol, M. 1963. La faune associée a Merceriella enigmatica Fauvel (Annélide Serpulidac) dans quelques stations des environs de Séte. Comm. Internat. Mer Médit., Rapp., vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 833-842, text-figs. 12: Ewetz, C. E. 1932. Fossilrester i Visingséformationen, Geol. Foren. Stockholm, Forh., vol. 54, No. 3, pp. 310-314, figs. Fabiani, Ramiro 1910. Paleontologia del Colli Berici. Soc. Italiana Sci. XL, Mem., ser. 3, vol. 15, pp. 45-250, pls. 1-6. 1915. Monografia sui terreni terziari del Veneto. I, Paleogene del Veneto. Ist Geol. Padova, Mem., vol. 3, pp. 1-336, pls. 1-9. Fabricius, Frank 1964. Aktive Lage-und Ortsverdnderung bei der Koloniekoralle Man- icina areolata und ihre paldodkologische Bedeutung. Sencken- bergiana Lethea, vol. 45, Nos. 1-4, pp. 299-323, pls. 28-30, text- figs. 1-6. Fage, Louis 1937. Sur l’association d’un annélide polychete Lumbriconereis flabelli- cola n. sp. et d’un madrépore Flabellum ravonium T. et H. Internat. Congr. Zool. Lisboa, vol. 12, pp. 941-945, 2 figs. Fagetti, E., and Fisher, W. 1964. Resultados cuantitativas del zooplancton frente a la costa Chilena por la Expedicién “Marchile I.’ Montemar, vol. 11, pp. 137-193, figs. 1-10. Fairbridge, Rhodes Whitmore 1948. Notes on the geomorphology of the Pelsart Group of Houtman’s Abrolhos Islands, Roy. Soc. West Australia, Jour., vol. 33 (1946- 47), pp. 1-43, pls. 1-3, text-figs. 1950a. Recent and Pleistocene coral reefs of Australia. Jour. Geol., vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 330-401, pls. 1-8, text-figs. 1, 2. 1950b. Landslide patterns on oceanic volcanoes and atolls. Geogr. Jour., vol, 115, pp. 84-88, 2 pls., 3 text-figs. Fairbridge, R. W., and Gill, E. D. 1947. The study of eustatic changes of sea level. Australian Jour. Sci., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 63-67. Fairbridge, R. W., and Teichert, C. 1947. The rampart system at Low Isles, 1928-45. Rept. Great Barrier Reef Committee, vol. 6, pt. 1, pp. 1-16. 1948. The Low Isles of the Great Barrier Reef: a new analysis. Geogr. Jour. London, vol. 111, Nos. 1-3, pp. 2384-2427. Farmer, Wesley M. 1964. One hundred common marine animals of San Diego. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Occas. Pap., No. 14, pp. 1-47, figs. Farran, George P. 1915. Results of a biological survey of Blacksod Bay, County Mayo. Sci. Investig. Fish. Ireland Dublin, 1914, pp. 1-72, 1 pl. Faure, M.-L. 1950a. Note préliminaire sur le zooplancton de la zone cétiére du Maroc. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, Bull., vol. 28, pp. 197-201, fig. 1950b. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 127 Note préliminaire sur le zooplancton de la zone cotiére du Maroc (année 1947). Rapp. Cons. Explor. Mer, vol. 126, pp. 44-51, 8 figs. Faurot, Lionel 1886. 1888a. 1888b. 1894. 1895. 1909a. 1909b. Voyage au golfe de Tadjoura (Obock-Tadjourah-Goubbet Kharab). Rey. de |’ Afrique Frangais, 6 pls. Rapport a M. le Ministre de l'Instruction Publique sur une mis- sion dans la mer Rouge ct dans le golfe d’Aden. Arch. Zool. Expér. et Génér., sér. 2, vol. 6, pp. 117-134, 2 figs. Sur les sédiments quaternaires de Vile de Kamaraue (mer Rouge) et du golfe de Tadjourah. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 3, vol. 16 pp. 528-546, pls. 9, 10, text-figs. 1-13. Description de Galaxea anthophyllites, nouvelle espece de polype de la mer Rouge, Soc. Zool. France, Bull., vol. 19, pp. 114-116, fig. Etudes sur l’anatomic, UVhistologie et le developpement des Actinies. Arch. Zool. Expér. et Génér., sér. 3, vol. 3, pp. 43-262, pls. 1-12, text-figs. 1-29. Relations entre le mode de développement des Tetracorallia et celui des Hexacorallia. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 148, pp. 583-584. Affinités des Tetracoralliaires et des Hexacoralliaires. Ann. Paléont., vol. 4, pp. 69-108, figs. 1-21. Faustino, L. A. 1927. 1930. 1931a. 1931b. 119325 Recent Madrcporaria of the Philippine Islands. Bur. Sci. Manila, Mon., vol, 22, pp. 1-310, pls. 1-100. Living coral reefs of the Philippine Islands. Fourth Pacific Sci. Congr. Batavia, Proc., vol. 3, pp. 203-204. Two new madreporarian corals from California. Philippine Jour. Sci., vol. 44, No. 3, pp. 285-287, 1 pl. Coral reefs of the Philippine Islands. Philippine Jour. Sci., vol. 44, No. 3, pp. 291-308, 3 pls., 3 text-figs. Notes on the Philippine black corals. Philippine Jour. Sci., vol. 49, No. 2, pp. 197-199, 5 pls. Felix, Johannes Paul 1884. 1885. 1891. 1898. 1900a. 1900b. 1903a. 1903b. 1904. 1905. 1909. Korallen aus adgyptischen Tertiarbildungen. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Zeitschr., vol. 36, pp. 415-453, pls. 3-5. Kritische Studien ueber die Tertidre Korallenfauna des Vicentins nebst Beschreibung einiger neuen Arten. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Zeitschr., vol. 37, pp. 379-421, pls. 17-19. Versteinerungen aus der mexicanischen Jura und Kreide-Forma- tion. Anthozoa. Palaeontogr., vol. 37, pp. 140-162, 4 pls. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Astrocoeninae. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Zeitschr., vol. 50, pp. 247-256, pl. 11 Ueber die Gruppe der Montlivaltiaceae, Naturforsch. Gesell. Leipzig, Sitzungsber., vol. 26-27, pp. 20-24. Ueber zwei neue Korallengattungen aus den ostalpinen Kreide- schichten. Naturforsch. Gesell. Leipzig, Sitzungsber., vol. 26-27, pp. 37-40. Korallen aus adgyptischen ey ae ae Deutsch. Geol, Gesell., Zeitschr., vol. 55, pp. 1-22, pl. 1 Koralien aus portugiesischen eran Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Zeit- schr., vol. 55, p. 45-55, pl. 3 Studien itber tertidre und quartdre Korallen und Riffkalke aus Agypten und der Sinathalbinsel. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., Zeitschr., vol. 56, No. 2, pp. 168-206, pl. 10, 6 text-figs. Ueber einige fossile Korallen aus Colombien. K. Bayerischen Akad. Wiss., Sitzungsber., Math.-Phys. Cl., vol. 35, pp. 85-93. Ueber eine untertertiare Korallenfauna aus der Gegend von Barcelona, Palaeontogr., vol. 56, pp. 113-135, pl. 12 128 BULLETIN 246 1910. Ueber einige Korallen aus dem persischen Miocdn, Naturforsch. Gesell. Leipzig, Sitzungsber., vol. 36, pp. 1-10, pl. 1. 1912. Ueber eine pliocine Korallenfauna aus holldndisch Neu-Guinea. K. Sachs, Gesell. Wiss. Leipzig, Ber., Math-Phys. KI., vol. 64, pp. 429-445. 1913. Die fossilen Anthozoen aus der Umgegend von Trinil. Palaeontogr., vol. 60, pp. 311-365, pls. 24-27. 1914. Fossilium Catalogus. I. Animalia, Pars 5. Anthozoa palaeocre- tacea. Berlin, pp. 1-84. Pars 6. Anthozoa cenomanica, pp. 85-143. Pars 7. Anthozoa neocretacea, pp. 144-273. 1915-1920. Jungtertidre und quartdre Anthozoen von Timor und Obi. In Wanner, J., Paldontologie von Timor, Lf. 2, pp. 1-43, 2 pls. (1915); Lf. 8, pp. 1-40, 1 pl. (1920). 1916. Ueber Hydnophyllia und einige andere Korallen aus dem vicen- tischen Tertidr. Naturforsch. Gesell. Leipsig, Sitzungsber, vol 43, pp. 1-30, pl. 1. 1921. Fossile Anthozoen von Borneo. In Wanner, J., Paldontologie von Timor. Vol. 9, pp. 1-64, pls. 141-144, 2 text-figs. 1925a. Studien iiber fossile Korallen. 1. Ueber die Gattung Phyllocaentia. Zentralbl. Min, Geol., Abt. B, No. 2, pp. 363-368. 1925b. Fossilium Catalogus. I. Animalia. Pars 28. Anthozoa eocaenica et oligocaenica. Berlin, pp. 1-296. 1926. Studien iiber fossile Korallen. Glasnik Priordosl. Druzt. Zagreb, vols. 38-39, pp. 231-246, figs. 1927. Fossilium Catalogus. I, Animalia. Pars 35. Anthozoa miocaenica. Berlin, pp. 297-488. 1927b. Ueber die Gattung Phyllocaenia. II. Naturforsch. Gesell. Leipzig, Sitzungsber., vol. 55, pp. 1-7. : 1929. Fossilium Catalogus. I. Animalia. Pars +4. Anthozoa pliocaenica et pleistocaenica, Berlin, pp. 489-666. Ferguson, Frederick F., and Jones, E. Ruffin 1949. 4 survey of the shoreline fauna of the Norfolk Peninsula. Amer. Midland Natural., vol. 41, No. 2, pp. 436-446. Ferrer Hernandez, Francisco 1932. Arrecifes de coral y atollos. Soc. Espanola Hist. Nat., Resena Cient., vol. 7, Nos. 3, 4, pp. 178-192. Ferrounieére, G. 1922. Le calcaire de la Grange prés Chalonnes (Maine-et-Loire). Soc. Sci. Nat. Nantes, Bull., sér. 4, vol. 2, pp. 1-37, 2 pls. Festa, A. 1951. Ulteriori notizie sulla fauna pliocenica del Genovesato. Mus. Storia Nat. Genova, Ann., vol. 64, pp. 85-100. Feugueur, Léon 1963. L’Ypresién du Basin de Paris. Essai de monographie strati- graphique. Serv. Carte Géol. Detaille France, Mém., pp. 1-568, pls. 1-8, text-figs. 1-107, [Corals p. 473.] Fewkes, Jesse Walter 1883. Annelid messmates with a coral. Amer. Natural., vol. 17, pp. 595- 597. 1888. On the origin of the present form of the Bermudas. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. 23, pp. 518-522. 1889a. The anatomy of Astrangia danae, Smithsonian Inst. Washington, 22 pp., 6 pls. 1889a. New Invertebrata from the Coast of California. Boston, 50 pp., 8 pls. VENEZUELAN CrENOzoIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 129 Field, Louise Randall 1949. Sea anemones and corals of Beaufort, North Carolina. Duke Uniy. Marine Sta., Bull., No. 5, pp. 1-39, pls. 1-10. Fielden, Henry Wemyss 1893. Transportation of coral by the Gulf Stream. The Zoologist, ser. 3, vol. 17, pp. 352-353. Filatova, Z. A., and Barsanova, N. G. 1964. The communities of bottom fauna of the western part of the Ber- ing Sea. [Russian with English summary.] Inst. Okeanol. Moskva, Trud., vol. 69, pp. 6-97, figs. 1-5. Filatova, Z. A., and Levenstein, R. J. 1961. Quantitative distribution of the deep-sea bottom fauna in the northeastern Pacific. {Russian with English summary.]_ Inst. Okeanol., Trud., vol. 45, pp. 190-213, figs. 1-10. Filhol, Henri 1885. La Vie au Fond des Mers. Les explorations sous-marines et les voyages au “Travailleur” et du “Talisman.” Paris, 300 pp., 8 pls., 96 text-figs. Filice, Francis P. 1858. Invertebrates from the estuarine portion of San Francisco Bay, and some factors influencing their distribution. Wasmann Jour. Biol., vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 159-211, 3 figs. Filliozat, Marius 1910. Types nouveaux de polypiers éocenes. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. A VOlw Ol pp. S01 1911. Revision des polypiers des faluns de Touraine. Feuille Jeunes Nat., sér. 5, vol. 41, pp. 169-175, 185-190, pls. 1-3. 1914a. Sur le genre Circophyllia M. E. and H. 1848. Soc. Géol. France, CeReep pa 26-976 1914b. Polypiers éocénes de la Lotre-Inferieure. Soc. Sci. Nat. Nantes, Bull., vol. 4, pp. 67-80, pls. 1, 2. 1956a.[Two type Eocene corals revised.| Paleontologia Universalis, Nos. 264-265. 1956b. Paracyathus desnoyersti, H. Milne-Edwards and J. Haime 1848. Paleontologia Universalis, No. 265. Filliozat, M., and Chevalier, J.-P. 1956. Turbinolia caryophyllus Lamarck, 1816. Paleontologia Universalis, No, 278. Finckh, Alfred E. 1904. The atoll of Funafuti: biology of the reef-forming organisms at Funafuti Atoll. Roy. Soc. London, Rept. Coral Reef Comm. (6), pp. 125-150, 1 fig. Fischer, Paul Henri 1876. Anthozoaires du département de la Gironde et des cotes du Sud- Ouest de la France. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, Actes, vol. 30, 12 pp. Fischer-Piette, E. 1932a. Répartition des principales cspeces fixées sur les rochers battus des cotes et des iles de la Manche, de Lannon a Fécamp. Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 12, No. 4, pp. 105-213, charts 1-17. 1932b. Quelques nouveaux gisements d’espéeces intéressantes. Lab. Mus. Hist. nat. St. Servan, Bull., vol. 10, pp. 23-25. 1932c. Faune et flore de Saint-Servan en 1932, Lab. Mus. Hist. nat, St. Servan., Bull., vol. 10, pp. 25-31. 1955. Répartitition, le long des cates septentrionele de l'Espagne, des principales espéces peuplant des roches intertidaux. Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., n. s., vol. 31, No. 2, pp: 37-124, figs. 1-5. 130 BULLETIN 246 1963. La distribution des principaux organismes intercotidaux Nord- Ibériques en 1954-55. Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 165-311, figs. 1-8. [Coelenterates pp. 241-243.] Fischer von Waldheim, Gotthelf 1806-1807. Muséum Demidoff (mis en odre systématique et décrit par G. Fischer}, Ou catalogue des curiosities de la nature et de Vart, données a l'Université Imperiale de Moscou par ... P. de Demi- doff. Moscow, vol. 1 (1806), Catalogue . . . de la Bibliotheque, Ixxiili + 275 pp.; vol. 2 (1806), Minéraux et Pétrifications, xvii + 300 pp., 6 pls.; vol. 3 (1807), Végétaux et Animaux, ix + 330 pp., 6 pls. Fisher, Walter Kenrick 1931. Californian hydrocorals, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 7, pp. 391-399, pls. 15-17. 1938. Hydrocorals of the North Pacific Ocean. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 84, No. 3024, pp. 493-554, pls. 34-76. Fitzroy, Robert, King, Philip P., and Darwin, Charles 1839. Narrative of the surveying voyages of His Majesty's Ships Ad- venture and Beagle, between . . . 1826 and 1836, describing their examination of the southern shores of South America, and the Beagle’s circumnavigation of the Globe. London, 3 vols. Fize, A., and Seréne, R. 1957. Les Hapalocarcinidés du Viet-Nam. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Arch., sér. 7, vol. 5, xii + 202 pn., pls. 1-18, text-figs. 1-43. [Corals as hosts pp. 152-179.] Flamand, G. B. M. 1911. Recherches géologiques et géographiques sur “le Haut Pays de V’'Oranie” et sur le “Sahara” (Algérie et territoires du Sud, et paléontologie algerienne.) Lyon, 1001 pp., 16 pls., 22 maps. Fleming, John 1818. Contributions to the British fauna. Wernerian Hist. Soc. Edin- burgh, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 1, pp. 238-260, pls. 17, 18. 1827, 1842. History of the British Animals. London, ed. 2, xxiii + 565 pp. Fletcher, H. O. 1956. An ancient reef-building coral, Australian Mus. Mag., vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 96-98, figs. 1, 2. Flinders, Matthew 1814. dA Voyage to Terra Australis; undertaken for the purpose of com- pleting the discovery of that vast country, and prosecuted in the years 1801, 1802 and 1803. London, 2 vols. and Atlas of 12 pls. and 16 maps. Florei, N. 1961. Nouvelles données sur la faune Miocene de Zorlantul-Mare (Banat). [Romanian with Russian and French summaries. | Studii Cerc. Geol., vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 667-698, pls. 1-10. Flugel, Erik 1961. Gattungsliste der fossilen Hydrozoen. N. Jahrb. Geol. Palaont., Abh., vol. 113, pt. 1, pp. 68-94. 1964. Uber die Beziehungen zwischen Stylophyllopsis Frech, Oppelismilia Duncan und Malukkia Jaworski (Scleractinia, Trias-Lias). N. Jahrb. Geol. Palaont., Monatsh., Jahrg. 1964, pp. 336-348, figs. 1-4. Folk, Robert L., and Robles, Rogelio 1964. Carbonate sands of Isla Perez, Alacran Reef complex, Yucatan. Jour. Geol., vol. 72, No. 3, pp. 255-292, pls. 1-4, text figs. 1-19. Folkeson, F. 1919. Results of Dr. E. Myoberg’s Swedish Scientific Expedition to VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD ri Australia 1910-1913. XXII. Madreporaria. K. Svensk. Vetensk.- Akad., Handl., vol. 59, No. 1, pp. 1-23, pl. 1. Fontaine, A. R. 1954. Notes on the marine invertebrate collections. Corals. Inst. Jamaica, Ann. Rept. 1953, 1954, pp. 24-27. Foord, Arthur Humphreys 1884. On three new species of Monticuliporoid corals. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ann., ser. 5, vol. 13, pp. 338-342, pl. 12, text-fig. 1. Forbes, Edward, and Austen, Robert Godwin 1859. The Natural History of European Seas, London, 306 pp., chart. Forbes, Henry Ogg 1885. A Naturalist’s Wanderings in the Eastern Archipelago; a narra- tive of travel and exploration from 1878 to 1883. New York, xiv + 536 pp., figs., maps. Forbes, Litton 1875. Two Years in Fiji. London, xii + 340 pp. Forest, Jacques 1955. Beautés du Fond des Mers. Paris, 100 pp., figs. [Coelenterates pp. 73-84. ] 1958. Campagne de la “Calypso” dans le Golfe de Guinée et aux iles Principe, Sao Tomé, Annoban (1956). Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 37, pp. 1-36, pls. 1-3. Forskal, Pehr 1776. Icones rerum naturalium quam in itinere orientali depingt curavit Petrus Forskal, post mortem auctorio ad regis mandatum acri incisas edidit Carsten Niebuhr. Hauniae, 15 pp., 43 pls. Forsstrand, Carl 1891. Metoder for preparering och konservering af hafsdur samt nogra biologiska iakttagelser fran Bermudas Korallfauna. Biol. Foren. Stockholm, Forh., vol. 2, No. 8, pp, 108-111. Fosberg, Francis Raymond 1951a. Economic development of coral islands. Atoll Res. Bull., vol. 1, Not LS pps 3-5. 1951b. Ecological research on coral atolls. Atoll Res. Bull., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 3-5. 1951c. Flora and vegetation of coral atolls. Atoll Res. Bull., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 13, 14. 1951d. Literature on coral atolls. Atoll Res. Bull., vol. 1, No. 1, p. 23-25. 1951le. Land ecology and coral atoils, Atoll Res. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 7-11. 1957a. Description and occurrence of atoll phosphate rock in Micronesia. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 255, pp. 584-592. 1957b. Some geological processes at work on coral atolls. New York Acad. Sci., Trans., ser. 2, vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 411-422. Fowell, R. R. 1947. Zoology notes, Swansea Sci. Field Nat. Soc., Proc., vol. 2, Nos. 8-9, pp. 262-263. Fowler, George Herbert 1885-90. The anatomy of the Madreporaria. Part 1. Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci. London, vol. 25 (1885), pp. 577-597, pls. 40-42; Part 2 rVOle27 (US86) pprl-116, ple ls Pant sseviolh 28. S87.) -appsel=19) pls. 1, 2; Part 4, vol. 28 (1888), pp. 415-430, pls. 32, 33; Part 5, vol. 30 (1890), pp. 405-422, pl. 28. 1887. On some new types of madreporarian structure. British Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept., pp. 759-760. 1912. Science of the Sea, an elementary Handbook of Practical Ocean- ography. London, Challenger Soc., xviii + 452 pp., 8 maps, figs. 12 BULLETIN 246 Fox, H. 1904. Geological notes. Il, Supplementary notes on the distribution of fossils on the north coast of Cornwall south of the Camel. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, Trans., vol. 12, No. 9, pp. 753-759. [Coelenterata ys Sal Foye, Wilbur Garland 1917a. The geology of the Fiji Islands. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Proc., vol. 3, pp. 305-310. 1917b. The geology of the Lau Islands, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 43 (193), No. 257, art. 31, pp. 343-350, figs. 1, 2. 1918. Geological observations in Fiji. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Proc., vol. 54, No. 1, pp. 1-145, figs, 1-40. Franc, A. 1951. The zooplancton de la région de Dinard-Saint-Malo. Lab. Marit. Dinard, Bull., No. 34, pp. 25-40. Frebold, H. 1950. Geologie des Barentsschelfes. Deutsch. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Ab- handl., Kl. Math. Allgem. Naturwiss., No. 5, pp. 1-151, figs., maps. Frederick, G. C. 1893. Geological notes on certain islands in the New Hebrides. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 49, pp. 227-229. Fredj, Gaston 1964. Contributions a l'étude bionomique de la Méditerranée ocicdentale (Cote du Var et des Alpes maritimes—cote occidentale de Corse). Fascicule 2. La région de Saint-Tropez (région A1). Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, Bull., No. 1311 A, pp. 1-55. [Coelentérés pp. 49, 50.] Friederichsen, Max 1901. Die Karolinen. Geogr. Gesell. Hamburg, Mitt., vol. 17, pp. 1-27. Friederici, Georg 1911. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tuamotu-Inseln. Verein f. Erdkunde Leipzig, Mitt., p. 97-176, pls., chart. Friederici, Georg, and Sapper, Karl Theodor 1910. Buka. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Berlin, Mitt. Forsch. Geleh., vol. 23, pp. 193-206. Friedlander, Immanuel 1910. Beitrdge zur Geologie der Samoainseln, Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Ab- handl., Math.-Phys. KI., vol. 24, pp. 507-541, 5 pls., 2 maps. Fritsch, Karl Wilhelm Georg von 1878. Fossile korallen der Nummutlitenschichten von Borneo. Palaeonto- graphica, Suppl. 3, pp. 92-138, pls. 14-19, Fritsch, Karl von, and Reiss, Wilhelm 1868. Geologische Beschrethung der Insel Tenerife. Winterhur, xviit +> 494 pp. Fritz 1901. Bericht weber die Insel Rota (Marianen). Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Ber- lin, Mitt. Forsch. Geleh., vol. 14, p. 194 ef seg. 1902. Reise nach den nordlichen Marianen. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Berlin, Mitt. Forsch. Geleh., vol. 15, p. 96 et seq. Fromentel, Louis Edouard Gourdan de 1856. Note sur les polypiers fossiles de l'etage portlandien de la Haute- Saone. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 12, pp. 851-864. 1857. Description des polypiers fossiles de Vétage néocomien. Soc. Sci. Yonne, Bull., pp. 1-78, pls. 1-10. 1861. Introduction a l'étude des polyprers fossiles. Soc. Emul. du Doubs Besancon, Mém., 357 pp. ae VENEZUELAN CENOozoIc CorALS: WEISBORD 13: 1862a. Monographie des polypiers jurassiques supérieurs. Ire Partie. Etage portlandien. Soc. Linn. Normandie, Mém., vol. 12, 56 pp., 7 pls. 1862b. Paléontologie stratigraphique de I’Infra-Lias du département de la Cote-d’Or. Soc. Géol. France, Mém., sér. 2, vol. 7, pp. 92-94, pls. 7, 8. 1862-87. In d’Orbigny. Paléontologie francaise. Terrains crétacés, Zoo- phytes. Paris, vol. 8, pp. 1-48, pls. 1-12; pp. 48-96, pls. 13-24; pp. 97-144, pls. 25-36 (1862); pp. 145-192, pls. 37-48; pp. 193-240, pls. 49-60; pp. 241-288, pls. 61-72 (1863); pp. 289-336, pls. 73-86 (1867); pp. 337-384, pls. 85-96 (1870); pp. 385-432, pls. 97-108 (1873); pp. 433-480, pls. 109-120 (1877); pp. 481-512, pls. 121- 132 (1879); pp. 513-528, pls. 133-144 (1883); pp. 529-560, pls. 145-156 (1884); pp. 561-576, pls. 157-168; pp. 577-608, pls. 169- 180 (1886); pp. 609-624, pls. 181-192 (1888). Fryer, J. C. F. 1910-12. The structure and formation of Aldabra and neighbouring islands with notes on their flora and fauna. The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905, under the leader- ship of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner. Volume II, No. XIX. Linnean Soc. London, Trans., Zoology, ser. 2, sect. B, vol. 14, pt. 3, pp. 398-442, pls. 22-29, text-figs. 1-3. Fucini, Alberto 1895. Fauna dei calcari bianchi ceroidi con Phylloceras cylindricum Sow., sp. del Monte Pisano, Soc. Toscana Sci. Nat. Pisa, Atti, vol. 14, pp. 125-351. Furnestin, M.-L. 1960. Zooplancton du golfe du Lion et de la céte orientale de Corse. Inst. Péches Marit., Rev. Trav., vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 153-252, figs. 1-66. Furon, R., and Kouriatchy, N. 1948. La faune éocéne du Togo. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Mém., n. s., vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 95-114, pls. 8, 9. [Corals p. 97.] Furuhashi, K. 1953. On the vertical distribution of animal plankton in the Sea of Japan off San’in district in summer of 1952. Seto Marine Biol. Lab., Publ., vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 61-74, figs. Gabb, William M. 1875. Notes on West Indian fossils. Geol. Mag., decade 2, vol. 2, pp. 544-545. Gabb, William M., and Horn, George H. 1860a. Description of new Cretaceous corals from New Jersey. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 12, pp. 366-367. 1860b. Descriptions of new species of American Tertiary and Cretaceous fossils. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, vol. 4, pp. 375- 404. 1862. Monograph of the fossil Polyzoa of the Secondary and Tertiary formations of North America. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., Sere ay vol. 5) pp. 111-178) pls. 19221 Gadeau de Kerville, Henri 1898. Recherches sur les faunes marine et maritime de la Normandie. 2c. voyage. Région de Grandcamp-les-Bains (Calvados) et Iles Saint- Marcouf (Manche), Juillet-Septembre, 1894. Soc. Amis Sci. Nat. Rouen, Bull., vol. 33, pp. 309-387. [Hydroides, Coralliaires, pp. 333-334.] 134 BuLLETIN 246 1900. Recherches sur les fauncs marine et maritime de la Normandie. 3e voyage. Soc. Amis Sci. Nat. Rouen, Bull., vol. 36, pp. 145-224. [Co: elenterata pp. 176-177.] Galtsoff, Paul S. 1933. Pearl and Hermes Reef, Hawaii. Hydrological and biological ob- servations. Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Bull., vol. 107, pp. 3-49, pls. 1-5, text-figs. 1-9. 1954. Gulf of Mexico: its origin, waters, and marine life. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fishery Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, xiv + 604 pp., figs. 1-74. Galvani, D. 1845. Illustrazione delle conchiglie fossili marine rinvenute in un banco calcare madreporitico in 8. Filippo inferiore presso Messina. Nuovi Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 3, pp. 129-145, 185-205. Gamulin, T. 1948. Contribution a la connaissance du zooplanctan de la zone insulaire de la Dalmatie moyenne. [Yugoslavian with French and Russian sumaries.| Acta Adriatica, vol. 3, No. 7, pp. 1-38. Ganapati, P. M., Lakshmana, M. V., and Nagabhushanam, R. 1958. Biology of fouling in the Visakhapatnam Harbour. Andhra Univ., Mem. Oceanogr., vol. 2, pp. 193-209, pl. 1, text-figs. 1, 2. [ Co- elenterates pp. 199-200. ] Gane, Henry Stewart 1895. A contribution to the Neocene corals of the United States, Johns Hopkins Univ., Circular, vol. 15, No. 121, pp. 8-10. 1900. Some Neocene corals of the United States. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 22, No. 1193, pp. 179-198, pl. 15. Gaono, M. R. de 1944. Contribucién al esclarecimiento de un coralario y de una “Ortho- phragmina.” Soc. Espanola Hist. Nat., Bol., vol. 42, pp. 417-420, pls. 36, 37. Gardiner, John Stanley 1889. Origin of coral islands. Nature, vol. 39, No, 1010, pp. 435, 436. 1897. On some collections of corals of the family Pocilloporidae from the southwest Pacific Ocean. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 941- 953, pls. 56, 57. 1898a. On the perforate corals collected by the author in the South Pa- cific. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 257-276, pls. 23, 24. 1898b. On the fungid corals collected by the author in the South Pacific. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 525-539, pls. 43-45. 1898c. On the tubinolid and oculinoid corals collected by the author im the South Pacific. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 994-1000, pl. 62. 198d. The coral reefs of Funafuti, Retuma and Fiji, together with some notes on the structure and formation of coral reefs in general. Philos. Soc. Cambridge, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 417-503, figs. 1-8. 1898e. The geology of Rotuma. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 54, pp. 1-11, figs. 1-4, map. 1898f. The building of atolls. Fourth Interntl. Congr. Zool. Cambridge, Proc., vol. 4, pp. 118-123, pl. 1. 1899a. On the astraeid corals collected by the author in the South Pacific. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 734-764, pls. 46-49. 1899b. On the solitary corals collected by Dr. A. Willey, In Willey, Ar- thur, Zoological results based on material from New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands and elsewhere during . . . 1895, 1896 and 1897. Vol. 2, pp. 161-170, pls. 19, 20. 1899c. On the post-embryonic development of Cycloseris. In Willey, Ar- thur, Zoological results .... Vol. 2, pp. 171-180, pls. 19, 20. 1899d. 1901a. 1901b. 1901c. 1901d. 1902a. 1902b. 1902c. 1902d. 1902e. 1903a. 1903b. 1903c. 1903d. 1904a. 1904b. 1904c. 1904d. 1904e. 190Sa. 1905b. 1906a. 1906b. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 135 On the anatomy of a supposed new species of Coenopsammia from Lifu. In Willey, Arthur, Zoological results .... Vol. 4, pp. 257- 380, pl. 35. On the rate of growth of some corals from Fiji. Philos. Soc, Cam- bridge, Proc., vol. 11, pp. 214-219. Coral reefs of the Indian region. British Assoc. Ady. Sci., Rept., pp. 363, 400. The coral islanxds of the Maldives. British Assoc. Ady. Sci., Rept., p-. 683. I. Introduction, narrative and route of the expedition. Il. The Maldive and Laccadive groups with notes on other coral forma- tions in the Indian Ocean. The Fauna and Geography of the Mal- dive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, Cambridge, pp. 1-50, text figs. On the unit of classification for systematic biology. A reply to Mr. Bernard. Philos. Soc. Cambridge, Proc., vol. 11, pp. 423-427. Some notes on variation and protandry in Flabellum rubrum, and senescence in the same and other corals. Philos. Soc. Cambridge, Proc., vol. 11, pp. 463-471. The Maldive and Laccadive groups, with notes on other coral formations in the Indian Ocean (continued). Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 146-183, text-figs. 1-33, pls. 8-12. South African corals of the genus Flabellum, with an account of their anatomy and development. Marine Investig. South Africa, vol. 2, No. 6, pp. 117-154, pls. 1-4. The formation of the Maldives. Geogr. Jour. London, vol. 19, pp. 277-301, sketch-maps, pl. The Maldive and Laccadive groups, with notes on other coral formations in the Indian Ocean (continued). Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. 1, pp. 146-183, pls. 8-12, text-figs. 25-33; pp. 314-346, pls. 16-17, text-figs. 74, 75; pp. 376-423, pls. 19-21, text-figs. 90-109. Lagoon deposits. I. General account. Il. Report on certain deposits, by Sir John Murray. Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 581-588, pl. 34. The origin of coral reefs as shown by the Maldives. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 16, pp. 203-213, 1 fig. Formation of the Maldives. Geogr. Jour. London, vol. 19, pp. 277- 296, 12 figs. Coral reefs of the Indian region. British Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept., pp. 305-308. The formation of coral reefs. Nature, vol. 69, pp. 371-373, 4 figs. Corals. Science, vol. 20, pp. 765-766. Madreporaria. Part I. Introduction with notes on variation. Part II. Astraeidae. Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Lacca- dive Archipelagoes, vol. 2, pp. 755-790, pls. 59-64. The turbinolid corals of South Africa, with notes on their anatomy and variation, Marine Investig. South Africa, vol. 3, pp. i-iv, 95- 129, pls. 1-3. Madreporaria. Part III. Fungida. Part IV. Turbinolidae. Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Vol. 2, Suppl. 1, pp. 933-957, pls. 89-93. The Chagos Archipelago. Nature vol. 72, pp. 571, 572, chart. The Percy Sladen expedition in H.M.S. Sealark. Nature, vol. 73 pp. 43, 184, 294-296, charts, pl. The Indian Ocean. Geogr. Jour. London, vol. 28, pp. 313-353, 454- 471, maps, pl. ’ 136 BuLLETIN 246 1907. The Seychelles Archipelago. Geogr. Jour. London, vol. 29, pp. 148- 168, map, fig. 1969. Reports of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905, under the leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A. 15. The madreporarian corals, I. The family Fungidae, with a revision of the genera and species and an account of their geo- graphical distribution. Linnean Soc. London, Trans., Zoology, ser. 2, vol. 12, pp. 257-290, pls. 33-39. 1928. Tropical shores; coral reefs and islands. In Fowler and Allen, Science of the Sea. Oxford, 2d ed., pp. 93-149, 15 figs. 1929a. Coelenterata. IV. Madreporaria (b). Turbinolididae and Eup- sammidae. British Antarctic (Terra Nova) Exped, 1910, Nat. Hist. Rept., Zoology, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 121-130, 1 pl. 1929b. Corals of the genus Flabellum from the Indian Ocean. Indian Mus. Calcutta, Rec., vol. 31, pp. 301-310, pl. 13. 1930a. Studies in coral reefs. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 71, pp. 1-16. 1930b. Commensal algae and coral reefs. Nature, vol. 126, No. 3184, p. 724. 1931a. Coral Reefs and Atolls. London, xiii + 181 pp., 15 pls. 4 charts, 32 text-figs. 1931b. Photosynthesis and solution in formation of coral reefs. Linnean Soc. London, Proc., pp. 65-69. Also, Nature, vol. 127, No. 3214, pp. 857-858. 1932. The Great Barrier Reef and the formation of coral reefs. Nature, vol. 129, No. 3264, pp. 748-749. 1936. The recfs of the western Indian Ocean. I. Chagos Archipelago II, Marcarene region. Linnean Soc. London, Trans., Zoology, ser. 2, vol. 19, pp. 293-436, pl. 25, text-figs. 1-10. 1939a. Madreporararian corals, with an account of variation in Caryo- phyllia. Discovery Repts., vol. 18, pp. 323-338, pls. 20, 21. 1939b. The ecology of solitary corals. British Mus., John Murray Exped. 1933-34, Sci. Rept., vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 243-250, pls. 1, 2. Gardiner, J. Stanley, and Waugh, Peggy 1938. The flabellid and turbinolid corals. British Mus., John Murray Exped. 1933-34, Sci. Rept., vol. 5, No. 7, pp. 167-202, pls. 1-7, text-figs. 1-6. 1939. Madreporaria excluding Flabellidae and Turbinolidae. British Mus., John Murray Exped. 1933-34, Sci. Rept., vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 225-242, pls. 1, 2, text-figs, 1-3. Garstang, Walter 1895. Faunistic notes at Plymouth. Marine Boal. Assoc. Plymouth, Jour., vol. 3, pp. 210-235. Gautier, Y. V., and Picard, J. 1957. Bionomie du banc du Magaud (Est des Iles d’Hyéres). Stat. Marit. Endoume, Rec. Trav., vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 28-40, figs. 1, 2. Géczy, Barnabas 1954. Cyclolites (Anth.) telnumanyok oder Studien iiber Cycloliten (Anth.). Geologica Hungarica. Fasciculi Geologici Hungariae. Ser. Palaeont., No. 24, pp. 1-180, pls. 1-10. 1958. 4d Hexocoralliak torzsfeslodéesérél. Foldlt. Kozl., vol. 88, pp. 464- +66. 1959. Sur les Diploctentum (Anth.) de Siimeg. Acta Geol. Hungar., vol. 6, Nos. 1-2, pp. 195-208 pls. 1-4, text-figs. 1-6. George, A. C. 1953. The marine plankton of the coastal waters of Calicut, with ob- servations on the hydrological conditions. Zool. Soc. India, Jour., vol. 5, pp. 76-107, figs. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC CorALS: WEISBORD 137 Gerlach, S. 1960. Ueber das tropische Koralicnriff als Lebensraum. Deutsch. Zool. Gesell., Verhandl. 1959, pp. 356-363, figs. 1-4. Germain, L. 1937. Les récifs de coraux. Sciences Paris, vol. 8, pp. 25-29. Gerth, Heinrich 1908. Beitrag zur Phylogenie der Tubocorallier. Zeitschr. £. Induktive Abstammungs u. Vererbungslehre, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 11-68. 1921. Anthozoa. In Martin, K., Die Fossilen von Java. Samml. Geol. Reichsmus. Leiden, vol. 1, pp. 387-445, pls. 55-57. 1923. Die Anthozoenfauna des Jungtertiars von Borneo. Beitrage zur Geologie Ost-Asiens und Australiens. Sammi. Geol. Reichsmus. Leiden, ser. 1, vol. 10, pp. 37-136, 9 pls. 1925a.Jungtertidre Korallen von Nias, Java, und Borneo, nebst einer Uebersicht tiber die aus dem Kédnozoikum des indischen Archipel bekannten Arten. Leidsche Geol. Meded., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 22-82, pls. 5-7. 1925b. Die Bedeuting der tertidren Riffkorallenfaune des Malayischen Arhipels fiir die Entawicklung der lebenden Riff-Fauna im indo- pazifischen und atlantischen Gebiet. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Nederland. Kolon., Verh., Geol. Ser., vol. 8, pp. 173-196. 1930. The evolution of reef corals during the Cenozoic period. 4th Pacific Sci. Congr. Batavia-Bandoung, Proc., vol. 2A; pp. 333= 350. 1931a. Anthozoa Cacnozoica. Leidsche Geol. Meded., vol. 5, pp. 129-151. 1931b. Palaeontologie von Nicderlandisch Ost-Indien. Coelenterata. Leid- sche Geol. Meded., vol. 5, pp. 387-445. 1933. Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Korallenfauna des Tertiars von Java, I, Die Korallen des Eocdns und des dlteren Neogen. Dienst Mijnb. Nederlaad.-Ind., Wetensch. Meded., vol. 25, pp. 1-45, 5 pls. 1952. Die von Sipunculiden bewohnten lebenden an jungtertidren Koral- len und der wurmfirmige Korper von Pleurodictyum, Palaont. Zeitschr., vol. 25, Nos. 3-4, pp. 119-126, pl. 6, text-fig. Geyer, O. F. 1954. Die oberjurassische Korallenfauna von Wiirtenberg. Palaeonto- graphica, vol. 104, Abt. A, Nos. 4-6, pp. 121-220, pls. 9-16. Giattini, G. B. 1902. Fossili del Lovcen nel Montenegro. Riv. Italiana Paleont., vol. 8 pp. 62-66, pls. 5, 6. Gideon, P. W., Menon, P. K. B., Rao, S. R. V., and Jose, K. V. 1957. On the marine fauna of Gulf of Kutch: a preliminary survey. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 54, No. 3, pp. 690-706, 1 pl., text-figs. 1-5. [Coelenterates pp. 693, 694. | Giebel, Cristoph Gottfried Andreas 1861. Neue ostindische Turbinaria. Gesell. Naturwiss. Berlin, Zeitschr., vol. 18, pp. 134-135. 1879. Ueber Zoopilus echinatus Dana (?). Gesell. Naturwiss. Berlin, Zeitschr., vol. 52, pp. 322-324. Gifford, E. W. 1951. Archeological excavations in Fiji. Anthrop. Rec. Chicago, vol. 13, No. 3, pp. i-v, 189-228, pls. 1-18, figs., maps. [Coral list p: 218.) , Gigout, M. 1951. Etudes géologiques sur la Méséta marocaine occidentale (Arriére- pays de Casablanca, Mazagran et Safi). Géol. Serv. Maroc, Notes et Mém., vol. 86, pp. 1-508, pls. 1-18, text-figs., tables. 138 BULLETIN 246 Gillet, Keith, and McNeill, Frank 1962. The Great Barrier Reef and Adjacent Isles. Coral Press Pty. Ltd., Sydney, rev. ed., xiii + 209 pp., pls. 1-168, figs. 1-3, charts 1-6. Gilson, Gustave 1900. Exploration de la mer sur les cotes de la Belgique en 1899. Mus. Hist. nat. Belgique, Mém., vol. 1, pp. 1-81, 3 pls., 10 text-figs. [Co- elenterata p. 34.] Gimbrede, Louis de A. 1962. The Hurricane Lentil: source of many Claiborne fossils. Jour. Paleont., vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 1116-1120. Ginsburg, Robert N. 1956. Environmental relationship of grain size and constituent particles in some South Florida carbonate sediments. Amer. Assoc, Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 40, No. 10, pp. 2384-2427, figs. 1-10. Ginsburg, Robert N., and Lowenstam, H. A. 1958. The influence of marine bottom communities on the depositional environment. Jour. Geol., vol. 66, pp. 310-318. Giorgi, Cosimo de 1903. La serie geologica det terreni nella peninsola Salentina. Pontif. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, Mem., vol. 20, pp. 155-218. Glibert, M. 1930. Note sur les Madréporaires du Bruxellien (Eocene moyen) de Nil- Saint-Vincent et de Neder Ocherzeel. Mus, Hist. nat. Belgique, Bull., sér. 6, vol. 20, 14 pp., 5 figs. Gmelin, Johann Friedrich 1791. Caroli a Linné Systema Naturae. Leipzig, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6, pp. 3021-3910. Gocev, P. 1935. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Korallen des Tortons von Pleven (Nord Bulgarien). Bulgar. Geol. Gesell., Zeitschr., vol. 7, pp. 1-7, pl. 1. Goebeler, E. 1891. Die Unstehung der Korallen-Inseln. Ausland, vol. 64, No. 44, pp. 875-880; No. 45, pp. 895-900; No. 46, pp. 908-911. Goedbloed, A. F. 1962a. The dactylozooids of Allopora blattea and Stylaster roseus. K. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 65, No. 5, pp. 438-446, figs. 1-7. 1962b. On the structure and the development of the gonophores of Allo- pora blattea and Stylaster roseus. K. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Proc., ser. C, vol. 65, No. 5, pp. 522-531, figs. 1-26. Godhar, H. A. F. 1963. Light and tropical marine invertebrates. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, Bull., Spec. No. 1d, pp. 91-104. Gohar, H. A. F., and Soliman, G. N. 1963a. On three mytilid species boring in living corals. Marine Biol. Sta. Al-Ghardaqa, Publ., vol. 12, pp. 65-98, pls. 1,2, text-figs. 1-17. 1963b. On the biology of three coralliophilids boring in living corals. Marine Biol. Sta. Al-Ghardaqa, Publ., vol. 12, pp. 99-126, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-26. 1963c.On two mytilids boring in dead coral. Marine Biol. Sta. Al- Ghardagqa, Publ., vol. 12, pp. 205-218, pl. 1, text-figs. 1-26. Goldfuss, Georg August 1826-29. Petrefacta Germaniae. Diisseldorf, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-70, pls. 1-24 (1826); No. 2, pp. 71-168, pls. 25-51 (1829). Gonzalez de Juana, Carlos 1951. Introduccion al estudio de la geologia de Venezuela. Bol, Geol. [Venezuela], vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 119-139, figs. 1-10 VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 139 Goodchild, J. G. 1903. Observations on the hathymetrical distribution of reef-building corals. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, Proc., vol. 15, pp. 66-69. Gordon, M. M. Ogilvie 1907. Note on the formation of the skeleton in the Madreporaria. Quatt. Jour. Microse. Sci. Londen, vol. 51, pp. 473-482. Gordon, Maria 1906. The lime forming layer of the madreporarian polyp. Quart. Jour. Microsc, Sci. London, vol. 49, pp. 203-211. Gordon, William Anthony 1960. The age of the middle Tertiary rocks of northwestern Puerto Rico. Second Caribbean Geol. Conference Mayaguez, Trans., pp. 87-90 Goreau, Thomas F. 1953. Phosphomonoesterases in reef-building corals. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington, Proc., vol. 39, No. 12, pp. 1291-1295, figs. 1959a. The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. I. A method for measuring the rate of calcium deposition by corals under different conditions. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, vol. 116, No. 1, pp. 59-75, figs. 1-5. 1959b. The ecology of Jamaican coral reefs. I. Species composition and zonation. Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 67-90, figs. 1-21. 1959c. Calcification and growth in reef-forming corals. Internat. Congr. Zool., Proc., vol. 15 (1958), pp. 248-249. 1959d. Buttressed reefs in Jamaica, British West Indies. Internat. Congr. Zools Proc, vols 15; ps 250: 1961a. Problems of growth and calcium deposition in reef corals, En- deavour, vol. 20, No. 77, pp. 32-39, figs. 1-10. 1961b. On the relation of calcificaticn to primary productivity in reef building organisms, pp. 269-285. In Lenhoff, H. M., and Loomis, W. F., The Biology of Hydra and of some other Coelenterata. Univ. Miami Press, Coral Gables, pp. i-xv, 1-467, 39 pls., text- figs. 1963a. Boring sponges as controlling factors in the formation and main- tenance of coral reefs. Amer. Assoc. Advancem. Sci., Publ., vol. 75, pp. 25-54, figs. 1963b. Calcium carbonate deposition by coralline algae ad corals in rela- tion to their roles as reef-builders. New York Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 109, No. 1, pp. 127-167, figs. 1-9. 1964a. Mass expulsion of Zooxanthellae from Jamaican reef communities after hurricane Flora. Science, vol. 145, No. 3630, pp. 383-386, figs. 1, 2, fig. on cover. 1964b. On the predation of coral by the spiny starfish Acanthaster planci (L.) in the southern Red Sea. Israel Fish. Res. Sta., Bull., vol. 35, pp. 23-26, fig. 1. Goreau, Thomas F., and Bowen, V. T. 1955. Calcium uptake by a coral. Science, vol. 122, No. 3181, pp. 1188- 1189. Goreau, Thomas F., and Goreau, Nora I. 1959. The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. II. Calcium deposi- tion by nermatypic corals under various conditions in the reef. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, vol. 117, No. 2, pp. 239-250, figs. 1-3, tables 1-4. 1960a. The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. III. Calcification rate as a function of colony weight and total nitrogen content in the reef coral Manicina areolata (Linnaeus). Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, vol. 118, No. 3, pp. 419-429, figs. 1-3. 140 BULLETIN 246 1960b. The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. IV. On isotopic equilibrium exchanges of calcium between corallum and environ- ment in living and dead reef-building corals. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, vol. 119, No. 3, pp. 416-427, figs. 1, 2, tables 1-3. 1960c. Distribution of labelled carbon in reef building corals with and without Zoo xarthellae. Science, vol. 131, No. 3401, pp. 668-669. Goreau, T. F., and Hartman, W. D. 1963. Boring sponges as controlling factors in the formation and main- tenance of coral reefs. Amer. Assoc. Advancem. Sci., Pubi., vol. 75, pp. 25-54, figs. 1-16. Gosse, Philip Henry 1851. A Naturalist’s Sojourn in Jamaica. London, pp. 307-314. 1853. A Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire Coast. London, 448 pp., 28 pls. 1858. On Phyllangia, a new living British madrepore. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 2, pp. 349-351. 1859. On Sphenotrochus wrightiti, a new Irish madrepore. Nat. Hist. Rey., vol. 6, pp. 161-163, pl. 17. 1860. Actinologia Britannica. A history of the British sea anemones. London, 362 pp., 12 pls. Gotto, R. V. 1951. Some plankton records from Strangford Lough, Co. Down. Irish Natural. Dublin, Jour., vol. 10, pp. 162-164. Gough, Lewis Henry 1904a. Plankton collected at Irish light stations, 1904. Fish. Ireland, Sci. Investig., vol. 6, pp. 12-53. 1904b. Report on the plankton of the English Channel in 1903. North Sea Fish. Investig. Comm., Rept. 2 (S. area), pp. 325-377. Grabau, A. W., and Shimer, H. W. 1909-1910. North American Index Fossiis. New York, vol. 1 (1909), Vill -{- 853) pp.) vols 2) (191110); cv. == 909s pp: Graeffe, Eduard 1866. Notizen ueber die Fauna der Viti-Inseln. Zool.-Botan. Gesell. Wien, Verhandl., vol. 16, pp. 585-596. 1884. Uebersicht der Seethierfauna des Golfes von Trieste. III. Coelen- teraten. Zool. Inst. Wien, Arb., vol. 5, pp. 333-363 Graff, Ludwig von 1884 Zur Kenntniss der physiologischen Function des Chlorophylls im Tierreich. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 7, pp. 520-527. Granger, A. 1896. Histoire Naturelle de France. Coelentérés. Paris, pt. 17. Gravely, Frederic Henry 1909. Note on coelenterates at Port Erin, July 1908. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, Proc. Trans., vol. 23, pp. 56-57. 1927. The littoral fauna of Krusadai Island in the Gulf of Manaar. Hydrozoa, Anthozoa, Scleractiniae. Madras Govt. Mus., Bull., vol. 1, pp. 7-20, 25-30, 41-51, pls. 1941. Shells and other animal remains found on the Madras beach. I. Groups other than snails, etc. (Mollusca Gastropoda). Madras Govt. Mus., Bull., n. s.. Nat. Hist. sect., vol. 5, pp. 1-112, figs. [ Coelenterates pp. 6-18.] Gravier, Charles 1902. Sur les collections d’invertébrés rapportées de la Guyane Fran- caise par M. F, Geay. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 7, p. 226. 1906a. Sur les formations coralliennes de Vile San Thomé (Golfe de Guinée). Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 143, pp. 929-931. 1906b. 1907. 1908a. 1908b. 1908c. 1909a. 1909b. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 141 Sur les formations coralliennes de Vile San Thome (Golfe de Guinéc), Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 12, pp. 543-547. Note sur quelques coraux des récifs du Golfe de Tadjourah. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 13, pp. 339-343. Sur un cas de greffe naturelle chez un Madréporaire. Soc. Biol. Paris, C. R., vol. 64, pp. 859-861. Sur la biologie des Madréporaires du genre Siderastrea Blainville. Soc. Biol. Paris, C. R., vol. 64, pp. 1081-1082. Sur quelques traits de la biologie des récifs coralliaires. Soc. Philom. Paris, Bull., sér. 9, vol. 10, pp. 144-162. Also, Rev. Sci. Paris, sér. 5, vol. 10, pp. 385-393. Sur les Madreporaires des iles San-Thomeé et du Prince (Golfe de Guinée). Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 148, pp. 1549-1551. Sur un noveau Porites de San Thomé (Golfe de Guinée). Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 15, pp. 363-365. 1909c. Sur ’habitat et de polymorphisme de Siderastrea radians (Pallas). 1909d. 1910. 1910a. 1910b. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 15, pp. 365-368. Madréporaires des iles San Thomé et du Prince (Golfe de Guinée). Inst. Oceéanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 1 (1910), No. 2, pp. 1- 28, pls. 1-9. Sur fe role des algues calcaires dans les récifs coralliennes. Assoc. Francaise Avancem. Sci., C. R., vol. 38, pp. 702, 703. Sur le mode de croissance marginale des colonies de Siderastrea radians (Pallas), Assoc. Francaise Avancem. Sci., C. R., vol. 38, pp. 704-705. Sur les Madréporaires de l’Afrique Occidentale. Assoc. Francaise Avancem. Sci., C. R., vol. 38, pp. 705-708. 1910c. Sur les récifs coralliens de la baie de Tadjourah (Golfe d’Aden) 1910d. 1910e. et leurs Madréporaires. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 151, pp. 650-652. Sur la durée de la vie chez les Madréporaires. Acad. Sci. Paris, CURE voles pps a72-774: Sur la lutte pour lexistence des récifs coralliens. Acad, Sci. Paris, CORPS EvVOlel Sie ppg 5Ds89 5168 1910f. Sur le Porites bernardi Gravier. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., 1910g. 1910h. vol. 16, pp. 98-99. Sur quelques formes nouvelles de Madréporaires de la baie de Tadjourah. Mus. Nat. Hist, nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 16, pp. 273-276. Sur les Madréporaires de la bate Tadjourah (Golfe d’dden). Mus Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 16, pp. 324-327. 19101. Sur le role de Algues calcaires dans les récifs coralliens. Assoc. 1910). 1911a. 1911b. 1912a. 1912b. 1914a. Francaise Advancem. Sci., C. R. (1909), vol. 38, pp. 702-703. Sur quelques particularités biologiques des récifs madréporiques de la baie de Tadjourah. Assoc. Francaise Avancem. Sci., C. R., vol. 39, pp. 167-169. Sur quelques animaux parasites ou commensaux de Madréporaires du genre Galaxea Oken. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 152, pp. 210-212. Les récifs de coraux et les Madréporaires de la baie de Tadjourah (Golfe d’Aden). Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 2, pp. 1-96, pls. 1-12, text-figs. 1-6. La vie des coraux. Biologica Paris, vol. 2, pp. 33-44. Sur les recifs coralliens de la baie de Tadjourah (Golfe d’Aden). Internat. Zool. Kongr. Jena, Verhandl., vol. 8 (1910), pp. 682-688. Sur un espece nouvelle de Madréporaire. Deuxieéme expédition Antarctique Francaise. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., pp. 236- 238. 142 BuLLETIN 246 1914b. Madréporaires. Deuxiéme Exped. Antarctique Francaise, 1908- 1910, 133 pp., 10 pls. 1915a. Note préliminaire sur les Madréporaires recueillis au cours des croisieres de la “Princess-Alice” et de “l’Hirondelle” de 1893-1913 inclusivement. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, Bull., No. 304, 22 pp., figs. iba lie 1915b. Sur un phénoméne de multiplication par scissiparité longitudinale chez un Madréporaire. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 160, pp. 103-105. Sur guelques traits de la biologie des coraux des grandes profondeurs sous-marines, pp. 380-382. 1916. Sur les Madréporaires recueillis par S, A. S. Le Prince de Monaco dans les grands profondeurs de |’Atlantique septentrional. Acad. Sci. Paris, C. R., vol. 162, pp. 268-270. 1920. Madréporaires provenant des campagnes des yachts Princess- Alice et Hirondellle IT (1893-1913). Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques du Prince de Monaco. Monaco, No. 55, pp. 1-123, pls. 1-16. Gray, John Edward 1835. Characters of two new genera of corals (Errina and Anthophora). Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 85, 86. 1847. An outline of an arrangement of stony corals. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. 19, pp. 120-128. 1849. Descriptions of some new corals, including a new British coral discovered by W. MacAndrews, Esq. F. R. S., etc. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 74-77, pl. 2. 1857 Synopsis of the families and genera of axiferous zoophytes or barked corals. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 278-294, pl. 9. 1859. On the arrangement of zoophytes with pinnated tentacles. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 4, pp. 439-444. 1870. Catalogue of Lithophytes or Stony Corals in the Collection of the British Museum. London, British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), iv + 51 pp., 14 figs. 1872a. Thouarella antarctica, from the Falkland Islands. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 9, p. 482. 1872. Notes on corals from the South and Antarctic Seas. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 744-747, pls. 62-64. Greeff, Richard 1882. Ueber die Corallenfischeret an de Kiiste der capverdischen Insel S. Thiago. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 4, p. 490-491. 1883. Sur les pécheries de corail sur la cote de Vile Cap Vert San Jago, Arch. Zool. Expér. et Génér., ser. 2, vol. 1, p. xxxii. 1886. Ueber westafrikanische Stylasteriden. Gesell, Beford, Gesammt. Naturwissensch. Marburg, Sitzungsber., 11 pp. Greeley, Arthur W. 1904. Notes on the corals collected on the northeast coast of Brazil. In Branner, J. C., The stone reefs of Brazil. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 44, pp. 268-275. Greene, Joseph Reay 1858. Observations on the distribution of Actinoida, with a list of Irish species recorded. Natur. Hist. Rev., vol. 5, pp. 35-37. de Gregorio, Aitonio 1882-84. Contribuzione ai coralli Giuresi di Sicilia. Nat. Sicil., vol. 1 (1882), pp. 182-184 vol} 2) (883), pps) 73-77, 121-126 eeviolees (1884), pp. 189-192, 243-246, 257-261. 1882a. Sul Titonio dell’Aquilega e il coralliano delle Madonie. Memoria paleontologica. Nat. Sicil., vol. 1, pp. 18-24. 1882b. Fossili dintorni de Fachino. Palermo, 22 pp., 6 pls. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 143 1890. Monographie de la faune éocénique de l'Alabama. Ann. Géol. Paléont., vols. 7-8, 316 pp., 46 pls. 1892. Intorno a taluni Coelenterati Mediterranei viventi. Naturalista Siciliano, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 74-75. 1894a. Monographie des fossiles éocéniques (Etage Parisien) de Monte Postale. Ann, Géol. Paléont., vol. 14, 55 pp., 9 pls. 1894b. Nota su taluni coralli del Terziario Inferiore di Sicilia della formazione delle argile scagliose. Nat. Sicil. (Gior. Sci. Nat. Palermo), vol. 13, pp. 75, 102-105, pl. 2. 1895. Coralli Giuresi di Sicilia. Parte quarta. Nat. Sicil. (Gior. Sci. Nat. Palermo), vol. 14, pp. 123-125. Gregory, John Walter 1892. The exploration of coral reefs by borings. Nat. Sci., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 50-52. 1895. Contributions to the paleontology and physical geology of the West Indies. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 51, pp. 255-312, pl. 11, text-figs. 1, 2. 1898a. 4 collection of Egyptian fossil Madreporaria. Geol. Mag., decade 4, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 241-251, pls. 8, 9. 1898b. Millestroma, n. g., a Cretaceous milleporid coral from Egypt. Geol. Mag., decade 4, vol. 5, No. 8, pp. 337-342, 2 pls. 1899a. New species of Cladophyllia, Prionastrea, and Stylina. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 4, pp. 457-461, figs. 1899b. Fossil corals [of Lake Urmi]. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 27, pp. 424-430, pl. 28. 1900a. On the West Indian species of Madrepora. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sera 7s vi0lai6, NOs Ss) sant.o5,. pps 20-3 1900b. The geology and fossil corals and echinoids of Somaliland. Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 56, pp. 26-45, pls. 1, 2. 1900c. The corals. Jurassic fauna of Cutch. Palaeont. Indica, ser. 9, vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 1-195, 26 pls., 4 text-figs. 1900d. The fossil corals of Christmas Island. In Andrews, A Monograph of Christmas Island. Pp. 205-225, pl. 19. 1900e. Polytremacis and the ancestry of the Helioporidae. Roy. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 66, pp. 19, 291-305, pl. 2. 1906. On a collection of fossil corals from eastern Egypt, Abu Roash and Sinai. Geol. Mag., decade, 5, vol. 3, pp. 52-58, 110-118, pls. He 1921. Fossil corals from British East Africa. The Rift Valleys and Geology of East Africa. Pp. 479, 20 pls. 1925. Fossil corals, in On the collection of fossils and rocks from Somaliland made by Messrs. Wyllie and Smellie. Glasgow Univ., Geol. Dept. Hunterian Mus., Mon., vol. 1, pt. 4, pp. 22-45, pls. 4-8. 1927. Some Lower Cretaceous corals from eastern Venezuela. Geol. Mag. vol. 64, No. 760, pp. 440-444, pl. 13. 1929. Dendroseries, n. g., and other fossil corals from Trinidad. Geol. Mag., vol. 66, No. 776, pp. 65-68, pl. 8. 1930a. The fossil fauna of the Samana Range and some neighbouring areas. Pt. 7. The Lower Eocene corals. Palaeont. Indica, vol. 15, No. 7, pp. 81-128, 2 pls., 1 fig. 1930b. The fossil corals of Kenya Colony, collected by Miss McKinnon Wood. Glasgow Uniy., Geol. Dept. Hunterian Mus., Mon., vol. 4, pp. 185-209, 4 pls. 1938. Second collection of fossil corals from the Kenya coastlands, made by Miss McKinnon Wood, Glasgow Univ., Geol. Dept. Hunterian Mus., Mon., vol. 5, pp. 90-97, pl. 9, text-fig. 144 BULLETIN 246 Gregory, J. W., and Trench, J. B. 1916. Eocene corals from Fly River, Central New Guinea. Geol. Mag,, decade 6, vol. 3, pp. 481-488; 529-536, pls, 19-22. Gressitt, J. L. 1952. Description of Kayrangel Atoll, Palau Islands. Atoll Res. Bull., No. 14, pp. 1-6, 2 charts. Gressly, A[manz] 1838-41. Observations géologiques sur les Jura Soleurois. Schweizer Naturforsch. Gesell., N. Denkschr., vol. 2 (1838), pp. 1-112, pls. 1-5: vol. 4 (1840), pp. 113-245, pls. 6-12; vol. 5, (1841), pp. 246- 349, pls. 13, 14. Grewingk, Constantin Caspar Andreas 1848. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der geognostischen, Beschaffenheit Cali- forniens. Russ. K. Min. Gesell. St. Petersburg, Verhandl. 1847, pp. 142-162. Griffin, L. E. 1913. The Philippine Marine Biological Station at Port Galera, Mindoro, P. I. Internat. Rev. Hydrobiol., vol. 6, pp. 325-334. Grigg, James A. 1888. Undersogelser over dyrelivet i de vestlandske fjorde. I. Master. Bergens Mus., Aarsber. 1887, 13 pp. [Coelenterata pp. 12-13.] Grigg, Richard W. 1965. Ecological studies of black coral in Hawaii. Pacific Sci., vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 244-260, figs. 1-11. Gripp, Karl 1922. Die Fauna der Oligozdablagerungen am Rande des Kara-Dag nordlich von Oskiib. Hamburg Univ., Abhandl. Gebiet ) EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4 Figure Page Paee es Nios of one side, X 3. 2. View of same side, slightly enlarged. 3. View of opposite side, slightly enlarged. 4. View of calices showing pali, X 10. Recent. Washed up on beach of Playa Grande Yachting Club, Distrito Federal. 5. Manicina areolata puntagordensis, n. subsp...) 5B Holotype (S566a), 27560 PRI. Length 119 mm, width 92 mm, height 63 mm. About natural size. Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member). Lower Pliocene. (See Pl. 5, figs. 1-5; Pl. 12, fig. + for other views of same specimen.) 274 BULLETIN 246 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5 Figure Page 1-5. Manicina areolata puntagordensis, n. subsp. ..........0.0..... ee Dil Holotype (S566a), 27560 PRI. Length 119 mm, width 92 mm, height 63 mm. 1-3. Views of upper surface, base, and side, X 0.5. 4. Portion of base enlarged to show character of costae and epitheca. 5. Enlargement of upper surface of corallum showing columellas, collines, valleys, and septa. Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member). Lower Pliocene. (See Pl. 4, fig. 5; Pl. 12, fig. 4 for other views of same specimen.) PLATE 5 VOL. 55 ’ Ts BULL. AMER. PALEON BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 6 , By we % D , oS Me Gis" 4 ¥ = 5 OL YAS ws POTS KA IR Ny DO es ‘ > : WG Poa; YA ap ar } ¥ 4 ie wpa (SA W%, me y . aS ( aes meray, ahs : Y AY oj es ToD » ay ia 2 | Qe Uppy Q\\aanr ne Qo Zig MANIA 9 “Sy VA ite ~ SOD WAZA rt Ai(ai\t ee r) a VENEZUELAN CENOZzOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 275 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6 Figure Page 1,2. Oculina sp. cf. O. valenciennesi Edwards and Haime .................... 65 Specimen 1571a, 27561 PRI. Corallum length 14 mm, width 13 mm, thickness 2.2 mm. 1. View of calicular surface, X 3. 2. View of calices, X 12. Lower Mare Formation. Lower Pliocene. See DIpIOniansthiGoSaw (lL) ana)y mi. eee eer eee eee eeeerrsere 46 Specimen N565a, 27562 PRI. Corallum length 120 mm, width 80 mm, thickness 30 mm. Views of upper surface, lower surface, and side, X 0.5. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). Lower Pliocene. (See Pl. 7, fig. 1 for details of costae and columella.) 276 BuLLeETIN 246 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7 Figure Page 1; (Diploria‘istrigosa (Dana): 0.0.0.2 ee ee ee 46 Specimen N565a, 27562 PRI. Enlarged view of side showing de- tails of exposed costae and columella. Playa Grande Forma- tion (Catia Member). Lower Pliocene. (See Pl. 6, figs. 3-5 for views of corallum.) 2-4. Diploria strigosa. (Dama) oi... 0.5.0.5 .aetea eee eee 46 Specimen A565a, 27563 PRI. Corallum fragment, length 25 mm, width 14 mm, height 20 mm. 2. View of upper surface showing collines, valleys, septa, and columella, X 2. 3. Same as fig. 2, X 4. 4. Longitudinal view along columella showing septa (above) and costae on side, X 4. Recent. Washed up on beach of Playa Grande Yachting Club, Distrito Federal. PLATE 7 iat \WWOitp 135 jets he gccetue aN a . «geet ‘’ pair ; ter i) ~ “Menn® a@, “et wht ‘ 6 7 4 y ae 6 oe. shea. yah ei cape r ‘en ; Seon a. . f 7: Ox; saga P ve Me ee 7 . S ie “et wed BULL. AMER. PALEONT., Es oF . } ‘ , AY x N i ' . on ° . ‘, ; Se oye ’ ‘ a a co As ae 2 PLATE 8 BuLu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 at ag a Se Aire eee VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC CoRALS: WEISBORD 277 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8 Figure Page ES OCUlINna diffusa) WaMmarcks occas cette see ree eee sete sees cleat 62 Specimen D577a, 27564 PRI. Corallum fragment, length 12 mm, maximum diameter 5 mm. 1. View of one side, X 3.5. 2. View of opposite side, X 4.5. 4. Enlarged view of figure 2 showing de- tails of calice and coenosteum. Abisinia Formation. Lower Pleistocene. aya Solenastnea nyades. (Dama) 2. ocs. jee ccecesec sce cna vs dendenstaceee ncaetnees cope 57 Specimen J568a, 27565 PRI. Corallum length 79 mm, width 68 mm, height 60 mm. Views of upper surface and exposed walls of side, X 0.75. Lower Mare Formation. Lower Pliocene. 6-5) Solenastrea hyades (Dana) oii iv ce cccceceee elute edhe bub sesputensbestoaet callow 57 Specimen C570a, 27566 PRI. Corallum fragment, length 35 mm, width 28 mm. Views of upper surface, under surface, and side, X 1.6. Guaiguaza Clay. Upper Pliocene. (See Pl. 9, figs. 1-4 for details of same specimen.) 278 BULLETIN 246 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9 Figure Page 1-4. 21 Scleractinia 14, 15, 21 sebacana, Manicina . Sedentarida ................ 14, 15 serpulids ............. 13 serrata, Meandrina 47 Shell Creek, Pylori day ere ene 62 siderea, Astrea ....... 33,34 , Madrepora ... 33 ,Pavonia .... 33, 34 , Siderastrea (Sideras- trea) i.) 6,32, 33-30, 272 Simmon’s Bay (Cape _of Good Hope) . 57 sinuosissima, Meandrina ........... 46, 47 Smith, Frederick George Walton 41, 59, 226 solanderi, Porites 46 Solenastrea Soa 57 South America .... 20 South Bimini, Bahamas ..... 20 Spaansche (Spanish) Water, Curacao 33, 42, 46, owl, ie Spanish Harbor, Florida 32, 42, 46 Spanish Port, Curacao Dill speciosa, Oculina ...... 68 9 28 squarrosa, Millepora 20 Squires, Donald F. .... 7, 41, 228 Stanley, Steven M. ... 27, 229 stellata, Sideras- trea .... ae 32, 34 strigilis, Manicina _. 54 strigosa, Diploria . 6,7 46-51,275, 276 , Meandrina 46, 47, 48 Sugar Loaf (St. Eustatius) PAT BNC Wi Thomonde Formation (Haiti eee hoe. 42 Tortuga, Venezuela .... 27, 38 Tortugas (Florida) .... 20, 24, 33, 38, 42, 46, 51, 57, 62, 65 Toulas Hranzic ee 68, 239 Trinidad, British West INGICS) 42k 20, 38 trinitatis, Millepora .. 21 Turneffe, British Honduras se 24, 33, 46, 51, 57 Turtle Rocks, Bahamas ........ 20 U United States National Museum q Vv Vagt, Werner .... i valenciennesi, Manicina 54 valenciennesi, Oculina 6 8, 65-68, 275 valida, Porites 46 varicosa, Oculina 68 varicosa conigera, Oculina . oe 68 Vaughan, Thomas Wayland . .. 19, 27, 41, 59, 73, 243-246 vaughanl, Paracyathus .... U8: Vera Cruz, Mexico 33, 38, 46, 51, 65 Vieques Island ........... 38 virginea, Oculina 68 Virginia, U.S.A. 73 7 INDEX Virgin Islands ............ 62 viridis, Blayelta ate 47 Weisbord, Norman E. 9, 10, 253 Wells, John West ...... 7, 254-256 Westpunt Baai, @unacaO ee oe 33, 51 White Wall, St. Eustatius Zone H (Dominican Republic) 51 38, 62 OMB EL Ss BULLETINS * “° OF WAR OD 1969 AMERICAN — fNeesiy PALEONTOLOGY (Founded 1895) Vol. 55 No. 247 MIOCENE AND PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS FROM TRINIDAD By PETER JUNG 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1968 - 1969 PRESIDE ND) oie Perec tcee te eee wet ck Ree ae oe ae KENNETH E. CASTER VIGE= PRESIDENT teres one oc ie co et eee Soe Ca ep WILLIAM B. HEROY SECRETARY 283-52 oooh Bs Ne ee Mees as Bite sons ee REBECCA S. HARRIS DIRECTOR) ) UOREASURER tents c lect ect et kc eee ee ee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUNSEL iets costvenate csictasisasctcseshestcenseseseaneteecsecnant coestastarineeano eee tetas eee ARMAND L. ADAMS IREPRESENTATIVE AAAS COUNCID) <5 eeer e ee e Davw NICOL Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1966-1972) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) DoNALD W. FIsHER (1967-1973) Wiuiam B. Heroy (1968-1974) ReEBEccA S. Harris (Life) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) DaNIEL B. Sass (1965-1971) Hans G. KucLer (1963-1969) W. Storrs CoLe (1964-1970) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. PaLmer, Editor Mrs. Fay Briccs, Secretary Advisory Board KENNETH E. CASTER Hans KUGLER A. Myra KEEN JAy GLENN Marks AXEL A. OLSSON Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York, N.Y. 10017, U.S.A. For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y. 10003, U.S.A. Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Amer- icana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are deductible from income tax. For sale by Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Rd. Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. BULEETINS GE AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY (Founded 1895) Vol. 55 No. 247 MIOCENE AND PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS FROM TRINIDAD By PETER JUNG February 5, 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. Library of Congress Card Number: GS 68-140 Printed in the United States of America CONTENTS Albsta cham nee PNEKMOW LEC SINEINES | ere cee cese see eceseeeccsesee Se Cae CoN TNH OLS ICD KEL COT B= 5) sseennceeoancnebenesaneeonee Poker aN ec oem eree ee Wocality: data 7-.--....+ ee: Ry Fe eee OEY. MelajouRiver ated. 2. 4.0:.....0.2 a ore Rointe @Courbarill 2-2. See tree aera secant RVD a CUT ae ee et oe ees Ree es a ey ee een err trees Composition ofsthre pba UNAS ese me eee eee earners ree INU] ay OME AINA ee we. soceeee ete aye Un ee Moe Gounbariletain alesse cree eee eer eee Miata faunal 2 -.ts. nee. scenes eoeecs ee Beeler aoe IN OCS ee ios esse nestese sete ee ere ee at Oy Ane Pr ae Melajo fauna .... Gourbanil! fauna... Vile tiie gebal UN aleeeee ek eeneh ee eee ere Sine meray Affinities to Eastern Pacific Recent genera, subgenera, and species .... Summary as to ages ............... Sereda aero sok aaeeeaeaee ee ee ee Systematic paleontology . 7 ee eee eee Scaphopoda ELEC POG alae ster enna scenes Re coe ean Gastropoda References cited <...............2- lates Reece eee is Index foccs.2 MIOCENE AND PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS FROM TRINIDAD PETER JUNG ABSTRACT A total of 325 species of moilusks from three stratigraphic units of Trinidad is described and figured. The fauna of the Melajo Clay Member of the Spring- vale Formation includes 168 species and is correlated with the Savaneta Glau- conitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation, but part of it may be somewhat younger. The fauna from the Courbaril Sand and Clay Member of the Upper Morne l’Enfer Formation contains 96 species and is considered to be of early Pliocene age. Also an early Pliocene age is attributed to the fauna (160 species) of the Matura Sand and Clay Member of the Talparo Formation, although the Courbaril fauna appears to be slightly older than the Matura fauna. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The bulk of the material referred to herein has been collected by Dr. H. G. Kugler, who donated part of his collections to the U.S. National Museum. Thanks are extended to Dr. Kugler, with whom I was able to visit the fossil localities in Trinidad, and particularly to the Management of Texaco Trinidad Inc. for hos- pitality and working facilities. I am greatly indebted to the Smithsonian Institution and to Dr. G. A. Cooper, then Chairman of the Department of Paleo- biology of that institution, for a grant enabling me to stay at the U.S. National Museum. I am obliged to Dr. R. S. Boardman who offered facilities of the Division of Invertebrate Paleontology. Dr. W. P. Woodring generously gave access to his library, his invaluable card file of Caribbean Tertiary Mollusks, to the splendid Caribbean molluscan collections, and — last but not least — to his personal knowledge. I am grateful to Dr. J. Rosewater, Division of Mol- lusks, Department of Invertebrate Zoology, for the permission to use the mollusk library and the collections of Recent mollusks. Special thanks are due to Dr. W. S. Cole of Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, for the loan of Maury’s types described in 1912, and to Dr. K. V. W. Palmer, director of the Paleontological Re- search Institution, Ithaca, New York, for hospitality and working facilities during a short stay at that institution. The director of the Natural History Museum Basel and the trustees of that museum generously supported this project. INTRODUCTION The present report deals with the molluscan faunas collected from the following three stratigraphic units of Trinidad: the Melajo Clay Member (Kugler, 1953, p. 54) of the Springvale Formation, the Courbaril Sand and Clay Member (Kugler MS) of 294 BULLETIN 247 the Upper Morne l’Enfer Formation, and the Matura Sand and Clay Member (Kugler MS) of the Talparo Formation. There is practically no published information on mollusks from the Melajo Clay. Woodring (1958), in his discussion of Springvaleia leroyi (Guppy), referred to two specimens of that species from the Melajo Clay, and estimated the accompanying mol- luscan fauna to consist of about 120 species. A number of mol- lusks have been described from the Courbaril beds by Maury (1912, 1925). This fauna proves, however, to be considerably richer than indicated by Maury. The fauna from Matura is known for more than a hundred years. The first faunal list from Matura was pub- lished by Guppy in 1864, Subsequently Guppy (1867, 1874) describ- ed new species from Matura and gave more complete lists. Addi- tional species from Matura have been described by various authors in different papers. In 1942 R. F. Rutsch prepared a preliminary report for Trini- dad Leaseholds, Ltd. on the Matura fauna. Rutsch realized that without access to Guppy’s types a scientific description of the fauna would meet with great difficulty. Most of the species were poorly figured or not at all. The writer was able to study Guppy’s types at the U.S. National Museum. Rutsch (1943, private report) also dealt with the mollusks from the Melajo Clay, but the collection at his disposal was small and unrepresentative. This report is no more than a modest contribution toward the knowledge of the Tertiary mollusks of Trinidad. Much additional work is needed to give range charts of species, because the inventory of ‘Trinidadian Tertiary mollusks is far from complete. Rich faunas from several formations or members are practically unstudied or incompletely described, e.g. the faunas of the Brasso Formation, the Manzanilla Formation, and the Gransaull Clay Member, and the Chickland Clay Member, both of the Springvale Formation, to mention a few. More detailed information on the formations, mem- bers referred to in this paper, and on the non-molluscan pale- ontology is contained in a manuscript on the stratigraphy of Trini- dad by H. G. Kugler. All the material mentioned, described, and figured in this report is deposited at the Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzerland, or at the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. ‘TRINIDAD MI0OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 295 Melajo River area Pt. Courbaril Text-figure 1. Index map showing general areas of fossil localities. LOCALITY DATA MELAJO RIVER AREA All the fossil localities of this area and referred to in this re- port are plotted in Text-figure 2. The material has been collected by A. G. Hutchinson, E. Lehner, H. G. Kugler, K. Rohr, and the writer. The material in the U.S. National Museum carries the USGS locality numbers 18399, 18411, 18634, and 21178. The Melajo beds are situated on the south slope of the North- ern Range of Trinidad to the west of Matura Bay. They dip about 5 degrees to south and rest transgressively on the phyllites of the Northern Range with a basal conglomerate of about | m thickness. This conglomerate consists of small quartz and phyllite pebbles and grades into a 1.5 m thick limestone with large mollusks. ‘The limestone is overlain by a bed of coarse sand of about | m thickness. Above the sand follows the typical blue, yellowish weathering Melajo Clay and silty clay with occasional sandy layers. ‘The total thickness of the Melajo Clay Member is about 200 feet. In the type area it is unconformably overlain by Pleistocene sand and gravel deposits. 296 BULLETIN 247 The type locality of the Melajo Clay Member has been selected at USGS 18399 (= USGS 21178 = Hutch 47 = Hutch) 467——aae S10) IK RAN 862-== RRS 290 = EF ye285). art 2000 3000 feet = goo meters Pleistocene Terrace on Pleistocene deposits Melajo clay member Tithonian. phyllite with sandstone - Mollusks Text-figure 2. Geological sketch map of Melajo River area showing fossil localities. POINT COURBARIL The fossil localities of this area are shown on Text-figure 3. They are situated at the coast between Point Galba and Point Courbaril, westnorthwest of the Pitch Lake. USGS locality 20432a represents a collection picked up on the beach and is a mixture of fossil and Recent shells. Two good outcrops have been known in the past, but they are gradually changing on account of slowly mov- ing layers of asphalt and erosion by the sea. To-day the southern locality (USGS 20432) is covered by rubbish hence is inaccessible. The other locality (USGS 10991) represents the type locality of the Courbaril Sand and Clay Member, and is placed by Kugler (MS) in the uppermost Morne I’Enfer Formation. Also plotted in Text-figure 3 are the two localities on the coast referred to by Maury (1912, pp. 25, 26) as “1000 feet west of the Brighton pier” and ‘700 feet east of the Brighton pier’, as well as the outcrop on the Southern Main Road, just south of the ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 297 Pitch Lake, near Mile Post 56% (now 49%) (Maury, 1912, p. 27). This last locality is the same as USGS 21782. Pitch Point = a = = Maury's ~~ fossil LOC. & S) Maury's | © fossil LOC, e Pt. Galba USGS 10991 K1429) Vo USSS 20432a K 8398 | 7 USGS 20433 K 12012 USGS 20434 K 12255] USGS 21378 RR120| fe P) 142 Pt. Courbaril K 12013 {k 8399 USGS 20432 USGS 21782 Text-figure 3. Point Courbaril area showing fossil localities. MATURA The geographic location of the Matura shell bed is shown in Text-figure 4. The type locality of the Matura Sand and Clay Mem- ber of the Talparo Formation (Kugler MS) is made up of a num- ber of slipped blocks situated on the coast south of Matura Bay. These blocks consist of highly limonitic, brown coquina with in- tercalations of clay and silt. For the greatest part the shells are worn by wave action. According to Kugler (MS) the Matura beds un- conformably overlap the Melajo beds. All the collections from the Matura shell bed (K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860) have been taken from these blocks. COMPOSITION OF THE FAUNAS A total of 325 species is considered in this report. The number of species in the three classes is as follows: Scaphopoda ....... , 298 BULLETIN 247 Matura Bay 1000 2000 feet ‘K 10924 JS 67 Text-figure 4. Geographic location of Matura shell bed. Pelecypoda....... kill Sie eee ol Gastropoda .......... Sense oniinge ate The following is a list of the species mentioned. Their oc- currence in the different stratigraphic units is indicated. Melajo Point River Courbaril Matura Scaphopoda Dentalium (Dentalium) divulgatum, n.sp. e) Oo Dentalium (Dentalium) species oO Dentalium (Graptacme) cf. amaliense Henderson oO Dentalium (Laevidentalium ?) species oO ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG Pelecypoda Nucula (Lamellinucula) vieta Guppy Nucula (Lamellinucula) baccata Guppy Nuculana (Saccella) ludificans, n.sp. Nuculana (Saccella) perlepida (Guppy) Calorhadia (Calorhadia) solivaga, n.sp. Adrana perprotracta (Dall) ? Arca (Arca) zebra zebra (Swainson) Arca (Arca) imbricata imbricata Bruguiére Barbatia (Barbatia) candida (Helbling) Barbatia species Barbatia (Acar) domingensis (Lamarck) Barbatia (Fugleria 7) millifila latrinidadis Maury Arcopsis adamsi (Dall) Anadara (Anadara) aff. inaequilateralis (Guppy) Anadara (Cunearca) brasiliana (Lamarck) Anadara (Cunearca) aff. filicata (Guppy) Anadara (Scapharca ?) sanctidavidis (Maury) Anadara (Scapharca) placata, n.sp. Lunarca billingsiana (Maury) Noetia (Noetia) sheldoniana (Maury) Noetia (Eontia) centrota (Guppy) Glycymeris (Glycymeris) cf. undata (Linné) Tucetona cf. pectinata (Gmelin) Brachydontes (Brachydontes) species Modiolus cf. americanus (Leach) Atrina species Plicatula gibbosa Lamarck Pecten (Pecten) archon Maury Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) cf. gibbus (Linné) Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) demiurgus (Dall) Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) maturensis (Maury) Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) cf. maturensis (Maury) Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) rutamensis, n.sp. Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) species Cyclopecten species Ostrea species Crassostrea cf. virginica (Gmelin) Lopha messor (Maury) Anomia simplex d’Orbigny Eucrassatella tvinitaria (Maury) Crassinella martinicensis (d’Orbigny) Crassineila guppyi (Dall) Carditamera (Carditamera) guppyi (Dall) Carditamera (Carditamera) species Carditamera (Byssomera) aff. affinis (G. B. Sowerby I) Condylocardia guppyi (Maury) Lucina (Lucina) cf. pectinata (Gmelin) Lucina (Lucinisca) roigi (Maury) Chama cf. macerophylla Gmelin Chama spec. ind. Pseudochama aff. caloosana (Dall) Trachycardium (Dallocardia) sanctidavidis (Maury) Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) maturensis (Dall) Melajo Point 99 River Courbaril Matura o) O oO oO ° oO 10) Oo (oP (my fey fo) te} Keto) ° ° 300 BULLETIN 247 Melajo Point River Courbaril Matura Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) melajoensis, n.sp. Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) cf. caboblanquensis Weisbord o ? Laevicardium cf. laevigatum (Linné) O Dosinia (Dosinia) grandis Nelson oO Dosinia (Dosinia) species o oO Cyclinella aff. tenuis (Recluz) oO Cyclinella (?) species a) Tivela (Tivela) austeniana (Maury) oO Macrocallista maculata (Linné) oO Pitar (Lamelliconcha) circinatus (Born) oO o e) Pitar (Lamelliconcha) labreanus (Maury) oO Chione (Chione) cancellata (Linné) ? ) Chione (Nioche) veatchiana Maury ) oO Chione (Lirophora) caroniana Maury Oo Chione (Lirophora) species te) Chione (Lirophora) sanctidavidis Maury O o ) Anomalocardia brasiliana (Gmelin) oO Mactra (Micromactra) cf. maracaibensis H. K. Hodson o oO Mulinia species ) 0 Moerella (Moerella) elinguis, n.sp. oO Eurytellina punicea (Born) ? cf. oO ¢ Eurytellina melajoensis, n.sp. oO Eurytellina ? oligoscissulata, n.sp. Oo oO Merisca trinidadensis, n.sp oO Tellidora species Oo Strigilla (Strigilla) carnaria (Linné) ? oO to) Strigilla (Pisostrigilla) pisiformis (Linné) ce) Strigilla (Pisostrigilla ?) species oO Macoma (Psammacoma) species A . @ Macoma (Psammacoma) species B Psammotreta galbana, n.sp. fo) Apolymetis trinitaria (Dall) oO Temnoconcha aff. brasiliana (Dall) oO o Semele proficua (Pulteney) oO oO Semele purpurascens (Gmelin) oO oO Semele laevis costaricensis Olsson oO oO Semele claytoni couvensis Maury oO Semele aff. anteriocosta Vokes o oO oO Abra cf. aequalis (Say) o Abra ? species o Cumingia galbensis, n.sp. oO Donax striatus Linné ? oO oO Donax fabagelloides Guppy oO Donax brightonensis, n.sp. fa) Donax (Machaerodonax ?) species o Tagelus (Tagelus) plebeius (Lightfoot) oO Tagelus (Mesopleura) cf. divisus (Spengler) o Tagelus (Mesopleura ?) mansfieldi (Vokes) to) Pleiorytis caroniana (Maury) oO Solen (Solen) species ) Solen (Solena) obliquus Spengler oO ) Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) helenae (Maury) oO Oo Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) species oO oO oO TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 301 Melajo Point River Courbaril Matura Juliacorbula aequivalvis (Philippi) oO oO oO Notocorbula islatrinitatis (Maury) Oo Notocorbula species Oo Notocorbula aff. disparilis (d’Orbigny) to) Tenuicorbula melajoensis, n.sp. O Tenuicorbula aff. melajoensis, n.sp. fo) Pholas species oO Martesia striata (Linné) ? oO Pandora species Oo Gastropoda Diodora cayenensis (Lamarck) Oo O Diodora (?) species ) Acmaea species ) Calliostoma decipiens (Guppy) o oO Calliostoma laticarinatum (Guppy) O Calliostoma caronianum Maury ) Calliostoma plicomphalus (Guppy) oO Calliostoma olssoni Maury ) Oo ) Microgaza oblita, n.sp oO Astraea (Astralium) cf. brevispina (Lamarck) ) Parviturbo maturensis, n.sp. Oo Nerita (Nerita) exuvioides Trechmann ? Oo Neritina (Vitta) cf. virginea (Linné) oO Oo Oo Rissoina (Rissoina) species Oo te) Teinostoma (Pseudorotella) nugax, n.sp. oO Teinostoma (Pseudorotella) spretum, n.sp. fo) Teinostoma (Aepystoma) caroniense Maury oO oO Teinostoma (Aepystoma) melajoense, n.sp. O Cochliolepis pluscula, n.sp. O Cyclostremiscus (Ponocyclus) pentagonus (Gabb) Oo Cyclostremiscus (Ponocyclus) species e) Solariorbis (subgenus ?) marginatus (Guppy) z ts) Caecum species A e) Caecum species B O Caecum species C O Caecum species D Oo Caecum species E o) Turritella (Broderiptella) bifastigata cartagenensis Pilsbry and Brown Oo O Turritella (Broderiptella) aff. mimetes Brown and Pilsbry o Turritella (Broderiptella) planigyrata Guppy Oo Turritella (Broderiptella) aff. planigyrata Guppy Oo Turritella (Bactrospira) species oO Springvaleia leroyi (Guppy) 0 Vermicularia spirata (Philippi) ? Oo Vermicularia (?) trilineata (Guppy) Oo Serpulorbis decussatus (Gmelin) ) o Petaloconchus sculpturatus alcimus Mansfield oO Petaloconchus cf. floridanus Olsson and Harbison Oo Batillaria species oO Cerithium (subgenus ?) harrisi Maury Oo Oo cf. Bittium (Bittiolum) fretense, n.sp. Oo Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) species Oo 302 BULLETIN 247 Melajo Point River Courbaril Matura Cerithiopsis (subgenus ?) emersoni (C. B. Adams) oO Cerithiopsis (subgenus ?) species oO Seila cf. adamsi (H. C. Lea) to) Modulus carchedonius (Lamarck) o Architectonica (Architectonica) nobilis nobilis R6éding o oO Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) melajoensis, n.sp. Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) guppyi, n.sp. oO Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) semidecussata (Guppy) oO Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) cf. semidecussata (Guppy) oO Mathilda species A ) ? Mathilda species B oO Triphora guttata (Guppy) oO Triphora species co) Epitonium (Epitonium) albidum (d’Orbigny) (a) Epitonium (Epitonium) aff. foliaceicostum (d’Orbigny) Epitonium (Epitonium) humphreysi (Kiener) ? oO Epitonium (Epitonium) maturense, n.sp. oO Epitonium (Asperiscala) cf. multistriatum (Say) o Epitonium (Asperiscala) cf. candeanum (d’Orbigny) oO Epitonium (Asperiscala) rohri, n.sp. o oO Epitonium (Asperiscala) aff. sericifilum (Dall) o Eulima clavata (Guppy) oO Eulima species A Balcis egregia (Guppy) oO Balcis species A Niso grandis Gabb ? o Niso species Fossarus (Iselica) anomalus (C. B. Adams) ? Hipponix cf. antiquatus (Linné) Cheilea cf. equestris (Linné) Crepidula (Crepidula) cf. maculosa Conrad o Crepidula sp. Crepidula plana Say oO Crepidula (Bostrycapulus) aculeata (Gmelin) Calyptraea centralis (Conrad) oO oO Trochita radians (Lamarck) Crucibulum (Crucibulum) subsutum Guppy Crucibulum (Crucibulum) piliferum Guppy Che GE: Erato maugeriae Gray Trivia (Pusula) radians orientalis (Schilder) Cypraea species Cypraea (Erosaria) aliena (Schilder) Neosimnia cf. uniplicata (G. B. Sowerby I) Natica (Naticarius) canrena (Linné) o Natica (Naticarius) aff. canrena (Linné) oO oO Tectonatica pusilla (Say) Polinices stanislasmeunieri Maury oO Polinices species ) Cymatium species Oo Colubraria species o Bursa (Bursa) aff. thomae (d’Orbigny) Oo Bursa (Marsupina) bufo (Bruguiére) oO Malea species ) Murex (Murex) chrysostoma G. B. Sowerby I oO ° ° ° ° Uv ° [o) foyeio) eo} {o) co) (2) fo)! (Se) Ke) fe) fe) 2) fe} (2) Te) oo ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 303 River Courbaril Matura Melajo Point Murex (Phyllonotus) cf. pomum Gmelin oO oO Murex (Chicoreus) cf. brevifrons Lamarck oO oO Eupleura lehneri, n.sp. oO Typhis (Typhinellus) cf. quadratus Hinds oO Typhis (subgenus ?) species oO Calotrophon (?) hutchisoni, n.sp. oO Risomurex galbensis, n.sp. ra) Thais (Stramonita) cf. haemostoma (Linné) o oO Thais (Stramonita) species A oO Cymia brightoniana Maury fo) Cymia species oO Parametaria prototypus (Guppy) fe) Parametaria rutschi, n.sp. ro) Anachis (Anachis) asphaltoda (Maury) oO oO Anachis (Anachis) species fe) Anachis (Costoanachis) obesa (C. B. Adams) oO oO fe) Anachis (Costoanachis) fraudans, n.sp. oO Zanassarina species oO Aesopus peculiaris (Guppy) oO Aesopus aff. metcalfei Reeve oO Strombina (subgenus ?) melajoensis, n.sp. fe) Strombina (Sincola) crassilabrum (Guppy) oO oO fo) Strombinophos perdoctus, n.sp. fe) Strombinophos species oO Buccinid indet. oO Cantharus (subgenus ?) species A oO Hanetia semiglobosa (Guppy) oO Calophos rohri (Rutsch) to) Metaphos (?) species oO Metula aff. cancellata Gabb oO Pallacera species A fe) Pallacera cf. guadelupensis (Petit de la Saussaye) fe) Nassarius (Phrontis) vibex (Say) o Nassarius (Uzita) trinitatensis, n.sp. oO oO Nassarius (Uzita) cf. albus (Say) oO Nassarius (Uzita) species A oO Nassarius (subgenus ?) gaibanus, n.sp. oO Melongena melongena (Linné) oO Latirus (Polygona) cf. infundibulum (Gmelin) oO Fasciolaria cf. tulipa (Linné) oO Fasciolaria (Pleuroploca) turamensis, n.sp. oO Fusinus species oO Fusinus cf. henekeni (G. B. Sowerby I) oO Oliva (Oliva) couvana Maury oO Jaspidella sanctidominici (Maury) fe) Olivella (Olivella) species oO Olivella (Dactylidia) aff. mutica (Say) oO Olivella (Niteoliva) cf. verreauxi (Ducros) fo) Olivella (Minioliva) fundarugata Weisbord oO oO Ancilla (Eburna) caroniana Maury oO Cancilla cf. sanctifrancisci (Maury) oO Scabricola nodulosa (Gmelin) oO Conomitra species A ro) 304 BULLETIN 247 River Courbaril Matura Melajo Point Turbinella riosecana (H. K. Hodson) fo) Prunum (Prunum) dallianum (Maury) o ? Prunum (Egouena) springvalense (Maury) oO Prunum (Egouena) calypsonis (Maury) oO Volvarina (?) species A fe) Volvarina (?) species B 0) oO Persicula (Rabicea) couviana (Maury) Oo Persicula (Rabicea) cf. interruptolineata (Megerle von Miihlfeld) 0) Bullata maiae (Maury) oO Bullata maturensis, n.sp. fo) 0 Cancellaria (Euclia) montserratensis Maury oO Cancellaria (Euclia) cf. codazzii Anderson oO Cancellaria (Narona) semota, n.sp. o Cancellaria (Charcolleria) species Oo Trigonostoma (Emmonsella) species oO Conus springvaleensis Mansfield oO Conus couvaensis Vokes oO Conus species oO Polystira species A (0) Polystira species B oO Carinodrillia meraca, n.sp. ra) Crassispira (Crassispira) cf. caroniana (Maury) o Crassispira (Crassispira) faceta, n.sp. to) Crassispira (Crassispirella) ritanida (Mansfield) 0) Agladrillia (?) lassula, n.sp. oO Lepicythara disclusa, n.sp. o Ithycythara hilaris, n.sp. oO Ithycythara species oO Adelocythara (?) micropleura (Guppy) ) Glyptaesopus species oO Miraclathurella ralla, n.sp. oO Glyphostoma sculptile, n.sp. oO Strioterebrum cf. gatunense (Toula) ) Strioterebrum aff. laevifasciola (Maury) ) a Strioterebrum aff. baculiforme (Pilsbry and Johnson) oO Strioterebrum species oO Hastula aff. hastata (Gmelin) oO Pyramidella (Longchaeus ?) species A o Pyramidella (Callolongchaeus) aff. jamaicensis Dall ) Pyramidella (Callolongchaeus) cf. diademata Maury oO Triptychus (Peristichia) species oO Eulimella (Eulimella) species A oO Eulimella (Ebalina) mitis, n.sp. oO o Turbonilla species A oO () ‘Turbonilla species B oO Turbonilla species C oO Turbonilla species D oO Turbonilla species E oO Odostomia canaliculata C. B. Adams ? oO Odostomia (Salassia ?) species Co) Rictaxis species @ Acteocina canaliculata (Say) ? o o Cylichnella altera, n.sp. to) ‘TRINIDAD MI0CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 305 River Courbaril Matura Melajo Point Cylichnella species o Sulcoretusa aff. sulcata (d’Orbigny) oO Rhizorus species A oO Rhizorus species B oO MELAJO FAUNA The fauna occurring in the Melajo Clay Member consists of 168 species of mollusks (1 scaphopod, 57 pelecypods, 110 gastro- pods) . It is of about the same size as that of the Savaneta Glauconi- tic Sandstone Member. Rutsch (1942) cited 153 species from the latter member, but Woodring (1958, p. 169) stated that there are about 20 additional species. It must be remembered that much more collecting has been done in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member than in the Melajo Clay and this for two reasons: first the fossiliferous beds at Springvale Quarry and along the Savaneta River have been known for a much longer time than the fossili- ferous Melajo Clay; second the Melajo River area is not so easily accessible as the outcrops of the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member. It, therefore, can be expected that further collecting in the Melajo Clay will yield many additional species. The Melajo fauna can be divided into two assemblages: one occurring in the limestone and coarse sand near the base of the Melajo Clay Member, the other one in the overlying clay and silty clay. The difference of the two assemblages is facies controlled; in terms of age, or difference in age, negligible, for the Melajo Clay Member is only about 200 feet thick. ‘The basal assemblage repre- sents a typical, tropical, near-shore fauna, whereas the overlying assemblage points to a deeper environment. Despite the presence of Nerita (Nerita) exuvioides ‘Trech- mann ?, Neritina (Vitta) cf. virginea (Linné), Batillaria species, and Cerithium (subgenus ?) harrist Maury, the brackish water in- fluence must have been slight in the Melajo fauna. All the species mentioned are represented by one or a few specimens only. The Melajo fauna as a whole indicates normal marine conditions with an average salinity. Associated with the mollusks are a few corals, Bryozoa, and spines of echinoderms. Van den Bold (1963, p. 364) listed 31 species of ostracods from the type locality of the Melajo Clay (KR 11862 306 BULLETIN 247 = USGS 18399) and two species from KR 11863 (= USGS 18634). The foraminiferal assemblages from several localities in the Melajo River area have been studied by J. B. Saunders (private report) . Most of these faunas are poor. The richest foraminiferal fauna is found at the type locality of the Melajo Clay (USGS 18399) , from where Saunders listed 61 species. Most of these forms are benthonic. The planktonic species include Globigerina bulloides and Globi- gerinoides rubra. COURBARIL FAUNA The fauna of the Courbaril Sand and Clay Member consists of 96 species (1 scaphopod, 55 pelecypods, 40 gastropods). The fossils are generally well preserved but not so well as those from the Melajo Clay. Many specimens show adhering asphalt which de- rived from the asphalt flows from the Pitch Lake, spreading over the sediments during the deposition of the Courbaril beds. The Courbaril assemblage as a whole, the rock clinger Diodora cayenen- sis, and the intertidal genus Brachydontes point to a near-shore en- vironment. The brackish water influence was probably higher than during deposition of the Melajo Clay. Neritina (Vitta) cf. virginea is represented by a few specimens, but Cerithium (subgenus ?) har- rist occurs in great numbers. Boring mollusks are represented by a species of Pholas and Martesia striata (Linné) ? Associated with the mollusks are a few crab claws, corals, fish teeth, and scarce Foraminifera. Van den Bold (1963, pp. 363, 368) described and listed the Ostracoda from the Courbaril beds. MATURA FAUNA The fauna from the Matura shell bed consists of 160 species of mollusks (3 scaphopods, 58 pelecypods, 99 gastropods). Guppy (1864, p. 40) considered the Matura fauna to be a dwarfed one and concluded “that there is some likelihood that glacial influences had a share in the modification of the fauna of the Matura beds”. This, of course, is not the case. The Matura fauna is a typical, tropical, near-shore assemblage. Although there is a large number of small forms, large species are present as well, e.g. Arca zebra, Anadara_ brasiliana, Lunarca billingstana, a large specimen of Noetia sheldoniana, Ostrea cf. virginica, Lucina cf. pectinata, Cypraea species, Bursa bufo, Murex cf. pomum, Fasciolaria tura- mensis, Fusinus cf. henekeni, and Bullata maturensis. As suggested TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 307 by Rutsch (1942, private report) it is more likely that the Matura fossils have been sorted mechanically. This view is supported by the fact that a large percentage of the Matura specimens is rolled, and that there is a relatively high number of broken shells. The postulation of a near-shore environment of the Matura fauna is supported by the presence of the rock clingers Diodora cayenensis, Diodora (?) species, Acmaea species, and the intertidal genus Brachydontes. The brackish water influence must have been low during deposition of the Matura beds. It is indicated only by a few specimens identified as Neritina (Vitta) cf. virginea and Cert- thium cf. harrisi. The Matura fauna contains a surprisingly high number of Calyptraeidae, the species of which attach themselves to stones. Associated with the mollusks are several species of corals, Bry- ozoa, lots of spines of echinoderms. Berry (1935, p. 430) described an ophiuran from Matura. In addition there are fish teeth, otoliths, Balanus, and ostracods. J. B. Saunders (private report) listed 31 species of Foraminifera from the type locality of the Matura beds. AGES The discussion on the relative ages of the three faunas described in this report is limited by the time interval between the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation at the bottom and the Recent fauna on top. The relative age assignments of the three faunas is based on the affinities of each to the extremes mentioned above and their mutual relationships. The upper (late) Miocene age of the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation has never been contradicted since the discovery of its molluscan fauna: Guppy (1867), Maury (1925), Mansfield (1925), Vokes (1938), Rutsch (1942) , Woodring (1966). This view is supported by the study of the ostracods (van den Bold, 1963). The affinities of this fauna to faunas of comparable age outside Trinidad have been pointed out by Rutsch (1942). The percentage figures given on the following pages have to be taken, of course, cum grano salis. MELAJO FAUNA As mentioned above the Melajo fauna can be divided into two 308 BULLETIN 247 assemblages: one collected from the limestone and sand near the base of the Melajo Clay, the other one from the overlying clay and silty clay. The lower assemblage consists of 71 species, 40 of which (or more than 56%) are identical or closely related with species occurring in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member. They are: Pecten (Pecten) archon Maury Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) demiurgus (Dall) Anomia simplex d’Orbigny Eucrassatella trinitaria (Maury) Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) melajoensis, n.sp. Dosinia (Dosinia) grandis Nelson Macrocallista maculata (Linné) Chione (Lirophora) caroniana Maury Macoma (Psammacoma) species A Apolymetis trinitaria (Dall) Semele claytoni cowvensis Maury Semele aff. anteriocosta Vokes Tagelus (Mesopleura ?) mansfieldi (Vokes) Pleiorytis caroniana (Maury) Notocorbula islatrinitatis (Maury) Calliostoma caronianum Maury Turritella (Broderiptella) planigyrata Guppy Springvaleia leroyi (Guppy) Petaloconchus sculpturatus alcimus Mansfield Architectonica (Architectonica) nobilis nobilis Roding Balcis egregia (Guppy) Calyptraea centralis (Conyad) Natica (Naticarius) canrena (Linné) Polinices stanislasmeuniert Maury Parametaria prototypus (Guppy) Hanetia semiglobosa (Guppy) Calophos rohri (Rutsch) Latirus (Polygona) cf. infundibulum (Gmelin) Oliva (Oliva) couvana Maury Jaspidella sanctidominici (Maury) Ancilla (Eburna) caroniana Maury Cancilla cf. sanctifrancisct. (Maury) Turbinella riosecana (H. K. Hodson) Prunum (Egouena) springvalense (Maury) Prunum (Egouena) calypsonis (Maury) Persicula (Rabicea) cowviana (Maury) Cancellaria (Euclia) montserratensis Maury Conus springvaleensis Mansfield Conus couvaensis Vokes Lepicythara disclusa, n.sp. The lower assemblage of the Melajo Clay and the mollusks from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member must have lived under similar conditions and at about the same time. This, at least, would be the most reasonable explanation for the high num- ber of species common to both faunas. ‘TRINIDAD M10CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 309 The upper Melajo assemblage has a far smaller number of species in common with the Savaneta fauna. This is principally due to different facies and much less so to a difference in age. The upper Melajo assemblage lived in deeper water than the Savaneta fauna. The entire Melajo fauna has about 32% of its species in common with the Savaneta fauna. The lower Melajo assemblage is, therefore, correlated with the late Miocene Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Spring- vale Formation. The upper Melajo assemblage probably lived at the same time as the Savaneta fauna but in deeper water. Based on the fact that it rests on the lower assemblage it may be slightly younger than the Savaneta fauna. Including the species that have been identified by means of the nomenclatura aperta there are 20 Melajo species (or about 12% of the total Melajo fauna) still living in the Recent fauna. The cor- responding figure for the Savaneta fauna is 11%. The Melajo fauna has 41 species (or a little more than 24% in common with the Courbaril fauna; 31 species (or a little more than 18% of the Melajo fauna) occur in the Melajo and the Matura faunas. This figure shows that the Melajo fauna is more closely related to the Courbaril fauna than to the fauna from Matura. COURBARIL FAUNA Maury (1912, p. 27) attributed a late Oligocene age to the Courbaril fauna, but Maury (1925, p. 17) called it upper Pliocene. On the other hand van den Bold (1963, p. 367) proposed a correla- tion of the Courbaril beds with the Melajo Clay Member of the Springvale Formation. The study of the mollusks now available does not support any of these views. The Courbaril fauna includes 29 species (or about 30%) still living in the Recent fauna. This percentage is considerably higher than the corresponding figure for the Melajo fauna (about 12%). This circumstance alone is reason to believe that there was a con- siderable time span between the deposition of the Melajo beds and that of the Courbaril beds. On the other hand the percentage of still living species occurring in the Matura fauna is more than 37. In terms of age the Courbaril fauna, therefore, is older than the Matura fauna, and according to its percentage of still living species 310 BULLETIN 247 it is more closely related to the Matura fauna than to the Melajo fauna, This relation, however, is not well supported by the affinities of the Courbaril fauna to the other faunas studied. There are 41 species (or almost 43%) in the Courbaril fauna occurring in the Melajo fauna as well; and 40 species (or a little less than 42%) common to the Courbaril and Matura faunas. This figure is not too significant, because the Courbaril fauna is the least complete fauna studied. The corresponding percentages of the Matura fauna, however, again show that it is more closely related to the Courbaril fauna than to the Melajo fauna (see below) . For reasons becoming evident below the Courbaril fauna is considered to be of early Pliocene age. MATURA FAUNA The Matura shell bed has variously been attributed to the Pliocene or Pleistocene. Guppy (1864, 1867, 1874) considered it to be Pliocene. Maury (1925, p. 17) correlated the Matura fauna with that of Point Courbaril, which she thought is of upper Plio- cene age. Kugler (1936, p. 1449) indicated a Pleistocene age, but Kugler (1953, p. 55) attributed a late Pliocene age to the Matura Formation. Rutsch (1942, private report) pleaded in favour of a Pliocene age, and Woodring (1966, p. 452) called the Matura fauna early Pliocene. Including the species that have been identified by means of the nomenclatura aperta there are 60 Matura species still living in the Recent fauna. ‘This number corresponds to a percentage of more than 37. The Matura fauna has 31 species (or more than 19%) in common with the Melajo fauna; and 40 species (or 25%) in common with the Courbaril fauna. The Matura fauna is thus more closely related to the Courbaril fauna than to the Melajo fauna, but it is closer to the Recent fauna than to the Courbaril fauna. For reasons given below the Matura fauna seems to be of early Pliocene age. AFFINITIES TO EASTERN PACIFIC RECENT GENERA, SUBGENERA, AND SPECIES In application of the stimulating paper by Woodring (1966) ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 311 the genera and subgenera extinct in the Western Atlantic but living in Eastern Pacific waters are listed. This list includes genera and subgenera occurring in the three faunas studied but does not pre- tend to be complete, although it contains two genera not tabulated by Woodring. They are: In the Melajo fauna In the Courbaril fauna In the Matura fauna Noetia (Noetia) Noetia (Noetia) Noetia (Noetia) Mactra (Micromactra) Mactra (Micromactra) Psammotreta Tenuicorbula Tenuicorbula Trochita Malea Cymia Parametaria Parametaria Strombina (Sincola) Strombina (Sincola) Strombina (Sincola) Hanetia Metula Cancellaria (Euclia) Cancellaria (Narona) In such a list the oldest fauna is expected to yield the highest number, and the youngest fauna the lowest number of paciphile genera or subgenera. This, however, does not apply to the Cour- baril fauna, which is attributed to the fact that the Courbaril fauna is the smallest and least complete one. The Courbaril fauna has yielded more species of pelecypods than gastropods, whereas the Melajo and Matura faunas both contain almost twice as many gastropods as pelecypods. In the following lists the fossil species closely related to Recent Eastern Pacific species are tabulated for each fauna. Melajo fauna Fossil species Recent species Calorhadia (Calorhadia) solivaga, n.sp. C. costellata (G. B. Sowerby 1) Arcopsis adamsi (Dall) A. solida (G. B. Sowerby 1) Dosinia (Dosinia) grandis Nelson D. ponderosa (Gray) Pitar (Lamelliconcha) circinatus (Born) P. alternatus (Broderip) Semele laevis costaricensis Olsson S. laevis (G. B. Sowerby 1) Polinices stanislasmeunieri Maury P. uber (Valenciennes) 312 BULLETIN 247 Courbaril fauna Fossil species Recent species Pitar (Lamelliconcha) circinatus (Born) P. alternatus (Broderip) Semele laevis costaricensis Olsson S. laevis (G. B. Sowerby 1) Cymia brightoniana Maury C. tecta (Wood) Matura fauna Fossil species Recent species Nucula (Lamellinucula) vieta Guppy N. exigua G. B. Sowerby I Arcopsis adamsi (Dall) A. solida (G. B. Sowerby I) Pitar (Lamelliconcha) circinatus (Born) P. alternatus (Broderip) Crucibulum (Crucibulum) piliferum Guppy C. spinosum (G. B. Sowerby II) Trivia (Pusula) radians orientalis (Schilder) | T. radians (Lamarck) Parametaria rutschi, n.sp. P. dupontiae (Kiener) As can be seen from the preceding lists the Matura fauna shows a relatively strong affinity to the Recent Eastern Pacific fauna. In addition there are two Matura species identical with Recent Eastern Pacific species, t.e. Trochita radians (Lamarck) and Aeso- pus peculiaris (Guppy) (see synonymy of the latter species) . It appears that the Matura fauna lived at a time when com- munication between Atlantic and Pacific was still possible or short- ly thereafter. Authors differ as to the time of the final separation of the two oceans. According to Nygren (1950, p. 2005) the, “upper Miocene to Pliocene sediments of the Bolivar syncline are conti- nental, excepting locally where the ocean entered through the destroyed western borderland or gulfs near the extremities of the geosyncline” and (p. 2006), “From upper Miocene to Recent the Bolivar portal was closed and should have been no obstacle for migration of many types of land faunas’. Stirton (1950, p. 1541) stated that “in the late (Blancan) Pliocene a land route was estab- lished”. According to Harrington (1962, p. 1806) and Whitmore and Stewart (1965, p. 185) the final separation of the two oceans occurred during the Pliocene. It is concluded that the Matura fauna is of Pliocene, and pro- bably of early Pliocene age, although a somewhat younger age cannot be excluded. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG ols SUMMARY AS TO AGES The following percentages are approximate only. Percentage of still living species in: Melajo fauna: 12 Courbaril fauna: 30 Matura fauna: 37 Affinities of the Melajo fauna to: Courbaril fauna: 24% Matura fauna: 18% Recent fauna: 12% Affinities of the Courbaril fauna to: Melajo fauna: 43% Matura fauna: 42% Recent fauna: 30% Affinities of the Matura fauna to: Melajo fauna: 19% Courbaril fauna: 25% Recent fauna: 37% The Melajo fauna is the oldest one of the three faunas studied. It is correlated, at least in part, with the late Miocene Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation. The Courbaril fauna is older than the Matura fauna and is considered to be of early Pliocene age. The Matura fauna indicates an early Pliocene age but is somewhat younger than the Courbaril fauna. SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY SCAPHOPODA Family DENTALIIDAE Genus DENTALIUM Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 785. Type species (by subsequent designation, Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 23), Dentalium elephanti- num Linné. Subgenus DENTALIUAM s:str. Dentalium (Dentalium) divulgatum, n.sp. Pits hics, iee2 Shell of medium size, moderately slender, increasing regularly in diameter. Maximum of curvature usually confined to posterior 314 BULLETIN 247 part of shell. Apical cross section regularly hexagonal. Primaries sharply elevated but flattening in subsequent stages. Interspaces concave, crossed by faint growth lines. The two interspaces on the concave side of the shell usually somewhat wider. Six secondary longitudinal riblets are intercalated, those on the convex side mostly appearing earlier. Subsequently 12 tertiary threads are introduced. In late stages all the ribs are subequal in strength. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 12718. Dimensions of holotype.— Length 33.5 mm; greatest diameter 3.8 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. D. divulgatum is common in the Melajo Clay and is repre- sented by several hundred specimens. It is a variable species. The curvature is not constant, the secondaries are not always situated in the middle of the interspaces, and some of the tertiaries may be missing. On large specimens quaternary threads may be present. The number of ribs is usually larger on the convex side of the shell. D. bocasense Olsson (1922, p. 166, pl. 15, figs. 2, 3) from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Panama has the same type of sculpture as D. divulgatum. But D. bocasense is a larger and heavier species with less curvature. D. armillatum ‘Toula (1911, p. 496, pl. 31, fig. 8) from the Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone is more delicately sculptured, has numerous faint circular constrictions, and is less arched than D. divulgatum. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch 47, Hutch bl K 9797, K 9816, K-9817, K 99025 K 9903, KR 1is62™ RikeazoW RR 293, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Dentalium (Dentalium) species There are numerous fragments of a Dentaliwm representing many ontogenetic stages. There are six sharply elevated primary ribs with concave interspaces. The secondary sculpture consists of six riblets, and later 12 tertiary threads are intercalated. Most of the fragments are but slightly arched. This form closely resembles D. divulgatum, n.sp. from the Melajo Clay, but the Matura specimens are not preserved well enough to be named. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 315 Guppy (1867, p. 160; reprint, Harris, 1921, p. 39) listed the Recent D. disparile d'Orbigny and D. antillarum d’Orbigny from Matura. The latter species has nine primary ribs, a feature not represented in the material studied. D. disparile is a hexagonal species belonging to the subgenus Antalis, i.e. the longitudinal sculpture is lacking in old stages according to the definition. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Subgenus GRAPTACME Pilsbry and Sharp Pilsbry and Sharp, 1897, Manual of Conchology, ser. 1, vol. 17, p. 85. Type species (by subsequent designation, Woodring, 1925, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 366, p. 201), Dentalium eboreum Conrad. Dentalium (Graptacme) cf. amaliense Henderson Pl, 13, fig. 3 Shell small, moderately slender, circular in cross section. Sculp- ture limited to posterior part of shell, consists of faint longitudinal threads which are separated by narrow grooves. Anterior part of shell smooth and considerably longer than sculptured portion. Apical slit long and narrow, placed laterally. There are a few small fragments which may be referred to the Recent D. amaliense Henderson (1920, p. 71, pl. 11, figs. 4, 5) from St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. ‘The holotype of that species is 16 mm long. The largest but incomplete specimen at hand measures 10.2 mm in length, and its greatest diameter is 1.8 mm, thus being some- what stouter than the Recent species. One of the fragments shows the laterally placed apical slit which is about 2 mm long. Woodring (1925, p. 202) described a fragment from Bowden, Jamaica, as Dentalium (Graptacme) species b which he thought to be similar to D. amaliense. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Subgenus LAEVIDENTALIUM Cossmann Cossmann, 1888, Catalogue illustré des coquilles fossiles de l’Eocéne des environs de Paris, fasc 3, p. 11. Type species (by original designation) , Dentaliwm incertum Deshayes. Dentalium (Laevidentalium 7) species Three minute fragments from Matura, all of them about 3 mm 316 BULLETIN 247 long, are at hand. ‘They seem to belong to Laevidentalium. Their surface is smooth, the cross section circular. No apical notch is observable. Occurrence. — K 10924, RR 230. PELECYPODA Family NUCULIDAE Genus NUCULA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 87. Type species (by monotypy), Arca nucleus Linné. Subgenus LAMELLINUCULA Schenck Schenck, 1944, Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 1, p. 97. Type species (by original designation), Nucula tamatavica Odhner. Nucula (Lamellinucula) vieta Guppy Pl. 13, figs. 4-7 ° 1867. Nucula vieta Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 174; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 53. 1874. Nucula vieta Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 443, pl. 18, figs. 8a, 8b. 1882. Nucula vieta Guppy, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, vol. 2, p. 171, pl. 7, fig. 11; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p92: 1925. Nucula vieta Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 21. Shell small, obliquely trigonal, almost as high as long, strongly inflated. Sculpture consists of numerous rounded, concentric ridges with somewhat narrower interspaces. Interspaces sculptured by fine radial lines mostly crossing the much heavier concentrics. On the anterior part of the shell the concentric ridges are more crowded, and two of them may fuse. Lunule slightly sunken, its border mark- ed by an angulation of the concentrics. Its sculpture thus consists of fine ridges running perpendicular to the hinge margin. Border of escutcheon also-marked by an abrupt change of sculpture. The escutcheon then appears knobby. The straight teeth number about six anteriorly, about 12 posteriorly. The two rows are separated by an oblique, narrow, forward looking resiliar pit. Ventral margin finely crenulated interiorly. Lectotype (herewith selected). —-USNM 115562. Dimensions of lectotype.— Length 3.1 mm; height 3.1 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 317 The type lot of N. vieta consists of two small valves which had been glued to a card. The figured specimen from JS 67 is 4.9 mm long and 4.1 mm high. It is thus larger than the material studied by Guppy. Rutsch (1942, p. 101) listed Nucuwla sp. ind. from Springvale Quarry. Examination of this material (Basel Natural History Museum, No. G 2318) suggests immature N. vieta. Larger speci- mens of later collections from Springvale Quarry confirm this determination. N. gadsdenensis Mansfield (1937, p. 187, pl. 10, figs. 8, 10, 12) from the lower Miocene Tampa Limestone of Florida is even smaller than N. vieta but has the same general form and scultpure. It has no distinct escutcheon, whereas in N. vieta it is well develop- ed. N. cahuttensis Olsson (1922, p. 171, pl. 18, figs. 21-24) from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Costa Rica is longer than N. vieta compared to the height and has a weaker sculpture. N. venezuelana Weisbord (1964, p. 36, pl. 1, figs. 1-6) from the Pliocene Mare Formation of Venezuela is a similar species. “wo small and apparently immature valves from the Cabo Blanco area, Venezuela, contained in the collections of the U. S. National Museum suggest N. vieta, although their concentrics are somewhat flatter. N. vieta is practically indistinguishable from the Recent West Coast N. exigua G. B. Sowerby I (in Broderip and Sowerby, 1832- 1353,0p: 193, 1833; Olsson; I96l, ip. 56, ple, figs.<2, Za;-2b e105 1 Oaly. N. vieta is known from a few shells only. More material might show that it should be treated as a synonym of N. exigua. Occurrence. — JS 67, PJ 302. Distribution. — Springvale Fm. (late Miocene). Matura shell bed. Nucula (Lamellinucula) baccata Guppy = Plas hgsmo-l2 1867. Nucula baccata Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 174; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 53. 1874. Nucula baccata Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. A439 ple 18, figs. 7a, 7b: 1882. Nucula baccata Guppy, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, vol. 2, p. 171, pl. 7, fig. 12; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, Oy er. 1925. nea baccata Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, P20) plet2s te. 15:: 318 BULLETIN 247 Shell small, strongly inequilateral, moderately inflated. An- terior extremity angulated. Posterior end produced and slightly angulated. Ventral margin evenly rounded. Anterior umbonal ridge accentuated; posterior umbonal ridge broadly rounded. Sculpture consists of crowded, rounded concentric ridges with nar- rower interspaces crossed by fine radial striae. Occasionally two concentrics fuse on the anterior portion of the shell. Lunule and escutcheon slightly sunken but not well defined. The concentrics continue without interruption but weaker over the anterior and posterior umbonal ridges and cover lunule and escutcheon. Anterior teeth almost straight numbering about seven. Posterior teeth angu- lated, about 17 in number. Resiliar pit narrow and oblique. Inner side of ventral margin finely crenulated. Lectotype (herewith selected). —USNM 115561. Dimensions of lectotype (left valve). — Length 7.0 mm, height 533 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The type lot of N. baccata consists of three valves which were glued to a card. The largest specimen from Matura at hand measures 7.8 mm in length and 5.8 mm in height. Immature speci- mens have an extremely weak sculpture. The heavier concentrics appear toward the ventral margin only. N. baccata occurs in the Melajo Clay and in the Courbaril beds as well, but no specimens from the type area of the Springvale Formation have been found. N. tenuisculpta Gabb (1873b, p. 255; Pilsbry 1922, p. 401, pl. 38, fig. 6) from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic is a much smaller species and has no marginal angulation anteriorly. N. orbicella Olsson (1922, p. 171, pl. 28, figs. 19, 20) from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Costa Rica is a closely related species having the same outline, sculpture, and number of teeth. However, the sculpture of the escutcheon is different being pustule-like in N. orbicella. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: K 9816, K 9817. Point Cour- baril: USGS 20432, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm. Cour- baril beds of upper Morne I’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 319 Family NUCULANIDAE Genus NUCULANA Link Link, 1807, Beschreibung der Naturalien-Sammlung der Universitat zu Rostock, Deelob: Type species (by monotypy) , Arca rostrata Chemnitz (— Mya pernula Miller) . Subgenus SACCELLA Woodring Woodring, 1925, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 366, p. 15. Type species (by original designation) , Arca fragilis Chemnitz (= Leda commutata Philippi) . Nuculana (Saccella) ludificans, n. sp. Pl. 13, figs. 13-16 Shell small. Beaks submedian. Anterior margin strongly round- ed; posterior end pointed. Lunule indistinct. Rostral area sunken and concave, sculptured by straight, subparallel lines. Posterior umbonal ridge moderately prominent. Sculpture consists of fine concentric striae which are usually broader in young stages. Resili- fer inconspicuous. Hinge with 20 to 23 anterior and 15 to 19 posterior teeth. Holotype (right valve). — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G1 267-7: Dimensions of holotype. — Length 7.4 mm, height 3.7 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. N. ludificans is represented by more than a hundred specimens from the type locality of the Melajo Clay. It is a variable species. There are specimens which are less produced posteriorly. As a rule the concentric striae are narrow, but they may be broader as well. The type lot of Leda illecta Guppy (1867, p. 174) from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Formation of Manzanilla Bay, ‘Trini- day (USNM 115556), consists of six poorly preserved specimens. They all are fragmentary and attached to matrix thus not showing the interior. Guppy described them as smooth, but they are worn and show faint concentric sculpture on some specimens. Specimens of N. ludificans from Point Courbaril often show no concentric sculpture in the area of their greatest inflation which may be due to washing. They then closely resemble N. cllecta. It is unsatisfac- tory, however, to identify N. ludificans as N. illecta. N. leptalea (Gardner) [1926-1950 (1926), p. 16, pl. 3, figs. 320 BULLETIN 247 7, 8] from the lower Miocene Chipola Formation of Florida is a smaller species with broader concentrics and a more prominent posterior umbonal ridge. N. swbibajana Marks (1951, p. 49, pl. 1, figs. 1-3) from the lower Miocene Subibaja Formation of Ecuador is larger and considerably more convex. N. extricata (Pilsbry and Johnson) (1917, p. 185; Pilsbry 1922, pl. 38, figs. 1, la) from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic has the same general ap- pearance but has different proportions. Its shell is higher com- pared to the length than in N. ludificans. N. vulgaris (Brown and Pilsbry) (1913b, p. 499, fig. 3) from the Pleistocene near Mount Hope, Panama Canal Zone, has a coarser sculpture. Among the topotypes at hand there are specimens twice as large as N. ludificans. The Recent N. eburnea (G. B. Sowerby I) (in Broderip and Sowerby, 1832-1833, p. 198, 1833; Olsson, 1961, p. 62, pl. 2, figs. 4, 4a, pl. 3, fig. 10) from the west coast of Central America has virtually the same outline and type of sculpture as N. ludificans. N. eburnea differs by its larger size and the well-defined lunule. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch 47, K 9817, K 9903, KR 11862, RR 290, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, RR 120, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Nuculana (Saccella) perlepida (Guppy) Pl. 13, figs. 17-19 1867. Leda perlepida Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 163, 173; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 42, 52. 1874. Leda perlepida Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, fos See oll, IG) isles, CE. Coy 1925. Leda perlepida Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, pazonplei2y tion 4: Shell small, strongly inflated in young stages, less so later. Umbones situated centrally to slightly anteriorly. Sculpture con- sists of fine concentrics. Anterior margin evenly rounded; posterior extremity somewhat pointed. Postero-dorsal margin straight. Hinge with two rows of chevron-shaped teeth. Anterior row with more teeth than posterior one. Escutcheon moderately well defined, sculptured by straight lines which are subparallel to the postero- dorsal margin. Lectotype (herewith selected). — USNM 115557. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 321 Dimensions of lectotype (right valve). — Length 6.0 mm, height 3.8 mm. Type locality. — Matura, ‘Trinidad. The type lot of Leda perlepida consists of four specimens which had been glued to a card. The lectotype is the specimen figured by Guppy in 1874. The remaining three syntypes are im- mature. N. perlepida does not have “occasionally deeper and wider concentric furrows” in addition to the finer concentrics. ‘These “furrows” are a matter of coloration and do not form any undulat- ing relief. The lectotype and the shell figured by Maury are the only specimens so far showing this coloration. N. perlepida is closely related to N. subcerata (Woodring) (1925, p. 17, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7) from Bowden, Jamaica. As stated by Woodring immature Bowden shells are practically indistinguishable from immature N. perlepida. Adult N. subcerata, however, con- sistently has a more upturned posterior extremity than adult Matura valves. N. ludificans, n. sp. ditfers from N. perlepida in having a longer posterior extremity. N. luwdificans typically has widely spaced concentric grooves in young stages, whereas in N. perlepida they are closely set. Immature N. ludificans is never so stout and strongly inflated as immature N. perlepida. The type lot of the Recent N. cerata (Dall) (1881, p. 126) dredged at 100 fms. off Barbados consists of nine specimens. ‘Their escutcheon is less well defined, the concentric grooves more widely spaced, and their anterior extremity more sharply curved. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Genus CALORHADIA Stewart Stewart, 1930, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Spec. Pub. No. 3, p. 51. Type species (by original designation) , Leda pharcida Dall. As suggested by Stenzel, Krause, and Twining (1957, p. 47) the genus Costelloleda Hertlein and Strong [1940-1951 (1940), p. 398] (type species: Nucula costellata G. B. Sowerby I) is a subjective synonym of Calorhadia. 322 BULLETIN 247 Subgenus CALORHADIA sg. str. Calorhadia (Calorhadia) solivaga, n. sp. PR) 14 icseala2 Shell elongate, thin. Anterior margin angulated in upper half, evenly arched below. Exterior sculptured by widely spaced, elevated concentric lamellae. Interspaces with fine incrementals. Posterior slope with two squamose ridges. Their interspace crossed by fine incrementals and sometimes by a weak continuation of the lamellae of the main shell disc. Escutcheon lanceolate, smooth. Lunule sharply defined, but narrow. Anterior row of teeth shorter than posterior one; both with more than 30 teeth. Resilifer triangular. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 12678. Dimensions of holotype (left valve).— Length 17 mm, height 6.5 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. This species is represented from the Melajo Clay by a few complete valves and a number of fragments. One of the paratypes is heavier and more inflated. A number of Calorhadias have been described from the Eocene of the southern United States, but none of these species shows the distinctive external sculpture of distant concentrics like C. solivaga. C. pharcida (Dall) [1890-1903 (1898), p. 587, pl. 32, fig. 8], the type species of Calorhadia, has also much more crowded concen- trics and seems to reach a larger size. C. solivaga is most closely related to the Recent West Coast C. costellata (G. B. Sowerby I) [im Broderip and Sowerby 1832- 1833, p. 198, 1833; Hertlein and Strong 1940-1951 (1940), p. 398, pl. 2, fig. 10] which ranges from Lower California to Panama (Olsson, 1961, p. 67). According to the many Recent specimens of C. costellata at hand C. solivaga has somewhat more distant con- centric laminae. C. solivaga is more inflated, and its ventral margin is more strongly curved. C. marella (Hertlein, Hanna, and Strong) [7 Hertlein and Strong, 1940-1951 (1940), p. 399, pl. 25 fiesal2, 13], also a Recent West Coast species, is easily distinguished from C. solivaga by its more closely set concentric lamellae. The type lot of C. cestrota (Dall) (1890, p. 255, pl. 13, fig. 7) which has been collected near Colon (Caribbean side of Panama) from a muddy bottom at a depth of 25 fms. consists of eight shells including one double-valved specimen (USNM 94088). C. cestrota ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 323 is proportionately longer than C. solivaga, has closely spaced con- centric lamellae, and its lower postero-dorsal ridge is only weakly indicated. C. cestrota may be the same as the Recent C. egregia (Guppy); “1882, so. 174, pl. 7, fies: 1, 2; reprint, Hagnis 19210 sp: 95, pl. 5, figs. 1, 2) from the Gulf of Paria, Trinidad. Guppy’s original figures are so poor that the species cannot be recognized. In addition nothing is known about the types of C. egregia. However, C. egregia seems to have crowded concentric lamellae like C. ces- trota. Dall (im Guppy and Dall, 1896, p. 329) changed the name Cercomya ledaeformis Guppy (1866b, p. 581, pl. 26, fig. 1) into Leda guppyi which is unjustified. Cercomya ledaeformis, which has been collected from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Formation at Manzanilla Bay, Trinidad, is a Calorhadia. ‘The type lot (USNM 115555) consists of a small and a larger specimen, both attached to matrix. They clearly show the two ridges on the posterior slope. Their concentric lamellae are distant on the umbonal area like in C. solivaga but become crowded toward the ventral margin. C. ledaeformis is proportionately more elongate than C. solivaga. Leda dalliana Olsson (1922, p. 175, pl. 28, fig. 17) from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Costa Rica seems to be a Calorhadia. According to the original description it must be closely related with C. ledaeformis. Occurrence. — PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178 Genus ADRANA H. and A. Adams Adams, H. and A., 1858, The genera of Recent Mollusca; arranged according to their organization, vol. 2, p. 547. Type species (by subsequent designation, Stoliczka, 1871, Palaeont. Indica, vol. 3, p. 320), Nucula (Adrana) lanceolata amare: Adrana perprotracta (Dall) ? Pl. 14, figs. 3, 4 1912. Yoldia perprotracta Dall, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, No. 2, p. 1. 1913. Yoldia perprotracta Dall, Brown and Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 65, p. 496. 1925. Yoldia perprotracta Dall, Dall, U.S. Nat Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 17, Pp 92, pla 18, "tio. 3. 1953. Yoldia (Adrana) perprotracta Dall, Warmke and Abbott, Jour. Washing- ton Acad. Sci., vol. 43, No. 8, p. 260, figs. 1, 2 Shell thin, elongated, inequilateral. Beaks low. Anterior end 324 BULLETIN 247 strongly arched, posterior end somewhat pointed. Ventral margin with a shallow sinus posterior to the beaks. Narrow lunule and escutcheon present. Sculpture consists of fine, concentric grooves with wider interspaces. Sculpture confined to the main shell disc, 7.€., to the area between anterior and posterior umbonal slopes. An- terior umbonal slope sometimes marked with a shallow radial de- pression. In front of the posterior umbonal slope the sculpture be- comes eccentric, 7.e., the striae slowly approach the ventral margin. Rest of exterior surface coverd by faint incrementals. Hinge almost straight. Adult specimens have about 38 anterior and 45 to 50 posterior teeth. Resilifer asymmetrically triangular. Type lots.—USNM 214350 (one left valve and one double- valved specimen). USNM 605551 (17 shells including two double- valved specimens) . Both lots were collected at the same locality. Type locality. — Pleistocene near Mount Hope, Panama Canal Zone. This species occurs abundantly in the Melajo Clay but is rare in the Courbaril beds. A. kurzt (Mansfield) (1932a, p. 36, pl. 2, figs. 5, 8), from the late Miocene of Florida, is closely related to A. perprotracta ? It differs in being proportionately higher. Its concentrics are more widely spaced and continuous over the antero-dorsal area which is not the case in A. perprotracta ? On the other hand all the speci- mens in the type lot of A. perprotracta are proportionately longer, and their concentrics more crowded but not continuous over the antero-dorsal area. ‘Thus the Trinidad fossils are closer to A. per- protracta than to A. kurzi. The status of A. agronomica (Maury) (1925a, p. 405, pl. 12, fig. 12) is not clear, because the type (and only specimen) crumbled after being drawn. Marks (1951, p. 51, pl. 1, fig. 6) described Nuculana (Adrana) sp. from the lower Miocene Subibaja Forma- tion of Ecuador. This form is insufficiently preserved to allow a comparison. Adrana quitanensis (Olsson) (1922, p. 174, pl. 18, fig. 19) from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Costa Rica has simi- lar dimensions and outline as the Trinidad fossils, but it is said to be “crossed on the lower half of the anterior two-thirds by even, oblique lines.” This is not the case in the material under study. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG a20 Among the Recent West Coast Adranas A. exoptata Pilsbry and Lowe (1932, p. 107, pl. 17, figs. 8, 9) has some resemblance with A. perprotracta but is somewhat angulated antero-dorsally, and has less teeth. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862, Hutch 47, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 12013, 12) pra Family ARCIDAE Genus ARCA Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 693. Type species (defined by Opinion 189, Opinions and Declara- tions rendered by the Internat. Comm. Zool. Nomenclature, vol. 3, pp. 93-108, 1945) , Arca noae Linné. Subgenus ARCA s. str. Arca (Arca) zebra zebra (Swainson) Pies l4a hissy 56 1833. Byssoarca zebra Swainson, Zoological Illustrations, ser. 2, vol. 3, pl. 118. 1844. Not Arca zebra Swainson, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 2, Arca, species 69, pl. 11, fig. 69. 1845. Arca barbadensis d’Orbigny in La Sagra, Historia fisica, politica y natural de la isla de Cuba, Spanish edition, tomo 5, Moluscos, p. 345. 1847. Arca occidentalis Philippi, Abbildungen und Beschreibungen, vol. 3, p: 29 Arca, pl. 4, figs. 4a, 4b, 4c. 1907. Arca zebra Swainson, Lamy, Jour. de Conchyl., vol. 55 (ser. 4, vol. 9), on llye 1925: ee (Arca) occidentalis Philippi, Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 366, p. 29, pl. 2, figs. 8, 9. For further citations see this publication. 1953. Arca (Arca) occidentalis Philippi, Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon., No. 8, p. 32. 1964. Arca (Arca) zebra (Swainson), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 50, pl. 2, figs. 16, 17. For additional citations see this publica- tion. More than 20 specimens from Matura representing many onto- genetic stages are at hand. The largest ones reach a length of more than 60 mm. The posterior emargination is not strongly pronounced usually but more so in young stages. The antero-dorsal angulation is variable like in Recent specimens. Guppy listed the species from Matura as A. noae. A. noae is said to occur as far west as Bermuda (Lamy, 1907, p. 16). On the other hand A. zebra occurs as far east as Bermuda (Warmke and Abbott, 1961, p. 321, map 4). Comparison of many specimens of both species shows that there is no constant difference as both 326 BULLETIN 247 species are variable. Many opinions have been expressed as to their relationship but without definite result. A solution seems possible only by comparing the anatomy of both forms. Specimens from Bowden, Jamaica, are more elongate on an average than those from Matura. The depth of the posterior emargination seems more pronounced but is also variable according to Woodring (1925, pp. 29-30). Specimens from the Springvale Formation of Springvale Quarry have been described as A. occi- dentalis miocica by Vokes (1938, p. 8, fig. 1). Rutsch (1942, p. 109) questioned the value of this subspecies stating that large suites of both forms should be compared before taking a definite decision. However, the fossil form has finer ribs and more secondary riblets on the postero-ventral portion of the shell. The latter feature may be found on Recent specimens as well. But even then their primaries are considerably broader than on the fossil subspecies. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene (Venezuela, Costa Rica, Jamaica, Dominican Republic, Florida). Pliocene (Florida). Pleistocene. Recent (West Indies to Cape Hatteras and Bermuda) . Arca (Arca) imbricata imbricata Bruguiére Pl. 14, figs. 7, 8 1792. Arca imbricata Bruguiére, Encyclopédie Méthodique, vol. 1, p. 98 (refers to Lister, pl. 367, fig. 207). 1819. Arca umbonata Lamarck, Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, vol. 6, p. 37 (refers to Lister, pl. 367, fig. 207). 1845. Arca americana d’Orbigny in La Sagra, Historia fisica, politica y natural de la isla de Cuba, Spanish edition, tomo 5, Moluscos, p. 342. Atlas, pl. 28 mies. 1 2) 1842: 1907. Arca imbricata Bruguiére, Lamy, Jour. de Conchyl., vol. 55 (ser. 4, vol. 9)5 p: 26: 1964. es (Arca) imbricata Bruguiére, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 54, pl. 3, figs. 1-8. For additional citations see this publication. 1965. Arca (Arca) umbonata Lamarck, Jung, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 49, No. 2250p. 420% pl. Sis figs.a 250. Several small, immature specimens from Matura are at hand. Like Recent shells of this species, the shape varies considerably. The byssal gape may or may not be strongly accentuated, and the posterior umbonal ridge is prominent, angulated, or rounded. A. umbonata morantensis Woodring (1925, p. 30, pl. 2, figs. 10, 11) from Bowden, Jamaica, is a smaller species with coarser sculpture. Its affinities to A. bowdeniana Dall [1890-1903 (1898), ~I TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 32 p. 622, pl. 33, fig. 12] have been discussed by Woodring (1925, ps ol): Occurrence. — Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18204. Point Courbaril: USGS 20432a. Distribution. — See Weisbord (1964, p. 58). Genus BARBATIA Gray Gray, 1842, Synopsis of the contents of the British Museum, ed. 44, p. 81. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 197), Arca barbata Linné. Subgenus BARBATIA s. str. Barbatia (Barbatia) candida (Helbling) Pl. 14, figs. 11, 12 1779. Arca candida Helbling, Abhandl. Privatges. BOhmen, vol. 4, p. 129, pl. 4, figs. 39, 40 and a. 1925. Barbatia (Calloarca) candida Gmelin, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 42, pl. 8, fig. 6. 1964. Barbatia (Barbatia) candida (Helbling), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 58, pl. 3, figs. 9-14. For additional citations see this publication. This form is represented from Matura by three immature shells. Comparison with Recent specimens of the same size suggests that the fossil belongs to B. candida. B. candida is treated as a species of Cucullaearca by Reinhart (1935, p. 27). Occurrence. — K 10924, RR 230. Distribution. — See Weisbord (1964, p. 61). Barbatia species A single fragment from the base of the Melajo Clay measuring 31 mm in length indicates that the Melajo fauna includes also a large species of Barbatia. The fragment represents the antero-ventral part of a left valve. Its external sculpture is regular consisting of pairs of radial ribs. Two pairs of radials form a group of four, and these groups are separated from each other by wider interspaces. All the radials are beaded anteriorly. Occurrence.— USGS 18411. Subgenus Acar Gray Gray, 1857, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 369. Type species (by subsequent designation, Woodring, 1925, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 366, p. 36), Arca gradata Broderip and G. B. Sowerby I. 328 BULLETIN 247 Stoliczka (1871, p. 340) did not designate a type species of Acar as indicated by some authors. Barbatia (Acar) domingensis (Lamarck) 1 I, ales, Il, & 1819. Arca domingensis Lamarck, Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres, vol 6, p. 40. 1907. Arca (Acar) plicata Chemnitz, Lamy, Jour. de Conchyl., vol. 55, (ser. 4, vol. 9), p. 80. 1925. Barbatia (Acar) reticulata Gmelin, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, IN@s Ges joe Gel, joie teh tates, tes PIL 1964. Barbatia (Acar) domingensis (Lamarck), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 61, pl. 4, figs. 1-9. For further citations see this publication. Shell of small to medium size. Anterior margin evenly rounded, with fine crenulations interiorly. Ventral margin oblique to hinge, smooth. Posterior margin pointed with interior crenulations. Umbos low, broad, strongly prosogyrate. Sculpture reticulate, considerably coarser On posterior portion of shell. Concentric ridges stronger and less numerous than the radial ribs. Radials thickened on concen- tric ridges but narrow in the interspaces of the concentrics. Posterior umbonal ridge strongly angulated. Cardinal area narrow. Behind the umbos a few ligamental grooves. Muscle scars prominent and elevated. This is the species listed as A. squwamosa by Guppy (1867, p. 164; 1874, p. 443). It is common at Matura being represented by more than 30 specimens. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302; USGS 18207, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1964, p. 64). Subgenus FUGLERIA Reinhart Reinhart, 1937, Jour. Paleont., vol. 11, No. 3, p. 184. Type species (by original designation), Barbatia (Fugleria) pseudoillota Reinhart. Barbatia (Fugleria ?) millifila latrinidadis Maury Pl. 14, figs. 9, 10 1925. Barbatia (Acar) milifilia [sic] latrinidadis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., VOLTLOWINOY 425 p44) pls 8 tes 3: Shell small, inequilateral. Umbos low, broad, strongly prosogy- rate, somewhat angulated posteriorly. Anterior margin evenly rounded. Postero-ventral margin moderately produced. Sculpture consists of about 30 primary ribs. The anterior ones and those TRINIDAD M1I0CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 329 around the posterior umbonal ridge are broader and strongly bead- ed. The central ribs are narrow and only slightly beaded. Those on the posterior slope are narrower again but strongly beaded. Second- ary ribs first appear anteriorly, then centrally. No secondaries around posterior umbonal ridge and on posterior slope. Cardinal area narrow, wider in front. Hinge with about 24 teeth, those of the posterior half shorter than the anterior ones. Inner margin smooth. Holotype (left valve). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 817. Dimensions of holotype. — Length 17.5 mm, height 13.0 mm, convexity 5.5 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. Maury described this form as a subspecies of the Pliocene B. millifila (Dall) [1890-1903 (1903), p. 1629, pl. 56, figs. 21, 24] from Shell Creek, Florida. Reinhart (1937, p. 184) doubtfully in- cluded B. millifila in his subgenus Fugleria. Originally Fugleria was meant to include forms with reduced or absent posterior teeth as shown by its type species, B. pseudoillota Reinhart, from the Pliocene of California. But Olsson (1961, p. 83) enlarged its definition: “. . . the posterior set of teeth well developed or sub- obsolete.’ According to this statement B. millifila, which has well- developed posterior teeth, and the subspecies latrinidadis, which has only slightly reduced posterior teeth, belong to Fugleria. The type lot of B. millifila (USNM 163473) consists of two specimens which are less elongate than the Trinidad fossils. The collections of the U. S. National Museum contain specimens from the late Miocene of Acline, Florida, which might be identified as B. millifila, although they have a more elongate outline like the Trinidad subspecies. On the other hand they may have divided primary radials postero-ventrally like specimens from Shell Creek, a feature never observed on Matura shells. The collections of the U. S. National Museum contain a single specimen from the Pliocene of Moin Hill near Puerto Limon, Costa Rica (USGS locality 5884 b), which probably represents B. milli- fila latrinidadis. A lectotype of the Recent Caribbean B. tenera (C. B, Adams) (1845, p. 9) has been selected and figured by Clench and Turner 330 BULLETIN 247 (19505 pies487 pl. 43; fies. 2) dinis speciesshas clearly reduced posterior teeth, thus being a real Fugleria. The Recent West Coast B. illota (G. B. Sowerby I) (1833-1834, p. 18, 1833; Maury, 1922, pl. 2, figs. 8, 14; Olsson, 1961, pl. 6, figs. 1, la, 1b) has tertiary riblets which do not seem to occur in B. tenera. Occurrence. — RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204. Distribution. — Matura, Trinidad. Pliocene of Costa Rica (?). Genus ARCOPSIS von Koenen Von Koenen, 1885, Abh. K6énigl. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, Phys. Classe, vol. 32, pe 2, poo: Type species (by subsequent designation, Reinhart, 1935, Bull. Mus. royal Hist. nat. Belgique, vol. 11, No. 13, p. 30), Arca limopsis von Koenen. Arcopsis adamsi (Dall) Pl. 15, figs. 3-6 1845. Arca caelata Conrad, Fossils of the Medial Tertiary Formations of the United States, p. 61, pl. 32, fig. 2. Not of Reeve, 1844. 1867. Arca adamsi Shuttleworth, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 164; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 43. 1874. Arca adamsi Shuttleworth, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2; vol: 1); Pata: 1925. Barbatia (Fossularca) adamsi (Shuttleworth), Smith, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 45, pl. 8, figs. 1, 8. 1925. Fossularca (Fossularca) adamsi sawkinsi Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, Pub. 366, p. 51, pl. 5, figs. 16, 17. 1964. Arcopsis adamsi “Shuttleworth” (E. A. Smith), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 65, pl. 4, figs. 14-17, pl. 5, figs. 1-6. For further citations see this publication. 1965. Arcopsis (Arcopsis) adamsi (Dall), Bird, Palaeont. Amer., vol. 5, No. 34, [oe oy JON Wh tots, 75 tk Shell small. Shape strongly variable, from moderately elongate- subrectangular to stout-subtrapezoidal. Umbos low, broad, subcen- tral. Posterior umbonal ridge accentuated. Sculpture consists of numerous radials which are crossed by fine concentrics forming more or less strong beads at the intersections. This reticulate sculp- ture is always developed in young stages, but on adult specimens the concentrics may disappear. Secondary radials are present on the central portion of the shell which is shallowly depressed in older individuals. Posterior teeth more numerous than anterior ones. Cardinal area narrow. Ligamental area triangular, subumbonal. Muscle scars elevated. As mentioned above this species has considerable variability. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 331 Rutsch (private report) listed A. solida (G. B. Sowerby I) (1833- 1834, p. 18; 1833; ‘Olsson, 196], p. (85, pl. 6, figs. 3, 3a, 3b), the Recent West Coast analogue of A. adamsi, from Matura. Rutsch had four adult valves at hand which indeed look more like 4. solida than A. adamsi. They are stout, strongly inflated, and have lost most of the concentric sculpture like the specimens figured by Maury (1925, pl. 8, figs. 1, 8). However, more recent collections from Matura yielded more elongate specimens with reticulate sculp- ture some of them being immature. Only a comparison of large series of both species could show whether there are steady transi- tions or not. Almost the same circumstances are found in a large lot of A. adamsi from the Caloosahatchee Pliocene of Shell Creek, Florida. In Recent lots the variability is less marked; stout and strongly inflated individuals retain the concentric sculpture even in adult stages. Dall (1886, p. 243; 1902, p. 508, pl. 31, fig. 1) proposed the subspecific name conradiana for small, squarish, Recent shells. A sample from the Gulf of Mexico at hand, dredged at 54 fathoms east of the Mississippi Delta, contains specimens referable to this sub- species. They differ from A. adamsi by a more accentuated postero- dorsal angulation and a much broader cardinal area. The specimens described by Rutsch (1942, p. 111, pl. 3, figs. 3, 4) from Springvale Quarry are immature and identical with shells of the same size from Matura. Imperfectly preserved young speci- mens occur in the Melajo Clay as well. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: K 9817, PJ 285. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1964, p. 68) . Genus ANADARA Gray Gray, 1847, Zool Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 198. Type species (by original designation) , Arca antiquata Linné. Subgenus ANADARA ss. str. Anadara (Anadara) aff. inaequilateralis (Guppy) Shell elongate, ventral margin almost parallel to hinge. Umbos low and broad, mesially sulcate, situated well anteriorly. Ribs 27 to 29, somewhat broader on left valve with correspondingly wider interspaces on right valve. Ribs and interspaces crossed by fine 392 BULLETIN 247 concentric threads. The ribs around the posterior umbonal ridge seem to be divided in adult specimens. Cardinal area narrow. Inner margin crenulated. A number of mostly immature shells from the Courbaril beds and the Melajo Clay have almost the same outline and degree of inflation as A. inaequilateralis (Guppy) (1866a, p. 293, pl. 18, fig. 2) from Bowden, Jamaica. Comparison with topotypes shows that the Bowden shells differ in being proportionately higher posteriorly and in having divided ribs anteriorly and posteriorly. Only a few specimens from the Courbaril beds and the Melajo Clay have an indication of divided ribs. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51, K 9817, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20434. Subgenus CUNEARCA Dall Dall, 1898, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 4, p. 618. Type species (by monotypy) , Arca incongrua Say. Anadara (Cunearca) brasiliana (Lamarck) 1819. Arca brasiliana Lamarck, Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, vol. 6, p. 44. 1822. Arca incongrua Say, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 1, vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 268. Scapharca (Cunearca) incongrua Say, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 66, pl. 7, fig. 6. 1925. Scapharca (Cunearca) brasiliana Lamarck, Maury, ibidem, p. 66, pl. 4, figs. 1, 4, 5. 71925. Scapharca (Cunearca) sanctiandreae Maury, ibidem, p. 67, pl. 5, fig. 6. 1964. Anadara (Cunearca) brasiliana (Lamarck), Weisbord; Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 79, pl. 6, figs. 13-16. For additional citations see this publication. Shell large, rhomboidal. Umbos high, subcentral, slightly proso- gyrate. Sculpture consists of 26 to 30 broad radials carrying coarse transverse beads anteriorly, Sculpture on left valve stronger. Distal teeth of hinge converging ventrally. Cardinal area broad, triangular, transversely striated, bordered by a prominent groove. Inner margin strongly fluted. There are two imperfectly preserved valves from Matura and a large right valve from Point Courbaril (length 47 mm, height 44 mm). The larger Matura specimen is 43 mm long. Another valve from Matura resembles what Maury described as A. sanctiandreae, the type locality of which is Matura. This valve TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 333 has also a shallow radial depression in front of the posterior um- bonal ridge, but its beading is restricted to the anterior part of the shell, although it is a left valve. Recent specimens of A. brasiliana from Galveston, Texas, have also a shallow radial depression in front of the posterior umbonal ridge, but their ribs are more strongly beaded. There are also some Recent left valves from Trini- dad which have this depression, and their beads on the ribs are restricted to the anterior part of the shell. Thus it seems that 4. sanctiandreae is immature A. brasiliana. A. willardausteni (Maury) (1917, p. 179, pl. 29, figs. 6, 7) from the Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic is a smaller species, more inequilateral, and has more numerous but less strongly beaded ribs. According to Olsson (1961, p. 95) the Recent West Coast A. bifrons (Carpenter) is generally smaller, more rhombic in shape, and the sculpture is smoother. A. esmeralda (Pilsbry and Olsson) (1941, p. 53, pl. 13, figs. 4, 5) from the Pliocene of western Ecuador is a similar species but has chevron-shaped grooves on the cardinal area according to the original description. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: USGS 20433. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230. Distribution. — Upper Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1964, p82); Anadara (Cunearca) aff. filicata (Guppy) Veal, Gy, sokey, Shell of small to medium size, inequilateral, inequivalve. Umbos high and full. Anterior margin regularly rounded, ventral margin somewhat straightened, postero-ventrally produced. Sculp- ture consists of about 27 ribs which are transversely beaded on left but less so on right valve. Posterior umbonal ridge moderately ac- centuated to rounded. This form belongs to a heterogeneous group which includes A. filicata (Guppy), A. thalia (Olsson), A. pittiert (Dall), A. lloydi (Olsson), A. hindsi (Olsson), the Recent A. chemnitzi (Philippi) , and others. The material at hand shows a considerable variability mainly concerning the prominence of the posterior um- bonal ridge which influences the general shape of the shell. A, filicata (Guppy) (1866b, p. 583, pl. 26, fig. 5) from the Manzanilla Formation of Trinidad generally has a rounded pos- 334 BULLETIN 247 terior umbonal ridge. Maury (1925, p. 68, pl. 8, fig. 5) did not figure a typical specimen. The ribs of the right valve of A. filicata carry inconspicuous beads, whereas in the present form they are smooth in front of the posterior umbonal ridge. In A. pittieri (Dall) (1912, p. 9) from the Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone and Costa Rica the posterior umbonal ridge is accentuated usually. The type of A. pittier: has been figured by Dall (1925, pl. 17, fig 7). The present material does not reach the size of A. pittiert. A. alcima (Dall) [1890-1903 (1898), p. 635, pl. 31, figs. 5, 7] from the Caloosahatchee Pliocene of Florida is a larger species. A single specimen from the Melajo River area reaches a similar size but has a higher cardinal area. A. chemnitzioides (Maury) (1912, p. 44, pl. 7, figs. 13-15, pl. 8, fig. 1) should be considered as a nomen dubium. It is based on in- complete moulds. A lectotype of A. chemnitzioides is herewith selected and figured (PI. 15, figs. 8, 9). Its type locality is at mile- post 498, (new mileposts!) of the Southern Main Road of ‘Trini- dad, just south of the Pitch Lake (= USGS 21782). This locality falls within the Upper Morne I’Enfer Formation, and has approxi- mately the same age as the Courbaril beds. It is not possible to dif- ferentiate topotypes of A. chemnitzioides (moulds) at hand from moulds cleariy belonging to 4. filicata. The Recent 4A. chemnitzi (Philippi) (1851, p. 50) mainly differs by its larger size. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51, K 9797, K 9813, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429) K 8399) K 12255, RR 120; Py 212) USES 1099 USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS PAWL To Subgenus SCAPHARCA Gray Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 198. Type species (by original designation), Arca inaequivalvis Bruguiére. Anadara (Scapharca ?) sanctidavidis (Maury) 121 aby, anys, AIO, ala 1925. Scapharca (Scapharca) transversa sanctidavidis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 64, pl. 6, fig. 3. Shell of medium size, inequilateral, moderately inflated. An- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 335 terior and posterior margins evenly rounded. Ventral margin oblique to hinge line. Sculpture consists of 30 to 35 radials which may be beaded anteriorly. Umbos low. Posterior umbonal ridge in- conspicuous, ‘Teeth vertical centrally but converge ventrally toward the ends. Cardinal area narrow. Inner margin fluted. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 799. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. ‘There are only four right valves at hand. The beading of the anterior ribs is inconspicuous due to rolling. The subgeneric assign- ment is doubtful as there are no left valves to show whether this species is inequivalve with discrepant sculpture. Maury described this form as a subspecis of A. transversa (Say) (is225ep 209) e Birdy (1965;"p..30) plie2: diss. eon O57) 928 pl One 5) redescribed A. transversa as an Anadara s, str. taking several ol Conrad’s species in its synonymy. It ranges from Miocene to Recent As stated by Maury the Matura species differs mainly from 4. transversa by its oblique ventral margin. According to Warmke and Abbott (1961, p. 159) A. transversa occurs not only south of Cape Cod to Florida and ‘Texas, but in the West Indies as well. Occurrence. — RR 230. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Anadara (Scapharca) placata, n. sp. VAL als), savers, ales} Shell small, strongly inequilateral, somewhat inequivalve. Umbos moderately high, strongly sulcated mesially. Anterior mar- gin evenly rounded. Ventral margin extends upwards from lowest point into prominent postero-ventral production. Postero-dorsal margin straight. Posterior umbonal ridge prominent in young, rounded in older stages. Sculpture consists of 26 to 28 ribs which are beaded anteriorly but less so on right valve. Posterior ribs smooth. Interspaces crossed by fine threads. Cardinal area moderate- ly broad, bordered by an incised line. In adult specimens hinge with about 17 anterior and 21 posterior teeth. Inner margin strong- ly fluted. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 12884. Dimensions of holotype (right valve). — Length 19.6 mm, height 14.4 mm, convexity 6.4 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: KR 11862. 336 BULLETIN 247 A. placata is abundant in the type region. The sculptural discrepancy in the two valves is not pronounced. ‘The postero-ven- tral production is less accentuated in immature specimens. The Recent West Coast A. adams: Olsson (1961, p. 90, pl. 6, figs. 7, 7a, 7b) has the same general appearance as A. placata but seems to be an Anadara s. str.. Moreover A. adamsi has a radial depression in front of the posterior umbonal ridge. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch, 47, Hutch bl, KR-11862, K 9902, K 9903, K 9797, K 9817, RRo 290 si e2eo USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Genus LUNARCA Gray Gray, 1857, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 372. Type species (by monotypy), Arca costata Gray = A. pexata Say = A. campechiensis Gmelin = A. ovalis Bruguiére. As pointed out by Reinhart (1943, p. 7/5), Bird (1965) pr o2)e and others the name Argina Gray is preoccupied by Argina Hueb- ner (Lepidoptera). According to Sherborn and Prout (1912, p. 179) Huebner’s work “Verzeichniss bekannter Schmetterlinge” was issued in several parts, and the page (p. 167) on which Argina is described, probably appeared in 1822. As the type species of Lunarca, A. costata, is believed to be an abnormal form of the type species of Argina Gray, A. pexata Say (1822, p. 268) (type species by subsequent designation, Stoliczka, 1871, Palaeont. Indica, vol. 3, p. 339), the latter genus is a synonym of Lunarca. McLean (1951, p. 17) proposed Arginarca (type species by original designation, A. campechiensis Gmelin = A. pexata Say) as a substitute name for Argina Gray. Because A. campechiensis and A. pexata are synonyms, Arginarca is a synonym of Lunarca as well. Moreover A. campechiensis Gmelin (Systema Naturae, vol. 1, pt. 6, p. 3312, 1791) is a synonym of A. ovalis Bruguiére (Encycl. Méth., vol. 1, pt. 1, p. 110, 1789) . Lunarca billingsiana (Maury) Pl. 16, figs. 4-7; Pl. 17, figs. 1-4 1867. Arca pexata Say, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 164; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 43 (cited from Matura). 1912. Arca (Argina) billingsiana Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, Voli 15) ps 45 pla 8; tigse 2s. 1912. Arca (Argina) brightonensis Maury, ibidem, p. 46, pl. 8, figs. 4, 5, 6. 1925. Scapharca (Argina) brightonensis Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol: 10; No: 42) p:.76;-pliv7, figs. 7: ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG ara | 5. Scapharca (Argina) billingsiana Maury, Maury, ibidem, p. 76, pl. 6, fig. 2. 5. Argina billingsiana maturensis Maury, ibidem, p. 78, pl. 5, fig. 3, pl. 6, fies. 9 FW: 192 192 Shell of medium size, inequilateral, elongate. Umbos strongly prosogyrate, broad, low. Anterior and posterior margins regularly rounded, ventral margin oblique to hinge. Ribs 30 to 35 with fine medial grooves on central part of left valve. Ribs of right valve usually somewhat narrower than those of left valve. Interspaces nar- rower than ribs, and crossed by fine growth lines. Cardinal area narrow, situated behind the beaks. Anterior set of teeth consists of about seven irregular and partly broken teeth; posterior set with about 35 teeth. Inner margin strongly fluted. Lectotype of A. billingsiana (herewith selected). — Cornell Uni- versity, Paleont. Museum, No. 38297: left valve. Dimensions of lectotype of A. billingsiana. — Length 31.3 mm, height 22.7 mm. Type locality of A. billingsiana.— Along shore, 700 feet east of Brighton pier, SW Trinidad. Lectotype of A. brightonensis (herewith selected). — Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, No. 38295: left valve. Dimensions of lectotype of A. brightonensis. — Length 24.7 mm, height 19.5 mm. Type locality of A. brightonensis.— Along shore, 700 feet east of Brighton pier, SW Trinidad. Lectotype of A. billingsiana maturensis (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 804: right valve. Speci- men figured by Maury (1925, pl. 6, fig. 9). Dimensions of lectotype of A. billingsiana maturensis. — Length 31.3 mm, height 22.2 mm, convexity 9.3 mm. Type locality of A. billingsiana maturensis. — Matura, ‘Trini- dad. Maury (1912) described a number of species of Lunarca from Trinidad. The two Recent species, L. schultzana and L. pariaensis are the same as L. ovalis (Bruguiére) . The three fossil forms listed in the above synonymy represent one species. The differences in- dicated by Maury fall within the variability. The pronounced postero-dorsal angulation is not typical for specimens from Matura but for immature shells in general, although not throughout. Speci- 338 BULLETIN 247 mens from Matura are not less inflated, their umbos are not lower, and the number of ribs is about the same as in L. billingsiana. L. billingsiana is well separated from the Recent L. ovalis (Bruguiére) by its more elongate form. Recent specimens from Puerto Mexico at hand are almost as high as long, and they rarely reach the number of 30 ribs. Recent shells from Trinidad are some- what more elongate than those from Puerto Mexico, but clearly less than A. billingsiana. According to McLean (1951, pp. 17-18) the Recent species has a considerable variability as to shape and number of ribs, but no geographical correlation seems possible. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399) RRAI2ZO Sry 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Courbaril beds of Upper Morne l’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. Genus NOETIA Gray Gray, 1857, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19, p. 371. Type species (by monotypy), Noetia triangularis Gray (= Arca reversa G. B. Sowerby I). Subgenus NOETIA ss. str. Noetia (Noetia) sheldoniana (Maury) Pl. 17; figs. 5-83 Blois figs 1912. Arca (Noetia) sheldoniana Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, vold; p.-43,) pl. 8, as. LOST: 1925. Noetia sheldoniana Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, JO CY jolle te, these INT 1938. Noetia sheldoniana Maury, MacNeil, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 189-A, Pe oaplvOn fost slo. Holotype. — Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N.Y., No. 38296. Type locality. — Along shore, 1000 feet west of Brighton pier, Trinidad. N. sheldoniana was described and compared in detail by Mac- Neil (1938). Its type locality, lying northwest of the Pitch Lake, has disappeared but was part of the Courbaril beds of the Upper Morne I’Enfer Formation. Specimens from the type locality of the Courbaril beds and from the Melajo River area exactly fit the descriptions and the several figures of the holotype of N. sheldoniana. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 339 The material from Matura is assigned to N. sheldoniana as well, although the specimens are not typical. Matura shells reach a much larger size, the posterior margin is less steep and more pro- duced postero-ventrally, and there are only 34 to 36 ribs instead of 38. Immature specimens from Matura, however, have the same shape as typical N. sheldoniana. The larger size, the more produced postero-ventral extremity, and the lower number of ribs seem to represent a development toward the Recent Pacific Coast N. reversa (G. B. Sowerby I) (1833-1834, p. 20, 1833; Olsson, 1961, p. 101, pl. 10, figs. 1, la, 1b). But N. reversa has a straighter posterior margin, and the beaks are situated more posteriorly. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51, K 9813, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, USGS 10991, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne l’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. Subgenus EONTIA MacNeil MacNeil, 1938, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 189-A, p. 11. Type species (by original designation), Arca ponderosa Say. Noetia (Eontia) centrota (Guppy) Pl. 18, figs. 3-6 1867. Arca centrota Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 175; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 54. 1873. Not Arca centrota Guppy, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, vol. 2, p. 92, pl. 3, figs. 4a, 4b; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No3so5"p: 755) pli ties: 4a; 4b: 1874. Arca centrota Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 443 (part), pl. 18, fig. 23 1875. Not Arca centrota Guppy, Guppy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 15, pols plow. figs. 4a, 4b: 1925. Noetia centrota Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p= 38, pl. 8; figs. 10, 12. 1938. Eontia centrota (Guppy), MacNeil, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 189-A, p. 12, pl. 1, figs. 11, 12. Lectotype figured. 1942. Eontia centrota (Guppy), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 110. Lectotype. —-USNM 496508. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is abundant at its type locality. Its outline shows a considerable variability concerning the steepness of the posterior margin. Some specimens are unusually strongly produced postero- ventrally (see Pl, 18, figs. 3,4). 340 BULLETIN 247 N. centrota tends to be larger than the Recent Caribbean N. bisulcata (Lamarck), and usually it has more ribs. In N. bisulcata the ventral margin is less oblique to the hinge, although there are exceptions. Further comparisons have been given by MacNeil (1938; ‘pps 127113). Miocene representatives of N. centrota are rare as stated by several authors. They differ from Matura specimens only by their smaller size but are indistinguishable from immature N. centrota. Except at Matura Bay N. centrota occurs in Trinidad in the Gransaull Clay Member, the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Mem- ber, the Melajo Clay Member (all Springvale Formation) , and in the Courbaril beds of the Upper Morne l’Enfer Formation. A form closely related to N. centrota has been recorded from the upper middle Miocene of Venezuela (Jung, 1965, p. 436, pl. 53, figs. 8, 9) . Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, PJ] 212, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. —Springvale Fm., Courbaril beds of Upper Morne I’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. Family GLYCYMERIDAE Genus GLYCYMERIS da Costa Da Costa, 1778, Historia Naturalis Testaceorum Brittanniae, or the British Conchology, p. 168. Type species (by tautonymy) , Glycymeris orbicularis da Costa (= Arca glycymeris Linné) . Subgenus GLYCYMERIS s. str. Glycymeris (Glycymeris) cf. undata (Linné) Pl. 18, figs. 7, 8 A number of small and probably immature specimens from Matura have somewhat opisthogyrate beaks, but the ligament is amphidetic. Valves slightly inequilateral. Sculpture consists of numerous radials which are low and broad ventrally. With in- creasing age they carry superimposed radial threads. Fine concen- tric threads are developed. The material is too poor, and the specimens are too much rolled to make a definite determination possible. Occurrence.— JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 341 Genus TUCETONA Iredale Iredale, 1931, Records of the Australian Museum, vol. 18, No. 4, p. 202. Type species (by original designation) , Pectunculus flabellatus ‘Tennison-Woods. Tucetona cf. pectinata (Gmelin) There is a single, small fragment from Matura. It shows an erect, centrally placed umbo and an amphidetic ligament. ‘The sculpture consists of 27 single, rounded ribs which are well separated by their interspaces. Ventral margin not preserved. Occurrence. — PJ 302. Family MYTILIDAE Genus BRACHYDONTES Swainson Swainson, 1840, Treatise on Malacology, p. 384. Type species (by monotypy) , Modiola sulcata Lamarck. Subgenus BRACHYDONTES s. str. Brachydontes (Brachydontes) species Pl. 18, figs. 9, 10 The material from Matura is too poor and rolled to point out affinities to known species. It consists of a few fragments mostly having the umbonal region and the hinge preserved, but none is complete to show the entire outline. The material from Point Courbaril is also poor, but more de- tails are preserved. ‘The beaks are subterminal, the hinge consists of three teeth, and the antero-dorsal margin is strongly crenulated. The antero-ventral margin may be somewhat concave. The sculp- ture consists of prominent radial ribs. Their number is increased by dichotomy and intercalation or intercalation. Concentric sculp- ture of fine threads, which cross the radials, give them a beaded appearance. The specimens from Matura and Point Courbaril may repre- sent the same species. ‘They all have a strongly accentuated umbona! ridge and a steep ventral margin. The umbonal ridge is less pronounced in B. guppyi (Dall) [1890-1903 (1898), p. 794, pl. 35, fig. 16; Woodring, 1925, p. 85, pl. 10, figs. 10-12] from Bowden, Jamaica, and in B. venustus Ols- son and Harbison (1953, p. 62, pl. 8, fig. 12) from the Pliocene of 342 BULLETIN 247 St. Petersburg, Florida. B. guppy: has a more produced postero- dorsal extremity. ‘The material studied, although smaller, most closely resembles the Recent B. exustus (Linné) (Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 705, 1758). ‘This species has practically the same sculpture, also a steep ventral margin, and a sharp umbonal ridge. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 12255, PJ 212, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Genus MODIOLUS Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 87. ‘Type species (by monotypy), Mytilus modiolus Linné. According to Opinion 325 (Opinions and Declarations ren- dered by the International Comm. Zool. Nomenclature, vol. 9, pt. 16, pp. 251-266, 1955) Modiolus Lamarck is a nomen conservandum, and Volsella Scopoli, 1777, is suppressed. Modiolus cf. americanus (Leach) There is a single, incomplete left valve from Matura which might be conspecific with M. americanus (Leach) (Zool. Misc., vol. 2, p. 32, pl. 72, fig. 1, 1815). The position of the beakjathe ligament, and the anterior curvature are the same as in the Recent species. According to the only sculptural element, the growth lines, the general outline is the same as well. The Matura shell, however, has a thicker and heavier shell than all the Recent specimens at hand. ‘The greatest length of the Matura fragment measures 36 mm. Occurrence. — RR 230. Family PINNIDAE Genus ATRINA Gray Gray, 1842, Synopsis of the contents of the British Museum, ed. 44, p. 83. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 199), Pinna nigra Dillwyn (= Pinna vextllum Born) . Atrina species This genus is represented from the Melajo Clay by a few poor fragments of the anterior portion of the shell. There is no longi- tudinal sulcus. ‘The observable sculpture consists of longitudinal ribs dorsally and oblique waves ventrally. Occurrence. — PJ 285. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 343 Family PLICATULIDAE Genus PLICATULA Lamarck Lamarck, 1801, Systeme des animaux sans vertébres, p. 132. Type species (by monotypy) , Plicatula gibbosa Lamarck. As already stated by Dall [1890-1903 (1898), p. 761], P. gib- bosa was the only species mentioned by Lamarck when he described the genus. Thus Plicatula is monotypic. Plicatula gibbosa Lamarck Pl. 19, figs. 1, 2 1801. Plicatula gibbosa Lamarck, Systeme des animaux sans vertébres, pais2 1819. Plicatula ramosa Lamarck, Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres, vol. 6, p. 184 (gibbosa arbitrarily changed into ramosa). 1873. Plicatula vexillata Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, vol. 2, p. 86, pl. 2, fig. 7; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 70. 1874. Plicatula vexillata Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, py 436 pl. 17, figs. 7. 1925. Plicatula gibbosa Lamarck, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, Pepoleuplo al figs. 4.1.5. 1964. Plicatula gibbosa Lamarck, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 113, pl. 10, figs. 10-13. For further citations see this publication. The Matura specimens of this species are indistinguishable from Recent shells. The outline and the size of the attachment area vary considerably. ‘The general form is subtrigonal to subcircular. Matura specimens are not smaller than Recent ones as they may attain a height of 28 mm. P. marginata Say (1824, p. 136, pl. 9, fig. 4) and P. densata Conrad (1843, p. 311), both North American Miocene species, mainly differ from P. gibbosa by their coarser plications. P. guppyi Woodring (1925, p. 78, pl. 9, figs. 9-11) from Bowden, Jamaica, is said to be a smaller species than P. gibbosa with more distinctly foliaceous ribs. Occurrence. —JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — See Weisbord (1964, p. 117). Family PECTINIDAE Genus PECTEN Miller Miiller, 1776, Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus, .. . p. 248. Type species (by subsequent designation, Schmidt, 1818, Versuch iiber die beste Einrichtung . . ., Gotha, pp. 67, 177), Ostrea maxima Linné. 344 BULLETIN 247 Subgenus PECTEN s. str. Pecten (Pecten) archon Maury Pl; 19; fiestas 1910. Pecten crasicardo Conrad, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 13; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 155. Not of Conrad. 1925. Pecten (Pecten) archon Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, Os tees Jol, WG, tS Bh 1938. Pecten (Bete) archon Maury, Vokes, American Museum Novitates, No. 1942. ney (Notovola) archon Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54 pe lis. pl 4, te. 1: Lectotype (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 798 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 16, fig. 2). Dimensions of lectotype. — Length 63.7 mm, height 53 mm (in- complete) . Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. This species is represented from the base of the Melajo Clay by one right and several left valves. ‘They are indistinguishable from topotypes. Rutsch (1942, p. 114) compared P. archon with related species. P. archon has been assigned by Rutsch to the subgenus Noto- vola Finlay (1926, p. 451), type species, Pecten novaezelandiae Reeve. Notovola, however, is considered as a synonym of Pecten s. str. by Fleming (1957, p. 18). In Ewvola Dall [1890-1903 (1898) , p. 694], type species, Ostrea ziczac Linné, the radial sculpture is much weaker and the interspaces of the ribs reduced to grooves, whereas Pecten maximus (the type species of Pecten) has strong radial sculpture. On the other hand P. archon lacks secondary rib- lets on the primary radials and their interspaces, which are typical in P. maximus. It has only a medial groove on the radials near the ventral margin of adult specimens, which approaches it again in P. z1czac. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. —Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm.. Genus AEQUIPECTEN Fischer Fischer, 1886, Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 944. Type species (by monotypy) , Chlamys opercularis (Linné) . ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 345 Subgenus PLAGIOCTENIUM Dall Dall, 1898, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 4, p. 696. Type species (by original designation), Pecten ventricosus G. B. Sowerby II (= Pecten circularis Sowerby) . Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) cf. gibbus (Linné) PIS) fiesial6 A few valves from Matura belong to the group of Pecten gibbus. The number of subspecific and varietal names of P. gibbus is so high that no attempt is made to compare them as this would be possible only with large series of topotypes. The Matura specimens have 20 ribs. Their concentric sculpture is inconspicuous due to washing. They mainly differ from Recent specimens by their nar- rower and more slender umbones and by the deeper concavity be- low the posterior auricle. Maury (1925; p.°86, pl. 14, fie. 2; pls 16, fie. 1) referred. her shells from Matura without hesitation to A. gibbus stating that Pecten nucleus Born, cited by Guppy from Matura, probably repre- sents this species. According to Mansfield (1936, p. 182) A. gibbus ranges from Pliocene to Recent. Dall [1890-1903 (1898), p. 745] and Gardner pa943-1948 (11943), p. 31, pl. 5; fig. 3] reported A. e1vbbus irom the Miocene of Virginia and North Carolina. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) demiurgus (Dall) Pl 20; figs a2 1866. Pecten comparilis Tuomey and Holmes, Guppy, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 22, p. 576. Not of Tuomey and Holmes, 1857. 1867. Pecten comparilis Tuomey and Holmes, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trini- dad, pt. 3, p. 164; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 43. Not of Tuomey and Holmes, 1857. 1874. Pecten comparilis Tuomey and Holmes, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 443. Not of ‘Tuomey and Holmes, 1857. 1898. Pecten (Plagioctenium) demiurgus Dall, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila- delphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 4, p. 718, pl. 26, fig. 3. 1910. Pecten inaequalis Sowerby, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, pp. 7, 12; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 150, 155. Not of G. B. Sowerby I, 1850. 1925. Pecten (Plagioctenium) demiurgus Dall, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 85, pl. 14, fig. 5, pl. 16, fig. 6. 1926. Pecten demiurgus Dall, Harris in Waring, Johns Hopkins Uniy. Studies in Geology, No. 7, p. 109, pl. 20, figs. 3, 4. 1938. Chlamys (Plagioctenium) reedsi Vokes, American Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 10, fig. 7. 1942. Chlamys (Plagioctenium) gibbus demiurgus (Dall) , Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 112, pl. 3, fig. 5. 346 BULLETIN 247 Holotype. —USNM 115527. Type locality. —Savanetta, Trinidad (Dall). This locality is near Philippine Estate, west of Gran Couva, Trinidad. This species is abundant at the base of the Melajo Clay. The specimens agree with topotypes of A. demiurgus. Rutsch is probably correct in suggesting that the species described from the Pliocene of Venezuela as Pecten circularis cau- canus by Hodson and Hodson (im Hodson, Hodson, and Harris, 1927, p. 27, pl. V5, figs. 1,8) 1s the same as A> demiungus: Occurrence. — RR 291, USGS, 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Miocene of Columbia (Anderson, 1929, p. 155)? Upper Miocene Springvale Fm. of Trinidad. Pliocene of Lower California (Grant and Gale, 1931, p. 220) ? Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) maturensis (Maury) Pl. 20, figs. 3, 4 1925. Pecten maturensis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, PeO9s Plo 145 Hoses) 4. Shell of medium size, subcircular, subequivalve. Both valves flat. Sculpture consists of about 16 smooth radials which are crossed by fine growth lines. The ribs of the left valve tend to be nar- rower and more elevated with correspondingly broader interspaces, whereas those of the right valve are low and rounded. Right an- terior auricle produced, sculptured by five to seven radial threads. Inner margin below it with four denticles. Lectotype (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 900 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 14, fig. 3). Dimensions of lectotype. — Length 33.5 mm, height 30.8 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is common at Matura, and the material is usually well preserved. The concentric sculpture is mostly inconspicuous due to washing. A. thompsoni (Maury) (1917, p. 188, pl. 34, figs. 9, 10) from the Gurabo Formation of the Dominican Republic is also a flat- valved species with the same number of ribs but is smaller, and its ribs are narrower. A. nelsoni (Olsson) (1932, p. 82, pl. 5, figs. 3, 6) from the ‘Tumbes Formation of northern Peru is similar and seems to differ from A. maturensis only by its larger size. ‘The same seems to be true for the Venezuelan Neogene A. coderensis (Harris) (in Hodson, Hodson, and Harris, 1927, p. 34, pl. 18, figs. 2, 4, 5). lar] ‘TRINIDAD MI0OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 347 Occurrence.— JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) cf. maturensis (Maury) A few small, complete valves and a number of fragments of large specimens from the Melajo Clay are closely related to A. maturensis. But the material is inadequate for full description. Occurrence. — Hutch 47, Hutch 51, K 9816, K 9817, K 9903, P] 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) rutamensis, n. sp. Pl: 20; figs. 5; 6 Shell small. Valves flat to little inflated. Sculpture consists of 16 to 17 highly elevated, flat-topped or rounded ribs. Interspaces with secondary riblets on ventral half which appear somewhat earlier anteriorly. Unwashed specimens show fine, somewhat im- bricated concentrics which are more conspicuous in the interspaces. Auricles unequal, sculptured by a few radials. Right anterior ear produced, with a deep notch. Inner margin below it with three to four denticles. Crura inconspicuous. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 12961. Dimensions of holotype (right valve). — Length 14.7 mm, height 14.5 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is represented by more than 30 specimens. No com- parable form has been found. Occurnence.— |S 6/7; RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) species A number of specimens from the Courbaril beds seem to be intermediate between A. maturensis (Maury) and A. rutamensis, n. sp. Some valves have distant, rounded ribs like A. maturensis. Others have highly elevated ribs like A. rutamensis, n. sp., but they lack secondary riblets and have stronger concentric threads. Occurrence. — K 1429, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20434. Genus CYCLOPECTEN Verrill Verrill, 1897, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 10, art. 2, p. 70. 348 BULLETIN 247 Type species (by subsequent designation, Suter, 1913, Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca, p. 880), Pecten pustulosus Verrill. Cyclopecten species Pl. 20; figsaveac A single, right valve measuring 3 mm in length and 2.8 mm in height from the Melajo Clay is at hand. Shell almost circular. The anterior auricle is larger leaving a small notch. It carries a fine radial thread. Prodissoconch white. Entire surface of shell smooth except a few inconspicuous, concentric, sculptural elements in the young stage. Near the antero-dorsal margin there is an unpro- nounced umbonal ridge. Inner surface and margin entirely smooth. No ctenolium. There are several similar Miocene species which should be com- pared by means of topotypes. Numerous topotypes of C. guppyz (Dall) [1890-1903 (1898) , p. 718, pl. 34, figs. 12, 13] from Bowden, Jamaica, are at hand. ‘This species reaches a much larger size than the Melajo specimen, and it is proportionately higher. C. aotus (Olsson) (1922, p. 204, pl. 18, figs. 17, 18) and C. oligolepis (Brown and Pilsbry) (1913a, p. 512, text fig. 5) from the Gatun Formation of Costa Rica, and the Panama Canal Zone, respectively, have about the same dimensions. C. defuniak (Gardner) [1926-1950 (1926) , p. 49, pl. 12, figs. 10-12] from the Shoal River Formation of Florida is also almost smooth. However, more material from the Melajo Clay is needed to allow reliable comparisons. Occurrence. — K 9817. Family OSTREIDAE Some poor, indeterminable fragments and small specimens which may belong to different ostreid genera occur in the Melajo Clay. Genus OSTREA Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 696. Type species (by subsequent designation, Schmidt, 1818, Versuch iiber die beste Einrichtung . . ., Gotha, pp. 69, 177) , Ostrea edulis Linné. (Not seen). Fide Gardner [1943-1948 (1943), p. 41]. Ostrea species An Ostrea s. str. is represented from Point Courbaril by some large fragments. ‘The general outline is broadly elongate to sub- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 349 circular. Valves flat. Sculpture consists of concentric markings only. Lateral margins near the beak with some distant denticles. Muscle scar large, pear-shaped, situated on lower half. Occurrence. — K 8399, PJ 212, USGS 21778. Genus CRASSOSTREA Sacco Sacco, 1897, I Molluschi dei terreni terziarii del Piemonte e della Liguria, Pt235) pelo: Type species (by original designation), Ostrea virginica Gmelin. Crassostrea cf. virginica (Gmelin) PIS 21, hie. os Some fragments from Matura and Point Courbaril may belong to C. virginica. A strongly elongate specimen from Matura is figured. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: USGS 20434. Matura Bay: RR 230, USGS 19860. Genus LOPHA Roding Roding, 1798, in Museum Boltenianum, p. 168. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1898, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 4, p. 672), Mytilus cristagalli Linné. Stenzel (1947, p. 177) considered Lopha as a synonym of Alec- tryonia. According to the now valid International Code of Zoologi- cal Nomenclature [art. 12, art. 16 (a) (v), 1961] the contrary is the case, i.e. Alectryonia is a synonym of Lopha both having the same type species. Réding’s citation of O. cristagalli (which is an available specific name) constitutes an indication. Lopha messor (Maury) PIP 21 fists 21922. Ostrea megodon Hanley, Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 9, No. 39 pe l95> ple 185) fis. 0: 1925. Ostrea messor Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p, 81, pl. 10; fess 35 4. 1942, Ostrea (Lopha) messor Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p- 101. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 962. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. This species is represented by a single fully grown valve from the lower part of the Melajo Clay. It has five sharp plications and 350 BULLETIN 247 some inconspicuous denticles on the lateral margin near the beak. The curving growth seems to be typical. ‘The specimen agrees with material from the type area of the Springvale Formation. The Recent West Coast L. megodon (Hanley) (1845b, p. 106) is a larger species, and its plications are less sharp according to Olsson’s figures (1961, pl. 23, figs. 3, 3a). L. paramegodon (Wood- ring) (1925, p. 60, pl. 6, figs. 12-14) from Bowden, Jamaica, has even less accentuated plications. Occurrence. — Hutch 51. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Gatun Fm. of Costa Rica? Family ANOMIIDAE Genus ANOMIA Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 700. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 201) Anomia ephippium Linné. Anomia simplex d’Orbigny Pl, Jee hie 1842. Anomia simplex d’Orbigny in La Sagra, Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de l'Tle de Cuba. Atlas, pl. 28, figs. 31-33. 1845. Anomia simplex d’Orbigny in La Sagra, Historia fisica, politica y natural de la Isla de Cuba. Segunda parte. Historia natural, vol. 5, Moluscos, p. 371. 1922, Anomia simplex dOrbigny, Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 9, No. 39; p: 209) ple 21, fie. 6: 1925. Anomia simplex d’Orbigny, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 4, JO, BPX jolly WA ines, fe}. 1932. Anomia simplex dOrbigny, Mansfield, Florida State Geol. Sur., Bull. INOW S aps O7uple US tio: 1938. Anomia simpiex d’Orbigny, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, Oy, Ll: 1942. novia aff. simplex d’Orbigny, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 101. Obits years simplex d’Orbigny, McLean, New York Acad. Sci., Sci, Sur. Porto Rico Virgin Islands, vol. 17, pt. 1, p. 37, pl. 8, fig. 2. 1953. Anomia simplex d’Orbigny, Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Mon., No. 8, p. 61. 1954. Anomia simplex d’Orbigny, Abbott, American Seashells, p. 372, pl. 35 k. 1961. Anomia simplex d’Orbigny, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, Pp. L72, pl. 34h. This species is represented by left valves only. The shells from Matura are small (16-18 mm in height) and not abundant. The shell from Matura figured by Maury measures 26 mm in height. Or TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 5 A specimen clearly showing the three muscular impressions is figured. Matura shells closely resemble the form described as A. indecisa Dall [1890-1903 (1898) , p. 783; Woodring, 1925, p. 84, pl. 10, figs. 6-9] from Bowden, Jamaica. Outline, size, and position of the muscle scars are the same. Size and position of the scars, however, are variable. The two lower scars may be almost as large as the upper one, and the distances between them are not constant. A case, where the position of the scars is inverted, occurs in the Melajo Clay: the large scar is situated below the two smaller scars. Specimens from the Courbaril beds are larger than those from Matura (about 25 mm in length). But the largest shells occur in the Melajo Clay. An incomplete specimen measures more than 50 mm in height and over 60 mm in length. Rutsch (1942, p. 101) listed A. aff. stmplex from the type area of the Springvale Formation. In a private report he separated the Springvale form from the Recent species because of its larger size and thicker shell. Melajo specimens of the same size as Recent ones have about the same thickness of the shell. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 47, Hutch 51, KR 11862, K 9813, K 9817, K 9903, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: RR 230, USGS 18204. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent. Family CRASSATELLIDAE Genus EUCRASSATELLA Iredale Iredale, 1924, Linnean Soc. New South Wales, Proc., vol. 49, p. 202. Type species (by original designation), Crassatella ktngicola Lamarck. Eucrassatella trinitaria (Maury) Pl. 21, figs. 1-4 ?1911. Crasatela [sic] melina Conrad, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 454, p. 5; not p. 8: = E. montserratensis (Maury); re- print, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 161; not p. 164. 1925. Crassatellites (Scambula) trinitarius Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, Noma 2s page > seplens etiesieleed/. 1942. Eucrassatella trinitaria (Maury), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54 ps 102° 352 BULLETIN 247 Shell of medium size, elongate, moderately inflated. Umbones flattened. Beaks weakly prosogyrate. Lunule and escutcheon de- pressed. Anterior end rounded, posterior end produced. Adult speci- mens with two feeble posterior umbonal ridges. Sculpture consists of about seven wavelike concentric ridges near the beaks, ventrally of fine concentrics. Hinge of both valves with two cardinals. The right posterior, the left anterior, and the anterior side of the left posterior have lateral crenulations. Left hinge with an anterior and a posterior lateral tooth. Right hinge not sufficiently pre- served. Muscle scars deep. Pallial line simple. Ventral margin smooth. Lectotype (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 998 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 31, fig. 7). Dimensions of lectotype.— Length 52.2 mm, height 32.4 mm, convexity (both valves) 17.3 mm. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. This species is well represented from the Melajo Clay. E. trinitaria is easily distinguished from FE. montserratensis (Maury) (1925, p. 176, pl. 31, fig. 3), with which it is associated at its type locality, by its more elongate shape. E. montserratensis has less and coarser concentric ridges on the umbones and is more inflated. E. venezuelana (F. Hodson) (im Hodson, Hodson, and Harris, 1927, p. 45, pl. 28, figs. 2, 6, 9) from the middle Miocene of Falcén, Venezuela, is a proportionately shorter, higher, and more inflated species. Occurrence. — Hutch 51, K 9902, USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Genus CRASSINELLA Guppy Guppy, 1874, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 442. Type species (by monotypy), Crassatella martinicensis d’Orbigny. Crassinella martinicensis (d’Orbigny) Pl 22) figseyless 1842. Crassatella martinicensis d’Orbigny in La Sagra, Histoire physique, poli- tique et naturelle de Il’Ile de Cuba. Atlas, pl. 27, figs. 21-23. 1845. Crassatella martinicensis d’Orbigny, in La Sagra, Historia fisica, politica y natural de la Isla de Cuba. Segunda parte, vol. 5, Moluscos, p. 325. 1864. Astarte (Gouldia) martinicensis d’Orbigny, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 200 Trinidad for 1864, p. 36; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 16, 1867. Gouldia martinicensis d’Orbigny, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 1874. Crassinella martinicensis d’Orbigny, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade ZrevOln ley pa 4422 1875. Crassinella martinicensis d’Orbigny, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade ZV Ole 2s 42: 1925. Crassinella guadalupensis d’Orbigny, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. LO} NO. 425 ps Lid, ply 3l, figs: 45.6: 1925. Crassinella martinicensis d’Orbigny, Maury, ibidem, p. 178, pl. 31, fig. 2. 21956. Crassinella martinicensis (d’Orbigny), Parker, Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., Bul; vol. 40; No. 2, p. 329, pl. 2; figs. IZA; 128: 1961. Crassinella martinicensis d’Orbigny, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, p. 173. Shell small. General outline trigonal, equilateral to inequi- lateral. Valves usually higher than long. Inflation variable. Sculp- ture consists of a varying number of concentric ridges; their de- velopment ranges from lamellar to rounded. An inconspicuous, shallow, radial depression near the postero-dorsal margin may be present. Type locality. — Martinique (Recent) . The separation of the two Recent species C. martinicensis and C. guadalupensis is based on differences of the symmetry and infla- tion of the valves as well as on the regularity of the concentric ridges. A number of rich samples of Recent specimens from the Gulf of Paria, Trinidad, suggests that they represent one strongly variable species. Many transitional forms can be found in one lot; from equilateral to stongly inequilateral; many degrees of inflation. The concentric ridges are mostly lamellar, but rounded ones occur as well. Their number and the width of their interspaces are not con- stant. If the identity of C. martinicensis and C. guadalupensis can be shown to be true by a study of rich topotype material, the name martinicensis will have to be used as it has page priority. ‘The Recent Thetis parva C. B. Adams (1845, p. 9; Clench and ‘Turner, 1950, p. 322, pl. 44, figs. 5, 6) from Jamaica is the same as C. guadalupensis. An analogue “pair of species” is known from the Pacific Coast of America: C. pacifica (C. B. Adams) (1852, p. 499) and C. mexi- cana Pilsbry and Lowe (1932, p. 103, pl. 14, figs. 8, 9). The lecto- type of C. pacifica has been figured by Turner (1956, pl. 20, figs. eayp 354 BULLETIN 247 C. martinicensis is represented from Matura by hundreds of specimens. They show exactly the same variability as the Recent material. The typical feature of C. clementia Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 56, pl. 12, fig. 8) from the Pliocene of western Ecuador is its almost smooth surface near the ventral margin. Analogue specimens can be found (although rarely) in the Recent material from the Gulf of Paria. Topotype material of C. guppy: (Dall) (im Guppy and Dall, 1896, p. 326, pl. 30, fig. 5) from Bowden, Jamaica, shows that this species is longer than high, and the shallow, radial depression near the posterior margin is frequently (but not always) developed. Bowden specimens are difficult to separate from Matura shells. In fact Dall [1890-1903 (1903), p. 1476] thought them to be con- specific. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS. 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Recent, West Indies. Crassinella guppyi (Dall) PIS 22 stisseone: 1896. Crassatellites (Crassinella) guppyi Dall, (in Guppy and Dall), U. S. Nat. Mus eR tOGs, vole! 9 sp io26s pla 30 tis no): 1903. Crassatellites (Crassinella) guppyi Dall, Dall, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila- delphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 6, p. 1476 (part). 1910. Crasinela gupyi (sic) Dall, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and ‘Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 7; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. Sy NO- 35, 5p 49: 21917. Crassinella guppyi Dall, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, No. 29, Pal oieaple Zoey 2c 21922. Crassatellites (Crassinella) guppyi radiata Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Proc., vol. 73, p. 415, pl. 38, fig. 4. 1925. Crassinella guppyi Dall, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. DT, [oly Bil, ties %). 1925. Crassinella guppyi (Dall), Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 366, p. 96, pl. 11, figs. 18-20. 1942. Crassinella guppyi plana Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. Md; ple shies: (6) 77. Holotype.— Of guppyi: USNM 107151; of guppy: radiata: Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, No. 3994; of guppy: plana: Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 2541. Type locality.—Of guppyi: Bowden, Jamaica; of guppyi radiata: Miocene, Dominican Republic; of guppyi plana: Spring- vale Quarry, Trinidad. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG O05 The above synonymy is based on a rich material from the Melajo Clay, numerous topotypes of C. guppyt, and the type ma- terial of C. guppyi plana. As stated by Woodring (1925, p. 211) and Rutsch (1942, p. 115) specimens from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation are flatter than those from Bowden, and have fewer concentrics, but the Melajo material shows a variability embracing both extremes. There are paratypes of C, guppy: plana which are much more inflated than the holotype and which carry more concentrics. The separation of this subspecies seems artificial. The variability shown by the Melajo specimens is analogous to that of Recent shells of C. martinicensis from the Gulf of Paria and the rich material from the Pliocene of Matura Bay. In fact it is difficult to separate Melajo shells from Matura specimens. The Melajo valves, like those from Bowden, tend to be longer than high. But this separation is not satisfactory. C. guppyi radiata from the Miocene of the Dominican Repub- lic is tentatively placed in the synonymy of C. guppy. Its distin- euishing feature, the fine radial striation, can be observed on some- what worn specimens from the Melajo Clay as well. The same can be seen in Recent specimens of C. martinicensis. A number of similar Miocene and Pliocene North American and Central American species of Crassinella have been described. Their relations should be studied with topotype material as some of them are insufficiently figured. They include C. acuta (Dall) H1s90-1903 (1903), p. 1479) pli 50) figs. 1) 4), (G. cahkwitensis Van Winkle (1923, p. 12, pl. 2, fig. 2), C. lunulata (Conrad) (1834, p. N33) G.midrensis (Olsson) (1922" p: 213 epl. 29 ie), GG. pra- fundorum Pilsbry and Harbison (1933, p. 117, pl. 4, figs. 22, 23), and others. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, KR 11862, K 9817, Ke 9902, K 9903;-RR 293, P] 285, USGS-18399), USES 21178. Pome Courbaril: RR 120 (rare). Distribution. — Miocene, Dominican Republic ?, Bowden Fm., Jamaica. Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., and Courbaril beds of Upper Morne |’Enfer Fm., Trinidad. Family CARDITIDAE 356 BULLETIN 247 Genus CARDITAMERA Conrad Conrad, 1838, Fossils of the Medial Tertiary of the United States, p. 11. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1903, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 6, p. 1408), Cypri- cardia arata Conrad. Subgenus CARDITAMERA s. str. Carditamera (Carditamera) guppyi (Dall) Pl. 22, figs. 5-7 1867. Cardita minima “Sowerby”, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 163; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 42. Not of Reuss 1844; see Dall, 1903, p. 1413. 1874. Cardita minima Sowerby, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 442. Not of Reuss, 1844. 1903. Cardita (Carditamera) guppyi Dall, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 6, p. 1413, pl. 56, fig. 3. 1925. Cardita (Carditamera) guppyi Dall, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, Nos 42; 5p: 1740: Shell small, elongate. Beaks situated well anteriorly. Sculpture consists of about 14 radials which are strongest on the posterior umbonal ridge. Interspaces narrower, crossed by growth lines. Ribs with transversely elongated nodes which are usually stronger and higher on posterior half of shell. Right hinge with two cardinals and a posterior lateral tooth. Anterior cardinal strong, its base ex- tended along lower margin of hinge plate. Posterior cardinal nar- row, inconspicuous. Left hinge with two subequal cardinals and an anterior lateral. Socket for right posterior lateral tooth prom- inent. Inner margin fluted, strongest postero-ventrally. Lectotype.— USNM 115668 (specimen figured by Dall). Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. Guppy listed this species not only from Matura, where it is abundant, but also from the Recent fauna. The latter needs con- firmation. C. guppyt shows some variability. When typical the shells are strongly inflated and have a broad posterior umbonal ridge. Some specimens, however, are less inflated, and the umbonal ridge is narrower, thus having a different appearance. As inter- erading forms are present they are thought to belong to the same species. The presence of an inconspicuous posterior cardinal in the right hinge is surprising and does not fit the generic definition. C. guppyi belongs to the group of C. arata (Conrad) (see ‘TRINIDAD MI0OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 74) from the Miocene and Pliocene and C. floridana (Conrad) (1838-1845, p. 12, 1838) from the Plio- cene and Recent fauna of the southeastern United States but is much smaller. C. catharia (Dall) [1890-1903 (1903), p. 1416, pl. 56, fig. 1], from the Caloosahatchee Pliocene of Florida, is also a small species but has many more ribs and is more elongate. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Carditamera (Carditamera) species Pl 22) figs: 3)9 Shell small, elongate. Ventral margin straight, postero-ventrally produced. Beaks low, situated well anteriorly. Sculpture consists of 15 ribs with narrower interspaces. Anterior ribs beaded, posterior ones crossed by some growth lines which give an imbricated ap- pearance. Lunule depressed. Right hinge with one cardinal which is extended along the lower margin of the hinge plate. It is bordered by a triangular socket anteriorly and a narrow, long socket posteriorly. One right posterior lateral. Socket for left anterior lateral conspicuous. Inner margin coarsely fluted. This species is represented by two right valves only; one from Point Courbaril, the other from the Melajo Clay. Maury (1912, p. 53, pl. 9, figs. 2, 3) described C. virginiae from a locality just south of the Pitch Lake, Trinidad. ‘This locality yields only molds, and the hinges are not preserved. Although the specimens from Point Courbaril and the Melajo River area have the same external sculp- ture, general outline, and size as Maury’s species, it seems best to treat C. virginiae as a nomen dubium. The lectotype of C. virginiae is here selected and figured (PI. 22, fig. 10). Occurrence. — Melajo River area: K 9816. Point Courbaril: Kk 8399. Subgenus BYSSOMERA Olsson Olsson, 1961, Panamic-Pacific Pelecypoda, Paleont. Res. Inst., p. 189. Type species (by original designation) , Cardita affinis G. B. Sowerby I. Carditamera (Byssomera) aff. affinis (G. B. Sowerby I) PI. 22, figs. 11, 12 This species occurs in the Courbaril beds. ‘The specimens 358 BULLETIN 247 measure 30 to 35 mm in length. According to Olsson (1961, p. 189) the Recent West Coast C. affinis (G. B. Sowerby I) (tn Broderip and Sowerby, 1832-1833, p. 195, 1833) reaches a much larger size. It is said to be strongly variable as to size, shape, and sculpture. The ‘Trinidad shells have about 16 ribs; those on the posterior umbonal ridge are large, the central ones flattened and but weakly sculptured, and the anterior ones narrow and crossed by con- spicuous incrementals. Beaks situated even more anteriorly than in C. affinis. The antero-dorsal margin is steeper. Lunule small, but distinct, and deeply impressed. Anterior margin strongly curved. Hinge almost identical with that figured by Olsson (1961, pl. 26, fig. 3). Anterior and posterior inner margins strongly fluted. Muscle scars deeply impressed. The Recent Caribbean C. gracilis (Shuttleworth) (1856, p. 173) is strongly angulated postero-dorsally; it is less constricted anteriorly, and its central ribs seem to be less flattened than in C. aff. affinis. C. gracilis has also been recorded from the Pliocene of Venezuela by Weisbord (1964, p. 200, pl. 26, figs. 3-17) . Less closely related than C. affinis is C. verdevilla Gardner [1943-1948 (1943), p. 69, pl. 15, figs. 5, 6] from the Miocenevok North Carolina. This species was originally described as a sub- species of C. arata (Conrad) (see Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 74), but it seems to belong to the subgenus Byssomera. ‘The central ventral sinus is weak, and the anterior portion of the shell less con- tracted than in the Trinidad valve. Occurrence. — K 8399, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 21778. Family CONDYLOCARDIIDAE Genus CONDYLOCARDIA Bernard Bernard, 1897, Jour. de Conchyliologie, vol. 44 (ser. 3, vol. 36), p. 174. For date of publication see Winckworth, 1936, Malac. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 99 5 22 psn li56: ‘Type species (by original designation) , Condylocardia sanctt- pauli Munier Chalmas (= Condylocardia pauliana Bernard) . See Lamy, 1922, Jour. de Conchyliologie, vol. 66 (ser. 4, vol. 20), p. 363. Condylocardia guppyi (Maury) Pl. 23, figs. 1-4 1925. Erycinella (Carditopsis) guppy: Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. APS 06 JI, jolle Ai, wiKee Tee Shell minute, strongly inflated, subrectangular. Beaks situated TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 359 well anteriorly. Behind the umbones there is a broad and slightly concave escutcheon. Prodissoconch prominent, with inconspicuous radial striae, bordered by a thickened, rounded margin. External sculpture consists of 12 radials with deep, narrow interspaces. The penultimate rib is smaller, the posteriormost interspace broader than the others. Ribs with nodes which may become foliaceous especially on posterior slope. Left hinge consists of a cardinal on each side of the resiliary pit, an anterior marginal lateral tooth, and a prominent posterior lateral tooth which is separated from the margin by a deep socket. Right hinge with a well-developed cardinal in front of the resiliary pit, a weak anterior lamina, an incomplete posterior cardinal, a marginal posterior lateral, and an anterior lateral tooth separated from the margin by a socket. Inner margin fluted ventrally. Muscle scars small. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 959. Type locality. — Matura, ‘Trinidad. This is a rare species; it is represented only by a few specimens from Matura. The type of C. bernard: (Dall) [1890-1903 (1903), p. 1438, pl. 53, fig. 10], a right valve (USNM 135637) from the Pliocene of Limén, Costa Rica, is glued to a card showing the exterior. The original figure shows the interior. C. guppyi is easily distinguished from C. bernardi by its longer postero-dorsal margin, 7.e. it is more inequilateral. C. bernardi is about as long as high and has more ribs with shallower interspaces. C. bernard: has also been recorded from the Recent fauna of the Caribbean coast of Panama by Olsson and) McGinty, (1958; p. 52, pl. 5, fig. 6)’. The collections of the U.S. National Museum contain a broken specimen from USGS station 18249: Pliocene of Cabo Blanco, Venezuela, which may represent immature C. bernard. The distribution of fossil and Recent species of Condylocardia has been outlined briefly by Hertlein and Strong (1948, p. 106) . Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Family LUCINIDAE Genus LUCINA Bruguiere Bruguiére, 1797, Encycl. Méth., Tabl. Vers, pls. 284, 285, 286. For date of 360 BULLETIN 247 publication see Sherborn and Woodward, 1906, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. (EN Ole eg peono: Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 195), Venus jamaicensis Spengler (= Tellina pectinata Gmelin). Subgenus LUCINA s. str. Lucina (Lucina) ef. pectinata (Gmelin) : : This form is represented from Matura by a single right, in- complete valve. Comparison with Recent specimens of L. pectinata shows that the Matura specimen has a shorter but broader lunule. Otherwise they are identical. L. pectinata occurs from the southeastern United States through the West Indies south to Uruguay. It is also known from the Plio- cene of Florida. Occurrence. — RR 230. Subgenus LUCINISCA Dall Dall, 1901, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, No. 1237, p. 805. Type species (by original designation) , Lucina nassula Conrad. Lucina (Lucinisca) roigi (Maury) Pl. 23, figs. 5-11 1867. Lucina muricata Chemnitz, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 1874. Lucina muricata Chemnitz, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. Up. 442. 1925. Phacoides (Lucinisca) roigi Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, ps LG7epliy29> tes 1G: Shell of small to medium size, subcircular, usually somewhat truncated posteriorly. Umbones situated centrally. Sculpture con- sists of some concentric lamellar ridges in young stages and of radial ribs. Concentrics inconspicuous in the adult. Radials 20 to 40 car- rying hollow scales. On the posterior slope there is one wide inter- space which is smooth or carries three or four fine radial riblets. Left hinge with two cardinals, and an anterior and a posterior pair of lateral teeth, the dorsal one of each is smaller. Right hinge with three cardinals; the middle one is well developed, the others rudimentary, and an anterior and posterior lateral tooth. Lunule small. Anterior muscle scar elongate. Pallial line simple. Inner margin with fine crenulations. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 977. Type locality.— Matura, Trinidad. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 36] This species is rare at Matura. It is represented by a few valves only, the largest one measuring 17.1 mm in length and 15.7 mm in height. In contrast to Matura L. roigi is abundant in the Melajo River area and at Point Courbaril. These specimens tend to be higher than long, but this is not a rule. Also they usually have some more radials than Matura shells, but otherwise they are identical. Weisbord (1964, p. 224) questionably included L. rozgz in the synonymy of the Recent L. muricata (Spengler). Although these two species are most closely related, L. roigi may be distinguished by its less numerous radials which usually carry more conspicuous hollow vaulted scales. This is especially true for specimens from the Melajo Clay. abhie Recent: Pacitic Coast hana, (Pilsbry) (19315 p: 435; pl 41, fig. 3), which has also been reported from the Pliocene Canoa Formation of western Ecuador, and L. fausta Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 58, pl. 17, figs. 3, 6), also from the Pliocene Canoa Forma- tion of western Ecuador, possibly represent one species. ‘They are considerably larger than L. roig?, and their radials are arranged dif- ferently. In L. arrogans Olsson (1964, p. 49, pl. 7, fig. 3) from the middle Miocene Angostura Formation of northwestern Ecuador the radials are finer and the concentric sculptural element more pronounced. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch 47, Hutch SIE KR 862K 9797 1K 9813 eke 9816, K 9817, K299037 RR 2907 Rok 29352), 285, USGS, 183995 USGS) 211785 Pome Courbaril: K 1429) Ke8399, KA2255, RR 120) Py 212, USGS 1099), USGS:20252, USES 20433; UsGs 20434, USGS: 21778. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230) Pq 302, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne l’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. Family CHAMIDAE Genus CHAMA Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 691. Type species (by subsequent designation, Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systéme des habitations des vers testacés, p. 123) , Chama gryphoides Linné. 362 BULLETIN 247 Chama cf. macerophylla Gmelin Pl. 24) figssla This form is represented from Point Courbaril by a number of small and a few apparently adult right (unattached) valves. Some left valves are cemented together on a piece of oyster shell. These specimens show the two most characteristic features of C. macerophylla: the crenulations of the inner margins, and the pallial line which joins the anterior muscle scar anteriorly and not ventrally. The right valves are subcircular, and their sculpture con- sists of concentric, foliated lamellae. According to Woodring (1925, p. 104) C. macerophylla ranges from Miocene to Recent. Occurrence. —K 1429, K 8399, K 12013; K 12255, Py 212 .0s€s 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Chama spec. ind. This genus is represented from Matura by a few right (unat- tached) valves. Their sculpture consists of concentric lamellae and radial foliations resembling worn specimens of the Recent Carib- bean C. macerophylla Gmelin. This probably is the form listed by Guppy (1864, p. 36; re- print, Harris, 1921, p. 16) as Chama macrophylla Chemnitz in his report on the Matura fossils, but the material at hand is too meager to allow a definite determination. Occurrence.— JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Genus PSEUDOCHAMA Odhner Odhner, 1917, Kungl. Svenska Vetenskaps-akademiens Handlingar, vol. 52, No. 16, pp. 28-31. : Type species (by subsequent designation, Gardner, 1926, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 142-B, p. 92), Chama cristella Lamarck Pseudochama aff. caloosana (Dall) Pl. 23, fig. 12-14 1867. Chama ruderalis Lamarck, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. ‘Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 163; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 42. 1874. Chama ruderalis Lamarck, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, Paste: 1903. Chama caloosana Dall, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 6, p. 1402 (part), not pl. 54, figs, 2, 5. There are more than 20 specimens of this form from Matura. They possibly represent immature P. radians Lamarck, but the lack ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 363 of unworn Recent specimens does not allow a reliable comparison. Weisbord (1964, p. 245) recorded P. radians from the Pleistocene of Venezuela. In many respects, however, the Matura shells resemble P. caloosana (Dall) from the Pliocene of Florida but differ in the fol- lowing points: they only reach about half the size of the Florida species, and there is no divaricate surface scupture on the left valve. The Matura shells have smaller foliations, and the sulcus near the posterior dorsal border is present but not conspicuous. The inner margins are not crenulated. ‘The surface behind the attachment area usually is smooth or crossed by a few growth lines. The left valve is not subquadrate but rather subcircular. The prodissoconch is smooth except for a few distant, concen- tric markings. The size of the attachment area is variable. In some Shells it occupies the entire anterior half of the shell, in others, how- ever, the antero-ventral margin becomes free soon, in which case conspicuous foliations may be developed. Like P. draconis (Dall) [1890-1903 (1903), p. 1399, pl. 56, figs. 17, 18] from the Chipola Formation of Florida, the Matura species tends to form radial rows of large foliations but lacks the finer sculpture of that species. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Family CARDIIDAE Genus TRACHYCARDIUM Morch Morch, 1853, Catalogus Conchyliorum quae reliquit D. Alphonso d’Aguirra et Gadea, Comes de Yoldi, pt. 2, p.34. Type species (by subsequent designation, von Martens, 1870, Zool. Rec. for 1869, vol. 6, p. 586), Cardium isocardia Linné. Sugbenus DALLOCARDIA Stewart Stewart, 1930, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Spec. Pub. No. 3, p.264. Type species (by original designation), Cardium quadrage- narium Conrad. Trachycardium (Dallocardia) sanctidavidis (Maury) Pl. 24, figs. 3-7 1867. Cardium muricatum Linné, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 163; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 42. 1874. Cardium muricatum Linné, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. ils [Oy Ge 1925. Cardium (Trachycardiwm) sanctidavidis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., Vols TO Now427 ps 29 pls 22) fees: 364 BULLETIN 247 Shell of medium size, subcircular, thin, almost equilateral. Sculpture consists of about 40 ribs. Posterior umbonal ridge in- conspicuous. The radials behind it (about 10) are flattish, some- times grooved, with some minute nodules on their posterior edge. Anterior ribs narrower than central ones, with spiny nodes ven- trally which are mostly situated on the anterior part of the rib. Hinge with two cardinals bordering a deep socket, one of them projecting. The two laterals almost symmetrically placed. Interior fluted. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 891. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is represented from Matura by about 40 speci- mens. They are almost indistinguishable from specimens of the same size of the Recent T. muricatum (Linné) (Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 680, 1758; Clench and Smith, 1944;.p. 7, pls. 1,5). But adult valves are much larger than the Matura shells and more inequi- lateral. Other differences have been pointed out by Maury. 7. muricatum has also been reported from the Pliocene of Florida (Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 101). T. bowdenense (Dall) , [1890- 1903 (1900), p. 1087] from Bowden, Jamaica, essentially is a smaller species than T. sanctidavidis. T. oedalium (Dall) [1890- 1903 (1900), p- 1088; Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 101, pl. 10, fig. 6] from the Pliocene of Florida has less radials with stronger sculpture. Topotypes of T. cowvense (Maury) (1925, p. 128, pl. 23, fig. 12) from Springvale Quarry, Trinidad, have less nodes, are more inflated, and their valves are less high proportionately. There are a number of other similar species like T. oedalium harveyense (Mansfield) (1932a, p- 110, pl. 23, figs. 9-11) from the upper Miocene of Florida, T. tintinnabularum (Maury) (1917, p. 210, pl. 36, fig. 3) from the Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic, and T. quadragenarium (Conrad) (1837, p. 230, pl. 17, fig. 5) from California which ranges from Miocene to Recent according to Grant and Gale (1931, p-. 306). T. sanctidavidis also occurs in the Melajo Clay. Two immature specimens from the Courbaril beds are tentatively referred to this species. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 47, Hutch 51, USGS 18399, USGS 18411. Point Courbaril: USGS 10991 (?), USGS TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 365 20432a (?). Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne |’Enfer Fm. (?), Matura shell bed. Genus TRIGONIOCARDIA Dall Dall, 1900, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans,, vol. 3, pt. 5, p. 1075. Type species (by original designation) , Cardium graniferum Broderip and G. B. Sowerby I. Subgenus TRIGONIOCARDIA sg. str. Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) maturensis (Dall) Pl. 25, figs. 1-10 1867. Cardium haitense G. B. Sowerby I, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad pt. 3, p. 163; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35 \9> 42 1874. Cardium haitense Sowerby, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol Apa en (Pant). 1900. Cardium (Trigoniocardia) maturense Dall, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila- delphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 5, p. 1105; tbidem, vol. 3, pt. 6, pl. 48, fig. 7, 1903. 21912. Cardium (Trigoniocardia) carolinae Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Jjounsser, 2,.voOl lb; p. 54, pl 9 siies..5.16. 1925. Cardium (Trigoniocardia) maturense Dall, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., VOLO Now42) po, 135, spl 23) fies. 1 9: 21925. Cardium (Trigoniocardia) carolinae Maury, Maury, ibidem, p. 136. Shell of small to medium size, high-oval, strongly inflated. Umbones high. Beaks slightly prosogyrate. Posterior umbonal ridge prominent, rounded, not angulated. Sculpture consists of about 20 ribs (average 19). Posterior slope with eight flattish ribs which are smooth or beaded to a varying degree. If there are beads, they are situated on the middle of the ribs usually. The one or two ribs marking the posterior umbonal ridge mostly carry transversely elongated, closely set nodes. The anteriormost ribs are low and flattish, smooth or beaded. ‘Those in front of the posterior umbonal ridge are asymmetrical with the short, steep slope on the posterior side, and their nodes are restricted to the posterior part of the ribs. Interspaces crossed by threads. Hinge with two cardinals; the right posterior one and the left anterior one projecting. Anterior lateral teeth situated nearer the beaks than posterior laterals. Lunule well defined. Inner margin coarsely fluted. Lectotype (herewith selected). —-USNM_ 115665 (specimen figured by Dall). Type locality. — Matura, ‘Trinidad. 366 BULLETIN 247 The type lot of T. maturensis consists of five valves. The lecto- type (height 6 mm) is an immature specimen. Young shells are usually less beaded and do not have the high-oval outline of the adult, 7.e. they are not produced postero-ventrally. T. maturensts is rare at Matura, whereas at Point Courbaril and in the Melajo River area, it is abundant. Matura specimens are usually strongly rolled and their nodes but poorly preserved. Maury described her T. carolinae from a locality 1000 feet west of the Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. This locality is attributed to the Upper Morne Il’Enfer Formation like the Courbaril beds, where T. maturensis is abundant. A lectotype of T. carolinae is here selected and figured (PI. 25, fig. 10). T. casta (Guppy) (1866b, p. 582, pl. 26, fig. 4) from the mid- dle Miocene Manzanilla Formation of Manzanilla Bay, Trinidad, is a much smaller species and is proportionately longer than T. maturensis. Lmmature T. maturensis is at once distinguishable from T. casta by the lack of a pronounced posterior umbonal ridge. T. manzanillensis (Maury) (1925, p. 133, pl. 23, fig. 4) is also smaller and proportionately longer than 7. maturensis. T. hannai (Olsson) (1932, p. 99, pl. 8, figs. 4, 9, 10, 11) from the lower Zorritos Formation of Peru, which has also been recorded from the middle Miocene of Ecuador and Venezuela, is a smaller species with more squarish ribs. 7. maturensis is strikingly similar to T. cabopasada (Pilsbry and Olsson) (1941, p. 59, pl. 12, figs. 6, 7) from the Pliocene Jama Formation of western Ecuador in out- line and proportions. But that species reaches twice the size of the Matura form and tends to have more ribs with a different cross sec- tion. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch 47, Hutch bl KR: 11862, K29797,K 9903; RR 290; RR 293. Bie2soa Uses 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, K 12255, RR. 120, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, US€s 10432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne I’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. Trigoniocardia (Trigoniccardia) melajoensis n. sp. PI 25) ficseelal eet, Shell small, subrhomboidal. Posterior umbonal angulation pro- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 367 nounced. Sculpture consists of 18-20 ribs. Posterior slope mostly with seven low, flat ribs sometimes carrying beads; their interspaces narrow. Central part of shell disc covered by three or four much stronger, elevated ribs with interspaces which are narrow at the bottom and crossed by concentric threads. Their cross section is triangular, and their crest is usually ornamented with beads. The anterior ones of these ribs become asymmetrically triangular in cross section with the steeper slope posteriorly. ‘Toward the anterior slope the ribs become lower and flatter carrying transverse beads. Hinge normal. Inner margin strongly fluted. Holotype. —USNM 645354. Dimensions of holotype (left valve). — Length 10.0 mm, height 10.6 mm. Type locality.— Melajo River area: USGS 18411. This species occurs at the base of the Melajo Clay but is rare. It is more abundant in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation, where it is represented from the fol- lowing USGS localities: 19883, 20428, 20429 (all Savaneta River) , and 21809 (Springvale Quarry) . i heredium: (Olsson), (1922, p. 227, pl. 27, tig. 10) from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Costa Rica is more oval in outline, less produced postero-ventrally. The discrepancy in size of the ribs is less marked. T. thaumastum (Woodring) (1925, p. 144, pl. 19, figs. 12, 13) from Bowden, Jamaica, is considerably higher than long. Its ribs have a different cross section, their dis- crepancy in prominence is less conspicuous, and the posterior um- bonal angulation sharper than in 7. melajoensis. LT. deadenensis (Mansfield) (1932a, p. 113, pl. 22, figs. 2-5) from the middle and upper Miocene of Florida has a heavier hinge, less marked dissimilarity of the ribs. 7. caboblanquensis Weisbord (1964, p. 256, pl. 35, figs. 10-12, pl. 36, figs. 2-6) , from the Pliocene Mare Formation of Venezuela, essentially differs by its less pro- nounced posterior umbonal angulation. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm. Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) cf. caboblanquensis Weisbord P], 25, figs..15,16 368 BULLETIN 247 A single right valve from the Courbaril beds is at hand. It is worn, so that no nodes are preserved on the ribs. Outline sub- rhomboidal, about as long as high. Sculpture consists of 19 ribs. Seven low and closely set ribs on the posterior slope. In front of the posterior umbonal ridge there are four strong, widely spaced ribs. Anterior ribs low again. Central and anterior ribs with trans- verse beads, if not worn. All the interspaces crossed by threads. Hinge with two cardinals. Anterior lateral tooth much nearer to the cardinals than posterior lateral. Inner surface coarsely fluted. T. caboblanquensis Weisbord (1964, p. 256, pl. 35, figs. 10-12, pl. 36, figs. 2-6) from the lower Pliocene Mare Formation of the Cabo Blanco area, Venezuela, has the same dimensions, proportions, and number of ribs. The single valve from Point Courbaril, how- ever, does not allow a positive determination. A single, immature specimen from Matura (USGS 19860) identified as Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) spec. may represent the same form as the Courbaril shell. There has been some confusion as to the identity of the Recent T. antillarum (d’Orbigny) (1842, pl. 27, figs. 53-55; 1845, p. 338) and T. ceramida (Dall) (1886, p. 269, pl. 4, fig. 6). Dall (1901, p. 387) put T. ceramida in the synonymy of T. antillarum. As pointed out by Abbott (1958, p. 125) T. antillarum of Clench and Smith (1944; p: 19) pl. 11, digs. 3, 4) is 1. guppye (Thiele) (9103 pai23 pl. 9, figs. 25, 26) from Barbados, of which many topotypes are at hand. Apparently D’Orbigny’s original figure of T. antillarum was misleading for the later interpretations of that species (see also McLean, 1951, p. 72, pl. 14, fig. 4). But in the original description, although not satisfactory, D’Orbigny clearly stated: “. . . radiatim inaequaliter 21-costata. . ., costis. . . medio latis.. .” and “.. . facil de distinguir por sus costillas desiguales. . .” ‘These features are certainly not applicable to T. guppy originally described as having 27 ribs, although the number of ribs is somewhat variable in T. antillarum as well as in T. guppyt. Thus Abbott’s interpretation (1958, pp. 123, 124) of the three taxa mentioned above is adopted here: The shell from the Courbaril beds is strikingly similar to the specimen described from the middle Miocene of Venezuela (Jung, 1965, p. 453, pl. 57, figs. 3, 6) as T. aff. ceramida (Dall). The latter TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 369 is somewhat larger, and its ribs just in front of the posterior um- bonal ridge are narrower, and have a different cross section. The Recent T. granifera (Broderip and G. B. Sowerby I) (see Olsson, 1961, p. 251, pl. 38, fig. 3) from the Pacific Coast of America has much wider interspaces and narrower ribs centrally. Also there are more ribs on its posterior slope. Occurrence. — RR 120. Subgenus AMERICARDIA Stewart Stewart, 1930, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Spec. Pub. No. 3, p. 267. Type species (by original designation), Cardium medium Linné. Trigoniocardia (Americardia) periimaris (Maury) 1925. Cardium (Trigoniocardia) perii-maris Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 136, pl. 23, fig. 8. Shell small, subquadrate, Umbones high. Posterior carina pro- minent. In front and behind the carina there are radial depressions. There are 15 ribs in front of the carina and nine behind it. Ribs on central part of shell broad, their interspaces narrow and _ crossed by fine concentric threads. Inner margin fluted. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 928. Dimensions of holotype. — Length 10.8 mm, height 11.0 mm, convexity 5.2 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is not represented in the material under study. It is known from the holotype only which is somewhat worn and damaged. T. periimaris closely resembles the middle Miocene T. stewarti Olsson (1964, p. 56, pl. 8, fig. 9) from Ecuador. T. stewartt has 12 broad radials in front of the postero-umbonal ridge instead of 15, which carry transversely elongated nodes anteriorly and near the umbo. The Ecuadorian T. stewarti needs a new name as the name is preoccupied by T. (Americardia) stewarti (Olsson) (1932, p. 101, pl. 8, fig. 8) from Peru. Occurrence. — Matura, Trinidad. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. 370 BULLETIN 247 Genus LAEVICARDIUM Swainson Swainson, 1840, Treatise on Malacology, p. 373. Type species (by subsequent designation, Bucquoy, Dautzen- berg, and Dollfus, 1892, Mollusques marins du Roussillon, vol. 2, p- 298), Cardium europaeum Wood (= Cardium norvegicum Spengler) . Laevicardium cf. laevigatum (Linné) This form is represented by two specimens from the Courbaril beds. ‘They are filled with matrix and not complete. Clench and Smith (1944, pp. 22-23) showed that laevigatum is the correct name for the widely distributed Western Atlantic species which had been known formerly as serratum. L. laevigatum ranges in time from Miocene to Recent. Occurrence. — USGS 20432a. Family VENERIDAE Genus DOSINIA Scopoli Scopoli, 1777, Introductio ad historiam naturalem, .. . p. 399. Type species (by monotypy and tautonymy), Chama dosin Adanson (= Venus concentrica Born) . Subgenus DOSINIA s. str. According to Fischer-Piette (1942, pp. 308-314) Chama dosin Adanson is the same as Venus concentrica Born. As the latter is the type species (by original designation) of the subgenus Dosinidia Dall (1902a, p. 347), Dosinidia becomes an objective synonym of Dosinia s. str. Dosinia (Dosinia) grandis Nelson 1870. Dosinia grandis Nelson, Connecticut Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. 2, p. 201. 1910. Dosinia liogona Dall, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, pp. 6, 12; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 149, 154. Not of Dall, 1903. 1922. Dosinia (Dosinidia) grandis Nelson, Spieker, Johns Hopkins Univ. Stud. Geol., No. 3, p. 138, pl. 8, fig. 4: same specimen as lectotype selected by Palmer. 1925. Dosinia (Dosinidia) titan Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, pe 139s ply 24s hostels 2 pile 2b eatlon Ss. 1927. Dosinia (Dosinidia) grandis Nelson, Palmer, Palaeont. Amer., vol. 1, No. 5, p. 67, 1929, ibidem, pl. 17, fig. 12 (lectotype), pl. 19, fig. 8, pl. 20, fig. 14, pl. 45, figs. 1-4. 1932. Dosinia (Dosinidia) grandis Nelson, Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 68, p. 105. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 371 1941. Dosinia (Dosinidia) grandis Nelson, Pilsbry and Olsson, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 93, p. 60. 1942. Dosinia (Dosinidia) grandis Nelson, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 116, pl. 5, figs. 1-3. This species is represented from the base of the Melajo Clay by a few incomplete valves. They are the same as topotypes of D. titan from Springvale Quarry. Rutsch (1942, p. 117) gave some remarks on the variability of D. grandis. D. grandis is more inflated than the Recent Caribbean species of Dosinia (Clench, 1942, pp. 1-5) and the species from the Cabo Blanco area (Venezuela) described as D. concentrica prosapia by Weisbord (1964, p. 268). According to Olsson (1961, p. 260) D. grandis is the same as the Recent West Coast D. ponderosa (Gray) , a species ranging from late Miocene to Recent. Occurrence. — RR 291, USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — See Olsson (1961, pp. 260-261) . Dosinia (Dosinia) species There is a species of Dosinia represented by a few valves and some fragments from the Melajo Clay and the Courbaril beds. It clearly differs from D. grandis by its finer sculpture. The concen- trics of early stages of D. grandis from Springvale and the base of the Melajo Clay are considerably coarser. The width of the concentrics of the material at hand cor- responds best with that of the Recent D. discus (Reeve), but this species is less inflated. According to Clench (1942, p. 5) the range of D. discus is from Virginia to Yucatan, but records from the Gulf coast of Mexico and Central America are rare. The present ma- terial seems to belong to the vicinity of the Recent D. concentrica (Born) which ranges from Cuba and Panama throughout the West Indies to Brasil. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Genus CYCLINELLA Dall Dall, 1902, Nautilus, vol. 16, No. 4, p. 44. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1902, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 26, p. 357), Dosinia (Artemis) tenuis Recluz. 372 BULLETIN 247 Cyclinella aff. tenuis (Recluz) Pl. 26) figseieee Only one right valve from the Courbaril beds is at hand. It differs from the Recent C. tenuis (Recluz) (1852, p. 250, pl. 10, figs. 1, 1’) from Guadeloupe in being more inflated and in having coarser concentrics. Its lunular area is more concave, and _ its posterior, bifid cardinal is more oblique and narrower. Occurrence. — USGS 20432a. Cyclinella (?) species A species probably belonging to Cyclinella is represented from the Melajo Clay by a single fragment. Its hinge is concealed by matrix. No specific affinities can be recognised. Occurrence. — USGS 21178. Genus TIVELA Link Link, 1807, Beschreiburg der Naturalien-Sammlung der Universitat zu Rostock, 3. Abtheilung, p. 152, Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1902, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 26, No. 1312, p. 349), Venus corbicula Gmelin (= Venus mactroides Born) . Subgenus TIVELA s. str. Tivela (Tivela) austeniana (Maury) Pl 25. figs 3) 14 Ply 26sissa3-6 1864, Trigona mactroides Chemnitz, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 36; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 16. 1867. Trigona mactroides Born, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinided, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 1912. Mactra austeniana Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour. ser. 2, vole 15; ps Ol pla Si ies 225523: 1925. Tivela austeniana Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, jee Wes, jell, ay take, 1925. Tivela austeniana maturensis Maury, ibidem, p. 144, pl. 27, fig. 1. 1927. Tivela nasuta austeniana (Maury), Palmer, Palaeont. Amer., vol. 1, No. Dp lOO m9 2 9 ple 2 pitosee 5) al) 1927. Tivela nasuta maturensis Maury, Palmer, ibidem, p. 109; 1929, pl. 22, fig. 5a. Shell of medium size, equilateral to slightly inequilateral, little longer than high. Umbones inflated. Dorsal margins straight. An- terior and posterior ends evenly curved. Sculpture consists of incre- mentals only. Hinge with two pairs of cardinal teeth. Left anterior lateral tooth strong, right one less so. Ligamental area sunken, well defined. Pallial sinus not deep. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 373 Lectotype (of austeniana).— Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N. Y., unnumbered. Dimensions of lectotype (of austeniana).— Length 27.0 mm, height 21.3 mm. Type locality (of austeniana). — Along shore, 1000 feet west of Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Holotype (of austeniana maturensis)-—Paleont. Res. Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No: 951. Type locality (of austeniana maturensis).— Matura, Trinidad. The type locality of T. austeniana belongs to the Upper Morne l’Enfer Formation. The lectotype of T. austeniana is here selected and figured (Pl. 25, figs. 13, 14). Brighton specimens are said to be longer than Matura shells. This is true but not a rule: the pro- portions of the Matura shells are not constant. Guppy identified the material from Matura as T. mactroides (Born) (see also Weisbord, 1964, p. 276). The differences of the two species are slight indeed. The Recent species usually reaches a much larger size. Comparing series of equally sized specimens of both forms shows that the Matura shells have somewhat more ac- centuated umbonal ridges on an average, and that the pallial sinus is deeper in T. mactroides. The Recent T. nasuta Dall (1902a, p. 380, pl. 12, fig. 2) from Santa Marta, Colombia, has a well-defined lunule which is not the case in T. austeniana. Occurrence. —K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. —Upper Morne |’Enfer Fm. and Matura shell bed, Trinidad. Genus MACROCALLISTA Meek Meek, 1876, Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey of the Territories, vol. 9, p. 179. Type species (by monotypy), Venus gigantea Gmelin (= Venus nimbosa (Lightfoot) . Macrocallista maculata (Linné) 1758. Venus maculata Linné, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 686. 1964. Macrocallista maculata (Linnaeus), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 286, pl. 41, figs. 11-15, pl. 42, figs. 1-6. For further citations see this publication. 1965. Macrocallista maculata (Linné), Jung, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 49, No. 223, p. 460, pl: 58, figs. 4-6. 374 BULLETIN 247 This species is well represented from the base of the Melajo Clay. Occurrence. — RR 291, USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent. For details see Weisbord (19645 p. 291)”: Genus PITAR Romer Romer, 1857, Kritische Untersuchung der Arten des Molluskengeschlechts Venus bei Linné und Gmelin, p. 15. Type species (by monotypy) , Venus tumens Gmelin. Subgenus LAMELLICONCHA Dall Dall, 1902, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 26, No. 1312, p. 354. Type species (by original designation), Cytherea concinna G. B. Sowerby I. Pitar (Lamelliconcha) circinatus (Born) Pl. 26, figs. 7-13; Pl. 27, figs. 1, 2 1780. Venus circinata Born, Testacea Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, p. 61, pl. 4, fig. 8. 1867. Cytherea circinata Born, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 1874. Cytherea circinata Born, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, D5 442° 1925. Pitaria (Lamelliconcha) circinata Born, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42; p: 149, pl. 27,, figs. 12; 13. 1927. Pitaria (Lamelliconcha) circinata (Born), Palmer, Palaeont. Amer., vol. 1, No. 5, p. 48. 1929, pl. 9, figs. 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, 19. For further citations see this publication. 1931. Pitaria (Lamelliconcha) circinata (Born), Hodson and Hodson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 59, p. 10, pl. 4, figs. 5, 7. 1951. Pitar (Hysteroconcha) circinata (Born), McLean, New York Acad. Sci., Sci. Sur., Porto Rico Virgin Islands, vol. 17, pt. 1, p. 81, pl. 16, fig. 8. 1960. Pitaria (Lamelliconcha) circinata Born, Barrios, Bol. Geol., vol. 6, Nos. 1-3) Informe Nos 1082) p= 2525 plisd, tie. ie 1961. Pitar circinata (Born), Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, p. 189, Woot: 1965. Pitar (Lameusconcha) circinatus (Born), Jung, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 49, No. 223, p. 463, pl. 59, figs. 1-3. Syntypes.— Vienna Natural History Museum, Nos. 76522, 76523, 76524. This species is well represented from Matura, the Courbaril beds, and the Melajo Clay. Matura representatives of P. circinatus have been considered as dwarfed by Maury. Specimens at hand, however, reach a length of 29 mm and a height of 25 mm. Specimens from the Melajo Clay are somewhat more elongate. They are well preserved having highly elevated concentric lamellae ~ TrinipAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 375 which may alternate in size. These slight differences from typical P. circinatus fall within the variability as the same features are shown by Recent specimens. For a discussion of the relations of P. circinatus and P. alter- natus (Broderip) see Olsson (1961, p. 286). Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch 47, Hutch 51, KR 11862, K 9797, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see Palmer, 1927-1929, p. SORMO2 7). Pitar (Lamelliconcha) labreanus (Maury) Pl. 27, figs. 3-6 1912. Pitaria (Lamelliconcha) labreana Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, jours sset-¢2,| vol. 155.p..57,, pl. 9) figs. 14, Ib: 1925. Pitaria (Lamelliconcha) labreana Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., mol 10, INGw42,/p. 151, pli 27, fig. 11. 1927. Pitaria (Lamelliconcha) labreana Maury, Palmer, Palaeont. Amer., vol. No: 5, p. 51:1929; pl. 8; figs: 19,28. Shell of medium size, elongate, inequilateral. Anterior end produced, posterior end somewhat pointed. There is a shallow, radial depression in front of the posterior umbonal ridge. Sculp- ture consists of numerous, rounded concentrics with wider inter- spaces. Lunule well defined. Right hinge with three cardinals and a deep socket for the left anterior lateral. Right anterior and pos- terior cardinals connected. Left hinge with three cardinals, the anterior and middle ones connected dorsally. Pallial sinus deep. Holotype. — Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N. Y., un- numbered. Dimensions of holotype (left valve). — Length 17.3 mm, height 13.5 mm. Type locality.—A thousand feet west of Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. This species is represented from the Melajo Clay. Melajo speci- mens grow larger than the holotype which does not seem to be adult. The material under study does not contain specimens from the type area. P. labreanus is most closely related to the Recent Pacific Coast P. paytensis (d’Orbigny) (see Olsson, 1961, p. 288, pl. 48, figs. 6-6b) ©9 ~I H BULLETIN 247 and P. concinnus (G. B. Sowerby I) (1835, p. 23; Olsson, 1961, p. 287, pl. 48, figs. 4-4c). The former is more elongate, the latter shorter than P. labreanus, but they all have the same kind of sculp- ture and the radial depression in front of the posterior umbonal ridge. P. salanga Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 61, pl. 15, figs. 10, 11) from the Pliocene of Ecuador is a larger species and proportionately higher. P- labreanus has also been compared with the larger P. hilli Dall [1890-1903 (1903) , p. 1268, pl. 54, fig. 7] from the middle Miocene Gatun Fm. of the Panama Canal Zone. Occurrence. — Hutch 51, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne Il’Enfer Fm. Genus CHIONE Megerle von Mihlfeld Megerle von Miihlfeld, 1811, Mag. Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, vol. 5, p. le Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 183). Venus dysera Chemnitz (= Venus cancellata Linné) . Subgenus CHIONE s. str. Chione (Chione) cancellata (Linné) Veal, Darfe aalex w/e ell Ae} aml, IL. 1767. Venus cancellata Linné, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, p. 1130. 1864. Venus cingenda Dillwyn, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p- 36; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 16. 1867. Venus cancellata Gronov., Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 1874. Venus cancellata Gron., Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, D. 442. 1925. Cees (Chione) cancellata Linnaeus, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. LOMNon4 2 pa l53 pla ZS elosheln or 1964. Chione (Chione) cancellata (Linnaeus), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 506, pl. 44, figs. 1-8. For additional citations see this publication. This species is abundant at Matura, but most specimens are worn. Large valves have a length of more than 350 mm. Three small valves from the Melajo Clay seem to belong to this species. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862 (?), USGS 18399 (?). Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent. For details see Weisbord (964 peas ly. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKs: JUNG 377 Subgenus NIOCHE Hertlein and Strong Hertlein and Strong, 1948, Zoologica, New York Zool. Soc., vol. 33, pt. 4, No. 13, p. 186. Type species (by original designation) , Venus asperrima G. B. Sowerby I. Chione (Nioche) veatchiana Maury Pl. 28; figs: 3-11 1912. Chione veatchiana Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, VOLO peOSs ple Gatiest L7G, U8. 1912. Chione dalliana Maury, ibidem, p. 59, pl. 9, fig 16. 1912. Chione guppyana Maury, ibidem, p. 59, pl. 9, fig. 19. Not of Gabb, 1873. 1925. Chione (Chione) dalliana Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 156, pl. 28, fig. 10. Chione dalliana veatchiana Maury, Maury, tbidem, p. 157, pl. 28, fig. 14. Chione dalliana guppyana Maury, Maury, ibidem, p. 158, pl. 28, figs. 4, 13. 1927. Chione (Chione) dalliana Maury, Palmer, Palaeont. Amer., vol. 1, No. 5, ps 154, pl 40> figs: 25, 7,.14, 15, 23. i) AS 192! 192: S Shell of small to medium size, subcircular to elongate-triangu- lar. Sculpture consists of rounded, radial riblets, and concentric lamellae. Radials simple in young stages, double later, and triple toward the ventral margin. Concentrics scalloped. Anteriormost four to seven ribs much larger than the rest. Lunule large, mainly radially sculptured, bordered by an incised line. Escutcheon larger in left valve. Hinge with three cardinals in each valve. Right an- terior cardinal lamellar, subparallel to lunular margin. Right cen- tral cardinal prolonged along base of hinge plate. Right posterior cardinal slightly bifid. Left anterior cardinal elongate, broader anteriorly; middle one stout, bifid; posterior one narrow, elongate. Inner margin with fine crenulations. Lectotype of veatchiana (right valve). — Paleont. Museum, Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 33504. Dimensions of lectotype of veatchiana.— Length 25.1 mm, height 20.2 mm. Type locality of veatchiana. — A thousand feet west of Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Lectotype of dalliana (right valve).—Paleont. Museum, Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 33495. Dimensions of lectotype of dalliana.— Length 20.5 mm, height 18.0 mm. Type locality of dalliana.— A thousand feet west of Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. 378 BULLETIN 247 Lectotype of guppyana (right valve).— Paleont. Museum, Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y., unnumbered. Dimensions of lectotype of guppyana.— Length 19.1 mm., height 17.2 mm. Type locality of guppyana.— Along shore, 700 feet east of Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. As pointed out by Palmer (1927-1929, p. 155, 1927) the three forms described by Maury as C. veatchiana, C. dalliana, and C. guppyana should be treated as one species. The variability of the outline is considerable. C. veatchiana was meant to include elongate shells. But elongate shells occur together with shorter ones not only at the type locality of C. veatchiana, but also at the type locality of C. guppyana, and at Matura. For this variable species the name veatchiana should be used as it has page priority. Maury compared C. veatchiana with C. walli (Guppy) (1866b, p. 581, pl. 26, fig. 16) from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Forma- tion of Manzanilla Bay, Trinidad. C. walli, however, is a different species with a different hinge belonging to Chionopsis. C. veatchiana is most closely related to the Recent C. subro- strata (Lamarck) (Animaux sans vertébres, vol. 5, p. 588, 1818) . Perhaps they should be treated as one species. On an average C. subrostrata may have a somewhat heavier shell and coarser sculp- ture. But these differences are slight. According to Weisbord (1964, p. 323) C. subrostrata probably occurs in the Pliocene of Venezuela as well. Nioche marcottae Olsson and Petit (1964, p. 532, pl. 77, figs. 6, 6a) from the Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida, seems to differ from C. veatchiana by its more prominent concentric lamellae. In both species the escutcheon is not restricted to the left valve, although it is smaller in the right valve. C, veatchiana has the same hinge as the Recent Pacific Coast Nioche beili Olsson (1961, p. 310, pl. 50, figs. 1, la, 1b, 4), the type species of Olsson’s subgenus Antinioche, but is smaller. N. beili has only simple radials. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, K 12255, RR 120, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204. USGS 19860. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 379 Distribution. — Courbaril beds of Upper Morne l’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed, and Pleistocene of southern Trinidad. Subgenus LIROPHORA Conrad Conrad, 1863, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1862, Proc., pp. 575, 586. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1902, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 26, No. 1312, p. 358), Circomphalus athleta Con- rad (= Venus latilirata Conrad) . Chione (Lirophora) caroniana Maury Pl. 29, figs. 1-8 1910. Venus glyptocyma (Dall), Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 11; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 153. Not of Dall, 1903. 1925. Chione (Lirophora) caroniana Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 2. Oo, .ple 29, figs. 5) 7,. 0: 1927. Chione (Lirophora) caroniana Maury, Palmer, Palaeont. Amer., vol. 1, No. 5, p. 173. 1929, pl. 44, fig 18. 1938. Chione (Lirophora) caroniana Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 3. 1942. Chione (Lirophora) caroniana Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, Voli54; p. 102: 1942. Chione (Lirophora) sp. ind., Rutsch, ibidem, p. 102. Shell of medium size, elongate-trigonal, heavy. Umbones situated slightly anteriorly. Antero-dorsal margin concave. Anterior end produced, strongly arched. Postero-ventrally straightened. Posterior end somewhat pointed. Postero-dorsal margin straight. Sculpture of young stages generally consists of some inflated con- centrics. Later the concentrics are irregularly fused and form broad, flattish bands. At the anterior and posterior ends of these bands there are a few raised lamellae indicating the number and position of the “original” concentrics. Toward the ventral margin there are some narrower concentrics again. Lunule and escutcheon large, sculptured by growth lines. Hinge of both valves with three cardinals. Right anterior cardinal small and thin, middle one triangular and slightly extended along base of hinge plate, posterior one long and narrow. Left anterior cardinal elongate, somewhat thicker anteriorly, central one triangular, posterior one long and thin. Inner margin with fine crenulations. Pallial sinus small, but pointed. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 978. Type locality. —Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. C. caroniana is most abundant in the Savaneta Glauconitic 380 BULLETIN 247 Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation. From the Melajo Clay it is represented by about 100 specimens of all growth stages Specimens from a single locality show an extraordinary varia- bility concerning width and number of concentrics. Broad concen- trics and coalescence of concentrics are prevailing in the material from the base of the Melajo Clay, where the matrix is coarse- grained, but rare and never extreme in the overlying silty clay. Thus it looks as if the ornamentation were facies controlled. Although it is unsatisfactory comparisons are omitted here, because a considerable number of species showing features similar to those of C. caroniana have been described from northern South America, Central America, and the southeastern United States. But it would require a special study to show their mutual relationships. Occurrence. — EL 1810, Hutch 51, K 9797, K 9816, K 9903, RR 290, RR 291, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18411, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm. Chione (Lirophora) species Pl. 30, figs. 1-3 21925. Chione (Lirophora) latilirata Conrad, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. LOSINOMA2Z ips LOlenpleZo we higsasl 299! 1925. Chione (Lirophora) riomaturensis Maury, ibidem, p. 162, pl. 29, fig. 4. 1927. Chione (Lirophora) riomaturensis Maury, Palmer, Palaeont. Amer., vol. 1, No. 5, p. 181. 1929, pl. 44, fig. 2. C. riomaturensis is based on an inadequate sample. Fully grown specimens are not known. Maury considered C. riomaturensis intermediate in characters between the Miocene to Recent C. latilirata (Conrad) (1841, p. 28) and the Recent C. paphia (Linné) (Systema Naturae, ed. 12, p. 1129, 1767). It cannot be decided whether the Matura species belongs to C. latilirata or C. paphia as immature specimens of the latter two species are prac- tically indistinguishable. ‘The large collections in the U. S. National Museum of these two species show that the concentrics of imma- ture C. latilirata may thin out just like those of C. paphia. Weisbord (1964; p: 323; pl. 45 figs, I'5;) 165) pl.) 47) tugsemlee) recorded C. riomaturensis from the Pliocene Mare Formation of Venezuela. Specimens from the Cabo Blanco area at hand suggest that they are closer to C, latilirata. C. cultellata Weisbord (1964, p. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 381 326, pl. 47, figs. 7-12) , also from the Mare Formation of Venezuela, is based on a few immature valves. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, USGS 19860. Chione (Lirophora) sanctidavidis Maury Pl. 30, figs. 4-9 1925. Chione (Clausinella ?) sancti-davidis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, INOT42;) ps L615 pl 28. tie. 12: 1927. Chione (Chione) sancti-davidis Maury, Palmer, Palaeont. Amer., vol. J, No. 5, p. 160. 1929, pl. 44, fig. 10. Shell of small to medium size, inequilateral, moderately in- flated. Antero-dorsal margin straight to slightly concave. Anterior end strongly rounded. Posterior end produced. Postero-dorsal mar- gin almost straight. Sculpture of early stages consists of raised con- centric lamellae and later of rounded concentrics which sometimes are bent upwards. Their interspaces usually broader. Ventral side of concentrics with fine radial striae crossing the interspaces. The concentrics may become lamellar anteriorly and posteriorly. Lunule and escutcheon well defined, sculptured by growth lines. Hinge of both valves with three cardinals. Right anterior cardinal small, lamellar, middle one trigonal and slightly extended along base of hinge plate, posterior one long. Left anterior cardinal elongate, slightly curved and thicker anteriorly, central one trigonal, pos- terior one long. Ventral and lunular margins finely crenulated. Pallial sinus short, but sharply pointed. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 972. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is rare at its type locality. The holotype is an immature, worn, right valve. This situation is unfortunate, because this species is represented by numerous perfect specimens from the Courbaril beds as well as from the Melajo River area. The valves from Matura are less inflated than those from Point Courbaril, and those from the Melajo Clay are shorter on an average. The sculpture of C. sanctidavidis is variable. Usually the concentrics are regularly spaced, but irregularities as to spacing and thickness of the con- centrics are not rare. The lamellar concentrics at the margins of lunule and escutcheon are not a rule but may be present. It does not seem advisable to separate the Courbaril and Melajo specimens from those from Matura specifically or subspecifically. There is an unnamed species occurring in the Gransaull beds of 382 BULLETIN 247 the lower Springvale Formation which may have to be separated. That species is larger than C. sanctidavidis, and its concentrics are more closely set. C. ebergenyti (Bose) (1906, p. 28, pl. 2, figs. 4-17) from beds of questionable Pliocene age of Mexico has more numer- ous concentrics and a marked posterior umbonal ridge. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: K 9813. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8839, K 12013, K 12255, RR 120; PJ 212, USGS 1099 TRUSS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Ma- tura Bay: RR 230. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne |’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. Genus ANOMALOCARDIA Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systéme des habitations des vers testacés, p. 134. Type species (by monotypy), Anomalocardia rugosa Schu- macher (= Venus flexwosa Linné) . Anomalocardia brasiliana (Gmelin) Pl 30s ficse Ov 1791. Venus brasiliana Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, p. 3289. 1864. Venus macrodon Deshayes, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p- 36; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 16. 1867. Venus flexuosa Linné, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 1925. Anomalocardia brasiliana Gmelin, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 4250p.) 165; pls 20h figs LOS ue 1964. Anomalocardia brasiliana (Gmelin), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 272, pl. 38, figs. 5-8. For further citations see this publica- tion. This species is rare at Matura. The figured specimen is worn and does not show much of the external sculpture. It is smaller and not as heavy as Recent specimens from Brasil at hand. Occurrence. — JS 67, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. —Upper Miocene (?) to Recent. For details see Weisbord (1964, p. 274). Family MACTRIDAE Genus MACTRA Linné Linné, 1767, Systema Naturae, ed. 12, p. 1125. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., Piso pe lso)E Cardium stultorum Linné. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 383 Subgenus MICROMACTRA Dall Dall, 1894, Nautilus, vol. 8, No. 4, p. 40. Type species (by monotypy) , Mactra californica Conrad. Mactra (Micromactra) cf. maracaibensis H. K. Hodson PI. 30, figs. 12, 13; IPs Sileesalersy, als pe This form is represented from Matura and the Melajo Clay by a few specimens including only one complete shell. It might belong to M. maracaibensis H. K. Hodson (in. Hodson and Hodson, 1931a, p. 20, pl. 9, figs. 6, 19) which had been described from the Miocene of Venezuela. Apparently the Trinidad specimens are immature looking exactly like the material described from the middle Miocene of the Paraguana Peninsula, Venezuela (Jung, 1965, p. 468, pl. 60, figs. 3, 5). Adult specimens of M. maracaibensis from Venezuela have a similar outline as M. macescens (Guppy) (1866b, p. 581, pl. 26, fig. 2) from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Formation of Trinidad but are less produced anteriorly, 7.ec. their umbones are almost central and not behind the middle of the shell. Their pos- terior ridge is less pronounced, and the concentric waves are re- stricted to the dorsal part of the shell. M. aff. macescens from the Springvale Formation (Rutsch, 1942, p. 119) may be the same as the Melajo and Matura specimens. The type specimen of M. undula Dall [1890-1903 (1898), p. 893, pl. 28, fig. 12] from the Pliocene of South Carolina reaches twice the size of the complete specimen from Matura. Additional specimens of M. undula in the collections of the U. S. National Museum from Shell Creek (USNM 153745) and the Caloosahatchee River (USNM 153743) have comparable dimensions. M. undula constantly differs from the Trinidad material by its less pronounced undulations on the umbo. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810. Matura Bay: RR 230, USGS 18204. Genus MULINIA Gray Gray, 1837, Mag. Nat. History, new ser., vol. 1, p. 375 (not seen). Type species (by subsequent designation, Herrmannsen, 1847, Indicis generum malacozoorum, vol. 2, p. 61), Mactra lateralis Say. Mulinia species q ; ; Pl. 31, figs. 3-5 Shell of medium size, almost equilateral, broadly trigonal in 384 BULLETIN 247 young stages, highly trigonal in adult stage. Anterior end broadly rounded, posterior end somewhat pointed. Umbones moderately in- flated. Posterior umbonal ridge well defined, angular. Anterior um- bonal ridge rounded. Ligament entirely internal. The characteristic feature of the genus Mulinia is its internal ligament. The chondrophoral pit is deep and covered by a thin roof. On worn specimens, like those from Matura, this roof is broken, and the chondrophoral pit may then reach up to the beaks. The Matura specimens seem to differ from the Recent M. cleryana (d’Orbigny) (see Weisbord, 1964, p. 382, pl. 55, figs. 3-6) only by their less pronounced inflation of the umbones. M. lateralis (Say) (1822, p. 309) as figured by Abbott (1954, pl. 320) has lower umbones than the Trinidad material. The Recent Pacific Coast M. pallida (Broderip and G. B. Sowerby I) (see Olsson, 1961, p. 330, pl. 58, figs. 2-2c) is of similar shape but much larger. It has also been recorded from the late Miocene to lower Pliocene Borbon Formation of Ecuador (Olsson, 1964, p. 64). Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 12013, PJ 212, USGS 10432, USGS 20434 (immature specimens). Matura Bay: RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Family TELLINIDAE Genus MOERELLA Fischer Fischer, 1887, Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 1147. Type species (by monotypy) , Tellina donacina Linné. Subgenus MOERELLA s. str. Moerella (Moerella) elinguis, n. sp. Ply site ticseiG-9 Shell small, elongate, strongly inequilateral. Dorsal margins somewhat convex. Anterior end broadly rounded. Posterior end sub- truncated. Ventral margin straightened. Sculpture consists of fine, closely set concentrics. Posterior umbonal ridge pronounced, slightly angular. Posterior slope short and steep. Sometimes there is a shal- low, radial depression in front of the posterior umbonal ridge. Right hinge with two cardinals, the posterior one bifid, and two laterals, the anterior one close to the cardinals. Left hinge with two cardi- nals, the anterior one bifid, the posterior one small. Left laterals rudimentary. Posterior muscle scar sunken. Pallial sinus deep, con- fluent with pallial line, amost reaching the anterior muscle scar. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 385 Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 13327. Dimensions of holotype (right valve).—Length 10.8 mm, height 6.3 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: KR 11862. M. elinguis, n. sp. is abundant in the Melajo Clay as well as in the Courbaril beds. ‘The Courbaril specimens usually grow some- what larger. This species closely resembles the form from the Miocene of Peru described as Tellina (Angulus) pressa Dall by Spieker (1922, p. 159, pl. 10, fig. 4) and as Tellina (Eurytellina) cf. felix Hanley by Olsson (1932, p. 123, pl. 14, fig. 8). The Peruvian form is larger than the Trinidad fossils and its antero-dorsal margin tends to be more convex. M. apomsa (Woodring) (1925, p. 170, pl. 23, figs. 19, 20) from Bowden, Jamaica, is a considerably smaller species with coarser sculpture. The Recent Pacific Coast M. felix (Hanley) (iste epar leOlsson, 196), p. 403, pl:.-69; figs. 6, 6a) is somewhat larger and less pointed posteriorly. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, K 9817, K 9903, KR 11862, RR 290, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Cour- baril: K 8399, K 12255, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Genus EURYTELLINA Fischer Fischer, 1887, Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 1147. Type species (by monotypy), Tellina punicea Born. Eurytellina punicea (Born) ? Pl. 32, figs. 1-5 1780. feline punicea Born, Testacea Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, p. 33, pl. 1964. a Ine, punicea Born, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 335, pl. 48, figs. 14, 15, pl. 49, figs. 1, 2. For additional cita- tions see this publication. This species occurs frequently in the Courbaril beds but does not reach the size of Recent specimens. Immature valves look dif- ferent, having a more rectangular outline, and an apparently more pronounced concentric sculpture. Recent immature valves of E. punicea are indistinguishable from those of the Courbaril beds. The concentric sculpture is usually obsolete on the umbonal region of adult E. punicea. Courbaril valves tend to be more flexed pos- teriorly than Recent specimens. 386 BULLETIN 247 One immature valve from the Matura shell bed may belong to E. punicea. Fragments from the Melajo Clay are identified as E cf. punicea. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, K 12013, K 12255, RR 120, PJ 212, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USES #20732 USGS 21778. Matura Bay: JS 67 (?). Eurytellina melajoensis, n. sp. Pl. 32, figs. 6-9 Shell of medium size, slightly twisted to the right postero- ventrally. Beaks low, situated little behind center. Dorsal margins straight. Anterior margin broadly rounded. Posterior end truncated, slightly emarginate. Posterior umbonal ridge low but well marked. Surface smooth except for fine incrementals which are stronger on posterior slope. Right hinge with two cardinals, the posterior one bifid. Laterals well developed, anterior one closer to the cardinals. Left hinge with an anterior bifid cardinal, and a posterior, rudi- mentary, laminar cardinal. Left laterals weak to obsolete. Pallial sinus deep, touching the anterior muscle scar, confluent with pal- lial line. Ligamental area narrow, lanceolate. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 13310. Dimensions of holotype (right valve). — Length 23.8 mm, height 15.0 mm, convexity 3.0 mm. Type locality.— Melajo River area: PJ] 285. This species is well represented in the Melajo Clay but less so in the Courbaril beds. Its outline is remarkably constant. On worn specimens fine, somewhat irregular, radial striae are visible. The Recent £. trinitatis Tomlin (1929, p. 310) from Colén, Panama, has similar dimensions and the same proportions. It dif- fers in having fine, concentric grooves, whereas E. melajoensis, n. sp. has no concentric sculpture except incrementals. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch 51, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point Cour- baril: K 8399, K 12013, K 12255, USGS 10991, USGS 20434. Eurytellina ? oligoscissulata, n. sp. Pl. 33, figs. 1-4 Shell of medium size, almost equilateral, moderately inflated. Dorsal margins straight to slightly convex. Anterior end broadly rounded. Posterior end narrowly rounded. Ventral margin evenly curved, Posterior umbonal ridge inconspicuous. Sculpture consists TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 387 of incrementals. Anteriorly there are fine, equidistant, incised con- centrics (about four per mm) which become oblique on the middle portion of the shell disc and then disappear posteriorly. Right hinge with two cardinals, the posterior one bifid, and two well- developed laterals, the anterior one closer to the cardinals. Left hinge with two cardinals, the anterior one bifid, the posterior one rudimentary, laminar. Left laterals weak. Ligamental area narrow. Pallial sinus deep, confluent with pallial line, not reaching the anterior muscle scar. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 13319. Dimensions of holotype (left valve). — Length 22.0 mm, height 12.4 mm, convexity 2.8 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. The generic assignment of this species is somewhat question- able. On one hand it has the typical hinge and general shape of Eurytellina, on the other hand it has oblique lines on the surface recalling Moerella (Scissula). But it does not have the short, pro- nounced posterior slope of Moerella, and the zone of oblique lines crossing the incrementals is narrow looking like the beginning of a scissulation. E. ? oligoscissulata somewhat resembles the rare Recent West Coast Tellina (Scissula) nicoyana Hertlein and Strong [1940-1951 (1949), p. 85, pl. 1, figs. 23-26], for which Olsson (1961, p. 409) erected the genus Hertellina. ‘The Trinidad species is smaller, has a less convex postero-dorsal margin, and the zone of oblique sculp- ture is narrower. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 12255, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Genus MERISCA Dall Dall, 1900, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, p. 290. Type species (by original designation), Tellina crystallina Wood. Merisca trinidadensis, n. sp. Pl. 33, figs. 5-9 Shell small, inequilateral, inequivalve, strongly inflated. An- terior side broadly rounded. Posterior part twisted to the right. Posterior end rostrate but less so in left valve. Left valve somewhat 388 BULLETIN 247 more inflated than right valve. Right valve with a radial depres- sion in front of the posterior umbonal ridge which is inconspicu- ous in left valve. Sculpture consists of closely spaced, lamellar con- centrics. Right hinge with a small anterior and a trigonal, bifid, posterior cardinal. Laterals strong, almost equidistant from cardinals, with deep sockets above. Left anterior cardinal bifid, posterior one rudimentary. No left laterals. Lunule broad, better defined in left valve. Escutcheon sculptured by growth lines, bordered by a sharp ridge. Ligamental area narrow. Pallial sinus high and deep, almost reaching the anterior muscle scar; only half- way confluent with pallial line. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 13338. Dimensions of holotype (right valve). — Length 12.1 mm, height 9.2 mm, convexity 2.8 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51. This species is represented by a number of right valves from the Melajo Clay. Although there is no double-valved specimen, the left valves at hand are thought to belong to the same species. Parts of the inner margins of lunule and escutcheon in the left valve seem to have the function of laterals as they are slightly thickened. M. acrocosmia (Dall) [1890-1903 (1900), p. 1020, pl. 46, fig. 10] from Bowden, Jamaica, is a smaller species. It has radial threads between the concentrics which are lacking in M. trinidadensis, n. sp., and the radial depression in front of the posterior umbonal ridge is less pronounced. The Recent West Coast M. margarita Olsson (1961, p. 383, pl. 70, figs. 5, 5a) is a larger species with similar outline, but the pallial sinus is wholly confluent with the pallial line. Most closely related to M. irinidadensis, n. sp. is the Recent Caribbean M. martinicensis (d’Orbigny) (1842, pl. 26, figs. 6-8; 1845, p. 305). It has about the same dimensions and outline. Its pallial features are the same (Warmke and Abbott, 1961, p. 196, text fig. 30b), but its postero-dorsal margin is almost straight, whereas in M. trinidadensis it is convex. In addition D’Orbigny’s original figure shows radial striae between the concentrics. Occurrence. — Hutch 51, K 9817, RR 290, PJ 285, USGS 18399; USGS 21178. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 389 Genus TELLIDORA H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1858, Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 2, p. 401. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1900, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 5, p. 1037), Tellina burneti Broderip and G. B. Sowerby I. Tellidora species : A number of fragments from the Melajo Clay belong to Telli- dora, but a specific determination is not possible. Some hinges are preserved, but the entire outline of the shell cannot be recon- structed. The Melajo species is close to the Recent Atlantic T. cristata (Recluz) (Rev. Zool. Soc. Cuvierienne, vol. 5, p. 270, 1842) and the Recent West American T. burneti (Broderip and G. B. Sowerby (Zool jours vol. 4,5No: 15, p. 362; pl. 9; fig. 2, 1829; Olsson, 196i p: 381, pl. 69) figs-A-Lb).. Dall [1890-1903 (1900) p. 1037] put T. lunulata Holmes in the synonymy of T. cristata, whereas Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 131) consider it a distinct species. A species of Tellidora identified as T. cristata has been re- ported from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Costa Rica byaOlsson (19225 p: 254, pl. 20; figs. 1, 2),: Occurrence. — PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Genus STRIGILLA Turton Turton, 1822, Conchylia Insularum Britannicarum, p. 117. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 186), Tellina carnaria Linné. Subgenus STRIGILLA s. str. Strigilla (Strigilla) carnaria (Linné) ? Pl. 33; figs.10; 11 1758. Tellina carnaria Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 676. 1864. Strigilla carnaria Linné, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 36; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont, vol. 8, No. 35, p. 16. 1867. Strigilla carnaria Linné, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 1874. Strigilla carnaria Linné, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, O44 1964. Strigilia carnaria (Linnaeus), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 349, pl. 50, figs. 9-12, pl. 51, figs. 1-6. For additional citations see this publication. S. carnaria ? was thought to be absent at Matura (Maury, 1925, p. 120), but it occurs in the Courbaril beds as well as in the Matura 390 BULLETIN 247 shell bed. The fossils are smaller on an average, the sulci coarser, and their interspaces wider than in Recent specimens. It is ques- tionable whether this should be considered as of subspecific value, because these features are variable to some degree in Recent shells. There are not enough fossil specimens, however, to show the variability which would allow their subspecific separation. As to the wide spacing of the sulci the Trinidad fossils resem- ble the Recent West Coast S. dichotoma (Philippi) and S. cicerula (Philippi) as figured by Olsson (1961, pl. 73, figs. 2, 3). Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 12255, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a,. Matura Bay: USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Pliocene and Pleistocene, Venezuela. Pleisto- cene, Alabama. Recent from North Carolina to Brasil, and on the West Coast from Panama to northern Peru. Subgenus PISOSTRIGILLA Olsson Olsson, 1961, Panamic-Pacific Pelecypoda (Paleont. Res. Inst., Ithaca, N.Y.), p- 390. Type species (by original designation), Tellina pisiformis Linné. Strigilla (Pisostrigilla) pisiformis (Linné) Pl. 33, figs. 12-14 1758. Tellina pisiformis Linné, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 677. 1925. Strigilla pistformis Linnaeus, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. t2p. l20;spl) 20 shies. 1964. Strigilla pisiformis (Linnaeus), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 346, pl. 50, figs. 3-8. For additional citations see this publica- tion. ‘This species is fairly common at Matura. Matura valves reach a length of 12 mm. S. pisiformis is most closely related to the Recent West Coast S. panamensis Olsson (1961, p. 390, pl. 39, figs. 8-8b) . Occurrence. —RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent. For details see Weisbord (1964, p.1319): Strigilla (Pisostrigilla ?) species There is a single, left, small valve (length 4.5 mm) from the Courbaril beds with a peculiar sculpture. On the anterior part of the shell the incised lines are not curved as in the Recent West Coast S. strata Olsson (1961, p. 390, pl. 39, fig. 7), the type species of the subgenus Simplistrigilla Olsson. The same feature is present TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 391 on the upper Miocene (?) S. galvestonensis Harris (1895, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 4) from Texas (Galveston well) , S. eutykta Gardner and mldniche"(1919) p: 47; pl. 3, figs, 4, 8, 10) from the upper Miocene and Pliocene of the southeastern United States (see also Mansfield, 1932a, p. 139), and S. georgiana Gardner [1926-1950 (1928), p. 199, pl. 30, figs. 12, 13] from the Oak Grove Sand of Georgia. The posterior slope of species belonging to Pisostrigilla is characterised by radial rows of acute angles formed by the incised lines. In S. pisiformis and other species there are two of these rows bordering a zone with parallel lines. On the valve from the Cour- baril beds this zone is extremely narrow and visible only under a good lens. Occurrence. — K 12255. Genus MACOMA Leach Leach, 1819, in John Ross, A voyage of discovery made under the orders of the Admiralty in His Majesty’s ships Isabella and Alexander for the purpose of exploring Baffins Bay and inquiring into the probability of a north- west passage, Appendix II, p. LXII (not seen). Type species (by monotypy), Macoma tenera Leach (= Tel- lina calcarea Gmelin) . Subgenus PSAMMACOMA Dall Dall, 1900, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, No. 1210, p. 292. Type species (by original designation), Tellina candida Lamarck. Macoma (Psammacoma) species A PINs) fies ee 21938. Tellina couvaensis Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 14, fig. 9. Shell elongate, inequilateral. Dorsal margins straight, anterior end regularly curved. Posterior side short, truncated. Posterior um- bonal ridge moderately pronounced. Sculpture consists of incre- mentals only. Pallial sinus deep, but not high, partly confluent with pallial line. This form is represented from the Melajo Clay by a few in- complete valves. It may be the same as Tellina couvaensis Vokes from Springvale Quarry. T. couvaensis is based on the holotype only which is an incomplete specimen with its interior concealed by matrix. M. olwvella Dall [1890-1903 (1900), p. 1054, pl. 47, fig. 20; 392 BULLETIN 247 Woodring, 1925, p. 177, pl. 24, figs. 20, 21] from Bowden, Jamaica, is also based on the holotype only which is an incomplete valve. It is easily distinguished from the Melajo species by its concave postero-dorsal margin and its longer ligamental area. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634, USGS 21178 (?). Macoma (Psammacoma) species B Pl, 34 fies aac A few valves occurring in the Courbaril beds have about the same size as Macoma species A from the Melajo Clay. However, they are less inflated and their posterior side is longer. ‘The pallial sinus of the Melajo species is narrower and its posterior umbonal ridge more pronounced. M. hybrida Weisbord (1964, p. 352, pl. 46, figs. 3, 4) from the Pliocene Mare Formation of Venezuela is known from the holotype only. It has a much shorter posterior side, a steeper posterior slope, and a smaller pallial sinus. Occurrence. — USGS 20432. Genus PSAMMOTRETA Dall Dall, 1900, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, No. 1210, p. 292. Type species (by original designation) , Tellina aurora Hanley. / rr) Psammotreta galbana, n. sp. Pl. 34, figs. 5,6 Shell of medium size, moderately inflated. Posterior side shorter than anterior one. Posterior end of right valve slightly flexed. Posterior umbonal ridge inconspicuous. Left valve with a shallow radial depression posteriorly which is not developed in right valve. Sculpture consists of incrementals which are more conspicu- ous on posterior area. Right hinge with a bifid cardinal posteriorly and a narrow cardinal anteriorly. Left hinge with a scarcely bifid anterior cardinal and a narrow posterior cardinal. Ligamental area short, but high. Anterior adductor scar larger than posterior one. Pallial sinus deep its highest point lying behind the beaks; partly confluent with pallial line. Holotype. —USNM 645335. Dimensions of holotype (right valve). — Length 37.8 mm, height 28.2 mm, convexity 7.7 mm. Type locality. — Point Courbaril: USGS 20432. P. galbana is represented by a few valves which occur only in ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 393 the Courbaril beds. It seems that no Recent species of Psammotreta has ever been recorded from the Western Atlantic. P. galbana is related to the Recent Eastern Pacific species. imauronan(Elamley)\ne(USt45 pm. 14:7; Olsson, 1961 ps ail pl 14. figs. 6, 6a) is less inflated, less inequilateral, and the highest point of its pallial sinus lies below the beaks. P. dombei (Hanley) (1844, p. 144) and P. gubernaculum (Hanley) (1844, p. 142) reach con- siderably larger dimensions than P. galbana. P galbana has about the same proportions as the form figured by Olsson (1961, pli figs. 8, 8a) as Psammotreta sp. (Pearl Islands, Panama) but is larger. Occurrence. — K 12013, USGS 20432. Genus APOLYMETIS Salisbury Salisbury, 1929, Malac Soc. London, Proc., vol. 18, p. 258. Type species (by original designation) , Tellina meyeri Philippi (= Tellina meyert Dunker) . Apolymetis trinitaria (Dall) PI Sac SapaG 1900. Metis trinitaria Dall, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 5, p. 1041, pl. 46, fig 24 (see also for further citations) . 1910. Telina sagrae d’Orbigny, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc, Paper No. 440, pp. 6, 12; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 85 INow35, pp: 149) 154. 1919. Not Metis trinitaria Dall, Cooke, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 291, p. 148, pl. 14, figs. 2a, 2b. 1920. Not Metis trinitaria Dall, Maury, New York Acad. Sci., Sci Sur. Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 42. 1920. Not Metis trinitaria Dall, Hubbard, New York Acad. Sci., Sci. Sur. Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 125, pl. 10, fig. 7. 1925. Metis trinitaria Dall, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 121, pls22) figs. 1, 2,8. 1925. Not Metis trinitaria Dall, Maury, Serv. Geol. Min. Brasil, Mon. No. 4, p. BOs jolle IG), wakes Bh. 1929. Metis trinitaria colombiensis Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 14, No. bas PZ; pl. bd ahie. 6: 21931. Metis falconensis H. K. Hodson, in Hodson and Hodson, Bull. Amer. Raleont., vol..16, No: '59)\p.13, pl. 4, figs. I) 4. 1931. Metis colombiensis Weisbord, Hodson and Hodson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 60, p. 8, pl. 4, fig. 1 (holotype) . 1938. Metis trinitaria Dall, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 3. 1942. Apolymetis colombiensis (Weisbord), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, yolo4; ps, 123;-pl./6; figs, 2, 3: Lectotype (herewith selected).— USNM 115660. Dimensions of lectotype. — Length 53 mm, height 42 mm, con- vexity (both valves) 21.6 mm. 394 BULLETIN 247 This species occurs at the very base of the Melajo Clay but is rare. ‘The material from Melajo is indistinguishable from that from Springvale Quarry, where the species is common. Guppy had two specimens which he first labelled Tellina biplicata Conrad and later Tellina sagrae. The same specimens be- came Dall’s type lot for his Metis trinitaria. They were collected in the type area of the Springvale Formation, and their color and adhering matrix show that they belong to the Savaneta Glau- conitic Sandstone Member. Dall’s figured specimen, the lectotype, is unusual in its proportions. None of the topotypes has such an elongate anterior part. The remaining syntype (USNM 645187) is larger, less com- plete, but with almost centrally placed umbones. Typical topo- types are those figured by Rutsch (1942). Springvale specimens show a considerable variability. The proportions of length to height are not constant, 7.e. subquadrate valves occur together with sub- rectangualr ones. The deepness of the central, radial concavity of the right valve is variable to some degree. A second posterior um- bonal ridge is, although not prominently, frequently developed. These variable features have been used to separate A. falconensis from A. colombiensis. Material from the middle Miocene of Colom- bia cannot be separated from the Trinidad fossils. D’Orbigny’s figures of Tellina sagrae (1852 ?, Palaeontologia Cubana, pl. 4, figs. 8, 9, 10) are based on an internal mold. Ac- cording to Dall [1890-1903 (1900), p. 1043] it is the same as the Recent Metis intastriata Say (1826, p. 218). It is difficult to separate A. intastriata from A. trinitaria ac- cording to the many Recent valves at hand. The fossils are always double-valved specimens. Fossil single valves, if available, might show that A. trinitaria is the same as the Recent species. On the other hand A. trinitaria as mentioned and figured by Cooke (1919), Maury (1920), and Hubbard (1920) represents a different species. ‘The collections of the U. $. National Museum con- tain many lots of that form from the early Miocene of Anguilla (Crocus Bay), Cuba (largest lots from La Cruz Formation near Santiago de Cuba) and Puerto Rico. This species differs from A. trinitaria in being constantly smaller and much more inequilateral. Occurrence. — RR 291, USGS 18411, USGS 18634. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 395 Distribution. — Middle Miocene of Colombia and Venezuela (?). Trinidad: Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm. (late Miocene) . Genus TEMNOCONCHA Dall Dall, 1921, Nautilus, vol. 34, No. 4, p. 132. Type species (by monotypy), Psammacoma (Temnoconcha) brasiliana Dall. Temnoconcha aff. brasiliana (Dall) Pl. 34> fig. 9: Pl. 35, figss I= Shell of medium size, thin and delicate, slightly inequilateral. Umbones low, situated a little behind center. Antero-dorsal margin slightly convex, postero-dorsal margin somewhat concave. Margin broadly rounded anteriorly, obliquely truncated and a little angu- lated posteriorly. Posterior umbonal ridge marked. Sculpture con- sists of incrementals which are conspicuous on posterior slope. Scissulation concentric anteriorly, oblique centrally, disappearing in front of umbonal ridge. Hinge with two cardinals in each valve, no laterals. Both right cardinals bifid. Anterior left cardinal bifid, posterior one rudimentary, thin. Ligamental area small, lanceolate. The type locality of T. brasiliana (Dall) (1921, p. 132) is San Sebastian Island off the southern coast of Brasil. The species has been discussed, and its holotype (USNM 333023) figured by Boss and Kenk (1964). Pallial line and sinus of the Trinidad fossils have the same shape as on Recent shells, but the fossil specimens never attain the size of Recent ones. The shells from Point Cour- baril are more elongate than those from the Melajo Clay. The oblique lines are somewhat more widely spaced on the fossil speci- mens. T. brasiliana has been compared with the Recent Eastern Paci- fic T. cognata (C. B. Adams) (1852, p. 503) = T. concinna (C. B. Adams) (1852, p. 504) by Boss and Kenk. 7. cognata essentially is a larger species. It has been recorded from the Pliocene of Ecuador by Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 69). T. ecwadoriana Olsson (1964, p. 70, pl. 9, fig. 1) from the late Miocene to early Pliocene Borbon Formation of Ecuador is even larger than T. cognata. The Trinidad fossils should possibly be identified as 7. cer- cadica (Maury) (1917, p. 224, pl. 38, fig. 9) which has been described from the middle Miocene Cercado Formation of the 396 BULLETIN 247 Dominican Republic. The collections of the U. S. National Museum contain only fragmentary topotypes, but 7. cercadica seems to have similar dimensions as the Trinidad fossils. Some specimens of probable middle Miocene age are contained in a lot from USGS Station 7996a: about midway between Boca del Canalete and Puerta de Arboletes, Caribbean coast of Colombia. They possibly represent 7. cercadica. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 12255, Pj 212, USGSe20732 USGS 20434. Family SEMELIDAE Genus SEMELE Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systeme des habitations des vers testacés, p. 165. Type species (by monotypy), Tellina reticulata Spengler (= Tellina proficua Pulteney) . Semele proficua (Pulteney) Pl. 35, tissa4ao 1799. Tellina proficua Pulteney, Hutch. Dorsetshire, p. 29, pl. 5, fig. 4 (not seen). 1925. Semele proficua Pulteney, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, jee ION, poll All, was, 1964. Semele proficua (Pulteney), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 356, pl. 51, figs 9-14. For additional citations see this publication. Like S. purpurascens this species occurs at Matura (rare) and in the Courbaril beds (frequent) . The material at hand has thicker shells than Recent specimens, the valves are somewhat more in- flated, and the chondrophore is deeper. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 8399, K 12013, K 12255, PJ 212, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: RR 230. Distribution. — Pliocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1964, p. 200) Semele purpurascens (Gmelin) Plesh sy fiesonna 1791. Venus purpurascens Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6, p. 3288. 1867. Semele variegata Lamarck, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 1874. Semele variegata Lamarck, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, [Os Geel 1925. Semele purpurascens Gmelin, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 117. Not pl. 20, fig. 17. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 397 1964. Semele purpurascens (Gmelin), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 353, pl. 51, figs. 7, 8. For additional citations see this publica- tion. This species is rare at Matura as well as in the Courbaril beds. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: PJ 212, USGS 20432, USGS 10432a. Matura Bay: RR 230. Distribution. — Late Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1964, [D:990)). Semele laevis costaricensis Olsson PIMN3ZG6y figss lhe] 1922. Semele laevis Sowerby var. costaricensis Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., Volo NOW so op. 208. epl 20, tole 1931. Semele laevis costaricensis Olsson, Hodson and Hodson, Bull. Amer. Paleont. vole, 16, Nos59 sp) 17, pl. 8) fie: 5: 1932. Semele laevis costaricensis Olsson, Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 68, p. 126. 1942. Semele laevis Sowerby, var. costaricensis Olsson, Haas, Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 3, p. 309. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 21287. Type locality.— Hill 3, Banana River, Limén Prov., Costa Rica: Gatun Fm. (middle Miocene) . This species is represented from the Melajo Clay by two right valves and a fragment and from the Courbaril beds by one double- valved specimen and a hinge fragment. S. laevis costaricensis essentially is a smaller form than the Recent S. laevis (G. B. Sowerby I) (in Broderip and Sowerby, 1832- 1833, p. 199, 1833; Olsson, 1961, p. 361, pl. 64, fig. 6) from the west coast of Central America. The Melajo specimens have a somewhat narrower pallial sinus, and the right cardinal teeth are shorter and stouter. Large specimens of S. laevis have been recorded from the Pliocene Jama Formation of western Ecuador by Pilsbry and Olsson Giga ops 70), and: Olsson, (1964, jp: ‘65; pl. 9, fie. 9) mentioned Semele cf. costaricensis from the middle Miocene Angostura Forma- tion of northwestern Ecuador. S. laevis costaricensis occurs frequently in the Gransaull Clay Member of the Springvale Formation, but it does not seem to have been found in the Chickland Clay Member of the same formation. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: USGS 10991, USGS 20432. Distribution. — Costa Rica: Gatun Fm. (middle Miocene) . Peru: Zorritos Fm. (middle Miocene). Venezuela: “upper middle 398 BULLETIN 247 Miocene”. Trinidad: Gransaull Clay Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Courbaril beds of Upper Morne PEnter Eng: Semele claytoni couvensis Maury TAL, BARS safes, 1925. Semele claytoni var. couvensis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No 474, fo lil, jolly Il, save, Se 1938. Semele claytoni couvensis Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 9885) pao: 1942. Semele claytoni cowvensis Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. DAP 22 pl loa Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 888. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. There is a single right valve from the base of the Melajo Clay. It is attached to matrix, but part of the hinge is visible showing clearly that it belongs to Semele. It is smaller than specimens from Springvale Quarry. Topotypes of S. claytont Maury (1917, p. 227, pl. 35, fig. 9) from the middle Miocene Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic show that the subspecies couwvensis has a less accentuated posterior umbonal ridge, and that its concentrics almost disappear toward the postero-dorsal margin. S. leana Dall [1890-1903 (1900) , p. 992, pl. 37, figs. 1, 2] from the Pliocene of Florida is a more inflated and inequilateral species with stronger radials between the concentrics. S. perlamellosa Heil- prin (1887, p. 92, pl. 11, fig. 23) from the Pliocene of Florida is a much longer form compared to its height. Occurrence. — USGS 18411. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm. Semele aff. anteriocosta VOkes Pl. 36, figs. 4-9 Shell of small to medium size, flattish, somewhat inequilateral. Umbones behind the middle, low. Dorsal margins almost straight. Anterior margin regularly rounded. Posterior end subtruncated. Prodissoconch smooth, glassy. First sculpture consists of narrow con- centrics with wider interspaces followed by a number of coarser con- centrics with wider interspaces as well. Subsequently the inter- spaces become narrower and sometimes irregular in width. Antero- dorsal portion of shell with a varying number of radial, incised lines crossing the concentrics. Postero-dorsal area with an inconspicuous ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 399 radial depression. Lunule small, sunken. Escutcheon elongate, nar- row, with growth lines. Right hinge with two small cardinals and an elonate chondrophore behind them. One anterior and one pos- terior lateral teeth with a socket dorsally. Left hinge with two cardina's, the posterior one rudimentary. One anterior and one posterior lateral. Pallial sinus large. This form occurs in the Melajo Clay, the Courbaril beds, and at Matura. S. anteriocosta Vokes (1938, p. 14, fig. 5) from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Fm. of Springvale Quarry is rare. Comparison with two topotypes shows that S. aff. anteriocosta is a consistently smaller form with finer con- centric sculpture. Some Matura valves even tend to have a smooth surface during part of the ontogeny. ‘The number of the radial, in- cised lines on the antero-dorsal part of the shell is variable. If the variability of S. anteriocosta were known, the present material might prove to belong to that species. The specimen from Matura figured by Maury (1925, pl. 20, fig. 17) as S. purpurascens is S. aff. anteriocosta. There are three species of Semele having the radial, incised lines like S. anteriocosta: S. Pesta, (G. B. Sowerby I) (im Broderip and Sowerby, 1832-1833, p. 57, 1832; Olsson, 1961, p. 368, pl. 65, fig. 5), S. guaymasensis Pilsbry en Lowe (1932; p- 92, pl. 12, hies73,9)e both Recent Eastern Pacific species, and S. quentinensis Dall (1921, West American Scientist, vol. 19, No. 3, p. 22; Dall, 1925, p. 26, pl. 8, fig. 4) from the Pleistocene of Lower California, Mexico. S. pulchra is higher and trigonal in outline, S. gwaymasensis has coarser concentrics, and S. quentinensis has a finer sculpture. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862, K 9817, USGS, 18399 USGS 18411, USGS 21178) Pomt Courbaril: K 1429) Ko 12255; USGS 10991, USGS 20432a, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: RR 230, USGS 19860. Genus ABRA Lamarck Lamarck, 1818, Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, vol. 5, p. 492. Type species (by monotypy) , Mactra tenuis mea Abra cf. aequalis (Say) Pl. 37, figs. 1-3 A number of partly broken valves from the Courbaril beds may belong to A. aequalis (Say) (1822, p. 307). According to the figures 400 BULLETIN 247 given by Gardner [1943-1948 (1943), pl. 17, figs. 12-15] the outline is almost the same. The postero-ventral margin of the Trinidad shells is less regularly rounded being slightly angulated. The right hinge consists of two small, subequal cardinals in front of the oblique chondrophoral pit, and feeble lateral grooves. The an- terior cardinal of the left valve is somewhat stronger than the pos- terior one; no laterals. Pallial sinus deep. Exterior surface almost smooth, some faint incrementals discernible. A. aequalis is wide spread in North America and ranges from Miocene to Recent according to Gardner [1943-1948 (1943), p. 104]. The Recent A. uruguayensis (Pilsbry) (1897, p. 293, pl. 7, figs. 27-29) differs in details of the dentition and by its longer and straight antero-dorsal margin. Occurrence. — K 1429, K 8399, K 12013, RR 120, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a,-USGS 20433, USGS 20434 USGS 21778. Abra ? species A few small, poorly preserved specimens from Matura mostly attached to matrix suggest a species of Abra. They differ from Abra cf. aequalis from the Courbaril beds not only by their smaller size but also in being more inequilateral. Occurrence. — USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Genus CUMINGIA G. B. Sowerby I Sowerby, G. B. I, 1833, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 1, p. 34. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 187), Cumingia lamellosa G. B. Sowerby I. Cumingia galbensis, n. sp. Pl. 37, figs. 46 Shell of small to medium size, inflated for the genus. Outline variable due to nestling mode of life. Umbones almost central. Anterior extremity broadly rounded, postero-ventral margin some- what angulated. General aspect usually stout. Sculpture con- sists of almost equally spaced, concentric lamellae. Their inter- spaces with minute radial striae. Hinge with a large chondrophore, a small cardinal tooth in front of it, and two laterals. The right laterals are much larger. ‘The anterior right lateral is the largest, “TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 401 and is strongly projecting. Lunule relatively large. Pallial sinus partly confluent with pallial line. Holotype. — USNM 645355. Dimensions of holotype (right valve). — Length 13.5 mm, height 11.4 mm, convexity 4.6 mm. Type locality. — Point Courbaril: USGS 20432. This species occurs in the Courbaril beds only. Right and left valves are well represented. Specimens in the collections of the U. S$. National Museum labelled C. tellinoides Conrad from the Western Atlantic are longer, less inflated, and tend to have more distant concentrics. The Recent C. coarctata G. B. Sowerby I (1833-1834, p. 34, 1833) as figured by Abbott (1958, p. 136, pl. 5, 1, m), and by Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 136, pl. 15, fig. 5) from the Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida, is a smaller form with more widely spaced concentrics. C. amydra Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 136, pl. 15, fig. 6) from the Pliocene of Florida is known from a left valve only. It is smaller, and has more closely set concentrics than C. galbensis. A species of Cumingia in the collections of the U. S. National Museum occurring abundantly in the late Miocene of Acline, Florida, is considerably larger, proportionately longer, and less inflated. C. galbensis resembles immature specimens of the Recent West Coast C. lamellosa G. B. Sowerby I (1833-1834, p. 34, 1833). They have the same degree of inflation and similar proportions. But C. lamellosa reaches a much larger size, and has coarser sculpture. Occurrence. — K 8399, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20434. Family DONACIDAE Genus DONAX Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 682. Type species (by subsequent designation, Herrmannsen, April 18, 1847, Indicis generum malacozoorum, vol. 1, p. 404), Donax rugosa Linné. Donax striatus Linné ? LEE Sirf, wales Ya £83 1864. Donax striata Linné, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 36; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 210)5 105 AGE 1867. Donax striata Linné, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 162; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 41. 402 BULLETIN 247 D. striatus has been cited from Matura by Guppy already. The specimens at hand are strongly worn leaving sculptural details al- most unrecognizable. Some small valves occur in the Courbaril beds. Their shape and sculpture suggest that they may be immature D. striatus, and that they do not belong to D. vagus Weisbord (1964, p. 368, pl. 53, figs. 10, 11) nor to D. marensis Weisbord (1964, p. 369, pl. 53, figs. 12, 13), both small species from the Pliocene Mare Formation of Venezuela. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302. Donax fabagelloides Guppy Pl. 37, fig. 9; Pl. 38, figs. 1-4 1864. Donax fabagella Lamarck, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p- 36; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 16. 1867. Donax fabagelloides Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 162, 173; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 41, 52. 1874. Donax fabagelloides Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. Eo) bs Gala cay youl, Mth wares, TIO} 1925. Donax fabagelloides Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont. vol. 10. No. 42, p. 115. Shell of medium size, thin, elongate, inequilateral. Anterior side longer. Anterior and posterior ends narrowly arched. Ventral margin straight to slightly curved. Postero-dorsal margin straight. Antero-dorsal margin somewhat curved. Surface smooth, radially striated below outer layer. Posterior umbonal ridge inconspicuous. Right hinge with two cardinals, the posterior one triangular. Pos- teriorly there is a prominent socket for the left posterior lateral. Left hinge with two cardinals; posterior one bifid. Anterior lateral elongate, posterior lateral small, knoblike. Ligament external, sit- ting on a small platform giving the appearance of a third cardinal tooth in the right valve. Inner margin crenulated. Pallial sinus moderately deep, broadly rounded, partly confluent with pallial line. Holotype. —USNM 115654. Dimensions of holotype. — Length 20.5 mm, height 9.7 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The type specimen of D. fabagelloides is filled with matrix and its hinge cannot be seen. Compared with other Matura material the specimens of this species are astonishingly well preserved. The orig- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUskKS: JUNG 403 inal colour pattern is preserved in form of greyish, concentric bands of varying width. Outline and proportions of D. fabagelloides are constant. D. fabagelloides seems to have no Recent analogue in the Caribbean area. D. aequilibratus Dall (1892, p. 126) from the Pliocene Waccamaw Formation of North Carolina [see Gardner, 1943-1948 (1943), p. 106, pl. 17, fig. 29] has a more accentuated posterior umbonal ridge and stronger radial sculpture. D. puwnaensis Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 72, pl. 12, fig. 2) from the Pliocene of the north end of Puna Island, Ecuador, seems to differ from D. fabagelloides in minor details only. D. punaensis is not known enough yet. The Recent D. gracilis Hanley (1845a, p. 15) which ranges from the Gulf of California to northern Peru according to Olsson (1961, p. 341) has a higher anterior extremity, and its beaks are situated more posteriorly. The above mentioned species seem to represent a uniform eroup well separated from other species of Donax. They all have inconspicuous sculpture and posterior umbonal ridge, and might be united in a supraspecific category. Occurrence. —K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Donax brightonensis, n. sp. Pl. 38, figs. 5-8 Shell small, elongate, inequilateral. Beaks opisthogyrate. An- terior side longer. Posterior end more narrowly curved than an- terior end. Dorsal margins inconspicuously curved. Posterior um- bonal ridge moderately accentuated. Sculpture consists of radial striae below outer layer. Central part of shell disc with flattish, broad, somewhat irregular concentrics with narrower interspaces. Anteriorly and posteriorly the concentrics disappear. Right hinge with two cardinals; the posterior one triangular and inconspicuously bifid. Posteriorly there is a prominent socket for the left posterior lateral. Anterior lateral obscure. Ligamental platform looking like a third cardinal. Left hinge with two cardinals; posterior one bifid, anterior one triangular. Anterior lateral tooth elongate, posterior lateral knoblike. Inner margin crenulated. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 12861. Dimensions of holotype (left valve). — Length 13.2 mm, height 6.1 mm. 404 BULLETIN 247 Type locality. — Point Courbaril: RR 120. D. brightonensis, n. sp. strikingly resembles D. fabagelloides Guppy from the Matura shell bed. But it is easily distinguished from it by the concentrics on the central portion of the shell disc which are lacking in D. fabagelloides. D. brightonensis further dif- fers in the following minor points: the antero-dorsal margin is slightly curved instead of straight, the left anterior cardinal is heavier, and the posterior umbonal ridge is more pronounced. Occurrence. — K 12255, RR 120, USGS 20432a. Subgenus MACHAERODONAX Romer Roémer, 1870, Systematisches Conchilien-Cabinet, vol. 10, pt. 3, p. 77. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1900, Wagner Free Inst. Sci Philadelphia, ‘Trans., vol. 3, pt. 5, p. 963), Donax scalpellum Gray. Donax (Machaerodonax ?) species Pl. 37, figsalOseue A single fragment from Matura suggests the subgenus Machae- rodonax. Only the posterior part of a left valve including the hinge is preserved. The posterior ridge is sharp, the main shell disc smooth, and the postero-dorsal slope sculptured by finely beaded, radial riblets which are crossed by still finer concentrics. This fragment seems to be most closely related to the Recent West Coast D. transversus G. B. Sowerby I (see Olsson, 1961, p. 345, pl. 59, figs. 4-4b). The sculpture on the posterior slope is al- most the same, but the hinge differs in details. The Matura speci- men seems to be immature as it does not show the slight sinus of the postero-dorsal margin marking the position of the posterior gap. Occurrence. — USGS 19860. Family SANGUINOLARIIDAE Genus TAGELUS Gray Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 189. Type species (by original designation) , Solen guinensis Chem- nitz — Solen gibbus Spengler = Solen plebeius Lightfoot. Subgenus TAGELUS s. str. Tagelus (Tagelus) plebeius (Lightfoot) 1786. Solen plebeius Lightfoot, A catalogue of the Portland Museum, pp. 42, 101, 156. See Rehder, 1967, p. 11. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 405 1964. Tagelus plebeius (Solander) , Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 373, pl. 54, figs. 1-4. For additional citations see this publication. This species is represented by a single, incomplete, left valve from the Courbaril beds. Occurrence. — K 12255. Distribution. — Late Miocene to Recent. For details see Weis- bord (1964, p. 376) . Subgenus MESOPLEURA Conrad Conrad, 1867, Amer. Jour. Conchology, vol. 3, app., p. 23. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gardner, 1928, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 142-E, p. 214), Solen bidentatus Spengler (= Solen divisus Spengler) . Tagelus (Mesopleura) cf. divisus (Spengler) Pl. 38, figs. 9, 10 One small, but complete left valve from the Courbaril beds may be T. divisus. The internal, radial ridge in the umbonal cavity is well visible. It differs from Recent specimens in details only: the posterior extremity is somewhat higher, and the ventral margin slightly sinused, and not straight as in Recent shells. Occurrence. — USGS 20434. Tagelus (Mesopleura ?) mansfieldi (Vokes) 1938. Psammosolen (?) mansfieldi Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. INS reyes Oe 1942. Tagelus ? mansfieldi (Vokes), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, pe L222. Holotype. — Amer. Museum of Natural History, No. 24995. Type locality. —Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. A few incomplete valves of this species occur at the base of the Melajo Clay. A weak, radial ridge below the hinge indicates that they may belong to Mesopleura. T. mansfieldi is still insuf- ficiently known. Only incomplete specimens are at hand, and most of them are attached to hard matrix. Gardner /1926-1950> (1928), p21: oll 325 fies 27] recorded T. cf. divisus from the Chipola Formation of Florida, and a larger, unnamed species from the Shoal River Formation. Valves of 7. mansfieldi, 1£ complete, would reach a length of well over 50 mm, a length never attained by Recent specimens of 7. divisus. T. whitet Maury (1925a, p. 367, pl. 20, fig. 1) from the lower Miocene Pirabas Formation of Brasil is based on an insufficient fragment, and T. hubbardi Maury (1920, p. 44, pl. 7, fig. 3), from 406 BULLETIN 247 the Collazo shales (San Sebastian shales: Oligocene) of Puerto Rico, is based on an internal mold. T. cebus Olsson (1922; p. 261, pl. 29; fig. 9) irom; the muddle Miocene Gatun Formation of Costa Rica is a smaller species. Its in- terior is unknown. 7. subaequalis (Gabb) (1873b, p. 247; Pilsbry, 1922, p. 426, text fig. 48) from the middle Miocene of the Domini- can Republic is a small (length 19 mm) Mesopleura. T. lineatus Gabb (1881b, p. 370, pl. 47, fig. 71) from the Pliocene of Moin, Puerto Limén, Costa Rica, is a Solecurtus. T. peruvianus Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 70, pl. 18, fig. 5) from the Pliocene Canoa Formation of western Ecuador is a much larger and heavier species than T. mansfield. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Genus PLEIORYTIS Conrad Conrad, 1862, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc. for 1862, p. 286. Type species (by monotypy), Pleiorytis ovata Conrad (= Petricola centenaria Conrad) . Pleiorytis caroniana (Maury) Pl) 38; fist 1925. Petricola caroniana Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 122, pl. 20, fig. 16. 1929. Asaphis delicatus Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 14, No. 54, p. 25, joll, By, tai. Gis Os 1938. Pleiorytis caroniana (Maury), Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, ps lop tie le 1965. Pleiorytis caroniana (Maury), Jung, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 49, No. 223, p. 470, pl. 60, fig. 8. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 883. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. This species is represented from the base of the Melajo Clay by a single, double-valved specimen. Length 56.7 mm, height 40.7 mm. The two valves are not entirely joint. Thus the left hinge with two cardinals and a large ligamental area behind them are partly visible. The holotype of P. caroniana is an immature, somewhat de- formed, double-valved specimen measuring 25.7 mm in length. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., ‘Trinidad. Middle Miocene of Venezuela and Colombia. TrinipAp MI0CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 407 Family SOLENIDAE Genus SOLEN Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 672. Type species (by subsequent designation, Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systéme des habitations des vers testacés, p. 124) , Solen vagina Linné. Subgenus SOLEN s. str. Solen (Solen) species Some small fragments of right valves from the Melajo Clay are available. The position of the cardinal tooth at the anteriormost extremity indicates that they belong to a species of Solen s. str. Occurrence. — PJ 285. Subgenus SOLENA Morch Mérch, 1853, Catalogus conchyliorum quae reliquit D. Alphonso d’Aguirra et Gadea Comes de Yoldi, pt. 2, p. 7. ‘Type species (by subsequent designation, Stoliczka, 1871, Palaeontologia Indica, vol. 3, p. xvi), Solen obliquus Spengler. Solen (Solena) obliquus Spengler Pl. 38, fig. 14 1794. Solen obliquus Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. Selsk. Copenhagen, vol. 3, p. 92. 1925. Solen (Solena) obliquus Spengler, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42> p- 115; pl. 18, fig. 12: 1964. Solen (Solena) obliquus Spengler, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 376, pl. 54, figs. 5, 6. For additional citations see this publication. This species is represented by fragments from Matura and the Courbaril beds. The specimens are usually worn so that the surface sculpture is poorly preserved. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 12013. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1964, p. 378) . Family CORBULIDAE Genus CARYOCORBULA Gardner Gardner, 1926, Nautilus, vol. 40, No. 2, p. 46. Type species (by original designation) , Corbula alabamiensis Isaac Lea. Subgenus CARYOCORBULA s. str. Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) helenae (Maury) PiSsse tigsed2aal3: Pl. 39, figs. 1-9 408 BULLETIN 247 1912. Corbula (Cuneocorbula) helenae Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jounisers 2 volelby ps 625 plo hie. 2b: 1925. Corbula (Cuneocorbula) helenae Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., Vols 10 Nos 425). 108) pl 20 atie. lb: Lectotype (herewith selected).— Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N. Y., No. 33497. Dimensions of lectotype (double-valved specimen). — Length 7.3 mm, height 5.0 mm. Type locality.— A thousand feet west of the Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. The description of forms belonging to Caryocorbula from the younger Tertiary of Trinidad has been overdone. Several of these “species” are based on insufficient type material and should there- fore be considered as nomina dubia. The type of C. helenae itself is probably immature. A rich material from the type area is at hand including shells measuring up to 13 mm in length. This material shows a great variability: the concentrics are usually fine and closely set, but coarser, wider con- centrics occur as well; the radial striae may be present or absent; the prominence of the posterior production and the posterior um- bonal ridge is variable. An analogue variability can be observed in a single good sample of the Recent C. caribaea (d’Orbigny) (1842, pl. 27, figs. 5-8; 1845, p. 323), a species which C. helenae closely re- sembles. C. smithiana (Maury) (1912, p. 63, pl. 9, figs. 29, 30) has been described from the same locality as C. helenae. Its lectotype (here- with selected: Pl. 39, figs. 1, 2) is the only specimen known. Speci- mens in the present material exactly analogous to C. smithiana are thought to fall within the variability of C. helenae. C. caribaea pergrata (Maury) (1925, p. 103, pl. 20, fig. 8) from the Brighton area is known from a single specimen. It may belong to C. helenae or C. caribaea. C. daphnis (Maury) (1925, p. 104, pl. 20, figs. 10, 11) from Matura is known from two valves. Like the preceding it may belong to C. helenae or C. caribaea. Matura specimens are often worn so that the sculpture becomes obsolete. Well-preserved and relatively large (up to 16 mm long) speci- mens of a Caryocorbula occur in the Melajo Clay. Provisionally they are identified as C. helenae. Their concentrics remain fine, and TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 409 the radial striation is present on most valves. They differ from Courbaril specimens by their larger size and by their somewhat more elongate shape. The Melajo specimens closely resemble C. urumacoensis (F. Hodson) (72 Hodson and Hodson, 193la, p. 25, pl. 12, figs. 1-7) from the “upper middle Miocene” of Falcén, Venezuela. C. wrwma- coensis seems to lack the radial striation. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18411, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point @ourbarl:; K 1429) Kk" 8399) K. 12255, By 212, USES 1099) Uses 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm. (?), Courbaril beds of Upper Morne I’Enfer Fm. Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) species Pl. 39, fig. 10 A species of Caryocorbula occurs in great numbers at Matura, Point Courbaril, and in the Melajo River area. The specimens are small and variable. Generally they have a well-marked posterior umbonal ridge and concentric sculpture. ‘The posterior production varies in shape from subtruncated to pointed. Radial striae are common but less so on Matura specimens. Rutsch (1942, p. 102) listed Caryocorbula sp. ind. A and Caryocorbula sp. ind. B from Springvale Quarry. In a private re- port he characterised them by the presence and absence of radial striae respectively but stated that they might have to be united. The Springvale specimens are almost like the material under con- sideration. The material from Matura represents what Maury (1925, p. 103) called immature C. caribaea. C. arionis (Maury) (1925, p. 111, pl. 19, figs. 11, 12, 17) from Matura is based on three speci- mens. Some rolled valves in the present material correspond with Maury’s description and figures of C. arionis but are identified as Caryocorbula species. Occurrence.— Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch 47, KR 11862, K 9797, K 9813, K 9816, K 9817, K 9902, K 9903, RR 290, RR 293, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. 410 BULLETIN 247 Genus JULIACORBULA Olsson and Harbison Olsson and Harbison, 1953, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. 8, p. 148. Type species (by original designation), Corbula cubaniana dOrbigny (= Corbula knoxiana C. B. Adams = Corbula aequival- vis Philippi) . Juliacorbula aequivalvis (Philippi) Pl. 39, figs) 1MelS 1836. Corbula aequivalvis Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg., vol. 2, p. 227, pl. 7, fig. 4. 1845. Corbula cubaniana d’Orbigny, in La Sagra, Historia fisica, politica y natural de la Isla de Cuba. Segunda parte, vol. 5, Moluscos, p. 322. Atlas, pl. 26, figs. 51-54, 1842. 1867. Corbula cubaniana d’Orbigny, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p- 161; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 40. 1874. Corbula cubaniana d’Orbigny, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, VOlwleeps tt: 1925. Corbula (Cuneocorbula) cubaniana d’Orbigny, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 103, pl. 20, figs. 2, 3, 4. 1964. Corbula (Juliacorbula) aequivalvis Philippi, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, p. 393, pl. 57, figs. 3-6. For further citations see this publication. C. cubaniana and C,. knoxiana C. B. Adams (lectotype figured by Clench and Turner, 1950, pl. 47, fig. 11) are usually treated as synonyms of C. aequivalvis. This procedure implies a considerable variability of C. aequivalvis. The Matura specimens vary in shape from subquadrate to subrectangular. The coarseness of the concen- trics is variable as well. It must be emphasized, however, that sub- quadrate, strongly inflated valves are predominant at Matura. J. aequivalvis is rare in the Courbaril beds and in the Melajo Clay, but the specimens are like those from Matura. J. aequivalvis stainforthi (Rutsch) (1942, p. 124, pl. 3, figs. 8,9) from the Springvale Formation of Springvale Quarry is known from two valves only. ‘They differ from J. aequivalvis only by their coarser concentrics. J. knoxiana fossilis (Pilsbry) (1922, p. 427, pl. 46, fig. 14) from the middle Miocene of the Dominican Republic is said to differ from Recent specimens by its less projecting carina. J. scutata (Gardner) [1943-1948 (1943), p. 140, pl. 23, figs. 26, 30-32] from the Pliocene of Florida and North Carolina is said to differ from C. cubaniana by its coarser sculpture. Matura specimens of J. aequivalvis mostly have coarser concentrics than Recent valves as well. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 411 The Recent West Coast J. bicarinata (G. B. Sowerby I) (1833- 1834, p. 35, 1833; Olsson, 1961, p. 436, pl. 75, figs. 6-6b) is also a short and stout species but is more trigonal than subquadrate in out- line. The Recent J. ira (Dall) (1908, p. 423) from the Gulf of Panama may be the same as J. bicarinata according to Olsson (1961, x36; pl. 76; tig. 5)’. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. Point Courbaril: K 1429, USGS 10991, USGS 20432. Matura Bay: K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Pliocene to Recent. See also Weisbord (1964, p- 396) . Genus NOTOCORBULA Iredale Iredale, 1930, Australian Museum Records, vol. 17, No. 9, p. 404. Type species (by original designation) , Notocorbula vicaria Iredale. Stenzel, Krause, and Twining (1957, pp. 169-170) expressed the opinion that Varicorbula Grant and Gale (1931, p. 420) should be considered as a synonym of Notocorbula. Notocorbula islatrinitatis (Maury) Pi. 40) fisse le 1925. Corbula (Aloidis) isla-trinitatis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 101, pl. 19, figs 1, 8, 9, 10. 1938. Corbula (Corbula) isla-trinitatis (Maury), Vokes, Amer. Museum Novi- tates, No. 988, p. 3. 1942. Corbula isla-trinitatis Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p: 102: Lectotype (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 909 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 19, fig. 9). Dimensions of lectotype.— Length 18.1 mm, height 16.1 mm, convexity 9.5 mm. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. This species is but poorly represented from the Melajo Clay. N. islatrinitatis is abundant at Springvale Quarry. The Melajo specimens do not reach the size of topotypes. The type and only specimen of N. prenuncia (Spieker) (1922, p- 172, pl. 10, fig. 12) (USNM 562439) from the Miocene Zorritos Fm. of Peru is a smaller species. It is considerably higher than long. N. heterogena (Dall) [1890-1903 (1893) sp: B50) pl, 46.) tol; 412 BULLETIN 247 Woodring, 1925, p. 187, pl. 26, figs. 1-4] from Bowden, Jamaica, es- sentially is a smaller species with finer concentric sculpture. Occurrence. —USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Brasso Fm. (Maury), Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Notocorbula species Pl. 40, figs. 3, 4 A few right, partly immature valves from the Melajo Clay differ from N. islatrinitatis in having a decidedly finer concentric sculpture and in being more produced posteriorly. Some valves have fine, radial striae in young stages. Occurrence. —P] 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Notocorbula aff. disparilis (G’Orbigny) Pl. 40, figs. 5, 6 The Notocorbula occurring in the Matura shell bed is identi- fied as N, aff. disparilis. This is unsatisfactory, because the Recent species of Notocorbula, for which several names have been used, are not sufficiently defined. In addition a number of Caribbean Ter- tiary species of Notocorbula are based on insufficient material. The numerous lots in the collections of the U. S. National Museum labelled disparilis show constant differences from Matura lots. Matura specimens may reach a larger size, their concentrics are coarser, and their posterior umbonal ridge is less angulated than in Recent specimens. Specimens from the Pliocene of Mojn Hill, Costa Rica, seem to be closer to the Recent species than to Matura valves. Guppy (1867, p. 161; 1874, p. 441) as well as Dall [1890-1903 (1898), p. 849] cited the Matura Notocorbula as Corbula vieta. The type lot of C. vieta Guppy (1866b, p. 580, pl. 26, fig. 8) from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Formation of ‘Trinidad consists of nine right valves (USNM 115650). The type lot of Erycina tensa Guppy (1866b, p. 582, pl. 26, fig. 6), also from the Manzanilla Formation, consists of four specimens (USNM_ 115652). They represent the left valves of C. vieta (see also Woodring, 1925, p. 188) . The new material from Matura contains only one left valve. It is incomplete and worn so that the radials are obsolete. Right valves from Matura are usually more produced posteriorly than TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 413 right valves of C. vieta from Manzanilla, and their posterior angula- tion is more pronounced. N. bruscasensis (Weisbord) (1964, p. 399, pl. 46, figs. 5, 6) from the Pliocene Playa Grande Formation as well as N. punta- gordensis (Weisbord) (1964, p. 401, pl. 57, figs. 15, 16) from the Pliocene Mare Formation of Venezuela are both based on a single, immature, left valve. N. granti (Olsson) (1942, p. 45, pl. 2, figs, 8,9) from the Pliocene Charco Azul Formation of Panama does not have any radials on the left valve. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Genus TENUICORBULA Olsson Olsson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 68, p. 141. Type species (by original designation) , Corbula tenuis G. B. Sowerby I. Tenuicorbula melajoensis, n. sp. Pl. 40, figs. 7-9 Shell of medium size, thin, elongate, inequilateral, slightly in- equivalve. Umbones low. Anterior end produced, strongly curved. Posterior end obliquely truncated. Ventral margin almost straight. Right valve a little larger than left valve. Central part of shell with a shallow, radial depression. Sculpture consists of concentrics which become lamellar antero-ventrally. Interspaces wider, with incre- mentals. The concentrics weaken toward the sharply elevated, pos- terior umbonal ridge. This ridge carries beadlike thickenings, where it is crossed by the concentrics. The concentrics are thicker and less numerous on the posterior slope which is bordered dorsally by another sharp ridge. Right valve with a hook-shaped cardinal. Left valve with a grooved, projecting, chondrophoral plate. No lunule. Escutcheon conspicuous, sculptured by growth lines. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. G 14047. Dimensions of holotype (right valve). — Length 20.0 mm, height 9.6 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51. This species occurs in the Melajo Clay. It is rare being rep- resented by a few complete valves and some fragments. The pos- terior keel may project some distance over the postero-ventral margin as a rostrum. 414 BULLETIN 247 T. melajoensis is at once distinguished from the Recent West Coast T. tenuis (G. B. Sowerby I) (1833-1834, p. 36, 1833; Olsson, 1961, p. 434, pl. 77, figs. 3, 3a), its subspecies lupina (Olsson) (1932, p. 143, pl. 14, figs. 7, 10) from the Tumbes Fm. of Peru, and the shell described as T. aff. tenuis lupina from the upper middle Miocene of the Paraguana Peninsula, Venezuela (Jung, 1965, p. 477, pl. 62, figs. 8, 9), by its much coarser concentric sculpture. f. acutirostra (Spieker) (1922, p: 176, pl. 10, tiess emo) and its subspecies zorritensis (Olsson) (1932, p. 144, pl. 14, fig. 3), both from the Zorritos Formation of Peru, are shorter forms with finer sculpture. Occurrence. — mutch 47, Hutch 51, K 9817, PJ] 2853USes 18399, USGS 21178. Tenuicorbula aff. melajoensis, n. sp. Pl 40) fieselOnen A single, incomplete, left valve from Matura has about the same dimensions as T. melajoensis. It differs from that species by its shorter anterior end, 7.¢. its antero-dorsal margin is steeper. Its concentrics are somewhat lower which is probably due to washing. Occurrence. — PJ 302. Family PHOLADIDAE Genus PHOLAS Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 669. Type species (by subsequent designation, Children, 1822), Pholas dactylus Linné (see Turner, 1954, p. 44). Pholas species Two small fragments from the Courbaril beds represent the septate umbonal reflection. The type specimen of P. mackiana Maury (1912, p. 64, pl. 9, fig. 31) from 700 feet east of the Brighton pier near the Pitch Lake, Trinidad, is at hand and refigured here (PI. 40, fig. 12). It is a frag- ment representing the anterior part of the shell with the septate umbonal reflection. A definite comparison with P. campechiensis Gmelin (see Turner, 1954, p. 48) and P. chiloensis Molina (Turner, 1954, p. 51) is not possible as the specimen is too incomplete. The anterior radials are considerably broader, and the anteriormost radial is situated much closer to the antero-dorsal margin than in the two Recent species. The specimen of P. chiloensis figured by TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 415 Olsson (1961, pl. 78, fig. 4) seems to have broader anterior radials than is usual. P.mackiana may be a valid species, if broad anterior radials do not prove to fall within the variability of one of the above mentioned species. Occurrence. — PJ 212, USGS 20434. Genus MARTESIA G. B. Sowerby I Sowerby, G. B., I, 1824, Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells, part 23, Pholas, p: 2. Type species (by monotypy), Pholas clavata Lamarck (= Pholas striatus Linné) . Martesia striata (Linné) ? Fragments of the umbonal region from the Courbaril beds sug- gest M. striata. They show the umbonal-ventral sulcus, and the dis- crepant sculpture is indistinguishable from that of Recent speci- mens. M. oligocenica Maury (1912, p. 65, pl. 9, figs. 32, 33) from a locality just south of the Pitch Lake, Trinidad, belonging to the Upper Morne l’Enfer Formation probably represents M, striata. This locality yields only internal molds. A syntype at hand which is refigured here (Pl. 40, fig. 13) is smaller than that figured by Maury. It shows the umbonal-ventral sulcus and the anterior margin of the shell which separates the anterior part of the shell from the callum. Obscure traces of sculpture are preserved on the anterior slope. M. oligocenica should be treated as a nomen dubium. M. striata has also been cited from Matura by Guppy (1867, p. l6l-reprint, Carris, 1921)p. 40;-and 1874, p.441).. Occurrence. — PJ 212, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Family PANDORIDAE Genus PANDORA Bruguiere Bruguiere, 1797, Encycl. Méth., Vers Testacés, vol. 2, pl. 250, figs. la-c. Type species (by subsequent monotypy, Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 88), Tellina inaequivalvis Linné. See also Boss and Merrill (1965, pp. 189-190) . Pandora species A single, broken left valve from the Melajo Clay is available. The hinge is not visible, because the specimen is attached to matrix. 416 BULLETIN 247 Length 24.5 mm (incomplete), height 15 mm (incomplete). The posterior submargin carries one carina, and the external sculpture consists of weak, concentric undulations. A second postero-dorsal ridge is not visible, because the margin is incomplete. The state of preservation of this fragment does not allow one to point out specific affinities. However, it seems to belong to the group of P. crassidens Conrad which has been recorded from the Miocene of Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, and Florida, and the Pliocene of North Carolina [see Gardner, 1943-1948 (1943), p. 47], and the Recent P. gouldiana Dall which ranges from Gaspé to North Carolina, according to Boss and Merrill (1965, p. 194). Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 65) recorded a Pandora from the Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida, which they thought to be inter- mediate between P. crassidens and P. gouldiana. Occurrence. — USGS 21178. GASTROPODA Family FISSURELLIDAE Genus DIODORA Gray Gray, 1821, London Medical Repository, Monthly Journal and Review, vol. 15, ps 233: Type species (by monotypy), Patella apertura Montagu (= Patella graeca Linné) . Diodora cayenensis (Lamarck) Pl. 41, figs. 1-3 1822. Fissurella cayenensis Lamarck, Histoire naturelle des animaux sans verte- bres;rvols Gyspt. 25 p. 12: 1822. Fissurella alternata Say, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 1, vol. Z,apt. 20D 2es. 1867. Fissurella cayennensis Lamarck, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 160; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 39. 1874. Fissurella cayennensis Lamarck, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, Vols leepa 441. 21917. Fissuridea henekeni Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, No. 29, p. 157, pl. 24, fig. 21. 1917. Fissuridea alternata Say, Maury, ibidem, p. 157, pl. 24, fig. 22. 1925. Fissuridea alternata Say, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, De Path [Olle role ibe Il 1928. Diodora alternata henekeni (Maury), Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Washing- ton, Pub. 385, p. 452, pl. 39, figs. 11-17. 1943. Diodora cayenensis Lamarck, Pérez Farfante, Johnsonia, vol. 1, No. 11, p. 5, pl. 2, figs. 1-6. 1953. Diodora cayenensis (Lamarck), Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. No. 8, p. 359, pl. 63, fig. 5. 1962. Diodora cayenensis (Lamarck), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, p. 50, pl. 2, figs. 15-20. For further citations see this publication. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG a | This species is represented from Point Courbaril and Matura. Matura shells show a considerable variability as to height and convexity of the posterior slope. According to Recent specimens and literature the coarseness of the radials seems to be variable as well. The Matura specimens are usually small but may reach 25 mm in length. D. compsa Woodring (1928, p. 454, pl. 39, figs. 18-20) from Bowden, Jamaica, is based on a single small specimen which is separated from D. cayenensis by its clearly finer sculpture. D. dorsenula Weisbord (1962, p. 58, pl. 3, figs. 18, 19), from the Pliocene Mare Formation of northern Venezuela, is based on a single worn fragment of the apical area and is virtually unrecog- nizable. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 1429, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see also Weisbord, 1962, peo). Diodora (?) species Pl. 41, figs. 4, 5 A single worn specimen from Matura differs from D. cayenensis in having less, but more prominent, primary radials and an oval orifice. The generic position of this shell is not clear as the pos- terior truncation of the internal callus is not recognizable. ‘This, however, may be due to washing; if not, it would represent a Fissurella. Occurrence. — RR 230. Family ACMAEIDAE Genus ACMAEA Eschscholtz Eschscholtz, 1830, in Kotzebue, Neue Reise um die Welt in den Jahren 1823, 24, 25 und 26, vol. 2, Appendix, p. 24. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1871, Amer. JjourGonch., vol. (6; pt. 3, p. 258), Acmaea mitra Eschscholtz. Acmaea species There are two worn and partly damaged specimens from Ma- tura. The external sculpture consists of about 15 radial ridges. The larger specimen is 7.2 mm long, and its horseshoe-shaped muscle scar is well recognizable. Occurence. — JS 67, USGS 19860. 418 BULLETIN 247 Family TROCHIDAE Genus CALLIOSTOMA Swainson Swainson, 1840, Treatise on Malacology, pp. 218, 351. Type species (by monotypy), Trochus zizyphinus Linné. Many subgeneric names have been proposed for Calliostoma. ‘There seems to be no satisfactory classification based on shell mor- phology. Clench and Turner (1960) introduced two subgeneric names based on differences of the jaws. Until there will be a system correlating differences in anatomy with those of shell morphology (if this is possible), it seems best to omit subgeneric assignments, a conclusion also reached by Staadt (1956). Calliostoma decipiens (Guppy) Pl. 41, figs. 6-12 1867. Trochus decipiens Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 172; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 51. 1874. Trochus decipiens Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 435, pl. 18, fig. 18; p. 441 (part: not from Bowden) . 1903. Not Calliostoma decipiens Guppy, Dall, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila- delphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 6, p. 1585. 1925. Calliostoma decipiens Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. Ay JO Case |Olls Aaah, oben, BP Shell of medium size, conical. Protoconch consists of about one volution. Early sculpture consists of three spirals carrying nodules. The nodules are connected by prosocline lines which disappear on later whorls. Additional granulated spirals are introduced alter- nating in size with the primary ones. Immature specimens may have an open umbilicus, whereas in the adult stage it is closed by callus. The periphery of the volutions is usually slightly keeled. Base of whorls covered by many spirals, the more central ones eranulated. Lectotype (herewith selected). —USNM 115619. Dimensions of lectotype.— Height 8.7 mm, diameter 11.7 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The type lot of C. decipiens consists of two specimens. One of them is incomplete. C. decipiens shows some variation as to the sharpness of the peripheral angulation and the intensity of the granulation of the spirals. It is common at Matura but rare in the Melajo Clay. C. decipiens has some affinities to the Recent Atlantic C. adspersum (Philippi) (see Clench and Turner, 1960, p. 46, pls. 30, TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 419 31) and C. euglyptum (A. Adams) (Clench and Turner, 1960, p. #8, pl: 52) . Occurrence. — Melajo River area: PJ 285, USGS 18411. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm. (rare) . Matura shell bed. Calliostoma laticarinatum (Guppy) Pl. 41. figs, 1317 1864. Trochus granulatus Born, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p- 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 15. 1867. Trochus decipiens laticarinatus Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 172; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 51. 1874. Trochus decipiens laticarinatus Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade, 2; vol. 1, p. 435, pl. 18, fig. 19° 1925. Calliostoma decipiens laticarinatum Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 245, pl. 43, figs. 5, 10. Holotype. —USNM 115618. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 9.7 mm, diameter 11.4 mm Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This form is separated from C. decipiens by its sharper angula- tion at the periphery of the whorls. The distance between angula- tion and suture is larger in C. laticarinatum. Moreover the whorls tend to be more concave above the angulation. However, the pro- toconch and the early whorls are the same in both forms. There are some transitional shells in the material at hand. This may indicate that they should be synonymised. But examination of further material is needed. Worn specimens having almost no external sculpture left somewhat resemble the larger Pliocene C. nonurum Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 46, pl. 8, figs. 7, 10, 11) from Ecuador which has also been found in the Recent fauna of northern Peru. C. caronianum Maury (1925, p. 245, pl. 43, fig. 8) from the late Miocene Springvale Fm. of Trinidad differs from C, laticarinatum by its smaller apical angle and its more concave whorls. C. carib- beanum Weisbord (1962, p. 70, pl. 4, figs. 8-10) from the Pliocene Mare Fm. of northern Venezuela is said to differ from C. laticari- natum by its larger apical angle. Occurrence. — RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Kown from type locality only. Calliostoma caronianum Maury PLeAl: figs. 22-23 1925. Calliostoma caronianum Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p- 240s Dieta ons. 420 BULLETIN 247 1938. Calliostoma (Calliostoma) caroniana Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novi- tates, No. 988, p. 5. 1942. Calliostoma caronianum Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p- 102. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 1110. Type locality. —Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. This species is represented by a single specimen from the base of the Melajo Clay. As mentioned above it is related to C. latt- carinatum but differs from that species in having a smaller apical angle and in being proportionately higher. C. attrinum Mansfield (1925, p. 58, pl. 10, figs. 7, 8) from the (middle ?) Miocene of Trinidad has about the same proportions and outline as C. caronianum, but its sculpture is much coarser. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member, and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Calliostoma plicomphalus (Guppy) Pl. 41, figs. 18-21 1867. Trochus plicomphalus Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 161, 173; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 40, 52. 1874. Trochus plicomphalus Guppy, Guppy, Geol Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. Is) pp.435, 441, pl. 18s fig. 17. 1925. Calliostoma (Eutrochus) plicomphalus Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Baleont.5 vol. 10; Nos 42) ps: 246; pl-7435 fess Ll 135 lib: Shell of medium size. Protoconch consists of a little more than one volution. First sculpture with two and after half a volu- tion with three spirals which are crossed by slightly prosocline axials forming beads at the intersections. ‘The axials disappear soon and additional granular spirals are introduced. Aperture rhombic. Umbilicus open. Periphery usually rounded, not angular. Base sculptured by numerous spirals; the outer ones smooth, but toward the umbilicus the beads gradually increase in size. The spiral bordering the umbilicus carries still larger beads. Lectotype (herewith selected). —USNM 115617. Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 11.2 mm, diameter 12.2 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. Immature specimens are usually flat-sided, but adult shells have somewhat convex whorls. The periphery is angulated in young individuals but rounded later. The width of the umbilical opening and the apical angle are not constant. As stated by Maury this species has some resemblance to the TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 42] Recent West Indian C. jujwbinum (Gmelin) (Clench and Turner, 1960, p. 31, pl. 21), but that species has a sharper periphery, and the adult whorls tend to be concave, whereas in C. plicomphalus they are convex. Clench and Turner noted a considerable variability of C. jujubinum as to apical angle and width of the umbilicus. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Calliostoma olssoni Maury Pl. 42, figs. 1-3 1925. Calliostoma (Eutrochus) olssoni Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 247, pl. 43, figs. 6, 14. Shell of medium size. Apical angle large. Protoconch consists of one volution. First sculpture with three spirals and prosocline axials which soon produce beads at the intersections. After about 114 volutions the axials disappear and additional beaded spirals are intercalated which tend to alternate in size with the primary spirals. The uppermost spiral of the whorl carries larger beads than the others. Periphery sharply angulated. Base covered by spirals. ‘The two to four central ones granulated, the others narrow- er, smooth, with concave interspaces. Lectotype (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, Ney, No.1 108: Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 7.5 mm, diameter 12.3 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is not frequent at Matura, whereas in the Melajo Clay it is common. From Point Courbaril it is represented by a single immature shell. Its characters are constant, although the Melajo specimens tend to have a smaller apical angle than topo- types. The two syntypes figured by Maury are immature. The larger specimen (fig. 6) is here selected as lectotype. C. olssoni with its large apical angle and the spiral just below the suture carrying conspicuous beads is a distinctive species. No allied forms have been found. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 47, Hutch 51, EL 1810, KR 11862, K 9817, K 9902, RR 290, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: PJ 212. Matura Bay: K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne I’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. 429 BULLETIN 247 Genus MICROGAZA Dall Dall, 1881, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 9, p. 50. Type species (by monotypy), Callogaza (Microgaza) rotella Dall. Microgaza oblita, n. sp. Pl. 42 figs. 4-9 1867. Solarium semidecussatum Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 156, 170; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 35, 49. Part. 1874. Solarium semidecussatum Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 408 (part); not pl. 18, fig. 14. Shell small, with four to five whorls. Protoconch consisting of 114 smooth volutions. Early sculpture with prosocline axials which are restricted to the uppermost part of the whorls after about one volution. At the same time a spiral appears just below the suture carrying the former prosocline axials in form of beads. Their inter- spaces become larger with increasing age. Whorls sharply angulated at periphery. Base strongly convex and smooth except the umbilical margin which carries short, radial wrinkles crossed by two to four faint spiral grooves. Inside of umbilical wall with a number of spirals. Aperture subquadrate. Inner lip with callus. Holotype. —USNM 645185. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 2.1 mm, diameter 4.2 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is represented by a few specimens only. Most of them are worn resulting in an indistinct sculpture. As mentioned by Woodring (1928, p. 358) the type lot of Solarium semidecus- satum Guppy (USNM 115468) consists of two specimens. One of them is the holotype of Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) semidecus- sata and the other one the holotype of Microgaza oblita, n. sp. A closely related form has been described as M. rotella vetula from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica by Woodring (1928, p. 435, pl. 37, figs. 1-3). The many topotypes at hand show that both species have about the same apical angle, but the whorls of M. oblita are higher. Moreover the Jamaican species has more closely set beads on the spiral just below the suture, and the wrinkles bordering the umbilicus are longer and not crossed by spiral grooves. M. oblita lacks the fine spiral threads on and near the periphery of the body whorl. The Recent West Indian M. rotella (Dall) (1881, p. 51) has TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG a2 considerably weaker radial wrinkles at the umbilical margin. According to Dall’s figures (1889a, pl. 22, figs. 5, 5a) its periphery is not angulated. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Family TURBINIDAE Genus ASTRAEA Roding Réding, 1798, Museum Boltenianum, pt. 2, p. 79. Type species (by subsequent designation, Suter, 1913, Manual of New Zealand Mollusca, p. 166), Trochus imperialis Gmelin (= Trochus heliotropium Martyn) . Subgenus ASTRALIUM Link Link, 1807, Beschreibung der Naturalien-Sammlung der Universitat zu Rostock, p. 135. Type species (by subsequent designation, Woodring, 1928, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 385, p. 412), Astralium deplana- tum Link (= Trochus costulatus Lamarck) . Astraea (Astralium) cf. brevispina (Lamarck) Pl42 figs, 10,2 The few specimens from Matura are immature and too incom- plete to allow a definite determination. A. brevispina basalis (Olsson) (1922, p. 162, pl. 15, figs. 4, 5) from the Gatun Formation of Costa Rica, which has also been re- corded from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica by Woodring (1928, p. 413, pl. 33, figs. 4-6), mainly differs from the Recent A. brevi- spina (Lamarck) (see Weisbord, 1962, p. 94, pl. 6, figs. 16-18) by its finer sculpture on the early whorls. The Matura specimens have about the same strength of the early sculpture as Recent shells. Their base is covered by five spirals which are crossed by lamellar growth lines. The second spiral from the periphery is stronger than the others. On all the Recent shells of A. brevispina available these spirals are nodose which is not the case on the Matura specimens. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Genus PARVITURBO Pilsbry and McGinty Pilsbry and McGinty, 1945, Nautilus, vol. 59, No. 2, p. 54. Type species (by original designation), Parviturbo rehderi Pilsbry and McGinty. 424 BULLETIN 247 Parviturbo maturensis, n. sp. Pl. 42, figs. 14-17 Shell small, solid. Spire moderately depressed. Protoconch con- sists of a little more than one volution. Adult shell with 51, whorls. Sculpture consists of seven prominent spirals, the strongest one forming the periphery. Two spirals are situated between periphery and suture, the rest below the periphery. The lowest spiral borders the deep umbilicus. Spirals below the periphery less prominent. Interspaces crossed by faint, prosocline, axial threads. Aperture circular. Peristome thick. Parietal callus prominent. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 14625. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 2.0 mm, diameter 2.9 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This species is based on the holotype and one immature para- type. The parietal callus of the holotype is broken. Although almost filled with matrix, the holotype seems to have a nacreous inner layer. The genus Parviturbo is known to range only from Pliocene to Recent until now. P. milium (Dall) [1890-1903 (1892), p. 409, pl. 18, fig. 4; Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 349] from the Pliocene of Florida has a higher spire and does not show the prominent peripheral spiral. The same is true for the living Floridian P. rehderi, P. francescae, and P. calidimaris, all described by Pilsbry and McGinty (1945b, pp. 54-57). P. venezuelensis Weisbord (1962, p. 99, pl. 7, figs. 5-7) , from the Pliocene Mare Formation of northern Venezuela, is based on a single, incomplete specimen which lacks the protoconch. Occurrence. — PJ 302. Family NERITIDAE Genus NERITA Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 776. Type species (by subsequent designation, Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 347), Nerita peloronta Linné. Subgenus NERITA s. str. Nerita (Nerita) exuvioides Trechmann ? Pl. 42, figs. 12, 13 Shell large, thick. Spire low. Sculpture consists of 16 coarse, ‘TRINIDAD M10CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 420 flat-topped, spiral ridges with interspaces of about the same width. Spirals and interspaces crossed by fine, closely set, but prominent growth lines. Outer lip thick, with two coarse teeth above, six denticles and one large denticle below. Basal lip with two indistinct denticles. Inner lip with one denticle above, which continues into the aperture, one sharp and one rounded denticle below. Parietal callus with indications of rugae. Aperture semilunar. This form is represented by a single specimen from the Melajo Clay. Its apex is worn, and part of the parietal callus broken. it is curious enough that it does not have two central teeth on the inner lip like similar Caribbean species of Nerita s.str. N. exuvioides Trechmann (1935, p. 551, pl. 20, fig. 30) has originally been described from beds of questionable Pliocene age of Carriacou. Its type is an incomplete specimen. A reliable diag- nosis must await the availability of well-preserved topotypes. N. exuvioides is said to have 12 spirals on the body whorl compared with 16 on the Melajo shell. N. fulgurans Gmelin described by the writer (Jung, 1965, p. 479, pl. 62, fig. 14) from the middle Miocene of the Paraguana Peninsula, Venezuela, is probably the same as the Melajo shell. It has also 16 spirals but is not so heavy, and has two central teeth on the inner lip, and some more denticles on the outer lip. ‘The Recent N. fulgurans has about 20 spirals with much narrower interspaces than the fossils mentioned above. Occurrence. — Hutch 51. Genus NERITINA Lamarck Lamarck, 1816, Encycl. Méthodique, Vers, vol. 3, pl. 455; liste, p. 11. Type species (by subsequent designation, Children, 1823, Lamarck’s genera of shells, p. 111), Nerita pulligera Linné. Subgenus VITTA Morch Morch, 1852, Catalogus conchyliorum .... Comes de Yoldi, pt. 1, p. 166. Type species (by subsequent designation, Baker, 1923, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 75, p. 137), Nerita virginea Linné. Neritina (Vitta) cf. virginea (Linné) Pl. 43, figs. 1-3 Shell small. Spire somewhat elevated. Early whorls more con- vex than later ones. Body whorl slightly concave below suture. 496 BULLETIN 247 Parietal callus moderately thick. Columellar lip with denticles. Growth lines, 7.e. also the outer lip, proscoline. Color pattern con- sists of irregularly undulating, black lines which leave subcircular, white spots from time to time. The above description is based on a complete specimen from the Melajo Clay. Specimens from the Courbaril beds and the Matura shell bed have the same color pattern and are thought to represent the same form. Most of them, however, are immature. An adult shell from Matura has an eroded spire and no colors pre- served. The adult shells at hand reach about the size of the Recent Caribbean N. virginea. Color patterns similar to that of the fossils are found on Recent specimens. The outer lip of the fossils under consideration is more oblique to the shell axis than in N. virginea. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 8399, PJ 212, USGS 20432. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Family RISSOINIDAE Genus RISSOINA d’Orbigny D’Orbigny, 1840, Voyage dans | Amerique Meéridionale, vol. 5, (Mollusques) , jo Bebe Type species (by monotypy), Rissoina inca d’Orbigny. Subgenus RISSOINA s. str. Rissoina (Rissoina) species A single, probably not adult specimen (height 2.5 mm) from the Courbaril beds and two worn shells from Matura are available. The protoconch of the Courbaril specimen is not entirely pre- served but consisted of about three whorls. Postnuclear whorls five, sculptured by about 12 somewhat opisthocline axials. The strong axials which are aligned on successive whorls give a convex appearance to the whorls. Interspaces smooth. Outer lip thick. Parietal callus heavy. The specimens at hand are similar to the Recent Caribbean R. fischeri Desjardin (1949, p. 199, pl. 9, fig. 6; Warmke and Abbott, 1961, p. 56, pl. 10 n), but more material is needed to point out affinities. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 1429. Matura Bay: PJ 302. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG ay Family VITRINELLIDAE Genus TEINOSTOMA H. and A. Adams Adams, H. and A., 1853, Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 122. Type species (by subsequent designation, Adams, A., 1863, Thesaurus conchyliorum, pt. 22, p. 259), Teinostoma politum. A. Adams.. Subgenus PSEUDOROTELLA Fischer Fischer, 1857, Jour. de Conchyl., vol. 6, p. 52. Type species (by monotypy), Rotella semistriata d’Orbigny. Teinostoma (Pseudorotella) nugax, n. sp. Pl. 43, figs. 7-9 Shell small, with about 314 whorls, entirely smooth except for faint growth lines. Spire low. Periphery rounded. Suture usually distinct but sometimes partly covered by succeeding whorl. Um- bilicus covered by callus, its border more or less distinct. Peristome thin. Parietal callus separated from umbilical callus by a faint eroove. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 14599. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 0.6 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: KR 11862. This species is represented by numerous specimens from the Melajo Clay. The thickness of the umbilical callus undergoes some variability. “The margin of the umbilical callus and the groove between it and the parietal callus may be obscure. T. nugax differs in details of the umbilical callus and the con- vexity of the whorls from the following three Pliocene species: T. antilleanum Weisbord (1962, p. 131, pl. 12, figs. 7-9) from northern Venezuela, 7. avunculus Pilsbry (72 Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 413, pl. 49, figs. 3-3d) from Florida, and T. ecuadorianum Palsbry and: Olsson (1941; p. 47, pl. 9, figs 1) from Ecuador, s: ecuadorianum has also been recorded from the Recent fauna of Peru. Occurrence. — EL 1810, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399. Teinostoma (Pseudorotella) spretum, n. sp. Pl. 43, figs. 4-6 Shell small, with about 314 whorls. Surface smooth except for faint growth lines. Spire relatively high. Whorls convex. Suture incised. Aperture almost circular. Peristome solid. Parietal callus small. Umbilicus entirely covered by a smooth callus which may be 428 BULLETIN 247 bordered by an obscure line. Parietal callus separated from um- bilical callus by a groove. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 14607. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 1.5 mm, diameter 2.3 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: KR 11862. This species is not abundant. The umbilicus of immature specimens is not entirely covered by callus. On some shells one, two or even three faint spirals may be developed at the beginning of the last whorl which, however, disappear after half a volution. The uppermost of these spirals forms the periphery. The type and only specimen of T. caronense Mansfield (1925, p. 60, pl. 8, figs. 9, 11), from the Brasso Formation of Trinidad, has a heavier shell and a less elevated spire than T. spretwm. Al- though apparently worn it shows faint spiral sculpture. T. spretum has dimensions and proportions similar to T. pycnum (Woodring) (1928, p. 446, pl. 38, figs. 10-12) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica, but T. pycnum has a thicker shell and differs in details of the callus. T. vitreum (Gabb) (1873b, p: 243; Pilsbry, 1922, p. 399, pl. 37, figs. 3-3b) from the Gereado Formation of the Dominican Republic mainly differs by the shape of its umbilical callus. T. altwm Pilsbry (in Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 413, pl. 49; figs. 2-2f) from the Pliocene of Floridashas the same type of spire, but its umbilicus is not entirely closed even in the adult stage. Occurrence. —KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399. Subgenus AEPYSTOMA Woodring Woodring, 1957, U. S. Geol. Sur. Prof. Paper 306-A, p. 70. Type species (by original designation), Teimostoma (Aepys- toma) andrium Woodring. Teinostoma (Aepystoma) caroniense Maury Pl. 43, figs. 10-17 1925. Teinostoma caroniense Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. PB Ole Gey, 1K, Bh, een 1938. Teinostoma (Pseudorotella ?) caroniense Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 5. 1942. Solariorbis >? nov. sp. ind., Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, joe WHS jal 4s ables, 4 by. Shell solid. Spire depressed. Protoconch with a little more than two volutions. Postnuclear whorls a little less than two. Peri- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 429 phery rounded. Suture clearly incised. Sculpture consists of proso- cyrt growth lines. On the third volution these are crossed by ob- scurely punctate spiral striae producing a cancellate pattern below the periphery. Peristome solid, Umbilical and parietal callus not separated by a groove. Lectotype (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 1105 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 43, fig. 3). Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 2.0 mm, diameter 4.5 mm. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. This species is represented from the Melajo Clay and the Courbaril beds by specimens of different ontogenetic stages showing that immature shells look entirely different than adult ones. Young specimens have an open umbilicus, and their third whorl is sculp- tured by punctate spirals which are usually more conspicuous below the periphery. Adults have a closed umbilicus and a smooth base. The sculpture of the earlier stages is visible only on the spire. The body whorl may be somewhat shouldered. Topotypes of T. caroniense at hand are too much worn to show the sculpture on the third whorl. Solariorbis ? n. sp. ind. de- scribed and figured by Rutsch from Springvale Quarry represents immature T. caroniense. T. andrium Woodring (1957 p. 70, pl. 17, figs. 40-42, pl. 18, figs. 9-11) from the Gatun Formation of Panama is a similar species differing only by its thicker parietal callus and the somewhat more convex upper part of the body whorl. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL, 1810, KR 11862, K 9903, P] 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm. Courbaril beds of Upper Morne I'Enfer Fm. Teinostoma (Aepystoma) melajoense, n. sp. Pl. 43, figs. 18-20 Shell small, solid. Protoconch with 214 smooth volutions; post-nuclear whorls a little less than two. Spire somewhat elevated, whorls convex. Suture clearly incised. Periphery broadly rounded. Sculpture consists of numerous spirals which are somewhat broader and more conspicuous on base. Umbilicus open in immature speci- mens. Umbilical callus small, but closing umbilicus in adults. 430 BULLETIN 247 Peristome solid. Parietal callus thick, not clearly separated from um- bilical callus, Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 14611. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 1.8 mm, diameter 2.4 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ] 285. This species is represented by 10 specimens. T. caronense Mansfield (1925, p. 60, pl. 8, figs. 9, 11), from the Brasso Forma- tion of ‘Trinidad, is based on a single specimen (USNM 352690). It is closely related to T. melajoense. However, it is worn, and its spiral sculpture is hardly recognizable. Topotypes of T. caronense are needed for useful comparison. T. melajoense differs from T. caroniense Maury by its higher spire and by its proportionately higher whorls. ‘The aperture of 7. caroniense is obliquely elongate but subcircular in T. melajoense. Moreover the body whorl of T. caroniense is smooth but carries spiral sculpture in T. melajoense. The Recent T. clavium Pilsbry and McGinty (1945a, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 1) from Florida has a lower spire. T. pilsbry: McGinty (1945, p- 142; Pilsbry and. McGmty, 1945a, p. 3, pl. 1; figs 5)emalsome Recent Floridian species, has a spire like T. melajoense, but its periphery is somewhat angulated and the umbilical callus much heavier. Occurrence. — EL 1810, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Genus COCHLIOLEPIS Stimpson Stimpson, 1858, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 6, p. 307. Type species (by monotypy) , Cochliolepis parasitica Stimpson. Cochliolepis pluscula, n. sp. Pl. 48, figs. 21-23 Small, thin-shelled, with about three whorls. Spire not ele- vated. Suture sharply incised. Whorls moderately convex, smooth except faint, slightly prosocyrt growth lines. Periphery evenly rounded. Umbilicus open. Aperture almost circular, angulated above. Peristome thin. Parietal callus conspicuous but translucent. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 14617. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 0.8 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. This species is represented from the Melajo Clay by the holo- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 431 type and four paratypes, all perfectly preserved. It seems most closely related to Delphinula lipara H. C. Lea (1846, p. 261. pl. 36, fig. 71) from the Miocene of Virginia, the holotype of which has beeen refigured by Gardner [1943-1948 (1948), pl. 25, figs. 6-8]. D. lipara has more whorls, and its body whorl is somewhat shouldered. The Miocene C. virginica Pilsbry (im Olsson and HHaroison, 1953, p: 434, pl. 52, fies. 4, 4a, 4b) irom Virginia, for which Pilsbry proposed the subgeneric name Tylaxis, is much larger, and has an obliquely oval aperture. Occurrence. — PJ 285, USGS 18399. Genus CYCLOSTREMISCUS Pilsbry and Olsson Pilsbry and Olsson, 1945, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 97, p. 266. Type species (by original designation) , Vitrinella panamensis C. B. Adams. Subgenus PONOCYCLUS Pilsbry Pilsbry, 1953, Acad. Nat. Sci. Priladelphia, Mon., No. 8, p. 426. Type species (by original designation), Adeorbis beauii Fischer. Cyclostremiscus (Ponocyclus) pentagonus (Gabb) Pl. 43, figs. 24-26 1873. Cyclostrema pentagona Gabb, Amer Philos. Soc., Trans., new ser., vol. Ibs p= 243: 1881. Vitrinella pentagona (Gabb), Gabb, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, vol. 8, p. 368, pl. 47, fig. 68. 1957. Cyclostremiscus (Ponocyclus) pentagonus (Gabb), Woodring, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-A, p. 73, pl. 17, figs. 7-15. For further citations see this publication, Shell small, with a little more than four whorls. Spire de- pressed. First 214 volutions smooth. Later whorls with three carinae of about equal strength. The uppermost carina appears at the end of the third volution, the middle one forms the periphery, and corresponds to the position of the suture on earlier whorls. The lowest one forms a strong angulation on the base. Umbilical wall of last whorl with four spirals. Aperture almost circular, angu- lated above. Parietal callus inconspicuous. Type. — Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, No. 2831. Type locality. — Dominican Republic (Miocene) . C. pentagonus is frequent in the Melajo Clay. ‘The morpho- logical features of the Melajo specimens are constant. There are no bicarinate shells, and the carinae are constant in strength. The 432 BULLETIN 247 spirals on the umbilical wall of the last whorl are always present and not variable as pointed out by Pilsbry (¢m Olsson and Harbi- son, 1953, p. 429) for the Pliocene to Recent C. trilix (Bush) (1885, p. 464, pli 45, figs. 7, 7a). Pilsbry separated C. irilix iromaG: pentagonus because of its larger size (diameter from 3 mm to 3.8 mm). The Melajo specimens do not grow larger than 2.5 mm in diameter. Woodring (1957, p. 74) has discussed some related species from the Pleistocene and Recent faunas of the West Coast of America. Gardner [1926-1950 (1947), p. 600] recorded C. trilix from the Chipola and Shoal River Formations of Florida, but did not figure it. According to Woodring these specimens are larger than those from the Gatun Formation. Occurrence. — EL 1810, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Distribution. — Middle to upper Miocene: Cercado and Gurabo Fms., Dominican Republic. Bowden Fm., Jamaica. Gatun Fm., Panama Canal Zone. Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Cyclostremiscus (Ponocyclus) species From the Matura shell bed a single, worn specimen (H 14623) is at hand. It is partly broken and has almost four whorls. ‘The spirals on the umbilical wall are not recognizable. It looks like the Melajo specimens of C. pentagonus, but a definite determination is not possible. Diameter 2.0 mm. Occurrence. — PJ 302. Genus SOLARIORBIS Conrad Conrad, 1865, Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 1, p. 30. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1892, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 414) , Delphinula depressa Lea. Solariorbis (Subgenus ?) marginatus (Guppy) Pl. 43, figs. 27-29 1867. Vitrinella marginata Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 161, 173; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 40, De 1874. Vitrinella marginata Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. Vepps 4955 441) pliol8) sgss 2laye2 lb: Shell small, spire depressed. Protoconch with two smooth volu- ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 433 tions; postnuclear whorls a little less than one and a half. First sculpture consisting of faint prosocline axials which disappear after a little less than one volution. Body whorl sculptured by a few faint spirals just above the periphery. Periphery formed by a strong carina. Just below it follow a second carina of equal strength and a third weaker one. Interspace between middle and peripheral carinae deeply concave. Umbilicus wide. Aperture slightly obliquely oval. Basal lip somewhat everted. Parietal callus moderately prominent. Type. —A collection of Tertiary fossils from the West Indies which included Guppy’s types has been purchased by the U. S. National Museum in 1894. As it does not contain S. marginatus, the type of that species seems to be lost. The proper specimen to be selected for a neotype would be: Natural History Museum Basel, INOW Ee 15345: Dimensions of specimen Nat. Hist. Mus. Basel, No. 15345.— Height 0.8 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Type locality. — Matura Bay. This species is exceedingly rare at Matura. A single specimen from the Melajo Clay is tentatively identified as S. marginatus. It is somewhat worn and differs from Matura specimens in having more inflated whorls. The subgeneric assignment of S. marginatus is somewhat un- certain. It is intermediate between Hapalorbis Woodring (1957, p. 75; type species by original designation: Circulus liriope Bartsch) and Systellomphalus Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 48; type species by original designation: Systellomphalus perornatus Pilsbry and Olsson) . S. marginatus is clearly separated from Hapalorbis by the presence of axials on the spire. From the type species of Systel- lomphalus it differs by the absence of axial wrinkles on the base near the umbilicus. The Recent S. liriope Bartsch (1911, p. 231, pl. 40, figs. 7-9), from the Gulf of California, and S. hyptius anebus Woodring (1957, p. 75, pl. 17, figs. 34-36), from the middle Miocene Gatun Forma- tion of the Panama Canal Zone, have a prominent spiral above the periphery. This spiral is lacking in S. marginatus as well as in the Recent Panamic S. seminudus (C. B. Adams) (1852, p. 412; Pils- 434 BULLETIN 247 bry and Olsson, 1945, pl. 27, figs. 3, 3a, 3b). However, S. seminudus has wrinkles around the umbilicus. S. marginatus seems to be more closely related to Systellompha- lus as there are species assigned to that subgenus which do not have radial wrinkles on the base. The Recent S$. euzonus Pilsbry and McGinty (1950, p. 85, pl. 5, figs. 7, 7a) from Florida is proportion- ately higher, and the spirals above the periphery are more con- spicuous. S. euzonus has also been recorded from the Pliocene of Florida by Pilsbry (7m Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 420, ply 56; fies; 2, 2a5- 2D) Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862 (?). Matura Bay: PJ 302, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm. (?). Matura shell bed. Family CAECIDAE The Caecidae are not only poorly represented in the three faunas under consideration, but there are also no complete speci- mens. For this reason it seems advisable not to name these species. Genus CAECUM Fleming Fleming, 1813, Brewster's Edinburgh Encyclopaedia, vol. 7, p. 67 (see Sherborn, Index Animalium, 1801-50, pt. 5, p. 950, 1924). Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 203), Dentalium trachea Montagu. Collins (1937) described the three growth stages of Mexican Tertiary caecids. Due to scarcity of material no attempt is made to assign the forms listed below to subgenera. Three species occur in the Melajo Clay, one in the Courbaril beds, and one at Matura. Caecum species A Protoconch with two planispiral volutions. The second stage consists of a weakly arched but rapidly enlarging tube. It is orna- mented by annular rings with interspaces of about the same width. Length (including protoconch) 0.8 mm diameter 0.2 mm. The specimens referred to this form are immature. They do not show a constriction toward the aperture. C. properegulare Mansfield (1925, p. 50, pl. 8, fig. 6), although collected from a float, probably came out of the Brasso Formation of Trinidad. It is larger and has coarser annular rings than Caecum species A. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18399. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 435 Caecum species B A few immature specimens represent the second stage. ‘They are relatively strongly curved, smooth, and circular in cross section. Apical opening closed by a convex, somewhat projecting plug. Length 0.8 mm, diameter 0.2 mm. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18399. Caecum species C A few specimens probably representing the third stage are smooth except for growth lines. The apical opening is closed by a convex, somewhat projecting plug. They are much less curved than Caecum species B, and have a much larger diameter than either Caecum species A or Caecum species B. Length 1.5 mm, diameter 0.6 mm. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18399. Caecum species D Two specimens from the Courbaril beds are ornamented by annular rings with wider interspaces. Length 1.3 mm, diameter 0.5 mm. This form is close to the upper Miocene to Recent C. regulare Carpenter (Zool. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 26, p. 428, 1858; Weis- bord; 1962, p. 162, pl. 14; fies. 10; 11) but has finer annular rings. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: USGS 10991. Caecum species E Some specimens from Matura are entirely smooth. ‘Phe tube does not show the thickening which is typical for Mezoceras. Length 2.2 mm, diameter 0.4 mm. Occurrence. — Matura Bay: RR 230, USGS 19860. Family TURRITELLIDAE Genus TURRITELLA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 74. Type species (by monotypy), Turbo terebra Linné. Subgenus BRODERIPTELLA Olsson Olsson, 1964, Neogene Mollusks from Northwestern Ecuador, Paleont. Re- search Inst., p. 188. Type species (by original designation) , Turritella broderip- tana d’Orbigny. 436 BULLETIN 247 Turritella (Broderiptella) bifastigata cartagenensis Pilsbry and Brown Pl. 44, figs. 1-4 1917. Turritella cartagenensis Pilsbry and Brown, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 69; p. 34, pl. 5, fig. 13. 1925. Turritella cartagenensis Pilsbry and Brown, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., OIE MOL INOS 445 18 PANS), Olle Gee, tase. I, 1926. Turritella bifastigata maracaibensis Hodson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 11, Noy 4553 po 48. ple 305 toss 2400: 1926. Turritella bifastigata democraciana Hodson, ibidem, p. 50, pl. 29, fig. 3, elle B10, aes, ae 1929. Turritella cartagenensis Brown and _ Pilsbry, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 14, No. 54, p. 30, pl. 9, figs. 1, 2. 1941. Turritella cf. cartagenensis Pilsbry and Brown, Merriam, Univ. Cal. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 26, No. 1, p. 207, pl. 38, fig. 9. Of medium size. First sculpture consists of a medial spiral keel (mesocostate) and a smaller spiral at the lower suture. Addi- tional minor spirals of varying size are first introduced on the lower half of the whorl, then on the upper half. With increasing age the medial primary spiral gradually looses its prominence until it is of the same size as the others. Adult whorls are slightly concave to almost straight in profile. In the gerontic stage the whorls are iess tightly coiled, and their periphery is rounded. Base covered by numerous fine spirals. Growth lines prosocline on upper part of whorl, turning toward an orthocline direction on middle part of whorl, and running straight across the periphery to the columella. Holotype. — Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. Type locality. — Near Cartagena, Colombia (Miocene) . This species is represented from the Melajo Clay and the Courbaril beds. Most specimens from the Courbaril beds are strong- ly rolled, and their spiral sculpture has mostly disappeared. The Melajo specimens may attain a considerable size, when they reach the gerontic stage. No complete specimen including the protoconch is preserved in the material at hand. As suggested by Woodring (1957, p. 111) Hodson’s T. bifasti- gata maracaibensis and T. bifastigata democraciana seem to be conspecific with T. cartagenensis. ‘The lectotype of T. bifastigata Nelson (1870, p. 189) has been figured by Hodson (1926, pl. 30, fig. 1). The sculpture of its base is much coarser, its whorls more concave, and the spiral sculpture weaker than in 7. cartagenensis. T. oreodoxa Olsson (1922, p. 152, pl. 14, fig. 1), from the Mio- cene of Costa Rica, and T. cartagenensis have been taken in the synonymy of 7. bifastigata by Olsson (1964, p. 189). TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 437 Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 51, K 9813, K 9903, RR 290, USGS 18399. Point Courbaril: K 8399, K 12013, K 12255, RR 120, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Distribution. — Miocene of Colombia. Beds of questionable upper Miocene age, Usiacuri region, Colombia. Miocene, Falcén, Venezuela. Trinidad: Manzanilla Fm. (Maury), Melajo Clay Mem- ber of Springvale Fm., Courbaril beds of Upper Morne VEnfer Fm.. Turritella (Broderiptella) aff. mimetes Brown and Pilsbry PI. 44, fig. 5 Of medium size. Early sculpture consists of a medial spiral, another spiral at the lower suture, and a third one between them. The medial spiral forms a moderately prominent carina. On the next volutions additional minor spirals appear on the lower and upper halves of the whorl. The strength of the medial spiral di- minishes compared with the other spirals but is still well discern- ible in the adult stage. The spiral at the lower suture becomes the most prominent one, and forms a carina-like periphery in the adult stage. After about nine whorls the apical angle becomes somewhat smaller. Base sculptured by a few spirals with many fine spirals in their interspaces. Growth lines prosocline on upper part of whorl, turning in an almost orthocline direction below. This form occurs in the Melajo Clay only. One of its most conspicuous features is the change of the apical angle after about nine whorls. Some specimens develop a real carina in the adult stage. The early whorls are almost like those of 7. cf. broderipiana as figured by Merriam (1941, pl. 36, fig. 1). ES mimetes Brown and Pilsbry (1911, p. 357, pl. 27, tie. 1); from the Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone, has been redescribed and its allies discussed by Woodring (1957, p. 110, pl. 22, figs. 6-9). The early sculptured whorls of T. mzmetes are more rounded in profile, and the spiral at the lower suture does not be- come as prominent as in the present form. Occumence. —EL 1810; Hutch 51, K 9816, RR 2905 Py] <285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Turritella (Broderiptella) planigyrata Guppy Pli45) figse 12 1867. Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 156, 169; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 35, 48. 438 BULLETIN 247 1873. Not Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Gabb, Amer. Philos. Soc., Trans., new ser., vol. 15, p. 240. 1874. Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, pp. 408, 437, pl. 18, fig. 5. 1876. Not Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Guppy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lon- don, vol. 32, p. 519. 1910. Turitela (sic) planigyrata Guppy, Guppy, Agric. Soc. ‘Trinidad and To- bago, Soc. Paper No. 440, pp. 5, 11; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 148, 153. 1917. Not Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, No. 29, p. 129, pl. 22, fig. 14 (=T. mauryae Hodson). 1925. Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 232, pl. 42, figs. 6, 7, 8. 1925. Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Mansfield, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, Ant 22, P09) Ding) tes le, 9. 1926. Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Hodson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 11, No. 45,p. 29, pl..19)ttigs. 2,9: 1938. Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, joe Se 1942. Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, jae tsslls jolls ts thes Of small to medium size. Protoconch with about two volutions. First sculpture consists of a medial spiral (mesocostate) forming a carina, and a minor spiral a little below it. After one volution a third spiral appears at the lower suture. Subsequently additional fine spirals are intercalated all over the whorl. The medial carina remains prominent for about eight whorls, but afterwards it be- comes less prominent until it is of almost the same size as the other spirals. ‘The whorls remain somewhat convex even in the adult stage. The adult whorls are covered by closely set, subequal spirals, mostly alternating with still finer ones. Base sculptured by numer- ous spirals, some of them a little more prominent. Growth lines prosocline on upper part of whorl, turning in an orthocline direc- tion on the middle part, and running from there straight down across the periphery to the columella. Holotype. —USNM 115452. This lot contains only one rather worn specimen. Guppy collected it from the Caroni Series at Savanetta which is the only locality he indicated in the original description. It is thus the holotype. Another lot (USNM 115626) labelled “types” and mentioned by Mansfield (1925, p. 56) has been collected by Guppy at a locality (Montserrat) not mentioned in the original description. Apparently this lot is no longer in the collections of the U. S. National Museum. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 439 Type locality. —Guppy’s Savanetta which is the same as the locality Brechin Castle Estate referred to by Rutsch (1942, p. 105, fig. 1). T. planigyrata is frequent in the Melajo Clay. The spirals of the Melajo specimens are usually less uniform in size than those of specimens from the type area. The medial spiral of Springvale specimens is mostly not more prominent than the others on adult whorls. The separation of T. aff. mimetes from T. planigyrata may seem artificial. Their early stages and their growth lines are the same, but the sculpture on later whorls is much coarser and less regular in T. aff. mimetes. T. planigyrata has a larger apical angle than T. maiquetiana Weisbord (1962, p. 146, pl. 11, figs. 1-16) from the Pliocene Mare Formation of northern Venezuela. 7. maiquetiana has a rounded periphery on the late adult to gerontic whorls, whereas in T. planigyrata it is angulated at the same stage. Occurrence. —EL 1810, Hutch 47, Hutch 51, KR 11862, K 9816, K 9903, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18411, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Distribution. — Miocene, eastern Venezuela. Trinidad: Man- zanilla Fm. (?), Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm. Turritella (Broderiptella) aff. planigyrata Guppy Pl. 45, figs. 46 Of medium size. First sculpture consists of a medial spiral which forms a carina, a second spiral at the lower suture, and a third minor one between them. The medial carina gradually disap- pears, whereas the spiral at the lower suture remains more prom- inent than the others, and may form an overhanging carina on adult whorls. Already in early stages numerous additional spirals are intercalated all over the whorl. ‘These ususally alternate in size subsequently. But on adult whorls there are mostly five or six more prominent spirals with interspaces covered by minor spirals. Base sculptured by numerous spirals; a few near the periphery are more prominent. This form which occurs at Matura evidently is intermediate between T. planigyrata and the Recent Caribbean T. variegata 440 BULLETIN 247 (Linné). It differs from T. planigyrata by its less uniform sculp- ture on adult whorls and its more conspicuous lowest spiral. This lowest spiral is frequently accentuated in T. variegata. T. variegata may have a few more conspicuous spirals on adult whorls like 7. aff. planigyrata, but the periphery of its late whorls is rounded which is never the case in the Matura specimens. On the early whorls of T. variegata the spirals above the medial carina appear before those below, whereas in 7. aff. planigyrata the lower ones appear first. Occurrence. — RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Subgenus BACTROSPIRA Cossmann Cossmann, 1912, Essais de Paléoconchologie comparée, neuvieme livraison, p. 129. ‘Type species (by original designation) , Turritella perattenuata Heilprin. Turritella (Bactrospira) species Pl. 45, fig. 3 A single, strongly worn fragment from Matura is at hand. It consists of three whorls, and is slender. It is sculptured by two broad spirals with a wide, concave interspace. This fragment is related with the group of T. altilira Conrad. T. altilira has been rediscussed by Woodring (1957, p. 102, pl. 23, figs! 1, 7, 12, 13) and Olsson (1964, p: 193, pl. 36; fies) 2-2b)peiihe specimen at hand is more closely related to T. altilira and to T. perattenuata Heilprin (1887, p. 88, pl. 8, fig. 13; Olsson and Har- bison, 1953, p. 316, pl. 44, figs. 4-4c) from the Pliocene of Florida, the type species of Bactrospira, than to the Recent T. exoleta (Linné) , the type species of Torcula. T. exoleta is a more fragile species than the Matura shell and has a larger apical angle. Occurrence. — RR 230. Genus SPRINGVALEIA Rutsch Rutsch, 1942, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 133. Type species (by original designation) , Scalaria leroyi Guppy. Springvaleia leroyi (Guppy) 1867. Scalaria leroyi Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 155, 168; re- print, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 34,'47. 1958. Springvaleia leroyi (Guppy), Woodring. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 169, p. 166, pl. 17, figs. 1-5. For additional citations see this publica- tion. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 44] Type. — Rutsch (1942, p. 134) selected the specimen figured by Maury (1925, pl. 41, fig. 11) as neotype (Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., No. 1087) . This neotype, however, was not collected at the type locality but at Springvale Quarry. Woodring (1958, p. 167), therefore, designated another neotype: the specimen figured by Rutsch (1942, pl. 7, figs. la, 1b). Unfortunately this second neo- type (Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 6146) is not a virtual topotype of Scalaria leroyt, i.e. it was not collected at the locality Brechin Castle Estate referred to by Rutsch (1942, p. 105, fig. 1) as stated by Woodring but at Springvale Quarry like the neotype designated by Rutsch. The search for satisfactory specimens from Guppy’s Savonetta [sic] area in the U.S. National Museum and the Natural History Museum Basel was not successful. Mr. D. L. F. Sealy informed me that there are no specimens at all from that area in the British Museum (Natural History). Rutsch’s designation of the neotype, therefore, has to be validated until satisfactory topotypes of Scalaria leroyi are available. Locality of neotype. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. This species has been discussed by Woodring (1958). It is represented by two specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay. One of them has been illustrated by Woodring (1958, pl. 17, figs. 2-5). Protoconch and early stages of S. leroy: are still unknown. Weisbord (1962, p. 150, pl. 12, figs. 2-6) described S. leroyi secunda from the Pliocene Mare Formation of the Cabo Blanco area, Venezuela. It differs from S. leroy: by its less inflated whorls, and the presence of lirations within the aperture. These differences are confirmed by specimens from the type area of S. leroyi secunda in the collections of the Natural History Museum Basel. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Distribution. —Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Genus VERMICULARIA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 78. Type species (by monotypy) , Serpula lumbricalis Linné. According to Morton (1953, p. 86) the genus Vermicularia is close to Turritella in many respects and should probably be placed 442 BULLETIN 247 in the Turritellidae. On the other hand Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 306) used the family heading Vermiculariidae. Vermicularia spirata (Philippi) ? Pl. 44, fig. 11 1864. Vermetus royanus d’Orbigny, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 35 (part); reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, oy Ibs 1864. ee lumbricalis Linné, Guppy, tbidem, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, ibidem, p. 15. 1867. Vermetus lumbricalis Linné, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc, Trinidad, pt. 3, p- 156; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 35. 1874. Vermetus lumbricalis Linné, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, 1, p. 437. 1925. Weumculae spirata var. trilineata Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 228, pl. 41, fig. 6. 21925. Vermicularia cf. radicula Stimpson, Maury, ibidem, p. 228, pl. 41, fig. 1. This form is represented from Matura by numerous, mostly small specimens. Fully grown shells with a long, irregularly coiled tube are lacking. The Turritella stage consists of about seven whorls. Their early sculpture consists of two primary spirals, the lower one usually being stronger, and a third spiral at the lower suture. The uppermost one of these spirals may be very weak. Olsson and Harbison considered the Matura Vermicularia to be the same as what they described as V. woodringi (1953, p. 307, pl. 47, fig. 2) from the Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida. ‘They also included in the synonymy of V’. woodringi the Vermicularia occur- ring in the Bowden Formation of Jamaica which had been de- scribed as V. spirata by Woodring (1928, p. 344, pl. 26, fig. 5). Bowden specimens may have one or two primary spirals on the whorls of the Turritella stage. Among the Recent material of V. spirata (Philippi) (Archiv f. (Nature:, p. 224, pl. 7, figs. 1, a,b, ¢, 1836)" shells switha@enme prominent spiral in the Turritella stage are predominant. However, there are lots containing specimens with one or two spirals. A definite identification of the Matura fossils must wait until the variability of the Recent V. spirata is known. Specimens from the Pliocene of Moin near Puerto Limén, Costa Rica, have one spiral but tend to have a shorter Turritella stage than the Recent V. spirata. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Vermicuiaria (?) trilineata (Guppy) Pl. 44, figs. 6-10 1864. Vermetus royanus @Orbigny, Guppy (part), Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad ‘TRINIDAD MI0OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG AAo for 1864, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, 5 1867. aid ts trilineatus Guppy (part), Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 156, 170; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. QF 1874. eae trilineatus Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, pp. 408, 437, pl. 18, fig. 12. 1925. Not Vermicularia spirata var. trilineata Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Raleont;, volt) 10; No: 42> p. 228; pl. 415, fig. 6: Shell small, slender. Protoconch consists of a littke more than one volution. First sculpture with a medial spiral forming a carina. After less than one whorl a second spiral at the lower suture, and a third one a little distance from the upper suture appear. ‘The medial carina gradually diminishes in strength until the whorl profile is straight. Lectotype (herewith selected). —USNM 115455. Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 12.0 mm, diameter 2.1 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The original type lot of Vermetus trilineatus consisted of six specimens. As pointed out by Woodring (1928, p. 345) it includes two species. Four specimens represent V’. (?) trilineata, the largest one being the lectotype. Despite of additional material from Matura there is no proof whether this species belongs to Turritella or Vermicularia, because it does not contain adult specimens showing all growth stages. The lectotype is slender, its whorls flat (but slight infla- tion of the whorls may occur as well), and there are no traces of uncoiling. Other specimens, however, with the same type of sculp- ture and suggestion of about the same apical angle, show the beginning of uncoiling. If V. (?) trilineata really is a Vermicularia, then it has a long Turritella stage. If this species proves to be a Turritellla, it will need a new name as trilineata is preoccupied by Turritella trilineata Smith (Strat. Syst. org. foss., p. 8, 1817; see Sherborn, Index Animalium, DeZ7,.p: 66125 1931). Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Family VERMETIDAE Genus SERPULORBIS Sassi Sassi, 1827, Giornale Ligustico di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, pt. 5, p. 483. 444 BULLETIN 247 Type species (by monotypy), Serpulorbis polyphragma Sassi (= Serpula arenaria Linné) . Serpulorbis decussatus (Gmelin) Pl. 43, figs. 30, 31 1791. Serpula decussata Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6, p. 3745. 1864. Siphonium decussatum Gmelin, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, Damo: 1867. Siphonium decussatum Gmelin, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 156; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 35. 1874. Siphonium decussatum Gmelin, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, WO, IS Jos seks 1925. Serpulorbis decussata Gmelin, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. Avy Oe Petey Ol Galli ses, By, 1953. Lemintina decussata (Gmelin), Olsson and Harbinson, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. No. 8, p. 305, pl. 46, figs. 3-3c. This species occurs at Matura and in the Courbaril beds. A small specimen from the Courbaril beds shows part of its protoconch which has about three smooth volutions. ‘The early sculpture con- sists of prominent longitudinal ribs with wide interspaces which are crossed by much finer and closely set concentrics. Beads are formed at the intersections. Subsequently additional longitudinal ribs are intercalated, and at the same time the concentrics greatly diminish in strength. Later stages also have tertiary longitudinal ribs which are indistinctly beaded but no concenrtics. S. decussatus and S. papulosus (Guppy) (1866a, p. 292, pl. 17, fig. 3; Woodring, 1928, p. 346, pl. 26, fig. 6) originally described from Bowden, Jamaica, both occur in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation. ‘They are easily distinguished from each other, because S$. papulosus has coarse ribs carrying heavy pustules, whereas S. decussatus has no pustules and finer sculpture. S. papulosus ranges from middle to late Mio- cene (Woodring, 1959, p. 161) and may be the forerunner of S. decussatus which ranges from late Miocene to Recent. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K, 8399, PJ 212, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: JS 67, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Genus PETALOCONCHUS Lea Lea, H. C., 1843. Amer. Philas. Soc., Proc., vol. 3, p. 162 Type species (by monotypy), Petaloconchus sculpturatus Lea. Petaloconchus sculpturatus alcimus Mansfield Pl. 43, fig. 32 1867. Petaloconchus sculpturatus Lea, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, ‘TRINIDAD M10CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG E50 p. 156 (part); reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, Oy wi 1874. ieee coe ius sculpturatus Lea, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 438 (part). 1910. Petaloconchus sculpturatus Lea, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and ‘Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, pp. 5, 10 (part); reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 148, 153. 1925. Petaloconchus sculpturatus var. domingensis G. B. Sowerby I, Maury, Bull, Amer; Paleont...vol. 10, No. 42; p. 226 (pant), pl 4 tigs: 2345-7: 1925. Petaloconchus alcimus Mansfield, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22, Pela pla Sites. 2. 35 4 1934. Vermetus (Petaloconchus) sculpturatus domingensis (G. B. Sowerby 1), Rutsch, Abh. Schweiz. Pal. Ges., vols. 54-55, p. 45, pl. 1, figs. 11, 12, 13. 1938. Petaloconchus alcimus Mansfield, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 4. 1942. Vermetus (Petaloconchus) sculpturatus (Lea), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 103. Syntypes. — USNM 352674 (three specimens) . Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. This form occurs at the base of the Melajo Clay only, where it is represented by eight specimens. The sculpture of the figured specimen is not prominent, because it is somewhat worn. As pointed out by several authors the sculpture of P. sculptur- atus is variable in strength and its growth habit not constant. As a result P. domingensis G. B. Sowerby I (1850, p. 51, pl. 10, fig. 9) from the middle Miocene of the Dominican Republic and P. pul- cher (Bose) (1906, p. 32, pl. 3, figs. 22, 23) from the Miocene of Mexico are considered as synonyms. Pflug (1961), who figured the lectotype of P. domingensis, even included P. alcimus in the synonymy of P. sculpturatus. Although the late Miocene P. alcimus has the same sculpture as P. sculpturatus, it may be considered as a subspecies on account of its larger size. In addition its growth habit is more regular. Loosely coiled tubes are not frequent among the Trinidad fossils as they are in material from the Gurabo Formation of the Domini- can Republic, where P. sculpturatus is abundant. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Punta Gavilan Fm. (late Miocene) , Falcon, Venezuela. Petalocouchus cf. fioridanus Olsson and Harbison Pl. 43, fig. 33 A few small specimens from Matura are available. ‘They are too fragmentary for a definite identification. Mostly they form an irregular short cylinder. The sculpture consists of longitudinal 446 BULLETIN 247 ribs and concentrics of almost equal size giving a reticulate pattern. Later the concentrics are less prominent. P. floridanus Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 304, pl. 46, figs. 2, 2a) was described from the Pliocene and Recent faunas of Florida. It is assigned to the subgenus Macrophragma Carpenter by Keen (1961, p. 198). The Matura specimens are immature, and thus do not attain the size of Recent shells of P. floridanus at hand. The largest specimen from Matura, forming an irregular coil, is figured. The form from the Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone described by Woodring (1959, p. 161, pl. 29, fig. 9) as P. aff. floridanus is taken in the synonymy of P. sculpturatus by Olsson (19645 pa95)s Occurrence. — JS 67, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Family POTAMIDIDAE Genus BATILLARIA Benson Benson, 1842, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 9, p. 448. Type species (by monotypy) , Cerithiwm zonale Bruguiére. Batillaria species Pl. 48, figs. 34, 35 Three specimens from the Melajo Clay are available. Two of them are well preserved but have lost their apices. ‘The third one repesents some of the early whorls but is corroded. The genus Batillaria has been reviewed by Bequaert (1942). In the Western Atlantic he only recognized B. minima (Gmelin) (Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6, p. 3564, 1791) and two sub- species. According to Bequaert B. minima is found “in shallow brackish water where it lives in the mud of the intertidal zone.” The two subspecies both have reduced sculpture, and are stout or slender respectively. B. minima minima itself is a strongly vari- able species as to general shape and strength of sculpture. The apertural features of the Melajo fossils are the same as those of B. minima (see Bequaert, 1942, pl. 1, fig. 2). Their sculp- ture consists of several spirals, some of which are much stronger than the others, and conspicuous axials. The axials are not present on the lower half of the body whorl, where there are only about six primary spirals with two secondary spirals in their interspaces. The Melajo fossils differ from the Recent B. minima by their stouter form and their heavier sculpture. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG oe Occurrence. — K 9813. Family CERITHIIDAE Genus CERITHIUM Bruguiere Bruguiére, 1789, Encycl. Méth., Histoire naturelle des vers, vol. 1, p. xv. Type species (by virtual tautonymy), Cerithiwm adansoni Bruguiére (= Cerithium erythraeonense Lamarck) . Cerithium (subgenus ?) harrisi Maury Pl. 45, figs. 14-16 1912. Cerithium harrisi Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, vol. 1S peg; ple 12) fies Ws: 1925. Cerithium harrisi Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42. pest Shell of medium size, solid and stout. Protoconch with about two volutions. Sculptured whorls about five in number. Sculpture consists of three primary spirals which are more or less regularly noded. Their interspaces ornamented by two or three spiral threads. Suture indistinct. Aperture oval. Anterior canal short, bent back- wards. Posterior channel conspicuous. Outer lip thickened, frilled within. There is a moderately pronounced varix opposite the outer lip. Lectotype (herewith selected). —Cornell Univ., Paleont. Mu- seum, Ithaca N.Y., unnumbered. Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 15.2 mm, diameter 7.5 mm. Type locality. — Along shore, 700 feet east of Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. C. harrisi is abundant in the Courbaril beds. Its sculpture usually is coarse and heavy, but specimens with finer sculpture occur as well. There are no varices on the spire whorls. The lecto- type (which is refigured here) is not adult having only four sculp- tured whorls. A few specimens from the Melajo Clay also represent this species. One of them is indistinguishable from Courbaril speci- mens; others have somewhat finer sculpture. A single worn and in- complete shell from Matura is identified as C. cf. harrist. Maury (1912, p. 91, pl. 12, fig. 19) described C. isabellae from the same locality as C. harrist. They probably are the same. C. tinkeri Maury (1912, p. 92, pl. 12, fig. 17) has been described from a locality just south of the Pitch Lake, ‘Trinidad, which is thought to be stratigraphically equivalent to the Courbaril beds. A natural 448 BULLETIN 247 mould with the corresponding artificial cast from that locality, which are deposited at the Department of Geology of Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, seem to have been at least part of the type ma- terial. The preservation is so bad, that it seems best to consider C. tinkert as a nomen dubium. C. harrisi has the same type of sculpture as the Recent Carib- bean C. variabile C. B. Adams (1845, p. 5) but is larger, much heavier, and has a larger apical angle. The lectotype of C. variabile has been figured by Clench and Turner (1950, pl. 37, fig. 2). Occurrence. — Melajo River area: PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, K 8400, K 12012, K 12013, K 12255, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20432a, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: RR 230 (cf.). Genus BITTIUM Leach Leach, 1847, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p.. 270. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 154), Murex reticulatus Montagu. | ] 8 Subgenus BITTIOLUM Cossmann Cossmann, 1906, Essais de paléoconchologie comparée, pt. 7, p. 139. Type species (by original designation), Bitttum podagrinum Dall. Bittium (Bittiolum) fretense, n. sp. Pl 45 hiesal2eelS Shell small, stout. Protoconch consists of a little more than three rapidly enlarging, smooth volutions. Early sculpture consists of two spirals.Subsequently a third and fourth spirals as well as less prominent axials appear. On later whorls all the spirals and axials have the same strength forming a regular reticulate pattern with beads at the intersections. Body whorl with an inconspicuous varix after which the sculpture is reduced in strength and less regular. Whorl profile straight. Suture deeply incised. Base ornamented by about five spirals. Holotype. —USNM 645372. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 5.6 mm, diameter 2.0 mm. Type locality. — Point Courbaril: USGS 10991. This species is based on 11 specimens from the Courbaril beds. No outer lip is entirely preserved, but it seems to be thin. From the varix on the body whorl onward secondary spirals are usually inter- calated. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 449 B. fretense, n.sp. is related to the Recent Western Atlantic and Caribbean B. varium (Pfeiffer) (Arch. f. Naturg., vol. 6, p. 256, 1840). In B. varium the axials are more widely spaced and usually coarser than the spirals, and its whorls are more convex in later stages than in B. fretense. Both species have about five sculptured whorls, but they are somewhat higher in B. fretense. B. galvestonense Harris (1895, p. 22, pl. 4, fig. 8) was de- scribed from a well near Galveston, Texas, from a depth of 2550 to 2871 feet, and its age indicated as upper Miocene. B. galveston- ense has a regularly reticulate sculpture like B. fretense but is said to have varices on the spire whorls which are absent in B. fretense. B. properatum (Woodring) (1928, p. 338, pl. 25, fig. 12) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica is more slender and the axial ele- ment of its sculpture more conspicuous than the spiral one. Occurrence. — USGS 10991, USGS 20432. Family CERITHIOPSIDAE Genus CERITHIOPSIS Forbes and Hanley Forbes and Hanley, 1853, History of British Mollusca, vol. 3, p. 364. Type species (by monotypy) , Murex tubercularis Montagu. Subgenus CERITHIOPSIS s. str. Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) species 1b Zoya, ai 1864. Cerithiopsis sp., Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 35 (part) ; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 15. Shell small. Part of the protoconch preserved, consists of one smooth volution. Next whorl with a spiral on its lower half which is the lowest spiral on later whorls. This spiral is crossed by faint, opisthocyrt threads which soon become straight axials. A second spiral and later a third one appear above the primary spiral. They all are beaded at the intersections forming a regular pattern on late whorls. Suture furrowed. Base ornamented by one or two spirals. Anterior canal short. Inner lip with inconspicuous callus. The lot of Guppy’s Cerithiopsis sp. (USNM 115466) from Matura consists of two specimens. One represents the form described above, the other one is indeterminable but belongs to some other family. It is not possible to name this Matura fossil which is repre- sented only by a few shells, because the Recent species have not 450 BULLETIN 247 been worked up yet. Numerous names have been used for Recent species. Bartsch (191la) had started to work on Cerithiopsis from the West Coast of America and proposed several subgeneric names based on nuclear characters. The Matura fossil superficially resembles the Recent Jamaican C. flavum (C. B. Adams), the lectotype of which has been figured by Glenchvand: Gurnern (19505 pl-e3i7,, tis-211). Occurrence. — P] 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Cerithiopsis (Subgenus ?) emersoni (C. B. Adams) Ply 45S tial 1839. Cerithium emersoni C. B. Adams, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. 2, p. 284, pl. 4, fig. 10. 1864. Cerithiopsis subulatum Montagu, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, Dawlo: 1867. Cerithiopsis punctatum Linné, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 156; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 35. 1874. Cerithiopsis punctatum Linné, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 438. 1948. Cerithiopsis (Laskeya) emersonii persubulata Gardner, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prot: Raper 199-5) p: 2045 pls 275) dice 4. 1950. Cerithium emersoni C. B. Adams, Clench and ‘Turner, Occas. Papers on Mollusks, voli I) Nos lb}. p: 2760; pl. 1375 tess 2 -1Ae 1953. Cerithiopsis (Laskeya) emersonit (C. B. Adams), Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. 8, p. 301, pl. 48, fig. 1. Lectotype. — Museum Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass., No. 156201. Type locality. — Massachusetts. This species occurs at Matura, but most of the specimens are somewhat worn. One immature shell shows part of the smooth protoconch and indications of the first sculpture which consists of axial riblets (see Olsson and Harbison, 1953, pl. 48, fig. 1). The sculpture as a whole is somewhat variable in strength according to Recent specimens. The central spiral of Matura shells is weak compared with the other two spirals, because no adult whorls are represented where this spiral becomes stronger. The specimen from the Pleistocene of South Carolina (USNM 325445), figured by Gardner, is indistinguishable from Matura Shells. Weisbord (1962, p. 184, pl. 15, figs. 21, 22) questionably re- ferred a small specimen from the Pliocene of Venezuela to C. emersont. As stated by Olsson and Harbison it is still uncertain which name should be used for this species. C. emersoni is usually assigned TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 451 to the subgenus Laskeya Iredale (Malac. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 15, pea0, L918), {type species: Turritella costulata Moédller 1842. According to the figure of 7. costulata given by Jeffreys (British Conchology, vol. 5, pl. 81, fig. 5, 1869) that species has convex whorls, predominantly axial sculpture, and a different aperture, thus looking unlike C. emersoni. Occurrence. — RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1962, p. 186). Cerithiopsis (subgenus ?) species A single specimen of 414 whorls from Matura is similar to C. emersoni. It has also three spirals, but the uppermost one is the weakest one, whereas in C. emersoni the central one is weaker than the others. Slightly prosocline axials form beads at the intersections. They are less prominent than the spirals. Occurrence. — USGS 19860. Genus SEILA A. Adams Adams, A., 1861, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 7, p. 131. % Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall. 1889, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 250), Triphoris dextroversus Adams and Reeve. Seila cf. adamsi (H. C. Lea) Pl. 45, fig. 9 The nomenclatorial history of Seila adams: is summarized in the synonymy lists by Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 302), Abbott obs p41), and Weisbord. (1962, p. 192). The lectotype of Cerithium terebrale C. B. Adams has been figured by Clench and Mumnen (19505 p:; 349; pl. 37, tig. 5): A few incomplete specimens from Matura may represent the Recent S. adamsi. However, Recent specimens are somewhat stouter than the Matura fossils, an observation which has been made by Olsson and Harbison for Pliocene specimens from Florida. But the sculpture of Recent and fossil shells is identical. From the Bowden Formation of Jamaica, Woodring (1928, p. 332) reported one specimen as Sela sp. This shell (USNM 369485) is stouter than the Matura specimens and in this respect closely resembles S$. adamst. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, PJ 302, USGS 19860. 452 BULLETIN 247 Family MODULIDAE Genus MODULUS Gray Gray, 1942, Synopsis of the contents of the British Museum, ed. 44, p. 60. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 150), Trochus modulus Linné. Modulus carchedonius (Lamarck) 1822. Monodonta carchedonius Lamarck, Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, vol. 7, p. 33. 1944. Modulus carchedonius Lamarck, Abbott, Johnsonia, vol. 1, No. 14, p. 5, pl. 2, figs. 5-7. For additional citations see this publication. 1953. Modulus carchedonius (Lamarck), Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. No. 8, p. 303, pl. 39, fig. 11. 1961. Modulus carchedonius Lamarck, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Sea- shellsapepapl lila A single incomplete specimen from Matura shows the body whorl and the base. The toothlike end of the inner lip is not pre- served. ‘The specimen probably is immature; it does not reach the size of Recent shells. The Recent West Coast M. catenulatus Philippi (see Abbott, 1944, p. 6) is larger than M. carchedonius, has a smaller peripheral angle, and its umbilicus is less closed. Occurrence. — K 10924. Distribution. — Pliocene of southern Florida. Recent from the Greater Antilles to the northern coast of South America (see Warmke and Abbott, 1961, p. 327, map 17). Family ARCHITECTONICIDAE Genus ARCHITECTONICA Roding Réding, 1798, in Museum Boltenianum, pt. 2, p. 78. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 151), Trochus perspectivus Linné. Subgenus ARCHITECTONICA s. str. Architectonica (Architectonica) nobilis nobilis Roding Pl. 45, figs. 7, 8 1798. Architectonica nobilis R6ding, in Museum Boltenianum, pt. 2, p. 78. 1959. Architectonica (Architectonica) nobilis nobilis Roding, Woodring, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-B, p. 165, pl. 29, figs. 1-6, 10-12, 14-16. For further citations see this publication. 1965. Architectonica (Architectonica) nobilis nobilis R6ding, Jung, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 49, No. 223, p. 486, pl. 64, figs. 1-7. ‘This species is rare at Matura. A single specimen is known from the base of the Melajo Clay. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 453 Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18634. Matura Bay: RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204. Distribution. — Widespread from lower Miocene to Recent (see Woodring, 1959, p. 167). Subgenus PSEUDOTORINIA Sacco Sacco, 1892, I Molluschi dei terreni terziarii del Piemonte e della Liguria, pt. 12, p. 66. Type species (by original designation) , Solarium obtusum Bronn. Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) melajoensis, n.sp. Pl. 46, figs. 1-3 Small, spire but little elevated. The anastrophic protoconch shows 114 volutions on the dorsal surface. Postnuclear whorls three. First sculpture with two beaded spirals close to the lower and upper sutures respectively. Their beads are connected by prosocline axial threads. Between these two spirals three minor ones are inter- calated, the uppermost one appearing first. All of them are crossed by axials. On the body whorl the spiral next to the suture is the most prominent one. Periphery rounded. Umbilicus wide, bordered by a broad spiral carrying radially elongated nodes. Surface be- tween this spiral and periphery sculptured by beaded spirals; one of them is more prominent than the others. Basal spirals crossed by radial threads. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 14640. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 2.0 mm, diameter 4.8 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. This species is represented by the holotype only. Its periphery is formed by two subequal, noded spirals which, however, do not produce an angulation. A. eurybis Olsson (1964, p. 185, pl. 33, figs. 6-6b), from the middle Miocene Angostura Formation of northwestern Ecuador, is a larger species with a somewhat higher spire. Its periphery is more rounded, and its umbilicus is bordered by two broad, noded spirals with a narrow interspace, whereas A. melajoensis has only one. A. eurybis is more closely related to A. nupera (Conrad) (1834, p. 141) from the Miocene Yorktown Formation of Virginia than is A. melajoensis. According to Gardner's figures [1943-1948 (1948) , pl. 24, figs. 8, 11, 15] A. nupera has two broad, noded spirals bor- 454 BULLETIN 247 dering the umbilicus like A. eurybis. Like in A. melajoensis the uppermost spiral on the dorsal surface is more prominent than the others which is not the case in A. eurybis. The Recent Heliacus mazatlanicus Pilsbry and Lowe (1932, p. 83, pl. 8, figs. 6, 7, 8) from Mazatlan, Mexico, is similar to A. eurybis. A. euprepes Woodring (1928, p. 357, pl. 27, figs. 15-17) from the Bowden Fm. of Jamaica is easily distinguishable from 4. melajoensis by its sharp peripheral angulation. Its spirals are usual- ly broader and more coarsely beaded leaving narrower interspaces. A. watsonensis Mansfield (1930, p. 111, pl. 16, figs. 5, 6) from the Ecphora-zone of Florida has been described originally as a sub- species of A. nupera. It is almost twice as large as A. melajoensis and is more coarsely sculptured. Occurrence. — PJ 285. Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) guppyi, n.sp. Pl. 46, figs. 4-6 Small, spire low. Visible part of anastrophic protoconch con- sists of one volution. At three-quarters of this volution the proto- conch is broad and inflated. Postnuclear whorls 214. Sculpture starting abruptly, consists of five spirals which are crossed by prosocline axials. With increasing age beads are formed at the intersections. On the penultimate and the body whorl a more prominent, noded spiral appears forming the upper and more conspicuous of the two peripheral spirals. Periphery slightly angu- lated. Umbilicus wide, bordered by two broad, subequal spirals carrying radially elongated nodes. ‘Their interspace narrow. ‘Toward the periphery follow four spirals of gradually decreasing width. They are crossed by many radial threads converging toward the nodes of the two innermost spirals. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 14641. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 2.0 mm, diameter 4.2 mm. Type locality. —Matura Bay: JS 67. This species is represented by several, partly well-preserved specimens from Matura. It has some resemblance with the Recent Caribbean A. bisulcata (d’Orbigny) (1842, pl. 19, figs. 17-20; 1845, p. 188). A. bisuleata, however, has a more pronounced peripheral angulation, and the visible part of its protoconch is smaller and less inflated. Gardner [1926-1950 (1947), p. 590] included what she thought to be A. semidecussata in the synonymy of A. bisulcata. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 400 Woodring (1959, p. 168) proposed Astronacus as a subgenus of Heliacus with Heliacus planispira Pilsbry and Lowe (1932, p. 83, pl. 8, figs. 9, 10, 11), from the Recent fauna of Mazatlan, Mexi- co, as its type species. Astronacus includes low-spired, bicarinate species with strong dorsal axial sculpture. A feature of eventual taxonomic importance is mentioned, namely the greater inflation and cruder sculpture on the first one-fourth of the first sculptured whorl. A similar inflation, but situated on the last part of the protoconch already, is observed in A. guppyi. Thus A. guppyi has several affinities with Astronacus except that its periphery is less angulated, and its axial sculpture not predominant. A. guppyi is also similar to A. melajoensis, n. sp., but at once distinguishable by its wider protoconch, more angulated periphery, and the sculpture on the base. Despite of their differences, it would seem artificial to place them in different subgenera. Occurrence. — JS 67, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) semidacussata (Guppy) PI. 46, figs. 10, 11 1867. Solarium semidecussatum Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 156, 170; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp 35, 49 1874. Solarium semidecussatum Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., Cecade 2, VOl glen 408; plats. uito. 4: 1925. Solariellla (2?) semidecussata Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 42, p. 248. Small, spire relatively high. Visible part of anastrophic proto- conch consists of one volution. Postnuclear whorls 234. Sculpture consists of prosocline axials which are crossed by five spirals, the uppermost spiral being the broadest one. Periphery almost rounded. Umbilicus wide, bordered by one broad spiral carrying radially elongated nodes. Holotype. —USNM 115468. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 2.1 mm, diameter 4.0 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The holotype is the only specimen known. It is strongly rolled leaving sculptural details obscure. Guppy’s original description is misleading as the type lot originally included two specimens be- longing to different genera (see under Microgaza oblita, n. sp.) . A. semidecussata is at once distinguishable from dA. guppyt, n. sp., with which it occurs, by its higher spire. Some specimens of 456 BULLETIN 247 A. guppyi have an almost flat dorsal surface. In addition A. semi- decussata has only one spiral band bordering the umbilicus, where- as A. guppyi has two of them. The sculpture of the base is more like that of A. melajoensis, but that species has also a lower spire and a much smaller proto- conch. Occurrence. — Matura Bay. Guppy coll. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) cf. semidecussata (Guppy) PI. 46, figs. 7-9 There is a single specimen from the Courbaril beds. It is much larger than the type of A. semidecussata measuring 3.8 mm in height and 7.2 mm in diameter. It has a large protoconch, the same type of sculpture, and about the same apical angle as A. semui- decussata. ‘The umbilicus is also bordered by a single, broad, spiral band carrying radially elongated nodes. ‘The periphery is but slightly angulated. The Courbaril specimen is also similar to A. eurybis Olsson referred to under A. melajoensis but differs from that species by its basal sculpture. Occurrence. — USGS 10991. Family MATHILDIDAE Genus MATHILDA Semper Semper, 1865, Jour. de Conchyliologie, vol. 13, p. 330. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1888, Catalogue illustré des coquilles fossiles de l’éocéne des environs de Paris, fasc. 3, p. 309), Turbo quadricarinatus Brocchi. Mathilda species A Pl. 46, figs. 12, 13 Shell of small to medium size, with about 10 moderately convex whorls. First sculpture consists of a medial spiral and faint axial threads. A second spiral is introduced below the primary one. After a few whorls a third spiral appears above the primary one and reaches almost the strength of the other spirals on late whorls. A fourth, but faint spiral below the upper suture, is present on late whorls. The axial threads are regularly spaced except on the body whorl, where they are crowded. ‘They do not cross the spirals, thus producing no beads at the intersections. Interspaces of spirals ~I TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 45 sculptured by minute spiral striae. Suture prominent. Aperture almost circular. Basal lip slightly everted. The above description is based on a single somewhat worn specimen from the base of the Melajo Clay (height 10.0 mm, diam- eter 3.6 mm). Its protoconch is missing. Two fragments and a worn specimen of seven whorls from the Matura shell bed are identified provisionally as Mathilda species A ?. Their state of preservation leaves some doubt as to this determination. The Melajo specimen is easily distinguished from M. plexita Dall (in Guppy and Dall, 1896, p. 320, pl. 29, fig. 5; Woodring, O23 spe t065 pl. 32, figs: 7, 8), trom the Bowden Formation of Jamaica, by its less convex whorls and the less incised suture. MM. plexita has four spirals of almost equal size which are beaded at the intersections with the axials and differs in other details of the sculpture. The Melajo specimen has a larger apical angle than M. plexita. As pointed out by Woodring (1928, p. 406) the speci- men (USNM 107120) from the “Ditrupa’” bed near Pointe-a- Pierre, Trinidad (Upper Concord Marl Member of ‘Tamana Forma- tion: middle Miocene), is a small fragment slightly differing from topotypes of M. plexita. The form from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica, recorded by Woodring (1928, p. 406) as Mathilda species, is also more slender than the Melajo specimen, and it has stronger axial sculp- ture. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18411. Matura Bay: Pay 302 (2). Mathilda species B A small fragment of four whorls from the Courbaril beds is similar to Mathilda species A. It differs from it by its more regular- ly convex whorls, t.e. by a less prominent primary spiral, and by its stronger axial sculpture. The apical angle is about the same in both forms. Occurrence. — USGS 10991. Family TRIPHORIDAE Genus TRIPHORA Blainville Blainville, 1828, Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles, vol. 55, p. 344. cemmatum Blainville f=) Type species (by monotypy), Triphora (= Cerithium tristoma Blainville) . 458 BULLETIN 247 Triphora guttata (Guppy) Pl. 46, figs. 14-16 1864. Triforis ventricosus Gmelin, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 15. 1867. Triforis guttata Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 156, 170; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 35, 49. 1874. Triforis guttata Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, pp. 408, 438, pl. 18, fig. 27. Shell small, stout. Protoconch consists of five whorls. First volution smooth. Subsequent nuclear whorls with fine axials and at first one, later two spirals. On the last nuclear whorl one spiral disappears, the other one becomes stronger, and forms the lower of the two beaded spirals on the first postnuclear whorl. Postnuclear whorls about seven in number, the first ones with two beaded spirals and axials. Later a weak third spiral appears centrally which is also beaded, where it crosses the axials. On the body whorl it has about the same strength as the other spirals. Base sculptured by three spirals. Anterior canal short, bent backwards. Posterior canal not recognizable. Inner lip with a well-defined callus. Outer and basal lips not preserved. Holotype. — USNM 115458. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 3.1 mm, diameter 1.5 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The holotype is the only specimen in Guppy’s collection. It is incomplete, somewhat worn, and has been glued to a card. T. gut- tata occurs at Matura and in the Courbaril beds. A protoconch of an unidentified Triphora has been found in the Melajo Clay (USGS 18399) . The Recent West Indian T. melanura (C. B. Adams) (see Clench and Turner, 1950, p. 307, pl. 38, fig. 10) has the same type of protoconch as T. guttata. All its whorls have the same apical angle, whereas in T. guttata the apical angle of later whorls be- comes smaller. In general outline 7. guttata looks more like the Recent T. modesta (C. B. Adams) (see Clench and Turner, 1950, p= 310; pk 39; fie. 3): Olsson and Harbison (1953, pp. 295, 296) proposed Cosmo- triphora and Cinctrifora as subgenera of Triphora mainly on the basis of nuclear characters. Kosuge (1966, pp. 309-310) distinguish- ed three types of protoconchs in the Triphoridae which are only of secondary taxonomic importance. Kosuge defined triphorid TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKs: JUNG £59 genera mainly by apertural features, sculpture, radula, and oper- culum. T. guttata would have to be assigned to Cosmotriphora. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: K 10924, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Courbaril beds of Upper Morne l’Enfer Fm. Matura shell bed. Family EPITONIIDAE Genus EPITON!IUM Roding Réding, 1798, in Museum Boltenianum, pt. 2, p. 91. Type species (by subsequent designation, Suter, 1913, Manual of New Zealand Mollusca, p. 319), Epitonium scalare Roding (= Turbo scalaris Linné) . Subgenus EPITONIUM s.str. Epitonium (Epitonium) albidum (d’Orbigny) Ply 46) fie iy 1845. Scalaria albida d’Orbigny, in La Sagra, Historia fisica, politica y natural de la Isla de Cuba. Segunda parte. Historia Natural. Tomo 5, Moluscos, p- 157. Atlas, pl. 10, figs. 24, 25, 1842. 1853. Scalaria albida d’Orbigny,-in La Sagra, Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de l’Ile de Cuba. Mollusques, vol. 2, p. 17. 1951. Epitonium (Epitonium) albidum WOrbigny, Clench and Turner, John- sonia, vol. 2, No. 30, p. 260, pls. 113, 114. For further citations see this publication. 1952. Epitonium (Epitonium) albidum dOrbigny, Clench and Turner, John- sonia; vol. 2, No: 31, -p. 350; pl. 17/4: This species is fairly common at Matura. According to the Recent material of E. albidum at hand the apical angle is some- what variable. The figured Matura specimen is more slender than the others and its axial lamellae slightly more oblique. Some tips assumed to belong to this species have a protoconch with three whorls. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Recent from Florida through the West Indies to northern Argentina. E. albidum is also recorded from a few localities on the West African coast (see Clench and Turner, 1951, 962 Pe202). Epitonium (Epitonium) aff. foliaceicostum (d’Orbigny) A number of small fragments and tips from the Courbaril beds 460 BULLETIN 247 and the Melajo Clay are identified as E. aff. foliaceicostum. The tips show protoconchs with three whorls, whereas the Recent E. foliaceicostum (see Clench and Turner, 1951, p. 273, pl. 123, figs. 1-3, pl. 124, figs. 1, 2) has only 114 volutions. The early sculptured whorls cannot be separated from corresponding whorls of Recent specimens. ‘There are about 10 axial lamellae at that growth stage which carry hooklike prolongations at the shoulder of the whorls. Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 336, pl. 58, fig. 2) reported E. cf. foliaceicostum from the Pliocene of Florida, The specimens from the middle Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone identified as E. cf. foliaceicostum by Woodring (1959, p. 182, pl. 38, figs. 13, 16) have four nuclear whorls and are more slender than those from the Courbaril beds and the Melajo Clay. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399. Point Courbaril: K 1429, USGS. 10991, USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Epitonium (Epitonium) humphreysi (Kiener) ? Pl. 46, fig. 18 1838. Scalaria humphreysi Kiener, Iconographie des coquilles vivantes, vol. 10, os iiss, joe, waver, Ise 1951. Epitonium (Epitonium) humphreysi Kiener, Clench and Turner, John- sonia, vol. 2, No. 30, p. 268, pl. 117, fig. 2, pls. 119, 120. For further citations see this publication. Two incomplete specimens from the Courbaril beds seem to represent this species. The axial costae are fused at the margin of the inner lip, a feature which is observable on Recent specimens of E. humphreysi. The larger and figured specimen has a little more than two whorls. The smaller specimen has four whorls and nine thickened lamellae on its last whorl. The axials are somewhat angulated on the shoulders which is typical for the early stages of E. humphreysi according to Clench and ‘Turner. Occurrence. — K 1429, USGS 10991. Epitonium (Epitonium) maturense, n. sp. Pl. 46, fics 20m 2 Of medium size, stout. Whorls loosely coiled; sutures open; the whorls connected by the axial lamellae. There are six axial lamellae per whorl. They are thin, curved backwards, and angu- lated on the shoulders. They are continuous from whorl to whorl, and form a spiral completing one turn within six whorls. Surface between varices smooth, Aperture circular. No basal disk. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 461 Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15040. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 18.9 mm, diameter 8.1 mm. Type locality. — Matura Bay: RR 230. This species is based on three specimens from Matura. ‘The holotype has seven whorls, but the apex is lost. One of the para- types is immature (four whorls). The other paratype consists of a little more than four later whorls, and its axial lamellae are even larger than those of the holotype. E. helikwm Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 335, pl. 58, figs. 1, la) was described from the Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida. It is much larger than E£. maturense, its holotype (three whorls) is 23.7 mm high and has only four or five varices. mhe Recent strong: Lowe (1932; p. 115, pls 9. fie. 5) trom the West Coast of Central America has about the same dimensions as E, maturense. It has only five varices per whorl, its whorls are compactly united and not loosely coiled. It is said to have faint spiral sculpture between the varices and a weak thread defining the base. Lowe (Nautilus, vol. 46, p. 36) renamed his species strongianum as it was preoccupied by E. strong: Bartsch (Wash. Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 18, No..3, p. 71, fig. 2, 1928) . But E. strongia- num is considered a synonym of E. statuminatum (G. B. Sowerby II) (Zool. Soc. London, Proc. pt. 12, p. 30, 1844; Thes. Conch., Sealariad,pl. 3, tie. 127) *by-Keen (1958, p: 274)’. Occurrence.— RR 230. Subgenus ASPERISCALA de Boury De Boury, 1909, Jour. de Conchyliologie, vol. 57, p. 257. Type species (by original designation), Scalaria bellastriata Carpenter. Epitonum (Asperiscala) cf. multistriatum (Say) Pl. 46, fig. 19 One incomplete, somewhat worn specimen (height 5.9 mm, diameter 3.0 mm) from Matura shows part of its protoconch and four sculptured whorls. The last whorl has 26 axial costae which are not continuous from whorl to whorl. Their interspaces are crossed by numerous, faint spirals. The Recent FE. multistriatum (Say) (see Clench and Turner, 1952, p. 292, pls. 133, 134) has 16 to 19 costae on the body whorl 462 BULLETIN 247 but many more on earlier whorls. The Matura fossil has the same inflation of the whorls as the Recent species. Occurrence. — RR 230. Epitonium (Asperiscala) cf. candeanum (d’Orbigny) Pl. 46, fig. 22 Small, slender. Whorls strongly convex, especially in later stages. Sutures deep. Axial lamellae low, numbering about 13 on last preserved whorls. Interspaces of costae sculptured by numerous, faint spiral threads. A few fragmentary shells from Matura may represent the Recent E. candeanum (d’Orbigny) (see Clench and Turner, 1952, p. 301, pls. 140, 141) which ranges from Florida through the Bahamas and the Lesser Antilles to Barbados. The number of axials seems to be variable in this species. According to Clench and Turner there are 18 to 25 costae on the body whorl. But Recent specimens of the size of the Matura shells have also about 13 costae. Occurrence.— P] 302, USGS 19860. Epitonium (Asperiscala) rohri, n. sp. Pl. 46, figs. 23-25 Small, slender. Protoconch of four little convex, smooth volu- tions. Postnuclear whorls a little more than five in number, tightly coiled, strongly but not uniformly convex, somewhat angled just above the middle of the whorls. Axial sculpture consists of fairly uniform, low, oblique lamellae numbering 16 to 18 per whorl. ‘They are continuous from whorl to whorl. Interspaces between lamellae sculptured by spirals which, however, are reduced or absent on the upper half of the whorl. Suture moderately deep. Aperture sub- circular. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15042. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 4.8 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. This species is represented from the Melajo Clay by about 50 specimens. According to this material its characters are constant. ‘Two fragments from the Courbaril beds are also assigned to this species. E. rohri, n. sp. is most closely related to the Recent EF. serici- filum (Dall) (1889a, p. 313). Its holotype (USNM 61190) has been figured by Clench and Turner (1952, p. 317, pl. 152). It has been collected on the coast of Honduras and is the only specimen TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKsS: JUNG 4163 known. FE. sericifilum has four nuclear whorls (not 214 as stated by Clench and Turner) like E. rohri, and about the same apical angle but differs in having 25 axials per whorl. In addition the spiral sculpture of EF. sericifilum is much finer, and not restricted to the lower part of the whorl. The Recent western American £. durhamianum Hertlein and Strong [1940-1951 (1951), p. 89, pl. 3, fig. 9] from Nicaragua has about the same number of axial lamellae per whorl, but they are not angulated as in E. rohri. E. durhamianum lacks any spiral sculpture. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399. Point Courbaril: USGS 20434. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne I’Enfer Fm.. Epitonium (Asperiscala) aff. sericifilum (Dall) A single, incomplete specimen (height 3.5 mm) from Matura has about the same number of axial lamellae as E. sericifilum re- ferred to under E. rohri, n. sp. However, its whorls are less angu- lated, and its apical angle is clearly larger. The Matura specimen shows part of its protoconch and four postnuclear whorls. Its spiral sculpture between the axials is as fine as in EF. sericifilum and also not restricted to the lower part of the whorl as in E. rohri. Occurrence. — PJ 302. Family ACLIDIDAE Aclis helecteroides Guppy 1867. Aclis helecteroides Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 169; re- print, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 48. 1874. Aclis helecteroides Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. ls Poy, AAU Zeal fouls lteys sires LIE Guppy described this species from Matura. It should be con- sidered as a nomen dubium, because the type or any other speci- mens labelled by Guppy are missing. No additional shells have since been collected at Matura. Family EULIMIDAE Genus EULIMA Risso Risso, 1826, Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l’Europe meéridionale, vol. 4, p. 123. 464 BULLETIN 247 Type species (by subsequent designation, Herrmannsen, 1846, Indicis generum malacozoorum primordia, vol. 1, p. 431), Turbo subulatus Donovan (= Strombiformis glaber da Costa) . Eulima clavata (Guppy) Pl. 46, fig. 26 1867. Leiostraca clavata Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 169; re- print, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 48. 1874. Leiostraca clavata Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, pp. 408, 437, pl. 18, fig. 16. Small, slender. Whorls smooth, flat, about 10 in number. Apical angle of first four whorls small, slightly enlarging after- wards. Suture feebly incised. Aperture pointed above, rounded below. Outer lip thin, inner lip with a small, but well-defined callus. This callus slightly thickened on columella. Lectotype (herewith selected). —-USNM 115443. Dimensions of lectotype.— Height 6.7 mm, diameter 1.7 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. Guppy’s original lot consisted of 11 specimens. The lectotype is the only complete shell. &. clavata is fairly common at Matura being represented by about 50 specimens in later collections. Com- parisons are omitted, because the Recent Caribbean Eulimidae are not worked up yet. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Eulima species A Pl. 46, fig. 27 1942. Strombiformis sp. ind. aff. dalli Gardner and Aldrich, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 135, pl. 4, fig. 6. Shell slender. Protoconch consists of almost four glassy whorls. Postnuclear whorls nine, smooth, flat. Suture indistinct. Aperture pointed above, rounded below. Inner lip with a weak, but well defined callus. This form is represented from the Melajo Clay by a few shells. It also occurs in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation. ‘I'wo incomplete specimens from the Courbaril beds are doubtfully referred to it. Comparison with the type specimen of FE. dalli (Gardner and Aldrich) (1919, p. 39, pl. 2, fig. 5), from the Caloosahatchee Formation of Florida, shows that &. dalli is even more slender than the Melajo form, and that its protoconch has only about two whorls. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 465 E. nobilis Guppy (in Guppy and Dall, 1896, p. 315, pl. 30, fig. 9) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica is smaller. None of the four syntypes has the protoconch preserved. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: PJ 285, USGS 21178. Point Courbarile Kk. 8399 (2), Pj 212 (ec): Genus BALCIS Leach Leach, 1847, in Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p. 271. Type species (by monotypy), Balcis montagui Leach (= Strombiformis albus da Costa) . Balcis egregia (Guppy) Pl. 47, figs. 1, 2 1896. Eulima egregia Guppy, in Guppy and Dall, Proc. U. S$. Nat. Mus., vol. 19S ps oA sple28 ete. le 1910. Eulima egregia Guppy, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, pp. 5, 8; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 148, 150. 1925. Melanella (Eulima) egregia Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 215, pl. 35, fig. 3. 1938. Eulima egregia Guppy, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 5. 1942. Melanella (Eulima) egregia (Guppy), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, VOls DA.) Par lia4: Large, solid, stout. Whorls smooth, flat, numbering up to 17. Suture sharply incised. Body whorl evenly rounded. Aperture angu- lated above, rounded below. Outer lip thin, arched forward on lower part when viewed from side. Inner lip with a callus reaching down to the basal lip. Holotype. —USNM 107082. Type locality. — “Montserrat”, Trinidad (Guppy) . The type locality of this species as indicated by Guppy cannot be reconstructed precisely. The holotype, an incomplete specimen of 11 whorls, was probably collected from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation at a spur of the Montserrat range. Guppy later listed Bb. egregia from Springvale Quarry, where it is fairly common. In the material under consideration B. egregia is represented by a few specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay. At irregular intervals there are accentuated growth lines making an interruption in growth. B. egregia is unique in its large size. The figured speci- men from the Melajo Clay is the largest one so far known (height 49.5 mm, diameter 14.3 mm). It has 17 whorls (apex broken) . Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. 466 BULLETIN 247 Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Balcis species A Small, stout, with about 10 flat whorls. Suture indistinct. Aperture oval, pointed above, rounded below. Inner lip with a weak callus. Outer lip somewhat arched when viewed from side. A few incomplete, worn specimens from Matura are at hand. They resemble in general aspect the Recent B. intermedia Can- traine as figured by Warmke and Abbott (1961, pl. 26 h, text fig. 13 c). A specimen with five late whorls is 7 mm high. Orcurrence.— RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Genus NISO Risso Risso, 1826, Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l'Europe meridionale, vol. 4, p. 218. ‘Type species (by monotypy) , Niso eburnea Risso. Niso grandis Gabb ? Pl, 47, fivsma es 1873. Niso grandis Gabb, Amer. Philos. Soc., Trans., new ser., vol. 15, p. 227. 1917. Niso grandis Gabb, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, No. 29, p. 143, pl: 24) fig! 8. 1922. Niso grandis Gabb, Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 73, p. 394, pls 34, fig: 17. Of medium to large size. Whorls smooth, flat to slightly con- vex. At irregular intervals there are conspicuous growth lines in addition to a minute axial striation. Whorls usually with an angu- lated periphery but less so in adult stages. Type. — Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, No. 3018. Type locality.— Dominican Republic (Cercado Fm.: middle Miocene) . This species occurs in the Melajo Clay. Most of the specimens are Immature, and their whorls have an angulated periphery. But late whorls may be entirely rounded at the periphery. However, there is some variability as to the peripheral angulation as there are immature specimens showing no angulation on the spire whorls. The Melajo specimens tend to have flatter whorls than those from the Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic. The largest Dominican shells at hand have up to 18 whorls reaching a height of 23.3 mm. ‘They show a similar variability of the peri- pheral angulation of the whorls as the Melajo specimens. The same is true for material from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 467 However, the Bowden specimens have a somewhat larger apical angle, their whorls are lower on an average, and their umbilicus is slightly wider. According to a topotype of N. striatula Bose (in Bose and Toula, 1910, p. 227, pl. 12, fig. 7), i.e. from late Miocene beds at kilometer 70 of the Tehuantepec Railroad, Mexico, that species has a larger apical angle, and lower and more convex whorls. ‘The same applies to specimens from the Gatun Formation of the Pana- ma Canal Zone. Rutsch (1942, p. 136, pl. 4, figs. 7a, 7b) recorded a single large, but incomplete specimen from the Springvale Formation as Niso sp. ind. aff. grandis. This specimen seems to be closer to N. striatula. Additional specimens from Springvale are somewhat more slender, and have flat whorls. Their umbilicus is wider than in N. grandis, and the umbilical margin is more sharply angulated. These specimens then are difficult to distinguish from N. will- coxiana guntert Mansfield (1930, p. 91, pl. 12, fig. 9) from the upper Miocene of Florida. Occurrence. — EL 1810, K 9797, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS ZU78: Niso species A small species of Niso occurs at Matura but is represented only by a few mostly immature specimens. ‘The whorls are slightly convex and smooth, the suture not deep, the body whorl not sharp- ly angulated at the periphery, and the umbilicus small. A specimen with 10 whorls including the protoconch measures 4.9 mm in height. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Family FOSSARIDAE Genus FOSSARUS Philippi Philippi, 1841, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, year 7, vol. 1, pp. 42, 47. Type species (by monotypy), Fossarus adansonii Philippi (= Turbo ambiguus Linné) . Subgenus ISELICA Dall Dall, 1918, Biol. Soc. Washington, Proc., vol. 31, p. 137 (new name for Isapis H. and A. Adams, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 320, 1854). 468 BULLETIN 247 Type species (by monotypy) , Narica (?) anomala C. B. Adams. Fossarus (Iselica) anomalus (C. B. Adams) ? Pl. 47, fie.5 1850. Narica (?) anomala C. B. Adams, Contributions to Conchology, No. 7, p. 109. 1890. Isapis caloosaensis Dall, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. By lis Jk, 75 lke, jal Ge isis 110) 1892. Fossarus (Isapis) anomala C. B. Adams, Dall, ibidem, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 322. 1950. Narica (?) anomala C. B. Adams, Clench and Turner, Occas. Papers on Miollusks*s vols NOs 5p 250 ss ple 3O irene: 1961. TIselica anomala C. B. Adams, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, Pecos plat ome: Shell small, solid. Protoconch immersed at the tip, smooth, con- sists of a little less than one volution. Early sculpture of three strong spirals which appear almost simultaneously. Between the spirals there are numerous fine, slightly prosocline axials. Upper- most one of the three primary spirals forming a prominent shoulder. Between shoulder and upper suture a fourth, but weaker, spiral appears which is strongly noded by the axials. Last whorl with eight spirals which are slightly beaded by the axials. Um- bilicus wide. Aperture oval. Outer lip denticulated by spirals. Inner lip with callus which is heavier on lower part. Columella with a small, transverse plait opposite the umbilicus. Lectotype.— Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., No. 186034. Type locality. — Jamaica. This form is represented by 20 specimens from Matura. All of them are immature as they do not have more than 21% sculptured whorls. No Recent specimens are at hand, but they are said to reach a height of 5 mm. The type specimen of F. anomala floridana Mansfield (1930, p. 112, pl. 15, fig. 6) from the Miocene Cancellaria Zone of Florida is immature. Its spirals are less prominent, and its axial sculpture consists of more numerous and more closely set, but weaker threads. F. florius Gardner [1926-1950 (1947), p. 571, ple 577 ties s0)E from the Shoal River Formation of Florida, is related to /. anomala floridana and may be its forerunner. It differs mainly from it by its much less inflated protoconch. F. florius has a larger aperture than the Matura specimens. ‘They both have the same number of spirals on the whorls, but in F. florius the shoulder is formed by the upper- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 469 most spiral, whereas the Matura fossils still have a spiral between shoulder and upper suture. Occurrence. — JS 67, PJ 302. Distribution. — Pliocene, Florida. Recent, West Indies. Family HIPPONICIDAE Genus HIPPONIX Defrance Defrance, 1819, Journal de physique, de chimie, d’histoire naturelle et des arts, vol. 88, p. 217. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 157), Patella cornucopia Lamarck. Hipponix cf. antiquatus (Linné) Pl, 47, figs: (6317 A single specimen (height 9 mm, greatest diameter 14.4 mm) from Matura is available. ‘The apex is closer to the margin than to the center of the shell. The sculpture consists of coarse, concentric lamellae. The specimen is so worn that no radial sculpture is pre- served. The shell wall is thick and solid and the horseshoe-shaped muscle scar well recognizable. HT. antiquatus (Linné) (Systema Naturae, ed. 12, p. 1259, 1767) has been recorded from the Pleistocene of Cuba and Barba- dos. In Recent seas it ranges from southeastern Florida through the West Indies to Brasil (see also Weisbord, 1962, p. 204) . Occurrence. — RR 230. Family CALYPTRAEIDAE Genus CHEILEA Modeer Modeer, 1793, Kongl. Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, vol. 14, pp. OMe TL Type species (by subsequent designation, Woodring, 1928, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 385, p. 374), Patella equestris Linné. Cheilea cf. equestris (Linné) A single, immature specimen (greatest diameter 8.1 mm) from Matura is available. Protoconch of about 114 whorls followed by a smooth area. Subsequent sculpture consists of fine radials with interspaces of about their own width. Growth somewhat irregular. Apex eccentric. Internal process with its lateral opening facing the slope opposite the steepest slope of the shell. Fossil records of this widespread Recent species are rare. It 470 BULLETIN 247 has been reported from the Pliocene of Florida by Dall [1890-1903 (1892), p. 348] and from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica by Woodring (1928, p. 375, pl. 30, figs. 1, 2). Occurrence. — P] 302. Genus CREPIDULA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 78. Type species (by monotypy) , Patella fornicata Linné. Subgenus CREPIDULA s. str. Crepidula (Crepidula) cf. maculosa Conrad Pl. 47, figs. 8, 9 A single adult but incomplete specimen, from the Melajo Clay, is available. The apex is free, the protoconch consists of a little more than one volution. The deck is partly broken, but its inser- tion on the right side is preserved. Just in front of it there is a muscle scar which is typical for C. maculosa according to Stingley (1952, p. 84), who carefully compared this species with C. fornicata. Specimens from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation are greatly inflated like the Melajo, shell, thus looking similar to many of the Recent shells of C. forni- cata at hand. However, none of them has the interior exposed. ‘They have been identified as C. fornicata by Maury (1925, p. 244), Vokes (1938;) po. 5),,,and! Rutseh! (194259;,105)) A number of immature specimens from the Melajo Clay and the Matura shell bed are listed as Crepidula sp. Occurrence. — Hutch 51. Crepidula plana Say Pl. 47, figs 10" 1822. Crepidula plana Say, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., Ist ser., vol. 2, p- 226. 1957. Crepidula plana Say, Woodring, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-A, p. 79, pl. 19, figs. 1-3. For further citations see this publication. 1961. Crepidula (lanacus) plana Say, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, oe ts jolly als) FL 1962. Crepidula plana triangula Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 1935 pa 2125 sple LO iess ES: This species is represented by a few, mostly immature speci- mens from the Melajo Clay. Their protoconch which is appressed to the shell is still preserved and consists of almost 114 volutions. The shells are slightly convex or flat and are sculptured by more or less regular incrementals. Deck with an inconspicuous median elevation. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 471 Weisbord described C. plana triangula from the Pliocene Mare Formation of Venezuela. It is based on the holotype and one im- mature specimen. The differences from C. plana s. str. pointed out, e.g., the triangular shape and the overhanging anterior margin, can be observed in Recent specimens of C. plana. Occurrence. —KR 11862, USGS 18399, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see Woodring, 1957, p. 79):. Subgenus BOSTRYCAPULUS Olsson and Harbison Olsson and Harbison, 1953, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. 8, p. 279. Type species (by original designation), Patella aculeata Gmelin. Crepidula (Bostrycapulus) aculeata (Gmelin) 1791. Patella aculeata Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 15, p. 3693. 1864. Crepidula aculeata “Lamarck”, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p- 15. 1867. Crepidula aculeata “Lamarck”, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. ‘Trinidad, pt. 3, p- 160; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 39. 1874. Crepidula aculeata “Lamarck”, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vols I, p. 441: 1925. Crepidula aculeata Gmelin, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, ps 243. 1953. Crepidula (Bostrycapulus) aculeata Gmelin, Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. No. 8, p. 280. 1961. Crepidula aculeata Gmelin, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, p> 86; pl. 15 1. C. aculeata has been reported from Matura more than a cen- tury ago. The present collections contain only one immature speci- men (length 6.5 mm). Its protoconch consists of 114 volutions and is appressed to the shell. The radial ribs are inconspicuous, be- cause they are strongly worn. Maury reported specimens measuring up to 25 mm in length from Matura. Occurrence. — JS 67. Distribution.— Miocene (?) to Recent (see Weisbord, 1962, pa Zld):: Genus CALYPTRAEA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 78. Type species (by monotypy) , Patella chinensis Linné. Calyptraea centralis (Conrad) 1841. Infundibulum centralis Conrad, Amer. Jour. Sci., Ist ser., vol. 41, p. 348. 472 BULLETIN 247 1867. Trochita candeana d’Orbigny, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p- 160; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 39. 1874. Trochita candeana d’Orbigny, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, py 440. 1910. Trochita collinsii Gabb, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and ‘Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 5; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, ING@s S55 JO, LENS 1912. Calyptraea centralis Conrad, Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2; vol 1553p. LOO} pil 137 fre. 76: 1925. Calyptraea centralis Conrad, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. ADD 24350 Plas LIP eae 1938. Calyptraea centralis (Conrad), Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, ra O42. ealjpinaes cf. centralis (Conrad), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 1947. eens centralis (Conrad), Gardner, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 142-H, p. 562, pl. 56, figs. 3, 4, 5. For additional citations see this publica- 1957. Gan pirice centralis (Conrad) , Woodring, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-A, p. 80. For additional citations see this publication. Type. — Missing according to Moore (1962, p. 47). Type locality. — Natural Well, North Carolina (Duplin Fm.: late Miocene) . C. centralis occurs in the Melajo Clay, in the Courbaril beds, and at Matura. As pointed out by several authors Miocene speci- mens are larger than Recent shells, but they are usually considered as the same species. Specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay, the Courbaril beds, and Matura reach a diameter of up to 15 mm. But at the type locality of the Melajo Clay, where this species is represented by at least 200 shells, they have an average diameter of 6 to 7 mm. The protoconch of this species consists of about 114 whorls. On many (but not all) specimens from the Melajo Clay there are fine concentric riblets on the last part of the protoconch. However, there are transitions from smooth to incremental lines to riblets which seem to indicate that this feature is not relevant taxo- nomically. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, Hutch 47, KR 11862, K 9903, RR 290, PJ 285, USGS 18399; USES 1841 Uses 21178. Point Courbaril: K 12255, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution.— ‘Trinidad: Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Cour- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 473 baril beds of Upper Morne I’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. Outside Trinidad: Miocene to Recent, eastern United States to Caribbean (see Gardner and Woodring) . Genus TROCHITA Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systeme des habitations des vers testacés, pp. 57, 184. Type species (by subsequent designation, Rehder, 1943, Biol. Soc. Washington, Proc., vol. 56, p. 41), Trochita spiralis Schumacher (= Trochus radians Lamarck) . Trochita radians (Lamarck) Pl47, tigss 12-913 1816. Trochus radians Lamarck, Encyclopédie méthodique, Histoire naturelle des vers, vol. 3, pl. 445, figs. 3a, 3b; liste, p. 10. 1957. Trochita trochijormis (Born), Woodring, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-A, p. 81, pl. 19, figs. 11-14. For additional citations see this publica- tion. This species is represented from Matura by a few, mostly im- mature specimens. The protoconch, which is preserved on two specimens, consists of a litthe more than one volution. All the Matura fossils are relatively low-spired, and their radial sculpture fine. According to Recent shells of T. radians at hand the coarse- ness of the radial sculpture is variable to some degree. The speci- mens from the middle Miocene of Panama figured by Woodring, and the shell recorded as T. cf. radians from the middle Miocene of Venezuela (Jung, 1965, p. 497, pl. 66, figs. 1, 2) have coarser radials. T. floridana Olsson and Petit (1964, p. 563, pl. 81, figs. 2, 2a) from the Neogene Pinecrest beds of Florida has much coarser radials with narrow interspaces. The Matura specimens seem to be the youngest fossils of Trochita in the Caribbean region. Occurrence. — RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Late Oligocene (?) to Recent (see Woodring, (S57, p. 82). Genus CRUCIBULUM Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systeme des habitations des vers testacés, pp. 56, 182. Type species (by subsequent designation, Burch, 1946, Con- chological Club Southern California, Proc., No. 56, p. 19), Cruci- bulum planum Schumacher (= Patel’a auricula Gmelin) . 474 BULLETIN 247 Subgenus CRUCIBULUAM s. str. Crucibulum (Crucibulum) subsutum Guppy Pl. 47, figs. 17-19 1864. Crucibulum striatum Say, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 15. 1867. Crucibulum subsutum Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 160, 172; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 39, 51. 1874. Crucibulum subsutum Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol le pp. 455, 4415 pl. 18; ifig. 4. Of medium size, solid, moderately high. Shell margin somewhat irregularly oval. Protoconch consists of a little more than one volu- tion. First sculpture weak but rapidly increasing in strength; con- sists of low, rounded, and closely set, somewhat irregular radials. These radials tend to form groups of two, three, four, or even more which are separated from each other by broader and deeper inter- spaces. Margin of internal cup free. Lectotype (herewith selected). -USNM 115612. Dimensions of lectotype.— Height 12.7 mm, greatest diameter 24 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The type lot of this species consists of three specimens, two of which are immature. C. suwbsutum is not frequent at Matura. Guppy compared his species with C. striatum Say which ranges from Nova Scotia to South Carolina, but that species is a Dispotaea (see Ab- bott, 1954, p. 170, pl. 21 r) . Immature specimens have part of their internal cup attached to the shell, and their sculpture is not yet developed typically. There seems to be no species closely allied to C. swbsutwm. The sculpture of the lectotype is relatively weak compared with speci- mens from later collections and somewhat reminds C. chipolanum Dall [1890-1903 (1892), p. 349] from the Chipola Formation of Florida [Gardner, 1926-1950 (1947), p. 567, pl. 56, figs. 10, 11]. C. chipolanum has also been recorded from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone by Woodring (1957, p. 82, pl. 19, figs. 6, 7). C. auricula (Gmelin) which ranges from middle Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1962, p. 215) has a dif- ferent aspect. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Or “TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 47 Crucibulum (Crucibulum) piliferum Guppy Pl. 47, figs. 14-16 1864. Crucibulum tubifer (J. de C. Sowerby), Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trini- dad for 1864, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, INO SD Pay LO: 1867. Crucibulum piliferum Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. poet reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 1874. nee piliferum Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, Voll spp. 455, 441- Of medium size, thin-shelled, ranging in height from almost flat to moderately elevated. Base subcircular to somewhat irregu- larly oval. Protoconch consists of a little more than one volution, its axis strongly oblique to later axis. Protoconch followed by a smooth area of variable size. Sculpture consists of fine and closely set radials, some of which carry spines or even erect tubes at irregular intervals. Margin of internal cup free. Lectotype (herewith selected). —USNM 115611. Dimensions of lectotype.— Height 10.8 mm, greatest diameter 23 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The type lot of C. piliferum consists of three specimens, two of which are immature. The interior of the lectotype is concealed by hard matrix. This species is well represented at Matura. Height and shape vary considerably. ‘There seems to be no rule as to the development of spines; they may be numerous or almost lacking. They may be present near the apex already or be restricted to the margin. ‘The internal cup of immature specimens is attached to the shell on one side but becomes free in adults. C. piliferum evidently is related to the Recent West Coast C. spinosum (G. B. Sowerby I) which ranges from southern Cali- fornia to Chile according to Abbott (1954, p. 170). The collection of Recent C. spinosum at hand shows a variability similar to that of the Matura fossils. Specimens with only a few spines are not rare, and shells with reduced height are almost indistinguishable from analogue Matura specimens. C. spinosum has been recorded from the Esmeraldas Formation (late Miocene or early Pliocene) of Ecuador by Olsson (1964, p. 196, pl. 34, fig. 5). C. piliferum might eventually be treated as a synonym of C, spinosum, although the Recent species attains larger dimensions. 476 BULLETIN 247 Immature specimens from the Courbaril beds and the Melajo Clay sometimes showing a few spines are identified as C. cf. pili- ferum. Occurrence. — K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Family ERATOIDAE Genus ERATO Risso Risso, 1826, Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l'Europe méri- dionale, vol. 4, p. 240. Type species (by monotypy), Voluta cypraeola Brocchi. Erato maugeriae Gray 2S} aves, IL, 2 1832. Erato maugeriae Gray, in G. B. Sowerby I, Conch. Hlustrations, Cypraei- dae ponld>) plied lea 4c 1864. Erato sp., Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. ‘Trinidad for 1864, p. 35; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull) Amer. Paleont.; vol. 8, No: 35, "p. 15: 1867. Erato maugeriae Gray, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. ‘Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 160; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 39. 1874. Erato maugeriae Gray, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 440. 1953. Erato maugeriae Gray, Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. No. 8, p. 266, pl. 60, fig. 7. For additional citations see this publica- tion. 1961. Erato (Hespererato) maugeriae Gray, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, p. 90, pl. 23 c. 1962. Erato venezuelana Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, p. 224, plo is) figs! 6; 7: Small, stout, solid, with about 414 whorls including proto- conch. Body whorl strongly inflated above, rapidly narrowing toward base. Spire low. Outer lip thick, denticulated, almost as high as apex. Inner lip with a varying number of inconspicuous denticles. A thin layer of callus spreads over the parietal region and some distance over the dorsal surface of the shell. Aperture long, widening at anterior canal. This species is fairly well represented at Matura. The denticles of the outer lip may be weak in Recent specimens, but they remain fairly strong in Matura fossils. The prominence of the denticles on the inner lip is variable; part of them may be lacking at all. E. venezuelana from the Pliocene Mare Formation of Vene- zuela is based on a single specimen which probably is not fully developed. The outer lip of a specimen from Matura is not thick- ened and slopes down from the suture instead of being strongly ~I TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 47 shouldered. It has the same dimensions as the holotype of E. vene- zuelana and looks like it. These two specimens have an “unfinished” appearance, although there are even smaller shells showing the features of adults. E. domingensis Maury (1917, p. 118, pl. 21, fig. 8) from the Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic is a smaller species with only three whorls including the protoconch. It is easily separable from E. maugeriae by its prominent, longitudinal ridge on the columella which is followed toward the interior by a concave area, and the lack of denticles on the inner lip. E. domingensis trochala Woodring (1928, p. 321, pl. 22, fig. 12), from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica, is also smaller than E. maugeriae. It has a weak longitudinal ridge on the columella in front of a shallowly concave area carrying a few denticles on its lower part. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution, — Miocene (?) , Pliocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1962 5p-- 229) . Genus TRIVIA Broderip Broderip, 1837, Penny Cyclopaedia, vol. 8, p. 256. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 142), Cypraea europaea Montagu. Subgenus PUSULA Jousseaume Jousseaume, 1884, Soc. Zool. France, Bull., vol. 9, p. 99. Type species (by subsequent designation, Roberts, 1885, in Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, vol. 7, p. 161), Cypraea radians Lamarck, Trivia (Pusula) radians orientalis (Schilder) Pl. 48, figs. 3-5 1939. Pusula (Pusula) radians orientalis Schilder, Abh. Schweiz. Pal. Ges., vol. G25 pe liitext fiesh25 3: Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 11228. Dimension of holotype.— Length 17.1 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. This form is based on two fragments. The holotype consists of the inner lip and part of the anterior dorsal surface showing part of the dorsal furrow with some adjoining pustules. ‘The only para- type has the inner and outer lips preserved, but not the dorsal surface. 478 BULLETIN 247 These fragments make a comparison with the Recent West Coast T. radians (Lamarck) unsatisfactory. Better specimens from Matura might prove to be conspecific with T. radians, because the differences pointed out by Schilder seem to fall within the vari- ability of T. radians. Occurrence. — Matura, Trinidad. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Family CYPRAEIDAE Genus CYPRAEA Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 718. Type species (by subsequent designation, Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 631), Cypraea tigris Linné. Cypraea species Pl. 48, figs. 6, 7 Three immature specimens from Matura are available. The last whorl is moderately inflated, the outer lip not yet thickened. The apex is sunken, but the three-whorled protoconch rises from the middle of this depressed area. Olsson and Petit (1964, pp. 556-561) discussed some species from the Neogene of Florida and the Carolinas. They gave generic rank to Siphocypraea Heilprin (1887, p. 86), type species by mono- typy: Cypraea problematica Heilprin (Pliocene, Florida), stating that Siphocypraeas differ from other Cypraeas in having a depressed spire in juvenile stages. However, the same feature is shown by the Recent Western Pacific C. tigris Linné, the type species of Cypraea, and by immature specimens of the Recent southern Caribbean C. mus Linné which is the type species of Muracypraea Woodring (1957a, p. 88). Members of these supraspecific categories can be identified only, if adult specimens are available. Comparison of the Matura specimens with shells of the cor- responding growth stage of C. problematica and C. mus shows that they are intermediate in characters. The general outline of the Matura fossils is much like that of C. mus, whereas immature C. problematica is more slender, and its outer lip is arched upwards posteriorly producing a more deeply depressed area than in C. mus or the Matura shells. On the other hand the protoconch of C. problematica rises considerably above the surface of the depressed area as in the Matura specimens, whereas in C. mus this is the case to a lesser extent only. ‘TRINIDAD M10CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 479 Besides the three immature shells there is an adult specimen from Matura (height 55 mm). Its inner and outer lips are pre- served, but not the dorsal surface. It is uncertain whether it is the adult of the immature form mentioned above or some other species. It lacks the flanges bordering the anterior canal which are typical in C. mus, and looks unlike any living Caribbean species. Its poor state of preservation leaves affinities to other species un- certain. Occurrence. — RR 230, USGS 18204. Subgenus EROSARIA Troschel Troschel, 1863, Das Gebiss der Schnecken zur Begriindung ciner natiirlichen Classification, vol. 1, p. 205. Type species (by subsequent designation, Jousseaume, 1884, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 9, p. 96), Cypraea erosa Linné. Cypraea (Erosaria) aliena (Schilder) Pl. 48, figs. 8-10 1939. Erosaria (Ravitrona) aliena Schilder, Abh. Schweiz. Pal. Ges., vol. 62, p- 20, text fig. 20. 1947. Cypraea aliena (Schilder), Ingram, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 31, No. 122 Dee die Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 11263. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 15 mm, greatest diameter 9.7 mm. Type locality. — Matura, ‘Trinidad. This species is known from the holotype only. As pointed out by Schilder it is related to the Recent Caribbean C, spurca acicularis Gmelin as well as to the Recent West Coast C. albuginosa Gray. The type of C. aliena is somewhat worn, part of its spire is visible, but it lacks any remains of colour patterns. It does not seem to be en- tirely adult, and additional specimens might show that it represents one of the above mentioned Recent species. Occurrence. — Matura, ‘Trinidad. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Family OVULIDAE Genus NEOSIMNIA Fischer Fischer, 1884, Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 664. Type species (by monotypy) , Bulla spelta Linné. Neosimnia cf. uniplicata (G. B. Sowerby II) Pl, 48, figs. 11, 12 Of medium size, stout. Outer lip somewhat thickened. Parietal 480 BULLETIN 247 callus prominent. There is a longitudinal ridge on the columella within the aperture with a slightly concave area in front of it, and a spiral ridge on the posterior end of the columella. Sculpture consists of fine growth lines and a few spiral grooves at each end of the shell. This form is represented by a single shell (height 10.2 mm) from Matura. It is considerably smaller than the Recent N. unipli- cata (G. B. Sowerby II) (Thes. Conch., pt. 9, p. 478, pl. 100, figs. 30, 31, 32, 1848; Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 16, p. 135, 1849) which ranges from Virginia to Florida and the West Indies according to Warmke and Abbott (1961, p. 92). N. uniplicata shows some vari- ability as to stoutness and size. The fine spiral striation covers the entire body whorl] in young stages, but is restricted to the ends in adults as stated by Dall (1889 a, p. 236) which suggests that the Matura shell is adult. A similar species is N. immunita (Guppy) (1873a, p. 78, pl. 1, fig. 7), from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica, which has been redescribed by Woodring (1928, p. 315, pl. 21, figs. 3-8). Bow- den specimens, with dimensions similar to those of the Matura shell, are somewhat more slender, the posterior spiral plication is less pronounced, and the aperture narrower. Woodring suggested that N. wisewoodae (Maury) (1917, p. 113, pl. 22, fig. 17) from the middle Miocene Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic might be a synonym of N. immunita. Occurrence. — USGS 18204. Family NATICIDAE Genus NATICA Scopoli Scopoli, 1777, Introductio ad historiam naturalem, p. 392. Type species (by subsequent designation, Harris, 1897, Cata- logue of Tertiary Mollusca in the British Museum; pt. 1, Aus- 955 tralasian, p. 255), Nerita vitellus Linné. Subgenus NATICARIUS Dumeéril Dumeéril, 1806, Zoologie analytique .. ., p. 164. Type species (by monotypy), Nerita canrena Linné. See Ire- dale, Malac. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 12, p. 83, 1916. Natica (Naticarius) canrena (Linné) 1758. Nerita canrena Linné, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 776. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 481 21867. Natica canrena Linné, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 156; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 35. 21874. Natica canrena Linné, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. I, petal. 1910. Natica canrena Linné, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 5; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 148. 1925. Natica canrena (Linnaeus), Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p- 238, pl. 40, fig. 8. 1925. Natica canrena (Linnaeus), Mansfield, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22, p. 57. 1938. Natica (Naticarius) canrena Morch, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 5. 1942. Natica (Naticarius) canrena (Linné), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 103. 1962. Natica (Naticarius) canrena (Linnaeus), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, p. 244, pl. 23, figs. 1, 2. For additional citations see this publication. This species is represented by a few shells from the Melajo Clay. As stated elsewhere (Jung, 1964) the most diagnostic features of species belonging to the group of N. canrena are the size of the shell, the size of the initial whorl, and the number of nuclear whorls. The protoconch of the Melajo specimens consists of a little more than two whorls like that of specimens from Springvale Quarry. The initial whorl is somewhat smaller than that of Recent shells. Occurrence. — Hutch 51, USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1962, p. 246) . Natica (Naticarius) aff. canrena (Linné) Pl. 48, figs. 13, 14 Of medium size, with about two nuclear volutions and up to 31% postnuclear whorls. Initial whorl small. Spire high. Sculpture consists of proscline wrinkles on upper part of whorl. Funicle small. This form is abundant in the Melajo Clay and the Courbaril beds but much less so at Matura. Although the height of the spire usually is a variable feature, this form has a consistently higher spire than N. canrena. It does not reach the dimensions of N. can- rena, and its initial whorl is much smaller. Although Guppy cited N. canrena from Matura, the present Matura shells are provisional- ly identified as N. aff. canrena. Some specimens from the Courbaril beds reach a larger size than those from the Melajo Clay. They are more inflated and re- semble N. stenopa Woodring (1957, p. 85, pl. 20, figs. 4-6) from 48? BULLETIN 247 the upper part of the Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone. However, N. stenopa has more nuclear whorls. The figured speci- men from the Courbaril beds (PI. 48, fig. 13) has a somewhat everted basal lip. ‘The specimens from the Melajo Clay probably are immature. They have a slender appearance as their whorls are not much in- flated. They are identical with Courbaril specimens of the same size. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: Hutch 47, Hutch 51, KR 11862, K 9797, K 9813, K 9816, K 9903, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 8399, K 12013, K 12255, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Genus TECTONATICA Sacco Sacco, 1890, Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. R. Univ. Torino, Bol., vol. 5, No. 86, Jos Be Type species (by monotypy), Natica tectula Bonelli. Tectonatica pusilla (Say) Pl. 48, fig. 15 1822. Natica pusilla Say, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., Ist ser., vol. 2, Jolie 2 Ds Aas 1928. Tectonatica pusilla (Say), Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 385, p. 384, pl. 30, fig. 12. For further citations see this publication. 1930. Tectonatica pusilla (Say), Manstield, Florida State Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 3, p. 123, pl. 19, fig. 4. For further citations see this publication. 1953. Tectonatica pusilla (Say), Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Mon. No. 8, p. 269, pl. 57, figs. 4, 4a. 1961. Tectonatica pusilla Say, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, p. 97. pl? l7 id. Small, inflated, solid, with about four whorls. Suture clearly incised. Surface smooth except for growth lines. Parietal callus thick, continuous into the umbilicus which it completely fills leaving a prominent groove along the umbilical margin. This species is represented from Matura by about 20 specimens. Although not recorded, it occurs in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sand- stone Member of the Springvale Formation, but it has not been found in the Melajo Clay nor in the Courbaril beds. The spire of most of the Matura shells is low. Recent specimens show a con- siderable variability in this respect. LT. venezuelana Weisbord (1962, p. 248, pl. 23, figs. 5, 6), from ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 483 the Pliocene Mare Formation of Venezuela, is said to have 314 whorls and possibly represents immature, low-spired 7. pusilla. T. antilleana Weisbord (1962, p. 249, pl. 43, figs. 22, 23), also from the Pliocene of Venezuela, is based on a single, incomplete speci- men, and is virtually unrecognizable. T. agna Woodring (1957, p. 88, pl. 17, fig. 46), from the middle and upper parts of the Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone (middle and late Miocene) , is said to differ from T. pusilla by its “more distinct depresssion on the umbilical callus lobe and the narrower groove at the outer edge of the lobe.” The depression is not always present in Recent shells of T. pusilla, and the prominence of the groove around the umbilical callus is variable. But the numerous topotypes of ‘T. agna at hand are consistently smaller than T. pusilla. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Cercado and Gurabo Formations (middle Mio- cene), Dominican Republic. Bowden Formation, Jamaica. Upper Miocene, Florida, Trinidad. Pliocene, South Carolina, Florida, Venezuela (?). Living, Eastern United States, Gulf States, and West Indies. Genus POLINICES Montfort Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 225. Type species (by original designation) , Polinices albus Mont- fort (— Natica mamillaris Lamarck — Natica brunnea Link = Albula hepatica Roding) . Polinices stanislasmeunieri Maury Pl. 48, figs. 16-18 1917. Polinices stanislas-meunieri Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, No. 29 p. 1365 pl.23, fies) 15, 16: 1925. Polinices stanislas-meuniert Maury, Maury, ibidem, vol. 10, No. 42, p. 240, pl. 40, fig. 7. 1925. Polinices caparona Maury, tbidem, p. 241, pl. 40, fig. 6. 1925. Polinices springvalensis Maury, ibidem, p. 241, pl. 40, fig. 6. 1938. Polinices stanislas-meuniert Maury, and Polinices springvalensis Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 5. 1942. Polinices (Dallitesta) stanislaus-meunieri Maury, and Polinices (Dallitesta) stanislas-meunieri springvalensis Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 103. 1957. Polinices stanislas-meunieri Maury, Woodring, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prot. Paper 306-A, p. 90, pl. 21, figs. 11-14. For additional citations see this publication. Of medium to large size. Protoconch consists of about two whorls. Postnuclear whorls 414. Spire moderately high. Body whorl 484 BULLETIN 247 strongly inflated and mostly somewhat shouldered. Spiral lineation fine, but well recognizable on unworn specimens. Parietal callus heavy. Umbilical callus small; umbilical opening usually small, but somewhat variable in size. Type. — Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N. Y., No. 36931. Type locality. — Rio Cana, Dominican Republic (middle Mio- cene) . This species occurs in the Melajo Clay and is represented by well over 100 specimens. ‘They show that P. stanislasmeunieri is a strongly variable species in several respects: height of the spire, inflation of body whorl, prominence of shoulders, and size of um- bilical opening. P. caparonus Maury from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Formation of ‘Trinidad is considered to represent this species. The largest Melajo shells reach the dimensions of Maury’s type speci- men. P. subangulatus-Nelson (1870; p. 195, pl. 6, figs) 12)13:enot fig. 4) from the Miocene ‘Tumbes Formation of Peru is also a variable species according to Olsson (1932, p. 209, pl. 24, figs. 1, 2). Paratypes and topotypes of P. swbhangulatus at hand show that it tends to have a heavier shell; its shoulders may reach a prominence which is never attained by Melajo specimens. ‘The relations to other species have been discussed by Woodring (1957, pp. 90-91) . Occurrence. — EL 1810, Hutch 51, KR 11862, K 9797, K 9902, K 9903, RR 290, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178: Distribution. — Middle to late Miocene in the Caribbean re- gion (see Woodring, 1957, p. 91). Polinices species The genus Polinices is represented from Matura by a single, somewhat worn, immature shell (height 16.2 mm, diameter 13.8 mm). It consists of 414 whorls including the protoconch. Its spire is low, the parietal callus heavy, and the umbilical opening rela- tively large. Umbilical callus small, forming a right angle with the lower margin of the parietal callus. The specific affinities of this immature shell are uncertain, although immature specimens of the Recent Eastern Pacific P. wher (Valenciennes) contained in the collections of the U. S. National Museum closely resemble it. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 485 Occurrence. — RR 230. Family CYMATIIDAE Genus CYMATIUM Roding Réding, 1798, in Museum Boltenianum, p. 129. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1904, Smith- sonian Misc. Coll., vol. 47, No. 1475, p. 133), Cymatium femorale Roding (= Murex femorale Linné) . Cymatium species A single, immature shell (height 25.4 mm) from the base of the Melajo Clay is available. The protoconch is missing; 414 whorls are preserved. Early sculpture consists of five spirals with wider interspaces which are crossed by inconspicuous axials numbering about 16 on early whorls. Subsequent whorls are shouldered a little above the middle. The shoulder carries prominent nodes (nine on last preserved whorl). Siphonal canal long, bent backwards. Colu- mella with numerous denticles. The Melajo specimen is too immature even for subgeneric assignment. Rutsch (1942, p. 143, pl. 9, fig. 5) described C. kugleri from Springvale Quarry, but that species has a shorter spire, an inconspicuous shoulder, and a more inflated body whorl. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Genus COLUBRARIA Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systéme des habitations des _ vers testacés, p. 251. Type species (by monotypy), Coluwbraria granulata Schu- macher. Colubraria species A single fragment from the base of the Melajo Clay, consisting of the protoconch and four sculptured whorls, is available. ‘The protoconch has a little more than 214 whorls. Initial whorl small and planispiral, but subsequent whorls rapidly enlarging and trochospiral. Early sculpture reticulate, consisting of six spirals which are crossed by numerous, somewhat opisthocline axials. On subsequent whorls secondary spirals are intercalated. There are two varices per whorl. The shape of the protoconch and the early sculpture suggest a relationship with the Recent West Indian C. lanceolata (Menke) 486 BULLETIN 247 (Synopsis methodica Molluscorum . . ., p. 87, 1828). The proto- conch of C. lanceolata has been figured by Campbell (1961, p. 138, fig. 3). C. lanceolata, however, has less, but stronger varices than the Melajo specimen. Occurrence. — USGS 18411. Family BURSIDAE Genus BURSA Roding Roéding, 1798, in Museum Boltenianum, p. 128. Type species (by subsequent designation, Jousseaume, 1881, Soc. Zool. France, Bull., vol. 6, p. 174), Bursa mammata Réding (= Murex bufonius Gmelin) . Subgenus BURSA sg. str. Bursa (Bursa) aff. thomae (d’Orbigny) Pl. 49, figs. 1, 2 Of medium size. Protoconch consists of 314 inflated, rapidly enlarging whorls. Postnuclear whorls a little more than four. Early sculpture consists of six beaded spirals which start abruptly. The fourth spiral from the upper suture is stronger and develops into a prominent shoulder subsequently. Varices two per whorl, almost alined on successive whorls, forming a sigmoid curve, when viewed from top. Shoulder of later whorls with two prominent knobs be- tween varices. Spirals above shoulder weak. Body whorl with two spirals below shoulder which are prominent near the varices only. Their interspaces with weak, additional spirals. Inner lip with many elongate denticles. Outer lip with four pairs of denticles; their position corresponds externally to the interspaces of the spirals. Anterior canal bent backwards. Posterior canal well separated from parietal wall. Posterior canals of earlier stages visible after each varlx. This form is represented by a single, well-preserved shell from the base of the Melajo Clay. According to Morrison (1949, pall) the Recent B. thomae (d’Orbigny) (1845, p. 250; Atlas, pl. 23, fig. 25, 1842) which has been redescribed by Abbott (1958, p. 56, text fig. 1) plihl 4) as: the vonly species of Bursa s. str. in the Western Atlantic. B. thomae also occurs in the Eastern Atlantic and the Indo-Pacific according to these authors. B. thomae is represented in the collections of the U. S. National Museum by a few specimens only, and its variability is not well TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 487 known. The smaller apical angle and the almost complete lack of sculpture above the shoulder separate the Melajo shell from that species. ‘wo topotypes of B. bufoniopsis Maury (1917, p. 108, pl. 17, fig. 8), from the middle Miocene Gurabo Formation of the Dominican Republic, are at hand. They have stronger sculpture above the shoulder than B. thomae, but are certainly closely related to the Recent species. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Subgenus MARSUPINA Dall Dall, 1904, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 47, No. 1475, p. 118. Type species (by original designation) , Buffo spadiceus Mont- fort (= Murex crassus Dillwyn = Murex bufo Bruguiére) . Bursa (Marsupina) bufo (Bruguiére) Pl. 49, figs. 3-6 1792. Murex bufo Bruguiére, Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 1, p. 126. Cayenne, French Guiana. Refers to Martini-Chemnitz, Neues systematisches Con- chylien-Cabinet, vol. 4, p. 106, pl. 133, figs. 1272, 1273, 1780. 1810. Buffo spadiceus Montfort, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 575. Refers to Martini-Chemnitz, Neues syst. Conchylien-Cabinet, vol. 4, pl. 128, figs. 1233, 1234 (error ?). Montfort’s illustration represents B. bufo. 1816. Ranella granulata Lamarck, Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique, pl. ANZ ties. 4a, 4b. Liste; pi. 1817. Murex crassus Dillwyn, A descriptive catalogue of Recent shells, vol. 2, p. 692. Refers to Martini-Chemnitz, Neues syst. Conchylien-Cabinet, vol. 4, p. 106, pl. 133, figs. 1272, 1273. 1961. Bursa (Bufonaria) spadicea Montfort, Warmke and Abbott, Caribbean Seashells, p. 103, pl. 18 I. Of medium to large size. Protoconch with 314 smooth, rapidly enlarging volutions. Postnuclear whorls numbering up to more than five. First sculpture starting abruptly, consists of four spirals and fine axials which cause beads at the intersections. First varix appearing after a little more than half a whorl. Later varices prac- tically alined on successive whorls. First and fourth spiral from upper suture have more prominent beads; the fourth one develops into a shoulder. Shoulder of late whorls inconspicuous or even absent. Inner and outer lips with numerous denticles. Anterior canal slightly bent backwards. Inner wall of posterior canal formed by penultimate whorl. Former posterior canals visible after each varix. This species is represented from Matura by a few specimens only. One of them (PI. 49, figs. 5, 6) is exceptionally large (height 75 mm). It is strongly compressed and has no shoulder on the body 488 BULLETIN 247 whorl. Immature specimens have a different appearance; they look stouter, and their whorls are shouldered. The granulation of the spirals of Matura specimens is some- what coarser than that of Recent shells. The collections of the U. S. National Museum contain specimens, the late whorls of which have obsolete spiral sculpture, but a pronounced shoulder carrying one heavy knob between two varices. Shells with granu- lated spirals do not have this knob. Only large collections can show, whether these forms are connected by transitions or not. Several names have been proposed for the Miocene representa- tives of this species. According to Morrison (1949, p. 11) they all represent the Recent species. The Recent species has been cited as Bursa crassa Dillwyn from the middle Miocene of the Dominican Republic (Maury, 1917, p. 108, pl: 17, fies. 6,0 7))-@estagikiies (Olsson, 1922, p. 134, pl. 15, fig. 19) Jamaica (Guppy, 1866a, p. 288, pl. 18, fig. 9), and Trinidad (Maury, 1925 p. 217) . For some of these records subspecific names have been proposed: proavus Pils- bry (1922, p. 360, pl. 29, figs. 4, 5) for the records from the Domini- can Republic, bowdenensis Pilsbry (1922, p. 360, pl. 29, fig. 8) for the Jamaican record, and colombiana Weisbord (1929, p. 41, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2) for specimens from the middle Miocene of Columbia (see also Barrios, 1960, p. 277, pl. 9, figs. 4, 5). Several of the identifications mentioned above are based on immature specimens, and these are practically indistinguishable from Recent immature shells. However, all the Miocene specimens have somewhat coarser granulation than Recent ones. Adult shells from Bowden, Jamaica, at hand (see also Woodring, 1928, p. 303, pl. 19, fig. 4) have coarse granulation and one or more conspicuous nodes on the shoulder between two varices, a combination never occurring in Recent shells. Whether B. freya Olsson (1932, p. 187, pl. 21, figs. 3, 4, 6) from the late Oligocene or early Miocene of Peru represents a distinct species cannot be decided without topotypes. I am indebted to Dr. J. P. E. Morrison of the Division of Mol- lusks, U. S. National Museum, for calling my attention to Bru- guiere’s name. Occurrence. —RR 230, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Recent: southeastern Florida and West Indies. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 489 Family TONNIDAE Genus MALEA Valenciennes Valenciennes, 1832, in Humboldt and Bonpland, Voyage aux régions équi- noxales du nouveau continent; Recueil d’observations de zoologie et d’anatomie comparée, vol. 2, p. 324. Type species (by subsequent designation, Herrmannsen, 1847, Indicis generum malacozoorum, vol. 2, p. 13), Malea latilabris Valenciennes (= Cassis ringens Swainson) . Malea species Two fragments from the Melajo Clay, representing parts of the outer lip, are at hand. They have strong teeth which tend to be dichotomous toward the outer margin. ‘The external surface shows some flat spirals with narrower interspaces. Some of the inter- spaces have secondary spirals. The larger fragment representing the lower part of the outer lip is 37 mm high and suggests that the en- tire shell must have reached a height of about 100 mm. The fragments are insufficient to point out specific affinities. The widespread M. camura Guppy (1866a, p. 287, pl. 17, fig. 9) has been rediscussed by Woodring (1959, p. 208, pl. 33, figs. 1-4), and the late Miocene M. densecostata (Rutsch) (1934, p. 60, pl. alias. 0; 0) by Olsson and Petit (1964, p55; pli27 9, tiesh 5, bale Occurrence. — USGS 21178. Family MURICIDAE Genus MUREX Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 746. Type species (by subsequent designation, Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 619), Murex pecten Mont- fort (= Murex tribulus Linné) . Subgenus MUREX sg. str. Murex (Murex) chrysostoma G. B. Sowerby I Pl. 49, figs. 8-10 1834. Murex chrysostoma “Gray” G. B. Sowerby I, Conchological Illustrations, pli 585, figs 1945. Murex (Murex) chrysostoma Sowerby, Clench and Pérez Farfante, John- sonia; vole LINo: 175 p. 10; pls b: figs: 1, 2: 1962. Murex (Murex) chrysostomus Sowerby, Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, p. 282, pl. 25, figs. 17, 18. For further citations see this publication. 1963. Murex (Murex) chrysostomus Sowerby, Vokes, Tulane Studies in Geology, Vole INON3, ps LOO} pl 4s figs. 9a; Ob: 490 BULLETIN 247 Of medium size. Protoconch consists of 114 smooth whorls. First sculpture, which starts abruptly, with four spirals and numerous axials causing beads at the intersections. Subsequently the axials become much more prominent than the spirals. Varices three per whorl, the first one appearing on the third postnuclear whorl. There are two or three intervarical axials of varying strength which are most prominent on the shoulder of the whorl. Aperture subcircular. Outer lip with numerous, long denticles; inner lip with similar denticles, but the uppermost one stronger. Lower part of inner lip detached from parietal wall. Anterior canal moderately long. Body whorl with numerous, inconspicuous spirals which usual- ly alternate in size. This species is represented by a few specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay. None of them has a complete anterior canal. The varices sometimes carry a short, hollow spine on the shoulder which is the case in some Recent shells. Recent specimens have one to three intervarical axials. Generally the first axial after a varix is stronger than the others which is also true for the Melajo speci- mens. M. polynematicus Brown and Pilsbry (1911, p. 353, pl. 26, fig. 1), from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone, has more strongly shouldered whorls, less intervarical axials, more spirals, and lacks denticles on the upper part of the inner lip. Woodring (1959, p. 215, pl. 36, figs. 2, 3, pl. 37, figs. 6, 9) compared M. polynematicus with M. chrysostoma but stated that they are not closely related. According to Vokes (1965, p. 183) M. polynematicus belongs to the subgenus Szratus. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Pliocene, Venezuela. Recent, southern Carib- bean region (one record from the Bahamas in the collections of the U. S. National Museum). Subgenus PHYLLONOTUS Swainson Swainson, 1833, Zoological Lllustrations, ser. 2, vol. 3, pl. 109. Type species (by monotypy) Murex (Phyllonotus) imperialis var. a = Murex (Phyllonotus) margaritensis Abbott (1958, p. 61, pl. 1 n and 0). See also Keen, Nautilus, vol. 73, No. 3, p. 105, 1960. Murex (Phyllonotus) cf. pomum Gmelin Two fragmentary specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 49 | and one shell from Matura suggest M. pomum. The larger specimen from the Melajo Clay is 93 mm high, and is encrusted by oysters and vermetids. It has 414 varices, whereas the Matura shell has only three. They both have only one axially elongated node between the varices. M. pomum has been recorded from middle Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1962, p. 288). Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18634. Matura Bay: RR 230. Subgenus CHICOREUS Montfort Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 611. Type species (by monotypy) , Chicoreus ramosus Montfort (= Murex brevifrons Lamarck) . Murex (Chicoreus) cf. brevifrons Lamarck Pl. 49, fig. 7 One immature shell from the base of the Melajo Clay and several, mostly fragmentary specimens from the Courbaril beds, are too incomplete or worn for positive identification. Most of the spines are broken or strongly worn which makes the recognition of the subtle differences between M. brevifrons and the Miocene M. cornurectus Guppy (1876, p. 521, pl. 28, fig. 4) from the Do- minican Republic as indicated by Vokes (1965, p. 193) impossible. Vokes (1965) accepted Pliocene records of M. brevifrons but rejected Miocene ones, whereas Woodring (1959, p. 216) synony- mized M. cornurectus and M. venezuelanus F. Hodson (im Hodson and!) todson, 193a, p..37, pl.cl8, fie. 1) pl. 19) tigs.-1L3)" tromthe middle Miocene of Falcén, Venezuela, with M. brevifrons. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18634. Point Cour- baril: K 12255, USGS 10991, USGS 20432a, USGS 21778. Genus EUPLEURA H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1853, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 107. Type species (by subsequent designation, Baker, 1895, Chicago Acad. Sci., Bull., vol. 2, p. 176), Ranella caudata Say. Eupleura lehneri, n. sp. Pl. 50, figs. 1-4 Of small to medium size. Protoconch consists of two smooth whorls; initial whorl small. Postnuclear whorls numbering up to seven. Early sculpture consists of two spirals and numerous axials (about 14 on first sculptured whorl). The upper spiral forms a 49? BULLETIN 247 prominent shoulder on the first sculptured whorl already. Number of axials decreases rapidly on later whorls, but they become more and more lamellar. First varix usually appears on the penultimate whorl only. Later varices are almost directly opposite the earlier ones. Intervarical axials three but reduced to broad nodes on the shoulder or even become obsolete. Body whorl moderately in- flated. Last varix with six spines which are grooved anteriorly. The uppermost one is larger than the others and is pointing steeply upwards. Body whorl with spirals corresponding to the spines. Outer lip with denticles corresponding to the interspaces of the spines. Inner lip smooth. Aperture subtriangular, most acute angle pointing toward base. Siphonal canal moderately long, straight, not bent backward. Holotype.— USNM 645346. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 27 mm, diameter (including spines) 19.6 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: USGS 21178. E. lehneri occurs in the Melajo Clay and is represented by five adult specimens and numerous fragments and immature specimens. E. lehneri is closely related to the Recent Eastern Pacific E. muriciformis (Broderip) (im Broderip and G. B. Sowerby 1, 1832- 1833, p. 179, 1833; Hertlein and Strong, 1955, p. 258) which has also been reported from the Pliocene of western Ecuador by Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 37). The numerous Recent shells of E. mwr- ciformis at hand are consistently larger and more slender than E. lehneri. They have a higher spire, their uppermost spine on the last varix is less steep, and their siphonal canal is slightly bent backward, whereas in E. lehneri it is straight. The single specimen from the middle Miocene Angostura Formation of western Ecuador described by Olsson (1964, p. 139, pl. 29, fig. 9) as E. thompsoni Woodring subspecies has about the same dimensions as E. lehneri. Its siphonal canal is slightly bent backward, and there are four nodes on the shoulder between the last two varices. E. thompsoni Woodring (1959, p. 218, pl. 36, figs. 6-9), from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone, is a considerably larger species with more inflated whorls. It has a larger apical angle and much less projecting varices than E. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 493 lehnert. E. kugleri Jung (1965, p. 524, pl. 70, figs. 3-6) from the middle Miocene of the Paraguand Peninsula, Venezuela, has also much less prominent varices but more spines on the last varix. Occurrence. — EL 1810, Hutch 47, Hutch 51, K 9903, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Genus TYPHIS Montfort Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 615. Type species (by original designation), Purpura tubifer Bruguieére. Subgenus TYPHINELLUS Jousseaume Jousseaume, 1880, Le Naturaliste, deuxiéme année, vol. 1, No. 42, p. 335. Type species (by original designation), Typhis sowerbiyi Broderip (= Typhis sowerbyi Broderip) . Typhis (Typhinellus) cf. quadratus Hinds Pl. 50, figs. 5, 6 21867. Typhis alatus Sowerby, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 157; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 36. 71874. Typhis alatus Sowerby, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. I, p- 438. Six strongly worn specimens from Matura are at hand. Most of them are fragmentary and immature. There are four tubes per whorl, situated a little closer to the preceding varix. Last varix narrower above aperture. No spiral sculpture present (due to washing ?) . T. quadratus Hinds (Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 11, p. 18, 1843) from the Recent fauna of the tropical Eastern Pacific has been assigned to the subgenus Typhina by Keen, 1944 (p. 55) but to Typhinellus by Keen, 1958 (p. 367). The collections of the U. S. National Museum contain only five worn specimens of T. quad- ratus from Venado Beach, Panama Canal Zone. They are some- what larger than the largest Matura shell, and the tubes of the latest whorls are closer to the preceding varix than it is the case in the Matura specimens. On earlier whorls, however, the tubes are midway between the varices like on earlier whorls of Matura speci- mens. Occurrence. — JS 67, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Typhis (subgenus ?) species A single specimen from the Melajo Clay measuring 14.6 mm in height is too incomplete and worn to point out specific affinities. 494 BULLETIN 247 It has four tubes per whorl which are situated somewhat closer to the preceding varix. It probably belongs to Typhinellus and may represent the same species as the shells from Matura. Occurrence. — USGS 21178. Genus CALOTROPHON Hertlein and Strong Hertlein and Strong, 1951, New York Zool. Soc., Zoologica, vol. 36, pt. 2, p. 87. Type species (by original designation) , Calotrophon bristolae Hertlein and Strong. Calotrophon (?) hutchisoni, n. sp. Pl. 50, figs. 7-9 Shell small, solid. Protoconch consists of 114 whorls, its last part with a basal angulation, Postnuclear whorls a little more than five. Scupture starting abruptly, consists of nine axials on early whorls, but of seven on late whorls. Axials usually with a short vaulted spine on the shoulder of the whorls. ‘There are two to four weak spirals above the shoulder, and two stronger ones below. Axials not persistent from suture to suture. Body whorl with numerous spirals below the shoulder; its axials usually reaching down to the prominent siphonal fasciole. Outer lip lirate within, its edge crenulated. Callus of inner lip prominent, with four elongate denticles near the base. Anterior canal short, slightly recurved. Holotype. —USNM 645494. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 16.6 mm, diameter 9.4 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: USGS 21178. ‘This species occurs in the Melajo Clay and is represented by numerous specimens. ‘The hollow, short spines on the shoulder are not always present. Single individuals may have spines in certain stages, but none in others. The strength of the axials below the shoulder of the body whorl is variable also. The Recent C. bristolae Hertlein and Strong’ [1920-1951 (1951), p. 87, pl. 2, fig. 2] from the Gulf of California, the type species of the genus, is larger, has a higher spire, and it lacks the denticles near the base of its inner lip. Keen (1958, p. 364) treated Calotrophon as a subgenus of Trophon. A Western Atlantic species similar to C. bristolae is Urosalpinx floridana Conrad (1869, p. 106, pl. 12, fig. 4), for which Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 254) erected the subgenus Pseudosalpinx. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 495 U. floridana is said to be the same as Murex ostrearum Conrad (1846, p. 25) (see also Robertson, 1957, p. 8). Occurrence. — Hutch 47, K 9797, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Genus RISOMUREX Olsson and McGinty Olsson and McGinty, 1958, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 39, No. 177, p. 40. Type species (by original designation), Engina schrammi Crosse. Risomurex galbensis, n. sp. Pl. 50, figs. 10-13 Small, stout. Protoconch consists of a little less than 114 smooth whorls. It is strongly keeled and flattened above forming a de- pression at the apex. Postnuclear whorls about five. Early sculpture consists of axials (about 10 on first sculptured whorl) and two spirals form beads at the intersections. On subsequent whorls the axials become much stronger, and the upper spiral forms a shoulder with acute nodes, where the axials cross. On the second or third sculptured whorl another spiral appears close to the lower suture which is noded as well. Spaces between spirals ornamented by several fine spirals. Body whorl with six to seven noded spirals and eight axials, the last ones being varix-like. Unworn specimens show undulating, somewhat lamellar growth lines. Outer lip thick, with five denticles on inner surface. Inner lip with two inconspicuous lirae on lower part. Anterior canal short. Siphonal fasciole incon- spicuous. Holotype. —USNM 645367. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 13.8 mm, diameter 7.7 mm. Type locality. — Point Courbaril: USGS 10991. This species occurs in the Courbaril beds and is represented by about 50 specimens. Many of them are immature or strongly worn. The type species of Risomurex, the Recent R. schrammi (Crosse) (1863, p. 82, pl. 1, fig. 7) from Guadeloupe, has about the same apical angle as R. galbensis but has heavier nodes and more spirals on the body whorl. Its protoconch has been figured by Olsson and McGinty (1958, pl. 2, fig. 2). The axials on the first sculp- tured whorl are much less prominent than in R. galbensis. R. roseus (Reeve) (Conch. Icon., vol. 3, Ricinula, pl. 6, fig. 46, 1856) has similar early stages and lamellar growth lines like R. galbensis but 496 BULLETIN 247 differs in having heavier and more crowded nodes. R. muricoides (C. B. Adams) (1845, p. 3; Clench and Turner, 1950, p. 313, pl. 39, fig. 9), originally described from Jamaica, is a more slender species with more spirals on the body whorl. Tritonalia (Ocinebrina) caribbaea Bartsch and Rehder (1939, p. 7, pl. 1, fig: -1)-aisscon- sidered a synonym of R. muricoides by Olsson and McGinty (1958, jee) Muricidea striata Gabb (1873b, p. 203; Pilsbry, 1922, Pp: oD. pl. 28, fig. 7) from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic some- what resembles R. galbensis. The outer lip of the type is not thickened (immature ?), and the protoconch is unknown. No topotypes are available. Occurrence. — K ‘1429, K. 8399, RR 120; PJ 212, USGSei0ooir USGS 21778. Family THAIDIDAE Genus THAIS Roding Roding, 1798, in Museum Boltenianum, p. 54. Type species (by subsequent designation, Stewart, 1927, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 78, p. 386), Thais lena Réding (= Murex fucus Gmelin = Murex neritoideus Linné = Nerita nodosa Linné) . Subgenus STRAMONITA Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systeme des habitations des vers testacés, p. 226. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 138), Buccinum haemostoma Linné. Thais (Stramonita) cf. haemostoma (Linné) 21912. Purpura sp. indet., Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., 2d ser., Vol15,.p. 62, .pleg 2 oer. A few shells from the Courbaril beds and one specimen from Matura are identified as T. cf. haemostoma. They are all immature. As pointed out by Clench (1947, p. 73, pl. 36, figs. 1-6) T. haemos- toma is a strongly variable species. Even the immature Courbaril specimens show considerable variation as to sculpture and shape. The fragment described and illustrated by Maury as Purpura sp. indet. has been collected from a locality just south of the Pitch Lake, Trinidad, which is thought to be about the stratigraphic equivalent of the Courbaril beds. x ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 49 T. haemostoma has been reported from the Pliocene of Vene- zuela by Weisbord (1962, p. 300, pl. 27, figs. 3, 4). Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: RR 120, USGS 10991, USGS 20432a, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: USGS 19860. Thais (Stramonita) species A led Bk, wees, yy Of small to medium size. Spire high. Protoconch with about 214 smooth, inflated whorls. Postnuclear whorls 4 to 414. Early sculpture consists of numerous axials and about six spirals. The third spiral from the lower suture forms a shoulder. On subsequent whorls the shoulder becomes nodose, and the spiral next to the lower suture more prominent. Additional spirals are intercalated, and the axial sculpture disappears except for the slightly lamellar growth lines. Body whorl with seven projecting nodes on shoulder, and a similar, but less prominent, noded spiral below. Surface of body whorl covered by closely spaced, fine spirals of variable strength. Inner surface of outer lip with conspicuous lirations. Colu- mella smooth. Anterior canal short. Siphonal fasciole inconspicuous. This form is represented by three specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay. Only the figured one is complete. This species is allied to the Recent Caribbean T. rustica (Lamarck) (see Clench, 1947, p. 80, pl. 39, figs. 4-6, 8, 10). Al- though 7. rustica is variable as to height of spire and strength of sculpture, the Melajo specimens differ in having fewer and much more prominent nodes on the body whorl. The spire of T. rustica usually is shorter. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 1863: Genus CYMIA Morch Morch, 1861, Malakozoologische Blatter, vol. 7, p. 98 (substitute name for Cuma Swainson). Type species (by monotypy), Cuma sulcata Swainson (= Buccinum tectum Wood) . Cymia brightoniana Maury Pl. 51, figs. 1-4 1912. Cymia woodii Gabb, Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., 2d ser., VOlN > pa.82, pl. Li ties: 95 10. 1925. Cymia brightoniana Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 215. Moderately large to large, solid. Spire high. Protoconch con- sists of a littke more than one whorl. Postnuclear whorls about six. 498 BULLETIN 247 Early sculpture of numerous axials and three spirals, the lowest one forming a keel. On subsequent whorls the axials disappear, and additional spirals are intercalated. On the lowest spiral spirally elongated, projecting nodes are developed. Growth lines slightly lamellar, well visible on spirals. Body whorl covered by numerous closely set spirals of variable strength. Anal notch inconspicuous, anal ridge prominent. Columellar fold strong. Inner surface of outer lip with long, spiral ridges. Siphonal canal short. Siphonal fasciole prominent, lamellar. Holotype. — Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N.Y.. No. 33609. Type locality. — Along shore, 700 feet east of Brighton pier. near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. This species is abundant in the Courbaril beds but well- preserved specimens are rare. The holotype has a second spiral with nodes below the angulation of the body whorl. This feature is not observed on specimens of later collections. An immature, badly preserved specimen from the Melajo Clay (USGS locality 21178) is identified as Cymia species. C. brightoniana is most closely related to the Recent Eastern Pacific C. tecta (Wood) (Supplement to the Index Testaceologicus, p. 12, pl. 4, fig. 13, 1828) which ranges from El Salvador to Ecuador. The apical angle of both species is variable to some degree. ‘Their anal notch is inconspicuous. C. tecta differs in having fewer spirals with deeply incised interspaces. The Caribbean Miocene species of Cymia have been discussed by Woodring (1959, pp. 223, 224). C. brightoniana and C. tecta have a much shallower anal notch than most of these species. As stated by Woodring C. brightoniana is the youngest species of the genus in the Caribbean region. Occurrence. —K 12255, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432; USGS 20432a, USGS 21778. Distribution. — Known from type area only. Family COLUMBELLIDAE Genus PARAMETARIA Dall Dall, 1916, Nautilus, vol. 30, No. 3, p. 25. Substitute name for Meta Reeve (April 1859, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, Columbella, pl. 32, under remarks for C. picata Swainson) which is a genus without species and preoccupied by Meta Koch, 1835. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 499 Type species of Meta Reeve (by subsequent designation, Reeve, May 1859, Conch. Icon., vol. 11, Meta, pl. 1, under discussion of Meta ovuloides), Conus dupontiae Kiener. Compare also Grant and Gale (1931, p. 680). Reeve’s emenda- tion of Conus “dupontir” Kiener to dupontiae is correct, because the species was named for Mrs. Dupont. Parametaria prototypus (Guppy) Pl sie etigss 7-95 Ple52) figss de2 1867. Conus protoypus Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 171; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 50. 1874. Conus prototypus Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol 1, pp: 409, 440, pl. 17, fig. 9, pl. 18, fig. 1. 1942. Pyrene (Eupyrene) ? schideri Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p: 148, pl. 5,-figs. 5a, 5b: Of medium size, stout. Spire high. Protoconch consists of about two volutions which are not well distinguishable from sub- sequent whorls. Postnuclear whorls about six. The first postnuclear whorls are smooth and small. Subsequently the apical angle enlarges considerably, and the whorls become shouldered. Above the should- er there may be a narrow, concave, spiral band not reaching the upper suture. Growth lines opisthocyrt above shoulder, almost orthocline below. Body whorl smooth and inflated above, con- stricted and sculptured by some spirals below. Last part of suture slightly ascending toward apex. Aperture long. Inner lip with thin callus which reaches down to the base of the columella. Lower part of inner lip with a few oblique, short denticles. Outer lip thin, smooth within. Anterior canal short, bordered by an inconspicuous ridge. Holotype. —USNM 115593. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 12.2 mm, greatest diameter 7.8 mm. Type locality. —Guppy’s Savanetta (Caroni Series) , which is a locality near Savaneta River roughly corresponding to the locality Brechin Castle Estate referred to by Rutsch (1942, p. 105, fig. 1). Guppy based his species on a single, immature shell. Later collections contain several adult specimens from the type area. The holotype of Rutsch’s Pyrene schideri was collected at Springvale Quarry. P. prototypus is represented from the base of the Melajo Clay by one immature and one adult shell. The outer lip of the latter is broken. 500 BULLETIN 247 The generic assignment of this species is based on the variability of the type species of Parametaria, the Recent Eastern Pacific P. dupontiae (Kiener) (Spécies général et Iconographie des coquilles vivantes, Conus, pl. 61, fig. 2, 1846; p. 273, 1849-50. For dates see Sherborn and Woodward, 1901, Malac. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 4, pp. 216-219). The collections of the U.S. National Museum contain a fairly good representation of P. dupontiae which shows that the height of the spire is strongly variable. The shoulder, which mostly is visible on the body whorl only, may be angulated or rounded. Denticles on the inner surface of the outer lip may be strongly developed, weak, or absent even in adult specimens. P. prototypus is more loosely coiled than P. dupontiae, and its shoulder is never so strongly angulated. Meta perplexabilis Maury (1917; p. 94, .pl. 15, figs. 4, 5), from the»middle’ Miocenes@encada Formation of the Dominican Republic, is smaller, more slender, and has denticles on the inner surface of the outer lip. It probably is not a Parametaria. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., ‘Trinidad. Parametaria rutschi, n. sp. Pl. 52, figs. 3-6 Of medium size, coniform. Spire low. Protoconch consists of a little more than one whorl but is not well separable from later whorls. Postnuclear whorls numbering up to 71%. Spire whorls tightly coiled, smooth except for opisthocyrt growth lines. Body whorl with angulated shoulder, slightly inflated above, constricted below. Lower part of body whorl sculptured by numerous spirals. Aperture long and narrow. Suture near aperture ascending over the shoulder of penultimate whorl. Outer lip strongly thickened, with numerous denticles within. Inner lip with a thin callus. There is a spiral ridge on the lower part of the columella which is not visible in complete specimens. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15171. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 22.2 mm, diameter 15.0 mm. Type locality. — Matura Bay: RR 230. ‘This species is based on four specimens from Matura. Already Rutsch (private report, 1942) considered them to represent a new ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 501 species. P. rutschi differs from P. prototypus in having a tightly coiled, lower spire, and in having more spirals on the body whorl. The outer lip ascends over the shoulder of the penultimate whorl which is not the case in P. prototypus. P. rutschi is most closely allied to the Recent Eastern Pacific P. dupontiae (Kiener) (for references see under P. prototypus) . They have about the same dimensions. But P. rutschi has a thicker outer lip with stronger denticles within. ‘There are less spirals on the body whorl of P. dupontiae, and they are more restricted to the base. P. islahispaniolae (Maury) (1917, p. 93, pl. 15, fig. 3) from the middle Miocene Cercado Formation of the Dominican Repub- lic is considerably smaller and more slender. Its first three post- nuclear whorls have axially elongated nodes near the lower suture. P. rutschi is the youngest species of the genus in the Caribbean. Parametaria survived to the Recent fauna in the Eastern Pacific, where it is represented by two species. Occurrence. — RR 230. Genus ANACHIS H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1853, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 184. Type species (by subsequent designation, Tate, 1870, im: Ap- pendix to S. P. Woodward's A manual of the Mollusca, 2d edition, p. 13), Columbella scalarina G. B. Sowerby I. Subgenus ANACHIS s. str. Anachis (Anachis) asphaltoda (Maury) Pl. 52, figs. 7-10 1912. Columbella asphaltoda Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. Ze vol. 15, ps Sih) pl 125 fies 2. 1925. Columbella asphaltoda Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, NOmao ep. 20: Of medium size, stout. Whorls flat-sided. Protoconch consists of about three whorls. Postnuclear whorls about seven. Early sculp- ture with numerous axials and one spiral on the upper half of the whorl which forms beads at the intersections. Subsequently this spiral gradually disappears and a few (six to eight) fine spiral grooves appear which cross the axials. Axials near outer lip not reaching the base. Outer lip moderately thick, with a few denti- cles within, the uppermost one larger than the others. Inner lip with a moderately thick callus and a few small denticles near base. Anterior canal short. 502 BULLETIN 247 Type. — The syntype figured in this paper (Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N. Y., No. 33511) does not correspond to Maury’s figured specimen. Type locality.— Along shore, 700 feet east of Brighton pier, near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. The syntype of A. asphaltoda figured in this paper is a worn, incomplete specimen. In later collections this species is repre- sented by more than 50 specimens. They do not grow larger than 18 mm. A single, worn, incomplete shell from Matura is somewhat larger. A. asphaltoda is most closely related to the Recent Eastern Pacific A. varia (G. B. Sowerby I) (1832, p. 116). Both species have the same stoutness and agree even in details of their sculpture. However, A. varia is larger, has more inflated whorls, and its axials tend to be sinuous on late whorls. A. varia has been cited by Gabb (1881b, p. 355) from the Pliocene of Costa Rica. The type species of Anachis, the Recent Eastern Pacific A. scalarina (G. B. Sowerby I) (1832, p. 116) is easily distinguished from A. asphaltoda by its shouldered whorls. A. dalli Olsson (1964, p. 150, pl. 28, fig. 4), from) the Mate Miocene to early Pliocene Esmeraldas Formation of Ecuador, is a more slender species with less pronounced axials and a higher aperture. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 1429, K 12255, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20433, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: USGS 19860. Distribution. — Courbaril beds of Upper Morne l’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed (rare) . Anachis (Anachis) species A single, incomplete specimen (height 15.1 mm) from Matura is characterized by its strong axials which number 14 on the body whorl. Protoconch consists of about 114 whorls. Postnuclear whorls five. Spire whorls strongly worn but apparently with a spiral near the upper suture producing small nodes at the intersections. Other- wise the spiral sculpture seems to be restricted to a few spirals near the base. Outer lip partly broken, but on its lower part a few denti- cles are visible. Anterior canal short but deeply notched. The axials are straight on early whorls but slightly sinuous on the body whorl. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 503 This form is more slender and has stronger axials than A. asphaltoda. It has some resemblance to the Recent A. fusidens (Dall) (1908, p. 309, pl. 11, fig. 13) which had been dredged near the Galapagos Islands from 300 fms. They have the same dimensions and stoutness. Occurrence. — RR 230. Subgenus COSTOANACHIS Sacco Sacco, 1890, I molluschi dei terreni terziarii del Piemonte e della Liguria, PlG) ps ov. Type species (by subsequent designation, Pace, 1902, Malac. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 5, p. 43), Columbella (Anachis) turrita Sacco. Anachis (Costoanachis) obesa (C. B. Adams) IPL spa sees, Ll 1845. Buccinum obesum C. B. Adams, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 2, Oy 2 1912. Columbella labreana Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, vole 5> ps 80) pla U2 tie. I. 1925. Columbella (Anachis) labreana Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 211. 1948. Anachis (Costoanachis) obesa (C. B. Adams), Gardner, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 199-B, p. 229, pl. 30, fig. 26. 1950. Buccinum obesum C. B. Adams, Clench and Turner, Occas. Papers on Mollusks, vol. 1, No. 15, p. 319, pl. 32, fig. 11. 1953. Anachis (Costoanachis) obesa (C. B. Adams), Olsson and Harbison, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. No. 8, p. 232, pl. 38, fig. 11. 1962. Anachis (Costoanachis) obesa (C. B. Adams), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, p. 310, pl. 27, figs. 18-23. For further citations see this publication. Lectotype. — Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., No. 156016. Type locality. — Jamaica (Recent) . This common Recent Caribbean species is abundant in the Melajo Clay and at Matura but less so in the Courbaril beds. The type specimen of Maury’s Columbella labreana is lost. The Cour- baril specimens of the present collection are virtual topotypes of C. labreana. The Recent A. obesa ranges from the Chesapeake Bay through the West Indies as far south as Argentina. It is a highly variable species as to apical angle (stoutness) and strength of sculpture. The variability does not only depend on geographical occurrence; it can be observed in single lots to some degree. The same is true for the lots from Matura and the Melajo Clay. 504 BULLETIN 247 Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: PJ 212, USGS 10991. Matura Bay: K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1962, p. S13) re Anachis (Costoanachis) fraudans, n. sp. Pl. 53) figsy a5 Of medium size, slender. Protoconch consists of almost four smooth whorls; but not well separated from postnuclear whorls. Postnuclear whorls six. Axial sculpture moderately strong to ab- sent. Axials slightly opisthocyrt. There is an obsolete subsutural spiral producing small nodes on moderately sized axials. A spiral groove runs along the lower suture. Outer lip moderately thickened, denticulated within. Callus of inner lip well developed, with fine denticles. Pillar sculptured by numerous spirals, the upper ones more closely spaced. Holotype. — USNM 645502. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 12.1 mm, diameter 4.2 mm. Type locality.— Melajo River area: USGS 21178. This species is based on four specimens from the Melajo Clay. They are constant as to apical angle, but their axial sculpture is strongly variable. ‘The holotype has weak axials. They start on the third postnuclear whorl and persist for a little less than one whorl; for about half a whorl they are absent, but appear again. One of the paratypes has fairly strong axials which start on the third post- nuclear whorl and persist to the body whorl. ‘This shell has a well- developed subsutural spiral, and the spiral groove near the lower suture cuts through the axials, On the other hand another paratype with five postnuclear whorls lacks the axial sculpture almost en- tirely. A similarly variable axial sculpture has been described for A. mira (Dall) (in Guppy and Dall, 1896, p. 312, pl. 29, fig. 7) by Woodring (1964, p. 248, pl. 39, figs. 13-18). A. mira occurs in the middle and late Miocene Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone, and in the middle Miocene of Costa Rica. A. fraudans is never so stout as some specimens of A. mira, its spiral groove near the lower suture is more conspicuous, and it is larger on an average. Occurrence. — KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 21178. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 505 Genus ZANASSARINA Pilsbry anl Lowe Pilsbry and Lowe, 1932, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 84, p. 75. Type species (by original designation) , Nassarina (Zanassarina) poecila Pilsbry and Lowe. Zanassarina species Pl b3ticse Gas Small, slender. Protoconch with three conical, smooth whorls. Postnuclear whorls 414. Sculpture consists of axials and three some- what narrower spirals producing a reticulate sculpture. Axials more widely spaced than spirals. Interspaces deep, pitlike. Intersections with nodes. Body whorl with eight spirals and a smaller, sub- sutural spiral which appears on the penultimate whorl already. Outer lip thickened, with three denticles within. Anal sinus shallow. Inner lip with a prominent callus, smooth. Anterior canal short. This form is represented by two specimens from Matura. They have some resemblance with Z. habra Woodring (1964, p. 250, pl. 39, figs. 9, 10) from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone. Z. habra is somewhat larger, its whorls are higher, and its axials stronger. The form from the Bowden Forma- tion of Jamaica described by Woodring (1928, p. 280, pl. 16, fig. 20) as Nassarina species has even stronger axials than Z. habra. Occurrence. — JS 67, USGS 18204. Genus AESOPUS Gould Gould, 1860, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 7, p. 383. Type species (by monotypy), Aesopus japonicus Gould. Aesopus peculiaris (Guppy) Pl. 53, figs. 8-10 1867. Columbella peculiaris Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 158, 171; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 37, 50. 1874. Columbella peculiaris Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, volt I; pp: 411, 439; pl: 18; fig. 20: 1896. Aesopus peculiaris (Guppy), Dall, in Guppy and Dall, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc, vole 19) No: 110; p. 328. 1916. Aesopus myrmecoon Dall, Nautilus, vol. 30, No. 3, p. 27. 1919. Aesopus sanctus Dall, Biol. Soc. Washington, Proc., vol. 32, p. 250. 1927. Aesopus sanctus Dall, Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ., Geol. Sci., vol. 2, pt: fp. 279: 1938. Aesopus sanctus Dall, Baker, Hanna, and Strong, Calif. Acad. Sci., Proc., 4th ser., vol. 23, No. 16, p. 252, pl. 24, fig. 7. Small, solid. Protoconch with a little less than two smooth volutions; initial whorl large. Postnuclear whorls about 414, slightly 506 BULLETIN 247 inflated. Sculpture consists of numerous, fine, closely spaced spirals. Near the upper suture the whorls are slightly concave, and one spiral may be somewhat more prominent or one interspace wider than the others. Interspaces with microscopical, axial striation. Suture distinct, sloping more steeply on penultimate and body whorls. Aperture low. Outer lip not thickened, with a few weak denticles at some distance from the margin. Inner lip with a thin callus. Siphonal fasciole slightly bulging. Anterior canal short, somewhat twisted to the left. Lectotype. (herewith selected). -USNM 115520. Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 5.0 mm, diameter 1.8 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The type lot of A. peculiaris consists of four specimens which had been glued to a card. In later collections the species is repre- sented by 15 specimens. The type specimen of the Recent A. myrmecoon (USNM 105498) has been collected at Point Abreojos, Lower California. It seems to be an immature specimen with 314 postnuclear whorls. The type specimen of A. sanctus (USNM 308958) from ‘Todos Santos Bay, near San Diego, California, as well as several topotypes, are at hand. ‘They are slightly worn but show the axial striation be- tween the spirals. The spirals tend to be a little narrower, but other- wise A. sanctus is indistinguishable from A. peculiaris. Tryon (Manual of Conchology, vol. 5, p. 179, pl. 58, fig. 48, 1883) described Columbella (Seminella) stearnsii from “Tampa Bay, West Florida (see also Dall, 1889a, p. 194, pl. 29, fig. 5). Dall [1890-1903 (1890), p. 138] cited A. stearnsii (Tryon) from the Pliocene of Florida, and Gardner [1943-1948 (1948), p. 232, pl. JO Sho: 19] from the Phocene of North Carolina, South Carolina, and Florida. A. stearnsii is somewhat variable as to inflation of the sculptured whorls. It differs from A. peculiaris only by its slightly larger and more inflated nuclear whorls. But even this difference does not seem to be constant. A. stearnsii should possibly be synonymized with A. peculiaris as well. The Recent A. chrysalloideus (Carpenter) (see Palmer, 1958, p. 213, pl. 23, figs. 18-20) from Southern California is about twice as large as A. peculiaris. Occurrence. — RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 507 Distribution. — Matura shell bed, Trinidad. Recent, Southern California to Gulf of California. Aesopus aff. metcalfei (Reeve) IPAL, 8}, sate, JUL Of medium size, slender. Protoconch with about 114 smooth volutions; initial whorl large. Postnuclear whorls almost six. Sculp- ture consists of obsolete axials on early whorls and minute spirals. Aperature low. Outer lip thin, with a few denticles at a distance from the margin. Inner lip with a conspicuous callus. Anterior canal short, deeply notched. This form is represented by three specimens from Matura. They are worn and their axials hardly recognizable. They differ from the Recent West Atlantic A. metcalfei (Reeve) (Conch. Icon., vol. 12, Terebra, pl. 26, species 139, 1860) in having faint spiral sculpture. Unworn specimens of A. metcalfei have stronger axial sculpture and are somewhat larger. Both forms have denticles on the outer lip. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230. Genus STROMBINA Morch Morch, 1852, Catalogus conchyliorum ... Comes de Yoldi, pt. 1, p. 85. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1901, Essais de paléoconchologie comparée, pt. 4, p. 241), Columbella lanceolata G. B. Sowerby I (for the substitute name Strombocolum- bus) . Strombina (subgenus ?) melajoensis, n. sp. PISS tesa aul Of medium size, slender. Spire high. Protoconch with three smooth volutions. Postnuclear whorls about eight, smooth except for minute spiral striae near the upper suture on the first three to four postnuclear whorls. Spire whorls flat to slightly convex, not shouldered. Body whorl stout, flattened in front, with a dorsal hump. Aperture low. Outer lip thickened, with about six denticles on inner surface. Posterior canal moderately prominent, bordered to the left by a callous ridge. Callus of inner lip prominent and detached from pillar on lower part, carrying a few denticles. An- terior canal short, deeply notched. Pillar sculptured by a few spirals. Holotype. —USNM 645493. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 16.9 mm, diameter 7.1 mm. 508 BULLETIN 247 Type locality. — Melajo River area: USGS 18634. This species is based on three specimens from the Melajo Clay. Its high, slender spire; the low, stout body whorl, and its almost complete lack of sculpture are distinctive. The lack of sculpture recalls S. quirosana H. K. Hodson (in Hodson and Hodson, 193la, p. 27, pl. 10, figs. 12, 13) from the early Miocene of Venezuela. But that species is smaller, and lacks the dorsal hump. Somewhat larger specimens of S. quirosana from the middle Miocene of the Paraguand Peninsula, Venezuela, have been referred to Mitrella (Jung, 1965, p. 529, pl. 71, figs. 3, 4). Most closely related to S$. melajoensis is the Recent Eastern Pacific S. dorsata (G. B. Sowerby I) (1832, p. 120) which ranges from the Gulf of California to Ecuador according to Keen (1958, p. 394). S. dorsata is larger, its later whorls slightly shouldered, and its body whorl proportionately higher. Somewhat immature S. dorsata is even closer to S. melajoensis. The Recent S. clavulus (G. B. Sowerby I) (1833-1834, p. 134, 1834) from the Eastern Pacific (Keen, 1958, p. 394) has similar proportions, but has a deep notch in the upper part of the outer lip, and lacks a prominent dorsal hump. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Subgenus SINCOLA Olsson and Harbison Olsson and Harbison, 1953, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. 8, p. 230. Type species (by original designation), Strombina_ sincola Olsson. Strombina (Sincola) crassilabrum (Guppy) Pl. 53, figs. 14-20 1874. Planaxis crassilabrum Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, pp: 41 439) ple ss es 3: 1928. Strombina crassilabrum (Guppy), Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 385; p: 341. Small, stout. Protoconch with a litthke more than three smooth volutions. Postnuclear whorls six. Early sculpture consists of 11 to 12 narrow, straight axials and an inconspicuous spiral along the upper suture which causes small nodes at the intersections. ‘The spiral disappears soon, but the axials may persist to the prepenulti- mate whorl. Body whorl large, smooth, slightly compressed, with a small dorsal hump. Outer lip strongly thickened; with a few denticles on its lower part, and two stronger denticles on its upper TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 509 part. The interspace of the two stronger denticles is slightly notched. Posterior canal well developed, its left margin formed by a callous ridge. Inner lip with a thin callus and a few small denticles on its lower part. Pillar sculptured by spirals. Anterior canal short, deeply notched. Lectotype (herewith selected). —USNM 115492. Dimensions of lectotype.— Height 7.7 mm, greatest diameter 5.1 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. Guppy based his species on three poorly preserved fragments. Although Guppy’s original figure shows a complete spire, none of these fragments has the spire preserved. In later collections S. cras- stlabrum is represented from the type locality by a few fragments and one almost complete specimen (PI. 53, figs. 19, 20). S. crassilabrum is well represented in the Courbaril beds, but the best specimens have been found in the Melajo Clay. The axial sculpture is restricted to the first two postnuclear whorls in speci- mens from Matura and Point Courbaril but may be developed on the first four postnuclear whorls in Melajo shells. S. walli Mansfield (1925, p. 47, pl. 8, figs. 5, 7) from the middle Miocene of Trinidad is a considerably smaller species with heavier denticles on the outer lip. Its body whorl is somewhat shouldered by the dorsal hump, and its axial sculpture is inconspicuous. The late Miocene S. cunninghamcraigt (Rutsch) (1942, p. 148, pl. 3, figs. 12a, 12b) from Springvale Quarry has more closely spaced axials which persist to the penultimate whorl. It lacks a dorsal hump. Much more closely related than the above mentioned species is S. gibberula galvestonensis (Harris) (1895, p. 21, pl. 4, fig. 6) which had been obtained from a well near Galveston, ‘Texas (up- per Miocene ?). According to Harris’ figure it has a less well- developed posterior canal. There are no living species of the subgenus Sincola in the Western Atlantic. The Recent Eastern Pacific S. gibberula (G. B. Sowerby I) (1832, p. 115) lacks the axial sculpture on early whorls. S. gibberula has been recorded from the Pliocene of Ecuador by Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 35), and the Pleistocene of Lower California by Grant and Gale (1931, p. 699). 510 BULLETIN 247 Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, USGS 10991, USGS 20434. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18204. Distribution. — Melajo Clay Member of Springvale Fm., Cour- baril beds of Upper Morne I’Enfer Fm., Matura shell bed. Genus STROMBINOPHOS Pilsbry and Olsson Pilsbry and Olsson, 1941, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 93, p. 35. Type species (by original designation) , Strombinophos lori- panus Pilsbry and Olsson. Strombinophos perdoctus, n. sp. Pl 53 fissile Of medium size, slender. Spire high. Protoconch consists of four smooth whorls. Postnuclear whorls up to six. First sculpture consists of about four opisthocyrt axials. ‘The following axials grad- ually become orthocline and are crossed by about five spirals. On subsequent whorls there are three to four primary spirals with one secondary spiral in each interspace. Between the uppermost primary spiral and the suture there are two spirals of secondary size. Axials near the outer lip crowded. Outer lip moderately to strongly thick- ened, lirate within. Near the base of the outer lip there is an incon- spicuous emargination. Columellar callus denticulate. Anterior canal short, straight. Siphonal fasciole inconspicuous. Holotype. —USNM 645503. Dimensions of holotype.— Height 14.8 mm, greatest diameter 6.0 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: USGS 21178. S. perdoctus is represented in the Melajo Clay by eight speci- mens. It is most closely related to S. maxwelli Olsson and Harbi- son (1953, p. 238, pl. 33, fig. 11) from the Pliocene of St. Peters- burg, Florida. $. perdoctus is distinguished by having a four-whorled protoconch, a larger apical angle, less axials, and a more inflated body whorl. The middle Miocene S. estrellensis (Olsson) (1922, p. 120, pl. 9, figs. 17, 18) from Costa Rica has also a four-whorled protoconch, but is somewhat stouter, and may reach a larger size. S. mimicus Woodring (1964, p. 251, pl. 39, fig. 20, pl. 40, figs. 26, 27), from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Panama, has more numerous but less elevated axials. S. telembus Olsson ‘TRINIDAD M1OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKs: JUNG 511 (1964, p. 157, pl. 36, fig. 7) from the middle Miocene of Ecuador may be the same as S. mimicus. Occurrence. — K 9903, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Strombinophos species Two fragments show that this genus occurs at Matura as well. The smaller fragment consists of part of the protoconch and the three first sculptured whorls, the larger one of the body whorl. The body whorl is larger, and has finer axials than that of S. perdoctus, n.sp. Occurrence. — USGS 19860. Family BUCCINIDAE Buccinid indet. Pl. 54, figs. 1-4 Of medium to large size, solid. Protoconch missing. Sculptured whorls about six. Early sculpture consists of rounded axials (10 per whorl) extending from suture to suture. They are crossed by spirals of two orders of magnitude. Near the middle of the whorl two spirals are more prominent than the others; the upper one 1S situated on a gradually developing shoulder which is most promi- nent on the body whorl. As the shoulder develops the axials do not extend from suture to suture any more. Body whorl with nine axially elongated nodes on the shoulder and numerous spirals of three orders of magnitude. Aperture low. Outer lip not thickened, lirate within. Inner lip with a ridge near the posterior end of the aperture. Siphonal fasciole moderately swollen, sculptured by spirals and slightly lamellar growth lines. Anterior canal short, relatively broad. This form occurs in the Courbaril beds and is represented by one almost complete, but worn shell and several immature or in- complete specimens. Its affinities are uncertain. There is a super- ficial resemblance with the Recent Eastern Pacific Cantharus pagodus (Reeve) (Conch. Icon., vol. 3, Buccinum, pl. 7, species 50, 1846) which is a rare species ranging from Mazatlan to Panama according to Keen (1958, p. 401). C. pagodus has more inflated whorls, stronger axials, but no noded shoulder on the body whorl. Occurrence. —K 8399, K 12255, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 21778. BULLETIN 247 (Sy ie) Genus CANTHARUS Roding Roding, 1798, in Museum Boltenianum. pt, 2, p. 132. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1889, Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belgique, vol. 24, p. 157), Cantharus globu- laris Roding (= Buccinum tranquebaricum Gmelin) . Cantharus (subgenus ?) species A Pl. 54, figs. 5, 6 Of medium size. Spire high. Protoconch only partly preserved. Postnuclear whorls 614. Early whorls with nine, late whorls with seven to eight strong axial ribs. Early whorls evenly convex; their axials crossed by five spirals. Subsequently two spirals become more prominent than the others, the upper one forms a shoulder. Below these two spirals there are two minor ones; above them there are four spirals of unequal size. Outer lip thin, with many lirae within. Inner lip with a prominent callus with many somewhat irregular lirations. Siphonal fasciole moderately prominent. Siphonal canal short, slightly recurved. This species is represented from the base of the Melajo Clay by one almost complete shell and one fragmentary specimen. It has some resemblance to the Recent Western Atlantic C. multangulus (Philippi) (see Robertson, 1957, p. 2). The Melajo form has stronger spirals and axials and is somewhat more slender. C. mul- tangulus has a more inflated body whorl and lacks the prominent parietal callus. The strength of the spirals is more like that of the Recent Eastern Pacific Pseudoneptunea panamica Hertlein and Strong [1940-1951 (1951), p. 81, pl. 2, figs. 6, 10]. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Genus HANETIA Jousseaume Jousseaume, 1880, Le Naturaliste, 2d year, No. 42, p. 335. Type species (by original designation and tautonymy) , Murex haneti Petit de la Saussaye. Hanetia semiglobosa (Guppy) 1911. Solenosteira semiglobosa Guppy, Proc. Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 454, pp. 4, 7, pl. 2, figs. 5, 6; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 161, 163, pl. 8, figs. 5, 6. 1911. Solenosteira cochlearis Guppy, tbidem, pp. 4, 7, pl. 2, fig. 3; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 161, 164, pl. 8, fig. 3 1925. Solenosteira semiglobosa Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No: 425) p. 209; ply 36; tis. 1: 1925. Solenosteira cochlearis Guppy, Maury, ibidem, p. 210, pl. 36, fig. 3. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 513 1925. Solenosteira semiglobosa Guppy, Mansfield, U. S$. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22, p. 44. 1926. Solenosteira semiglobosa Guppy, Harris in Waring, Johns Hopkins Univ., Studies in Geol., No. 7, p. 110, pl. 20, figs. 5, 6. 1938. Solenosteira semiglobosa Guppy, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 4. 1938. Solenosteira semiglobosa cochlearis Guppy, Vokes, ibidem, p. 4. 1942. Cantharus (Hanetia) semiglobosus (Guppy), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 151, pl. 7, figs. 8, 10. 1942. Cantharus (Hanetia) semiglobosus cochlearis (Guppy), Rutsch, ibidem, Pp: 52, pl. 7, figs. 9a, 9b: Type. — The type specimen of this species is not in the U.S. National Museum. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. H. semiglobosa occurs at the base of the Melajo Clay. Its varia- tion as to height of spire and inflation of the body whorl has been emphasized by Rutsch. Even the few Melajo specimens at hand show this variability to some degree. The rounded axial ribs of H. semiglobosa are inconspicuous and usually restricted to the early spire whorls. If they persist to the body whorl, they are poorly and somewhat irregularly de- veloped. A single specimen from the late Miocene Punta Gavilan Formation of Venezuela, probably representing H. semiglobosa, has beenerecorded by. Rautsch (1934, p> 72, pl. 5; fig. 1): In H. gavilanensis (Rutsch) (1934, p. 71, pl. 4, figs. 14-17) from the Punta Gavil4n Formation of Venezuela, as well as in H. magdalenensis (Weisbord) (1929, p. 46, pl. 6, figs. 16, 17) from the middle Miocene of Colombia, the axials persist to the body whorl. H. magdalenensis and H. semiglobosa both have more axials and coarser spirals than H. gavilanensis. The Pliocene H. boggsi Pilsbry and Olsson (1941, p. 28, pl; figs. 3, 4) from Ecuador has more axials than H. semiglobosa. H. bogesi is related to the Recent Eastern Pacific H. anomala (Reeve) . Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. —Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., ‘Trinidad. Punta Gavilan Fm. (late Miocene) , Venezuela ? Genus CALOPHOS Woodring Woodring, 1964, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-C, p. 262. Type species (by original designation), Calophos ectyphus Woodring. 514 BULLETIN 247 Calophos rohri (Rutsch) Pl. 54, figs. 7-10 1942. Phos ? rohri Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 150, pl. 7, figs. 5, 6. Of medium to large size. Protoconch consists of almost two smooth whorls. Postnuclear whorls seven. Early sculpture reticulate. The axials disappear entirely after a few whorls, and the spirals become flatter. The spirals are absent on the middle portion of the body whorl or on the lower part of the penultimate whorl. Outer lip thin, with long lirations within. Inner lip smooth. Siphonal fasciole sculptured by four to six spirals, the uppermost one more prominent. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 6187. Type locality. — Brechin Castle Estate, Trinidad (see Rutsch, (922) pe LO ties Di? The holotype of C. rohri is immature. Its last whorl still has spirals. ‘Topotypes and other specimens from the Savaneta Glauconi- tic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation are not well preserved. In fact most specimens are deformed, whereas the shells from the Melajo Clay are almost perfect. Adult specimens of C. rohri are rare and fragmentary in the type area. In adult specimens the last part of the suture behind the outer lip is slightly ascending, but this part of the shell is rarely preserved. The early sculpture of C. rohri is somewhat variable. The axials disappear sooner or later. ‘The strength and width of the spirals are also variable. The spire is usually somewhat concave in profile. C. rohri is most closely related to C. baranoanus (Anderson) (1929, p. 137, pl. 16, figs. 4, 5) from the middle Miocene of Colom- bia. C. baranoanus may have a thick shell. On an average its whorls are more convex, and its general shape stouter. Olsson (1964, p. 162, pl. 20, fig. 1) included C. baranoanus in his genus Gordanops (type species by original designation: Gordanops esmeraldensis Olsson). As mentioned above C. rohri has also a slightly ascending suture near the outer lip, but even less so than C. baranoanus. GC. mixteca (Perrilliat)” (1963, p. 21, pl) 4 fies: 16) 17) ixau the middle Miocene Agueguexquite Formation, Isthmus of ‘Tehuan- tepec, Mexico, is a smaller and more slender species. Its spirals dis- appear earlier than in C. rohri. Obscure axials may be present on the body whorl which are always lacking in C. rohri and C. barano- Or _ Or TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG anus. The type species of Calophos, C. ectyphus Woodring (1964, p. 263, pl. 42, figs. 12, 13, 16, 17) from the middle Miocene Gatun Formation of Panama, has even more prominent axials on the body whorl than C. mixteca. Occurrence. — Hutch 47, Hutch 51, EL 1810, K 9797, RR 290, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Genus METAPHOS Olsson Olsson, 1964, Neogene Mollusks from Northwestern Ecuador, p. 154, Paleont. Research Inst. Type species (by original designation) , Phos chelonia Dall. Metaphos (?) species Pie 54. figs, Ws 12 Of medium size, slender. Spire high. Protoconch with four whorls. Postnuclear whorls 614. First sculpture consists of fine spirals. After half a whorl these are crossed by opisthocline axials which gradually become orthocline. Early sculptured whorls some- what shouldered but less so later. Axials sharply defined on early whorls but broader and rounded on late whorls. There are 11 axials on the body whorl. Number of spirals increasing with age, flat- tened on last whorl. Edge of outer lip not preserved; with fine lirations on inner surface. Columella smooth except for a basal fold which is followed by a shallow depression. Siphonal canal moderate- ly short. Siphonal fasciole bordered by a sharp ridge. This form is represented by two incomplete specimens from the Courbaril beds. Its generic assignment is questionable. It is not close to any of the species described by Olsson (1964, pp. 154-156) . The Recent Eastern Pacific Phos cocosensis Dall (1896, p. 11) is considerably larger, and its axials do not become broader on late whorls. Occurrence. — USGS 21778. Genus METULA H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1853, Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. I, p. 84. Type species (by hidden tautonymy), Metula hindsii H. and A. Adams (= Buccinum metula Hinds) . Metula aff. cancsllata Gabb PAL bay aves Of medium size, slender. Protoconch not preserved. Postnuclear 516 BULLETIN 247 whorls 514. First sculpture consists of six spirals which are crossed by numerous fine axials. Subsequently the axials become stronger than the spirals, and additional spirals are intercalated. On late spire whorls the spirals do not cross the axials with the exception of three spirals near the upper suture. On the body whorl axials and spirals are of almost the same size. Aperture long. Outer lip thickened, with numerous short denticles on inner surface. Columel- lar callus prominent, smooth. This form is represented by a single, damaged specimen from the Melajo Clay. The type of M. cancellata Gabb (1873b, p. 205; Pilsbry, 1922, p. 349, pl. 22, figs. 19, 20) from the middle Miocene Gurabo Formation of the Dominican Repub‘ic has similar propor- tions and about the same size. In fact it differs only in having a somewhat finer sculpture. An unnamed form occurring in deposits of late Miocene age near Puerto Limén, Costa Rica (USGS locality 18693) — not M. limonensis Olsson (1922, p. 116, pl. 10, figs. 5, 6) which is a stouter species with coarser sculpture than the Melajo shell — is probably conspecific with the Melajo specimen. As small species from the Pliocene of Moin Hill, Costa Rica (USGS locality 21051) has been recorded by Gabb (1881b, p. 351, pl. 46, fig. 32) as M. cancellata. As pointed out by Woodring (1928, p. 286; 1964, p. 259) the status of M. lintea Guppy is uncertain. Occurrence. — USGS 21178. Family NASSARIIDAE Genus PALLACERA Woodring Woodring, 1964, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-C, p. 269. Type species (by original designation), Nassa myristicata Hinds. Pallacera species A Pl Sbschissmes Of medium size, solid. Protoconch missing. Sculpture consists of prominent, rounded axials with wide interspaces and fine, close- ly spaced, spiral threads. There are eight axials on early whorls, six on body whorl. Whorls somewhat shouldered. Outer lip with long lirations on inner surface. Siphonal fasciole prominent. A single, somewhat worn shell with a litthe more than four whorls from the base of the Melajo Clay is available. It closely TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 517 resembles the probably immature specimen from the middle Mio- cene Gatun Formation of the Panama Canal Zone recorded by Woodring (1964, p. 270, pl. 43, figs. 2, 6) as P. aff. guadelupensis (Petit). The axials of the Gatun specimen are more regularly aligned on successive whorls than those of the Melajo shell. Occurrence. — USGS 18411. Pallacera cf. guadelupensis (Petit de la Saussaye) A single fragment from Matura suggests the Recent West In- dian P. guadelupensis (Petit de la Saussaye) (1852, p. 56, pl. 2, figs. 3, 4). It consists of the body whorl only but shows the apertural features and the siphonal fasciole typical of Pallacera. ‘The Matura fragment has seven axials on the body whorl. P. guadelupensis has more of them. The same is true of P. solidula (Guppy) (1866b, p. 579, pl. 26, fig. 11) from Cumana, Venezuela. Occurrence. — USGS 19860. Genus NASSARIUS Dumeéril Dumeéril, 1806, Zoologie analytique, p. 166 (genus without species) . Type species (by monotypy, Froriep, 1806, C. Duméril’s analy- tische Zoologie, p. 167), Buccinum arcularia Linné (see Iredale, 1916, Malac. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 12, p. 83). Subgenus PHRONTIS H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1853, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 117. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1901, Fs- sais de paléoconchologie comparée, pt. 4, p. 207), Nassa tiarula Kiener. Nassarius (Phrontis) vibex (Say) PISS fies aa 1822. Nassa vibex Say, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 1, vol. 2, p. 231. 1962. Nassarius (Phrontis) vibex (Say), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, p. 349, pl. 30, figs. 13, 14. For further citations see this publication. This species is represented by two specimens from the Cour- baril beds. They are somewhat smaller than Recent shells, and their spiral sculpture is finer. Occurrence. — K 1429, USGS 10991. Distribution. — Widespread from late Miocene to Recent (see Weisbord, 1962, p. 351). 518 BULLETIN 247 Subgenus UZITA H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1853, ‘The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 120. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1901, Kssais de paléoconchologie comparée, pt. 4, p. 205), Buccinum migum Brugulére. Nassarius (Uzita) trinitatensis, n. sp. Pl. 55, figs. 6-8 Shell small, solid, stout. Protoconch consists of three smooth whorls. Early sculpture with spirals and axials of amost equal strength. Subsequently the axials become much stronger and rounded. On the body whorl there are about I1 axials exclusive the terminal varix, but they are narrower and more closely spaced behind the outer lip. Sutures usually deep, giving a somewhat angu- lated appearance to the whorls. There are five to six spirals on the penultimate whorl. On the body whorl there are occasional second- ary spirals between the primaries. Outer lip thick, with a few elongate denticles on inner surface. Parietal callus prominent, its border detached from pillar; with a tooth posteriorly bordering a short posterior canal. Base of columella with a few rugae. Fossa deep. Siphonal fasciole with four to six spirals. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15221. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 9.3 mm, greatest diameter 5. Sename Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ] 285. N. trinitatensis occurs in great numbers in the Melajo Clay and in the Courbaril beds, and shows a considerable variation as to apical angle, number of spirals, and prominence of suture. The Courbaril shells tend to have somewhat broader axials. N. trinitatensis is most closely related to N. gurabensis (Maury) (1917, p. 91, pl. 15, fig. 21) from the middle Miocene Gurabo Formation of the Dominican Republic. Both species have the same type of sculpture and a similar degree of variation. N. gurabensis usually has more numerous and finer spirals on the mid- dle part of the body whorl. The aperture of N. gurabensis is more rounded, whereas that of N. trinitatensis is pointed above, 1.e. its posterior canal is narrower. N. brassicus (Maury) (1925, p:+210; ‘pl: 936;\1e. 12) andie brassoensis (Mansfield) (1925, p. 46, pl. 7, fig. 3), both from the TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 51g Brasso Formation of ‘Trinidad, have been considered as synonyms of N. cercadensis (Maury) (1917, p. 90, pl. 15, figs. 19, 20) from the middle Miocene Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic by Woodring (1964, p. 271). Although similar in sculpture to N. trinitatensis, N. cercadensis mainly differs by its smaller size. Occurrence.— Melajo River area: Hutch 47, EL 1810, KR HIS622K097/97, K 9817, K 9903, RR 293, PJp285, USGS 18399; USES 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20434. Nassarius (Uzita) cf. albus (Say) 1864. Nassa incrassata ? Miller, Guppy, Trans. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad for 1864, p. 34; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 14. 1867. Nassa incrassata Miller, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 158 (part); reprint, Harris, 1921, zbidem, p. 37. 1874. Nassa incrassata Miller, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 439 (part). The Nassarius cited by Guppy from Matura long ago is repre- sented in the present collections by a few poor, mostly incomplete specimens. The largest specimen available is still smaller than Recent adults of N. albus. As stated by Abbott (1958, p. 75, pl. 3 r) N. albus is a strongly variable species. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Nassarius (Uzita) species A Pile 55) fics Oho Of medium size. Protoconch consists of almost four whorls, its last part sculptured by slightly opisthocyrt axials. ‘The axials soon become orthocline and are crossed by numerous fine spirals. Late spire whorls are slightly shouldered, and the spiral sculpture be- comes obsolete except near the upper suture. Body whorl with nine axials exclusive terminal varix. Outer lip with lirations on inner surface. Posterior canal small. Parietal callus heavy, with denticles on lower part, and more or less prominent pustules on upper part. Fossa deep. Siphonal fasciole sculptured by a few spirals and sig- moid growth lines. This form is represented by a few specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay. It suggests a relationship with the Recent Western Atlantic N. consensus (Ravenel) (1861, p. 43). The aper- tural features are the same, but the apical angle is smaller in the Melajo specimens. The spiral sculpture of N. consensus has about the same strength on all the whorls, whereas in Melajo shelis it is 520 BULLETIN 247 stronger on early whorls but weaker on late whorls. According to Abbott (1954, p. 239, fig. 53b) N. consensus may be a form of N. albus. N. fargo: Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 223, plivs3miiews) from the Pliocene of Florida is considered by its authors as the prescursor of N. consensus. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Nassarius (Subgenus ?) galbanus, n. sp. Pl. 55, figs: sie Of small to medium size. Protoconch with 23, smooth whorls. Early sculpture consists of three or four fine spirals which are soon crossed by straight axials. Subsequent whorls with heavy axials but obsolete spiral sculpture. Each axial divided into three parts by two constrictions. Body whorl with 12 axials exclusive terminal varix. Axials crossed by several spiral grooyes on lower part of body whorl. Outer lip with about five denticles on inner surface. Inner lip with a denticle bordering the short posterior canal and an in- distinct pustule near the base of the columella. Fossa missing. Siphonal fasciole not prominent, sculptured by a few nodulose spirals. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15235. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 7.7 mm, greatest diameter 4.1 mm. Type locality. — Point Courbaril: K 1429. N. galbanus occurs in the Courbaril beds only, where it is represented by more than 40 specimens. N. galbanus is characterized by its predominantly axial sculp- ture and the lack of a fossa. The same general features are shown by Nassa fontaine: d’Orbigny, the lectotype of which has been figured by Keen (1966, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 3), and Nassa panamensis GC. B. Adams (1852; p. 288; Wurner, 1956;.p.-71), pl. baie. 9) ainese two species are considered as synonyms of N. exilis (Powys) (in G. B. Sowerby I and Powys, 1835, p. 95) by Keen (1958, p. 409). N. galbanus is considerably smaller than the West American species and differs in details of sculpture. Occurrence. — K 1429, K 8399, PJ 212, USGS: 1099 SUSGs 20432, USGS 20434, Family MELONGENIDAE TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKs: JUNG 52] Genus MELONGENA Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systeme des habitations des vers testacés, pp. 64, 212. Type species (by monotypy) , Melongena fasciata Schumacher — Murex melongena Linné) . Melongena melongena (Linné) Pl 56; figs 1e2 1758. Murex melongena Linné, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. Hail. 1956. Melongena melongena (Linné), Clench and Turner, Johnsonia, vol. 3, No. 35, p. 165, pls. 96, 98. 1962. Melongena melongena (Linnaeus), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 198, p. 345, pl. 30, figs. 11, 12. For further citations see this publication. M. melongena occurs in the Courbaril beds. Only three imma- ture specimens and a piece of the wall of the body whorl of an adult shell are available. The fragment bears two spines of the row on the lower part of the body whorl. This row is mostly lacking in the Recent Eastern Pacific M. patula (Broderip and G. B. Sowerby I) (Clench and Turner, 1956, p. Los, pl: 99). Ehe suture of the immature shells is deeply channeled. It is slightly ascending on the last part of the last preserved whorl which marks the beginning of the partial immersion of the spire so characteristic for Recent adult shells of M. melongena. The early spire whorls are shouldered but not so strongly angulated as in M. patula. Occurrence. — K 8399, PJ 212, USGS 20432, USGS 21778. Distribution. — See Clench and Turner (1956, pp. 167, 168) and Weisbord (1962, p. 348). Family FASCIOLARIIDAE Genus LATIRUS Montfort Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 531. Type species (by original designation), Latirus aurantiacus Montfort (= Murex gibbulus Gmelin) . Subgenus POLYGONA Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systeme des habitations des vers testacés, p. 241. Type species (by monotypy) , Polygona fusiformis Schumacher (= Murex infundibulum Gmelin) . Latirus (Polygona) cf. infundibulum (Gmelin) Two poorly preserved, incomplete specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay are at hand. The strength of the sculpture is inter- mediate between the Recent Western Atlantic L. infundibulum and 52? BULLETIN 247 L. infundibulum polius Woodring (1928, p. 253, pl. 15, figs. 4, 5) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica. Specimens from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Forma- tion have been identified as L. infundibulum by Rutsch (1942, p. 153) and as L. infundibulum cf. polius by Vokes (1938, p. 23, fig. DAVE Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Genus FASCIOLARIA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 73. Type species (by monotypy), Murex tulipa Linné. Fasciolaria cf. tulipa (Linné) Two poorly preserved fragments from Matura seem to be iden- tical or at least closely related to the Recent Western Atlantic F. tulipa. They are immature, the larger one measuring about 55 mm in height. No protoconch is preserved. The upper half of the whorls is slightly concave and is sculptured by stronger spirals than the rest of the whorl. The two columellar folds conspicuous. On an average the apical angle of Recent shells is somewhat smaller than that of the Matura specimens. Occurrences — [S101 ORS 250. Subgenus PLEUROPLOCA Fischer Fischer, 1884, Manuel de conchyliologie, p. 616. Type species (by monotypy), Murex trapezium Linné. Fasciolaria (Pleuroploca) turamensis, n. sp. Pl. 56, figs. 4-6 Of small to medium size. Protoconch large, consists of about one whorl. Postnuclear whorls almost five. First sculpture con- sists of axials. After less than one whorl they disappear and are replaced by spirals of varying strength. At the same time the apical angle becomes larger, and the whorls slightly shouldered. Shoulder of body whorl prominent, carrying rounded nodes. Area between shoulder and upper suture somewhat concave, sculptured by widely spaced spirals. Spiral sculpture below shoulder obsolete but stronger again near base. Growth lines prosocline above shoulder, almost orthocline below. Outer lip with long, fine lirations on inner surface. Columellar callus thin, with a small ridge posteriorly which reaches far into the aperture. Siphonal canal moderately long. Siphonal fasciole inconspicuous. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 523 Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15243. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 56.3 mm, greatest diameter 28.5 mm. Type locality. — Matura Bay: RR 230. This species is represented by two specimens from Matura. ‘The front of the holotype is broken, but the protoconch is preserved and the anterior canal complete. The inner surface of the outer lip of the only paratype is encrusted by small oysters. Both specimens are probably not adult. F. turamensis, n. sp. is most closely related to the Recent East- ern Pacific species or group of species listed by Keen (1958, p. 414) as F. granosa Broderip (in Broderip and G. B. Sowerby I, 1832-1835, p. 32, 1832) and F. salmo (Wood) (Supplement to the Index Testaceologicus, p. 51, pl. 5, fig. 14). Immature shells of about the same size as the Matura specimens tend to have more strongly shouldered early spire whorls (although this feature is variable in the Recent form) . F. turamensis, however, has a considerably larger protoconch. In addition its spirals above the shoulder are widely spaced and not crowded as in the Recent shells. The growth lines above the shoulder are much more prosocline in the Matura species. The body whorl of the Pliocene Venezuelan F. crassinoda Weis- bord (1962, p. 354, pl. 31, figs. 3, 4) is more inflated and more con- stricted below than that of the Recent Eastern Pacific form. Its early spire whorls are more shouldered than those of F. turamensis. According to the original description I’. crassinoda has a different protoconch. Occurrence. — RR 230. Family FUSINIDAE Genus FUSINUS Rafinesque Rafinesque, 1815, Analyse de la Nature, p. 145 (= Fusus Lamarck, 1799, not Fusus Helbling 1779). Type species (of Fusus Lamarck, by monotypy), Murex colus Linné. Fusinus species PIS 56) fis. 93 Of medium size. Protoconch consists of 13, whorls, its last part sculptured by closely spaced, straight axials. First sculpture of four spirals and widely spaced axials. On subsequent whorls three spirals become more prominent, and additional spirals of secondary size on | No) HS BULLETIN 247 are intercalated. The area above the strong spirals tends to be con- cave. There are 10 low axials on the last preserved whorl. Inner surface of outer lip with strong lirations. Canal sculptured by spirals of alternating size. A few specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay are available. The size of a fragment of an anterior canal suggests that the other specimens are immature. The axials of F. springvalensis (Maury) (1925, p. 206, pl. 35, fig. 11) from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation disappear on about the fifth spire whorl. In the Melajo species they decrease in strength on late spire whorls but do not disappear. The Fusinus described by Woodring (1928, p. 257, pl. 15, fig. 8) from Bowden, Jamaica, has the same type of sculpture as the Melajo form, but is more slender, and has stronger axials, but weaker spirals. An almost complete specimen (USNM 559572) of the Bowden Fusinus referred to above is now available. Its straight, narrow anterior canal is as long as the spire. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Fusinus cf. henekeni! (Sowerby) | ; ; A single, incomplete specimen (height 86 mm) from Matura is available. It is related to the group of F. henekeni (G. B. Sowerby II) (1850, p. 49; Pflug, 1961, p47, pl. 12; fies. 1-b, 7,9, 10)getnoms the middle Miocene Cercado and Gurabo Formations of the Dominican Republic. The whorls of the Matura specimen are regularly rounded. There are 10 low, rounded axials on the last preserved whorl which are crossed by spirals of two magnitudes. The axials of F. esmeraldus Olsson (1964, p. 143, pl. 24, figs. 3-3b) from the late Miocene or early Pliocene Esmeraldas Formation of Ecuador are heavier and broader. ‘The axials of the Recent F. ewcosmius (Dall) (1889a, p. 167, pl. 35, fig. 5) are more prominent and the whorls more con- stricted. Occurrence. — RR 230. Family OLIVIDAE Genus OLIVA Bruguiére Bruguicre, 1789, Encyclopédie méthodique, Histoire naturelle des vers, vol. 1, p. xv (genus without species). 1Originally inadvertently spelled henikeri, named for Colonel Heneken. ‘TRINIDAD M10CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 220 Type species (by monotypy and tautonymy, Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 70), Voluta oliva Linné. Subgenus OLIVA s. str. Oliva (Oliva) couvana Maury Pl. 56, fig. 8 1910. Oliva cylindrica Sowerby, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 6; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8 No.-35;, p- 149: 1925. Oliva cylindrica Sowerby, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, Pel 95s ape o5, 1eSsi5,) 0: 1925. Oliva couvana Maury, ibidem, p. 195, pl. 33, fig. 6. 1938. Oliva (Oliva) cylindrica Sowerby, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 9885 p.-4. 1938. Oliva (Oliva) couvana Maury, Vokes, ibidem, p. 4. 1942. Oliva plicata couvana Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, (On Ways jolle teh teks oe Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 1021. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. O. couvana is represented by a few specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay. The close relationships of this species to O. cristo- balcoloni Maury (1917, p. 67, pl. 10, fig. 15) from the middle Miocene Ceracado and Gurabo Formations of the Dominican Re- public and O. tuwberaensis Anderson (1929, p. 128, pl. 17, figs. 2, 3) from the middle Miocene of Colombia has been pointed out by Rutsch (1942, p. 158) and Woodring (1964, p. 278). Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., ‘Trinidad. Oliva trinidadensis Maury PISS G6 hie snd 1912. Oliva trinidadensis Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser 2, vol. De peOs> pl. WO tow: Lectotype (herewith selected). —Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N. Y., unnumbered. Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 14.2 mm, diameter 7.8 mm. Type locality. —Southern Main Road, at 5634 milepost (to- day 493) just south of Pitch Lake, ‘Trinidad. Stratigraphically this locality is about equivalent to the Courbaril beds. The lectotype is preserved as an internal mold attached to matrix. The number of recognizable characters is insufficient to determine relationships. Oliva trinidadensis should be considered as a nomen dubium. 526 BULLETIN 247 Genus JASPIDELLA Olsson Olsson, 1956, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 108, p. 212. Type species (by original designation), Voluta jaspidea Gmelin. Jaspidella sanctidominici (Maury) Pl. 5a tieeeon 1917. Olivella sanctidominici Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, No. 29, p. Oe alls IS rae ae Of medium size, solid. Protoconch not well separated from later whorls, consists of less than one volution, large. Postnuclear whorls a little more than three, highly polished. Spire low. Suture chan- neled. Columella with a heavy basal fold and a few indistinct denticles above. Holotype. — Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N.Y. Type locality. —Rio Gurabo at Los Quemados, Dominican Republic (Gurabo Fim.) . This species is represented by a single well-preserved specimen from the base of the Melajo Clay. It is indistinguishable from topo- types of J. sanctidominici except that its protoconch is slightly lower. ‘Two specimens from Springvale Quarry (USGS locality 21809) are somewhat deformed, but seem to represent the same species. As pointed out by Maury J. sanctidominict has a lower spire than the Recent West Indian J. jaspidea (Gmelin) (Olsson, 1956, p. 212, pl. 15, figs. 1, la) and is somewhat more slender. Occurrence. — USGS 18411. Distribution. — Gurabo Fm. (middle Miocene), Dominican Republic. Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member (?) and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Genus OLIVELLA Swainson Swainson, 1831, Zoological Hlustrations, ser. 2, vol. 2, explanation of pl. 58 (Oliva, pl. 2). Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall, 1909, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 59, p. 31), Oliva purpurata Swainson (= Voluta dama Mawe) . Subgenus OLIVELLA ss. str. Olivella (Olivella) species Ply 55s higeds Shell small. Protoconch small. Postnuclear whorls about four. Sutures deeply channeled. Columellar callus with four to five TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG O27 elongate denticles. Parietal callus with two rather distant denticles. Columella more or less excavated. This form is fairly common at Matura, but the specimens seem to be immature. It possibly represents the species listed by Maury (1925, p. 197; not pl. 33, fig. 2) as Olivella mutica. The columellar excavation is not always pronounced. The strength of the denticles near the base is variable. ‘The Matura species is much smaller than the Recent Western Atlantic O. nivea (Gmelin) (Olsson, 1956, p. Wi2eepl il; ties..3-3b).. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Subgenus DACTYLIDIA H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1853, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 146. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1899, Essais de paléoconchologie comparée, pt. 3, p. 54), Oltva mutica Say. Olivella (Dactylidia) aff. mutica (Say) IP Say sale 1! Of small to medium size. Protoconch not well separated from later whorls, consisting of about 114 whorls. Postnuclear whorls up to 414. Sutures deeply channeled. Parietal callus prominent. Pillar structure consists of a tongue-shaped ledge bearing a basal fold and several lirations above. Fasciolar band with a broad lower and a narrow upper part. This species is represented by some specimens from the Melajo Clay. The same form occurs in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation. The Recent Western Atlantic O. mutica (Say) (1822, p. 228; Olsson, 1956, p. 184, pl. 9, figs. 7-7b) essentially is a larger and stouter species with a larger initial whorl. It also differs in details of the pillar structure. Occurrence.—EL 1810, KR 11862, K 9797, PJ 285, USGS 21178. Subgenus NITEOLIVA Olsson Olsson, 1956, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 108, p. 189. Type species (by original designation), Porphyria minuta ink: Olivella (Niteoliva) cf. verreauxi (Ducros) Pie 55 fis. 15 A few worn and mostly immature specimens from Matura are BULLETIN 247 Or no (oe) close to the Recent Caribbean O. verreauxi (Ducros) (Olsson, 1956, p. 191, pl. 9, fig. 3). The largest Matura shell is figured. It is incomplete and considerably smaller than Recent specimens. As pointed out by Olsson O. verreauxi is more slender than O. minuta (Link) . Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Subgenus MINIOLIVA Olsson Olsson, 1956, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 108, p. 209. Type species (by original designation), Olivella (Minioliva) perplexa Olsson. Olivella (Minioliva) fundarugata Weisbord Pio 55s hess Gaele7 1962. Olivella (Minioliva) fundarugata Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, p. 385, pl. 35, figs. 1-8. 1962. Olivella (Minioliva) subfilifera Weisbord, ibidem, p. 386, pl. 35, figs. GranO: Shell small. Protoconch consists of less than one whorl. Post- nuclear whorls about four. Sutures deeply channeled. Columella with an inconspicuous fold at base. Parietal callus thick near posterior end of aperture. Fasciolar band bordered by a fine spiral eroove. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 26278. Type locality, —Cabo Blanco area, Venezuela (Mare Fm.). This species is represented in the Melajo Clay by several hundred specimens of all growth stages and by about 100 specimens from the Courbaril beds. ‘They never exceed 4 mm in height. ‘The height of the spire, the apical angle, as well as the stoutness of the body whorl, show a great variability. On some Melajo specimens the color pattern is preserved. It consists of closely set axial bands. The thickening of the parietal callus near the posterior end of the aperture, however, is constant. Only in young specimens with one or two postnuclear whorls it is not yet developed. The type lot (USNM 214357) of the Subrecent to Recent O. myrmecoon Dall (1912; p! 4;*Olsson; 1956) p..211 plea figs. 10, 10a) from the Caribbean coast of the Panama Canal Zone con- sists of nine specimens. ‘These shells also show some variability as to height of spire and apical angle. Some of them have retained a color pattern consisting of axial bands which are more widely spaced than in Melajo specimens. On an average O. myrmecoon is “TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 529 stouter than the Melajo shells, and its parietal callus is not thick- ened near the posterior end of the aperture. O. maiquetiana Weisbord (1962, p. 388, pl. 35, figs. 11-14) and O. salinae Weisbord (1962, p. 389, pl. 35, figs. 15, 16) are both based on immature specimens and may represent a known species. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, KR 11862, RR 290, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Point Courbaril: K 1429, PJ 212, USGS 10991, USGS 20433. Distribution. — Pliocene of Cabo Blanco area, Venezuela. Genus ANCILLA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 70 (genus without binominally named species). Type species (by subsequent designation, Lamarck, 1801, Systeme des animaux sans vertébres, p. 73), Ancilla cinnamomea Lamarck. Subgenus EBURNA Lamarck Lamarck, 1801, Systeme des animaux sans vertebres, p. 78. Type species (by monotypy), ELburna flavida Lamarck (= Buccinum glabratum Linné) . Ancilla (Eburna) caroniana Maury 1910. Ancilaria lamelata (sic) Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 10; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. SHINO oD ep: 153: 1911 Ancilaria lamelata (sic) Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 454, p. 9; reprint, Harris, 1921, ibidem, p. 165. 1925. Ancilla caroniana Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 198, pire o3; tigsen4, LO LZ 1925. Ancilla caroniana Maury, Mansfield, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22, Pao4, pl. 5, fips 4. 1925. Ancilla caroniana springvalensis Mansfield, tbidem, p. 35, pl. 5, fig. 5. 1938. Ancilla (Eburna) caroniana Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 4. 1938. Ancilla (Eburna) caroniana springvalensis Mansfield, Vokes, ibidem, p. 4. 1942. Ancilla (Eburna) caroniana Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, WOE Bs jon Ui folk, ty ites, 1S Gb 1942. Ancilla (Eburna) caroniana springvalensis Mansfield, Rutsch, ‘tbidem, p: 156; pl..8, fig. 2: Types.— Lectotype of A. caroniana_ (herewith selected) : Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 1025 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 33, figs. 10, 12). Holotype of caroniana spring- valensis: USNM 352666. Dimensions of lectotype of caroniana. — Height 60.4 mm, dia- meter 28.7 mm. 30 BULLETIN 247 Or Type locality. — For both forms: Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. A. caroniana is represented by two incomplete specimens from the base of the Melajo Clay. In the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member A. caroniana is abundant, and all transitions from A. caroniana to Mansfield’s subspecies springvalensis are repre- sented. The Melajo specimens have an acute spire with flat-sided whorls. A. caroniana has a distinct spiral line just above the middle of the body whorl which meets the parietal callus above the aper- ture. This line is absent in the type species of Eburna, the Recent West Indian A. glabrata (Linné) as well as in dA. glabrata speciosa Rutsch (1934, p. 78, pl. 5, figs. 6 7, text fie. 10) fromm tthemlate Miocene Punta Gavilan Formation of Venezuela. Maury’s (1925, p. 199) record of A. caroniana from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Formation has not been confirmed. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. —Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Family MITRIDAE Genus CANCILLA Swainson Swainson, 1840, A treatise on malacology, pp. 130, 320. ‘Type species (by subsequent designation, Herrmannsen, 1846, Indicis generum malacozoorum primordia, vol. 1, p. 166), Mitra isabella Swainson. See Coan (1966, p. 129). Cancilla cf. sanctifrancisci (Maury) A fragment from the base of the Melajo Clay, consisting of a single late whorl, seems to belong to C. sanctifrancisct. (Maury) (1925, p. 204, pl. 35, fig. 13) which had been described from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Forma- tion. Its sculpture consists of five spirals without secondary spirals in its interspaces and fine axials. Some small specimens, also from the base of the Melajo Clay, include well-preserved early stages. ‘The protoconch is high, and consists of 314 whorls. Sculpture starting abruptly, consists of four closely set spirals and weak axials in the interspaces. On later whorls the two central spirals are somewhat stronger than the others. Columella with three strong folds, below which there may be one or two smaller ones. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 531 It is questionable whether these immature specimens repre- sent C. sanctifrancisct. Rutsch (1942, pl. 8, figs. 6a, 6b) figured a much better specimen than Maury (1925, pl. 35, fig. 13) and in- cluded Mitra woodringi Vokes (1938, p. 22, fig. 15) in the synony- my of C. sanctifrancisci. The early whorls of the Melajo shells are more convex than those of specimens from Springvale. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Genus SCABRICOLA Swainson Swainson, 1840, A treatise on malacology, pp. 130, 131, 319. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. soc. Gondon, Proc., pt. 15, p, 141), Matra serpentina Lamarck. According to Cernohorsky (1966, p. 116) Mitra serpentina is the same as Voluta variegata Gmelin, and its radula “unique among all other mitrid radula types.” Scabricola nodulosa (Gmelin) Pl. 55, fig. 18 1791. Voluta nodulosa Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, pt. 6, p. 3445. 1962. Mitra (Uromitra) nodulosa (Gmelin), Weisbord, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, p. 395, pl. 36, figs. 7, 8. For further citations see this publication. A single, worn, not adult specimen from Matura is available. It is indistinguishable from Recent shells of corresponding size. As stated by Abbott (1958, p. 82), the sculpture and shape of S. nodu- losa are strongly variable. Mitra granulosa Lamarck is considered a synonym of S. nodu- losa by some authors. Pilsbry’s (1922, p. 340) record of S. granulosa from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic needs confirmation. A single specimen from late Miocene deposits near Puerto Limdén, Costa Rica (USGS locality 21056), may be conspecific with S. nodulosa, although it has coarser axials than most of the Recent shells. Occurrence. — USGS 19860. Distribution. — Pleistocene of Cuba. Recent from Florida and the Bahamas through the West Indies. Genus CONOMITRA Conrad Conrad, 1865, Amer. Jour. Conchology, vol. 1, pt. 1, p. 25. Type species (by subsequent designation, Fischer, 1884, Manuel de conchyliologie, p. 613), Mitra fusoides Lea. 532 BULLETIN 247 Conomitra species A Pl. 55, figs. 19, 20 Of medium size, biconic. Protoconch consists of about two whorls. Postnuclear whorls almost five. Sculpture consists of num- erous axials with wider interspaces and low, but broad spirals. There are three to four spirals on the spire whorls. Suture deep. Whorls shouldered near upper suture. Columella with four strong folds. On the lower part of the body whorl there may be secondary spirals. A single, incomplete specimen from the base of the Melajo Clay is at hand. It is closely related to the Miocene Venezuelan C. lavelana F. Hodson (in Hodson and Hodson, 193la, p. 43, pl. 24, figs. 1-4, 7, 11). The Melajo specimen has a somewhat larger apical angle and finer sculpture. C. caribbeana Weisbord (1929, p. 48, pl. 6, figs. 14, 15) from the middle Miocene of Colombia has even coarser axials than C. lavelana and is larger. C. mauryae Rutsch (1942, p. 158, pl. 8, figs. 8a, 8b) from Springvale Quarry is a different species. Occurrence. — USGS 18411. Family TURBINELLIDAE Genus TURBINELLA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 73. Type species (by monotypy). Voluta pyrum Linné. Turbinella riosecana (H. K. Hodson) 1931. Xancus praeovoideus riosecanus H. K. Hodson, in Hodson and Hodson, Bull) Amer. Paleont.vol: 165 Nos 160) sp212,) pit Vie eal pl eli2ae ioe 1942. Nancus trinitatis riosecanus H. K. Hodson, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. 9 Basel vols 54 p. LOI ple Oh ties. 3. 1964. Turbinella riosecana (H. K. Hodson), Vokes, Tulane Stud. Geol., vol. 2, No. 2, p. 53. For further citations see this publication Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 24148. Type locality. — About 20 km northeast of Urumaco, Falcén, Venezuela. A single, incomplete specimen from the base of the Melajo Clay is at hand. It consists of three smooth whorls and has a thick parietal callus. It is about 160 mm high, and its greatest diameter measures 95 mm. The relationships of this species to other forms have been discussed by Vokes (1964, pp. 40, 54). Occurrence. — USGS 18411. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 535 Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Rio Seco Fm. (Pliocene), Falcén, Venezuela. Family MARGINELLIDAE Genus PRUNUM Herrmannsen Herrmannsen, 1852, Indicis generum malacozoorum. Supplementa et corri- genda, p. 113. Type species (by monotypy), Voluta prunum Gmelin. Subgenus PRUNUM s. str. Prunum (Prunum) dallianum (Maury) Pli-57, figs. 1-4 1912. Marginella dalliana Maury, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, vol. 15, p. 67, pl. 10, figs. 5, 6. 1925. Marginella dalliana Maury, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p- 201. Of medium size, rather stout. Spire low. Outer lip moderately thickened, smooth. Columella with four folds, the two anterior ones with a narrow interspace and much more oblique than the two posterior ones. Columellar callus inconspicuous. Aperture some- what broader anteriorly. Lectotype (herewith selected). — Cornell University, Paleont. Museum, Ithaca, N. Y., unnumbered. Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 20.3 mm, diameter 13.2 mm. Type locality. — Point Courbaril area: 1000 feet west of Brigh- ton pier, ‘Trinidad. Only a few specimens of P. dallianum are known from the Courbaril beds. Guppy (e.g. 1874, p. 440) cited P. caerulescens Lamarck from the Matura beds several times. P. caerulescens is con- sidered as a synonym of P. prunum by some authors. A few speci- mens from Matura with broken outer lips may represent Guppy’s P. caerulescens. ‘Their stoutness, the position of their columellar folds, and the weak callus on the anterior part of the columella suggest that they are conspecific with P. dallianum. The Recent Caribbean P. prunum is larger, more slender, and has a high spire. The Recent Eastern Pacific P. curtum (G. B. Sowerby I) (Coan and Roth, 1966, p. 280, pl. 48, figs. 4-6) has a somewhat higher spire, weaker columellar folds, and a prominent deposit of callus near the base of the columella which is lacking in P. dallianum. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: USGS 10991, USGS 20432, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: JS 67 (?) , USGS 19860 (?). 534 BULLETIN 247 Subgenus EGOUENA Jousseaume Jousseaume, 1875, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, ser. 3, vol. 3, p. 167. ‘Type species (by subsequent designation, ‘Tomlin, 1917, Malac. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 12, pt. 5, p. 244), Marginella amygdala Kiener. Prunum (Egouena) springvalense (Maury) Pl 5. figs Dao 1925. Marginella springvalensis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. 200, pl. 34, figs. 10, 14. 1925. Marginella springvalensis Maury, Mansfield, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66; art. 22°5p) 38, pl. 6, fig. 13) 1938. Marginella (Leptegouana) springvalensis Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988. p. 4. 1942. Marginella (Prunum) springvalensis Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 104. Of medium to large size, solid. Spire moderately elevated. Outer lip strongly thickened. Parietal callus not prominent. ‘The four columellar folds of about the same strength, the two anterior ones more closely set and more oblique than the others. Aperture wider anteriorly. Callus of outer lip not reaching beyond penulti- mate whorl posteriorly. Lectotype (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 1038 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 34, fig. 14). Dimensions of lectotype.— Height 41.4 mm, 25:5) Tom: Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. P. springvalense occurs abundantly in the Savaneta Glauconi- tic Sandstone Member, but at the base of the Melajo Clay only a few specimens have been found. greatest diameter P. springvalense is related to the Miocene Venezuelan P. demo- cracianum (F. Hodson) (im Hodson, Hodson and Harris, 1927, p. 76, pl. 40, fig. 20). P. democracianum has a higher spire and a more inflated body whorl. P. springvalense does not have a close Recent relative in the Western Atlantic or the Eastern Pacific. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., ‘Trinidad. Prunum (Egouena) calypsonis (Maury) PAR aie satese (8), 10) 21910. Marginela (sic) coniformis G. B. Sowerby I, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and ‘Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 8; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 151. ‘TRINIDAD MI0CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 535 1925. Marginella calypsonis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, p. OO ply 345 ties. 2) 32 1925. Marginella calypsonis Maury, Mansfield, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22,p. 39; pl. 6, fig. 11. 1938. Marginella (Egouana) calypsonis Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novi- tates, No. 988, p. 4. 1942. Marginella (Prunum) calypsonis Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 104. Of medium size, solid. Spire moderately elevated. Outer lip strongly thickened. Callus of inner lip thick, reaching from the base of the columella to the top of the spire. Spire whorls recognizable on dorsal side only. Columellar folds four, the two anterior ones more oblique and somewhat stronger. Lectotype (herewith selected). — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 1037 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 34, fig. 13). Dimensions of lectotype. — Height 21.6 mm, greatest diameter 12.1 mm. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. Like P. springvalense this species is abundant in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member, but only a few specimens have been collected at the base of the Melajo Clay. The Venezuelan Miocene P. berjadinense (F. Hodson) (in Hodson, Hodson and Harris, 1927, p. 75, pl. 37, figs. 11, 13, pl. 40, figs. 16, 18) seems to be related to P. calypsonis, although it is smaller and its parietal callus less prominent. The figured paratype of P. suteri (Rutsch) (1934, pl. 8, figs. 8, 9; not figs. 6, 7, 10) , from the late Miocene Punta Gavilan Formation of Venezuela, has about the dimensions of P. calypsonis. Its parietal callus is not so thick as in P. calypsonis (in this respect more resembling P. berjadinense) and its outer lip less thickened. The Recent Western Atlantic P. cinctum (Kiener) (Spéciés général, Marginella, p. 21, pl. 8, fig. 32) probably is a descendant of P. calypsonis. Its parietal callus and outer lip are even heavier. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Genus VOLVARINA Hinds Hinds, 1844, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 12, p. 75. Type species (by subsequent designation, Redfield, 1870, Amer. 536 BULLETIN 247 Jour. Conch., vol. 6, pt. 2, p. 221), Marginella nitida Hinds (= Voluta mitrella Risso) . Volvarina (?) species A Pl 57s tienen Shell large, solid. Spire low, but pointed. Outer lip thickened, straight. Columella with four folds of about equal strength, Aper- ture wider anteriorly. Columellar callus inconspicuous. A few specimens of this form occur at the base of the Melajo Clay and probably represent a new species. They are somewhat larger, stouter, and have a lower spire than the middle Miocene Marginella leander Brown and Pilsbry (1911, p. 347, pl. 24, fig. 13; Olsson, 1922, p. 98, pl. 6, fig. 22) from Panama. Marginella collina Olsson (1922, p. 97, pl. 7, figs. 26, 27) from the middle Miocene of Costa Rica is smaller and more slender. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Volvarina (?) species B IPG By sas IG A few specimens from the Courbaril beds and Matura are similar to Volvarina (?) species A. Their outer lip, however, is not Straight, and there is a shallow concavity near the base of the columella which is not present in the Melajo specimens. There seems to be no closely related Recent Caribbean species. V. avena (Kiener) (Abbott, 1958, p. 85, pl. 2 1) is much more sien- der, and the central part of its outer lip is slightly constricted. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: USGS 20432. Matura Bay: JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Genus PERSICULA Schumacher Schumacher, 1817, Essai d’un nouveau systeme des habitations des vers testacés, p. 235. Type species (by monotypy), Persicula variabilis Schumacher (= Voluta persicula Linné) . Subgenus RABICEA Gray Gray, 1857, Guide to the systematic distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum, p. 37. Type species (by monotypy), Marginella interrupta Lamarck (= Voluta interruptolineata Megerle von Miuhlfeld) . Persicula (Rabicea) couviana (Maury) PINS tieseelss 1925. Marginelia (Persicula) couviana Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, INO; GP jos A074 joll, ake satay Ile TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG Ooi 1925. Marginella (Persicula) propeobesa Mansfield, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22, p. 41, pl. 6, fig. 10. 1938. Marginella (Persicula) couviana Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 4. 1938. Marginella (Persicula) propeobesa Mansfield, Vokes, ibidem, p. 4. 1942. Persicula (Rabicea) cowviana (Maury), Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 165. Of medium size, solid. Outer lip thickened, denticulated within. Parietal callus thin, with an inconspicuous axial ridge. Columella with two prominent folds at base, the upper one being stronger. Above them there is a variable number of shorter and weaker ridges. Basal notch deep. Holotypes.— Of P. cowviana: Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 1035. Of P. propeobesa: USNM 352651. Type locality. — For both species: Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. P. couviana occurs at the base of the Melajo Clay. Most speci- mens are perfectly preserved. Some of the Melajo shells reach a larger size than topotypes. The prominence of the denticles on the inner surface of the outer lip is variable. ‘The denticles may be lacking in immature shells but are present in adults. P. couviana is closely related to the Miocene Venezuelan P. venezuelana lavelana (F. Hodson) (im Hodson, Hodson and Harris, 1927, p: 78, pl. 40, figs. 3,10, 11). Im fact the differences are slight. The Venezuelan species tends to be stouter and has a thicker parie- tal callus. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. —Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., ‘Trinidad. Persicula (Rabicea) cf. interruptolineata (Megerle von Miihlfeld) Pipi esd 12 A number of specimens from Matura may be referrable to the Recent Caribbean P. interruptolineata. No color patterns are pre- served. ‘They show a considerable variation as to stoutness. The denticulation on the inner surface of the outer lip is weak, if present. The groove above the two basal columellar folds is some- times not pronounced at all. A similar variability is shown by Recent specimens. According to Coan and Roth (1966, p. 284) P. interrupta mareana Weisbord (1962, p. 409, pl. 37, figs. 9-14) and P. hodsoni Weisbord (1962, p. 538 BULLETIN 247 412, pl. 38, figs. 5-8) , both from the Pliocene of Venezuela, probably represent P. interruptolineata. Occurrence. —K 10924, JS 67, RR 230, USGS 18202a0ses 19860. Genus BULLATA Jousseaume Jousseaume, 1875, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, ser. 3, vol. 3, pp. 167, 250 Type species (by tautonymy), Voluta bullata Born. Bullata maiae (Maury) IDG Byes, 7, Gi 1925. Marginella (Volutella) maiae Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42,-p. 201, pl. 34, fig. 9: 1938. Marginella (Volutella) maiae Maury, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, INO: 988pa4s 1942. Marginella (Bullata) bullata maiae Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 165. Holotype. — Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 1033. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. B. maiae occurs in the Melajo Clay in fragments only. One fragment representing part of a body whorl reaches a height of 66 mm. A complete, but somewhat deformed specimen from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member, is figured. Its spire is flat and submerged, and the outer lip reaches higher up. The Recent B. bullata from Brasil is more inflated. Its outer lip bears denticles, whereas that of B. maiae is smooth. The outer lip of B. maiae is more thickened, and the base of the aperture much wider than in B. bullata. B. popenoi (Mansfield) (1930, p. 54, pl. 4, figs. 9, 11) from the late Miocene of Florida is smaller, has a denticulated outer lip, and a narrower aperture. Occurrence. — Hutch 47, Hutch 51, PJ 285, USGS 21178. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., ‘Trinidad. Bullata maturensis, n. sp. Pl. OG sfieSe ley Shell large, slender. Spire flat, forming a horizontal plane with the uppermost part of the outer lip. Body whorl only slightly in- flated. Aperture wider anteriorly, Outer lip thick, smooth, almost straight. Columellar folds four, the two anterior ones more ob- lique. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15270. ‘TRINIDAD MI0OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 539 Dimensions of holotype. — Height 40.0 mm, greatest diameter 19.5 mm. Type locality. — Matura Bay: RR 230. B. maturensis is represented from Matura by one adult shell, the holotype, and two immature specimens. ‘Three immature shells from the Courbaril beds are identified as this species as well. B. maturensis is characterised by its slender shape and _ its straight outer lip. None of the large species of Bullata show these features. The wide anterior part of the aperture is similar to that of B. maiae, but B. maiae is larger and more inflated. ‘The Recent B. bullata is even more inflated, and the shape of the aperture en- tirely different. Large species of Bullata occur in the Caribbean region from Miocene to Recent. No Recent analogue is known from the Eastern Pacific. Occurrence. — Point Courbaril: K 12255, USGS 20434, USGS 21778. Matura Bay: RR 230. Family CANCELLARIIDAE Genus CANCELLARIA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 71. Type species (by monotypy) , Voluta reticulata Linné. Subgenus EUCLIA H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1854, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 277. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1899, Es- sais de paléoconchologie comparée, pt. 3, p. 10), Cancellaria casst- diformis G. B. Sowerby I. Cancellaria (Euclia) montserratensis Maury PIM SS ess Ong 1925. Cancellaria montserratensis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 4257p) 194) pl 35, figs. 6; 8; 1925. Cancellaria springvaleensis Mansfield, U. S$. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, Evils ay jo willy jolly rakes die 1938. Cancellaria (Cancellaria) cowvana Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 20, fig. 21. 1942. Cancellaria montserratensis Maury, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 163, pl. 9, figs. 7a, 7b. Of medium size. Protoconch with 214 whorls. Postnuclear whorls five. Early sculpture consisting of four to five spirals and about 10 axials. Subsequently the whorls become — strongly 540 BULLETIN 247 shouldered. One spiral is sitting on the shoulder, two broad spirals are below the shoulder and a third one at the lower suture. Between shoulder and upper suture there are two or three minor spirals. Shoulder with nodes where crossed by axials. Parietal callus large and prominent. Columella with three folds, the lowest one incon- spicuous. Between the upper two folds there are three small pustules near the margin of the callus. Outer lip lirate within. Umbilical opening small. Siphonal fasciole prominent, sculptured by several spirals. Types. — Lectotype of C. montserratensis (herewith selected) : Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N. Y., No. 1046 (specimen figured by Maury, 1925, pl. 35, fig. 8). Holotype of C. springvaleensis: USNM 352662. Holotype of C. couvana: Amer. Museum Nat. Hist., No. 24667. Dimensions of lectotype of montserratensis. — Height 27.6 mm, ereatest diameter 15.8 mm. Type locality (of all three species). — Springvale Quarry, Trini- dad. This species is represented by two shells from the base of the Melajo Clay. Both of them have a strongly angulated shoulder. As pointed out by Rutsch (1942, p. 164) the degree of this angulation is variable. There are many species of Euclia in deposits of the late ‘Ter- tiary Caribbean faunal province. The subgenus is now living in the Eastern Pacific but not in Caribbean waters. Many of these species have more or less shouldered whorls and more or less persistent axial and spiral sculpture. One of the strongly shouldered species is C. triangularis Nelson (1870, p. 191, pl. 6, fig. 10; Olsson, 1932, p. 158, pl. 18, figs. 1, 2) from the middle Miocene of Peru. It has stronger spirals, more axials, and the lower part of its body whorl is more constricted than in C. montserratensis. The type species of Euclia, the Recent Eastern Pacific C. casst- diformis G. B. Sowerby I (in Broderip and Sowerby, 1832-1833, p. 53, 1832) is much larger, less strongly shouldered, and spiny at the shoulder. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 541 Cancellaria (Euclia) cf. codazzii Anderson Pl. 58, fig. 8 Of medium size. Spire high. Protoconch with 214 smooth whorls. Postnuclear whorls 514. Sculpture starting with axials. Early whorls strongly shouldered, with nine axials per whorl and three spirals. Subsequently the whorls are less shouldered and the number of axials increases rapidly. There are about 24 axials on the body whorl. Late spire whorls with a spiral on the weakly ac- centuated shoulder, two spirals below the shoulder, and one or two weak spirals near the upper suture. On the penultimate and the body whorls a fine spiral thread appears above the shoulder. There are about 18 spirals below the shoulder of the body whorl, some of which are of secondary size. Outer lip lirate within. Columellar folds three, the lowest one weak. Parietal callus thin. Umbilical opening small. Siphonal fasciole not prominent. A single, damaged shell from the Melajo Clay is available. It may be conspecific with C. codazziz Anderson (1929, p. 116, pl. 14, figs. 4-7; Barrios, 1960, p. 291, pl. 11, fig. 5) from the middle Mio- cene of Colombia, but more specimens are needed to be certain. C. acuttcarinata Weisbord (1929, p. 51, pl. 6, fig. 7), also from the Miocene of Colombia, seems to be related to C. codazzit. The Melajo specimen is more slender and has more axials than the Recent C. balboae Pilsbry (1931, p. 439, pl. 41, figs. 7, 8) from Panama Bay. Occurrence. — USGS 21178. Subgenus NARONA H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1854, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 277. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1899, Fssais de paléoconchologie comparée, pt. 3, p. 5), Cancellaria clava- tula G. B. Sowerby I. Canceliaria (Narona) semota, n. sp. Pl. 58, figs. 4, 5 Of medium size, slender. Protoconch with 23, smooth whorls, its axis slightly oblique to main shell axis. The first 184 whorls of the protoconch are flat-sided, the remainder inflated. Postnuclear whorls almost six. Sculpture starts abruptly, consists of eight axials per whorl and two spirals which give a bicarinate appearance. Sub- sequently additional spirals are intercalated and the axials become swollen. There are six spirals on the penultimate whorl. Axials on 542 BULLETIN 247 body whorl of unequal size. Outer lip thickened, denticulated with- in. Parietal callus not well developed. Columella with two strong folds. Umbilical opening small. Siphonal fasciole moderately prominent. Canal long. Holotype. — USNM 645498. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 17.7 mm, greatest diameter 8.0 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: USGS 21178. This species is based on the holotype only which has been collected from the Melajo Clay. The anterior extremity of the shell is not complete. C. bullbrooki Mansfield (1925, p. 31, pl. 5, fig. 3) from the Miocene of Trinidad is based on the holotype (USNM 352663) only which is probably immature. The axis of the protoconch of C. bullbrooki is even more oblique than that of C. semota. The early sculpture of both species is the same, but additional spirals appear later in C. semota. ‘The nuclear and sculptured whorls are stouter and more inflated in C. bullbrooki. C. semota is more slen- der than C. decaptyx Brown and Pilsbry (1911, p. 346, pl. 24, figs. 5, 6) from the middle Miocene of the Panama Canal Zone, and has less axials on late whorls. C. trema Olsson (1932, p. 162, pl. 15, figs. 11, 12) from the upper Miocene of Peru has a larger apical angle, less incised sutures, and more axials on the body whorl. The nuclear whorls of the Recent Eastern Pacific C. clavatula G. B. Sowerby I (in Broderip and Sowerby, 1832-1833, p. 52, 1832) , the type species of Narona, are more inflated, and secondary spirals appear earlier than in C. semota. The Melajo species is more slen- der than C. clavatula. Occurrence. — USGS 21178. Subgenus CHARCOLLERIA Olsson Olsson, 1942, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 27, No. 106, p. 61. Type species (by original designation) , Cancellaria (Charcol- leria) perdiciana Olsson. Cancellaria (Charcolleria) species IAL Bye}, sale, &: A single, somewhat worn specimen from the base of the Melajo Clay is available. It consists of a little less than six whorls including protoconch. ‘The sculpture is predominantly spiral, the interspaces TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 545 of the spirals narrow. Whorls moderately convex. Sutures not deeply incised. Inner surface of outer lip with lirations. Columellar callus prominent. Columella with two strong folds. Anterior canal long. Although much smaller, the Melajo shell seems to be more closely related to C. perdiciana Olsson (1942, p. 61, pl. 8, fig. 5) from the lower Miocene of Colombia than to the Pliocene C. terry: Olsson! (1942, p. 162; pl. 8) fig. 1) from Panama. C. terryt is more slender, has more inflated whorls with deeply incised sutures and heavier sculpture. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Genus TRIGONOSTOMA Blainville Blainville, 1827, Manuel de malacologie et de conchyliologie, p. 652. Type species (by monotypy and tautonymy), Delphinula tri- gonostoma Lamarck. Subgenus EMMONSELLA Olsson and Petit Olsson and Petit, 1964, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 47, No. 217, p. 541. Type species (by original designation) , Cancellaria tenera Philippi. Trigonostoma (Emmonsella) species A single, incomplete shell from the base of the Melajo Clay is available. Protoconch with two whorls. Early sculpture consists of a few spirals with narrow interspaces. On later whorls one of the central spirals becomes more prominent than the others. Axial sculpture inconspicuous. The Melajo shell is too incomplete to point out affinities. Although not recorded, a species of Trigonostoma occurs in the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member as well. The few speci- mens known are incomplete and deformed. ‘They do not seem to be conspecific with the Melajo shell. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Family CONIDAE Genus CONUS Linné Linné, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 712. Type species (by subsequent designation, Children, 1825), Conus marmoreus Linné. See Kennard, Salisbury and Woodward (1931, p. 35). 544 BULLETIN 247 Conus springvaleensis Mansfield Pl. 58 f1g89 1867. Conus planiliratus G. B. Sowerby I, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 159; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 38. 1874. Conus planiliratus G. B. Sowerby I, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 440 (part). 1910. Conus planiliratus G. B. Sowerby I, Guppy, Agric. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Soc. Paper No. 440, p. 6; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, p. 149. 1925. Conus planiliratus G. B. Sowerby I, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 105; Nos 425 p: 186; pl. 9345 fig: 6: 21925. Conus burckhardti Bose, Maury, ibidem, p. 187, pl. 34, fig. 5. 1925. Conus springvaleensis Mansfield, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22, Pal pl le tiess:35s6: 1938. Conus (Leptoconus) springvaleensis Mansfield, Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 3. 1942. Conus springvaleensis Mansfield, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. bye, oa. Ose Of small to medium size, moderately slender. Spire somewhat concave in profile. Protoconch high, slender, consists of more than three smooth whorls. Postnuclear whorls nine. Early spire whorls strongly angulated on lower part, without tubercles. Sculpture con- sists of Opisthocyrt growth lines only. Late spire whorls with a few scarcely visible spirals. Shoulder of body whorl strongly angulated. Sculpture of body whorl consists of a variable number of widely spaced spiral grooves which cover most of the body whorl. Anal notch moderately deep. Aperture slightly wider anteriorly. Holotype. —USNM 352644. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, ‘Trinidad. ‘This species is represented by a few specimens from the base of the Melajo clay. The sculpture of the last whorl of immature specimens is usually restricted to the lower half of the whorl. C. springvaleensis is related to the widespread C. imitator Brown and Pilsbry (1911, p. 342, pl. 23, fig. 4), which has originally been described from the middle Miocene of the Panama Canal Zone. C. imitator is larger and has a less concave spire. ‘The same is true for C. imitator lius Woodring (1928, p. 209, pl. 10, figs. 5, 6) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica. In addition C. imitator has tubercles on early spire whorls and a smaller protoconch. C. sophus Olsson (1932, p. 154, pl. 16, figs. 6, 8, 9) from the Miocene of Peru has a similar protoconch, but it is a smaller species, and the anterior part of its body whorl is somewhat constricted. The Recent Eastern Pacific C. arcuatus Broderip and G. B. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 545 Sowerby I (Hanna and Strong, 1949, p. 292, pl. 5, figs. 2-4) essen- tially has a higher spire. Its Pliocene subspecies C. vacuanus Olsson (1942, p. 49, pl. 6, figs. 11, 12) from Costa Rica and Panama has a less concave spire. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 18634. Distribution. —Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Conus couvaensis Vokes Pl. 58, figs, 10) Aa 1938. Conus (Lithoconus) couvaensis Vokes, Amer. Museum Novitates, No. 988, p. 18, fig. 16. 1942. Conus couvaensis Vokes, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 104. Of medium size, stout. Spire low. Protoconch not preserved. Postnuclear whorls eight. Spire whorls concave above shoulder, sculptured by opisthocyrt growth lines only. Anal notch deep. Body whorl somewhat convex below shoulder, sculptured by a few spirals near the base. Holotype. — Amer. Museum Nat. Hist., No. 24998. Type locality. — Springvale Quarry, Trinidad. C. couvaensis occurs at the base of the Melajo Clay. The stout shape and low spire suggest a relationship to the middle Miocene C. aemulator Brown and Pilsbry (1911, p. 342, pl. 23, fig. 9) from the Panama Canal Zone and C. veatchi Olsson (1922, p. 44, pl. 2, figs. 5, 8) from Water Cay, Panama, and the Panama Canal Zone, which are considered as synonyms by some authors. C. cowvaensis, however, lacks the spirals above the shoulder and is smaller. Rutsch (1934, p. 104, pl. 9, figs. 7-11) recorded C. aemulator from the late Miocene Punta Gavil4n Formation of Venezuela and treated it as a subspecies of the Recent Caribbean C. proteus Hwass. The holotype of C. manzanillaensis Mansfield (1925, p. 12, pl. 2, figs. 5, 10) from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Formation of Trinidad is imperfect and the only specimen known. Its early spire whorls are tuberculated. ‘The spire whorls are less concave than in C. couvaensis, and there are traces of spirals. Occurrence. — USGS 18411, USGS 1863: Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. Conus species A small species of Conus occurs in the Matura shell bed. Only 546 BULLETIN 247 two specimens are available. The larger one is 20.3 mm high and worn. The other shell is unworn and shows that the early spire whorls are tuberculated, and that there are a few fine spirals above the shoulder. These spirals disappear on later spire whorls. Spire moderately high, slightly concave. Shoulder of body whorl strongly angulated. Body whorl smooth except for spirals near the base. Guppy cited Conus pusio Bruguiére from Matura. According to Clench (1942a, p. 10) Conus pusio Hwass is the same as C. jaspi- deus Gmelin. The body whorl of C. jaspideus is usually covered by widely spaced spirals, whereas on the Matura specimens the spirals are restricted to the lowest part of the body whorl. Occurrence. — RR 230, USGS 19860. Family TURRIDAE Genus POLYSTIRA Woodring Woodring, 1928, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 385, p. 145. Type species (by original designation), Plewrotoma albida Perry. Polystira species A The Matura shell bed has yielded a few small fragments of a Polystiva. ‘They are too worn to point out affinities. The strongest spiral is situated a little above the middle of the whorl. Below it there are two fine spirals, above it one stronger one. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Polystira species B PAL Yo anes, 118° A few immature specimens from the Melajo Clay are available. The figured specimen is perfectly preserved. ‘The protoconch con- sists of 114 whorls, and its last part is sculptured by a few fine axials. ‘There are six postnuclear whorls preserved. First sculpture consists of opisthocyrt axials, a sharp subsutural spiral, and a stronger spiral at about the middle of the whorl. On subsequent whorls the spirals become stronger and the growth lines prominent. On the fourth sculptured whorl a secondary spiral and a little later a second one appear below the medial keel. Anterior canal slightly twisted to the left. The early sculpture of the Recent Western Atlantic P. florencae Bartsch (1934, p. 9, pl. 3, figs. 4-7) is similar to the Melajo species, ~I TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG oe but the protoconch of P. florencae is larger, and the axials on the first sculptured whorl less prominent. P. florencae has a longer anterior canal, The relations to Polystira species A from Matura are uncertain until better specimens are available, although both have a similar early sculpture. Occurrence. — EL 1810, PJ 285, USGS 18399. Genus CARINODRILLIA Dall Dall, 1919, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 56, No. 2288, p. 17. Type species (by original designation) , Clathrodrillia (Carino- drillia) halis Dall. Carinodrillia meraca, n. sp. Pl. 58, figs: 15; 16 Of small to medium size, slender. Protoconch with three smooth whorls. Postnuclear whorls nine. First sculpture consists of opisthocline axials which gradually become stronger. After a little more than half a whorl a subsutural spiral appears. At the same time or a little later two spirals appear on the lower part of the whorl. ‘They are more prominent, where they cross the axials. Late spire whorls with one or two additional spirals near the lower suture. There are seven axials on late whorls. Anal fasciole sculp- tured by three or four spiral threads and conspicuous growth lines. Body whorl with about 11 spirals and about four minute spiral threads in their interspaces. Anal sinus deep. Outer lip thickened. Columellar callus prominent, smooth. Anterior canal moderately long. Siphonal fasciole slightly bulging, sculptured by a few spirals. Holotype. —-USNM 645499. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 17.8 mm, greatest diameter 5.0 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: USGS 21178. This species occurs in the Melajo Clay and is represented by about 30 specimens. Many of them are immature or incomplete. The outer lip of the holotype is broken. C. meraca is an extremely slender species. It is closely related to the Miocene C. aquanica Olsson (1922, p. 65, pl. 5, figs. 16, 17) from Costa Rica. C. aquanica has more and more prominent axials and is somewhat less slender. C. propefusiformis (Mansfield) (1925, p. 20, pl. 2, figs. 3, 4) 548 BULLETIN 247 from the middle Miocene of Trinidad is considerably larger. It is less slender and has less, but much broader axials. Rutsch (1942, p. 168) reported two specimens from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation as Carinodrillia ? sp. ind. Although similar in sculpture, they differ in being less slender than C. meraca. Occurrence. —EL 1810, K 9903, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Genus CRASSISPIRA Swainson Swainson, 1840, Treatise on Malacology, p. 313. Type species (by subsequent designation, Herrmannsen, 1847, Indicis generum malacozoorum primordia, vol. 1p: 318), Pleuro- toma bottae Kiener. Subgenus CRASSISPIRA s. str. Crassispira (Crassispira) cf. caroniana (Maury) Pl, 59 fie 4 A single specimen from the Melajo Clay is available. Its tip and the outer lip are broken. There are 12 opisthocline, narrow axials on late whorls. Late spire whorls with four fine spirals. Opis- thocyrt growth lines on anal fasciole prominent. Subsutural spiral sharp. Anterior canal long. The axials of topotypes of C. caroniana (Maury) (1925, p. 189, pl. 32, fig. 12) from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Mem- ber are somewhat more rounded than those of the Melajo shell. The Melajo specimen has less spirals on the spire whorls. C. henekent (G. B. Sowerby II) (1850, p. 50, pl. 10, fig. 6) from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic is a different species. It has less, but broader axials, which are almost orthocline. Occurrence. — PJ 285. Crassispira (Crassispira) faceta, n. sp. Pl. 59> figs= 526 Shell large, moderately slender. Protoconch with almost three whorls. Postnuclear whorls 814. Sculpture consists of a sharp sub- sutural spiral and slightly opisthocline axials. There are 13 axials on the penultimate whorl; their crests somewhat sharpened. Anal fasciole concave, sculptured by opisthocyrt growth lines. Spire whorls with six or seven spirals below anal fasciole. Aperture long. Anterior canal moderately long. Siphonal fasciole slightly bulging. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 549 Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15317. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 39.5 mm, greatest diameter 222) mm: Type locality. — Matura Bay: RR 230. This species is represented from Matura by the holotype and two immature, fragmentary specimens. The outer lip of the holo- type is broken. C. faceta is closely related to C. caroniana (Maury) (1925, p. 189, pl. 32, fig. 12). It differs in being less slender and in having lower, stouter whorls. It is also less slender than C. aegis Woodring (1928, p. 151, pl. 4, fig. 12) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica. C. aegis has proportionately higher whorls, its axials are almost orthocline, and its protoconch has less whorls. Occurrence. — RR 230, USGS 18204. Subgenus CRASSISPIRELLA Bartsch and Rehder Bartsch and Rehder, 1939, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 87, No. 3070, p. 135. Type species (by original designation), Turris (Crassispira) rugitecta Dall. Crassispira (Crassispirella) ritanida (Mansfield) PIS59s ficss tale 1867. Pleurotoma luctuosa d’Orbigny, Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, p. 159 (part); reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 307) Doo: 1874. Pleurotoma luctuosa d’Orbigny, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2 VOls 1p: 440) (pant) 1925. Drillia ritanida Mansfield, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22, p. 24, plas, fig. 10: Of small size. Protoconch consists of 114 smooth whorls. Post- nuclear whorls six. First sculpture consists of closely spaced axials with a few minute spirals in their interspaces. After about a quarter of a whorl the subsutural spiral appears which gradually becomes stronger. Axials on early sculptured whorls reach from subsutural cord to lower suture, but gradually disappear on anal fasciole. There are about 12 axials on the body whorl. Late spire whorls with five or six spirals between the axials and about four finer spirals on the anal fasciole. Body whorl with about I! primary spirals below the anal fasciole and one or two secondary spirals in each interspace. Outer lip smooth within. Anal sinus moderately deep. Parietal callus smooth. Pillar sculptured by a few spirals. Holotype.—USNM 115581. 550 BULLETIN 247 Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. C. ritanida was originally based on the holotype only. Later collections from Matura have yielded 18 additional specimens, most of which, however, are incomplete. C. ebenina (Dall). [1890-1903 (1890), p. 33, pl. 2iiemsi: which is said to range from Miocene to Recent, essentially is a larger and stouter species with a sharper subsutural cord. Accord- ing to Abbott (1958, p. 94) C. ebenina is a synonym of C. fusce- scens (Reeve). C. oerteli (Bose) (in Bose and Toula,1910, p. 249, pl. 13, fig. 24) from the upper Miocene of the Tehuantepec area, Mexico, has similar dimensions and proportions, but it has more axials which are crossed by the spirals. Occurrence. — RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 18204, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Genus AGLADRILLIA Woodring Woodring, 1928, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 385, p. 157. Type species (by original designation) , Agladrillia callothyra Woodring. Agladrillia (?) lassula, n. sp. Pl. 59, figs. 1-3 Of medium size, stout. Protoconch with 1%4 whorls, its last part with an anterior angulation. Postnuclear whorls nine. Early sculpture consists of opisthocline axials which are considerably broader near the lower suture. Axials of later whorls opisthocline below anal fasciole, weaker and opisthocyrt on anal fasciole. Spiral sculpture consists of narrow grooves; those below the anal fasciole more widely spaced. At some distance from the outer lip there is an inconspicuous hump, after which the axials (but not the spiral grooves) are practically suppressed. Anal sinus deep. Stromboid notch conspicuous. Anterior canal short, slightly widening near base. Parietal callus greatly thickened near anal sinus. Columellar callus somewhat detached from pillar. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15311. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 16.4 mm, greatest diameter 6.5 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: Hutch 47. This species occurs in the Melajo Clay and is represented by 20 incomplete specimens. It is assigned to the genus Agladrillia TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 551 with hesitation only. The type species of the genus, A. callothyra Woodring (1928, p. 158, pl. 5, fig. 7), from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica, has stronger sculpture, more inflated whorls, and a subsutural spiral which is not developed in the Melajo species. However, there are species without subsutural spiral which have been assigned to Agladrillia such as A. aulakoessa Gardner [1926- 1950 (1937), p. 310, pl. 40, figs. 2-4] from the Chipola Formation of Florida. A. musacina (Olsson) (1922, p- 69s pls >; figs. 275.28), trom the middle Miocene of Costa Rica, is a smaller and more slender form. According to topotypes its protoconch is indistinguishable from that of A. (?) lassula, and there is no subsutural spiral as well. Occurrence. — Hutch 47, Hutch 51, EL 1810, KR 11862, PJ 285 SGS 21178, Genus LEPICYTHARA Olsson Olsson, 1964, Neogene Mollusks from Northwestern Ecuador, p. 110, Paleont. Research Inst. Type species (by original designation), Cythara terminula Dall. Lepicythara disclusa, n. sp. Pl. 59, figs. 7-10 1942. “Cythara” (Brachycythara ?) cf. terminula Dall, Rutsch, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 54, p. 169, pl. 3, figs. 10, 11. Of medium size, biconic. Protoconch consists of two smooth whorls. Postnuclear whorls 614. First sculptured whorl with numer- ous opisthocline axials. The second sculptured whorl is strongly inflated, or almost angulated at the middle of its height. It bears fewer, but much stronger axials, and a few spirals on its lower part. Subsequently the angulation of the whorl approaches the lower suture until it disappears. Late spire whorls with eight to ten, but usually nine broad, somewhat curved axials, which are crossed by numerous flat spirals with narrower interspaces. Spirals usually ar- ranged in pairs. Inner lip smooth. Margin of outer lip weakly crenulated by external spiral sculpture. Inner surface of outer lip with a more or less pronounced axial ridge. Anterior canal moder- ately long. Anal sinus shallow. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15291. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 16.0 mm, greatest diameter 7.1 mm. 552 BULLETIN 247 Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. This species is represented from the Melajo Clay by about 40 specimens. Of these only few were collected from the base of the Melajo Clay. The axials are usually aligned on successive late whorls but never so on early postnuclear whorls. ‘The specimens from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member figured by Rutsch are not adult and have a stouter appearance. Cythara sp. ind. as mentioned by Mansfield (1925, p. 26) from the Brasso Formation of Trinidad is a species of Lepicythara, but the specimen is immature and too incomplete for specific iden- tification. The type species of Lepicythara, L. terminula (Dall) [1890- 1903 (1890), p. 38, pl. 2, fig. 5] from the Pliocene of Florida, es- sentially is a more slender species, i.e. it has a smaller apical angle. It has narrower axials, its spiral sculpture is less prominent, and its aperture is somewhat narrower. L. turrita (Mansfield) (1930, p. 43, pl. 3, fig. 8) from the upper Miocene of Florida is smaller and has less axials. Its spiral sculpture is even flatter than in L. disclusa, but its axials are heavier and more bulging. L.-costaricensis (Olsson) (1922, p. 77, pl. 5, figs. 21, 22) inom the middle Miocene of Costa Rica is smaller, more slender, and its axials are narrower. L. heptagona (Gabb) (1873b, p. 211; Pulsbry, 1922, pmo22, sph ly hie. o)rand 3. cercadica (Maury) (1917, p. 6F, pl. 9, fig. 15), both from the middle Miocene of the Dominican Republic, are probably synonyms. L. heptagona is more slender than L. disclusa, n. sp., and has narrower axials. Its whorls are flatter, its spiral sculpture less prominent, and its anterior canal is shorter. The holotype of L. camaronensis Olsson (1964, p. 110, pl. 20, fig. 3) from the late Miocene or Pliocene of Ecuador is an imper- fect shell, its early whorls being strongly worn. The axials are much weaker in L. camaronensis, and the pairs of spirals are separated by wider interspaces than in L. disclusa. Occurrence. — Hutch 47, Hutch 51, KR 11862, RR 293, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 18634, USGS 21178. Distribution. — Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member and Melajo Clay Member, both of Springvale Fm., Trinidad. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 553 Genus ITHYCYTHARA Woodring Woodring, 1928, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 385, p. 168. Type species (by original designation) , Mangilia psila Bush. Ithycythara hilaris, n. sp. Pl. 59, figs. 16, 17 Shell small, slender. Protoconch with 214 smooth whorls. Post- nuclear whorls seven. First sculptured whorl with numerous slightly opisthocyrt axials which gradually become stronger, and a spiral thread at the lower suture which disappears soon. On the second or third postnuclear whorl the number of axials is reduced to six, and the axials remain aligned on successive whorls. Axials angulated somewhat below the middle of the whorl. Later spire whorls and body whorl with faint spiral grooves. Parietal callus smooth. Outer lip thin, with one denticle below the moderately deep anal sinus. Anterior canal moderately long. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15294. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 5.9 mm, greatest diameter 2.0 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: PJ 285. This species occurs in the Melajo Clay and is represented by 20 specimens. Many of them, however, are immature or incomplete. I. hilaris, n. sp. is more slender than J. rata Fargo (in Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 382, pl. 20, figs. 2, 2a) from the Pliocene of Florida. It lacks denticles on the outer lip and has a longer an- terior canal. I. kellumi Fargo (in Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 383, pl. 20, fig. 1), also from the Pliocene of Florida, lacks spiral sculpture and has a shallower anal sinus. Adult specimens of the type species of Ithycythara, the Recent J. psila (Bush) (1885, p. 455, pl. 45, fig. 2) from the southeastern United States, have denticles on the outer lip. J. psila is not so slender as J. hilaris, n. sp. and lacks spiral sculpture. Occurrence. — KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Ithycythara species A number of apparently immature specimens from the Cour- baril beds are not preserved well enough to be described. ‘They seem to differ from J. hilaris, n. sp. only by having seven axials per whorls instead of six. I. scissa Woodring (1928, p. 170, pl. 6, fig. 10) from the Bow- den Formation of Jamaica has also seven axials per whorl but is Jt Or uN BULLETIN 247 much larger. Its spiral sculpture causes small beads on part of the axials: Occurrence. — USGS 10991, USGS 20433. Genus ADELOCYTHARA Woodring Woodring, 1928, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 385, p. 171. Type species (by original designation) , Adelocythara primo- levis Woodring. Adelocythara (?) micropleura (Guppy) Pl. 59, figs. 18, 19 1867. Mangelia micropleura Guppy, Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, pt. 3, pp. 159, 171; reprint, Harris, 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 38, 1874. Site micropleura Guppy, Guppy, Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, pp. 410, 440, pl. 18, fig. 6. 1925. Mangilia micropleura Guppy, Mansfield, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, Ant 22, PaZo plese tl on/p Shell small, solid. Protoconch with about 114 whorls, not well separated from postnuclear whorls. Postnuclear whorls about five. First sculpture appearing gradually, consists of numerous axials and a spiral which is situated a little below the middle of the whorl. On the second sculptured whorl the axials are much stronger, their number reduced, and the spiral forms a peripheral angulation, which is now situated a little above the middle of the whorl. Late spire whorls with eight or nine axials and one or two distant spirals below the angulation. Body whorl with about six faint spirals below the angulation. Outer lip thickened. Anal sinus conspicuous, denticle below it not prominent. Pillar with several oblique spirals. Lectotype (herewith selected).—USNM 115583 (specimen. fig- ured by Mansfield) . Dimensions of lectotype.— Height 5.0 mm, greatest diameter 2.3 mm. Type locality. — Matura, Trinidad. The type lot of Mangelia micropleura consists of six specimens. Contrary to Mansfield’s statement the lectotype (Mansfield’s fig- ured specimen) is not the largest one of the syntypes. The lectotype is a somewhat worn specimen, and its spiral sculpture is not well recognizable. Later collections have yielded better specimens. Mansfield compared A. (?) micropleura with Mangilia plicosa C. B. Adams. But this is an entirely different form according to TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKs: JUNG 55D the figure of the lectotype given by Clench and Turner (1950, pl. Si dio. 1). This species is tentatively referred to the genus Adelocythara. Its protoconch and first sculpture are similar to those of the type species, A. primolevis Woodring (1928, p. 171, pl. 6, fig. 11) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica. A. primolevis is smaller, more slender, and has more axials. Its spirals are stronger and cross the axials. In A. (?) micropleura the spirals are restricted to the inter- spaces of the axials. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302, USGS 19860. Distribution. — Known from type locality only. Genus GLYPTAESOPUS Pilsbry and Olsson Pilsbry and Olsson, 1941, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 93, p. 36. Type species (by original designation) , Aesopus xenicus Pils- bry and Lowe (= Manegilia cetolaca Dall). According to Radwin (in press) the radula of Aesopus xenicus Pilsbry and Lowe (1932, p. 73, pl. 14, fig. 7) indicates that Glyptae- sopus 1s a genus of the Turridae. Radwin also shows that 4. xenicus is a synonym of Mangilia cetolaca Dall (1908, p. 286) . Glyptaesopus species IPA (x0), soley, 31.2 Shell small, slender. Sculptured whorls 514. Sculpture consists of two rows of equally spaced nodules which are connected by weak axials and still weaker spirals. Sutures not deeply incised. Body whorl with three or four additional rows of smaller nodules below the periphery. Aperture long. Anterior canal short. Outer lip thin. This species is represented by two worn specimens from Matura. No protoconch is preserved. G. xenicus (Pilsbry and Lowe) is a Recent Eastern Pacific form. Its whorls are almost flat in profile. The spiral connections between the nodules are missing. Two species of Glyptaesopus are known from the Pliocene of Ecuador. But the Matura specimens are most closely related to G. proctorae (M. Smith) (1936a, pl. 9, fig. 14; 1936b, p. 21) originally described from the Phocene of Florida. G7icox,. (Kango) “(1948) p: Lil pl 7, tiess dy 12) calso: frome the Floridian Pliocene, is considered as a synonym, or a subspecies of G. proctorae by Olsson and Harbison (1953, p. 240). The Trini- 556 BULLETIN 247 dad specimens are more slender than G. proctorae and_ possibly represent a new species. I am indebted to George E. Radwin for the information that G. proctorae has survived to the Recent fauna. So far, however, it is known from two Recent specimens only; one from Andros Island, Bahamas, the other one from the Florida Keys. Occurrence. — JS 67. Genus MIRACLATHURELLA Woodring Woodring, 1928, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 385, p. 189. Type species (by original designation) , Miraclathurella vittata Woodring. Miraclathurella ralla, n. sp. Pl. 58, figs. 12-14 Of medium to large size, slender. Protoconch consists of a little more than three whorls, the last half whorl with a few opistho- cline axials and an angulation on its lower part. Postnuclear whorls up to six. First postnuclear whorl with a subsutural spiral and three spirals on its lower part, which cross broad axial swellings. Anal fasciole of late whorls without axials, on early whorls with axials of reduced size. Axials on late whorls more numerous, but weak. Penultimate whorl with six spirals below anal fasciole. Anal fasciole of late whorls with a few minute spirals and opisthocyrt growth lines. Interspaces of spirals on body whorl with fine spiral threads. Aperture long. Anal sinus deep. Outer lip varicose, with a strom- boid notch. Anterior canal long. Parietal callus smooth, thickened near anal sinus. Holotype.— USNM 645505. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 15.6 mm, greater diameter 4.8 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: USGS 18399. M. ralla, n. sp. occurs in the Melajo Clay and is represented by Il] specimens. ‘The number of spirals is somewhat variable. The varix of the outer lip usually carries one secondary spiral between the primary ones. The type species of Miraclathurella, M. vittata Woodring (1928, p. 190, pl. 8, figs. 2-4) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica is smaller, has more axials, and weaker spirals. M. entemna Woodring (1928, p. 190, pl. 8, figs. 5, 6) from the Bowden Forma- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 557 tion of Jamaica has somewhat less inflated whorls. It has less spira's on the spire whorls, and the axials are present on the anal fasciole of late whorls. M. subconsors (Bose) (in Bose and Toula, 1910, p. 250, pl. 13, fig. 25) from the upper Miocene of Mexico has been redescribed by Alencaster-Ibarra (1950, p. 568, fig. 14). The figures are not good enough for comparison. M. ralla seems to differ by having more inflated whorls. Occurrence. — EL 1810, PJ 285, USGS 18399, USGS 21178. Genus GLYPHOSTOMA Gabb Gabb, 1873, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., for 1872, vol. 24, p. 270. Type species (by monotypy), Glyphostoma dentiferum Gabb. Glyphostoma sculptile, n. sp. TPA iS) sae Zk Alby Shell small, slender. Spire higher than aperture. Protoconch with 314 whorls, its last 114 volutions with a sharp carina a little below the middle of the whorl. Postnuclear whorls almost seven. Sculpture consists of broad axial swellings and two spirals below the anal fasciole on early whorls, three or four spirals on late whorls. Anal fasciole sculptured by a few spiral threads on early whorls, on late whorls by two spiral threads and numerous opisthocyrt wrinkles. There are nine axials on the penultimate whorl. Body whorl with numerous spirals and axials. Anal sinus deep. Inner and outer lips denticulated. Parietal callus greatly thickened near anal sinus, bearing several denticles. Anterior canal moderately long, somewhat wider at base. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15504. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 14.0 mm, greatest diameter 5.4 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: EL 1810. This species is based on the holotype and one paratype. Al- though the paratype is smaller having only 514 postnuclear whorls, its apertural features are fully developed. G. sculptile, n. sp. is closely related to G. golfoyaquense Maury (1917, p. 61, pl. 9, figs. 17, 17a) from the middle Miocene Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic. Both species are slender and have a low aperture. G. golfoyaquense essentially differs in having more axials and spirals on late spire whorls. 558 BULLETIN 247 The Recent G. myrakeenae Olsson (1964, p. 110, plete 4), from off Esmeraldas, Ecuador, has the same number of whorls. It is more slender than G. sculptile, n. sp., its aperture is propor- tionately lower, and it has more axials. The Recent Eastern Pacific G. adrium Dall (1919, p. 52, pl. 17, fig. 5) is smaller and has more axials. Its spirals on the spire whorls are broader, and its sculpture on the anal fasciole is weaker. G. adanum Dall (1919, p. 52, pl. 17, fig. 1), also from the Recent fauna of the Eastern Pacific, is smaller, more slender, and its axials are less prominent. None of the forms described by Mansfield (1925, pp. 26-28) from the Brasso Formation of Trinidad represents a species of Glyphostoma. Occurrence. — EL 1810, USGS 21178. Family TEREBRIDAE Genus STRIOTEREBRUM Sacco Sacco, 1891, I Molluschi dei terreni terziarii del Piemonte e della Liguria, pusl0 p: 733: Type species (by original designation) , Terebra basteroti Nyst. Strioterebrum cf. gatunense (Toula) Pl. 60, fig. 3 A single shell with eight preserved whorls from the base of the Melajo Clay is available. The subsutural band is well separated from the remainder of the whorl which is sculptured by five spirals of unequal size and inconspicuous, discontinuous axials. No columellar folds developed at aperture. S. gatunense (Toula) (1909, p. 705, pl. 25, fig. 14) 1s a wide- spread middle Miocene species. As pointed out by Rutsch (1934, p. 107) and Olsson (1964, p. 77) T. wolfgangi Toula as described and figured by Brown and Pilsbry (1911, p. 340, pl. 22, figs. 1, 3-6) is true S. gatunense. Late Miocene representatives of the same group from the Punta Gavilan Formation of Venezuela have been described as S. gatunense kugleri by Rutsch (1934, p. 106, pl. 8, figs. 18, 19, pl. 9, figs. 12, 13) . They essentially differ by their larger size. Occurrence. — USGS 18634. Strioterebrum aff. laevifasciola (Maury) Pl. 60, figs. 4-6 Shell small, moderately slender. Protoconch high, consists of 314 to 4 whorls. First two sculptured whorls without subsutural ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 559 band. Early sculpture consists of about 10 axials which are some- what broader and higher anteriorly, and a varying number of spiral grooves. The subsutural band appears on the third sculptured whorl] and is not ornamented by spirals. Axials slightly prosocline on upper part of whorl numbering about 15 on late whorls. Columella with two low swellings. Siphonal fasciole pronounced. Base of body whorl with closely set spirals. This form is represented by more than 20 specimens from the Melajo Clay. A few specimens from the Courbaril beds are tenta- tively referred to the same form as the Melajo shells, but their state of preservation allows a questionable identification only. The Melajo shells are strongly variable as to strength of sculp- ture and especially as to spiral sculpture. The groove below the subsutural band is always prominent. Below this groove the spiral sculpture may be restricted to some faint grooves or may be lacking entirely. Maury (1917, p. 27, pl. 3, fig. 19) described S. gausapatum laevifascio'a from the middle Miocene Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic. Protoconch and early sculptured whorls were not described. The later whorls are similar to those of the Melajo shells, except that the axials are not crossed by the spirals in the Dominican species. S. cambiarsoi (Maury) (1917, p. 27, pl. 3, fig. 20), also from the Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic, is smaller, and has more axials which are not thickened on the lower part of early whorls. ‘The protoconch, however, is similar. The Melajo shells usually have more spirals, but specimens with three spiral grooves below the subsutural band occur. 8. cambiarsoi nugatorium (Wood- ring) (1928, p. 142, pl. 4, figs. 2, 3) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica has few spiral grooves below the subsutural band like some of the Melajo shells, but its protoconch consists of two whorls only. S. brechincastrense (Rutsch) (1942, p. 172, pl. 4, figs. 9a, 9b) from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation of Trinidad is larger, and has less, but stronger and higher axials which give a convex appearance to the whorls. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: EL 1810, KR 11862, RR yo E285. Point Courbaril: K 1429) (c) P2125 (e).. 560 BULLETIN 247 Strioterebrum aff. baculiforme (Pilsbry and Johnson) Pl. 60, figs. 8, 9 Shell small, slender. Early whorls almost flat in profile, late whorls somewhat convex. Protoconch stout, consists of 114 whorls. First postnuclear whorl sculptured by axials only. Subsutural band appearing on second or third sculptured whorl. Late whorls with 17 to 20 opisthocyrt axials and about five spirals with interspaces of varying width. Groove below subsutural band moderately pro- nounced. Columella with a low, basal swelling. Siphonal fasiole bordered by a sharp ridge. S. aff. baculiforme is represented by 13 specimens from the Melajo Clay. The convexity of the whorls, the number of the spirals, and the width of their interspaces are variable to some degree. The shape of the axials is only slightly affected when crossed by the spirals, although there are some exceptions. The Miocene S. baculiforme (Pilsbry and Johnson) (1917, p. 152; Pilsbry 1922, p. 316, pl. 22, figs. 5, 6) from the Dominican Republic essentially is a larger species with more strong.y opistho- cyrt axials. Apparently its axials are less reduced in strength when crossing the groove below the subsutural band than it is the case in the Melajo shells. The subsutural band of Melajo specimens is not sculptured by spirals as in S. baculiforme. S. baculiforme has been cited from the middle Miocene of Mexico by Alencaster- Ibarra (1950, p. 563, fig. 7), but the figure is unrecognizable. S. berlinerae (Maury) (1917, p. 34, pl. 4, figs. 7, 8) from the Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic is considerably larger, stouter, and has many more axials. Terebra (Strioterebrum) species c of Woodring (1928, p. 140, pl. 3, fig. 16) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica has also somewhat convex whorls, but its axials are almost orthocline. Occurrence. — K 9816, RR 290, PJ 285. Strioterebrum species Nine specimens from Matura are insufficiently preserved for full description and statements on affinities. They are small and slender, sculptured by numerous orthocline to slightly opisthocyrt axials and six to seven spirals. Subsutural band well separated from remainder of whorl. No protoconch preserved. Columella with an inconspicuous basal swelling. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 561 Genus HASTULA H. and A. Adams H. and A. Adams, 1853, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, p. 225. Type species (by subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1896, Essais de paléoconchologie comparée, pt. 2, p. 53), Buccinum strigilatum Linné. Hastula aff. hastata (Gmelin) Pl. 60, fig. 7 Four worn fragments from Matura are available. One of them has its protoconch preserved. It consists of almost four whorls and is indistinguishable from that of the Recent Caribbean H. hastata. The third whorl of the protoconch is considerably higher than the fourth one. Recent shells of H. hastata have about the same number of axials per whorl as the Matura specimens, whereas H. hastata mareana (Weisbord) (1962, p. 434, pl. 41, figs. 9-12) from the Pliocene of Venezuela is distinguished by its higher number of axials. Matura specimens are more slender than Recent shells. The diameter of their whorls increases regularly, whereas in Recent shells the degree of increase is not regular. In this respect the Ma- tura specimens resemble H. vautrini Jung (1965, p. 594) from Bowden, Jamaica. In that species, however, the axials are not per- sistent from suture to suture. Occurrence. — RR 230, PJ 302. Family PYRAMIDELLIDAE Genus PYRAM!IDELLA Lamarck Lamarck, 1799, Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 76. Type species (by monotypy), Trochus dolabratus Linné. See also Opinion 386, Opinions and declarations rendered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, vol. I pt, pp: 251-240, 1956: Subgenus LONGCHAEUS Morch Morch, 1875, Malakozool. Blatter, vol. 22, p. 158. Type species (by subsequent designation, Dall and Bartsch, 1909, U. S. National Museum, Bull. 68, p. 21), Pyramidella punctata Schubert and Wagner. Pyramidella (Longchaeus ?) species A . Pl. 60, fig. 10 Of medium size. Shape somewhat pupiform. Protoconch not 562 BULLETIN 247 preserved. Whorls with faint, short axial markings at upper suture, and a moderately pronounced spiral sulcus near lower suture. Up- permost columellar fold sharp, the two lower ones weak. Inner surface of outer lip lirate at some distance from the margin. Columellar callus thick. This form is represented by a single specimen (height 10.0 mm, diameter 3.2 mm) from Matura. Although it is strongly worn, faint axials can be recognized in the spiral sulcus. Its state of pres- ervation is not good enough to allow satisfactory comparisons. Occurrence. —RR 230. Subgenus CALLOLONGCHAEUS Dall and Bartsch Dall and Bartsch, 1904, Biol. Soc. Washington, Proc., vol. 17, p. 5. Type species (by original designation), Pyramidella (Long- chaeus) jamaicensis Dall. Pyramidella (Callolongchaeus) aff. jamaicensis Dall Pl. 60, fig. 11 Shell small, moderately slender. Peripheral sulcus situated at some distance from lower suture, deep, and crossed by numerous narrow axials. Surface of whorls polished except a narrow zone below the upper suture which is sculptured by short axials. Upper- most columellar fold conspicuous, the two lower ones weaker and more oblique. Columellar callus thick. Siphonal fasciole slightly bulging. Inner surface of outer lip with two denticles at some dis- tance from the margin. This species is represented by a few mostly immature specimens from the Melajo Clay. P. jamaicensis Dall (in Guppy and Dall, 1896, p. 315, pl. 29, fig. 10) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica was based on an immature specimen measuring 3.25 mm in height. Topotypes at hand reach a height of more than 20 mm, although they are incomplete. Larger topotypes have two lirae within the aperture (as opposed to denticles in the Melajo speci- mens), although P. jamaicensis had originally been described as “non lirate inside.” ‘The Melajo specimens differ from P. jamaicen- sis in having a broader sculptured zone below the suture. The upper border of the peripheral sulcus is sharper in Melajo shells, and their whorls are more constricted in their upper part. Maury (1917, pp. 144-146) described several species of Pyra- midella from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic. The insuffi- TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 563 cient quality of her figures and the lack of topotypes do not allow to give comparative remarks. Maury compared her P. cercadensis (1917, p. 146, pl. 25, fig. 9) with P. jamatcensts. The type of P. cercadensis probably is immature as well. Occurrence. — KR 11862, RR 293, PJ 285. Pyramidella (Callolongchaeus) cf. diademata Maury Pl. 60; fis-12 Shell small, moderately slender. Peripheral sulcus close to the lower suture; crossed by faint axials. Uppermost part of whorl finely crenulated. Uppermost columellar fold sharp, the two lower ones smaller. Inner surface of outer lip with two lirae well within the aperture. Siphonal fasciole somewhat bulging. This species is represented by three immature specimens from the Melajo Clay. P. diademata Maury (1917, p. 145, pl. 25, fig. 7) from the middle Miocene Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic differs from Melajo shells in being larger, and in having four denticles on the outer lip. The anterior border of the peri- pheral sulcus on the body whorl is crenulated in the Dominican species. Occurrence. — KR 11862, PJ 285. Genus TRIPTYCHUS Mérch Mo6rch, 1875, Malakozool. Blatter, vol. 22, p. 158. Type species (by monotypy), Obeliscus (Triptychus) niveus Morch. Subgenus PERISTICHIA Dall Dall, 1889, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 18, p. 339. Type species (by original designation) , Peristichia toreta Dall. Triptypchus (Peristichia) species A single, immature specimen from Matura is available. The protoconch and 414 postnuclear whorls are preserved. The sinistral protoconch consists of a litthe more than two whorls, and its axis is at right angles to the main shell axis. The first postnuclear whorl is sculptured by two prominent spiral ribs and numerous axials. On the second sculptured whorl a third spiral rib appears near the upper suture which becomes more prominent on later whorls. Last preserved whorls with a fourth spiral rib at the periphery, and another spiral on the base which continues into the aperture. ‘The spirals form small nodes when crossed by the axials. BULLETIN 247 Oo n os Although somewhat worn this immature Matura shell is al- most identical with the young stages of Turbonilla (Peristichia) 2 springvaleensis Rutsch (1942, p. 137, pl. 6, fig. 6) which had been described from the Savaneta Glauconitic Sandstone Member of the Springvale Formation of Trinidad. The protoconch of the Matura shell is somewhat smaller. The holotype of the Springvale species apparently is an adult shell. Its outer and basal lips are somewhat thickened, and the inner surface of the outer lip carries three denti- cles. The lack of these denticles in the Matura shell is possibly due to its immaturity. The type species of Peristichia, the Recent P. toreta Dall (1889, pl. 42, fig. 10; 1889a, p. 340) from the southeastern coast of the United States is a larger species. Its nodes at the intersections of spirals and axials are much more pronounced, but its axial sculp- ture is weaker. Peristichia agria Dall (1889a, p. 340) has not been figured. According to the original description it is smaller than P. toreta, and the nodules are scarcely developed. T. springvaleensis and the Matura specimen need comparison with the Recent West Mexican T. hermosus (Lowe) (1935, p. 22, pl. 3, fig. 4), ©. pliocena Bartsch (1955, p. 8, pl. 1, fev) eeand Peristichia martschi Bartsch (1955, p. 16, pl. 2, fig. 6), both from the Pliocene of Florida, and Cerithium lordlyi Gabb (1881b, p. 362, pl. 46, fig. 55) from the Pliocene of Costa Rica. Occurrence. — PJ 302. Genus EULIMELLA Forbes Forbes, 1847, in Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 19, p. 311. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc. pt. 15, p. 160), Eulimella crassula Jeffreys (= Melania scillae Scacchi) . Subgenus EULIMELLA s. str. Eulimella (Eulimella) species A Pl. 60, fig. 13 Shell small, slender. Protoconch with a little less than two whorls, sinistral; its axis at about right angles to the main shell axis. Postnuclear whorls nine, polished, rounded to slightly angu- lated at periphery, which is situated on lower half of whorl. Aper- ture somewhat squarish. Columella with two faint folds. These folds are not visible, if the aperture is complete. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 565 This species is represented by three specimens from the Melajo Clay. Although they have many postnuclear whorls, they are prob- ably immature. Protoconch and early whorls of E. tenwilineata (Guppy) (#2 Guppy and Dall, 1896, p. 317, pl. 28, fig. 8) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica are not known. The whorls of the Melajo shells are more constricted at the suture. E. tenuilineata has some faint spirals below the periphery which are lacking in E. species A. The Miocene £. turritelloides (Gabb) (1873b, p. 226; Pilsbry, 1922, p. 391, pl. 36, fig. 1) from the Dominican Re- public has even more spirals than E. tenuilineata and its proto- conch is larger than that of the Melajo shells. The whorls of EF. tampaensis Bartsch (1955, p. 13, pl. 2, fig. 1) from the Pliocene of Florida are less constricted at the suture. E. tampaensis lacks spiral sculpture like E. species A. Occurrence. — KR 11862. Subgenus EBALINA Thiele Thiele, 1929, Handbuch der systematischen Weichtierkunde. Erster Teil, p. 236. Type species (by monotypy) , Eulimella (Ebalina) monolirata (Folin) . Eulimella (Ebalina) mitis, n. sp. Pl. 60, figs. 14, 15 Shell small, slender. Protoconch sinistral, consists of almost two whorls; its axis at about right angles to the main shell axis. Postnuclear whorls up to 14, polished. The first two postnuclear whorls with an angulation on the lower half of the whorl. On the third postnuclear whorl a smooth subsutural band appears, which gradually increases in strength. Space between subsutural band and angulation on lower part of whorl slightly concave. Aperture some- what squarish. Columella straight, with two faint folds, which are not visible, if the aperture is complete. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 15362. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 5.6 mm, diameter 1.1 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: P] 285. This species is represented from the Melajo Clay by more than a hundred specimens. The prominence of the angulation on the lower half of the whor] is strongly variable. The whorls of some specimens are almost regularly convex below the subsutural band, 566 BULLETIN 247 in others, however, this angulation may develop almost into a keel. These extremes are connected by transitions. A single specimen from the Matura shell bed is also identified as E. mitis, n. sp. No related species have been found. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862, PJ 285. Matura Bay: PJ 302. Genus TURBONILLA Risso Risso, 1826, Histoire naturelle des principales productions de lEurope méridionale, vol. 4, p. 224. Type species (by subsequent designation, Herrmannsen, 1852, Indicis generum malacozoorum. Supplementa et corrigenda, p. 136), Turbonilla costulata Risso. See also Palmer (1958, p. 251). The following merely is a record of the Turbonillas occurring in the faunas under consideration. Despite the works of Dall and Bartsch (1904, 1909) and Bartsch (1955) no attempt is made to assign the different forms to subgenera as this would require a large comparative material which is not at hand. The lack of compara- tive material also prevents the use of specific names. Turbonilla species A Pl. 60, figs. 16, 17 Shell small, slender. Protoconch consists of about 214 whorls; its axis at a little more than right angles to the main shell axis. The apex is slightly overhanging the upper suture of the first post- nuclear whorl. Postnuclear whorls up to 10, somewhat convex. Sculpture consists of numerous opisthocline to slightly opisthocyrt axials with smooth interspaces of about the same width. Suture conspicuously incised. Base smooth. Aperture angulated above. Columellar fold not visible at aperture. This form is abundant at Matura. It is stated above that the interspaces of the axials are smooth. However, there are some frag- ments representing late whorls which show microscopic spiral striation. This striation is probably easily washed away. Turbonilla species A shows considerable variation as to width and shape of the axials. In some rare cases they are straight. Usually they are opisthocline to slightly opisthocyrt, but in some shells they are sigmoid. ‘The interspaces stop abruptly at the periphery of the body whorl. A few small, immature specimens from the Melajo Clay are identified as Turbonilla species A as well. ~I TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 56 Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862, PJ 285. Matura Bays) 109245 JS'67, RR 230, PY 302. Turbonilla species B Pl. 60, fig. 18 Shell small, moderately slender. Protoconch consists of about 214 whorls, its axis at about 100° to the main shell axis. Apex slightly overhanging upper suture of first postnuclear whorl. Sculp- ture consists of almost orthocline axials and faint spiral grooves in the interspaces. Whorls somewhat inflated. Sculpture stops abruptly at periphery of body whorl. Base smooth. Columella straight, with- out fold at aperture. This species is represented by about 20 specimens from the Melajo Clay. It has the same protoconch as Turbonilla species A, but differs by having spiral sculpture, more inflated whorls, broader interspaces, and less axials. Occurrence. — EL 1810, KR 11862, PJ 285. Turbonilla species C PI. 60} figviS Shell small, moderately slender. Protoconch consists of about two whorls, its axis at a little more than right angles to the main shell axis. Whorls practically straight in profile. Sculpture consists of orthocline axials; their interspaces crossed by a varying number of fine spiral threads. Below the periphery of the body whorl the axials gradually disappear, whereas the strength of the spirals increases on the base. Columella with one conspicuous fold. Outer lip partly lirate within. This species is abundant at Matura. The liration of the inner surface of the outer lip is not developed throughout the ontogeny of the shell. Although the specimens with liration include different ontogenetic stages, the liration is not visible on others. Occurrence. — JS 67, RR 230, PJ 302. Turbonilla species D Pl. 60; figs; 20,21 Shell small, slender. Protoconch consists of two whorls; its axis at about right angles to the main shell axis. Sculpture con- sists of orthocline axials with interspaces crossed by spiral grooves. The interspaces are narrow on early whorls, wider on late whorls. One spiral groove on the upper half of the whorls is wider and deeper than the others. Base sculptured by spiral grooves and weak 568 BULLETIN 247 axials. Basal lip somewhat everted. Outer lip without lirations. Columella with one fold. This species is abundant in the Melajo Clay. Its slenderness and the pronounced spiral groove on the upper half of the whorl are characteristic. Occurrence. — EL 1810, KR 11862, K 9797, PJ 285. Turbonilla species E Pl. 60) fies 22 Shell small, slender. Protoconch consists of about two whorls; its axis at about right angles to the main shell axis. Sculpture consists of almost orthocline axials and numerous spirals in the interspaces. Whorls evenly convex. Sutures well incised. On the first three or four sculptured whorls the axials are closely set. Later the interspaces become wider. Columellar fold hardly visible at aperture. Base sculptured by spirals and weak axials. Outer lip smooth within. This species is represented by about 35 specimens from the Melajo Clay. The evenly convex whorls and the closely set axials on early whorls are characteristic features. Occurrence. — EL 1810, KR 11862, PJ 285. Genus ODOSTOMIA Fleming Fleming, 1813, Brewster’s Edinburgh Encyclopedia, vol. 7, pt. 1, p. 76. Type species (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 159), Turbo plicatus Montagu. Odostomia canaliculata C. B. Alams ? Pl.60; figse2s Shell small, moderately stout. Protoconch small, sinistral. Post- nuclear whorls six, straight in profile, polished. Suture somewhat channeled. Body whorl slightly angulated at periphery. Columella with one strong, almost horizontal fold. Umbilicus inconspicuous. Basal lip slightly everted. O. canaliculata C. B. Adams is a Recent West Indian species which had originally been described from Jamaica. Clench and Turner (1950, p. 262, pl. 40, fig. 3) figured the lectotype. According to this figure the two shells from Matura are slightly stouter but otherwise indistinguishable. Abbott (1958, p. 103) was inclined to treat O. canaliculata as a synonym of O. laevigata (d’Orbigny) , but Warmke and Abbott (1961, p. 148, pl. 26 1) considered it as a separate species. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 569 O. mareana Weisbord (1962, p. 465, pl. 44, figs. 5, 6) from the lower Mare Formation (Pliocene) of northern Venezuela is based on a single specimen. It is not unlikely that it represents O. canali- culata. Maury (1917, p. 151, pl. 25, fig. 22) described O. yaquica from the middle Miocene Cerado Formation of the Dominican Re- public, but the figure is insufficient for comparison. Occurrence. — RR 230. Subgenus SALASSIA de Folin Folin, 1885, Const. d. Chemnitzidae, p. 15 (not seen). Type species, Odostomia (Salassia) tropidita Dall and Bartsch (quoted from Dall and Bartsch, 1909, p. 134). Odostomia (Salassia ?) species Pl. 60, fig. 24 Shell small, moderately slender. Protoconch with about two whorls, somewhat sunken into first spire whorl, its axis at about 135° to the main shell axis. Postnuclear whorls five, slightly convex. Sculpture consists of broad, rounded axials reaching from suture to suture. Interspaces smooth. Number of axials on body whorl 14. Axials on body whorl gradually disappearing below periphery. Aperture angulated above. Outer lip thin. No umbilicus. Columel- lar callus conspicuous, with one low fold. This form occurs in the Matura shell bed but is represented only by two worn specimens. According to Dall and Bartsch (1909, p. 134) Salassia is characterised, among other things, by tabulated whorls. This, however, is not the case in the Matura shells. The shape of their whorls is more like that of Salassiella Dall and Bartsch (1909, p. 133; type species by original designation, Odostomia (Salassiella) laxa Dall and Bartsch) , but Salassiella has occasional varices. A similarly uncharacteristic Salassia is the Recent West Ameri- can O. hertleini Strong (1938, p. 205, pl. 15, fig. 9). Its whorls are not tabulated, and it is more pupiform than the Matura shells. Occurrence. — RR 230. Family ACTEONIDAE Genus RICTAXIS Dall Dall, 1871, Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 7, pt. 2, p. 136. Type species (by original designation) , Tornatella punctocae- lata Carpenter. BULLETIN 247 Or ~I = Rictaxis species Three small specimens (height 4 mm) with 114 sculptured whorls from the Melajo Clay are available. They are too immature to be compared with R. oryza (Gabb) (1873a, p. 273, pl. 11, figs. 8, 8a; 1873b, p. 245; Pilsbry 1922, p. 310, pl. 23, fig. 12) inommithe Miocene of the Dominican Republic or with R. myakkanus (Dall) [1896a, p. 24; 1890-1903 (1903) , pl. 59, fig. 1; Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 158, pl. 25, figs. 5, ba] from the Pliocene of Florida) he Melajo specimens have the same type of spiral sculpture as the two species mentioned above. Occurrence. — PJ 285, USGS 18399. Family SCAPHANDRIDAE Genus ACTEOCINA Gray Gray, 1847, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 15, p. 160. Type species (by original designation) , Acteon wetherelli Lea (= Volvaria canaliculata Say) . Acteocina canaliculata (Say) ? Pl. 60 figs. 25, 26 This species is represented from Matura and the Melajo Clay by a few specimens. Matura shells usually have an elevated spire with strongly shouldered whorls. Protoconch with a little more than one volution, heterostrophic, its axis horizontal. Columella with one fold. Inner lip with callus. A. canaliculata (Say) (1826, p. 211) is said to range from Mio- cene to Recent. Maury (1917, p. 13, pl. 3, fig. 2) figured a specimen from the middle Miocene of the Dominican Republic measuring 3 mm in height; Olsson and Harbison (1953, pl. 25, fig. 6) figured a 5.1 mm high shell from the Pliocene of Florida, but the Matura and Melajo shells do not attain 3 mm in height and may be imma- ture. Guppy (1867, p. 155; reprint, Harris, 1921, p. 34) and Guppy (1874, p. 437) cited Tornatina canaliculata (dOrbigny) from Matura, a species which is not represented in the material avail- able, if Guppy really meant Bulla canaliculata V@Orbigny (1845, p:-68;. Atlas; pl. 4 bis; fies: 21-24) 842), A. persimilis (Dall) [1896a, p. 26; 1890-1903 (1903), pl. 59, fig, 22] from the Chipola Formation of Florida is a strikingly similar species. It has about the same dimensions and proportions, ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 571 but the Matura shells have a stronger columellar fold, and their outer lip is not constricted posteriorly. 4. lepta Woodring (1928, p. 121, pl. 2, fig. 5) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica is a proportionately higher species with straight sides. Occurrence. — Melajo River area: KR 11862, RR 293, PJ 285, USGS 18399. Matura Bay: K 10924, RR 230, PJ 302. Genus CYLICHNELLA Gabb Gabb, 1873, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., for 1872, p. 273. Type species (by monotypy) , Bulla bidentata d’Orbigny. Cylichnella altera, n. sp. Pl. 60, figs. 27, 28 Shell small, cylindrical, relatively solid. Spire sunken. Apex covered by callus. Outer lip thin, slightly constricted just above the middle of its height. Aperture broadens toward base. Columella with one strong, oblique fold. Surface smooth except for a few spiral, incised lines near the base. Holotype. — Natural History Museum Basel, No. H 14550. Dimensions of holotype. — Height 2.6 mm, diameter 1.4 mm. Type locality. — Melajo River area: KR 11862. This species is represented by about 20 specimens from the Melajo Clay. Its general shape is somewhat variable. Usually it is elongate, but stouter shells occur as well. The type lot of C. ovumlacerti (Guppy) (1867, p. 168; reprint, Harris, 1921, p. 47) from the middle Miocene Manzanilla Forma- tion of Manzanilla coast, Trinidad, consists of 10 specimens (USNM 115435). One of the syntypes has been figured by Mansfield (1925, pl. 1, figs. 7, 9). C. ovumlacerti has spiral, incised lines near the base like C. altera but differs in being larger and stouter, and in having a thicker shell. According to topotypes C. atacata Woodring (1928, p. 124, pl. 2, fig. 9) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica is a somewhat smaller and stouter species with a heavier shell. C. triticumtritonis (Maury) (1917, p. 14, pl 3, fie. 4) from the middle’ Miuocene Cercado Formation of the Dominican Republic essentially is a stouter form, C. jacksonensis Mansfield (1930, p. 28, pl. 1, fig. 11) from the upper Miocene of Florida is also a stouter species. Its outer lip descends more rapidly from the apex than in the Melajo form. C. gabbi (Dall) (1896a, p. 27; 1890-1903 (1903), pl. 59, fig. 12) from the Pliocene of Florida is a similar but larger species. 572 BULLETIN 247 The specimen figured by Olsson and Harbison (1953, pl. 25, fig. 8) is a stouter shell which is probably not adult. C. mareana Weisbord (1962, p. 458, pl. 47, figs. 1, 2) from the Pliocene Mare Formation of the Cabo Blanco area, Venezuela, has no surface ornamentation. The type of C. mareana may be an immature shell. The Recent Caribbean C. bidentata (d’Orbigny) (1845, p. 63; Atlas, pl. 4, figs. 13-16, 1842) is clearly distinguished from C. altera, n. sp. by its spiral striae spread all over the body whorl. Occurrence. — KR 11862, PJ 285, USGS 18399. Cylichnella species A few poorly preserved shells from the Courbaril beds are even more slender than C. altera, n. sp. from the Melajo Clay. Their surface sculpture consists of a few spiral, incised lines near the base. Occurrence. — USGS 20433, USGS 20434. Family RETUSIDAE Genus SULCORETUSA Burch Burch, 1945, Minutes Conch. Club Southern California, No. 47, p. 16. New name for Sulcularia Dall (192la, p. 202), not Sulcularia Rafinesque, 1831. Type species (= type species of Sulcwlaria Dall) , Bulla sulcata d’Orbigny. Sulcoretusa aff. sulcata (d’Orbigny) Pl. 60, figs. 29, 30 This form is represented by a single specimen from the Melajo Clay. It differs from the Recent S. sulcata (d’Orbigny) (1845, p. 66; Atlas, pl. 4 bis, figs. 9-12, 1842) by its narrower shape. S. sulcata harveyensis (Mansfield) (1930, p. 27, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7) from the upper Miocene of Florida is narrower posteriorly and has somewhat coarser sulcations, S. lipara (Woodring) (1928, p. 123, pl. 2, fig. 8) from the Bowden Formation of Jamaica is a stouter species, has coarser sulcations, and a pronounced constriction in the middle of the shell which is almost lacking in the Melajo specimen. Analogues from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic have been described as S. sulcata fossilis by Pilsbry (1922, p. 311). 8. prosulcata (Gard- ner) [1926-1950 (11937), p. 265, pl. 37, fie. 19) trom=the Cipola Formation of Florida has proportions similar to those of the Melajo shell but reaches twice its size. 8. prosulcata has also been cited from the Pliocene of Florida (Olsson and Harbison, 1953, p. 161). Occurrence. — PJ 285. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 573 Genus RHIZORUS Montfort Montfort, 1810, Conchyliologie systématique, vol. 2, p. 339. Type species (by original designation), Rhizorus adalaidis Montfort (= Bulla acuminata Bruguiére) . Rhizorus species A A single fragment (H 14559) from the Matura beds is avail- able. A determination is not possible, although it seems to be closest to R. oxytatus (Bush) (1885, p. 468, pl. 45, fig. 12) , a species ranging from Miocene to Recent (Woodring, 1928, p. 125). The Matura specimen lacks spiral grooves which may be due to washing. Occurrence. — RR 230. Rhizorus species B There is a single shell (H 14560) from the Melajo Clay the base of which is missing. The genus Rhizorus usually includes forms which are swollen in the middle of the height. But the Melajo speci- men has parallel sides, thus reminds one of R. phoinicoides (Gard- ner) [1926-1950 (1937), p. 268, pl. 37, fig. 26] from the Shoal River Formation of Florida and R. triticus (Olsson and Harbison) (1953, p. 163, pl. 25, figs. 3, 3a) from the Pliocene of Florida. Occurrence. — PJ] 285. REFERENCES CITED Abbott, R. T. 1944. The genus Modulus in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 1, Now pps leGx piss lz: 1954. American seashells. New York, xiv + 541 pp., 40 pls., 100 figs. 1958. The marine mollusks of Grand Cayman Island, British West Indies. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. No. 11, pp. 1-138, pls. 1-5, 10 maps, 7 text figs. Adams, C. B. 1845. Specierum novarum conchyliorum, in Jamaica repertorum, synopsis. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 2, pp. 1-17. 1852. Catalogue of shells collected at Panama, with notes on synonymy, station and habitat. Lyceum Nat. Hist, New York, Ann., vol. 5, pp. 222-549. Alencaster-Ibarra, G. 1950. Moluscos del Mioceno de la region de Ixhuatlan-Moloacan, Vera- cruz, Mexico. Asoc. Mex. Geologos Petroleros, Bol., vol. 2, No. 9, pp- 557-583, 2 pls. Anderson, F. M. 1929. Marine Miocene and related deposits of north Colombia. California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 73-213, pls. 8-23. Barrios, M. 1960. Algunos Moluscos del Terciario medio de Colombia. Bol. Geol., vol. 6, Nos. 1-3, Informe No. 1082, pp. 213-306, pls. 1-12. Oo ~I HS BULLETIN 247 Bartsch, P. 1911. Descriptions of new mollusks of the family Vitrinellidae from the west coast of America. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 39, pp. 229-234, pls. 39, 40. 19lla. The Recent and fossil mollusks of the genus Cerithiopsis from the west coast of America. U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 40, pp. 327-367, pls. 36-41. 1934. New mollusks of the family Turritidae. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 91-Nov-22, pp. 1-29) pis. 1-8: 1955. The pyramidellid mollusks of the Pliocene deposits of North St. Petersburg, Florida. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 125, No. 2, pp. 1-102, pls. 1-18. Bartsch, P., and Rehder;s, H. A. 1939. Mollusks collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 98, No. 10, pp. 1-18, pls. 1-5. Bequaert, J. C. 1942. Cerithidea and Batillaria in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. IbeNow 5, pps lita pls: lb: Berry, C. T. 1935. A Pliocene ophiuran from Trinidad. Jour. Paleont., vol. 9, No. 5, p. 430. Bird, S. O. 1965. Upper Tertiary Arcacea_ of the mid-Atlantic Coastal Plain. Palaeont. Amer., vol. 5, No. 34, pp. 1-62, pls. 1-6. Bold, W. A. van den 1963. Upper Miocene and Pliocene Ostracoda of Trinidad. Micropale- ontology, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 361-424, pls. 1-12. Bose, E. 1906. Sobre algunas faunas terciarias de Mexico. Bol. Inst. Geol. Mexico, vol. 22, pp. 1-96, pls. 1-12. Bose, E., and Toula, F. 1910. Zur jungtertidren Fauna von Tehuantepec, 1. Stratigraphie, Be- schreibung und Vergleich mit amerikanischen Tertidrfaunen. (Bose). II. Vergleichung hauptsdchlich mit europdischen und leben- den Arten. (Toula). Jahrbuch Kaiserl.—Kénigl. Geol. Reichsan- stalt, vol. 60, pp. 215-276, pls. 12-13. Boss, K. J., and Kenk, V. C. 1964. Anatomy and relationships of Temnoconcha brasiliana Dall. Occas. Papers on Mollusks, vol. 2, No. 30, pp. 325-343, pls. 56-60. Boss, K. J., and Merrill, A. S. 1965. The family Pandoridae in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 4, No. 44, pp. 181-215, pls. 115-126. Broderip, W. J., and Sowerby, G. B., | 1832-1833. Characters of new species of Mollusca and Conchifera, col- lected by Mr. Cuming. Proc. Comm. Sci. Corr. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 2, pp. 25-33, 50-61, 104-108, 124-126, 1832; pp. 173-179, 194-202, 1833. Brown, A. P., and Pilsbry, H. A. 1911. Fauna of the Gatun Formation, Isthmus of Panama. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 63, pp. 336-373, pls. 22-29, text figs. 1-3. 1913a. Fauna of the Gatun Formation, Isthmus of Panama. II. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 64, pp. 500-519, pls. 22-26, text figs. 1-5. 1913b. Two collections of Pleistocene fossils from the Isthmus of Panama. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 65, pp. 493-500, text figs. 13. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 575 Bush, K. J. 1885. Additions to the shallow-water Mollusca of Cape Hatteras, N. C., dredged by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross”, in 1883 and 1884. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 6, art. 11, Pp 4105-480 pl 45: Campbell, G. B. 1961. Colubrariidae (Gastropoda) of tropical west America, with a new species. Nautilus, vol. 74, No. 4, pp. 136-142, pl. 10. Cernohorsky, W. O. 1966. A study of mitrid radulae and a tentative generic arrangement of the family Mitridae. Veliger, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 101-126, text figs. eae Clench, W. J. 1942. The genera Dosinia, Macrocallista and Amiantis in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 1-8, pls. 1-6. 1942a. The genus Conus in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vo). 1, No. 6, pp. 1-40, pls. 1-15. 1947. The genera Purpura and Thais in the Western Atlantic. John- sonia, vol. 2, No. 23, pp. 61-91, pls. 32-40. Clench, W. J., and Smith, L. C. 1944. The family Cardtidae in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 1, No. 13, pp. 1-32, pls. 1-13. Clench, W. J., and Turner, R. D. 1950. The Western Atlantic marine mollusks described by C. B. Adams. Occas. Papers on Mollusks, vol. 1, No. 15, pp. 233-403, pls. 29-49. 1951. The genus Epitonium in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 2, No. 30, pp. 249-288, pls. 108-130. 1952. The genera Epitonium (part II), Depressiscala, Cylindriscala, Nystiella and Solutiscala in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 2, No. 31, pp. 289-356, pls. 131-177. 1956. The family Melongenidae in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 3, No. 35, pp. 161-188, pls. 94-109. 1960. The genus Calliostoma in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 4, No. 40, pp. 1-80, pls. 1-56. Coan, E. 1966. Nomenclatural units in the gastropod family Mitridae. Veliger, vol 9, No. 2, pp. 127-137. Coan, E., and Roth, B. 1966. The West American Marginellidae. Veliger, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 276 299, pls. 48-51, text figs. 1-5 Collins, R. L. 1937. Growth stages of Mexican Tertiary caecids. Jour. Paleont., vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 31-33, pl. 5, figs. 12-17. Conrad, T. A. 1834. Descriptions of new Tertiary fossils from the southern States. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., Ist ser., vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 130-157. 1837. Descriptions of new marine shells from Upper California. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., Ist ser., vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 227-268, pls. 17-20. 1838-1845. Fossils of the Medial Tertiary formations of the United States. Philadelphia, pp. 1-80, pls. 1-45. No. 1, pp. 1-32, pls. 1-17, 1838; No. 2, pp. 33-56, pls. 18-29, 1840; No. 3, pp. 57-80, pls. 30-45, 1845. 1841. Description of twenty-six new species of fossil shells from the Medial Tertiary deposits of Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 1, pp. 28-33. 1843. Descriptions of a new genus, and of twenty-nine new Miocene, and Or ~!I =>) 1846. 1869. BULLETIN 247 one Eocene fossil shells of the United States. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 1, pp. 305-311. Descriptions of new species of fossil and Recent shells and corals. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 3, pp. 19-27, 2 pls. Notes on Recent Mollusca. Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 104-108, pls. 10, 12, 13. Cooke, C. W. 1919. Crosse, H. 1863. Dall, W. H. 1881. 1886. 1889. 1889a. 1890. Tertiary molluscs from the Leeward Islands and Cuba. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 291, pp. 103-156, pls. 1-16. Description d’une espéce nouvelle de la Guadeloupe. Jour. Con- chyl- vol: 11) (Ser.3;) vol. 3), pp. 82-84y pl ly fig-a7e Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of A. Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, and in the Caribbean Sea, 1877-79, by the United States Coast Survey Steamer “Blake”, Lieut.-Comm. C. D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Comm. J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N., com- manding. XV. Preliminary report on the Mollusca. Mus. Comp. Zook, Bull; vol. 9, No. 2;.pp: 33-144. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alexan- der Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78) and in the Caribbean Sea (1879-80), by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer “Blake”, Lieut.- Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N., commanding. XXIX. Report on the Mollusca. Part 1. Bra- chiopoda and Pelecypoda. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 12, No. 6, pp. 171-318, pls. 1-9. A preliminary catalogue of the shell-bearing marine mollusks and brachiopods of the southeastern coast of the United States, with illustrations of many of the species. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 37, pp. 1-221, pls. 1-74. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alexan- der Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78) and in the Caribbean Sea (1879-80), by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer “Blake”, Lieut.- Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N., commanding. XXIX. Report on the Mollusca. Part 2. Gas- tropoda and Scaphopoda. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 18, pp. 1- 492, pls. 10-40. Scientific results of explorations by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross. VII. Preliminary report on the collection of Mol- lusca and Brachiopoda obtained in 1887-88. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 12, pp. 219-362, pls. 5-14. 1890-1903. Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida; with especial 1892. 1896. 1896a. reference to the Miocene silex-beds of Tampa and the Pliocene beds of the Caloosahatchie River. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila- delphia, Trans., vol. 3, pts. 1-6, 1654 pp., 60 pls. 18905 Pt 1, pp. 1-200; pls. Ier2: 1892-3Rt 25 ppeZ0l-4735) piss 13-22% 1895. Pt. 3; pp.. 474-570: 1898. Pt. 4, pp. 571-947, pls. 23-35. 1900. Pt. 5, pp. 948-1218, pls. 36-47. 1903. Pt. 6, pp. 1219-1654, pls. 48-60. On the species of Donax of eastern North America. Nautilus, vol. baNoy Li ppalZ527- Diagnoses of new species of molluscs from the west coast of America. US. Nat. Mus., -Proe., vol. 18, No. 1034, ;pp.77-20: Diagnoses of new Tertiary fossils from the southern United States. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 18, No. 1035, pp. 21-46. ‘TRINIDAD M1I0CENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG aire 1901. Synopsis of the family Cardiidae and of the North American species. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 23, No. 1214, pp. 381-392. 1902. Illustrations and descriptions of new, unfigured, or imperfectly known shells, chiefly American, in the U.S. National Museum. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 24, No. 1264, pp. 499-566, pls. 27-40. 1902a. Synopsis of the family Veneridae and of the North American Recent species. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 26, No. 1312, pp. 335-412, pls. 12-16. 1908. Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross”, during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner, U.S.N., commanding. XXXVII. Reports on the scientific results of the expedition to the eastern tropical Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Commis- sion Steamer “Albatross”, from October, 1904, to March, 1905, Lieut. Commander L. M. Garrett, U.S.N., commanding. XIV. The Mollusca and the Brachiopoda. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 43, No. 6, pp. 205-487, pls. 1-22. 1912. New species of fossil shells from Panama and Costa Rica. Smith- sonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, No. 2, pp. 1-10. 1919. Descriptions of new species of mollusks of the family Turritidae from the west coast of America and adjacent regions. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 56, No. 2288, pp. 1-86, pls. 1-24. 1921. Two new South American shells. Nautilus, vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 132-133. 192la.Summary of the marine shellbearing mollusks of the northwest coast of America, from San Diego, California, to the Polar Sea, mostly contained in the collection of the United States National Museum, with illustrations of hitherto unfigured species. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 112, pp. 1-217, pls. 1-22. 1925. Illustrations of unfigured types of shells in the collection of the United States National Museum. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, No. 2554, art. 17, pp. 1-41, pls. 1-36. Dall, W. H., and Bartsch, P. 1904. Synopsis of the genera, subgenera and sections of the family Pyramidellidae. Biol. Soc. Washington, Proc., vol. 17, pp. 1-16. 1909. A monograph of West American pyramidellid mollusks. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, pp. 1-258, pls. 1-30. Desjardin, M. 1949. Les Rissoina de l’Ile de Cuba. Jour. Conchyl., vol. 89, pp. 193-208, pls. 9-10. Fargo, W. G. 1948. New Vexillum and Aesopus from the Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida. Nautilus, vol. 61, No. 4, pp. 109-112, pl. 7, figs. 4-8, 11-12. Finlay, H. J. 1926. A further commentary on New Zealand molluscan systematics. New Zealand Inst., Trans., vol. 57, pp. 320-485, pls. 18-23. Fischer-Piette, E. 1942. Les mollusques d’Adanson. Jour. Conchyl., vol. 85, pp. 101-366, pls. 1-16. Fleming, C. A. 1957. The genus Pecten in New Zealand. New Zealand Geol. Sur., Paleont. Bull. 26, pp. 1-69, pls. 1-15. Gabb, W. M. 1873a. Description of some new genera of Mollusca. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Proc., vol. 24, pp. 270-274, pls. 9-11. 1873b. 188la. 1881b. Gardner, J. BULLETIN 247 On the topography and geology of Santo Domingo. Amer. Philos. Soc., Trans., new ser., vol. 15, pp. 49-259, 2 maps. Descriptions of Caribbean Miocene fossils. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Jour., ser. 2, vol. 8, pp. 337-348, pls. 44-45. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Pliocene clay beds between Limon and Moen, Costa Rica, together with notes on pre- viously known species from there and elsewhere in the Caribbean area. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, vol. 8, pp. 349-380. pls. 45-47. A. 1926.-1950. The Molluscan fauna of the Alum Bluff Group of Florida U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 142 A-I, pp. 1-709, pls. 1-62. 1926. Part 1 (A), pp. 1-79, pls. 1-15. 1926. Part 2 (B), pp. 80-99, pls. 16-17. 1926. Part 3 (C), pp. 100-149, pls. 18-23. 1926. Part 4 (D), pp. 150-184, pls. 24-28. 1928. Part 5 (E), pp. 185-249, pls. 29-36. 1937. Part 6 (F), pp. 250-435, pls. 37-48. 1944. Part 7 (G), pp. 436-491, pls. 49-51. 1947. Part 8 (H), pp. 492-656, pls. 52-62. 1950. Part 9 (I), pp. 657-709 (Index to Chapters A-H). 1943-1948. Mollusca from the Miocene and lower Pliocene of Virginia Gardner, J. 1919. Grant, U.S 1931. Guppy, R. J 1864. 1866a. 1866b. 1867. 1873a. 1873b. 1874. 1876. and North Carolina. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 199 A-B, pp. 1- 310, pls. 1-38. 19435 Part 1 (A))> pp» 12178, piss 1-23: 1948. Part 2 (B), pp. 179-310, pls. 24-38. A., and Aldrich, T. H. Mollusca from the upper Miocene of South Carolina with descrip- tions of new species. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 71, pp. 17-53, pls. 1-4. . and Gale, H. R. Catalogue of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California and adjacent regions. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem., vol. 1, pp. 1-1036, pls. 1-32, 5 text figs., 3 tables, diagrams A-D. 5 be On later Tertiary deposits at Matura on the east coast of Trinidad. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, Trans. for 1864, pp. 33-43. Reprinted by Harris, G. D., 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 13-23. On the Tertiary Mollusca of Jamaica. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lon- don, vol. 22, pp. 281-295, pls. 16-18. On the relations of the Tertiary formations of the West Indies. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 22, pp. 570-590, pl. 26. On the Tertiary fossils of the West Indies with especial reference to the classification of the Kainozoic rocks of Trinidad. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, Proc., pt. 3, pp. 145-176. Reprinted by Harris, G. D., 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 24-55. On some new Tertiary fossils from Jamaica. Sci. Assoc. ‘Trinidad, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 72-88. Reprinted by Harris, G. D., 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 56-72. On new species of bivalve Molluska found at Cumand, Venezuela. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, Proc., vol. 2, pp. 90-92, pl. 3. Reprinted by Harris, G. D., 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 73-75, Ie JE Oe the West Indian Tertiary fossils. Geol. Mag., new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, pp. 404-411, 434-446, pls. 16-18. On the Miocene fossils of Haiti. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 32, pp. 516-532, pls. 28-29. ‘TRINIDAD M1OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 579 1882. On the Recent and Tertiary species of Leda and Nucula found in the West Indies: with notices of Westindian shells. Sci. Assoc. Trini- dad, Proc., vol. 2, No. 4, pt. 12, pp. 168-180, pl. 7. Reprinted by Harris, G. D., 1921, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 89- LOM, splars: Guppy, R. J. L., and Dall, W. H. 1896. Descriptions of Tertiary fossils from the Antillean region. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 19, No. 1110, pp. 303-331, pls. 27-30. Hanley, S. 1844. Descriptions of new species of Tellina, collected by H. Cuming. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 12, pp. 59-64, 68-72, 140-144, 146-149, 164-166. 1845a. Descriptions of six new species of Donax, in the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 13, pp. 14-16. 1845b. A description of new species of Ostreae, in the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 13, pp. 105-107. Hanna, G. D., and Strong, A. M. 1949. West American mollusks of the genus Conus. California Acad. Sci., Proc., 4th ser., vol. 26, No. 9, pp. 247-322, pls. 5-10, 4 figs. Harrington, H. J. 1962. Paleogeographic development of South America. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., Bull., vol. 46, No. 10, pp. 1773-1814, 34 figs. Harris, G. D. 1895. Neocene Mollusca of Texas. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 1-32, pls. 1-4. 1921. A reprint of the more inaccessible paleontological writings of Robert John Lechmere Guppy. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 1-198, pls. 1-10. Heilprin, A. 1887. Explorations on the west coast of Florida and in the Okeechobee wilderness. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia, Trans., vol. 1, pp. 1-134, pls. 1-19. Reprint, Palaeont. Amer., vol. 4, No. 33, pp. 363- 506, pls. 54-74, 1964. Henderson, J. B. 1920. A monograph of the East American scaphopod mollusks. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 111, pp. 1-177, pls. 1-20. Hertlein, L. G., and Strong, A. M. 1940-1951. Eastern Pacific expeditions of the New York Zoological So- ciety. Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America. Pts. I-X. Zoologica, New York Zool. Soc. 1940. Pt. 1, vol. 25, pt. 4, pp. 369-430, pls. 1-2. 1943. Pt. 2, vol. 28, pt. 3, pp. 149-168, pl. 1. 1946. Pt. 3, vol. 31, pt. 2, pp. 53-76, pl. 1. 1946>Pt.4; vol. 31) pt. 3; pp: 93-120) pie: IPP) l2ze-1bON pl Ac , pp. 163-198, pls. 1-2. a 0 Z 3 4 1947 Rts 5, vol. 315 pt. 1948-3. G7 VOl-ngo, Pt. 7 8 9 1949. Pt. 7, vol. 34, pt. 2, pp. 63-97, pl. 1. 1949. Pt. 8, vol. 34, pt. 4, pp. 239-258, pl. 1. 1950: Pt. 9, vol. 35, pt. 4, pp. 217-252, pis. 1-2: 1951. Pt. 10, vol. 36, pt. 2, pp. 67-120, pls. 1-11. 1948. Note on West American species of Condylocardia. Nautilus, vol. 61, No. 3, p. 106. 1955. Marine mollusks collected during the “Askoy” Expedition to Pana- ma, Colombia, and Ecuador in 1941. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 107, art. 2, pp. 159-318; pls. 1-3: Hodson, F. 1926. Venezuelan and Caribbean Turritellas. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 11, No. 45, pp. 1-50, pls. 1-30. 580 BULLETIN 247 Hodson, F., Hodson, H. K., and Harris, G. D. 1927. Some Venezuelan and Caribbean mollusks. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 13, No. 49, pp. 1-160, pls. 1-40. Hodson, F., and Hodson, H. K. 193la. Some Venezuelan mollusks. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 59, pp. 1-94, pls. 1-24. 193lb. Some Venezuelan mollusks. Pt. 2. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 60, pp. 1-38, pls. 1-12. Hubbard, B. 1920. Tertiary Mollusca from the Lares District, Porto Rico. New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 79-164, pls. 10-25. Jung, P. 1964. Bemerkungen zur Abgrenzung von Spezies der Natica-Canrena- Gruppe. Verhandl. Naturf. Ges. Basel, Bd. 75, Nr. 1, pp. 133-139, 5 text figs., 2 tables. 1965. Miocene Mollusca from the Paraguand Peninsula, Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 49, No. 223, pp. 387-652, pls. 50-79, 3 text figs., 3 tables. Keen, A. M. 1944. Catalogue and revision of the gastropod subfamily Typhinae. Jour. Paleont., vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 50-72, 20 text figs. 1958. Sea shells of tropical west America. Stanford Univ. Press, 624 pp., 10 color plates, 1709 figs. 1960. New Phyllonotus from the eastern Pacific. Nautilus, vol. 73, No. 3, pp. 103-109, pl. 10. 1961. A proposed reclassification of the gastropod family Vermetidae. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Zool., vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 183-213, pls. 54-55. 1966. West American mollusk types at the British Museum (Natural His- tory). Il, Alcide d’Orbigny’s South American collection. Veliger, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 1-7, pl. 1. Kennard, A. S., Salisbury, A. E., and Woodward, B. B. 1931. The types of Lamarck’s genera of shells as selected by J. G. Children in 1823. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 82, No. 17, pp. 1-40. Kosuge, S. 1966. The family Triphoridae and its systematic position. Malacologia, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 297-324, pl. 1, text figs. 1-36. Kugler, H. G. 1936. Summary digest of geology of Trinidad. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., Bull’ vol) 205 Nos Wy pps 1439-1453, °2. figs. 1953. Jurassic to Recent sedimentary environments in Trinidad. Assoc. Suisse Géol. Ing. Pétrole, Bull., vol. 20, No. 59, pp. 27-60, 2 text figs. Lamy, E. 1907. Révision des Arca vivants du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris. Jour. Conchyl., vol. 55 (ser. 4, vol. 9), No. 1, pp. 1-111, pl. 1; No. Seppo 99-307 splay 3. Lea, H. C. 1846. Description of some new fossil shells from the Tertiary of Peters- burg, Virginia. Amer. Philos. Soc., Trans., new ser., vol. 9, pp. 229- 274, pls. 34-37. Lowe, H. N. 1932. On four new species of Epitonium from western Central America. Nautilus, vol. 45, No. 4, pp. 113-115, pl. 9. 1935. New marine Mollusca from west Mexico, together with a list of shells collected at Punta Penasco, Sonora, Mexico. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans., vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 15-34, pls. 1-4. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 581 MacNeil, F. S. 1938. Species and genera of Tertiary Noetinae. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 189-A, pp. 1-49, pls. 1-6, 2 figs. Mansfield, W. C. 1925. Miocene gastropods and scaphopods from Trinidad. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 66, art. 22, pp. 1-65, pls. 1-10. 1930. Miocene gastropods and scaphopods of the Choctawhatchee Forma- tion of Florida. Florida State Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 3, pp. 1-185, pls. 1-21. 1932a. Miocene pelecypods of the Choctawhatchee Formation of Florida. Florida State Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 8, pp. 1-140, pls. 1-34. 1932b. Pliocene fossils from limestone in southern Florida. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 170-D, pp. 43-56, pls. 14-18. 1936. Stratigraphic significance of Miocene, Pliocene and _ Pleistocene Pectinidae in the southeastern United States. Jour. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 168-192, pls. 22-23. 1937. Molluscs of the Tampa and Suwannee limestones of Florida. State of Florida Dept. Conserv., Geol. Bull. No. 15, pp. 1-282, pls. 1-21. Marks, J. G. 1951. Miocene stratigraphy and paleontology of southwestern Ecuador. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 33, No. 139, pp. 1-162, pls. 1-9. Maury, C. J. 1912. A contribution to the paleontology of Trinidad. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 2, vol. 15, pp. 25-112, pls. 5-13. 1917. Santo Domingo type sections and fossils. Pt. 1. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, No. 29, pp. 1-251, pls. 1-39. 1920. Tertiary Mollusca from Porto Rico. New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 1-77, Is. 1-9. 1922. he Recent Arcas of the Panamic Province. Palaeont. Amer., vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 1-46, pls. 1-3. 1925. A further contribution to the paleontology of Trinidad (Miocene horizons). Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 42, pp. 1-250, pls. 1-43. 1925a. Fosseis Terciarios do Brasil. Serv. Geol. e Min. Brasil, Mon., vol. 4, pp. 1-665, pls. 1-24. McGinty, T. L. 1945. Description of a new Teinostoma. Nautilus, vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 142- 143. McLean, R. A. 1951. The Pelecypoda or bivalve mollusks of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 17, pt. 1, pp. 1-183, pls. 1-26. Merriam, C. W. 1941. Fossil Turritellas from the Pacific Coast region of North America. Univ. California Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 26, No. 1, pp. 1-214, pls. 1-41, 19 figs. Moore, E. J. 1962. Conrad’s Cenozoic fossil marine mollusk type specimens at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 114, No. 2, pp. 23-120. Morrison, J. P. E. 1949. Notes on the Florida species of Bursa. Amer. Malac. Union, News Bull. and Annual Reports, pp. 10-13. Morton, J. E. 1953. Vermicularia and the turritellids, Malac. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 30, pp. 80-86, figs. 1-3. 582 Nelson, E. 1870. BULLETIN 247 Ws On the molluscan fauna of the later Tertiary of Peru. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 2, pt. 1, pp. 186-206, pls. 6-7. Nygren, W. E. 1950. Olsson, A. 1922. 1964. 1967. Olsson, A. 1953. Olsson, A. 1958. Olsson, A. 1964. d’Orbigny, 1842. 1845. Bolivar geosyncline of northwestern South America. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., Bull., vol. 34, No. 10, pp. 1998-2006, 3. figs. A. The Miocene of northern Costa Rica, with notes on its general stratigraphic relations. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 9, No. 39, pp. 1- 168, pls. 1-32. Contributions to the Tertiary paleontology of northern Peru. Part 5. The Peruvian Miocene. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 68, pp. 1-272, pls. 1-24. Tertiary and Quaternary fossils from the Burica Peninsula of Panama and Costa Rica. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 27, No. 106, pp. 1-106, pls. 1-12. Studies on the genus Olivella. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 108, pp. 155-225, pls. 8-16, 23 text figs. Molluscs of the tropical eastern Pacific. Particularly from the southern half of the Panamic-Pacific faunal province (Panama to Peru). Panamic-Pacific Pelecypoda. Paleont. Research Inst., pp. 1- 574, pls. 1-86. Neogene mollusks from northwestern Ecuador. Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., pp. 1-256, pls. 1-38. Some Tertiary mollusks from South Florida and the Caribbean. Paleont. Research Inst., Ithaca, N.Y., pp. 1-61, pls. 1-9. A., and Harbison, A. Pliocene Mollusca of southern Florida, with special reference to those from North Saint Petersburg. With special chapters on Turri- dae by William G. Fargo, and Vitrinellidae and freshwater mollusks by Henry A. Pilsbry. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. No. 8, pp. 1-458, pls. 1-65, text figs. 1-2, 2 maps. A., and McGinty, T. L. Recent marine molluscs from the Caribbean coast of Panama with the description of some new genera and species. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 39, No. 177, pp. 1-58, pls. 1-5. A., and Petit, R. E. Some Neogene Mollusca from Florida and the Carolinas. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 47, No. 217, pp. 509-574, pls. 77-83. A. Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de l’Ile de Cuba par D. Ramon de La Sagra. Atlas, pls. 1-28. Historia fisica, politica y natural de la Isla de Cuba por D, Ramon de La Sagra. Segunda parte. Historia natural, vol. 5, Moluscos, pp. 1-376. Palmer, K. V. W 1927- 1958. 1929. The Veneridae of Eastern America, Cenozoic and Recent. Paleont. Amer., vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 209-522, 1927; pls. 32-76, 1929. Type specimens of marine Mollusca described by P. P. Carpenter from the West Coast (San Diego to British Columbia). Geol. Soc. Amer., Memoir 76, pp. 1-374, pls. 1-35. Perrilliat Montoya, Maria del Carmen 1963. Moluscos de la formacién Agueguexquite (Mioceno medio) del Istmo de Tehuantepec, Mexico. Paleontologia Mexicana, No. 14, pp. 1-45, pls. 1-6, 1 table. TRINIDAD M1OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 583 Petit de la Saussaye, S. 1852. Description de coquilles nouvelles. Jour. Conchyl., vol. 3, pp. 51-59, Plz digs. 1-4, 6519, Ue Pflug, H. D. 1961. Mollusken aus dem Tertidr von Santo Domingo. Acta Humbold- tiana, ser. geol. et palaeont., No. 1, pp. 1-107, pls. 1-26, 1 text fig. Philippi, R. A. 1851. Centuria quarta testaceorum novorum. Ztschr. Malakozoologie, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 49-64. Pilsbry, H. A. 1897. New species of molluscs from Uruguay. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Proc., vol. 49, pp. 290-298, pls. 6-7. 1922. Revision of W. M. Gabb’s Tertiary Mollusca of Santo Domingo. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 73, pp. 305-435, pls. 16-47, text figs. 1-48. 1931. The Miocene and Recent Mollusca of Panama Bay. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 83, pp. 427-440, pl. 41, 5 text figs. Pilsbry, H. A., and Johnson, C. W. 1917. New Mollusca of the Santo Domingan Oligocene. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 69, pp. 150-202. Pilsbry, H. A., and Lowe, H. N. 1932. West Mexican and Central American mollusks collected by H. N. Lowe 1929-1931. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 84, pp. 33-144, pls. I-17. Pilsbry, H. A., and Harbison, A. 1933. Notes on the Miocene of southern New Jersey. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 85, pp. 107-120, pls. 3-5. Pilsbry, H. A., and Olsson, A. A. 1941. A Pliocene fauna from western Ecuador. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Proc., vol. 93, pp. 1-79, pls. 1-19, 2 text figs. 1945. Vitrinellidae and similar gastropods of the Panamic Province. I. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 97, pp. 249-278, pls. 22-30. Pilsbry, H. A., and McGinty, T. L. 1945a. Cyclostrematidae and Vitrinellidae of Florida. 1. Nautilus, vol. 59, No. 1, pp. 1-13, pls. 1-2. 1945b. “Cyclostrematidae” and Vitrinellidae of Florida. 2. Nautilus, vol. 5ONO. 2; pp..52-59; pl 6: 1950. Vitrinellidae of Florida. Part 5. Nautilus, vol. 63, No. 3, pp. 85-87, Pleo ios WOT. Radwin, G. E. The systematic position of Glyptaesopus Pilsbry and Olsson 1941. In press. Ravenel, E. 1861. Descriptions of new Recent shells from the coast of South Carolina. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 13, pp. 41-44. Recluz, C. 1852. Description de coquilles nouvelles. Jour. Conchyl., vol. 3, pp. 249- 256, pl. 10. Rehder, Harald 1967. Valid zoological names in the Portland Catalogue. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 121, No. 3579, 51 pp. Reinhart, P. W. 1935. Classification of the pelecypod family Arcidae. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belgique, Bull., vol. 11, No. 13, pp. 1-68, pls. 1-5. 1937. Three new species of the pelecypod family Arcidae from the Plio- cene of California. Jour. Paleont., vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 181-185, pl. 28. 584 BULLETIN 247 1943. Mesozoic and Cenozoic Arcidae from the Pacific slope of North America. Geol. Soc. Amer., Special Paper No. 47, pp. i-xi + 1-117, pls. 1-15. Robertson, R. 1957. A study of Cantharus multangulus (Philippi), with notes on Can- tharus and Pseudoneptunea (Gastropoda: Buccinidae). Notulae Naturae, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, No. 300, pp. 1-10, figs. 1-19. Rutsch, R. F. 1934. Die Gastropoden aus dem Neogen der Punta Gawvilén in Nord- Venezuela. Abhandl. Schweiz. Palaeont. Ges., Bde. 54-55, pp. 1-169, pls. 1-9, 20 text figs. 1942. Die Mollusken der Springvale-Schichten (Obermiocaen) von Trini- dad (Britisch-West-Indien). Verhandl. Naturf. Ges. Basel, Bd. 54, pp. 96-182, pls. 3-9, text figs. 1-2. Say, T. 1822. Account of some of the marine shells of the United States. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., Ist ser., vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 221-248, 257-276, 302-325. 1824. An account of some of the fossil shells of Maryland. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., Ist ser., vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 124-155, pls. 7-13. 1826. Descriptions of marine shells recently discovered on the coast of the United States. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., Ist ser., vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 207-221. Sherborn, C. D., and Prout, L. B. 1912. Note on the date of publication of the works of Jacob Huebner on the Lepidoptera. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 9, pp. 175-180. Shuttleworth, R. J. 1856. Description de nouvelles espéces. Jour. Conchyl., vol. 5, pp. 168- 175. Smith, M. 1936a. New Tertiary shells from Florida. Nautilus, vol. 49, No. 4, pp. 135- N39 epi. +9: 1936b. New Tertiary shells from Florida. Nautilus, vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 20- 22, pl. 9 (of vol. 49). Sowerby, G. B., I. 1832. Characters of new species of Mollusca and Conchifera, collected by Mr. Cuming. Comm. Sci. and Corr. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 2, pp. 113-120. 1833-1834. Characters of new species of Mollusca and Conchifera, col- lected by Mr. Cuming. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 1, pp. 16-22, 34-38, 70-74, 1833; pp. 134-139, 1834. 1835. Characters of and observations on new genera and species of Mol- lusca and Conchifera collected by Mr. Cuming. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 3, pp. 4-7, 21-23, 49-51, 84-85, 109-110. Sowerby, G. B., I., and Powys, W. L. 1835. Characters of new species of shells collected by Mr. Cuming. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. 3, pp. 93-96. Sowerby, G. B., II. 1850. Descriptions of new species of fossil shells found by J. S. Heniker [sic], Esq. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 6, pp. 44-53, pls. 9-10. Spieker, E. M. 1922. The paleontology of the Zorritos Formation of the north Peruvian oil fields. The Johns Hopkins Univ., Studies in Geol., No. 3, pp. 1- 196, pls. 1-10. ‘TRINIDAD M10OCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 585 Staadt, J. L. 1956. Observations on the subgeneric classification of Calliostoma. Jour. Conchyl., vol. 96, pp. 119-120. Stenzel, H. B. 1947. Nomenclatural synopsis of supraspecific groups of the family Ostreidae (Pelecypoda, Mollusca). Jour. Paleont., vol. 21, No. 2, pp. 165-185. Stenzel, H. B., Krause, E. K., and Twining, J. T. 1957. Pelecypoda from the type locality of the Stone City beds (middle Eocene) of Texas. Univ. Texas Publ. No. 5704, pp. 1-237, pls. 1-22, text figs. 1-31, tables 1-4. Stingley, D. V. 1952. Crepidula maculosa Conrad. Nautilus, vol. 65, No. 3, pp. 83-85, pl. 2, figs. 7-10. Stirton, R. A. 1950. Late Cenozoic avenues of dispersal for terrestrial animals between North America and South America. (Abstract). Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull’, vol. 615, No. 12> pt. 2 pp. 1541-1542" Stoliczka, F. 1871. Cretaceous fauna of southern India. The Pelecypoda, with a re- view of all known genera of this class, fossil and Recent. Palaeon- tologia Indica, vol. 3, pp. xii + 537, pls. 1-50. Strong, A. M. 1938. New species of West American shells. California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 23, No. 14, pp. 203-216, pls. 15-16. Thiele, J. 1910. Molluskenfauna Westindiens. Zool. Jahrbiicher, Suppl. 11, Heft 2, pp. 109-132, pl. 9. Tomlin, J. R. le B. 1929. The Mollusca of the “St. George” expedition. (I1.) The West Indies. Jour. Conch., vol. 18, No. 11, pp. 307-310. Toula, F. 1909, Eine jungtertidre Fauna von Gatun am Panama-Kanal. Jahrb. Kaiserl.-K6nigl. Geol. Reichsanstalt, Bd. 58, Heft 4, pp. 673-760, pls. 25-28, text figs. 1-15. 1911. Die jungtertidre Fauna von Gatun am Panamakanal. II. Jahrb. Kaiserl.-K6nigl. Geol. Reichsanstalt, Bd. 61, pp. 487-530, pls. 30-31. Trechmann, C. T. 1935. The geology and fossils of Carriacou, West Indies. Geol. Mag., vol. 72, No. 858, pp. 528-555, pls. 20-22. Turner, R. D. 1954. The family Pholadidae in the Western Atlantic and the Eastern Pacific. Part 1. Pholadinae. Johnsonia, vol. 3, No. 33, pp. 1-63, pls. 1-34. 1956. The Eastern Pacific marine mollusks described by C. B. Adams. Occas. Papers on Mollusks, vol. 2, No. 20, pp. 21-135, pls. 5-20. Van Winkle, K. 1923. Foraminifera and a small molluscan fauna from Costa Rica. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 40, pp. 1-18, pls. 1-2. Vokes, E. H. 1964. The genus Turbinella (Mollusca, Gastropoda) in the New World. Tulane Stud. Geol., vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 39-68, pls. 1-3, 1 text fig. 1965. Cenozoic Muricidae of the Western Atlantic region. Part 2. Chi- coreus s.str. and Chicoreus (Siratus). Tulane Stud. Geol., vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 181-204, pls. 1-3, text figs. 1-2. 586 BULLETIN 247 Vokes, H. E. 1938. Upper Miocene Mollusca from Springvale, Trinidad, British West Indies. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 988, pp. 1-28, figs. 1-29. Warmke, G. L., and Abbott, R. T. 1961. Caribbean seashells. Livingstone Publishing Company, Narberth, Pennsylvania, pp. x + 348, pls. 1-44, text figs. 1-34, maps 1-19. Weisbord, N. E. 1929. Miocene Mollusca of northern Colombia. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. JA INOW D4, ap psl-bi 5 plsial-9: 1962. Late Cenozoic gastropods from northern Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, pp. 1-672, pls. 1-48. 1964. Late Cenozoic pelecypods from northern Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, pp. 1-564, pls. 1-59. Whitmore, F. C., and Stewart, R. H. 1965. Miocene mammals and Central American seaways. Science, vol. 148, No. 3667, pp. 180-185, 2 figs. Woodring, W. P. 1925. Miocene molluscs from Bowden, Jamaica. Pelecypods and scapho- pods. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 366, pp. 1-222, pls. 1-28. 1928. Miocene molluscs from Bowden, Jamaica. Pt. 2. Gastropods and discussion of results. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 385, pp. 1-564, pls. 1-40, text figs. 1-3. 1957. Geology and paleontology of Canal Zone and adjoining parts of Panama. Geology and description of Tertiary mollusks (gastropods: Trochidae to Turritellidae). U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-A, pp. 1-145, pls. 1-23, text figs. 1-4. 1957a. Muracypraea, new subgenus of Cypraea. Nautilus, vol. 70, No. 3, pp. 88-90. 1958. Springvaleia, a late Miocene Xenophora-like turritellid from Trint- dad. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 169, pp. 163-174, pl. 17. 1959. Geology and paleontology of Canal Zone and adjoining parts of Panama. Description of Tertiary mollusks (gastropods: Vermetidae to Thaididae). U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-B, pp. 147-239, pls. 24-38. 1964. Geology and paleontology of Canal Zone and adjoining parts of Panama. Description of Tertiary mollusks (gastropods: Colum- bellidae to Volutidae). U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 306-C, pp. 241-297, pls. 39-47, table 1. 1966. The Panama land bridge as a sea barrier. Amer. Philos. Soc., Proc., vol. 110, No. 6, pp. 425-433, figs. 1-3, tables 1-6. PLATES If not otherwise specified the number accompanying each specimen refers to the catalogue of the Naturhistorisches Museum Basel (G includes Pelecypoda and Scaphopoda, H Gastropoda). 588 Figure iL F2. 8-12. 13-16. 17-19. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 13 Page Dentalium (Dentalium) divulgatum, n. Sp. 2.0. 313 1. Holotype. Length oe 5 mm, max. diameter 3.8 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 12718. 2. Paratype, Length 37.5 mm, max. diameter 4.1 mm. Locality Py 285. No. G 12719. Dentalium (Graptacme) cf. amaliense Henderson ....................... 315 Length 10.1 mm, max. diameter 1.6 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 12748. Nucula (Lamellinucula) vieta Guppy 9.0.0... 316 4. Lectotype. Length 3.1 mm, height 3.1 mm. Matura, coll, Guppy. USNM 115562. 5. Paralectotype, Length 3.3 mm, height 3.0 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 645368. 6,7. Length 4.9 mm, height 4.1 mm. Locality JS 67. No, G 12708. Nucula (Lamellinucula) baccata Guppy .......... 317 8. Lectotype. Length 7.0 mm, height 5.3 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115561, 9. Length 7.9 mm, height 6.0 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 12710. 10. Length 6,2 mm, height 4.6 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 12711. 11,12. Length. 6.6 mm, height 5.1 mm. Locality K 9817. No. G 12717. Nuculana (Saccella) ludificans, n: Sp. .........2.4....-... ee 319 13. Holotype. Length 7.4 mm, height yh mm, . Locality PJ 285. No G 12677. 14. Paratype. Length 6.3 mm, height 3.6 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 12676. 15. Paratype. Length 9.3 mm, height 5.1 mm. Locality PJ 212. No. G 12684 16. Paratype. Length 9,6 mm, height 5,0 mm. Locality PJ 212. No. G 12683. Muculans (Saccella) perlepida (Guppy) 2... ee 320 7. Lectotype. Length 6.0 mm, height 3.8 mm. Matura, coll. leaney: USNM 115557. 18. Length 5.9 mm, height 3,8 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 12682. 19. Length 6.3 mm, height 4.2 mm, Locality RR 230. No. G 12681. BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PEATE 13 BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 14 syrvere’ MON TMT Ea LENT > © - ~~ yA VAN HNNE 9 UTOD Figure 12. 3,4. 5,6. 7,8. 9,10. 11,12. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 589 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 14 Page Calorhadia (Calorhadia) solivaga, n. SUR oo Holotype. Length 17.0 mm, height 6.5 mm. Locality Py 285, No. G 12678. Adrana perprotracta (Dall) ? ... 323 “oO 3. Length 23.1 mm, height 7.2 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 12679. 4. Length 22.4 mm, height 6.7 mm. Locality PJ 285. No, G 12680. Arca (Arca) zebra zebra (Swainson) _. 3295 Length 45.5 mm, height 22.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12744. Arca (Arca) imbricata imbricata Bruguiére Aa 326 Length 25.3 mm, height 17.0 mm. Locality RR 230, No. G 12750. Barbatia (Fugleria ?) millifila latrinidadis Maury 328 Length 15.7 mm, height 10.5 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12867 Barbatia (Barbatia) candida (Helbling) | a 327 Length 22.3 mm, height 11.3 mm, Locality RR 230. No. G 12866. 590 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 15 Figure Page 1,2. Barbatia (Acar) domingensis (Lamarck) 2.0.00. ace Length 20.3 mm, height 11.1 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 1275 3-6. “Arcopsisadamsi (Dall)... ...c24.ci0onccnee eee eee 330 oA: en 12.4 mm, height 8.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12874. 5. Length 11.1 mm, height 7.3 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12875, 6. Length 6.5 mm, height 3.9 mm. Locality PJ 302. No. G 12876. 7. Anadara (Cunearca) aff. filicata (Guppy) .....00...0. ce. 333 Length 14.8 mm, height 13.0 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 12903. 8,9. Anadara chemnitzioides (Maury) ...........0000..0.0....ccc0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 334 Lectotype. Length 22,0 mm, height 21.4 mm. Locality: milepost 4934, (new mileposts!) of the Southern Main Road of Trinidad, just south of the Pitch Lake (= USGS station 21782). Paleont. Museum, Cornell Uniy., unnumbered. 10,11. Anadara (Scapharca ?) sanctidavidis (Maury) 0.00000... 334 Length 27.8 mm, height 21.4 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12883, BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 15 ar v hop ORT Rica. ee “te Wut! Have Ld ps die es Serr mee mt i PY pater 444, PLATE 16 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 591 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 16 Figure ) ace Page 1-3. Anadara (Scapharca) placata, n. sp. : eae .. 880 1,2. Holotype. Length 19.6 mm, height 14.4 mm. Locality KR 11862, No. G 12884. 3. Paratype. Length 19.7 mm, height 14.7 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. G 12885. 4-7. Lunarca billingsiana (Maury) ; Aen a ; . 336 4,5 Lectotype of L. billingsiana. Length 31.3 mm, height 22.7 mm. Locality: on coast 700 feet east of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Uniy., Paleont. Museum, No. 38297. 6,7. Lectotype of L. brightonensis. Length 24.7 mm, height 19.5 mm. Locality: on coast 700 feet east of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, No, 38295. 592 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 17 Figure Page 1-4) (Eunarea’ billingsianay (Maury)! 30. ee 336 1,2. Length 34.8 mm, height 23.1 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12910, 3,4. Length 28.6 mm, height 20.3 mm. Locality PJ 212. No. G 12914. 5-8. Noetia (Noetia) sheldoniana (Maury) .......000000.....0cccceeeee 338 5,6. Holotype. Length 15.0 mm, height 13.5 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, No. 38296. 7. Length 33.3 mm, height 27.3 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12916. 8. Length 19.8 mm, height 18.9 mm. Locality RR 230, No. G 12917. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 17 PLATE 18 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Paar! h’ r 4 > ap a ara ne, Figure 1,2. 3-6. 7,8. 9,10. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG DoS EXPLANATION OF PLATE 18 Page Noetia (Noetia) sheldoniana (Maury) ........0...00.0...000.0000 22 cccccecens 338 Length 16.5 mm, height 14.3 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 12919. Noetia (Eontia) centrota (Guppy) ......... ep Petals ate MT eee 339 3,4. Length 33.7 mm, height 17.1 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12923. 5,6. Length 13.4 mm, height 9.5 mm. Locality K 1429. No. G 12930. Glycymeris (Glycymeris) cf. undata (Linné) ........ Nien EU) 7. Length 14.9 mm, height 13.3 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12935. 8. Length 16.1 mm, height 14.3 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12936. Brachydontes (Brachydontes) species _. k. 341 Length 4,1 mm, height 7.0 mm. USGS locality 20432. USNM 645359. 594 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19 Figure Page 1:2: Plicatula ‘gibbosa Lamarck... :<2.0:s.c0n.0s5. Li eke ee 343 Length 15.2 mm, height 16.5 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12943. 3,4. Pecten (Pecten) archon Maury ..... aesndidtins'sdanis oe SS gee SOR ee 344 3. Length 43.2 mm, height 40,1 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645326. 4. Length 41.3 mm, height 35.7 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645327. 5,6. Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) cf. gibbus (Linné) .................... 345 Length 27,0 mm, height 26.7 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12949. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 19 PLATE 20 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Figure 12: 3,4. 5,6. 7,8. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 595 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 20 Page Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) demiurgus (Dall) .....0................... 345 Length 55.1 mm, height 53.7 mm. Locality RR 291. No. G 12950. Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) maturensis (Maury) ................... 346 3. Length 24.8 mm, height 22.4 mm, Locality RR 230. No. G 12959. 4. Length 28.5 mm, height 26.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No, G 12960. Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) rutamensis, nN. Sp. 0... 347 5. Holotype. Length 14.7 mm, height 14.5 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12961. 6. Paratype, Length 13.1 mm, height 12.9 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12962. Gyclonecten Species: kee eres ah ee ee eee 348 Length 3.0 mm, height 2.8 mm. Locality K 9817, No. G 12966. Or ite) jop) Figure 1-4. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2] Page Eucrassatellatrinitanial (Maury) eee 351 1,2. Length 56.3 mm, height 34.0 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645325. 3,4. Length 19.0 mm, height 12.7. L ocality Hutch 51. No. G 13005. Lopha:messor: (Maury)? 3000.5 Stok coco i ee 349 Length 54.4 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. G 12974. Anomialsimplexc@Orbigny oe 350 Length 16,0 mm, height 15.3 mm. . Locality RR 230. No. G 12796. Crassostrea cf. virginica (Gmelin) ...... eerie ee 349 Length 84.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12967. BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 2] PLATE 22 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Figure 1,2. 3,4. 5-7. 8,9. 10. 1112. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 597 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22 Page Crassinella martinicensis (d’Orbigny) .......................::::2205- eros 1. Length 4.5 mm, height 4.4 mm. Locality JS 67, No. G 12990. 2. Length 4.4 mm, height 4.2 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 12991, Crassinella Guppy (Dall) oe icone sens exe heme eee ee eo 354 3. Length 4.2 mm, height 3.9 mm. Locality Py 285, No. G 12996. 4. Length 3.7 mm, height 3.8 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 12997. Carditamera (Carditamera) guppyi (Dall) ...........0.000............. 356 5. Length 4.8 mm, height 2.8 mm. Locality JS 67, No. ‘G 13007. 6. Length 4.6 mm, height 2.7 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13009, 7. Length 3.8 mm, height 2.4 mm. ‘Locality K 10924. No. G 13008. Carditamera (Garditamera)ie Species = ee eee 357 Length 8.3 mm, height 4.9 mm. Locality K 9816. No. G 13014. Carditamera virginiae (Maury) CB Sct ete aA Re ee 357 Lectotype. Length 13.5 mm, height 7.7 mm. Locality: milepost 4934 (new mileposts!) of the Southern Main Road of Trinidad, just south of the Pitch Lake (= USGS station 21782). Paleont. Museum, Cornell Univ., unnumbered. Carditamera (Byssomera) aff. affinis (Sowerby) ...............000.......... 357 Length 32.4 mm, height 15.5 mm. Locality K 8399. No, G 13015. 598 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 23 Figure Page 1-4 (Condylocardial‘guppyi (Maury)! 2. ee ee 358 1,2. Length 2.8 mm, height 2.1 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 13016, 3,4. Length 2.8 mm, height 2.1 mm. Locality RR 230, No. G 13017. 5-bIS Evcina: (Eucinisca)roign (Waury)) 9). 360 5,6. Length 11.0 mm, height 9.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13020. 7. Length 9.6 mm, height 8.9 mm. Locality PJ 285, No. G 13025. 8,9. Length 10.2 mm, height 9.4 mm. Locality K 1429, No. G 13024. 10. Length 9.3 mm, height 8.3 mm, Locality PJ 285. No. G 13026. 11. Length 12.1 mm, height 11.8 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 13027. 12-14, Pseudochama aff. caloosana (Dall) ...........0..0..000. cee 362 12. Length 16.4 mm, height 17.5 mm. “Locality RR 230. No. G 13046. 13. Length 19.5 mm, height 23.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13047. 14, Length 18.0 mm, height 19.7 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13048. PLATE 23 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 24 TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKs: JUNG Dug EXPLANATION OF PLATE 24 Figure Page 2° Chama cf. macerophylla Gmelin: 2s... :....0.:.::6) oct. csscesee reser ennees 362 Length 33.5 mm, height 30.0 mm. “Locality Py 212. No. G 13049. 3-7. Trachycardium (Dallocardia) sanctidavidis (Maury) ................... 363 3. Length 27.3 mm, height 28.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13055. 4. Length 25.5 mm, height 26.3 mm. Locality JS 67, No. G 13057. 5. Length 25.2 mm, height 26.5 mm, Locality RR 230. No. G 13056. 6,7. Length 28.9 mm, height 29.6 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645338. 600 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25 Figure Page 1-10. Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) maturensis (Dall) ....................... 365 1. Length 8.8 mm, height 10.4 mm, Locality RR 230. No. G 13061. 2,3. Length 12.5 mm, height 18.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13062. 4,5, Length 10.1 mm, height 12.7 mm. Locality K 1429. No. G 13066. 6,7. Convexity (2 valves) 13.8 mm, height 19.1 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 13063. 8, Length 11.7 mm, height 17.3 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 13064. 9. Length 12.6 mm, height 18.7 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. G 13065, 10. Lectotype of T. carolinae (Maury). Length 8.7 mm, height 11.4 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ,, Paleont. Museum, unnumbered. 11,12. Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) melajoensis, n. sp. .................... 366 Holotype. Length 10.0 mm, height 10.6 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645354. 13,14. Tivela (Tivela) austeniana (Maury) ........2..02.2...0- pee 372 Lectotype. Length 27.0 mm, height 21.3 mm, Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cor- nell Univ., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered. 15,16. Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) cf. caboblanquensis Weisbord 367 Length 9.7 mm, height 10.0 mm. Locality RR 120, No. G 13077. Buu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 25 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 26 ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 601 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 26 Figure Page PemmcCyciinellavart. tenuiseCReCLUZ) 0. jyo.ci:.c.ekahtncttee Ee ak ca Sie Length 24.2 mm, height 23.1 mm. USGS locality 20432a. USNM 645339. 3-6. Tivela (Tivela) austeniana (Maury) ............000....0cccccccccceecccceeeeeeeeees 372 3,4. Length 21.0 mm, height 17,6 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13086. 5,6. Length 25.0 mm, height 19.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13085. 7-13. Pitar (Lamelliconcha) circinatus (Born) ............000000...0..000000....... 374 7,8. Specimen figured by Maury (1912, pl. 9, figs. 12, 13). Length 10.7 mm, height 9.6 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered. 9,10. Length 17.2 mm, height 14.2 mm, Locality RR 230. No. G 13092. 11,12. Length 16.1 mm, height 13.2 mm, Locality K 1429. No. G 13098. 13. Length 20.1 mm, height 16.3 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. G 13099. 602 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 27 Figure Page 1,2. Pitar (Lamelliconcha) circinatus (Born) .......000000000000cee. 374 Length 26.2 mm, height 20.5 mm. Locality Hutch 47. No, G 13100. 3-6. Pitar (Lamelliconcha) labreanus (Maury) ......0.0.00..-.....c..cccccee 375 3,4. Holotype. Length 17.3 mm, height 13.5 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered. 5,6. Length 24.8 mm, height 18.5 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. G 13250. 7. (Ghione: (Chione))cancellatay(uinne)) eee 376 Length 31.7 mm, height 30.1 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13258, Buu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 RUAG ETc BuLu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 28 il ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 603 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 28 Figure Page 1,2. Chione (Chione) cancellata (Linné) 0.000 cccceccccee. 376 Length 27.2 mm, height 24.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13257, 3-11. Chione (Nioche) veatchiana Maury |... 377 3,4. Lectotype of C. veatchiana. Length 25.1 mm, height 20.2 mm, Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, No. 33504. 5, Lectotype of C. dalliana. Length 20.5 mm, height 18.0 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, No. 33495. 6,7. Lectotype of C. guppyana. Length 19.1 mm, height 17.2 mm. Locality: on coast 700 feet east of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered. 8,9. Length 20.0 mm, height 17.3 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 12769. 10. Length 12.6 mm, height 11.5 mm. Locality K 12255, No. G 12792. 11. Length 17.0 mm, height 15.0 mm, Locality JS 67. No. G 12788. 604 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 29 Figure 1-8. Chione (Lirophora) caroniana Maury .......................0.000.02. 379 1,2. Length 39.0 mm, height 29.1 mm. Locality EL 1810. No. G 13265. 3.4. Length 27.9 mm, height 22.6 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. G 13266. 5. Length 34.3 mm, height 26.2 mm. Locality RR 291. No. G 13277. 6. Length 18.2 mm, height 15.0 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 13267. 7,8. Length 26.3 mm, height 21.1 mm. Locality RR 291. No. G 13276. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 29 | BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 30 Figure 1-3. 4-9. 10311: 12,13. - TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 605 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 30 Page Chione (Lirophora) species ............... 380 1. Length 20.0 mm, height 15.6 mm. Locality qs 67. No. G 13263. 2,3. Length 17.6 mm, height 13.8 mm. Locality RR 230, No. G 13264. Chione (Lirophora) sanctidavidis Maury .. & eae OLE 4,5. Length 17.0 mm, height 12.4 mm. Locality K 12255. No. G 12794. 6. Length 19.5 mm, height 15.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13278. 7,8. Length 15.7 mm, height 11.6 mm, Locality kK 12255. No. G 12814. 9. Length 16.1 mm, height 13.2 mm. Lo- cality K 9813. No, G 13279. Anomalocardia brasiliana (Gmelin) A ave OOe Length 19.2 mm, height 15.0 mm, Locality ys 67. No. G 13081. Mactra (Micromactra) cf. maracaibensis H. K. Hodson ........... 383 Length 23.9 mm, height 15.7 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13288. 606 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 31 Figure Page 3-5. Mulinia species .................... ae 383 6-9. Moerella (Moerella) elinguis, n. sp... 8384 6,7. Holotype. Length 10.8 mm, height 6.3 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. G 13327. 8, Paratype. Length 10.9 mm, height 6.8 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. G 13328, 9. Paratype. Length 13.4 mm, height 8.0 mm. Locality K 12255. No. G 13329. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 31 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 32 ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 607 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 32 Figure 1-5. Eurytellina punicea (Born) ? 1,2. Immature specimen. Length 16.2 mm, |, height 9.3 mm. Locality K 12255. No. G 12845. 3,4. Immature specimen. Length 16.7 mm, height 9.5 mm. Locality K 12013, No. G 12850. 5. >. Length 34.4 mm, height 21.0 mm. USGS locality 20432. USNM 645337. 6-9. Eurytellina melajoensis. n. sp. 6,7. Holotype. Length 23.8 mm, height 15.0 mm. ‘Locality PJ 285. No. G 13310. 8. Paratype. Length 26.3 mm, height 17.1 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 13312. 9. Paratype. Hinge. 7.5x. No. G 13311. 608 Figure 1-4. 3-9. 10,11. 12-14. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 33 Eurytellina’ 2) oligoscissulata,, n: Sp)... ee 386 1,2. Holotype. Length 22.0 mm, height 12.4 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 13319. 3. Paratype. Length 17.5 mm, height 10.0 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 13320. 4. Paratype. Length 18.0 mm, height 10.2 mm. Locality K 1429. No, G 13321. Merisca: trinidadensis; 1. Sp; -.22.....s. 2 eee 387 5,6. Holotype. Length 12.1 mm, , height 92 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. G 13338. 7,8. Paratype. Length 12.3 mm, height 10.0 mm. Locality RR 290. No. G 13340. 9. Paratype. Length 10.0 mm, height 7.7 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 13339. Strigilla (Strigilla) carnaria (Linné) ?.... ........ ee 25 5 389 Length 7.4 mm, height 6.7 mm. Locality K 12255. No. G 12795. Strigilla (Pisostrigilla) pisiformis (Linné) 0... 390 12. Length 11.3 mm, height 10.7 mm, Locality RR 230. No. G 13343. 13,14. Length 8.2 mm, height 7.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13344, BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 33 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 34 ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 609 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 34 Figure Page ie2aeMacoma’ (Psammacoma)’ speciesA’ ..;.....5....cssc¢n1s-te0cthetee. sesedeeeeesare 391 1. Length 30.7 mm, height 19.2 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645340. 2. Length 27.5 mm, height 15.7 mm, USGS locality 18634. USNM 645341. 3.4. Macoma (Psammacoma) species B_ ..............0..:.00:0.scsssecsesesuseeeteotee 392 Length 27.9 mm, height 17.0 mm. USGS locality 20432. USNM 645342. 5iGuaesammotnetasgalbanaret) SPs occ tees eee eee 392 Holotype. Length 37.8 mm, height 28.2 mm. USGS locality 20432. USNM 645335. joApolymetis trinifaria® (Dall). ..csc0...5:% as n/hAin eet eee one 393 Length 57.1 mm, height 46.2 mm. Locality RR 291. No, G 13347. Se lemnoconchalatt. brasiliana (Dall): 2= ee 395 Length 22.0 mm, height 14.4 mm. Locality EL 1810. No. G 13307. 610 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 35 Figure Page 123) temnoconcha, att. brasiliana, (Dall) ya 395 1,2, Length 29.6 mm, height 19.4 mm. ‘Locality P2112 Nome 13308. 3. Hinge of same specimen as figures | ‘and 2; 7.5x. 4°55 Semele proficua (Pulteney): ...0...2.60 02sec esc ee eee ee 396 Length 29.2 mm, height 25.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13299. 6:7. “Semele! purpurascens (Gmelin)... ee eee 396 Length 31,3 mm, height 27.3 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13298. BuLu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 35 BuLu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 36 TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 611 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 36 Figure Page 1,2. Semele laevis costaricensis Olsson |... Men eer Ook Length 61.4 mm, height 46.6 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645324. 3. Semele claytoni couvensis Maury ... Pa PANG dee te es Otte: Length 37.7 mm, height 32.9 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645329. 13303. 6. Length 11.2 mm, height 8.9 mm. Locality K 1429. No. G 12842. 7. Length 17.0 mm, height 14.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 13302. 8,9. Length 14.0 mm, height 11.3 mm. Locality KR 11862. No, G 13301. 612 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 37 Figure Page 1:3, -Abra cf. aequalis: (Gay). .2c...:..42.0 oe eee 399 1. Length 9.7 mm, height 9.0 mm. Locality K 8399. No. G 12849. 2,3. Length 10.0 mm, height 9,6 mm. Locality K 1429. No. G 13306. 4-6..-Cumingia. galbensis, Mm. SPs < ccf. cccc6.ccececcscaeesesed ns tse 400 4,5. Holotype. Length 13.5 mm, height ‘114 mm. USGS locality 20432. USNM 645555. 6, Paratype. Length 13.2 mm, height 10.7 mm. USGS locality 20432. USNM 645356. 438; Donax ‘striatus Linné. ? «22.0... .00ires ee 401 Length 20.2 mm, height 12.6 mm. “Locality RR 230. No, G 14055. 9. Donax fabagelloides Guppy iuidsdatisiw ea, ee 402 Holotype. Length 20.5 mm, height 9.7 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115654. 10,11. Donax (Machaerodonax ?):species. <2)... eee 404 Length 16.6 mm. USGS locality 19860. USNM 645349, BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 37 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 38 Figure 1-4, 5-8. 9,10. ils 12,13. 14. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 613 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 38 Page Donaxfabagelloides) GupDYi ee eee 402 1. Length 16.3 mm, height 8.1 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 13291, 2. Length 20.0 mm, height 9.1 mm, Locality RR 230. No. G 13292. 3. Length 20.1 mm, height 9.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No, G 13294. 4. Hinge. 7.5x. Locality RR 230. No. G 13293. Donax BrIGhfOnensiS; Ni SSPs ctitest eos ssetenel hoe eee 403 5,6. Holotype. Length 13.2 mm, , height 6.1 mm. Locality RR 120. No. G 12861. 7,8. ay Length 13.3 mm, height 6.3 mm. Locality K 12255. No. G 12855 Tagelus (Mesopleura) cf. divisus (Spengler) 405 Length 22.8 mm, height 8.0 mm. USGS locality 20434. USNM 645336, Pleiorytis caroniana (Maury) ....... so hs eater eee ee ee OG Length 57.8 mm, height 45.6 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645323. Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) helenae (Maury) .....................0..... 407 Lectotype. Length 7.3 mm, height 5.0 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, No. 33497. Solen:(Solena)vobliquus Spen?lern eee eee 407 Length 34.6 mm, height 14.2 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 14002. 614 Figure 1-5. 6-9. 10. 11-15. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 39 Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) helenae (Maury) 1,2. Lectotype of C. smithiana. Length 9.3 mm, height 5,8 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, No. 33509. 3. Length 9.7 mm, height 5.8 mm. Locality K 1429. No. G 14016. 4,5. Length 10.0 mm, height 6.9 mm. Locality K 12255. No. G 14017, Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) helenae (Maury)? |... 408 6,7. Length 14.8 mm, height 9.2 mm, Locality PJ 285. No. G 14018. 8. Length 14.9 mm, height 9.1 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 14019, 9. Length 13.3 mm, height 8.2 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 14020. Goryocomule (Caryocorbula)) SpecleSiye ee 409 Length 8.5 mm, height 6.2 mm. Locality 1s: 67. No. G 14021. Juliacorbula aequivalvis (Phtlipp)) ee ee 410 11. Length 8.0 mm, height 5.6 mm. Locality JS 67. No. G 14009. 12. Length 10.3 mm, ‘height 6.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 14010. 13-15. Length 8,6 mm, height 6.7 mm. Locality RR 230. No. G 14011. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 39 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 40 te MS tae ed et So - Sian ~ Figure i 3,4. 5,6. LOT. 12. 13. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 615 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 40 Page Nofocorbula islatrinifatis (Maury)! 6..0...2...2:-2s00s eee eee 411 Length 15.6 mm, height 13.2 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645353. INOTOcOnbDUlae SD CCIES a. ee soliie co eee cece eo ee 412 3. Length 8.7 mm, height’ 6.7 mm. Locality Py 285. No. G 14045. 4. Length 9.0 mm, height 8.3 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. G 14046. Notocorbula) aff. disparilis (d’Orbigny) .....:-......03..2).22ee 412 Length 9.3 mm, height 8.8 mm, Locality JS 67. No. G 14040. menvicorbula; melajoensis, nN. SD. .0....4 4.) 6...44 ee 413 7,8. Holotype. Length 20.0 mm, height 9.6 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. G 14047. “9, Paratype. Length 19.7 mm, height 9.7 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. G 14048. Tenuicorbula aff. melajoensis, n. sp. . 414 Length 12.0 mm, height 9.7 mm. Locality Py 302. No. re 14052. Pholas mackiana Maury hort seaid cance bok eee AON 414 Lectotype. Length of fragment 29.5 mm. Locality: on coast 700 feet east of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Uniy., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered, Martesianoligocenicas Maury... pee 415 Syntype. Length 11.5 mm, height 8.1 mm. Locality: milepost 493, (new mileposts !) of the Southern Main Road of Trinidad, jist south of the Pitch Lake (= USGS locality 21782). Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered. 616 Figure 1-3. 4,5. 6-12. 13-17. 18-21. 22,23. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 41 Diodora cayenensis (Lamarck) ................0..::ccce eee ... 416 1. Length 17.6 mm, width 10.8 mm, height 6.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14561. 2,3. Length 14.0 mm, width 9.1 mm, height 5.9 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14562. Diodora (?) species sdakisdiAeinltutds vat ebnaca kh Soced stl Ses Ceree eee eee 417 Length 12.7 mm, width 9.3 mm, height 6.3 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14566. Calliostoma decipiens (Guppy)............ atta atlackaee ee 418 6,7. Lectotype. Height 8.7 mm, max. diameter 11.7 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115619, 8. Diameter 13.1 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14568. 9. Height 11.2 mm, diameter 12.7 mm. Local- ity RR 230. No. H 14569. 10. Diameter 15.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14570. 11,12. Height 7.5 mm, diameter 10.0 mm. Lo- cality PJ 285. No. H 14571. Galliostoma laticarinatum (Guppy) «..................0.00:scceneness ‘ae 419 13,14. Holotype. Height 9.7 mm, max. diameter 11.4 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115618. 15,16. Height 13.6 mm, diameter 15.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14575. 17. Apical view of same specimen as figures 15 and 16. 10x. Calliostoma plicomphalus (Guppy) .......... Jibei eee 420 18,19. Lectotype. Height 11.2 mm, max. diameter 12.2 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115617. 20. Height 9.7 mm, dia- meter 11.7 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14578. 21. Diameter 15.1 mm. Locality RR 230, No. H 14579. Calliosfoma) carontanum) Mauityyeer eee eee eee eens eee 419 Height 14.6 mm, max. diameter 13.2 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645348. PLATE 41 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Buti. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 42 Figure 1-3. 10,11. 12,13. 14-17. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 617 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 42 Page Calliostoma_olssoniy Maury. "©: 6250s. td cnet ee eee 421 1. Apical view, 10x. Locality Py 285. No. H_ 14583. 2. Height 9.9 mm, diameter 16.7 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. HH 14584. 3. Diameter 19.9 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14582. MicrogazaoblitanniiSp ssc ee re eee ee eee ees 422 4-6. Holotype, Height 2.1 mm, max. diameter 4.2 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 645185. 7,8. Paratype. Height 1.9 mm, diameter 3.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14597. 9. Paratype. Diameter 4.3 mm. Locality JS 67. No. H 14596. Astraea (Astralium) cf. brevispina (Lamarck)... 423 Height 11.3 mm, diameter 15.7 mm, Locality RR 230. No. H 14627. Nerita(Nerita) exuvioides Trechmann ? ..22.22.05.s2-0esc1 ee 424 Height 24.3 mm, diameter 27.0 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. H 14630. Parviturbo matUrensis; <2;, SD... 6 nan Xo eee 424 14. Paratype, Diameter 1.7 mm. Locality PJ 302. No. H 14626. 15-17. Holotype. Height 2.0 mm, diameter 2.9 mm. Locality PJ 302. No. H 14625. Figure 1-3. 10-17. 18-20. 21-23. 24-26. 27-29. 30,31. 32. 33. 34,35. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 43 Neritina (Vitta) cf virginea (linne). =e 425 1,2. Height 10,7 mm, diameter 10.0 mm. . Locality Hutch 51. No. H 14631. 3. Height 10.2 mm, diameter 10.5 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14632. Teinostoma (Pseudorotella) spretum, n. sp. en mone PAT Holotype. Height 1.5 mm, diameter 2.3 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. H 14607. Teinostoma (Pseudorotella) nugax, nN. Sp... ees. 427 Holotype. Height 0.6 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Locality KR 11862. INOS Ee 14599: Teinostoma (Aepystoma) caroniense Maury ea 2G 10-12. Height 3.1 mm, diameter 5.4 mm. Locality EL 1810. No. H 14603. 13,14. Immature specimen. Diameter 1.8 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. H 14610. 15-17, Height 1.9 mm, diameter 2.8 mm. Locality PJ 212. No. H 14615. Teinostoma (Aepystoma) melajoense, n. sp... 429 Holotype. Height 1.8 mm, diameter 2.4 mm, Locality PJ 285. No. H 14611. Cochliolepis pluscula, n. sp. ..................... re re WRIT Holotype. Height 0.8 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. . Locality Peabo: No. H 14617. Cyclostremiscus (Ponocyclus) pentagonus (Gabb) .......................431 Height 1.2 mm, diameter 2.5 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. H 14619. Solariorbis (subgenus ?) marginatus (Guppy) 0... 432 Height 0.8 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Locality PJ 302. No, H 15345. Serpulorbis decussatus (Gmelin)\) 3. eee 444 30. Length 4.4 mm. Locality PJ 212. No. H 14680. 31, Length 18.1 mm. USGS locality 18204. USNM 645350. Petaloconchus sculpturatus alcimus Mansfield ............................. 444 Height 43.8 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645330. Petaloconchus cf. floridanus Olsson and Harbison ................... 445 Greatest dimension 9.1 mm. Locality JS 67. No. H 14684. Batillaria species ..... 7 iiseeSphiaics: ee 446 34. Height 7.6 mm, diameter 4.3 mm. ~ Locality K 9813. No. H 14686. 35. Height 8.4 mm, diameter 4.2 mm. Locality K 9813, No. H 14687. PLATE 43 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Buu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 44 Figure 1-4. 6-10. 1 TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 619 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 44 I Page Turritella (Broderiptella) bifastigata cartagenensis Pilsbry . ATES NO WM tie.sccgcs actuite. oes dala eae ck eae aes oe sce ee aeRO ee 1. Apex. 5x. Locality PJ 212. No. H 14529. 2. Height 41.0 mm, diameter 13.7 mm. Locality PJ 212. No. H 14544. 3. Height 118.4 mm, diameter 30,1 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. H 14644. 4. Height 97.8 mm, diameter 24.2 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. H 14645. Turritella (Broderiptella) aff. mimetes Brown and Pilsbry ........ 437 Height 75.4 mm, diameter 21.0 mm, Locality Hutch 51. No. H 14650. Vermicularia (?) trilineata (Guppy) 442 6. Height 13.4 mm. USGS locality 19860. USNM 645364. 7. Height 10.2 mm, diameter 5,2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14670. 8. Height 7.2 mm, diameter 2.6 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14671. 9. Height 17.6 mm, diameter 5.2 mm, USGS locality 19860. USNM 645365. 10. Lectotype. Height 12.0 mm, diameter 2.1 mm, Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115455. Vermicularial spirata (PRhMippy)y 2 ences eens ee eee 442 Height 16.2 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115453. [=7) |e) (=) Figure 12: 4-6. 10. aT 12,13. 14-16. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 45 Turritella (Broderiptella) planigyrata Guppy |... 437 1. Apex of same specimen as figure 2; 5x. 2. Height 43.1 mm, diameter 13.1 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 14656. Turritella (Bactrospira)) SpeCleS.. =... eee ee 440 Height 19.1 mm, diameter 7.9 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14669. Turriteila (Broderiptella) aff. planigyrata Guppy ........................ 439 4, Height 23.2 mm, diameter 17.0 mm. Locality RR 230, No. H 14666. 5. Height 28.1 mm, diameter 9.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No, H 14664. 6. Height 32.4 mm, diameter 10.5 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14665. Architectonica (Architectonica) nobilis nobilis ROding ............... 452 Height 9.5 mm, diameter 17.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 14638. Seila‘cf. adamsii (HOC. Lea) ic. 8 asccssceea oe coco ceac tee eee 451 Height 3.5 mm, diameter Wie mm. USGS locality 19860. USNM 645369. Cerithiopsis (Subgenus ?) emersoni (C. B. Adams) ....................., 450 Height 7.8 mm, diameter 2.9 mm. USGS locality 19860. USNM 645363, Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) species Chiko Ee 449 Height 4.0 mm, diameter 1.5 mm. USGS locality 19860. USNM 645370. Bittium) (Bittiolum)) fretense)) nSps te 448 Holotype. Height 5.6 mm, diameter 2.0 mm. USGS locality 10991. USNM 645372. Cerithium (subgenus ?) harrisi Maury .........000........0....cccccceeeeeeeees 447 14. Height 22.0 mm, diameter 11.1 mm. Locality K 12255. No. H 14691. 15. Height 20.7 mm, diameter 9.1 mm, Locality K 12255. No. H 14690. 16. Lectotype. Height 15.2 mm, diameter 7.5 mm. Locality: on coast 700 feet east of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Uniy., Paleont. Museum, un- numbered. PLATE 45 BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 46 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Figure 1-3. 12,13. 14-16. 17. 18. 19. 20,21. 22. 23-25. 26. 27. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 621 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 46 Page Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) melajoensis, n. Sp. ...................... 453 Holotype. Height 2.0 mm, diameter 4.8 mm, Locality PJ 285. No. H 14640. Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) guppyi, N. Sp... 454 Holotype. Height 2.0 mm, diameter 4.2 mm. Locality JS 67. No. H 14641, Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) cf. semidecussata (Guppy) ...... 456 Height 4.2 mm, diameter 7.2 mm. USGS locality 10991. USNM 645361. Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) semidecussata (Guppy) .............. 455 Holotype. Height 2.1 mm, diameter 4.0 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115468. Mathildan species A: 255. 4.0.05. bei Men cote aenen Ae eats Aare eee 456 Height 10.2 mm, diameter 3.9 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645362, Tiphora-guttata (GUDDY): 4.0.00. eee ee 458 14,15. Height 3.6 mm, diameter 1.3 mm. USGS locality 10991. USNM 645371. 16. Holotype. Height 3.1 mm, diameter 1.3 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115458. Epitonium (Epitonium) albidum (d’Orbigny) |... 459 Height 9.7 mm, diameter 4.4 mm, Locality RR 230. No. H 14697. Epitonium (Epitonium) humphreysi (Kiener) ? .......000000.00............ 460 Height 10.0 mm, diameter 6.3 mm. USGS locality 10991. USNM 645357. Epitenivm (Asperiscala) cf. multistriatum (Say) ........0000000.00.0..... 461 Height 5.9 mm, diameter 3.0 mm. Locality RR %980, No. H 15048. Epitonium (Epitonium) maturense, n. Sp. eee 460 Holotype. Height 18.9 mm, diameter 8.1 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15040. Epitonium (Asperiscala) cf. candeanum (d’Orbigny) .................. 462 Height 5.4 mm, diameter 2.3 mm. Locality PJ 302. No. H 15049. Epitoniump(Asperiscala)crohniy ns Spe ae eee 462 23,24. Holotype. Height 4.8 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15042. 25. Paratype. Height 3,0 mm, diameter 1.4 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. H 15043. Eulima clavata (Guppy) 4 gtr s OSM Ee ee ee Se 464 Lectotype. Height 6,7 mm, diameter 1.7 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115443. EulimasSpecies gAin eesti ty oe et, SR oe ie ae ne a 464 Height 10.2 mm, diameter 2.3 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645360, 622 Figure 152: 3,4. 10511. 12,13. 14-16. 17-19. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 47 Page Balcis: egregia (Guppy) csc.c. ho eee 465 Height 49.5 mm, diameter 14.4 mm. USGS locality 18634, USNM 645328. Niso grandis: Gabby 2.2.20. soe kcchesceo hese eee 466 3. Height 15.7 mm, diameter 6.3 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15058, 4. Height 10.0 mm, diameter 4.1 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H_ 15059. Fossarus (Iselica) anomalus (C. B. Adams) ? ........0.00c 468 Height 2.8 mm, diameter 1.8 mm. Locality PJ 302. No. H 15066. Hipponix cf. antiquatus (Linne) *.2]..........2.. se eee 469 Height 9.0 mm, diameter 14.4 mm, _ Locality RR 230. No. H 15068. Crepidula (Crepidula) cf maculosal Conrad)... eee 470 Length 23.5 mm, width 14.0 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. H 15100. Crepidula plana Say deh shaonutee dloeehecipehteasiatta on SoS REE eee 470 Height 14.7 mm, width 9.8 mm, USGS locality 18634. USNM 645343. Trochita radians (Lamarck) .¢2.cccs.2-.0ecs. eee 473 Height 9.2 mm, diameter 24. 6 mm. L ocality RR 230. No. H 15082. Crucibulum (Crucibulum) piliferum Guppy 0... 475 14,16. Lectotype, Height 19.8 mm, diameter 23.0 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115611. 15. Diameter 7.8 mm. Locality JS 67, No. H 15086. Crucibulum (Crucibulum) subsutum Guppy MAME Sac cttaes: 474 17,18. Lectotype. Height 12.7 mm, diameter 24.0 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115612. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 47 PLATE 48 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Figure 1: 3-5. 6,7. 8-10. ele Py, 13,14. 15. 16-18. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 623 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 48 Page EraloumaugeniaeiGray, 00 cer eed cite ten een 476 Height 5.5 mm, diameter 4.1 mm, Locality RR 230. No. H 15107. Trivia (Pusula) radians orientalis (Schilder) ........0000000000000.0000... 477 3,4. Holotype. Length 17.1 mm. Matura. No. H 11228. 5. Para- type. Height 18.7 mm, width 13.2 mm. Matura. No. H 11229. Eyprasa SPECIES see ccs, ccd oma eee eee et ea oe saeco 478 . Apical view of same specimen ; as figuie 13) Ox 7. Height 29'8 mm, diameter 20.6 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15111. Cypraea (Erosaria) aliena (Schilder)......... terme KS) Holotype. Height 15,0 mm, diameter 9.7 mm. Matura. No. H 11263. Neosimnia cf. uniplicata (G. B. Sowerby I))............. 479 Height 10.2 mm, diameter 4.9 mm. USGS locality 18204. USNM 645358. Natica (Naticarius) aff. canrena (Linné) ....... Sieh) Ree eo 13. Height 22.5 mm, diameter 21.0 mm, Locality K 12255. No. H 15124. 14. Height 12.4 mm, diameter 10.3 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645344. mectonatica: pusilla: (Say) 3.0.05 ees os ete eee eee ee 482 Height 4.2 mm, diameter 3.8 mm. . Locality ys 67. No. H_ 15133. Polinices stanislasmeunieri Maury ee 483 16. Height 43.5 mm, diameter 36.0 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. H 15145. 17. Height 33.8 mm, diameter, 29.2 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15146, 18. Height 36.2 mm, diameter 27.7 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15147. 624 Figure 1,2. 3-6. 8-10. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 49 Page Bursa (Bursa) aff. thomae (d’Orbigny) ..............0..c 486 Height 26.5 mm, diameter 19.1 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645345. Bursa (Marsupina) bufo (Bruguiére) .................. ca ee 487 3,4, Height 25.2 mm, width 17.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15151. 5,6. Height 75 mm, width 45 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15150. Murex (Chicoreus) cf. brevifrons Lamarck es 491 Height 46.3 mm. USGS locality 21778. USNM 645333. Murex (Murex) chrysostoma G. B. Sowerby I |... 489 8,9. Height 35.4 mm, diameter 26.1 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645332. 10. Height 41.5 mm, diameter 34.0 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645331. PLATE 49 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Buty. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 TRrINmAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKs: JUNG 625 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 50 Figure Page 1-4 EuUpleurawehneri;. MM. SP: of.m.chscctcek-- ets Dt ices ieee meee 491 1,2. Holotype. Height 27.0 mm, width 19.6 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645346. 3. Paratype. Height 23.6 mm, width 16.2 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15159. 4. Paratype. Height 12.1 mm, width 8.8 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H. 15160. 5,6. Typhis (Typhinellus) cf. quadratus Hinds .. 493 Height 16.2 mm, width 9.3 mm. Locality ys 67. No. H 15161. 7-9. calothrophen (?) hutchisoni, n. sp. 494 . Paratype. Height 15.6 mm, diameter 9.0 mm. USGS locality 18399. USNM 645495, 8,9. Holotype. Height 16.6 mm, diameter 94 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645494. 10-13. Risomurex galbensis, n. sp. 495 10. Paratype. Height 14.7 mm, diameter 8.7 mm. USGS locality 10991, USNM 645366. 11. Paratype. Protoconch; 10x. USGS locality 21778. USNM 645374. 12,13. Holotype. Height 13.8 mm, ad diameter 7.7 mm. USGS locality 10991. USNM 645367. 626 BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5] Figure Page 1-4.. €ymia brightoniana Maury 22.02.05 cnnkee ne eee 497 1,2. Holotype, Height 55.0 mm, width 39.2 mm. Locality: on coast 700 feet east of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cor- nell Univ., Paleont. Museum, No. 33609. 3,4. Height 53.5 mm, diameter 33.6 mm. USGS locality 20452a, USNM 645334. 5'6, ahais: (Stramonita) species Als ee ee 497 Height 28.0 mm, diameter 18.5 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645347. 7-9. Parametaria prototypus (Guppy) ..............0.0...:cccccceeeeete 499 7,8. Holotype. Height 12.2 mm, diameter 7, 8 mm. ‘Guppy’s Sava- netta (Caroni Series). USNM 115593. 9. Height 11.4 mm, dia- meter 6.6 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645352. BuLu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 51 . o (oe ane BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 52 Figure 1,2. 3-6. 7-10. 11. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUsKs: JUNG 627 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 52 Page Parametaria ,prototypus; (Guppy) onan eee eee 499 Height 23.5 mm, diameter 14.3 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645351. Parametaria rutschi, n. sp. ee ae USAR Oe oO en Bei on 500 3,4. Holotype. Height 22.2 mm, ‘diameter 15.0 mm. . Locality RR 230. No. H 15171. 5,6. Paratype. Height 16.3 mm, diameter 10.5 mm. Locality RR 230, No. H 15172. Anachis (Anachis) asphaltoda (Maury) 9... cece. 501 7,8. Syntype. Height 14.7 mm, diameter 6.9 mm. Locality: on coast 700 feet east of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, No. 33511, 9,10. Height 15.2 mm, diameter 6.8 mm. Locaiity K 12255. No. H 15176. Anachis (Costoanachis) obesa (C. B. Adams) 503 Height 5.0 mm, diameter 2.7 mm, Locality PJ 212. No. H 15174. 628 Figure 1-5. 6,7. 8-10. lel: 12,13. 14-20. 21,22. BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 53 Page Anachis (Costoanachis) fraudans, n. sp. ............ Pe sea Sood. 504 1,2. Holotype. Height 12.1 mm, diameter 4.2 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645502. 3. Paratype. Height 10.2 mm, diameter 3.8 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. H 15201. 4,5. Paratype. Height 11.7 mm, diameter 4.3 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15202. Zanassarina species ....... Ur a eS so NE Height 3.5 mm, diameter 1.3 mm. Locality JS 67. No. H 15188. Aesopus peculiaris (Guppy) 0... Re doe snacoce 505 8,9. Lectotype. Height 5.0 mm, diameter 1.8 mm, Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115520. 10. Height 4.8 mm, diameter 1.7 mm. Locality RR 230, No. H 15189. Aesopus aff. metcalfei (Reeve) ue OO Height 8.0 mm, diameter 2.6 mm. Locality RR 230. No. E5192: Strombina (subgenus ?) melajoensis, N. SP... 507 Holotype. Height 16.9 mm, diameter 7.1 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645493. Strombina (Sincola) crassilabrum (Guppy) ...................... 508 14. Lectotype. Height 7.7 mm, diameter 5.1 mm. Matura, coll. Guppy. USNM 115492. 15,16. Height 9.5 mm, diameter 5.1 mm, USGS locality 10991. USNM 645501. 17,18. Height 9.6 mm, dia- meter 5.2 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15199. 19,20. Height 10.5 mm, diameter 5.6 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15200. Strombinophos perdoctus, nN. SP... ss sessvadene DID) Holotype. Height 14.8 mm, diameter 6.0 mm, USGS locality 21178. USNM 645503. PVARE RDS BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 ta “Week ¢ sh ” PLATE 54 ) BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 | Figure 1-4. 5,6. 7-10. 11,12. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 629 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 54 Page Buccinid indet . eth ee dt ae hee ge TOLL 1,2. Height 46.2 mm, ‘diameter 25.6 mm. USGS locality 10991. USNM 645470, 3. Height 32.0 mm, diameter 28.1 mm. Locality K 12255. No. H 15203. 4. Height 35.0 mm, diameter 18.2 mm. USGS locality 20432. USNM 645471. Cantharus (subgenus ?) species A . a Dilt2, Height 30.4 mm, diameter 17,6 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645472. Calophos rohri (Rutsch) 514 7,8. Height 41.2 mm, diameter 22.4 mm. Locality Hutch 51. No. H 15215. 9,10, Height 43.0 mm, diameter 23.3 mm. Locality EL 1810. No. H 15216. Metapnose (2?) SMCCIOS ta. 2d... nc cuvcucate sane paubonas ones tane pene sete eee 515 Height 25.3 mm, diameter 10.0 mm. USGS locality 21778. USNM 645482. 630 4,5. 6-8. 9,10. 11,12. 13. 14. 15. 16517. 18. 19,20. ai BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 55 Page Metula: aft. cancellata) Gall. 2..2.5..00.ooeticececeee coe eee 515 Height 23.1 mm, diameter 7.5 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645483. Pallacera species: A ....isc:cesic.0: Geneon oc ee sen nee aeons ee 516 Height 25.4 mm, diameter 13.2 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645484. Nassarius (Phrontis) vibex (Say) . : desis Steere 517 Height 9.5 mm, diameter 6.1 mm. USGS locality 10991, USNM 645504. Nassarius (Uzita) trinitatensis, n: Sp. .....:...::...3:... 2. ee 518 6,7. Holotype. Height 9.3 mm, diameter 5.3 mm. ‘Locality PJ 285, No. H 15221. 8. Paratype. Height 8.1 mm, diameter 4.8 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15222. Nassarius) (Uzita)) SPpeCres) AQ cree ere eens sere ete eer 519 Height 13.7 mm, diameter 8.1 mm, USGS locality 18411. USNM 645496. Nassarius (subgenus: 19) galbanus, Nn. Sp. ......... ..520 Holotype. Height 7.7 mm, diameter 4.1 mm. Locality ‘K 1429. No. H 15235, Olivella) (Olivella) Species) | lors eee cee ese sees ee cee eee 526 Height 6.9 mm, diameter 3.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15249. Olivella (Dactylidia) aff. mutica (Say) ete en Height 8.4 mm, diameter 3.3 mm. Locality Py 285, No. H 15258. Olivella (Niteoliva) cf. verreauxi (DucroS) 0.0000 527 Height 7.7 mm, diameter 4.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15250. Olivella (Minioliva) fundarugata Weisbord |... 528 16. Height 3.8 mm, diameter 2.2 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. H 15259. 17. Height 4.0 mm, diameter 2.0 mm. Locality KR 11862. No. H 15260. Scabricola nodulosa, (Gmelin)) 222.0 cc.- te ee ee 531 Height 20.0 mm, diameter 7.8 mm, USGS locality 19860. USNM 645485. Gonomitra SpeGies. Av os sccosnedoc. ccrececasccnsn tecethnescestee eens nee ee eee 532 Height 16.9 mm, diameter 8.6 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645486. Jaspidella’ sanctidominici: (Maury): ........5....2::......... eect eee 526 Height 12.7 mm, diameter 5,0 mm. USGS locality 18411. USNM 645497. PEATE DS BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 56 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 631 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 56 Figure Page 1,2. Melongena melongena cane) ye eee Doll Height 38.3 mm. USGS locality 20432. USNM 645473 3. Fusinus species ...................... Ak A ER OOO. Height 44.0 mm, diameter 15. 3 mm. USGS locality 18411, USNM 645474. 4-6. Fasciolaria (Pleuroploca) turamensis, n. sp. i Sran ee ID, 4,5. Holotype. Height 56.3 mm, diameter 28.5 mm. . Locality RR 230. No. H 15243. 6. Paratype. Height 50.4 mm, diameter 29.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15244. fomOliva trinidadensis, Mautry.:2..:)::..2. 25.12: sec. eee eee eee 525 Lectotype. Height 14.2 mm, diameter 7.8 mm. Locality: milepost 49 3/4 (new mileposts!) of the Southern Main Road of Trini- dad, just south of the Pitch Lake (= USGS locality 21782). Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered, Sue Oliva (Oliva)scouvana, Maurye-- noe eee saoeeg a PAD) Height 47.3 mm, diameter 19.5 mm. U SGS locality 18634. USNM 645475. Figure 1-4. 5,6. 7,8. 9,10. a 12: 13-15. 16. Lf BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 57 Prunum (Prunum) dallianum (Maury) ......................0c0ceecee 533 1,2. Lectotype. Height 20.3 mm, diameter 13.2 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, Trinidad. Cornell Uniy., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered. 3,4. Paralecto- type. Height 21.6 mm, diameter 13.1 mm. Locality: on coast 1000 feet west of Brighton pier near Pitch Lake, ‘Trinidad. Cornell Univ., Paleont. Museum, unnumbered. Prunum (Egouena) springvalense (Maury) ................... 534 Height 34.4 mm, diameter 20.4 mm, USGS locality 18634. USNM 645476. Bullata’-maiae. (Maury) .s5:..c0-0.12. Seo eee ee 538 Height 66.1 mm, diameter 36.0 mm. USGS locality 20429: 1700 feet southwest of Philippine Estate, Savaneta River area, Trini- dad. USNM 645469. Prunum (Egouena) calypsonis (Maury) |.....00000000............000cceccteeees 534 Height 22.6 mm, diameter 12.5 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645487. Persicula (Rabicea) cf. interruptolineata (Megerle Vor Mita tel d)iees oe cc cee es eee Dal. 11. Height 13.6 mm, diameter 10.7 mm. Locality RR 230. ‘No. H 15 9277. 12. Height 10,8 mm, diameter 7.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15278. Persicula (Rabicea) couviana (Maury) ....................00..c..ceceneeeeeeees. D386 13. Height 15.8 mm, diameter 11.0 mm. USGS locality 18634, USNM 645489. 14,15. Height 13.1 mm, diameter 9.0 mm, USGS locality 18634. USNM 645488. Volvarina (?) species B ee 2c hae 535 Height 14.0 mm, diameter 7.1 mm, USGS locality 20432. ‘USNM 645491. Volvarifias(?) ‘species “Al ee ee 536 Height 15.8 mm, diameter 7.7 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645490. PLATE 57 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 PLATE 58 Buu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 Figure 2: LOS. 12-14. 15,16. TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 633 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 58 Page BullatasmatOnensis; My (Sp! cscs ccc ce. ates eae eee neen eee 538 Holotype, Height 40.0 mm, diameter 19.5 mm. . Locality RR 230. No. H 15270. Gancellaria (Charcolileniia)) SpECieS) 2.....ccccareee-oseeeeee-eereeeee ese 542 Height 20.6 mm, diameter 10.1 mm. “USGS locality 18634. USNM 645492. Cancellaria (Narona) semota, n. sp. SR ten Ske OE Holotype. Height 17.7 mm, diameter 8.0 mm, USGS locality 21178. USNM 645498. Cancellaria (Euclia) montserratensis Maury Bo hy, dene SO Height 28.5 mm, diameter 18.4 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645477. Cancellaria (Euclia) cf. codazzii Anderson ..........0..000.0...0.00000.... 541 Height 37.2 mm, diameter 21,3 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645478. Gonusispringvaleensis) Manstieldiiee ce ee eee eee 544 Height 30.4 mm, diameter !4.3 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645479. Conus; ;couvaensis= VOKES 12. e.n0 Ae eect ee ene ee eee 045 Height 31.7 mm, diameter 21.0 mm. USGS locality 18634, USNM 645480. Miraclathurellamallaten Spee ee ee eee 556 12,13. Holotype. Height 15.6 mm, diameter 4.8 mm. USGS locality 18399. USNM 645505, 14. Paratype. Height 14.1 mm, diameter 5.0 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645506. Carinodrilliaumeracay 1. 7SDisicsccctcr ees oe ere eee eee 547 Holotype. Height 17.8 mm, diameter 5 5.0 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645499, 634 Figure 1-3. 7-10. 11,12. 13. 14,15. 1647. 1S: BULLETIN 247 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 59 Agladrilliag@) wWlassulayne Sp. 322 ee 550 1. Paratype. Height 14.4 mm, diameter 4.3 mm. USGS locality 21178. USNM 645500. 2,3. Holotype. Height 16.4 mm, diameter 6.5 mm. Locality Hutch 47. No. H 15311. Crassispira (Crassispira) cf. caroniana (Maury) ........................ 548 Height 44.0 mm, diameter 13.7 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15316. Crassispira (Crassispira) faceta, N. SP. 548 Holotype. Height 39.5 mm, diameter 12.2 mm. Locality RR 230, No. H 15317. Lepicythara disclsa, ns Sp).225 ees ees 551 oe Holotype. Height 16.0 mm, diameter 7.1 mm, Locality Pe285: No. H 15291. 9. Paratype. Height 15.3 mm, diameter 7.2 mm, Locality PJ 285. No. H 15292. 10. Paratype. Height 12.7 mm, diameter 6.7 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15293. Crassispira (Crassispirella) ritanida (Mansfield) ........................ 549 Height 9.6 mm, diameter 4,2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15301. Polystira species B .................... Lad eee .. 546 Height 8.9 mm, diameter 3.4 mm. Locality Py 285. No. Hi W532i Glyphostoma sculptile, n. sp. 557 a OOEe Height 14.0 mm, diameter 5.4 mm, “Locality EL 1810. No. H 15304. lthycythara hilaris;-nesps-2 ee eee 553 Holotype. Height 5.9 mm, diameter 2.0 mm. Locality Piye28e No. EH 15294. Adelocythara (?) micropleura (Guppy) . Senn, BOM! Height 5.2 mm, diameter 2.2 mm. Locality qs 67. No. H 15297. PLATE 59 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 “eg \ | a wy \ 4a Meprerrenrerten Ty = | AEE | 1 , 4 y oe j nyt Y Pell] “y | e Ni Y)\\\\\ se PLATE 60 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 55 14,15. 16,17. 18. 19. 20,21. 22. 23. 24. 25,26. 27,28. 29,30. ‘TRINIDAD MIOCENE-PLIOCENE MOLLUSKS: JUNG 635 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 60 Page Glyptaesopus:. Species? a4.) ee oe ee 555 Height 5.5 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Locality JS 67. No. H 15395. Strioterebrum cf. gatunense (Toula) 2.o..0.00.....cccccccccgecccteeeeeces 5538 Height 40.1 mm, diameter 10.6 mm. USGS locality 18634. USNM 645481. Strioterebrum aff. laevifasciola (Maury) . 558 4. Height 11.4 mm, diameter 4.2 mm. Locality ‘EL 1810. No. H 15326. 5. Height 20.5 mm, diameter 5.6 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15327. 6. Height 16.4 mm, diameter 4.4 mm. Locality PJ 2855 Noy E5334: Hastula aff. hastata (Gmelin) ..... eT ree re ae ee 561 Height 15.2 mm, diameter 4.3 mm. Locality RR 230, No. H 15283. Strioterebrum aff. baculiforme (Pilsbry and Johnson) ............., 560 8. Height 19.6 mm, diameter 3.8 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15338. 9. Height 5.5 mm, diameter 1.7 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H_ 15339. Pyramidella (Longchaeus ?) species A o.oo... cece eect 561 Height 10.0 mm, diameter 3.2 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15346. Pyramidella (Callolongchaeus) aff. jamaicensis Dall . 562 Height 7.6 mm, diameter 2.4 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15347. Pyramidella (Callolongchaeus) cf. diademata Maury ......... 563 Height 5.5 mm, diameter 1.8 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15353. Evlimelia(Eulimeliia) especies Ay esse ese ee 564 Height 3.1 mm, diameter 0.9 mm. Locality KR 11862, No. H 15358. Eulimella (Ebalina) mitis, n. sp. ..... OD 14. Paratype. Height 3.1 mm, diameter 0.8 mm. “Locality Py 285. No. H_ 15363. 15. Holotype. Height 5.6 mm, diameter 1.1 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 15362. Turbonilla species A... Ceek tt: ee ee 566 16. Height 5.9 mm, diameter 1.0 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H 15366. 17. Height 3.4 mm, diameter 0.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No. H_ 15367. Turbonilla species B 567 Height 4.0 mm, diameter 1.3 mm. Locality EL 1810. No. H 15374. Tunbonillayspeciesm@ ee a ee Soe OOM Height 7,0 mm, diameter 2.1 mm. Locality 5) 67. No. H_ 15378. MURDON I lawSPECICS De. eee tps Rees ee 567 20. Height 3.8 mm, diameter 0.9 mim. Locality KR 11862. No. H 15382. 21. Height 3.9 mm, diameter 0,8 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H._ 15383. Turbonilla species E .. rey eM ee: see TOFS: Height 5.0 mm, diameter 1.2 mm. Locality PJ 285. No, H 15388. Odostomia canaliculata C. B. Adams ? ...... ee ee: 568 Height 3.2 mm, diameter 1.6 mm. Locality RR 230, No. H_ 15355. Odostomial(Salassiae) @SpeCles) = oe eee 569 Height 3.0 mm, diameter 0.8 mm. Locality RR 230. No, H 15365. Acteocina canaliculata (Say) ? PAR ee ieee ey AL, Height 2.4 mm, diameter 1.3 mm. Locality Py 302. No. H 14551. Gylichnellla ‘alfera; n. Spio--:-5-55 ee oe ae 5 Holotype. Height 2.6 mm, , diameter 1A mm, Locality KR 11862, No. H 14550. Sulcoretusa aff. sulcata (d’Orbigny) | Re Me 572 Height 2.2 mm, diameter 1.0 mm. Locality PJ 285. No. H 14558. PAID TAG fe eee secs: Abra ? species Ao? NCA eis om cusses. : Acmaea Acmaea species .... acrocosmia, Merisca Acteocina ; aculeata, Crepidula (Bostrycapulus) aculeata, Patella .... acuminata, Bulla .... acuta, Crassinella acuticarinata, Cancellaria acutirostra, Tenuicorbula ...... acutirostra zorritensis, Tenuicorbula adalaidis, Rhizorus adamsi, Anadara adamsi, Arcopsis . adamsi conradiana, Arcopsis adamsi sawkinsi, Fossularca (Fossularca) adamsi, Seila cf. .. 45 adansonii, Cerithium adansonil, Fossarus .... adanum, Glyphostoma Adelocythara Adrana adrium, Glyphostoma adspersum, Calliostoma aegis, Crassispira aemulator, Conus ... Aepystoma aequalis, Abra rn aequalis, Abra cf. 37 aequilibratus, Donax Aequipecten Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) species aequivalvis, Juliacorbula ..... 39 aequivalvis stainforthi, Juliacorbula ... Aesopus .... Dare ae affinis, Cardita INDEX — NO. 247 Index of genera and species. affinis, Carditamera (Byssomera) aff. 22 399 Agladrillia , 300,400 agna, Tectonatica . 327 agria, Peristichia .. 417 agronomica, Adrana 301, 307,417 alabamiensis, Corbula 388 alatus, Typhis 570 = albida, Pleurotoma albidum, Epitonium 302, 471 (Epitonium) 46 471 albuginosa, Cypraea .. 573 albus, Nassarius 355 (Uzita) cf. albus, Polinices 541 = albus, Strombiformis aleima, Anadara 414 alcimus, Petaloconchus 414 Alectryonia .. 573 ~aliena, Cypraea 336 (Erosaria) .... 48 15 299, 311,312, altera, Cylichnella 60 330 alternata, Fissurella .. alternata henekeni, Spy Diodora alternatus, Pitar (Lamelliconcha) Syl. 330 = altilira, Turritella 302,451 altum, Teinostoma 447 amaliense, Dentalium 467 (Graptacme) ......13 558 ambiguus, Turbo 554 americana, Arca 323 americanus, 558 Modiolus cf. . Americardia 418 amydra, Cumingia 549 amygdala, Marginella 545 Anachis ner, 428 Anachis (Anachis) 399 species 3007399" Anadaral oes 403 Ancilla 344 andrium, Teinostoma (Aepystoma) anomala, Narica (?) 299,347 anomala floridana, Fossarus . 301,410 anomala, Hanetia Anomalocardia anomalus?, Fossarus 410 (Iselica) 505 Anomia 357 Antalis 637 299, 302, 303, 302, 304, 312, 298, 299, 303, 302, 397 550 483 564 324 407 493 546 459 479 519 483 465 334 445 349 479 sya 416 416 375 440 428 315 467 326 342 369 401 534 501 502 331 929 428 468 468 a13 382 468 350 315 INDEX anteriocosta, Semele aff. ......... 36 300, 308, 398 antillarum, Dentaliuam fesse 315 antillarum, Trigoniocardia ........ 368 antilleana, MectonatiCaes.2 2s 483 antilleanum, TelMOStOMAaN ssesesee 427 PNM MOOWOYELAYE. ——aopenesoeersonnnc 378 antiquata, Arca .......... 331 antiquatus, Hipponix cf. ........47 302, 469 aotus, Cyclopecten ...... 348 apertura, Patella ........ 416 Amolymetis” oa. oe- 393 apomsa, Moerella ...... 385 aquanica, Carinodrillia ............ 547 arata, Carditamera .... 358 arata, Cypricacdis Post. 356 Arca Bet, ene 325 Architectonica ee 452 archon, Pecten (Pecten) 19 299, 308, 344 arcuatus, Conus 544 arcularia, Buccinum .. 517 arenaria, Serpula ...... 444 AT COUN ACs eee eee ce rere 336 Arginarea . 336 arionis, Caryocorbula 409 armillatum, Dentalium 314 arrogans, Lucina (Lucinisca) 361 Asperiscala cee 461 asperrima, Venus ........ SiH asphaltoda, Anachis (Anachis)) 202 303, 501 Astraea 1 er 423 Astralium 423 Astronacus ss re 455 atacata, Cylichnella 571 athleta, Circomphalus 379 Atrina See 342 Atrina species 299, 342 attrinum, Calliostoma 420 aulakoessa, Agladrillia 551 aurantiacus, Latirus 521 auricula, Patella . 473 aurora, Psammotreta 393 aurora, Tellina 392 austeniana, Tivela (Tivela) 25, 26 300, 372 austeniana maturensis, Tivela .. avunculus, Teinostoma baceata, Nucula (Lamellinucula) ..13 Bactrospinaees ee baculiforme, Strioterebrum aiiehi ee. Renee ae 60 Balanus balboae, Cancellaria .. BAI CISi sso or, ee Balcis species A ..... baranoanus, Calophos barbadensis, Arca banbatay Arca... Barbatia Barbatia species ........ basteroti, Terebra ...... Batillariaye see ee Batillaria species ..43 beauii, Adeorbis ...... ’ beili, Nioche oe rt bellastriata, Sealaria . berjadinense, Prunum berlinerae, Strioterebrum bernardi, Condylocardia ........ bicarinata, Juliacorbula ox ae bidentata, Bulla bidentatus, Solen ...... bifastigata, Turritella bifastigata cartagenensis, Turritella (Broderiptella) 44 bifastigata democraciana, Turritella bifastigata maracaibensis, Turritella bifrons, Anadara billingsiana, Lunarca . 16, 17 billingsiana maturensis,, Argina biplicata, Tellina bisulcata, Architectonica . bisuleata, Noetia Bittiolum Bittium 638 372 427 299, 317 440 304, 560 307 301, 305, 446 431 378 461 535 560 399 411 571 405 436 301, 436 436 436 333 299, 306, 336 337 394 454 340 448 448 bocasense, Dentalium boggsi, Hanetia Bostrycapulus bottae, Pleurotoma .... bowdenense, Trachycardium bowdeniana, Arca Brachydontes Brachydontes (Brachydontes) species brasiliana, Anadara (Cunearca) brasiliana, Anomalocardia 30 brasiliana, Psammacoma (Temnoconcha) ........ brasiliana, Temnoconcha Atta el. G4 35 brassicus, Nassarius .. brassoensis, Nassarius brechincastrense, Strioterebrum brevifrons, Murex ...... brevifrons, Murex (Chicoreus) cf. ....49 brevispina, Astraea (Astralium) cf. ... 42 brevispina basalis, Astraea Rie brightonensis, Arca (Argina) brightonensis, Donax , 38 brightoniana, Cymia 51 bristolae, Calotrophon broderipiana, Turritella broderipiana, Turritella cf. Broderiptella brunnea, Natica bruscasensis, Notocorbula buecinid indet. 54 bufo, Bursa (Marsupina) . 49 bufo, Murex bufoniopsis, Bursa bufonius, Murex . Bullata bullata, Voluta INDEX 314 513 299, 306, 307, 341 299, 306, 332 300, 382 395 300, 395 518 518 559 491 303, 491 301, 423 423 336 300, 403 303, 312, 497 494 435 437 435 483 413 303, 511 302, 306, 487 487 487 486 538 538 bullata maiae, Marginella (Bullata) ...... bullbrooki, Cancellaria bulloides, Globigerina burckhardti, Conus .. burneti, Tellina Bursa Byssomera caboblanquensis, Trigoniocardia caboblanquensis, Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia che ES A oe 1) cabopasada, Trigoniocardia Caccumye eee Caecum species A Caecum species B Caecum species C Caecum species D _. Caecum species E _. caelata, Arca ....... caerulescens, Prunum cahuitensis, Crassinella cahuitensis, Nucula calearea, Tellina . calidimaris, Parviturbo californica, Mactra Calliostoma Callolongchaeus calothyra, Agladrillia caloosaensis, Isapis caloosana, Chama caloosana, Pseudochama aff. 23 Calophos Calorhadia Calotrophon calypsonis, Prunum (Egouena) Calyptraea camaronensIis, Lepicythara cambiarsoi, Strioterebrum cambiarsoi nugatorium, Strioterebrum campechiensis, Arca 639 300, 301, 301, 301, 301, 301, 990, 299; 57 304, 308, 538 042 306 544 389 486 357 367 367 366 434 434 435 435 435 435 330 533 355 317 391 424 383 418 562 551 468 362 362 513 321 494 534 471 campechiensis, Pholas camura, Malea canaliculata, Acteocina canaliculata, Bulla . canaliculata?, Odostomia canaliculata, Tornatina canaliculata, Volvaria Cancellaria ....... a Cancellaria (Charcolleria) species ... cancellata, Chione (Chione) 27, 28 cancellata, Metula .... cancellata, Metulasati<+225 Cancilla i candeana, Trochita candeanum, Epitonium (Asperiscala) cf. 46 candida, Barbatia (Barbatia) .... 14 candida, Tellina . canrena, Natica (Naticarius) canrena, Natica (Naticarius) aff. Cantharus <......... Cantharus (subgenus ?) species A .... caparona, Polinices carchedonius, Modulus Carditamera ... Carditamera (Carditamera) species caribaea, Caryocorbula caribaea pergrata, Caryocorbula caribbaea, Tritonalia (Ocinebrina) ............ caribbeana, Conomitra caribbeanum, Calliostoma Carinodrillia Carinodrillia? sp.ind. carnaria?, Strigilla (Strigilla) ........... 33 48 54 302, INDEX 414 489 304, 570 570 304, 568 5970 570 539 304, 542 300, 376 516 303, 515 530 472 302, 462 299, 327 391 308, 480 302, 481 511 303, 512 483 302, 452 359 299, 357 408 408 496 932 419 547 548 300, 389 carnaria, Tellina ........ 389 carolinae, Trigoniocardia ....25 365, 366 caronense, Teimostomayenc. 428, 430 caroniana, Crassispira 548, 549 caroniana, Crassispira (Crassispira) cf. .59 304, 548 caroniana, Ancilla (Eburna) 9. 2os sae 303, 308, 529 caroniana springvalensis, Ancilla nied 529 caroniana, Chione (Lirophora) et 29 300, 308, 379 caroniana, Pleiorytis ...38 300, 308, 406 caronianum, Calliostoma ....... 41 301, 308, 419 caroniense, Teinostoma (Aepystoma) 43 301, 428, 430 cartagenensis, Turritella 436 Caryocorbulay 2 407 Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) Species! se 39 300, 409 Caryocorbula sp.ind.A 409 Caryocorbula sp.ind.B 409 cassidiformis, Cancellaria _ 539, 540 casta, Trigoniocar dia 366 catenulatus, Modulus 452 catharia, Carditamera 357 caudata, Ranella ........ 491 cayenensis, IDIKOYG OVER), aca ssanuscnee 41 301, 306, 307. 416 cebus, Tagelus 406 centenaria, JPY AKCONUE. os ccencascsaceoos 406 centralis, Calyptraea 302, 308, 471 centralis, Calyptraea cf. 472 centrota, Noetia (ontia) = 18 299, 339 ceramida, Trigoniocardia ........ 368 ceramida, Trigoniocardia aff. 368 cerata, Nuculana ...... Syl cercadensis, INaSSabiuse eee 519 cercadensis, Pyramidella ...... 563 640 INDEX cercadica, Lepi- CYUMATAY 22. Peccce sce. do2 cercadica, Temnoconcha .......... 395 Cerithiopsis 449 Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) specieS ............... 45 301, 449 Cerithiopsis (subgenus ?) SDECICSi Es. .ccc-ee- 302, 451 Cerithium ...... e 447 cestrota, Calorhadia . 322 cetolaca, Mangilia . 5595 (Clo Tak Weegee eee ¥ 361 Chama spec.ind. ........ 299, 362 Charcolleria’ ............... 542 Cheileay 22.0.0... shoves 469 cheloniassehos....... Ald chemnitzi, Anadara . 333 chemnitzioides, /ANTABYC EVERY saan apocsennncee 334 Chicoreus Boe 491 chiloensis, Pholas - 414 chinensis, Patella ...... 471 Chione " 376 Chione (Lirophora) — species ...... 30 300, 380 Chione (Lirophora) sp.ind. ss 379 Chionopsis 378 chipolanum, Crucibulum 474 chrysalloideus, Aesopus ... se 506 chrysostoma, Murex > (Murex) 49 302, 489 cicerula, Strigilla Rae 390 Cinctritoray 2.7... 458 cinctum, Prunum ...... 535 cingenda, Venus 376 cinnamomea, Ancilla 529 circinatus, Pitar (Lamelliconcha) 26, 27 300, 311, 312, 374 circularis, Pecten 345 circularis, caucanus, Pecten 346 clavata, Eulima .... 46 302, 464 clavata, Pholas clavatula, Cancelaria 541, 542 clavium, Teinostoma 430 clavulus, Strombina .. 508 claytoni, Semele ........ 398 claytoni couvensis, Semele 36 300, 308, 398 clementia, Crassinella cleryana, Mulinia ...... coarctata, Cumingia .. cochlearis, Solenosteira ............ Cochliolepis cocosensis, Phos codazzil, Cancellaria (Huclia)\tch oS coderensis, Aequipecten cognata, Temnoconcha collina, Marginella .... collinsii, Trochita ...... colombiensis, Apolymetis - colombiensis, Metis . Colubraria Colubraria species Columbella .............. colus, Murex ; commutata, Leda ...... comparilis, Pecten .... compsa, Diodora concentrica, Venus concentrica prosapia, Dosinia concinna, Cytherea ... concinna, Temnoconcha concinnus, Pitar Condylocardia coniformis, Marginela [sic] ...... Conomitra Conomitra species A. ............55 consensus, Nassarius Conus Conus species corbicula, Venus cornucopia, Patella ecornurectus, Murex Cosmotriphora costaricensis, Lepicythara costaricensis, Semele cf. costata, Areal 5. costellata, Calorhardia (Calorhardia) costellata, Nucula Costelloleda Costoanachis 2. costulata, Turbonilla costulata, Turritella costulatus, Trochus .... 641 304, 302, 303, 304, 311, 354 384 401 512 430 515 041 346 395 536 472 393 393 485 485 498 523 319 345 417 370 371 374 395 376 398 534 531 932 519 543 545 372 469 491 458 952 397 336 322 321 321 503 566 451 423 couvaensis, Conus couvaensis, Tellina .... couvana, Cancellaria .. couvana, Oliva INDEX 58 304. 308, 545 391 939 (Oliva) ero 56 303, 308, 525 couvense, Trachycardium ...... 364 couviana, Persicula (RabpiCea) ae 57 304, 308, 536 coxi, Glyptaesopus .... 555 crasicardo [sic] Pecten® eee 344 crassa bowdenensis, Bursa 488 crassa colombiana, Bursa cee eee 488 crassa proavus, Bursa 488 crassidens, Pandora .. 416 crassilabrum, Strombina (Sincola) ie: 53 303, 508 Crassinella ee. 352 crassinoda, Masciolanial 523 Crassispiral = 548 Crassispirella ........ 549 @rassostreay seo. 349 crassula, Eulimella .. 564 crassus, Murex ........... 487 Crepidulage 470 Crepidula sp. .... oF 302, 470 cristagalli, Mytilus . 349 cristata, Tellidora .... 389 cristella, Chama 362 cristobalcoloni, Oliva 525 Crucibulum 473 crystallina, Tellina 387 cubaniana, Corbula 410 Cucullaearca 327 cultellata, Chione 380 Cumingial 2... 400 Cunearcea .......... 332 cunninghamcraigi, Strombina ...... 509 curtum, Prunum 533 Cyclinella ... 371 Cyclinella (2) species 300, 372 Cyclopecten : 347 Cyclopecten species < 299, 348 Cyclostremiscus 431 Cyclostremiscus (Ponocyclus) species 301, 432 Cylichnella ...... iB 571 Cylichnella species 305, 572 cylindrica, Oliva ........ 525 Cymatium ... 485 Cymatium species .... Cymia Cymia species Cypraea Cypraea species ..... 48 cypraeola, Voluta ...... Cythara sp.ind. Dactylidia dactylus, Pholas dali wAnachisi=s- dalli, Eulima dali, Strombiformis sp.ind.aff. dalliana, Chione dalliana guppyana, Chione ee) dalliana veatchiana, Chione cee dallianas eda. dallianum, Prunum (Prunum) Dallocardia damas Volutae: > daphnis, Caryocorbula deadenensis, Trigoniocardia ........ decaptyx, Cancellaria decipiens, Calliostoma ....... 41 decipiens laticarinatus, OCHS wee es decussatus, Serpulorbis 43 defuniak, Cyclopecten delicatus, Asaphis ...... demiurgus, Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) 20 democracianum, Prunum densata, Plicatula ...... densecostata, Malea .. Dentalwume 2 Dentalium (Dentalium) species Dentalium (Laevidentalium?) species dentiferum, Glyphostoma deplanatum, Astralium .... 642 302, 485 552 367 542 301, 418 419 301, 444 348 406 299, 308, 345 534 . 343 489 313 298, 314 298, 315 depressa, Delphinula dextroversus, DIP NOTIS Hee. diademata, Pyramidella eee srenotonia, Strigilla 2 Diodora Diodora (?) species 41 disclusa, Lepicythara ....... 59 discus, Dosinia ...... disparile, Dentalium | disparilis, Notocorbula aff. 40 Dispotaea divisus, Solen ........... divisus, Tagelus (Mesopleura) cf. .... divulgatum, Dentalium (Dentalium) .......13 dolabratus, Trochus .. dombei, Psammotreta domingensis, Barbatia (Acar) Pe ate | nS domingensis, Erato domingensis trochala, Erato domingensis, Petaloconchus donacina, Tellina ..... Donax ef Donax (Machaerodonax?) species ..... dorsata, Strombina the dorsenula, Diodora . dosin, Chama ee ene Dosinia Dosinia (Dosinia) | species ......... Dosinidia draconis, Pseudochama dupontiae, Conus dupontiae, Parametaria dupontii, Conus ... durhamianum, Epitonium pan: dysera, Venus ............ Ebalina ay ebenina, Crassispira ? 304, 301, 307, 304, 308, 301, 300, 298, 299, 300, 300, 312, INDEX 432 451 ebergenyii, Chione .... eboreum, Dentalium DUG ee eburnea, Niso ... eburnea, Nuculana .... ectyphus, Calophos .... ecuadoriana, Temnoconcha .......... ecuadorianum, Teimostomay 7.22.2. edulis, Ostrea Egouena egregia, Balcis ....... 47 302, 308, egregia, Calorhadia .. elephantinum, Dentalium) elinguis, Moerella (Moerella) .... emersoni, Cerithiopsis (subgenus?) 45 emersonii persubulata, Certhiopsis (Laskeya) Emmonsella entemna, Miraclathurella ...... Eontia ephippium, Anomia .. FE piconwme ee. equestris, Cheilea cf. equestris, Patella ...... Erato Erato sp. ; erosa, Cypraea ..... A Erosaria Le erythraeonense, Cerithium - esmeralda, Anadara id esmeraldensis, Gordanops ........ esmeraldus, Fusinus | estrellensis, Strombinophos Euclia oe eucosmius, Fusinus | Eucrassatella i ee euglyptum, Calliostoma Eulima Eulima species A ....46 Eulimella Eulimella (Eulimella). species A ............60 Eupleura euprepes, Architectonica europaea, Cypraea .... europaeum, Cardium eurybis, Architectonica ........ Eurytellina .. i eutykta, Strigilla Euvola .. ae euzonus, Solariorbis . exigua, Nucula (Lamellinucula) ..... exilis, Nassarius exoleta, Turritella .. exoptata, Adrana extricata, Nuculana exustus, Brachydontes exuvioides?, Nerita (Nerita) F fabagella, Donax .. fabagelloides, Donax faceta, Crassispira (Crassispira) 59 falconensis, Metis fargoi, Nassarius fasciata, Melongena Fasciolaria fausta, Lucina (Lucinisea) felix, Moerella felix, Tellina (Eurytellina) cf. femorale, Cymatium femorale, Murex filicata, Anadara filicata, Anadara (Cunearca) aff. ..15 fischeri, Rissoina Fissurella flabellatus, Pectunculus flavida, Eburna flavum, Cerithiopsis flexuosa, Venus florencae, Polystira floridana, Carditamera floridana, Trochita . floridana, Urosalpinx floridanus, Petaloconchus floridanus, Petaloconchus aff. . floridanus, Petaloconchus aff. 43 312, 42 301, 305, 37, 38 300, 402, 304, 299) 301, INDEX 477 370 456 385 391 344 434 317 520 440 325 320 342 424 402 404 548 393 520 521 522 361 385 385 485 485 333 333 426 417 341 929 450 382 546 357 473 494 446 446 445 florius, Fossarus ........ foliaceicostum, Epitonium (Epitonium) aff. ...... foliaceicostum, Epitonium cf. " fontainei, Nassa ....... fornicata, Crepidula .. fornicata, Patella ...... Fossarus fragilis, Arca francescae, Parviturbo fraudans, Anachis (Costoanachis) ....53 fretense, Bittium (Bittiolum) 45 freya, Bursa ae fucus, Murex Fugleria aN seo, fulgurans, Nerita fundarugata, Olivella (Minioliva) ......... 55 fuscescens, Crassispira si fusidens, Anachis ...... fusiformis, Polygona .. Fusinus Seat Fusinus species .....56 fusoides, Mitra Fusus gabbi, Cylichnella gadsdenensis, Nucula galbana, Psammotreta ...... 34 galbanus, Nassarius (subgenus?) ....... 55 galbensis, Cumingia et V/ galbensis, Risomurex ....50 gaivestonense, Bittium galvestonensis, Strigilla gatunense, Strioterebrum gatunense, Strioterebrum cf. Lae 60 gatunense kugleri, Strioterebrum gausapatum laevifasciola, Strioterebrum 644 468 302, 459 460 520 470 470 467 319 424 303, 504 301, 448 488 496 328 425 303, 528 550 503 521 523 303, 523 531 923 571 317 300, 392 303, 520 300, 400 303, 495 449 391 598 304, 558 598 559 INDEX gavilanensis, Hanetia 513 gemmatum, Triphora 457 georgiana, Strigilla .... 391 gibberula, Strombina 509 giberula galvestonensis, Strombinal.. 4... 509 gibbosa, Plicatula .19 299, 343 gibbulus, Murex ns 521 gibbus, Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) (See 46 H habra, Zanassarina haemostoma, Buccinum haemostoma, Thais (Stramonita) cf. haitense, Cardium halis, Clathrodrillia (Carinodrillia) haneti, Murex Hanetia hannai, Trigoniocardia Hapalorbis harrisi, Cerithium cf. harrisi, Cerithium (subgenus?) hastata, Hastula hastata, Hastula aff. Aes 645 393 517 517 303, 517 399 393 404 377 302, 454 341 299, 356 299, 358 299, 354 304 354 348 323 343 368 518 302, 458 505 496 303, 496 365 547 512 311, 512 366 433 447 45 301, 305, 306, 447 561 304, 561 hastata mareana, Hastula Hastula helecteroides, Aclis .... helenae, Caryocorbula (Caryocorbula) Heliacus helikum, Epitonium .. heliotropium, AMEGYOINIIS” sccsneossosecennacec henekeni, Crassispira henekeni, Fissuridea henekeni, Fusinus cf. henikeri, Fusinus hepatica, Albula heptagona, Lepicythara heredium, Trigoniocardia ........ hermosus, Triptychus Hertelilina eee hertleini, Odostomia heterogena, Notocorbula hilaris, Ithycythara ..........59 hilli, Pitar . hoa hindsi, Anadara ........ hindsii, Metula Hipponix mee 4 hodsoni, Persicula .... hubbardi, Tagelus humphreysi?, Epitonium (Epitonium) ......46 hutchisoni, Calotrophon (?) .50 hybrida, Macoma ... hyptius anebus, Solariorbis illecta, Leda illota, Barbatia imbricata imbricata, Arca (Arca) imitator, Conus imitator lius, Conus immunita, Neosimnia imperialis, Trochus .. imperialis var. a, Murex (Phyllonotus) 3 inaequalis, Pecten ...... 300, 303, 306, 304, 302, 303, 299, INDEX 561 561 463 407 455 461 423 548 416 024 524 483 952 367 564 387 969 411 553 376 333 515 469 937 405 460 494 392 433 319 330 326 544 544 480 423 490 345 inaequilateralis, Anadara inaequilateralis, Anadara (Anadara) aff. inaequivalvis, Arca .... inaequivalvis, Tellina INCawRISSOINAl ee incertum, Dentalium incongrua, Arca incrassata?, Nassa .... indecisa, Anomia infundibulum, Latirus (Polygona) cf. infundibulum polius, Latirus infundibulum cf. polius, Latirus infundibulum, Murex intastriata, Metis intermedia, Balcis interrupta, Marginella ................ interrupta mareana, Persicula .... interruptolineata, Persicula (Rabicea)) cit oO, interruptolineata, Voluta ira, Juliacorbula isabella, Mitral... isabellae, Cerithium .. Isapis Iselica islahispaniolae, Parametaria islatrinitatis, Notocorbula isocardia, Cardium ... Ithycythara Ithycythara species bs J jacksonensis, Gylichnellag jamaicensis, Pyramidella ema gat it Eli deta ie eng J jamaicensis, Pyramidella (Longchaeus) jamaicensis, Venus japonicus, Aesopus 646 332 334 Ce 303, 308, 521 522 522 521 394 466 536 537 304, 537 536 411 530 447 467 467 501 40 301, 308, 411 363 552 304, 553 571 304, 562 562 360 505 INDEX jaspidea, Voluta ....... 526 ESTO (2) |e eee 526 jaspideus, Conus ..... 546 jujubinum, Calliostoma .............. 421 mTaconbulla e..c. ae 410 K kelumni, Ithycythara 553 kingicola, @rassatelila s........... 351 knoxiana, Corbula ...... 410 knoxiana fossilis, Juliacorbula ....... 410 kugleri, Cymatium .... 485 kugleri, Eupleura .. 493 Kkurzis Adrana ........ 324 E labreana, Columbella 503 labreanus, Pitar (Lamelliconcha) | 27 300, 375 Laevicardium ......... 369 Laevidentalium ........ 315 laevifasciola, Strioterebrum he ty. Canis See eee 60 304, 558 laevigata, Odostomia 568 laevigatum, Laevicardium cf. _. 300, 370 laevis, Semele ........ Bails Peat y laevis costaricensis, Semele ene... 30 COU OLL oie: 397 lamelata, Ancilaria [sic] |... 529 Lamelliconcha |. 374 Lamellinucula | 316 lamellosa, Cumingia . 400, 401 lanceolata, Colubraria 485 lanceolata, Columbelila) V7.2... 507 lanceolata, Nucula (Adrana)r 2s... 323 Waskeyai kn... 451 lassula, Agladrillia (?) 59 304, 550 lateralis, Mactra .... 383 laticarinatum, Calliostoma ...... 41 301, 419 latilabris, Malea ....... 489 latilirata, Chione Carophora)>.........4:. 380 latilirata, Venus 379 eatin Sie oe eee 521 lavelana, Conomitra .. 532 laxa, Odostomia (Salassiella) ............ 569 leana, Semele .............. 398 leander, Marginella .... 536 ledaeformis, Cercomya 3 lehneri, Eupleura .50 303, 491 lenayehhais® 2s 496 Mepicythara, oe 551 lepta, Acteocina ........ sil leptalea, Nuculana .... 319 leroyi, Springvaleia .. 294, 301, 308, 440 leroyi secunda, Springvaleia ............ 441 liana, Lucina (iweimiSea) ese 361 limonensis, Metula .... 516 lineatus, Tagelus ...... 406 lintea, Metula .............. 516 liogona, Dosinia ........ 370 lipara, Delphinula .... 431 lipara, Sulcoretusa .... 572 liriope; Cireulus: <3... 433 Larophora. 1s 379 lloydi, Anadara .......... Baa ongchaeus a 561 Poplar =o sce Na. eee 349 lordlyi, Cerithium ...... 564 loripanus, Strombinophos _...... 510 [EUCGIN Ait, i eer 359 [CUCINISCAnes eee 360 luctuosa, Pleurotoma 549 ludificans, Nuculana (Saccellia)’ 27... 13 299, 319, 321 unancay ene Re ee 336 lumbricalis, Serpula 44] lumbricalis, Vermetus 442 lunulata, Crassinella 355 lunulata, Tellidora 389 M macerophyla, Chamavichy =e 24. 299, 362 macescens, Mactra .... 383 macescens, Mactravants a 383 Machaerodonax 404 mackiana, Pholas _40 414 Macoma .... SM. 391 Macoma (Psammacoma) species A . 34 300, 308, 391 647 INDEX Macoma (Psammacoma) species B............ 34 300, 392 Macrocallista .............. 373 macrodon, Venus ...... 382 Macrophragma ............ 446 INGA CELA eee cee rere 382 mactroides, Trigona 372 mactroides, Venus ..... Se maculata, Macrocallista .......... 300, 308, 373 maculosa, Crepidula (Crepidula) cf. ....47 302, 470 magdalenensis, Hanetia a ie aaa 513 maiae, Bullata .......57 304, 538, 539 maiguetiana, Olivella 529 maiquetiana, Mycmerite lay eecceeee ees 439 Malea 311, 489 Malea species 302, 489 mamillaris, Natica 483 mammata, Bursa . 486 mansfieldi, Tagelus (Mesopleura?) ... 300, 308, 405 manzanillaensis, Conus Pee ee 545 manzanillensis, Trigoniocardia .... 366 maracaibensis, Mactra (Micromactra) Cts age 30, 31 300, 383 marcottae, Nioche 378 mareana, Cylichnella 572 mareana, Odostomia .. 569 marella, Calorhadia 322 marensis, Donax 402 margarita, Merisca 388 margaritensis, Murex (Phyllonotus) eck 490 marginata, Plicatula 343 marginatus, Solariorbis (subgenus?) 43 301, 432 marmoreus, Conus 543 Marsupina 487 Martesia 415 martinicensis, Crassinella 22 299, 352 martinicensis, Merisca 388 martschi, Peristichia 564 Mathilda ane 456 Mathilda species 457 Mathilda species A 46 302, 456 Mathilda species B .... 302, 457 maturense, Cardium .. maturense, Epitonium (Epitonium) ....... 46 maturensis, Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) 20 maturensis, Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) cf. maturensis, Bullata maturensis, Parviturbo maturensis, Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) 25 Mmaugeriae, Erato 48 mauryae, Conomitra .. mauryae, Turritella maxima, Ostrea .......... maximus, Pecten ....... maxwelli, Strombinophos mazatlanicus, Heliacus .... eee medium, Cardium ... megodon, Ostrea Meioceras melajoense, Teinostoma (Aepystoma) ....... 43 melajoensis, Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) 46 melajoensis, Eurytellina pny? melajoensis, Strombina (subgenus?) ....... 53 melajoensis, Tenuicorbula ..... 40 melajoensis, Tenuicorbula alte at ea melajoensis, Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) 25 melanura, Triphora melina, Crasatela [sic] Melongena melongena, Melongena ......... 56 melongena, Murex meraca, Carinodrillia 58 Merisca 648 365 302, 460 299, 346 299, 347 304, 306, 538 301, 424 299, 365 302, 476 532 438 343 344 510 454 369 349 435 301, 429 302, 453, 455 300, 386 303, 507 301, 413 301, 414 300, 308, 366 458 351 520 303, 521 521 304, 547 387 Mesopleura ............ messor, Lopha .. Meta Metaphos’ =.25..:...c.0:0-- Metaphos (?) species metcalfei, Aesopus aff. ...... 53 Mie Gulla eee. metula, Buccinum mexicana, Crassinella meyerl, Tellina IMIGROEAZA . 5.0 eee dcoee Macromactral 72... micropleura, Adelocythara (?) 59 midiensis, Crassinella migum, Buccinum ...... milium, Parviturbo millifila, Barbatia millifila latrinidadis, Barbatia (Fugleria?) ......14 mimetes, Turritella .... mimetes, Turritella (Broderiptella) 299, 303, 303, 311, 311, 304, 299, RE tee 44 301, 437, mimicus, Strombinophos minima, Batillaria minima, Cardita .. Minioliva ney minuta, Porphyria aa mira, Anachis ........ Miraclathurella mitis, Eulimella (Ebalina) ..... 60 mitra, Acmaea Mitrella . mitrella, Voluta 2 mixteca, Calophos . modesta, Triphora Modiolus modiolus, Modulus modulus, Trochus Moerella Moerella (Scissula) monolirata, Eulimella (Ebalina) montagui, Balcis montserratensis, Cancellaria Cucina montserratensis, Eucrassatella Mulinia Mytilus 304, 58 304, 308, INDEX 405 349 498 515 515 507 515 515 353 393 422 383 504 355 518 424 329 328 437 439 510 446 356 528 527 504 556 565 417 508 356 514 458 342 342 452 452 384 387 565 465 539 352 383 Mulinia species ..... 31 multangulus, Canthanustes te multistriatum, Epitonium (Asperiscala) Chit eee ees 46 Muracypraea ................ Murex ee muricata, Lucina ..... muricatum, Cardium .. muriciformis, Mupleundl 2... sees muricoides, RISOMMUNCXAs eee mus, Cypraea musacina, Agladrillia mutica Oliva. mutica, Olivella ...... mutica, Olivella (Dactylidia) aff. 55 myakkanus, Rictaxis .. myrakeenae, Glyphostoma ...... Roe myristicata, Nassa .... myrmecoon, Aesopus myrmecoon, Olivella .. N INA On aaa eee ae Nassarina species ...... Nassarius Nassarius (Uzita) | species A 55 nassulay ucinas= 2 nasuta, Livelay 22 nasuta austeniana, Tivela nasuta maturensis, Tivela Natica Naticarius . nelsoni, Aequipecten Neosimnia Nerita ........ Neritina neritoideus, Murex nicoyana, Tellina (Scissula) nigra, Pinna nimbosa, Venus Nioche Niso e Niso species ................ 649 300, 383 912 302, 461 478 489 360 363 492 496 478 551 527 527 303, 527 570 598 516 505, 506 528 311, 541 303, 519 372 480 480 346 479 424 425 496 387 342 373 377 466 302, 467 INGUREOINKAL soconsneerdsceencooaee nitida, Marginella ...... nivea, Olivella niveus, Obeliscus (Triptychus) ... NOACs TALCal eee eee nobilis nobilis, Architectonica INDEX (Architectonica) 45 302, 308, 452 nodosa, Nerita nodulosa, Seabricola ............55 Noetia ..... nonurum, Calliostoma norvegicum, Cardium INotocorbulal 2-2. Notocorbula species _................40 Notovola el ey a novaezelandiae, Pecten oe nucleus, Area... nucleus, Pecten .......... INOWOWUIEY sasanccbtocoae "g Nuculana nugax, Teinostoma (Pseudor otella) ._43 nupera, Architectonica Oo obesa, Anachis (Costoanachis) ...52 obliquus, Solen (Solena) ... 38 oblita, Microgaza .42 obtusum, Solarium .... occidentalis, Arca occidentalis miocica, Arca ... mare Odostomia Odostomia (Salassia?) species 6 oedalium, Trachycardium oedalium harveyense, Trachycardium oertli, Crassispira oligocenica, Martesia . 40 oligolepis, Cyclopecten oligoscissulata, Eurytellina? 33 Oliva e= oliva, Voluta 496 303, 531 311, 338 419 370 411 301, 412 344 344 316 345 316 319 301, 427 453 303, 503 300, 407 , 422, 455 453 325 326 568 304, 569 364 364 550 415 348 300, 386 524 525 Olivella olivella, Macoma ........ Olivella (Olivella) SPECIES Tees 55 olssoni, Calliostoma ........ 42 opercularis, Chlamys orbicella, Nucula ...... orbicularis, Glycymeris oreodoxa, Turritella .. oryza, Rictaxis Ostrea Ostrea species ............ ostrearum, Murex ...... OVvalissyATCcaa= =e ovata, Pleiorytis ........ ovuloides, Meta .......... ovumlacerti, Cylichnella oxytatus, Rhizorus .... P pacifica, Crassinella .. pagodus, Cantharus .. Pallacera Pallacera species A pallida, Mulina panamensis, Nassa .... panamensis, Strigilla panamensis, Vitrinella panamica, ae pri Pandora Pandora species eet paphia, Chione papulosus, Serpulorbis paramegodon, Lopha Rarametarias 22 parasitica, Cochliolepis pariaensis, Lunarca .. patvay elhetisie.. ee Parviturbo patula, Melongena Na pauliana, Condylocardia paytensis, Pitar Pecten pecten, Murex. nd ele pectinata, Lucina (Lucina) cf. pectinata, Tellina ...... 650 eee 55 526 303, 526 a 421 360 INDEX pectinata, Tucetona cf. 299, 341 peculiaris, Aesopus P33) SUanol2. 005 peloronta, Nerita .. 424 pentagonus, Cyclostremiscus » (Ponocyclus) 43 301, 431 perattenuata, Ab (UW ererhis) dT see sneecenenee 440 perdiciana, Cancellaria (Charcolleria) 542, 543 perdoctus, Strombinophos _53 303, 510 periimaris, Trigoniocardia (Americardia) 369 Peristichia ...... 563 perlamellosa, Semele 398 perlepida, Nuculana (Saccella) 13 299, 320 pernula, Mya 319 perornatus, Systellomphalus 433 perplexa, Olivella (Minioliva) 528 perplexabilis, Meta 500 perprotracta?, Adrana 14 299, 323 Persicula 536 persicula, Voluta 536 persimilis, Acteocina 570 perspectivus, Trochus 452 peruvianus, Tagelus 406 Petaloconchus 444 pexata, Arca 336 pharcida, Calorhadia 322 pharcida, Leda 321 phoinicoides, Rhizorus 573 Pholas 414 Pholas species 301, 306, 414 Phrontis ig Phyllonotus 490 picata, Columbella 498 piliferum, Crucibulum (Crucibulum) 47 302, 312, 475 piliferum, Crucibulum cf. 476 pilsbryi, Teinostoma 430 pisiformis, Strigilla (Pisostrigilla) Pisostrigilla Pitar pittieri, Anadara placata, Anadara (Scapharca) Plagioctenium plana, Crepidula .... plana triangula, Crepidula planigyrata, Turritella (Broderiptella) planigyrata, Turritella (Broderiptella) aff. ...45 301, 45 planiliratus, Conus .... planispira, Heliacus .. planum, Crucibulum plebeius, Tagelus (Tagelus) . Pleiorytis Pleuroploca plexita, Mathilda plicata, Arca ca Plicatulageee plicatus, Turbo. plicomphalus, Calliostoma plicosa, Mangilia pliocena, Triptychus .. pluscula, Cochliolepis 43 podagrinum, Bittium poecila, Nassarina (Zanassarina) Polinices Polinices species politum, Teinostoma j Polygona polynematicus, Murex ... polyphragma, Serpulorbis Polystira Polystira species A Polystira species B pomum, Murex pomum, Murex (Phyllonotus) cf. ponderosa, Arca 59 303, ponderosa, Dosinia (Dosinia) 651 300, 390 390 374 333 299, 335 345 302, 470 470 308, 437 301, 439 544 455 473 300, 404 406 522 457 328 343 568 301, 420 554 564 301, 430 448 505 483 302, 484 427 521 490 444 546 304, 546 304, 546 491 306, 490 339 311, 371 INDEX Ponocyclus .................. 431 popenol, Bullata | pare y 538 praevoidens riosecanus, Xancus Haz prenuncia, Notocorbula . 411 pressa, Tellina (Angulus) 385 primolevis, Adelocythara | 554, 555 problematica, Cypraea ....... 478 proctorae, Glyptaesopus 555 proficua, Semele .. 35 300, 396 profundorum, Crassinella 355 propefusiformis, Carinodrillia .. 547 propeobesa, Marginella (Persicula) 537 properatum, Bittium 449 properegulare, Caecum 434 prosulcata, Sulcoretusa < 572 proteus, Conus .... 545 prototypus, Parametaria | 51,52 303, 308, 499, 501 Prunum ...... * 533 prunum, Voluta. 533 Psammacoma ... 391 Psammotreta aie 392 Psammotreta sp. 393 Pseudochama . 362 pseudoillota, Barbatia (Fugleria) 328, 329 Pseudorotella . 427 Pseudosalpinx 494 Pseudotorinia 453 psila, Mangilia . 553 pulcher, Petaloconchus 445 pulchra, Semele 399 pulligera, Nerita 425 punaensis, Donax 403 punctata, Pyramidella 561 punctatum, Cerithiopsis 450 punctocaelata, Tornatella . 569 65 punicea, Eurytellina cf. ........ 386 punicea?, Eurytellina ......... <¥) 300, 385 punicea, Tellina ...... ee 385 puntagordensis, Notocorbula ...... 413 Purpura Sp. indet. 5.2.4 496 purpurascens, Semele 35 300, 396, 399 purpurata, Oliva ....... 526 pusilla, Tectonatica ..... 48 302, 482 pusio, Conus 2 546 pustulosus, Pecten 348 Pusulayacs eee nee 477 pycnum, Teinostoma 428 Pyramidella ......... 561 Pyramidella (Longchaeus?) species A .........60 304, 561 pyrum, Voluta ..... 5932 Q quadragenarium, Cardium = 363 quadratus, Typhis 493 quadratus, Typhis (Typhinellus) Chae fee %2.250 303, 493 quadricarinatus, MUTDOMS eee ee 456 quentinensis, Semele 399 quirosana, Strombina 508 quitanensis, Adrana .. 324 R TRAV OW ASE oe nes secedcussee: 536 radians, Cypraea ... 477 radians, Trivia (Pusula) 312 radians orientalis, Trivia (Pusula) radians, Pseudochama radians, Trochita radians, Trochita cf. .. radicula, Vermicularia cf. .... ralla, Miraclathurella .58 ramosa, Plicatula ...... ramosus, Chicoreus .. rata. lthycythara 2. reedsi, Chlamys (Plagioctenium) ...... 2 48 302, 312, 477 362 47 302, 312, 473 473 442 304, 556 343 regulare, Caecum ...... Parviturbo .. rehderi, reticulata, Barbatia (Acar) reticulata, Tellina .... reticulata, Voluta reticulatus, Murex reversa, Noetia ............ Rhizorus Rhizorus species A . Rhizorus species B ... IRUWGESDOIG)) Gai Shancesnsoenae Rictaxis species |. ringens, Cassis ...... riomaturensis, Chione (Lirophora) riosecana, Turbinella ...... Risomurex Rissoina . Rissoina (Rissoina) — species ritanida, Crassispira (Crassispirella) | 59 54 303, rohri, Calophos ... rohri, Epitonium (Asperiscala) 46 roigi, Lucina (Lucinisea) ..........23 roseus, Risomurex .. rostrata, Arca . rotella, Callogaza (Microgaza) ..... rotella vetula, Microgaza ..... royanus, Vermetus rubra, Globigerinoides ruderalis, Chama ...... rugitecta, Turris (Crassispira) . rugosa, Anomalocardia rugosa, Donax =.:2.5.... MUSticay -unaIs) rutamensis, Aequipecten (Plagioctenium) .20 rutschi, Parametaria ..... Saccella sagrae, Telina [sic] .... Salanga)-Pitar =... Salassial ee ee ee 423, 305, 305, 304, , 308, 301, 304, 308, 302, 299, 299, 92 303, 312, INDEX 435 424 328 396 539 448 339 573 973 573 569 570 489 380 932 495 426 426 549 514 462 360 495 319 422 422 442 306 362 549 382 401 497 347 500 319 569 Salassiellai ee 569 salinae, Olivella ........ 529 salmo, Fasciolaria .... 523 sanctiandreae, Scapharca (Cunearea)) 2 332 sanctidavidis, Anadara (Scapharca?) 5 299, 334 sanctidavidis, Chione (Lirophora) .......30 300, 381 sanctidavidis, Trachycardium (Dallocardia) .....24 299, 363 sanctidominici, Jaspidella, == 55 303, 308, 526 sanctifrancisci, Cancilla cf. 303, 308, 530 sanctipauli, Condylocardia ....... 358 sanctus, Aesopus ........ 505, 506 Seabricolay 531 scalare, Epitonium 459 sealarina, Columbella 501 scalaris, Turbo .......... 459 scalpellum, Donax ..... 404 Seapharca =... 334 schultzana, Lunarea . 337 scillae, Melania ...... 564 scissa, Ithycythara .... 553 sculptile, Glyphostoma .. 59 304, 557 sculpturatus, Petaloconchus 444, 446 sculpturatus alcimus, Petaloconchus 43 301, 308, 444 sculpturatus domingensis, Petaloconchus 445 scutata, Juliacorbula 410 schideri, Pyrene (Eupyrene) ? 499 schrammi, Engina 495 Se1llagee eee " 451 Seila sp. . m 451 Semele ...... hon 396 semidecussata, Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) . 46 302, 422, 454, 455 semidecussata. Architectonica (Pseudotorinia) ck. 46 302, 456 semidecussatum, Solarium .. 422 semiglobosa, Hanetia 303, 308, 512 53 INDEX semiglobosa springvaleensis, cochlearis, Conus ste 58 Solenosteira ............ 513 springvaleensis, seminudus, Turbonilla Solariorbis ...... ~ 433 (Peristichia)? .......... semistriata, Rotella . 421, Springvaleiay. 4) se semota, Cancellaria springvalense, (Narona) hae 304, 541 Prunum sericifilum, (Hgouena)! 7... 57 Epitonium ........ 462,463 springvalensis, sericifilum, Epitonium JENOISIVONIG) ggceneceecouno secur (Asperiscala) springvalensis, BELA eee fece cee ee 302, 463 PoOlMICeESh ee serpentina, Mitra .. 531 spurea acicularis, Serpulorbis ............ 443 Cy pracaver scene serratum, squamosa, Acar ......... Laevicardium 370 stanislasmeunieri, sheldoniana, Noetia TPIT | sosancoscccoscctne (Noetia) 17,18 299, 306, 338 simplex, Anomia .. 21 299, 308,350 — stanislasmeunieri simplex, Anomia aff. .. 350, 351 springvalensis, Simplistrigilla 390 Policines Sincolaye ae 311, 508, 509 (@allitesta) eee sincola, Strombina 508 ~~ statuminatum, Siphocypraea .............. 478 IBVONUKCVALEBION scocnscascnaccee Simatusiise incu eee 490 stearnsii, Columbella smithiana, (Seminella) .............. Caryocorbula ..... 39 408 stenopa, Natica .......... Solariorbiswe 432 stewarti, Solariorbis? Trigoniocardia nov.sp.ind. 428 (Americardia) Solecurtus ... 406’ Stramonita, .-0 Solna et. seeere ess 407 “strata, Strigillay. = Solen (Solen) striata?, Martesia ..... SPECIES! See ean 300,407 striata, Muricidea ...... Solena 407 striatula, Niso Ake solida, Acropsis ee: /3iie312) 331 striatum, Crucibulum solidula, Pallacera .... ol? striatus?, Donax ..37 solivaga, Calorhadia striatus, Pholas ...... (Calorhadia) ........14 299, 311, 322, strigilatum, 323 BUceINIIM es ee sophus, Conus 544 = Strigilla sowerbiyi, Typhis 493 Strigilla sowerbyli, Typhis 493 (Pisostrigilla?) spadiceus, Bufo 487 SPECIES! Hiei tee ee spelta, Bulla 479 Strioterebrum ............ spinosum, Crucidulum Strioterebrum species (Crucibulum) 312,475 Strombiformis Spiralis, Trochita ........ 473 sp.indatf-dalli 2. spirata?, Strombinaue ees Vermicularia 44 301,442 Strombinophos spirata trilineata, Strombinophos Vermicularia 442, 443 SPOCICS ican bere spretum, Teinostoma Strombocolumbus ...... (Pseudorotella) .43 301,427 strongi, Epitonium .... springvaleensis, strongianum, Cancellaria 539 ESPON eee 654 924 483 390 496 304, 560 464 507 510 303, 511 507 461 461 stultorum, Cardium .... subaequalis, Tagelus subangulatus, Polinices subcerata, INuculanal =... subeonsors, Miraclathurella subfilifera, Olivella (Minioliva) ................ subibajana, Nuculana subrostrata, Chione .... subsutum, Crucibulum (Crucibulum) ...... 47 subulatum, Cerithiopsis subulatus, Turbo suleata, Bulla suleata, Sulcoretusa Alita: sulcata fossilis, Sulcoretusa suleata harveyensis, Sulcoretusa suleata, Cuma suleata, Modiola Sulcoretusa ..... Suleularia ... suteri, Prunum Systellomphalus .......... T Tagelus EA ae tamatavica, Nucula .... tampaensis, Eulimella ...... tecta, Cymia Tectonaticar............ tectula, Natica tectum, Buccinum ...... Teinostoma telembus, Strombinophos Meliltdoray (452. Tellidora species |. tellinoides, Cumingia Temnoconcha’ ....2..2..... tenera, Barbatia (Fugleria) ae tenera, Cancellaria .... tenera, Macoma . tensa, Erycina .......... Tenuicorbula tenuilineata, Eulimella 302, 305, 300, aH INDEX 382 406 484 321 997 528 320 378 474 450 464 572 O72 572 572 497 341 572 O72 535 433 5 tenuis lupina, Tenuicorbula tenuis lupina, Tenuicorbula aff. .... tenuis, Cyclinella Chis. nc chee ee 26 tenuis, Dosinia (Artemis) tenuis, Mactra tenuisculpta, Nucula terebra, Turbo terebrale, Cerithium terminula, Cythara terminula, “Cythara”’ (Brachycythara?) cf. terminula, Lepicythara $3 terryi, Cancellaria .... Thais Thais (Stramonita) species A .. thalia, Anadara thaumastum, Trigoniocardia thomae, Bursa ............ thomae, Bursa @ursa) ath 249 thompsoni, Aequipecten thompsoni, Eupleura tiarula, Nassa . tigris, Cypraea tinkeri, Cerithium tintinnabularum, Trachycardium titan, Dosinia (Dosinidia) Tivela Torcula . toreta, Peristichia trachea, Dentalium Trachycardium tranquebaricum, Buccinum a transversa, Anadara transversa sanctidavidis, Scapharca (Seapharca) transversus, Donax . trapezium, Murex ... trema, Cancellaria triangularis, Cancellaria triangularis, Noetia . 5 300, 303, 302, tribulus, Murex ......... Trigoniocardia Trigoniocardia (Trigoniocardia) Spe = Trigonostoma trigonostoma, Delphinula Trigonostoma (Emmonsella) species .... ¥: trilineata, Turritella trilineata, Vermicularia (2?) 44 trilineatus, Vermetus trilix, Cyclostremiscus trinidadensis, IWerISCage eos trinidadensis, Oliva 56 trinitaria, Apolymetis trinitaria colombiensis, Metis trinitaria, Eucrassatella ....21 trinitatensis, Nassarius (Uzita) 55 trinitatis, Eurytellina trinitatis riosecanus, Xancus Triphora ... R Triphora species Triptychus Triptychus (Peristichia) species tristoma, Cerithium triticumtritonis, Cylichnella triticus, Rhizorus ...... Trivia trochiformis, Trochita Trochita Trophon tropidita, Odostomia (Salassia) tuberaensis, Olivares ee tubercularis, Murex z tubifer, Crucibulum . tubifer, Purpura ........ Tucetona tulipa, Fasciolaria cf. tulipa, Murex .............. tumens, Venus .... 299, 304, 301, 300, , 308, 308, 303, 302, 304, 311, 303, INDEX 489 365 368 543 543 043 443 442 443 432 387 529 393 393 351 518 386 532 457 458 563 563 457 571 573 477 473 473 494 569 525 449 475 493 341 522 922 374 turamensis, Fasciolaria (Pleuroploca) Turbinella Turbonilla Turbonilla species A Turbonilla species B Turbonilla species C Turbonilla species D Turbonilla species E turrita, Columbella (Anachis) turrita, Lepicythara .. Turritella Turritella (Bactrospira) species turritelioides, Eulimella Tylaxis Typhina Typhinellus Typhis ae Typhis (subgenus 2 species uber, Polinices) 2)... umbonata, Arca umbonata morantensis, Arca . undata, Glyecymeris (Glycymeris) cf. 18 undula, Mactra uniplicata, Neosimnia cf. ... 48 uruguayensis, Abra .. urumacoensis, Carycorbula Uzita vacuanus, Conus vagina, Solen vagus, Donax varia, Anachis variabile, Cerithium .. variabilis, Persicula 656 ies 56 303, 306, 522 932 566 304, 566 304, 567 304, 567 304, 567 304, 568 503 552 435, 441 301, 440 565 431 493 493 493 303, 493 311, 484 326 326 299, 340 383 302, 479 400 409 518 545 407 402 502 448 536 INDEX Waricorpulay 22. 411 variegata, Semele ...... 396 variegata, murritellay 222-45... 439 variegata, Voluta ...... 531 varium, Bittium .......... 449 vautrini, Hastula ........ 561 veatehi, Conus: ........... 545 veatchiana, Chione (Nioche) ............. 28 300, 377 venezuelana, Erato .... 476 venezuelana, Eucrassatella .......... 352 venezuelana, Nucula 317 venezuelana, Mectonatica, =... 482 venezuelana lavelana, IReGSICUlay epee ee 537 venezuelanus, Murex 491 venezuelensis, IRarvitunEpo! ss 424 ventricosus, Pecten .... 345 ventricosus, Triforis .. 458 venustus, Brachydontes .......... 341 verdevilla, Carditamera ........... 358 Vermicularia ...00.......- 441 verreauxi, Olivella (Niteoliva) cf. .. 55 303, 527 vexillata, Plicatula .... 343 vexillum, Pinna .......... 342 vibex, Nassarius (Bhrontis)) =... 55 303, 517 vicaria, Notocorbula 411 vieta, Corbula 412 vieta, Nucula (Lamellinucula) .13 299, 312, 316 virginea, Nerita 425 virginea, Neritina QVatta)) ch. 2s: 43 301, 305, 306, 307, 425 virginiae, Carditamera .......22 BI virginica, Cochliolepis ............ 431 virginica, Crassostrea cf. ...21 299, 306, 349 virginica, Ostrea ........ 349 vitellus, Nerita .......... 480 vitreum, Teinostoma 428 Wiititae Seed ee 425 vittata, Miraclathurella ...... 556 Wolsellay ae 342 Wolvaninates eee 55) Volvarina (?) Species) Av ==... 07, 304, 536 Volvarina (?) species B_ ......... 57 304, 536 vulgaris, Nuculana 320 Ww walli, Chione .............. 378 malli, Strombina ........ 509 watsonensis, Architectonica 454 wetherelli, Acteon 570 whitei, Tagelus .......... 405 willardausteni, Anadaraee eee 330 willeoxiana gunteri, INISO) 65 ohe ee 467 wisewoodae, Neosimnia ................. 480 wolfgangi, Terebra 558 woodii, Cymia ............ 497 woodringi, Mitra .. 531 woodringi, Vermicularia .......... 442 Xx xenicus, Aesopus ...... 555 Y yaquica, Odostomia 569 7h Zanassarina = 505 Zanassarina species 53 303, 505 zebra zebra, Arca (ATCA) eee 14 299, 306, 325 ziezac,, Ostheals 344 zizyphinus, Trochus 418 zonale, Cerithium ...... 446 BOUND JUNE 1l9/J Date Due 3 2044 072 271 695